Edusehat - Edusehat

Epidemiology plays critical role in controlling ILT

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 22:55:06 +0700

An epidemiological study reported the spread of infectious laryngotracheitis (ILT) among poultry, underscoring the critical role that epidemiology plays in detecting and controlling disease spread.

ILT is a highly contagious respiratory disease in chickens. The ILT virus — a gallid herpesvirus — establishes latency within the host and can periodically reactivate in response to stress or immunosuppression.

ILT has two forms: a mild form, which typically shows morbidity rates of around 5% and mortality rates of 0.1% to 2.0%; and a severe form, which can exhibit morbidity rates as high as 100% and mortality rates ranging from 5% to 80%.

Although ILT is a global health concern in poultry production, Brazil’s Santa Catarina state had its first case in 2020 at a commercial layer farm in São Ludgero county. A team of Brazilian researchers conducted a two-part epidemiological study to determine the serological, molecular and pathological status of ILT in São Ludgero (Part 1, conducted in 2020) and all of Santa Catarina (Part 2, conducted in 2021). They described their findings in a recent edition of Poultry Science.

Serology results

The researchers noted that the seropositivity (94.74%) found in São Ludgero county in Part 1 was “alarmingly high” for a newly diagnosed disease. All poultry farmers reported that they exclusively acquired chickens of known origin, and the vaccination program in the region predominantly included fowl pox, Mycoplasma spp., infectious bronchitis, pneumovirus, infectious coryza and Salmonella spp.

The seropositivity rate dropped to 65.3% in the subsequent year for Part 2.

These results suggest the circulation of, and exposure to, the ILT virus within the region’s poultry flocks was consistent with what would be expected during the seroconversion period, but the exact timing of primary exposure could not be determined, the researchers noted.

Because of ILT’s status as an exotic disease in Santa Catarina, recombinant vaccines against ILT were not permitted until the first cases emerged, suggesting that the detection of anti-ILT antibodies in the São Ludgero region was associated with the circulation of virulent field strains or vaccine-derived strains from live-attenuated vaccines that underwent virulence reversion.

The researchers noted that while their study examined ILT exposure across layer flocks, it did not include a separate analysis of commercial and rearing flocks. ILT infection during the rearing phase leads to lifelong seropositivity, which compromises the ability to determine when and where the infection occurred. They pointed out that the dynamics of rearing flocks may play a crucial role in ILT’s spread.

Once infected, the chicken remains a lifelong carrier, with periodic reactivations leading to viral replication in respiratory tissues, especially after stress or immunosuppression. When clinical signs of ILT do appear, they are often nonspecific and can resemble those of other infectious respiratory diseases such as avian influenza, Newcastle disease, infectious bronchitis, infectious coryza and mycoplasmosis. The researchers pointed out that this highlights the importance of combining multiple laboratory diagnostic methods to confirm an ILT diagnosis.

Multivariate analysis confirmed that flock replacement with older chickens was a significant risk factor for ILT spread from the São Ludgero region to the rest of Santa Catarina state.

The researchers concluded that their study underscores the critical importance of implementing robust biosecurity measures in commercial layer farms. Because the introduction of 90-day-old chickens significantly increased the likelihood of ILT seropositivity, there should be particular attention paid to the type of replacement chickens introduced into flocks.

What does this mean for producers?

Epidemiological surveys play a critical role in effectively controlling ILT and other respiratory diseases.
Flock replacement with older chickens was a significant risk factor for ILT spread.
Biosecurity measures are critical in preventing ILT outbreaks in commercial layer farms.

The full paper, “Two-year surveillance of infectious laryngotracheitis in layer farms from Southern Brazil: A seroepidemiological, molecular, and pathological approach,” can be found in Poultry Science and online here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Epidemiology plays critical role in controlling ILT appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Paraguayan poultry meat enters the Middle East and accelerates international expansion

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 19:15:09 +0700

The approval by the United Arab Emirates opens a new stage for Paraguay’s poultry sector, which aims to position itself in high-value markets and diversify its exports beyond the region.

Paraguayan poultry meat has just taken one of its most significant steps in terms of market access. The National Service for Animal Quality and Health (Senacsa) confirmed the approval of the United Arab Emirates market for domestic poultry products, a development the sector views as a strategic gateway to the Middle East and a sign of growing international recognition of Paraguay’s production.

The announcement comes just weeks after another important milestone: the opening of Taiwan’s market to Paraguayan poultry meat, consolidating a commercial push toward Asia and the Middle East. For the industry, both destinations represent far more than new buyers—they offer the opportunity to reduce regional dependence, increase added value, and position Paraguay as a reliable supplier of animal protein in highly demanding markets.

Senacsa noted that the UAE approval is the result of sustained technical and diplomatic efforts to strengthen the international presence of Paraguayan animal products. This is no minor achievement: the UAE ranks among the leading importers of poultry meat in the Middle East, with purchases reaching approximately USD 1.3 billion in 2025.

The progress also reflects a quiet transformation within Paraguay’s poultry sector. For years, beef dominated the country’s export strategy, while poultry remained largely confined to the domestic market. However, increased industrial capacity, improved sanitary standards, and the opening of new destinations have begun to shift this dynamic. Today, Paraguay’s poultry industry aims to become the “third pillar” of meat exports, alongside beef and pork.

The figures point to gradual expansion, albeit with significant challenges still ahead. By the end of the first four months of 2026, Paraguay exported 4,148 tonnes of poultry meat, offal, and by-products worth around USD 4 million, marking a 21% increase in volume compared to the same period the previous year. Iraq currently leads as the main destination, followed by the Philippines, Angola, Singapore, and Curaçao.

According to the Paraguayan Poultry Farmers Association (Avipar), expectations are that new market openings will allow exports to exceed 15,000 tonnes in the coming years. The association’s vice president, Blanca Ceuppens, had already indicated months earlier that the sector is aggressively targeting Asia and the Middle East, particularly markets such as Singapore, Malaysia, and the Philippines, where demand for poultry protein is strong and sanitary standards are high.

However, behind the optimism lie structural challenges. The sector will need to compete with global giants such as Brazil and the United States, the world’s leading poultry exporters, while maintaining strict sanitary controls in an international context marked by recurring avian influenza alerts. Additional hurdles include tariff barriers, logistical costs, and the need to expand industrial capacity to meet the demands of larger-scale markets.

Even so, the opening of the United Arab Emirates market sends a strong signal for Paraguay’s agribusiness. The country is no longer focused solely on exporting traditional commodities but is working to diversify its meat portfolio and gain ground in premium markets. In a global scenario where food safety and traceability are increasingly critical, Paraguayan poultry meat is beginning to build an opportunity that, until a few years ago, seemed distant.

Source: https://elnacional.com.py/economia/carne-aviar-paraguaya-conquista-medio-oriente-acelera-expansion-internacional-n106096

Common Myths About Dog Vitamins Busted

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 19:10:06 +0700

Dog vitamins sit at the intersection of care, curiosity, and clever marketing. Some pet parents swear by them. Others fear them. Most pick up bits of advice from neighbours, Instagram reels, and breed-group chats, and end up confused about what is true and what is just repeated often enough to sound true.

This guide busts the most common myths about dog vitamins with clear, honest answers. By the end, you will know what to trust, what to skip, and how to make calm, informed decisions about your dog's supplement routine.

Why Myths About Dog Vitamins Spread So Easily

Pet care information travels fast in India, often through informal channels. Myths thrive when:

Marketing mixes facts with exaggeration
Well-meaning neighbours share outdated advice
Influencer content prioritises engagement over accuracy
Quick fixes feel more appealing than consistent care
Pet parents hesitate to double check with their vet

Separating hype from fact is the first step toward genuinely helping your dog. Now, let us take a closer look at the most common myths, one by one.

Top Dog Vitamin Myths Busted

Myth 1: Every Dog Needs a Daily Vitamin

The Truth: Healthy adult dogs on complete commercial diets usually do not need daily vitamins. Premium kibble is formulated to meet full nutritional needs.

Supplements help specific dogs in specific situations, like puppies, seniors, or dogs on homemade diets. The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that unnecessary vitamin supplementation can cause more harm than good, including toxicity in extreme cases.

Myth 2: More Vitamins Mean a Healthier Dog

The Truth: More is not better. It is often worse.

Over-supplementation can cause vitamin A toxicity, calcium buildup, iron overload, and kidney stress. Dogs need balanced amounts, not maximum doses. Pick one quality supplement for a specific need and stick to the label dosage.

Myth 3: Human Vitamins Are Safe for Dogs

The Truth: Never assume human vitamins are dog safe.

Human multivitamins can contain iron levels that damage a dog's liver, vitamin D doses that cause calcium imbalance, or xylitol used as a sweetener, which is toxic to dogs. Always pick dog-specific supplements formulated for canine dosing and biology.

Myth 4: All Natural Supplements Are Automatically Safe

The Truth: Natural does not equal safe.

Many natural ingredients are toxic to dogs, including garlic, tea tree oil, onion powder, and certain essential oils. Some herbs in high doses can also damage the liver. Check each ingredient, buy from trusted brands, and consult your vet before adding herbal blends.

Myth 5: Supplements Work Instantly

The Truth: Supplements are not magic pills.

Most require 4 to 8 weeks of consistent daily use before visible results. Coat shine may appear within 2 to 3 weeks, joint comfort usually takes 6 to 12 weeks, and cognitive support in seniors can take up to 3 months. Stopping too early is one of the most common mistakes.

Myth 6: Puppies Do Not Need Supplements At All

The Truth: Some puppies genuinely benefit from specific supplements.

DHA supports brain and eye development. Puppy multivitamins fill small dietary gaps, especially on homemade diets. Probiotics help during weaning. Avoid adult formulas, and always follow vet guidance, especially for large breed puppies where calcium balance is critical.

Myth 7: Senior Dogs Cannot Benefit From Supplements

The Truth: Senior dogs often benefit the most.

Omega-3, joint support, antioxidants, and cognitive supplements help ease age-related decline. While supplements will not reverse aging, they often reduce discomfort, improve mobility, and slow visible decline. Earlier is better, but starting in senior years still helps.

Myth 8: Expensive Supplements Are Always Better

The Truth: Price does not guarantee quality.

Some expensive supplements rely on branding rather than better ingredients. A mid-priced Indian or regulated international brand with clean labels, third-party testing, and vet-informed formulations often beats a fancy imported bottle. Focus on active ingredient amounts, not price tags.

Myth 9: Dogs With Good Food Still Need a Vitamin Boost

The Truth: Not always.

A high-quality commercial diet is typically complete, meaning extra vitamins can tip the balance into excess. Dogs on homemade or mixed diets, senior dogs, and dogs with diagnosed needs benefit most. Healthy adults with a good coat, energy, and digestion usually do not need vitamin supplementation.

Myth 10: Supplements Replace Veterinary Care

The Truth: Supplements support health, not replace medical care.

A supplement cannot treat kidney disease, serious infections, or torn ligaments. Routine vet checkups, vaccinations, and prompt medical attention remain essential. Think of supplements as complementary, not a substitute for professional care.

Myth 11: One Supplement Works for All Breeds

The Truth: Different breeds have different needs.

Large breeds benefit from joint support earlier. Small breeds often need dental and calming support. Indian Indies may need probiotic and coat support due to heat and humidity. Sporting breeds need omega-3 and joint supplements during active years. Match the supplement to your dog's actual profile.

Myth 12: If Your Dog Looks Fine, Supplements Are Pointless

The Truth: Appearance does not always reveal inner health.

Some deficiencies, like early joint wear or low-grade inflammation, develop silently for years before showing visible signs. Preventive supplementation for at-risk breeds, seniors, and active dogs can slow age-related decline even when your dog looks perfectly fine today.

How to Spot a Vitamin Myth Quickly

A practical filter for any supplement advice you hear:

Is it supported by a vet, or just by a friend or influencer?
Does it promise overnight results?
Does it claim a product works for every breed and every life stage?
Does the marketing mention no proof or clinical testing?
Does it use fear-based messaging like toxic kibble?
Is the claim vague, like boosts wellness, without specifying how?

The more of these red flags a claim triggers, the more likely it is a myth. Quality information is specific, balanced, and sourced.

When to Always Check With Your Vet

Despite all the advice online, certain situations always need professional input:

Puppies under 4 months
Dogs on prescription medication
Pregnant or nursing dogs
Dogs with chronic conditions like kidney, liver, or heart disease
Dogs with known allergies or sensitivities

The American Kennel Club emphasises that supplements should work alongside veterinary care, not replace it. When in doubt, a short vet conversation protects you from myths and your dog from real risks.

Final Thoughts

Dog vitamin myths are everywhere, but facts cut through quickly once you know what to look for. Healthy adult dogs on balanced diets rarely need vitamins. Puppies, seniors, and special-needs dogs often do. Natural does not mean safe, more is not better, and no supplement works instantly. Stay consistent, stay informed, and lean on your vet when unsure.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted, well-labelled options for your dog's real needs.

FAQs

Do all dogs really need vitamin supplements?

No. Healthy adult dogs on complete commercial diets usually do not need added vitamins. Supplements help specific dogs such as puppies, seniors, rescues, and dogs on homemade diets. Always match the supplement to a real need, not marketing claims.

Are natural dog vitamins safer than synthetic ones?

Not automatically. Safety depends on the ingredient, dose, and brand, not whether it is labelled natural. Some natural ingredients like garlic and tea tree oil are toxic to dogs. Trusted brands and vet guidance matter more than the natural tag.

Is it safe to give my dog vitamins every day?

Quality dog-specific vitamins are safe for daily use when dosed correctly. Over-supplementation is the main risk, especially with fat-soluble vitamins like A and D. Stick to label dosages and avoid stacking supplements without vet guidance.

Can too many dog vitamins actually harm my pet?

Yes. Excess vitamin A, D, calcium, or iron can damage bones, liver, or kidneys. Symptoms include loss of appetite, vomiting, and lethargy. Never assume more is better. Match the dose to your dog's weight and needs.

How quickly should a dog vitamin show visible results?

Most dog vitamins take 4 to 8 weeks for visible results. Coat shine may appear sooner, while joint, mobility, and cognitive changes take longer. Consistency over 2 to 3 months is more important than dose size.

How to Train a Cat to Use a Litter Box

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 01:55:06 +0700

One of the most underappreciated miracles of cat behaviour—and what makes living with cats so wonderfully easy—is their natural instinct to use a litter box. While dogs often require weeks (or months) of house training, cats usually walk right into a home and know exactly what to do. No praise, no treats, no training sessions needed.

This instinct isn’t just convenient—it’s one of the key reasons cats were able to domesticate themselves and integrate into human homes so seamlessly.

Why Cats Are So Easy to Live With

There are specific criteria that animals must meet to be considered domesticated and truly compatible with human life. One of the most important? The animal must be easy to keep. That means they can live closely with us without causing daily chaos, danger, or excessive mess. Cats fill this requirement with their built-in elimination behaviour. No accidents on the carpet (in most cases). Just give them a clean box with the right substrate, and they’ll take it from there.

If cats didn’t come equipped with this trait, they wouldn’t be living inside with us. It’s that simple. Unlike dogs, who can be trained to “go potty” in the right place, cats already have the instinct to find soft, diggable material—dig, eliminate, and cover it up. This behaviour developed in the wild to avoid leaving scent trails for predators or rivals. We humans have simply provided a tidy, indoor version of what they already know.

Fact: In nature, cats do not hide behind a bush when eliminating.

Litter Box Use: Instinct-Driven, But Still Needs Our Support

Because this behaviour is hardwired, cats don’t typically need to be specifically “trained” to use the litter box. But we can definitely sabotage their success—or support it—based on how we set up and maintain the box.

Andrey_Kuzmin/Bigstock

Best Practices for Litter Training Success

Choose the right box and litter.

Cats prefer large, open litter boxes with plenty of room to turn, dig, and see their surroundings. Covered boxes might seem like a tidy solution for humans, but they can make cats feel trapped with only one way in and out. Open boxes give them multiple exits and a clear view of their territory—just like they’d want in the wild.

When it comes to litter, go with an unscented, clumping variety. Avoid scented litter (which can be overwhelming to a cat’s sensitive nose) and aim for a depth of three to four inches. Most cats appreciate the ability to dig deeply and cover thoroughly.

Keep it clean.

Even instinct can’t overcome a dirty bathroom. Cats are fastidious animals, and many will avoid a box that isn’t scooped regularly. Scoop at least once or twice a day and wash the box with mild soap about once a month. Replace litter entirely every 30 days—even if it looks clean to you.

Offer the right number of litter boxes.

The rule of thumb is simple: one box per cat, plus one extra. In multi-level homes, place boxes on each floor. Accessibility matters—especially for senior cats or those with mobility issues.

In my book The Cat Whisperer, I explain how putting all your cats’ resources (litter boxes, food, water, toys, beds) in one room creates unnecessary competition and stress in multi-cat homes. Think of how these resources would be scattered in the wild. Space them out—north, south, east, and west.

Place boxes in calm, safe spots.

Cats don’t like surprises in the bathroom. Avoid placing litter boxes near loud appliances, busy entryways, or areas where your cat might feel cornered. Their “instinct to escape” is strong—even when they’re doing their business.

Also, avoid hiding boxes in closets or behind furniture. While it may seem like a good idea, cats prefer to see their surroundings while eliminating. It’s a matter of survival instinct—even in a cozy living room.

Never punish accidents.

Accidents aren’t disobedience or a spiteful act—they’re a red flag. Punishing a cat for missing the litter box doesn’t work and is inhumane. It only creates fear and stress, which can actually make the problem worse. Instead, focus on uncovering what’s wrong with the litter box setup or check for underlying medical issues with your veterinarian.

New Africa/Bigstock

Temporary Guided Training for Cats Who Need a Little Help: Litter Training for Kittens, Strays, Rescues, and Cats Having “Accidents”

While most cats use the litter box naturally, some—especially kittens, new rescues, or cats recovering from trauma—may need extra support. This is where guided training comes in.

This method involves temporarily confining your cat to a small, comfortable space like a bathroom or quiet bedroom. Make sure the room includes food, water, a cozy bed, toys, and two clean, uncovered litter boxes.

You’re not locking them up—you’re creating a space for success. Let’s say your cat uses the litter box around 2 p.m. You can confidently give them access to the rest of the house for several hours. After meals or naps (common times for elimination), return them to the room for another box opportunity. Follow this method for one to two weeks, depending on the severity of the issue.

Guided litter box training does a few key things:

Increases the frequency with which you cat uses the litter box, creating the habits we want.
Interrupts inappropriate elimination behaviour breaking the patterns we don’t want (or avoiding them in the first place).
Helps you monitor for possible medical issues like UTIs.

New Africa/Bigstock

A Perfect Balance of Instinct and Support

The fact that cats instinctively use a litter box is more than just convenient—it’s a marvel of natural design. It’s one of the reasons cats have lived alongside us for thousands of years without much fuss. But instinct alone isn’t enough. As cat guardians, it’s our job to meet them halfway and make their environment work with their natural behaviour—not against it.

As cat guardians, it’s our job to meet them halfway and make their environment work with their natural behaviour—not against it.

At the end of the day, litter box success isn’t about traditional training. It’s about understanding your cat’s instincts, offering the right support, and setting them up to succeed. Your cat brings the behaviour. You bring the setup. And together, you create a home that works for both of you.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post How to Train a Cat to Use a Litter Box appeared first on Modern Cat.

How Transportation Networks Help Keep Aquaculture Businesses Running

Edusehat — Fri, 22 May 2026 01:45:08 +0700

Aquaculture has become one of the fastest-growing sectors in global food production. From fish farms and shellfish operations to aquatic plant cultivation, aquaculture businesses play a major role in supplying seafood to restaurants, grocery stores, and consumers around the world.

While farming methods and sustainability often receive the most attention, transportation networks are just as important to the success of the industry. Without reliable logistics systems, aquaculture businesses would struggle to move equipment, supplies, harvested seafood, and maintenance materials efficiently between locations.

Strong transportation infrastructure helps these businesses maintain production schedules, protect product quality, and meet increasing consumer demand in competitive markets.

Moving Fresh Seafood Quickly

Fresh seafood needs to reach markets within strict timeframes to maintain quality and safety standards. Fish, oysters, shrimp, and other products often travel through several stages before reaching consumers, making efficient logistics essential throughout the process.

Transportation providers help maintain freshness by using refrigerated vehicles, coordinated shipping schedules, and carefully planned delivery routes. Temperature-controlled logistics systems are especially important because even small disruptions during transport can affect product quality.

Reliable transportation not only reduces waste but also helps aquaculture businesses maintain customer trust and deliver consistent products to retailers and restaurants.

Supporting Remote Aquaculture Operations

Many aquaculture farms are located in coastal or rural areas where infrastructure may be more limited. These remote locations often depend heavily on transportation services to stay connected with suppliers, distributors, and processing facilities.

Regular deliveries are essential for keeping operations running smoothly. Farms need consistent access to feed, water filtration supplies, nets, cages, fuel, and maintenance equipment. Delays in receiving these materials can affect production schedules and create operational challenges. Transportation networks allow remote aquaculture businesses to remain competitive despite geographic limitations.

Transporting Specialized Equipment

Modern aquaculture operations use a wide range of specialized equipment to maintain water quality, feeding systems, harvesting operations, and environmental monitoring.

Some of this equipment can be expensive, fragile, or difficult to transport, requiring careful logistical coordination. Pumps, filtration systems, storage tanks, and harvesting machinery may all need to be moved between facilities or delivered to remote farming sites.

Commercial transportation providers help businesses manage these logistical demands efficiently. Even industries outside seafood production contribute to broader transportation capacity, with services such as Sacramento car transporters supporting commercial logistics systems across multiple sectors.

Maintaining Cold Chain Integrity

Cold chain logistics are one of the most important parts of seafood transportation. Because seafood products spoil quickly when temperatures are not properly controlled, transportation companies play a major role in maintaining quality throughout delivery routes. Proper refrigerated transport systems help businesses meet food safety standards while reducing product loss and protecting brand reputation. Consistent temperature management also extends shelf life, allowing seafood to reach wider markets without sacrificing quality.

Helping Businesses Reach Larger Markets

Reliable transportation networks allow aquaculture businesses to expand beyond local markets and supply seafood to regional, national, and international customers. Without efficient logistics systems, many farms would struggle to compete on a larger scale. Transportation infrastructure supports export operations, wholesale distribution, restaurant supply chains, and grocery deliveries, helping businesses reach more consumers while growing their operations. Access to broader markets also increases seafood availability for consumers and helps support the continued growth of the aquaculture industry.

Final Thoughts

Transportation networks are essential to the success of modern aquaculture businesses. From moving equipment and supplies to delivering fresh seafood safely and efficiently, logistics systems support nearly every part of the industry.

Reliable transportation helps aquaculture companies maintain product quality, reduce delays, expand into larger markets, and improve operational efficiency. As global seafood demand continues to grow, strong transportation infrastructure will remain one of the key factors keeping aquaculture businesses productive, competitive, and connected to consumers around the world.

The post How Transportation Networks Help Keep Aquaculture Businesses Running first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Video

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 22:10:06 +0700

INCAR² Brings the World’s Leading Marine Epigenetics Meeting to Chile

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 18:35:03 +0700

By: The INCAR² Center

The INCAR² Center will host the Fourth International Symposium on Epigenetics in Marine and Aquatic Research (EPIMAR 2027), to be held in Puerto Varas, Chile, from May 25 to 28, 2027.

Puerto Varas, in the heart of Chilean Patagonia, will serve as the meeting point for researchers from around the world at EPIMAR 2027, an event that aims to become a global platform for advancing epigenetics and epigenomics in marine and aquatic systems.

Organized by the Interdisciplinary Center for Aquaculture Research – Applied Research (CIA-INCAR²), this symposium is the fourth edition of an international initiative that began in 2020 in Montpellier, France. Previous editions were held in Woods Hole, United States (2022), and Barcelona, Spain (2025). Now, Chile takes on the challenge of hosting this important international scientific event.

EPIMAR 2027 will bring together a global community of scientists interested in the epigenetic and epigenomic mechanisms that influence the biology, adaptation, health, and evolution of marine organisms. The symposium will include oral presentations and poster sessions addressing topics such as “Epigenetic responses to pollution and climate change,” “Environmental memory, adaptation, and inheritance,” “Integrating multi-omic data in marine systems,” “Emerging tools in marine epigenomics,” and “Epigenetics applied to aquatic resource management.”

The natural setting of Puerto Varas will provide an ideal environment for exchanging ideas, building collaborations, and discussing emerging challenges in marine epigenomics, particularly in the context of climate change, environmental stressors, and the sustainable use of aquatic resources.

The organizing committee comprises INCAR² Principal Investigator Dr. Valentina Valenzuela Muñoz; INCAR² Director Dr. Cristian Gallardo Escárate; and Associate Researcher Dr. Diego Valenzuela Miranda.

The Scientific Committee for EPIMAR 2027 is composed of an outstanding group of internationally recognized experts in marine sciences, epigenetics, and related fields. Members include Céline Cosseau (University of Perpignan, France); Enrico D’Aniello (Stazione Zoologica Anton Dohrn, Italy); Noelia Díaz (ICM-CSIC, Spain); José María Eirin-López (Florida International University, USA); Cristian Gallardo (INCAR² and University of Concepción, Chile); Laia Navarro-Martín (IDAEA-CSIC, Spain); Francesc Piferrer (ICM-CSIC, Spain); Holie Putnam (University of Rhode Island, USA); Guillaume Rivière (University of Caen-Normandy, France); Steven Roberts (University of Washington, USA); Josep Rotllant (IIM-CSIC, Spain); Valentina Valenzuela (INCAR², UdeC, Chile) Diego Valenzuela (INCAR², UdeC, Chile); and Jérémie Vidal-Dupiol (IFREMER, France). Together, they bring extensive expertise and leadership to guide the scientific vision of the symposium.

The organizers invite researchers from universities, research centers, and industry who are interested in the epigenomics of marine organisms to actively participate in this symposium and contribute to the development of this rapidly expanding field.

For more information, visit the official EPIMAR 2027 website.

www.centroincar.cl/epimar2027

EuroTier 2026: World’s leading trade fair for animal husbandry professionals opens ticket shop

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:40:06 +0700

More than 2,100 exhibitors from over 50 countries expected – broad technical program featuring seven DLG Spotlights and nine DLG Expert Stages – numerous networking events and premieres, including “DLG VetCon”, “EuroTier Milky Way” and “the Innovation Boulevard” – guiding theme “Intelligence in animal farming” – 10–13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany – eurotier.com

EuroTier 2026, the world’s leading trade fair for animal farming and livestock management, will take place together with EnergyDecentral, the international leading trade fair for decentralized energy supply, from 10 to 13 November 2026 in Hanover, Germany. The ticket shop is now open.

Across 220,000 square-meters of exhibition space, more than 2,100 exhibiting companies and organizations from over 50 countries will present innovations and strategies for successful livestock farming of the future. Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in animal farming”, the focus will be on smart technologies for efficient, sustainable and animal‑friendly livestock production, covering dairy and beef cattle as well as pigs, poultry, sheep, goats and horses.

The exhibition program includes the Inhouse Farming – Feed & Food Show, the new DLG (German Agricultural Society) platform for future agricultural food systems. With topics such as aquaculture and alternative proteins, the show rounds off the offering of the world’s leading trade fair.

“As a leading innovation hub, we not only offer an international top‑class technical and exhibition program. This year, our visitors can also look forward to numerous new features. With the EuroTier Milky Way, exhibitors will present innovations and solutions covering the entire value chain of milk production across three halls. Further highlights include DLG‑VetCon, the new networking and professional training event for large‑animal and herd veterinarians including a foyer exhibition, as well as the Innovation Boulevard, where selected innovations from the two award schemes Innovation Awards EuroTier and EnergyDecentral 2026 will be showcased. This will allow EuroTier to set new standards not only in terms of product and topic diversity, but also as the world’s largest international business and networking platform,”
says Ines Rathke, Show Director of EuroTier.

Ticket shop now open

The ticket shop for EuroTier 2026 is now open. A one‑day ticket costs 33 euros in the online shop and 42 euros at the gate, meaning visitors can save more than 20 percent by purchasing the tickets online. The season ticket, valid for all four days of the fair, is particularly worthwhile for visitors planning to attend for more than two days. Costing 78 euros in the online shop, the season ticket offers significant savings compared with the onsite price of 99 euros. One‑day tickets are valid for any single day from 10 to 13 November, while season tickets grant daily entry throughout the entire period. Ticket shop link: www.messe-ticket.de/DLG-SHOP/ETED2026

DLG Spotlights – live demonstrations and special exhibits

Under the guiding theme “Intelligence in animal farming”, exhibitors will demonstrate how innovative approaches and strategies can further improve efficiency, sustainability and animal welfare, both at their stands and within the DLG Spotlights:

Spotlight TopTierTreff (Hall 11):

The central meeting place for national and international breeders. Leading breeding companies and organizations present current breeding strategies with a space dedicated to dialogue, knowledge transfer and innovation in dairy and beef cattle breeding. Animals will remain at the exhibitors’ stands and be shown via video on a panoramic screen instead of being led onto a stage as previously.

Spotlight Forage Production (Hall 12):
As part of a curated special exhibition, exhibitors show what smart farming means in forage production and how feed quality can be positively influenced from cutting through to silage. The program is complemented by the new Forage Days on 12 and 13 November. As part of the DLG Spotlight “Forage Production”, the DLG Expert Stage Cattle will focus specifically on needs‑based ruminant feeding.

Spotlight Barn Robot Event (Hall 13):
This year, registered milking technology manufacturers will present the latest robotic solutions for automated milking. The focus will be on conversion solutions from conventional parlors to robots, new building concepts and milking in large herds.

Spotlight Emission Reduction in Pig and Poultry Farming (Hall 17):

How can animal husbandry and environmental protection be reconciled? Participating exhibitors will showcase innovative processes and technologies for reducing emissions from pig and poultry farming. Experts will present solutions that relieve environmental pressure, promote animal health and maintain farm profitability.

Spotlight Innovation Boulevard (Hall 21):

For the first time, exhibitors will have the opportunity to present innovations in the EuroTier and EnergyDecentral Award scheme to visitors in a central location.

Spotlight “DLG Solar Initiative + On‑farm Energy” (EnergyDecentral, Hall 25):

This spotlight demonstrates how agricultural businesses can become key pillars of regional energy supply through agrivoltaics, battery storage and biogas. The focus is on integration into existing infrastructure and identifying new business opportunities and greater energy self‑sufficiency.

Spotlight Inhouse Farming: Circular Economy (Hall 24):

A central theme is the production of alternative proteins with a focus on agricultural circularity. Through selected exhibits and targeted information, the spotlight offers compact, in‑depth insights into technologies and concepts for new protein production systems.

Expert Stages – topic‑focused hubs

EuroTier 2026 will once again feature several Expert Stages:

DLG Expert Stage Cattle (Hall 12) – breeding, feeding strategies, animal health, climate protection, sustainability, market and marketing perspectives
DLG Expert Stage Pig (Hall 17) – linking animal welfare, feeding and emission reduction with profitability and social acceptance
DLG Expert Stage Poultry (Hall 17) – production systems, animal welfare, hygiene, nutrition, emissions and market developments
DLG Expert Stage Barn Robot Event (Hall 13) – presentations and technical contributions complementing the Barn Robot Event
DLG Expert Stage “Intelligence in animal farming” (DLG stand, Hall 13) – ideas that make intelligent farming a reality
DLG Studio Stage (DLG stand, Hall 13) – compact, interactive formats on key agricultural topics and personal development
DLG Expert Stage EnergyDecentral (Hall 25) – daily discussions on biogas, photovoltaics, energy storage, wood energy, combined heat and power and carbon farming
DLG Expert Stage Inhouse Farming (Hall 24) – the future of alternative proteins, indoor production and sustainable agri‑systems

DLG Expert Stage Biosecurity / Feed Safety (Hall 21) – hygiene concepts, feed quality and new management and prevention technologies.

Networking & events

EuroTier serves as a platform for flagship events in the international livestock sector, bringing farmers, agri‑business representatives and experts together for networking and professional exchange. In cooperation with partner organizations, numerous conferences and evening events are planned, including the International Cattle & Pig Event, the International Poultry Conference, the International Poultry Event, DLG‑VetCon 2026, the Young Professionals Day and the International Farmers Day.

The program is complemented by the Science Campus, agri‑food start‑ups and the Female Agri Fellows Networking Event.

Award‑winning innovations – inspiring people

As the world’s leading trade fair for livestock professionals, EuroTier is the international platform for pioneering innovations and concepts. The DLG presents leading international awards:

Two awards: Innovation Award EuroTier and EnergyDecentrail – recognizing practical livestock technology and renewable energy innovations
Animal Welfare Award – honouring products and services that significantly improve animal welfare and health
Women in Ag Award – recognizing inspiring women from agriculture, agribusiness, education, research and development
DLG Agri Influencer Award – awarded to outstanding YouTubers, TikTokers and Facebook and Instagram creators

For more information: www.dlg.org

Compass Group India invests in cage-free egg production in partnership with Global Food Partners

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:30:09 +0700

Compass Group India has announced a partnership with Global Food Partners to support the expansion of cage-free egg production in India through a farmer incentive programme and training activities.

According to the companies, Compass Group India has purchased around 4,000 cage-free credits through GFP’s Impact Incentives programme. According to GFP, each credit corresponds to 1,000 eggs, for a total of approximately four million eggs. The companies stated that the funds will support three Indian egg farms in expanding cage-free production capacity and related logistics infrastructure.

The companies said the initiative aims to address current limitations in local cage-free egg supply while supporting producers transitioning away from conventional cage systems.

In parallel, Compass Group India, through the Compass Group Foundation and with GFP as technical partner, has launched a cage-free and free-range training centre near Bangalore. The centre is intended to provide practical support to local farmers moving towards cage-free and free-range systems, including training on egg production management and farm sustainability.

Global Food Partners said the programme is designed to help food companies support cage-free production even when local supply chains are not yet fully developed. The organisation currently focuses on egg production projects in Asia and also operates in Europe, North America, Latin America and the Middle East.

Compass Group India is part of Compass Group PLC, an international provider of food and support services operating in sectors including workplace catering, education and healthcare.

According to GFP, other companies using the Impact Incentives model as part of their cage-free sourcing strategies include Kellanova, Best Western Hotels, Lagardère Travel Retail and PizzaExpress.

The Ultimate Guide to Choosing the Right Dog Supplement

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 14:25:06 +0700

Walk into any pet store or scroll through any online marketplace in India, and you will be met with hundreds of dog supplements. Shiny packaging, bold claims, and trendy ingredients compete for your attention. For most pet parents, the question is not whether to buy a supplement, but which one actually deserves a place in their dog's daily routine.

This ultimate guide walks you through exactly how to choose the right dog supplement. You will learn how to identify real needs, decode labels, evaluate quality, and avoid common pitfalls. By the end, you will shop confidently and skip the wellness noise.

Step 1: Identify Your Dog's Actual Need

Start with what your dog genuinely needs, not what the ad promises. Look at:

Age and life stage: Puppy, adult, or senior
Breed and size: Large breeds often need earlier joint support. Small breeds may need dental or calming support.
Current diet: Homemade or mixed diets usually have more gaps than complete commercial kibble
Activity level: Active or working dogs need joint and omega support sooner
Visible health signs: Dull coat, stiffness, skin flare-ups, gas, low energy, or anxiety
Recent medical events: Surgery, illness, or antibiotic courses create temporary supplement needs

Once you match the need to the right supplement category, picking the actual product becomes far easier. For example, itchy skin rarely needs a calming supplement. Stiffness after long walks rarely needs a multivitamin. Align the problem with the solution first.

Step 2: Pick the Right Category

Most supplement needs fall into one of these categories:

Multivitamins: Fill small daily nutritional gaps in vitamins and minerals
Omega-3 Oils: Support skin, coat, joints, and brain health
Joint Supplements: Glucosamine, chondroitin, MSM for mobility and prevention
Probiotics: For gut health, digestion, and immunity
Calming Supplements: L-theanine, chamomile, and hemp for anxious dogs
Skin and Coat Support: Biotin, zinc, and fatty acids
Immunity Boosters: Antioxidants, turmeric, spirulina
Puppy and Senior Formulas: Life-stage-specific blends

Pick one primary category for your dog's main need, plus one supportive category if needed. Avoid stacking four or five products at once.

Step 3: Check Active Ingredients and Doses

This is where most pet parents get tricked by marketing. The front of the pack says little. The ingredient panel is where the truth lives.

Look for:

Named active ingredients, not vague terms like proprietary blend
Specific doses, measured in mg or IU per serving
Clinical-level amounts. Glucosamine at 15 to 20 mg per kg body weight. Omega-3 at 50 to 75 mg combined EPA and DHA per kg body weight.
Recognisable forms. Glucosamine HCl or sulfate, not vague glucosamine complex
Matching ingredients to your dog's weight, not adult-only or generic formulas

The American Kennel Club notes that the difference between a useful and useless supplement usually comes down to active ingredient dosing. If the label hides the dose, put the bottle back on the shelf.

Step 4: Read the Label Like a Pro

A five-minute label check saves months of wasted supplement money. Here is how:

Start with the active ingredients panel, not the marketing front
Count the ingredients. Under 10 active ingredients is ideal. Long lists often hide fillers.
Look for life-stage labelling such as puppy, adult, or senior
Check for warnings about breed size or medication interactions
Spot red flags. Artificial colours, sugars, or unclear meat sources
Verify the manufacturing and expiry dates
Check country of origin and regulatory compliance

Brands that hide information or overload their labels with vague claims usually have something to hide.

Step 5: Evaluate Brand Trustworthiness

Quality brands distinguish themselves clearly. Look for these signs:

Transparent sourcing: Where the ingredients come from and how they are tested
Third-party testing: Independent lab verification of purity and potency
Veterinary input: Brands involving vets in formulation usually deliver better results
Clear contact details: Indian customer service, reachable manufacturers, verifiable addresses
Positive reviews from Indian pet parents: Focus on real user experiences, not just brand-run promotions
Proper storage instructions: Reflects commitment to product quality across Indian climate conditions

Bulk imports from unknown online sellers are usually a poor choice. Trusted Indian-made or regulated international brands are usually safer, even if they cost slightly more.

Step 6: Choose the Right Format

Format matters because it affects whether your dog actually eats the supplement daily.

Tablets: Concentrated, affordable, and easy to dose. Great for dogs who eat pills easily.
Chewable soft treats: Ideal for picky dogs. They taste like treats, making them easy to give.
Powders: Sprinkle over food. Perfect for multi-dog homes or dogs who refuse tablets.
Liquid drops: Precise dosing, good for puppies, seniors, and small breeds
Oils: Best for omega supplements. Easy to mix into wet food.

The best format is the one your dog takes consistently without stress for either of you.

Step 7: Match the Supplement to Indian Conditions

India's climate creates specific challenges that affect supplement choice:

Monsoon humidity spoils oil-based supplements faster. Refrigerate after opening.
Summer heat can degrade liquid probiotics within weeks
Indoor-mostly city dogs may need extra vitamin D supplementation
Dogs in humid regions face more skin and ear issues, where omega-3 and biotin help
Outdoor dogs face more parasite exposure, where gut-supporting probiotics help

Pick brands that consider Indian conditions in their packaging, storage guidance, and formulation.

Step 8: Consult Your Vet Before Starting

Always loop in your vet before adding a new supplement, especially if your dog:

Is on prescribed medication
Has a chronic condition like kidney, liver, or heart disease
Is pregnant or nursing
Is a puppy under 4 months
Has a history of allergies or sensitivities

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that supplements should complement, not compete with, prescribed care. A quick vet conversation avoids surprises.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Avoid these pitfalls when choosing supplements:

Buying based on flashy branding or influencer pushes
Stacking multiple overlapping products without vet approval
Ignoring your dog's actual health signs
Switching brands too often before seeing results
Giving human supplements to dogs without guidance
Buying the biggest pack and letting it spoil during monsoon
Expecting overnight results. Most supplements take 4 to 8 weeks.

Final Thoughts

Choosing the right dog supplement is not about buying more. It is about buying smart. Identify the real need, pick the right category, decode the label, evaluate the brand, and match the format to your dog's preferences. Add in your vet's input, and you will build a supplement routine that actually works.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted options across categories for your dog's specific needs.

FAQs

How do I know which supplement my dog actually needs?

Start with your dog's life stage, visible health signs, and current diet. Match the problem to the category. Dull coat points to omega-3. Stiffness points to joint care. Digestive issues point to probiotics. When in doubt, consult your vet before buying.

Are expensive dog supplements always better?

Not necessarily. Price often reflects branding, packaging, and imports rather than quality. Focus on active ingredient amounts, third-party testing, and trusted Indian-made or regulated import brands. Mid-priced clean-label options often outperform expensive flashy ones.

Can I give my dog multiple supplements at once?

Only with care. Overlapping ingredients can lead to over-supplementation. Limit combinations to two or three products maximum, avoid duplicating the same nutrients, and always confirm with your vet before stacking.

How long should I wait to see results from a dog supplement?

Most supplements need 4 to 8 weeks for visible improvements. Coat changes may appear in 2 to 3 weeks. Joint comfort and behavioural changes usually take 6 to 12 weeks. Consistency matters more than dose size.

Which dog supplement brands are safest in India?

Look for Indian-made brands with veterinary input and trusted international brands with regulatory clearance. Prefer brands that share third-party testing results, manufacturing dates, and clear sourcing. Avoid bulk imports without verifiable origin.

The Perfect Backup Kit Every Veterinary Clinic Should Have

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 03:35:08 +0700

Your evacuation system fails on a surgery-heavy morning. Your handpiece dies mid-procedure. These emergencies happen and the clinics that handle them gracefully are the ones that planned ahead.

Here’s the reality: Most veterinary clinic downtime isn’t caused by catastrophic failures. It’s caused by a single small part: an O-ring, a charcoal filter, a sampling line, that nobody had on hand. The fix takes five minutes. The wait for parts takes days.

At Dispomed, we receive calls every week from veterinary clinics in this exact situation. An evacuation system stops working. A patient is already under anesthesia. Surgery can’t wait. The stress is real and almost always avoidable.

Think of it the way you think about your surgical instruments: you’d never run a full OR schedule with no backup tools. Your evacuation system, your anesthesia monitors, your autoclave, they all deserve the same logic. Small consumables and backup components are your first line of defence.

What to keep in your backup kit

Here are the essentials we recommend every veterinary clinic stock, not as a one-time purchase, but as a standing inventory you replenish before it runs out.

Backup handpiece

Spare handpiece to keep you running when performing dental procedures: you never know when you’ll get stuck mid-procedure with a bur in the high-speed. Shop Now.

Spare prophy angle

A spare prophy angle to ensure continuity of dental cleanings: you never know when normal wear or an unexpected break will interrupt a polishing procedure. Shop Now.

Charcoal filter for evacuation

One of the most often overlooked elements. A malfunctioning scavenging system in the middle of the day can often be quickly restored to function by temporarily installing a charcoal filter, allowing you to complete your surgeries without interruption. Shop Now.

Breathing Bags

Essential for anesthesia. Keep at least one spare breathing bag in each size you use, accessible at all times. Shop Now.

Breathing circuits

A compatible spare circuit means a single component failure doesn’t shut down your entire anesthesia setup mid-surgery. Shop Now.

Spare SpO2 probe

A spare SpO2 probe to maintain vital signs monitoring: you never know when a damaged cable or a faulty sensor will compromise monitoring during anesthesia. Shop Now.

O-rings

These tiny seals on your dental unit and anesthesia machines can wear out. They’re cheap – until you don’t have one. Shop Now.

CO₂ sampling lines

Capnography is critical for monitoring anesthetized patients. Sampling lines wear out faster than you expect, always have spares. Shop Now.

Autoclave door gasket

A worn door gasket means your sterilizer can’t cycle, and no sterile instruments means no surgery. A spare on hand is a must. Shop Now.

How to think about your backup inventory

You don’t need a warehouse. You need a small, curated stock of the items most likely to fail between scheduled maintenance visits. A good rule of thumb:

If it’s a consumable replaced at every maintenance visit, keep one spare
If it’s a component that can stop your workflow entirely when it fails, keep one spare
If it’s inexpensive and small, there’s no reason not to have two or three on hand
Replenish as soon as you use one, don’t wait until you’re out again

Think of it the way you think about your anesthesia drugs, your surgical sutures, or your IV lines. You wouldn’t let those run to zero before reordering. Your equipment consumables deserve exactly the same discipline, because when a patient is on the table, there’s no time to wait for a delivery.

Need help building your backup kit?

Contact our team at Dispomed, we’ll help you identify the right components for your specific equipment.

Contact Our Team

Photoperiod lengths affect both turkey and broiler behavior

Edusehat — Thu, 21 May 2026 00:00:06 +0700

The number of hours of light turkeys and broiler chickens are reared under affects their health and behavior in numerous ways, often negatively, so optimal light management is a key factor in ensuring positive bird welfare and good market weight. A recent study indicating these findings also noted that specific research on turkeys in this area and others is sorely lacking.

Research on turkeys is lacking

Turkeys and broiler chickens are two distinct animals with their own unique characteristics. Yet, research on broilers is often applied to commercial turkeys, which may lead to unexpected effects of management practices related to turkeys.

In addressing this topic at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting, Karen Schwean-Lardner, PhD, University of Saskatchewan, noted that research on turkeys has been sorely lacking. In a recent literature search she did regarding studies on turkeys and lighting, she found 20 to 30 papers that were published in the ‘90s, approximately 10 in the early 2000s, then very few since.

She posited four reasons for the dearth of research on turkeys: expense, difficulty, equipment needs and declining consumption in some areas of the world. Regarding expense, three broiler trials can be run in the time it takes to run one turkey trial; meanwhile, turkey poults are expensive, so if a bird dies, it’s not a cheap loss.

Running trials with turkeys is also more difficult than with broilers because turkeys are so big, strong and heavy. Since it is often difficult to find funding for loaders in small research trials, people may have to hand carry the 3,000 to 4,000 birds onto a truck, which their size and strength make challenging.

The third barrier is that turkeys require different equipment depending on their age, so the equipment must be changed from small to large during one research trial, or the turkeys have to move to different houses — for example, from a brooding/early rearing barn to a rearing barn for the latter part of production.

Finally, fewer studies are done on turkeys because turkey tends to be seen as a holiday food rather than a staple readily available, like chickens, at fast-food restaurants like McDonald’s.

Commercial turkeys are similar to wild ones

Schwean-Lardner explained that there are similarities between commercial turkeys and wild turkeys which helped guide her research. She noted that “while the percentage of time of specific behaviors may change between wild and commercial turkeys, the behaviors themselves remain the same.”

Wild turkeys live in small groups with one male and a few females. They spend time foraging for food, dust bathing and preening. They are omnivorous to the point they have eaten mercury thermometers and string.

They are ground dwelling except they climb in stages to roost in trees for safety and to hatch their young. This knowledge of how they roost in stages can be applied to enrichment in commercial houses by offering them staged perches versus one high one, Schwean-Lardner said.

Young turkeys can fly at 5 weeks and are usually chased out of the nest by 12 weeks. Males form banded groups and display their feathers in courtship dances.

Effect of lighting periods studied

Schwean-Lardner and her team at the University of Saskatchewan conducted a study of the effects of photoperiod lengths on the behaviors of turkeys and broilers. The overall purpose was to provide information that could be used in the proper management of commercial turkeys rather than focusing on comparing turkeys to broilers.

For the study, both turkeys and broilers were housed in the same facility and subjected to the same lighting treatments, staff and management style. Hank Classen, PhD, originally designed this facility for a lighting research project decades previously.

The experiments exposed the birds to four different light periods — 14, 17, 20 and 23 hours of light per day — and were replicated to ensure validity. The exposures were done four times on approximately 28,000 broilers but only twice on turkeys — 480 toms and 720 hens — due to the higher costs of working with turkeys.

The broilers were housed to 49 days of age while the turkeys were 126 days old at time of shipment. Birds were managed as per Aviagen recommendations, and data were collected throughout on growth, feed intake, mortality and morbidity, and welfare assessments.

The study researchers took video of the birds 24 hours a day at two ages and noted the behavior of every bird every 10 minutes throughout those periods.

More light equals less activity

The length of the photoperiod clearly affected the activity levels of both broilers and turkeys. For both species, longer daylight hours caused them to be inactive, so that at 23 hours, they displayed a “significant increase in doing nothing but laying in the litter.”

For the broilers, this meant spending more than 85% of their time resting with 23 hours of light, which reduced to less than 70% of time resting under 17 and 14 hours of light. This lack of activity can affect numerous areas like feed intake, footpad lesions and leg health.

Correspondingly, the broilers showed their highest amount of walking at 17 light hours — 4% of the time compared to less than 1% at 23 hours.

The turkeys, who were studied at 14 and 17 weeks, also showed the least activity at 23 hours of light, when they rested up to 73% of the time (at 17 weeks), while in 14 hours of light they rested for 67% of the time. Their walking achieved a high of 5% of their time (at 17 weeks) in 14 light hours with a low of 3% at 23 hours.

Because both birds exhibited the most activity around 17 hours of light, Schwean-Lardner stated that this photoperiod “should be probably the bottom end of our lighting program for both bird strains,” and 23 hours of light should not be used in commercial houses for either strain.

The study also examined time spent at feeders. It has been assumed that giving birds longer light access would lead to them spending more time at feeders and increasing their feed intake. The study found the opposite so that longer light resulted in a decrease in the percentage of time spent at feeders by both birds.

For example, under 23 hours of light, the percent of time broilers spent at feeders decreased from 7% to 4%, resulting in lower bodyweight. Turkeys experienced a similar result as their market bodyweights were highest at 14 hours of light and lowest at 23 hours.

Other behaviors affected by light

The study also examined comfort and exploratory behaviors, such as preening, which often indicate positive welfare for the birds. The effect of photoperiod on broilers was dramatic. When reared under 23 hours of light, broilers spent only 1% of their time preening, but that percentage increased as the amount of light decreased. This “decline is much faster and much more severe with broilers” than turkeys, Schwean-Lardner noted, and so the broilers really have trouble with those long day lengths.

The turkeys also displayed behavioral changes related to light, though not as severe as those in broilers. For example, exploratory pecking — a positive indicator of welfare — was lowest when turkeys were reared under 23 hours of light and highest under 14 hours. Schwean-Lardner noted that turkeys are also prone to aggressive pecking so that “species-specific research into managing abnormal behavior” is needed.

Overall, Schwean-Lardner concluded that the study findings showed that “we should not be using broiler data to make our decisions for turkeys.” She also reemphasized the need for more research to be done specifically on turkeys.

The post Photoperiod lengths affect both turkey and broiler behavior appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The Connection Between Supplements and Dog Longevity

Edusehat — Wed, 20 May 2026 20:15:06 +0700

Every dog parent wants the same thing: more years, better years. Watching your pet age is hard, and the idea that the right food, care, and supplements could add healthy years to their life is a powerful one. But is there a real link between supplements and dog longevity, or is it just wellness marketing?

The honest answer sits in the middle. Certain supplements, used wisely, can meaningfully support longer, healthier lives by slowing common age-related decline. This guide explains the real connection between supplements and longevity in dogs, which ones actually help, and how to build a lifetime wellness plan for your Indian pet.

Dog Longevity: What Actually Affects It

The average dog lifespan in India ranges between 10 and 14 years, depending on breed, size, and care. Small breeds often live longer than giants, and mixed breeds tend to outlast purebreds. Longevity is shaped by five main factors:

Genetics: Some breeds age faster than others
Diet quality: Consistent, balanced nutrition adds healthy years
Exercise: Regular, moderate activity keeps muscles, joints, and the heart strong
Preventive healthcare: Regular vet visits catch problems early
Environment and stress: Calm, safe, stimulating homes help dogs live longer

Supplements fit into this puzzle as one tool among many. They cannot override bad genetics or poor care, but they can slow wear and tear, support resilience, and help your dog feel younger for longer.

How Supplements Support Longevity

Supplements influence longevity by targeting the biological processes that drive aging. Key ways they help include:

Reducing chronic inflammation: Low-grade inflammation is a key driver of aging. Omega-3 and antioxidants calm it down.
Supporting joint cartilage: Glucosamine and chondroitin maintain mobility for longer
Protecting brain cells: DHA and antioxidants support cognitive function and delay age-related decline
Strengthening immunity: Probiotics and vitamin C reduce infection risk
Supporting organ health: Antioxidants help liver, kidney, and heart function
Promoting skin barrier integrity: Omega fats and biotin protect against environmental stressors
Improving gut health: A balanced gut microbiome supports immunity, digestion, and even mood

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that age-related decline is not inevitable in its severity. Proactive nutritional support, including well-chosen supplements, can slow the pace at which aging shows up in your dog.

Top Supplements That Support Longevity

These are the most research-backed supplements for supporting a longer, healthier dog life:

Omega-3 Fatty Acids: Reduce inflammation, support heart and brain, improve coat, and ease joints. One of the most universally beneficial supplements for all life stages.
Antioxidants (Vitamin E, C, Selenium): Neutralise free radicals that damage cells over time. Particularly important for senior dogs.
Glucosamine and Chondroitin: Preserve joint cartilage and mobility. Starting early makes a bigger difference than starting late.
Probiotics: Support gut microbiome, which in turn influences immunity, digestion, and even behaviour. Especially useful in Indian monsoon humidity.
Turmeric (Curcumin): A natural anti-inflammatory that supports joint, brain, and liver health. A staple in Indian kitchens, and a dog-friendly supplement in correct doses.
CoQ10: Supports heart function and energy at the cellular level. Valuable for senior dogs and breeds prone to heart issues.
Milk Thistle: Supports liver health. Especially useful for dogs on long-term medications.
SAM-e and Phosphatidylserine: Support cognitive function and delay senior dog confusion
Multivitamins: Fill small gaps in everyday nutrition across life stages
Collagen Peptides: Support joints, skin, and connective tissues in aging dogs

You do not need all of these at once. Focus on the two or three that match your dog's age and health status.

When to Start Longevity Supplementation

Timing matters more than most pet parents realise. Longevity support is more effective when started earlier.

Puppies: core multivitamin and DHA for healthy development
Young adults (2 to 5 years): omega-3 and probiotics to build long-term resilience
Adult dogs (5 to 8 years): add joint support and antioxidants
Seniors (8 plus years): add cognitive, heart, and liver support
Giant breeds: start joint and antioxidant support from age 3 to 4
Active breeds: add joint and muscle recovery supplements early

Starting late is better than never, but starting early builds stronger foundations for the senior years ahead.

Supplements Work Best With a Healthy Lifestyle

Supplements cannot undo a sedentary, overweight, or low-quality lifestyle. To actually extend healthy years:

Feed a balanced diet: High-quality commercial food or a vet-approved homemade diet
Maintain lean body weight: Obesity is one of the strongest predictors of early decline
Exercise consistently: Daily walks, low-impact play, and mental stimulation
Schedule vet checkups: Every 6 months for senior dogs, annually for adults
Support dental health: Gum disease shortens dog lives by driving chronic inflammation
Reduce stress: Anxious dogs age faster. Stable routines and calm homes matter.
Keep mental stimulation: Puzzle toys, new walks, and training keep the brain young

Think of supplements as seatbelts for longevity, not a free pass to ignore other factors. They work best in a larger wellness plan.

Mistakes That Shorten Results

Avoid these common missteps:

Stacking too many supplements without vet guidance
Using human vitamins with unsafe dosages for dogs
Expecting immediate results, then stopping after 3 weeks
Buying cheap, low-quality products with unclear labels
Ignoring early signs of age-related decline
Relying only on supplements while skipping exercise or dental care

The ASPCA warns that some human supplements contain ingredients toxic to dogs, including xylitol and excessive iron. Always use dog-specific, vet-approved products.

What to Realistically Expect

Supplements will not add years overnight, but they can meaningfully shift how your dog ages. With consistent use and a healthy lifestyle:

Expect better coat and skin within 4 to 6 weeks
Improved joint comfort within 6 to 12 weeks
Steadier energy and better digestion within 2 to 3 months
Slower visible aging over 12 to 24 months
Reduced veterinary interventions over the long term

Many pet parents describe their dogs as looking and feeling younger than their age, which is the practical definition of improved longevity. The goal is not just more years, but more good years.

Final Thoughts

Supplements are not a shortcut to longevity, but they are a quiet, steady ally for dogs living well into their senior years. Pick two or three proven options that suit your dog's age and health, stay consistent, and combine with lean weight, regular walks, dental care, and calm living. Over time, the difference shows up where it matters most: more happy years together.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted longevity supplements for your dog.

FAQs

Can supplements actually help my dog live longer?

Used correctly, yes. Supplements cannot replace genetics or core care, but they can slow age-related decline in joints, brain, heart, and immunity. Combined with good diet, exercise, and vet care, they help dogs enjoy more healthy years.

What is the single most important longevity supplement for dogs?

Omega-3 fish oil is widely regarded as the most universally useful. It supports heart, brain, skin, joints, and immunity across all life stages with minimal side effects. Quality and consistent dosing matter most.

At what age should longevity supplements start?

Ideally in young adulthood, around 2 to 5 years of age. Starting early protects joints, brain cells, and immunity over time. Senior dogs still benefit, though earlier intervention usually delivers stronger long-term results.

Are Indian Ayurvedic supplements safe for dogs?

Some are, but not all. Turmeric, ashwagandha (in low doses), and amla are generally dog-safe with proper dosing. Always check with your vet or a qualified veterinary herbalist before adding herbal supplements to your dog's routine.

Can I give the same supplement to my dog for years?

Yes, most longevity supplements like omega-3, joint support, and probiotics are safe for long-term daily use when given at correct doses. Review with your vet every 12 months to adjust for age, weight, and health changes.

According to the White House, China would resume poultry imports from U.S. states recognised as HPAI-free

Edusehat — Wed, 20 May 2026 16:45:09 +0700

The White House stated that China would resume imports of poultry meat and poultry products from U.S. states recognised by the U.S. Department of Agriculture as free from highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI), following the recent summit between U.S. President Donald Trump and Chinese President Xi Jinping in Beijing.

The announcement was included in a White House fact sheet outlining a broader agricultural trade framework under which China would purchase agricultural products from the United States at an annualised rate of $17 billion per year for 2026, with the same level indicated for 2027 and 2028. The commitments are in addition to previous soybean purchase agreements reached in 2025.

According to the White House, China would resume imports of poultry products from U.S. states officially recognised as free from avian influenza by USDA authorities. China’s Ministry of Commerce separately stated that the Chinese side would “actively advance solutions” regarding poultry exports from certain U.S. states to China.

The discussions also addressed the recognition of avian influenza-free zones. China said the United States would actively work on Chinese concerns related to the recognition of Shandong province as a bird-flu-free area.

Trade data show that U.S. poultry meat and poultry product exports to China reached $286 million in 2025, compared with more than $1 billion in 2022. During the same period, tariffs and avian influenza-related restrictions reduced trade volumes for several agricultural products.

Alongside poultry, the two countries also discussed beef trade. China renewed expired registrations and approved new listings for hundreds of U.S. beef establishments. The U.S. Meat Export Federation stated that China’s General Administration of Customs granted five-year registration extensions to 425 U.S. beef establishments and approved 77 new registrations, while 38 establishments remain suspended.

China’s Ministry of Commerce said the two sides agreed to work on resolving non-tariff barriers and market access issues involving agricultural products. Both governments also referred to possible reciprocal tariff reductions covering selected products, although no detailed product list was released.

At the time of reporting, Beijing had not published a full confirmation of all terms announced by the White House.

Camel Hidden Pillar of the Livestock Economy

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:50:14 +0700

Camel breeding in Pakistan is deeply shaped by geography, closely aligned with the country’s vast arid and semi-arid landscapes. From the deserts of Sindh and southern Punjab to the expansive rangelands of Balochistan and parts of southern Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, camels thrive in environments where other livestock struggle to survive. For pastoral and agro-pastoral communities living in these regions, camels are far more than livestock they represent a way of life, a dependable source of income, and a form of security against recurring environmental shocks such as drought and resource scarcity.

In Sindh, camel rearing is deeply embedded in both desert and coastal ecosystems. Districts such as Tharparkar, Umerkot, Badin, Thatta, and Sujawal have long-standing traditions of camel husbandry. The Thari camel, in particular, is well known for its resilience, ability to endure prolonged dry spells, and relatively high milk production. In these regions, camels are also used for transportation and carting, especially in areas where mechanized transport is either unavailable or unaffordable.

During periods of drought, when other livestock often perish, camels continue to provide milk, making them a crucial lifeline for local communities.Balochistan holds the largest share of Pakistan’s camel population. In districts such as Chagai, Kharan, Nushki, Washuk, Panjgur, and Awaran, camels form the backbone of livelihoods for nomadic and semi-nomadic populations.Breeds like the Kohi and Brahvi are valued for their endurance, long-distance mobility, and suitability for meat production. In a province marked by vast distances and limited infrastructure, camels continue to perform essential economic, logistical, and cultural roles that modern alternatives have yet to fully replace.

In Punjab, camel breeding is concentrated in the Cholistan and Thal desert regions. Districts including Bahawalpur, Rahim Yar Khan, Bahawalnagar, Layyah, and Muzaffargarh serve as key centers of camel rearing. The Cholistani camel is one of the most recognized breeds in Pakistan, known for its strength, adaptability, and historical role in transport and agriculture. Today, however, these camels are increasingly raised for meat production and for sale during religious occasions, particularly Eid-ul-Azha, when demand rises sharply.

Camel markets across Pakistan largely operate outside formal regulatory systems. Trade is seasonal and often linked to religious events, especially Eid-ul-Azha. Rural livestock markets, or mandis, act as primary collection points where breeders sell their animals to middlemen.Camel meat, once considered a marginal food product, is gradually gaining acceptance in urban markets, particularly in Karachi and Quetta. It is lean, rich in protein, and lower in cholesterol compared to beef, making it an appealing option for health-conscious consumers. Despite these advantages, the growth of the camel meat sector is constrained by the lack of organized supply chains, hygienic slaughtering facilities, and branding strategies. Camel milk, despite its exceptional nutritional and medicinal properties, remains significantly underutilized. It is rich in vitamin C, iron, potassium, and contains insulin-like proteins that may support diabetes management. In desert regions such as Thar and Cholistan, camel milk is widely consumed and valued for its health benefits. However, due to the absence of cold storage systems, processing infrastructure, and commercial marketing, it has not yet penetrated mainstream dairy markets.Beyond milk and meat, camels also provide valuable by-products. Camel hair is durable and heat-resistant, commonly used in making blankets, ropes, tents, and rugs. Camel skin is thick and long-lasting, suitable for producing traditional items such as shoes, bags, belts, and handicrafts. Yet, these by-products remain underdeveloped due to the lack of modern processing and value-addition industries.

Economically, camels represent a significant asset. Prices vary depending on breed, age, and purpose, ranging from approximately Rs150,000 for younger animals to over Rs2 million for premium camels during Eid-ul-Azha. Despite this strong market value, the sector continues to face structural neglect. There are no dedicated camel breeding farms, veterinary outreach is limited, disease surveillance systems are weak, and pastoral communities have minimal access to credit, insurance, and formal markets.Pakistan’s camel sector also holds considerable export potential, particularly in Middle Eastern markets where demand for camel meat and milk is high. However, this opportunity remains largely untapped due to the absence of quarantine facilities, traceability systems, and export-grade processing infrastructure. As climate change intensifies and water scarcity becomes more severe, camels offer a highly practical and climate-resilient livestock solution. Their ability to survive and remain productive under harsh environmental conditions makes them increasingly valuable for sustainable livelihoods. Recognizing camels as a strategic asset, investing in value chains, strengthening veterinary services, and integrating pastoral communities into formal markets could unlock significant economic and social benefits.

In regions such as Tharparkar, Cholistan, and Balochistan, camels are not remnants of a fading past but vital assets for the future. Strengthening this sector can enhance food security, support rural economies, and contribute to a more resilient and sustainable livestock system in Pakistan.

VIV Europe 2026: key exhibitors heading to Utrecht

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:40:09 +0700

From hatchery automation and AI-based monitoring systems to feed technologies, processing equipment and animal health solutions, VIV Europe 2026 will bring together companies and professionals from across the international livestock and poultry sector at Jaarbeurs, Utrecht, the Netherlands, from 2 to 4 June.

The 25th edition of the exhibition is expected to host around 600 exhibitors from Europe, Asia and the Middle East, covering the entire feed-to-food chain, including poultry, swine, dairy and aquaculture production. The event will also run alongside VICTAM International 2026, adding a strong focus on feed production and feed processing technologies.

Alongside the exhibition, the conference programme will address topics currently influencing the industry, such as automation, digital farming, sustainability, animal welfare and production efficiency.

For visitors, the event offers the chance to see new technologies firsthand, meet suppliers and technical partners, and follow current developments across different areas of animal protein production.

Conference programme:
VIV Europe 2026 Conference Programme

Registration:
Register for VIV Europe 2026

Below is a selection of exhibitors attending VIV Europe 2026:

Agritech – Booth 08.C012

Agritech has been since 1987 a leading company in the design and manufacturing of bulk storage systems both for dry and liquid materials in the animal farming sector. Our range of highly resistant fiberglass silos & tanks covers the needs of farmers from 2 to 100 m³and we also manufacture different bulk material loading and unloading devices, such as stationary and portable screw conveyors, feed transport tanks, flex augers. Moreover, our experience in the processing of fiberglass led us to develop a wide program of shelters and modular stables for animals (dairy, swine, poultry) which are also available with proper insulation for severe environmental conditions. At VIV Europe 2026 we plan to present new portable silos Mod. CUBO X, easily transportable and displaceable by forklift in empty or full–loaded situations and special ozone generators for the sanitization of farms and agricultural ambiences in general.

📧 Email: commerce@agritech.it 🌐 Web site: www.agritech.it

Aviagen – Booth 08.C058

At Aviagen, we are committed to Breeding Success Together with our customers and industry partners. By combining innovation, expertise and a strong focus on sustainability, we continually improve bird health, welfare and productivity. Our approach supports operational excellence and a sustainable future for the poultry industry. We advance welfare through balanced breeding, drive sustainability through innovation and support customer success with expertise and efficient performance. With a diverse breed portfolio, ongoing research, talent development and a commitment to security of supply, we deliver long-term progress and value. Join us at our digital stand (Hall 8, Booth 08.C058) as we celebrate 70 years of Ross and showcase how we are Breeding Success Together.

📧 Email: mediaenquiries@aviagen.com 🌐 Web site: https://aviagen.com/

Aza International – Booth 07.C016

Breedaza and Self-Dosy for precise and safe feed management.
Aza International will be present at VIV Europe 2026 with two flagship lines dedicated to breeders.
The Breedaza line offers advanced solutions for optimised ration management, ensuring uniformity of treatment and reducing variability in production results.
The range dedicated to breeders includes the Self-Dosy system, which enables automatic and calibrated feed distribution to roosters, reducing manual intervention and minimising contamination risks.
The entire Aza International range is designed with a rigorous approach to biosecurity: our conveyors are manufactured with materials and geometries that facilitate cleaning and disinfection, minimising pathogen transmission vectors between cycles.
They also allow storage units to be positioned outside the farm, limiting the entry of transport vehicles.

Visit our stand to explore the technical features of our solutions.

🎥 Watch the company video

📧 Email: info@azainternational.it 🌐 Web site: www.azainternational.it

Biochem – Booth 12.C056

Biochem will be exhibiting at VIV Europe 2026. We do not want to miss this opportunity to promote our new range of Beta Trace organic minerals – registered and patented for all animal species – to the market.
Biochem is a family-run business based in Germany that develops and manufactures additives for the animal feed sector. Under the motto ‘Feed Safety for Food Safety®’, Biochem produces high-quality additives and solutions in the form of water-soluble powders, pastes and liquids for pigs, poultry, ruminants, fish, pets and horses, in compliance with GMP+, QS, DIN EN ISO 9001, DIN ISO 50001 and HACCP.
Our mission is to channel all our company’s strength and expertise into supporting you in your daily work. Biochem additives are characterized by efficiency, quality and sustainability. From gut health, toxin management and feed efficiency to immune stimulation – we offer solutions for every animal species, every type of production and every climate zone.
We are your trusted partner when it comes to animal nutrition and health. With over 400 employees who are experts in various fields such as biotechnology, chemistry and veterinary science, hailing from more than 40 countries worldwide, we are in close contact with you – wherever you are.
Drawing on our production and veterinary expertise, we have developed a comprehensive portfolio to support you in tackling the key challenges in your professional career.

📧 Email: info@biochem.net 🌐 Web site: biochem.net

Carfed International LTD – Booth 11.E014

Excellence in poultry transport

With over 60 years of Italian manufacturing excellence and a strong British network, Carfed International Ltd. specializes in high-quality plastic crates and baskets for live bird transportation.
Proudly Made in Italy, our customizable designs focus on animal welfare. Produced from first-grade virgin HDPE with full UV resistance, our solutions deliver ultimate durability and efficient ventilation, directly reducing Dead on Arrival (DOA) rates.
Today, Carfed reliably serves partners in over 65 countries worldwide, backed by dedicated after-sale support. Visit us at our exhibition stand to discover reliable, long-lasting, and efficient solutions tailored to your poultry operations.

LinkedIn 1 [here] and LinkedIn 2 [here]

🎥 Company video: CARFED 2025 Record Turnover – English version

📧 Email: carfed@carfed.co.uk 🌐 Web site: carfed.co.uk

Cid Lines, An Ecolab Company – Booth 12.A069

Cid Lines, An Ecolab Company, is a global provider of animal health and biosecurity solutions, delivering advanced hygiene programs for the livestock and food industries. Combining science, innovation, and field expertise, it develops cleaning and disinfection products that improve farm productivity, animal health, and food safety. With a wide portfolio of over 1,000 products and presence in more than 100 countries, we support sustainable farming and help producers control pathogens and optimize performance across the food chain.
Visit our stand 12A069 at VIV Europe to learn more about our programs and talk with our experts.

🌐 Web site: Animal Health | Ecolab

Codaf – Booth 08.B035

Codaf is an Italian company specialized in the design and production of automatic feeding systems for the poultry industry. With more than 50 years of experience in poultry equipment, the company has developed an extensive range of feeders and automated feeding solutions for broilers, breeders, pullets, turkeys, ducks and other poultry species. Continuous innovation and attention to quality and animal welfare have led to the development of the patented “Giò” feeder, designed to ensure easy access to feed from the first days of life while helping reduce feed waste. Easy to use and clean, Codaf feeding systems are designed to support efficient flock management and consistent performance in modern poultry production

🎥 Company video: here

📧 Email: info@codaf.net 🌐 Web site: https://www.codaf.net

Dacs – Booth 07.C108

MagFans and Solectrifiers enhance operational efficiency
The combination of MagFan and Solectrifier delivers a highly efficient and reliable solution, reducing electricity costs by up to 90% compared to traditional 50″ on/off fans. The Solectrifier converts energy directly from photovoltaic panels and supplies it seamlessly to the MagFans. As the system operates on the secondary side of the grid, the fans continue running independently and seamlessly, even during power outages.

Ensuring safety and uninterrupted airflow
With 90% of grid outages occurring during daylight hours, this setup ensures continuous and dependable operation. Installed on the secondary side, the Solectrifier maintains consistent airflow, strengthening operational reliability and supporting safety when it matters most.

Below is a link to a video from Colombia where the combination of MagFans and Solectrifiers has been in operation for more than four years now.

🎥 Company video: Solectrifiers in operation at Technigran, Colombia.mp4 – MediaCMS

📧 Email: Niels Dybdahl nd@dacs.dk 🌐 Web site: www.dacs.dk

Giordano – Booth 09.B030 – 12.D020

Giordano returns to VIV Europe 2026 to showcase its advanced technologies dedicated to the poultry and veterinary sector. Recognized worldwide for the quality and reliability of its products, the company has built its reputation on more than six decades of expertise, continuous innovation and close attention to the evolution of modern farming.
Giordano’s product range includes solutions for transport, farm equipment, eggs handling and vaccination devices, developed to support the industry with high technical standards and sustainable production values. Visitors are invited to discover the latest developments and meet the Giordano Global team at Booth 09.B030, while Booth 12.D020 will be entirely dedicated to vaccination solutions and animal health technologies.

🎥 Company video: here

📧 Email: info@giordanoglobal.com 🌐 Web site: https://giordanoglobal.com

Hendrix Genetics – Booth 08.C030

Hendrix Genetics is a global leader in layer breeding, supporting egg producers worldwide with well-balanced, reliable laying hen genetics. Through our portfolio of laying hen brands, including ISA, Babcock, Bovans, Dekalb, Hisex, Warren and Shaver, we work closely with our customers to match the right bird to each production system. Our focus is on robustness, feed efficiency, egg quality, and persistency, helping deliver consistent results in daily practice. What drives us is long-term partnership, with teams close to the field translating genetic progress into practical on-farm value. At VIV Europe, we look forward to meeting you and exchanging ideas on the future of layer production.

📧 Email: layinghens@hendrix-genetics.com 🌐 Web site: www.layinghens.hendrix-genetics.com/

Hubbard – Booth 08.E060

Hubbard conventional and premium

Your choice, our commitment!

Hubbard is the worldwide reference with the Hubbard Premium product range offering a large portfolio of breeds with colour differentiation, slow(er) growth and excellent robustness. This includes the Hubbard REDBRO which offers the best balance for the BCC/ECC market in terms of animal welfare, environment, and economics of any commercially available slower-growing breed.
The Hubbard Efficiency Plus female and the M77 and M99 males perfectly match the needs of the conventional broiler markets looking for the efficient production of hatching eggs and chicks, strong broiler growth, low feed conversion, good conformation and uniformity.

📧 Email: communication@hubbardbreeders.com 🌐 Web site: www.hubbardbreeders.com

Lubing System srl – Booth 07.D090

Once again this year, Lubing System srl will be present at VIV Europe on the stand of the German mother company Lubing Maschinenfabrik.
For over 70 years, the name Lubing has been known among breeders around the world as a synonym for high quality watering systems, conveyor systems for eggs and climate systems. We are a company committed to excellence, with global knowledge of the poultry market and years of experience in the development of state-of-the-art products.
Our staff will be on hand to welcome customers, visitors and colleagues to share with them all the latest news.

Visit us at VIV Europe to discover the world of Lubing, you will find us in Hall 7 at Stand D090.

🎥 Company video: Lubing – TopNipple – CombiMaster – EasyLine 2.0

📧 Email: info@lubing.it 🌐 Web site: www.lubingsystem.com

JBT Marel – Booth 11.E020

JBT Marel will launch a number of premieres at VIV Europe, all transforming the future of food processing.
The VC-i, the world’s most intelligent vent cutter, brings artificial intelligence to vent cutting, the first and most critical step in evisceration. An AI-based visual sensor checks correct cloaca removal and positioning. Mechanical upgrades, recipe-driven settings, and real-time monitoring ensure consistent quality. Together with the Nuova-i system, the VC-i delivers optimal performance, high yield, and top hygiene.
JBT Marel integrates all in-line steps from deboning to inspection, entirely mastering breast meat processing. After ATHENA has deboned the breasts, OQULA inspects and grades both sides using AI-based vision sensors and separates the A- and B-grade product streams. B-grade products are sent to trimming, while A-grade products go directly to SensorX for final bone inspection.

🎥 Company video: VC-i – ATHENA

Email: info.poultry@marel.com 🌐 Web site: jbtmarel.com/poultry

Novogen – Booth 08.C024

As a key player in the layer genetics market, Novogen stands out as a challenger with a distinctive vision—rooted in field expertise, a hands-on approach, and a strong commitment to collaboration.
Since its inception, Novogen has pursued an ambitious selection strategy focused on production systems, efficiency, robustness, and behavioral traits adapted to all types of production environments.
Our team of international experts works closely with our partners to optimize the genetic potential of our lines. We aim to serve the egg market through a strategy that combines performance, innovation, and strong customer relationships, All in One!
In Europe, this approach has enabled us to build an extensive distribution network. Together with our partners, Novogen continues to achieve tangible growth and expand its market share year after year.

VIV Europe 2026 will be a valuable opportunity to reconnect with our partners, showcase our latest innovations, and discuss our shared ambitions for growth and development across diverse markets.

📧 Email: marketing.novogen@novogen-layers.com 🌐 Web site: www.novogen-layers.com

Petersime – Booth 09.C080

Hatching the future with Petersime

Discover UniStreamer™, Petersime’s new generation of single‑stage incubators designed to deliver predictable results, full traceability and outstanding chick uniformity.
The future of hatchery performance is defined by precision – and full control over every step. With the new UniStreamer™ range, hatcheries gain exactly that level of control. By monitoring every stage – from breeder farm to grow‑out farm – UniStreamer™ gives hatcheries the clarity and control needed to deliver predictable, traceable output of uniform, high-quality chicks. Cycle after cycle.

Curious how UniStreamer™ can strengthen your operation?

https://zootecnicainternational.com/wp-content/uploads/2026/05/Petersime_UniStreamer_EN.mp4

📧 Email: info@petersime.com 🌐 Web site: www.petersime.com

River Systems – Booth 07.D140

River Systems is excited to announce its participation in VIV Europe in Utrecht! It is the perfect opportunity to visit our stand and get hands-on with our full range of products designed for hobbyists and small farms.
Come and discover our flagship innovations, including our Wi-Fi enabled incubators, which can be fully controlled remotely through our dedicated CovApp. Explore our professional-grade range of nests, durable bell drinkers, the Caleo heating plate, and much more.
Don’t miss the chance to touch the quality of our equipment and see how our technology can simplify your daily work. Our team is waiting for you in Utrecht to show you the best of “Made in Italy” poultry equipment.

🎥 Company video: Discover our world

📧 Email: info@riversystems.it 🌐 Web site: www.riversystems.it

Sperotto – Booth 07.E016

STAR is the innovative Sperotto feeder designed to effectively feed your chicks from the first day of life.
STAR combines the best features from chicks up to broiler feeder, thanks to its low-profile tray with a hinged lid, the ability to adjust the feed level via a ring nut and telescopic lift, the feed exclusion flap, and the anti-intrusion grid. It includes the emergency end sensor to avoid any feed overflow.

The sturdy, top-quality PE-PP polyethylene makes STAR a reliable and durable product.

🎥 Company video: here

🌐 Web site: www.sperotto-spa.com 🌐 Facebook https://it-it.facebook.com/sperottospaitaly/

Tecnozoo – Booth 12.D080

Research-driven nutritional solutions for poultry production

Tecnozoo is an Italian company specialized in the manufacturing of complementary feeds for modern livestock production (cattle, swine, poultry), with a dedicated portfolio of solutions for the poultry sector.
Through research-driven formulations based on essential oils, organic acids and specialty ingredients, the company develops several products designed to support animal wellbeing and production performance.
Tecnozoo offers a wide portfolio of solutions, including products for intestinal support, feed efficiency, hydration, liver support and stress management.
Combining Made in Italy quality, technical expertise and advanced manufacturing standards, the company also provides flexible private label solutions tailored to international partners and distributors.

Come and visit us at VIV Europe.

📧 Email: tecnozoo@tecnozoo.it 🌐 Web site: tecnozoo.it

VDL Agrotech and VDL Jansen – Booth 08.E030

VDL Agrotech and VDL Jansen are part of family‑owned VDL Group from the Netherlands. Together, they develop innovative solutions for modern poultry farming. VDL Agrotech focuses on reliable feeding systems, while VDL Jansen delivers animal‑friendly, high‑efficiency housing and egg handling technologies. By combining practical experience with smart engineering, both companies create solutions that improve animal welfare, optimize performance, and support sustainable, future‑ready poultry production worldwide.

🎥 Company video: Organic Poultry Houses for Layers | FlexBelt High Flow – Egg Handling | Broiler House

Broiler Breeder Houses | Broiler Breeder Project

📧 Email: info@vdlagrotech.nl 🌐 Web site: www.vdlagrotech.com

📧 Email: info@vdljansen.com 🌐 Web site: www.vdljansen.com

Vencomatic Group – Booth 08.D050

Vencomatic Group will showcase the future of smart poultry farming during VIV Europe 2026 in Utrecht. Visitors will discover how data-driven solutions and intelligent insights help producers improve bird welfare, optimize operational performance and support sustainable egg production.
A key focus at VIV Europe 2026 will be on Meggsius and Genus Focus, showcasing how smart technology and data-driven insights are shaping the future of poultry farming. The Meggsius solutions demonstrate how real-time monitoring and advanced farm data create actionable insights for better decision-making and improved operational performance.
Genus Focus highlights the next step in sustainable hatchery innovation with its in-ovo sexing technology, enabling reliable, fast and completely contactless gender determination of embryos during incubation. Using advanced MRI imaging combined with AI-driven analysis, eggs can automatically be classified on day 12 of incubation – or earlier – as female, male or infertile.
In addition, visitors can explore innovative solutions including the Van Gent Nest and Bolegg Gallery. Meet our team and experience how technology and data are shaping the future of poultry farming.

Visit Vencomatic Group at Hall 8, Booth 08.D050.

📧 Email: marketing@vencomaticgroup.com 🌐 Web site: www.vencomaticgroup.com

The full exhibitor list is available here:
VIV Europe 2026 Exhibitor List

Do Dogs Really Need Supplements? A Complete Guide for Pet Parents

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 15:35:06 +0700

Dog supplements are everywhere now. Pet stores, online marketplaces, and social media feeds push every possible pill, oil, and chewable tablet for your pet. But the real question most Indian pet parents quietly ask themselves is simple: does my dog actually need any of this? Or is it just marketing?

This guide gives you a straight, honest answer. You will learn when supplements genuinely help, when they are unnecessary, and how to pick the right ones for your dog's age, breed, and lifestyle. By the end, you will know exactly what to buy and what to skip.

What Are Dog Supplements?

Dog supplements are products designed to add specific nutrients, herbs, or functional ingredients to your dog's diet. They are not medications. Instead, they fill small nutritional gaps and support overall wellness.

Common categories include:

Multivitamins for essential vitamins and minerals
Omega-3 oils for skin, coat, and joint support
Joint supplements like glucosamine and chondroitin
Probiotics for gut and digestive health
Calming aids for anxious dogs
Skin and coat formulas with biotin, zinc, and fatty acids
Immunity boosters and antioxidants

Supplements come in tablets, chewable treats, soft chews, powders, and liquid drops. The right supplement is the one your dog actually eats, at the right dose, for the right reason.

Do All Dogs Need Supplements?

The short answer is no. Not every dog needs a supplement.

Dogs eating a high-quality, complete commercial diet usually get all the essential nutrients they need. Premium kibble brands formulate their food to meet full nutritional standards.

However, supplements can genuinely help specific dogs. These include dogs on homemade or mixed diets, senior dogs with age-related absorption issues, puppies in growth phases, dogs recovering from illness, pregnant or nursing dogs, and dogs with diagnosed deficiencies.

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that supplements should never replace a balanced diet or treat serious medical conditions. Deciding whether your dog needs one depends on their diet, age, breed, lifestyle, and current health, not marketing pitches.

When Supplements Genuinely Help

Supplements offer real value in these situations:

Homemade or mixed diets: Home food rarely covers every vitamin and mineral at the right ratios
Senior dogs: Aging bodies absorb fewer nutrients. Joint, omega, and cognitive support become genuinely useful.
Growing puppies: DHA, omega-3, and puppy multivitamins support brain, eye, and bone development
Active or working breeds: Higher nutrient needs and joint stress make proactive support worthwhile
Dogs with skin or coat issues: Omega-3, biotin, and zinc often produce visible coat improvements
Sensitive stomachs: Probiotics support gut balance and better digestion
Recovery from illness or surgery: Multivitamins, probiotics, and omega-3 support healing
Anxious dogs: Calming supplements with chamomile or L-theanine ease stress

For these dogs, supplements are not luxury items. They are practical tools that improve quality of life.

When Supplements Are Not Necessary

Plenty of healthy dogs do not need supplements at all. Skip them if:

Your dog eats a balanced, high-quality commercial diet
They are a healthy adult with no visible health issues
Their coat, energy, and digestion are consistently good
Your vet has confirmed no nutritional gaps
They get regular exercise and routine checkups

The American Kennel Club emphasises that healthy dogs on complete commercial diets rarely require additional supplementation. Your dog's behaviour, coat, digestion, and energy levels tell the real story.

Types of Supplements Most Commonly Needed

If your dog does need support, these are the most widely useful categories:

Multivitamins: Cover essential vitamins A, B, C, D, E, K, and minerals like zinc, calcium, and iron. Useful for home-fed dogs and seniors.
Omega-3 Oils: Fish oil, salmon oil, or algae oil support coat, skin, joint, and brain health
Joint Supplements: Glucosamine, chondroitin, and MSM help senior and active dogs maintain mobility
Probiotics: Support gut health, digestion, and immunity. Useful during monsoon months in India.
Calming Supplements: Chamomile, L-theanine, or valerian help anxious dogs cope with fireworks and storms
Skin and Coat Formulas: Biotin, zinc, and fatty acid blends target dull coats, itching, and shedding
Immunity Boosters: Turmeric, spirulina, and antioxidant blends support weakened immunity
Puppy Supplements: DHA, calcium, and puppy multivitamins support growth stages

Pick one or two supplements that match your dog's actual needs. Stacking too many is rarely useful.

How to Tell If Your Dog Needs Supplements

Some visible signs hint that a nutritional gap exists:

Dull, dry, or brittle coat
Persistent shedding outside normal seasons
Itchy skin with no flea cause
Low energy or mood dips
Stiffness when getting up or climbing stairs
Frequent loose stools or digestive issues
Slow healing from cuts or scratches
Anxious behaviour during loud events

If you notice two or more of these signs, a targeted supplement may help. Start with the most relevant category, such as omega-3 for coat issues or probiotics for gut problems. Track changes over 4 to 8 weeks.

Safe Ways to Introduce Supplements

Once you decide a supplement makes sense, introduce it carefully:

Start with half the recommended dose for the first 7 days
Give with meals to improve absorption and reduce stomach upset
Stick to a consistent daily time
Monitor for any side effects like vomiting, diarrhoea, or itching
Only add one new supplement at a time
Give at least 4 to 6 weeks before deciding if it works
Avoid stacking supplements that overlap in nutrients

Safe supplementation is slow, observed, and consistent.

Risks of Over-Supplementation

Too much of a good thing can harm dogs:

Vitamin A toxicity: Damages bones and liver
Vitamin D excess: Causes dangerous calcium buildup
Iron overload: Affects liver and kidneys
Calcium imbalance: Worse for large breed puppies
Drug interactions: Some supplements interfere with prescriptions

The ASPCA warns that vitamin overdoses are just as risky as deficiencies. Always consult your vet before combining supplements.

Final Thoughts

Supplements are not magical, but they are helpful when used correctly. Not every dog needs one, but many dogs benefit from targeted support based on age, breed, or health needs. Start with one product, match it to a real concern, stay consistent for weeks, and always consult your vet first.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find trusted, dog-safe options tailored to your pet's needs.

FAQs

Do healthy dogs on kibble still need supplements?

Usually not. High-quality commercial kibble is formulated to meet complete nutritional needs. Supplements are helpful for specific concerns like coat issues, joint stiffness, or digestive problems, but not for every healthy adult dog.

What is the single most useful supplement for dogs?

Omega-3 fish oil is widely considered the most broadly useful supplement. It supports skin, coat, joints, brain, heart, and immunity with very few side effects. Most dogs benefit from quality omega-3 at the right dose.

Can I give human supplements to my dog?

Usually no. Human vitamins and supplements often contain doses, flavourings, or ingredients like xylitol that are unsafe for dogs. Always choose dog-specific products for correct dosing and safety.

How long does it take for a supplement to show results?

Most supplements take 4 to 8 weeks for visible changes. Coat shine may appear in 2 to 3 weeks. Joint support and behavioural supplements often need 6 to 12 weeks. Consistency is key.

Are natural supplements safer than synthetic ones for dogs?

Not always. Safety depends on the ingredient and dose, not the source. Some natural ingredients like garlic and certain essential oils are toxic. Trusted brands and vet guidance matter far more than the natural versus synthetic label.

Pivotal Roles of Fish Nutrition and Feeding: Recent Advances and Future Outlook for Brazilian Fish Farming

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 08:55:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

As global aquaculture shifts toward ecological responsibility, Brazil’s nutritional strategies are evolving to reduce reliance on traditional fishmeal through the use of microalgae and plant-derived compounds. This articleexaminesrecentresearchonmacroalgaeandbioactivepeptides as pillars of a resilient production system. By prioritizing gut health and immune modulation, these advancements offer a sustainable framework for optimizing fish welfare and long-term environmental health.

Fish farming plays a central role in global aquaculture by generating employment, supporting economic growth, and enhancing food security.

As the sector expands, advances in aquafeed technology and the use of feed additives have become essential to improving fish growth, health and production efficiency.

Feed additives such as vitamins, minerals and amino acids ensure that diets meet the nutritional requirements of farmed fish, while growth promoters enhance performance and feed conversion. Functional additives including probiotics, prebiotics, phytobiotics and algae-based compounds. Strengthen the immune system, increase resistance to diseases, and improve survival rates. Some additives also reduce stress and enhance overall welfare, contributing to more stable production systems.

Enzymes play a role in improving digestion and nutrient absorption, reducing feed waste and increasing efficiency. Similarly, microalgae are promising alternatives to traditional fishmeal and fish oil, as they provide essential fatty acids, proteins, and bioactive compounds that support growth, immunity, and product quality.

Plant-derived compound, such as essential oils and herbal extracts, are increasingly used as natural alternatives to synthetic chemicals. These compounds improve growth, immune response, and disease resistance while promoting a healthier production environment.

Probiotics and prebiotics further enhance gut health and microbiota balance, leading to better nutrient utilization and increase resistance to pathogens. Their use has shown positive effects on survival, intestinal health, and immune responses in several fish species.

Overall, the development of functional and sustainable feeds is crucial for the future of aquaculture. Current research focuses on replacing conventional ingredients with natural and environmentally friendly alternatives, improving efficiency while reducing ecological impact. These innovations are particularly important in rapidly growing regions such as Brazil but are applicable to aquaculture systems worldwide.

Feed additives such as probiotics and phytobiotics are essential for modern aquaculture, strengthening the fish immune system and increasing resistance to pathogens. These functional compounds improve gut health and microbiota balance, leading to superior survival rates and more stable production environments.

Pivotal Roles of Feed in Fish Farming

Feed additives are essential components in aquaculture, used to improve feed quality, enhance fish health, and optimize production performance (Figure 1). These additives are classified according to their functions and mechanisms of action, playing a key role in sustainable and efficient fish farming.

Improved digestibility and nutrient absorption

Feed additives such as digestive enzymes significantly enhance nutrient utilization by breaking down complex compounds like proteins, lipids, and carbohydrates. Enzymes including proteases, lipases, and carbohydrates improve digestion and compensate for limited endogenous enzyme production, particularly in juvenile fish. This leads to better feed efficiency, growth performance, and reduced waste.

For example, enzyme supplementation is species such as pirarucu improved growth and nutrient digestibility, while phytase enhances the utilization of plant-based ingredients. Similarly, protein hydrolysates from poultry liver and sardines have been shown to improve nutritional efficiency and productivity in various fish species.

Overall, improving digestibility results in optimized growth, lower feed costs, and reduced environmental impact, contributing to more sustainable aquaculture systems.

Increased immunity and health

Functional feed additives play a crucial role in enhancing fish immunity and overall health. Probiotics, such as Lactobacillus and Bacillus species, improve gut microbiota balance, nutrient absorption, and disease resistance by inhibiting pathogenic microorganisms and stimulating immune responses. Prebiotics further support beneficial bacteria, creating a favorable intestinal environment.

Immunomodulators, including essential fatty acids (EPA, DHA, and ARA), nucleotides. and plant extracts, regulate immune cell activity and improve resistance to infections. Organic acids contribute to pathogen control and improved digestion, while antioxidants such as vitamins A,D, and E, along with minerals like zinc and selenium, reduce oxidative stress andstrengthen immune function.

Bioactive peptides also enhance immune responses by activating immune cells and providing antimicrobial effects. Additionally, improve digestion through enzyme supplementation indirectly supports immune health by reducing physiological stress.

In summary, feed additives are fundamental to modern aquaculture, improving both nutritional efficiency and fish health. By enhancing digestion, boosting immunity and reducing environmental impact, they support more productive, resilient, and sustainable fish farming systems (Figure 1).

Macroalgae species, including Ulva and Gracilaria, are emerging as potent biotechnological tools due to their immunostimulant and growth-promoting properties. They serve as natural sources of carotenoids and essential amino acids, enhancing fillet quality and antioxidant responses in species like Nile tilapia.

NutritionalApproachesin Brazilian Marine Fish Farming

Nutritional strategies in Brazilian marine aquaculture have evolved to improve fish growth, health, and sustainability, particularly for economically important species such as mullet, snook, and sardines. Research shows that not all dietary additives are beneficial. For instance, guar gum and citrus pectin at higher inclusion levels negatively affected growth performance, nutrient composition, and feed intake in juvenile mullet, while also altering liver metabolism without improving communities. In contrast, citral supplementation enhanced growth, digestive enzyme activity, antioxidant responses, and survival in mullet and sardines, although it was not recommended for common snook.

Probiotics such as Bacillus subtilis demonstrated immunostimulant effects in snook, though without significant growth improvements. Organic salts, particularly sodium acetate, improved growth performance and reduced bacterial loads in fat snook, highlighting their potential as functional additives. Similarly, ascorbic acid supplementation improved reproductive parameters like sperm quality, even when growth was unaffected. Exogenous enzymes also showed promise by mitigating soybean mealinduced intestinal issues and enhancing nutrient utilization.

Marine ornamental fish production presents additional challenges due to reliance on wild capture, raising sustainability concerns such as overfishing and habitat damage, and specialized dietary requirements. Experimental diets and additives play a key role in addressing these issues. Thyroid hormones have been shown to accelerate metamorphosis, improve survival, and enhance development in species like clownfish and barber goby, although excessive doses can cause deformities.

Probiotics and enriched live feeds improved growth and survival in seahorses, especially when combined with microalgae or copepods. Carotenoids such as astaxanthin significantly enhanced pigmentation and immune function, with natural sources proving more effective than synthetic ones. Exogenous enzymes like pancreatin improved digestion, intestinal development, and growth performance in both seahorses and clownfish larvae. Organic acids contributed to better intestinal morphology and nutrient absorption, although their long-term effects require further study.

Microalgae emerged as a critical nutritional component, improving survival, growth, and fatty acid composition in larvae, while also serving as a sustainable alternative to traditional feed ingredients. Additionally, micronutrients such as iodine were essential for preventing physiological disorders like goiter in certain species.

Overall, advances in nutritional strategies, including functional additives and alternative feed sources, are essential for improving aquaculture productivity and sustainability while reducing dependance on wild populations.

Recent Advances for Feeding in Brazilian Fish Farming

In recent years, macroalgae have gained attention as a functional feeding strategy in aquaculture due to their nutritional, immunostimulant, antiviral, antibacterial, and growth-promoting properties. Studies on species such as Ulva ohnoi, Sargassum filipendula, Undaria pinnatifida, Chaetomorpha clavate, and Kappaphycus alvarezii have demonstrated positive effects on the growth and immunity of Pacific white shrimp (Penaeus vannamei), suggesting similar potential benefits for fish. However, research on macroalgae use in fish diets remains limited in Brazil.

Costa and Miranda-Filho (2020) highlighted the importance of marine macroalgae as sources of carotenoids, which influence not only coloration but also growth, reproduction, and overall health in aquatic species. Experimental studies with fish show promising but nuanced results. For instance, Pontes et al. (2020) found that including 10% Ulva fasciate meal in juvenile Nile tilapia (Oreochromis niloticus) diets did not affect gastrointestinal transit, indicating it is a safe inclusion level. Similarly, Costa et al. (2013) reported improved feed conversion and carcass yield in tilapia when diets included 20 g Kg-1 of Ascophyllum nodosum.

In contrast, Mendonca et al. (2019) observed that while Gracilaria domingensis enhanced immune responses in juvenile mullet (Mugil liza) growth was negatively affected at inclusion levels above 10%. A 5% inclusion level was identified as optimal, improving immune competence without compromising growth. Fish fed macroalgae also showed increased levels of immune-related antibodies.

Macroalgae also influence physiological and biochemical parameters. Cian et al. (2019) found that Pyropia columbina improved antioxidant responses in juvenile pacu (Piaractus mesopotamicus), reducing oxidative stress markets without affecting growth. Meanwhile, Ulva fasciata supplementation in Seriola dordalis did not alter growth but improve fillet quality by increasing DHA and reducing linoleic acid content, along with changes in hematological parameters at higher inclusion levels.

Additionally, Ulva species may serve as natural sources of tryptophan phenylalanine, potentially reducing stress in fish farming systems (Calheiros et al., 2019). Overall, macroalgae show strong biotechnological potential as feed additives, enhancing fish health, immunity, and product quality, although further research is needed in Brazil.

Future outlook for nutrition and feeding in Brazilian fish farming

The future outlook for nutrition and feeding in Brazilian fish farming looks very promising. With the ongoing expansion of the Brazilian fish farming industry, there is anticipated to be a notable rise in research efforts and the introduction of new products to the market. The fish farming sector in Brazil is experiencing rapid growth, with investments being made in water resource management technologies and the development of specific diets for native species, which will help ensure the sector’s sustainability.

These prospects indicate a dynamic future with significant growth opportunities for fish farming in Brazil. Recent highlights of the Brazilian evolution in the search for sustainable alternatives for the aquafeed industry include feed additives such as citral, β-glucan-enriched complex, Ocimum basilicum essential oil, Bacillus spp and organic benzoic acid, propionic acid, Curcuma longa hydrolate and Lactobacillus plantarum, Inulin, Lippia sidoides essential oil, and Lactobacillus rhamnosus.

Despite the advancements in Brazilian research reported in this study, it is crucial to incorporate these advancements into the aquafeed industry to enhance the growth and sustainability of the sector. Quality ingredients are necessary for formulating fish diets, even though they can be costly. Proper selection of feed ingredients and additives is vital for the health and growth of fish. Nutrition for native species remains a challenge in the Brazilian aquaculture industry. Government support and targeted public policies for the fish feed sector could drive development and innovation. These challenges present obstacles, but also opportunities for innovation and expansion in the Brazilian fish feed industry.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “PIVOTAL ROLES OF FISH NUTRITION AND FEEDING: RECENT ADVANCES AND FUTURE OUTLOOK FOR BRAZILIAN FISH FARMING” developed by:. Aline Brum, Caio Magnotti, Mônica Yumi Tsuzuki, Elen Monique de Oliveira Sousa, José Luiz Pedreira Mouriño, Maurício Laterça Martins. Rafael Garcia Lopes, Roberto Bianchini Derner and Marco Shizuo Owatari ─ Federal University of Santa Catarina. The original article was published on JANUARY, 2025, through FISHES. The full version, including tables and figures, can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.3390/fishes10020047

Nutreco Expands Its Smart Shrimp Ecosystem

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:23 +0700

• Eruvaka’s expansion now spans 12 countries while their tools ensure USD 1.25 billion in harvest value

• The platform’s technology includes AI-based sonic feeding, automatic feeders, and water quality monitoring

The international company Nutreco has announced a major expansion of its smart aquaculture ecosystem. Its subsidiary, Eruvaka, that currently operates in 12 countries, helping aquaculture producers adopt smart solutions to increase productivity and reduce risk at commercial scale, and is still growing. The impact of their technological integration originated an enormous production volume in 2025: with approximately 370,000 metric tons of shrimp, with a market value of USD 1.25 billion, were farmed using the platform.

“Shrimp farming has become an AI- and data-driven business, and there is no room for error. Technology alone does not solve volatility. The real impact comes from integrating smart feeding systems with biological expertise, grower experience, feed formulation, and robust local advisory support. That ecosystem enables farmers to make faster, more informed decisions in challenging market conditions,” said Kunal Choudhary, CEO of Eruvaka.

Since Nutreco completed the acquisition of full ownership in 2023, Eruvaka has evolved from a technology provider into a globally integrated platform. It currently supports approximately 20,000 annual harvests, with more than 45,000 hectares of shrimp ponds managed through connected systems and over 60,000 smart feeding devices in operation.

Biomass Increases of Between 40% and 60%

According to them, while persistent price volatility continues to challenge shrimp producers worldwide, the platform represents one of the largest installed bases of smart feeding systems in the industry, reflecting a shift toward precision by producers seeking consistency in an unpredictable market.

In a landscape where pressure on margins is forcing many operations to reevaluate their models, Nutreco’s integrated approach has become a safeguard for profitability. In select markets, producers using the system have achieved biomass increases of between 40% and 60%. Coupled with improved feed efficiency, these operations have seen an increase in farm profits of between 20% and 40%.

It seems that also the environmental benefits are significant. Field studies demonstrated reductions in the carbon footprint of between 10% and 30% through optimized feeding practices. By combining real-time pond data with precise delivery, the system promotes stable conditions and greater farm reliability — factors critical to shrimp survival rates.

Strategic Importance of the Integration

Unlike standalone digital tools, Eruvaka’s technology — which includes AI-based sonic feeding, automatic feeders, and water quality monitoring — is integrated within the broader nutritional framework of Skretting (a Nutreco company). This allows the group to move beyond the simple deployment of equipment toward proactive farm optimization.

“For Skretting, the integration of Eruvaka demonstrates how we are evolving as a business. By bringing together digital innovation, nutrition expertise, producer experience, and local advisory support, we empower farmers with better knowledge, create a measurable impact on performance and sustainability, and help maintain resilient aquaculture systems in the long term,” commented Maarten Bijl, CEO of Skretting.

Proactive Farm Optimization

Eruvaka was founded in 2012 by Indian entrepreneur Sreeram Raavi. The company’s products allow farmers to actively monitor pond parameters and remotely control automated equipment. This significantly reduces farming risk and increases feed efficiency, shrimp growth and farm profitability.

Nutreco first partnered with Eruvaka in 2018, and this continued expansion reinforced its long-term commitment to the ‘feed-to-farm’ value chain. “By combining AI innovation with nutritional science, Nutreco is enabling a global shift from reactive support toward proactive farm optimization, strengthening the resilience of the global shrimp supply,” they say.

Since then, Nutreco‘s aquaculture division Skretting is working directly with Eruvaka to implement the latest in precision farming technology, firstly in Latin America and then in Asia.

New Country, Growing Impact: First ASC-Certified Feed Mills in Venezuela

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:17 +0700

By Aquaculture Stewardship Council

Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) continues to see building global momentum for its Feed Certification Program, with the first two ASC-certified feed mills in Venezuela.

Agropecuaria Nivar became the country’s first ASC-certified feed mill, quickly followed by Proparca who achieved certification soon after – both producing shrimp feed. This milestone signals growing demand for more sustainable aquafeed in the region, with Venezuelan feed mills now certified to supply ASC-conforming feed and marking further progress for Latin America, a key hub in the global shrimp supply chain.

More than 130 feed mills are now in the ASC Feed Program worldwide. With ASC-certified farms required to use ASC-conforming feed, expanding supply is critical to enabling the continued growth of responsible aquaculture.

Marcos Moya, Outreach Lead at ASC, said, “We congratulate both Agropecuaria Nivar and Proporca for achieving ASC Feed Certification. By choosing the most robust and transparent certification in aquafeed manufacturing, they demonstrate their commitment to environmental and social responsibility.”

A representative from Agropecuaria Nivar added, “For Grupo Nivar, ASC Feed Mill certification represents validation of our commitment to responsible feed production, product traceability, and aquaculture sustainability. This achievement reinforces our vision of adding value to our customers and to the development of the aquaculture sector in Venezuela.”

Agropecuaria Nivar team presented with ASC Feed Certificate at SEG 2026

Proporca’s spokesperson concluded, “Achieving certification under the ASC Feed Standard is a source of great pride and a milestone that goes beyond operational excellence. This international recognition validates our commitment to producing aquaculture feed in line with the most stringent standards of traceability, environmental responsibility and social commitment. It’s a key step in our growth strategy.”

“By aligning with world-class standards, we not only strengthen the trust of our business partners but also ensure that the shrimp industry has access to inputs that support its own certification and long-term sustainability. This achievement reaffirms our vision: to lead with quality, act with transparency, and produce responsibly for the future of food.”

Momentum is building in the region: two additional feed mills in Venezuela are already in audit for ASC Feed Certification.

About the ASC Feed Standard

The ASC Feed Standard is the first of its kind to set binding global requirements for all feed ingredients – from fishmeal and fish oil to plant-based ingredients such as soy, palm oil, and wheat. Companies must demonstrate that these are sourced from responsibly managed fisheries or sustainable agricultural sources.

About the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC)

The ASC label on pack showcases ASC-certified farms and feed mills — impact-focused and transparent operations delivering measurable and verifiable change. They meet science-based, rigorous requirements that foster accountability and trust across the seafood value chain, from feed ingredients to farm to fork.

ASC is an independent non-profit organization setting the global standard for responsible farmed seafood. Our comprehensive environmental and social requirements drive continuous improvement in aquaculture practices.

ASC is advancing the leading certification program for responsible farmed seafood, partnering to increase demand for ASC-labelled products, and championing innovation through industry collaboration.

Find out more: www.asc-aqua.org

Aquaintech Marks 30 Years as a Global Leader in Sustainable Aquaculture Solutions

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:12 +0700

By Aquaintech

Aquaintech today celebrates 30 years of advancing sustainable aquaculture through its Bacillus– based microbial solutions designed to improve water quality and support resilient, high-performance aquatic farming systems worldwide.

Since its founding in 1996, Aquaintech has grown from a specialized water quality innovator into a global biotechnology company focused on practical, biology-driven solutions for aquaculture. Over three decades, the company has built a strong reputation for delivering field-proven microbial solutions in tablet, powder, and liquid formats that help farmers maintain stable, productive, and sustainable aquatic environments.

Today, Aquaintech is the largest supplier of aquaculture microbial solutions in Ecuador, with a growing international presence across Vietnam, Mexico, India, New Caledonia, and other markets. The company supports diverse shrimp and fish farming systems operating under a wide range of environmental conditions.

At the core of its portfolio are Bacillus-based products widely used to support microbial balance, improve water stability, and enhance system resilience across pond-based aquaculture systems, shrimp and fish farms, and hatchery environments.

Aquaintech also offers customized formulations and private-label solutions developed in close collaboration with farmers and industry partners. These solutions are tailored to specific regional conditions, species requirements, and operational challenges, reflecting the company’s customer- centric approach to real-world aquaculture needs.

“As we mark 30 years, our focus remains on delivering practical, science-based solutions that directly address farmer challenges,” said Dr. Newman, CEO and Founder of Aquaintech. “Our strength lies in combining proven Bacillus technologies with the ability to adapt formulations to local conditions and customer requirements.”

Looking ahead, Aquaintech is focused on expanding its global presence, diversifying into new aquaculture markets, and strengthening its leadership in sustainable microbial water quality solutions.

About Aquaintech

Aquaintech is a global aquaculture solutions company founded by Dr. Newman, specializing in Bacillus-based microbial technologies for water quality management. With operations across multiple international markets, the company provides field-proven, customizable solutions that support sustainable and productive aquaculture systems worldwide.

Dr. Newman is also a contributor to several leading aquaculture industry publications, reflecting his ongoing engagement with applied aquaculture science and industry knowledge sharing.

The Norwegian Cod Farming Company Ode Acquires Mowi Facility in Vanylven

Edusehat — Tue, 19 May 2026 05:20:06 +0700

• **Some weeks before, they acquired Lumarine, that currently operates the largest juvenile cod production facility in the country**

The Norwegian cod farming company Ode just announced that has entered into an agreement to acquire Mowi’s facility in Vanylven, Norway. They reported that Mowi will continue operating the facility through the summer with its current stock of ballan wrasse. After that, Ode will take over the facility and its employees and convert the operations to cod juvenile and broodstock production.

“Ode is a strong player in cod farming and will further develop the facility in a responsible and sustainable manner,” said Regional Director Asgeir Hasund of Mowi Norway.

For his part, Ode CEO Ola Kvalheim commented: “The company has a strong need for increased onshore capacity, and Sighaug fits perfectly into our portfolio with its skilled and experienced employees, proximity to several of Ode’s farming sites, and opportunities for further development and investment.”

Without Interruption

Kvalheim emphasized that Ode sees Sighaug as an important facility in the company’s value chain for farmed cod. The facility, together with several of its employees, has previously produced cod juveniles with very strong results.

“We are confident that we can build on what Mowi has developed over the past years. The facility can easily be converted back to cod and is well suited for both juvenile and broodstock production. Together with Mowi, we are immediately starting the process of applying for a change of species approval to cod. We hope for a swift process with the relevant authorities so that operations can resume without interruption in activity,” assured Kvalheim.

According to Mowi’s Regional Director Hasund, they “are pleased to have found a good solution for the facility and its employees. This will ensure continued operations in Vanylven,” he said while he also thanked the facility’s employees for their efforts over many years, and especially for their work in recent times.

Euronext NOTC-Listed Seafood Company Lumarine

Some weeks before the announcement, Kistefos-controlled Holding Akvaservice, together with shareholders representing more than 90% of the shares, entered into an agreement to sell their shares to Ode. The remaining shareholders have been offered the opportunity to sell their shares on the same terms. Lumarine currently operates Norway’s largest juvenile cod production facility at Tjeldbergodden in Aure municipality, also in Norway. The facility produced approximately 1,500 tons of juvenile cod last year.

Ode and Lumarine have worked closely together since 2022, and the acquisition represents an important step in Ode’s continued development as a leading and fully integrated producer of farmed cod, they highlighted.

The company plans to invest significantly in further modernization and scaling of production to 5,000 tons of juvenile cod by 2027. Such capacity will be necessary to support a potential annual production volume of around 100,000 tons of market-size cod within the next five years.

“We are very pleased to announce this acquisition. We know Lumarine, the organization, and the facility well after a very successful collaboration over the past five years. Bringing this fully into Ode is a natural and strategically sound step for us. It represents a key milestone in strengthening our fully integrated value chain for cod production,” said Kvalheim.

Through this acquisition, Ode is laying the foundation for future growth and a clear modernization and professionalization of juvenile cod production. Lumarine has significant potential for further development and expansion beyond the 5,000 tons planned after the acquisition. According to them, Ode looks forward to further developing the strong professional environment at Tjeldbergodden and strengthening cooperation with the local community in Aure.

“We look forward to fully integrating the organization and production into Ode. This provides greater predictability, allows us to invest in improved biological control, and strengthens our ability to deliver even better juvenile fish in the future. At the same time, we are welcoming highly skilled employees who already have extensive experience with cod juvenile production and who know Ode and our way of working through the long-standing cooperation between the companies,” finished Kvalheim.

Lumarine’s juvenile cod production uses a flow-through system in which seawater is heated through heat exchange with surplus heat from local industry. This enables a highly sustainable production model with low biological and technological risk. Experience with cod production since 2022 has been positive and provides a strong foundation for further development under Ode.

International Poultry Welfare Alliance’s Key Welfare Indicator guides: tools to drive continuous improvement in animal outcomes

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 21:50:36 +0700

As stakeholder expectations around welfare continue to evolve, the poultry value chain has increasingly adopted more meaningful approaches to demonstrate measurable progress and align welfare programs with science and outcomes. This shift requires a fundamental change in how we define, measure and communicate about animal welfare. At the center of that change are outcome-based key welfare indicators (KWIs): animal-centered, science-informed measurements that objectively assess the impact of management and the environment on poultry welfare.

Historically, animal welfare programs have relied heavily on resource-based indicators. These include system inputs such as stocking density, feeder and drinker space, lighting programs, and breed choice. Although these inputs are important, they do not always reliably predict how animals experience their environment.

In contrast, outcome-based indicators focus on the animal itself. These measures assess the actual response to, or results of, management practices, capturing the bird’s biological response to its environment. Examples include mortality rates, cull rates, lameness incidence, footpad dermatitis, injuries, and dead-on-arrival (DOA) percentages. Outcome-based indicators provide a more direct and meaningful assessment of welfare because they quantify the animal’s lived experience. They allow for benchmarking, trend analysis, and continuous improvement across diverse production systems.

Identifying the need for a common framework

One of the most significant barriers to advancing the broad adoption and use of outcome-based KWIs has been the lack of a common system and language. Different organizations have historically used varying definitions, methodologies, and reporting formats, creating fragmentation and reducing credibility with external stakeholders. Establishing a unified framework addresses this challenge by supporting consistent data collection and transparent communication and facilitating benchmarking. This language and systems gap has reinforced the need for a standardized, science-based approach that can be applied across production systems and regions.

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA), a global, multi-stakeholder organization that serves as an independent resource on poultry welfare and brings together expertise from across the value chain, has helped address this need by bringing together stakeholders to align on how welfare outcomes are measured and communicated.

Through this effort, IPWA developed KWI Reference Guides for broilers, turkeys and layers, providing a practical framework to support consistent assessment, enable objective evaluation and drive continuous improvement in poultry welfare. The KWI reference guides were designed to complement existing standards and provide clear guidance on how to measure and monitor welfare indicators consistently across all phases of production (hatchery, farm, transport, and processing plant). The guides are available in English, Spanish, Portuguese, Thai and Arabic and are housed on the Alliance’s website.

The goal of publishing the guides was not to replace existing welfare monitoring programs but to enhance them by introducing a standardized, outcome-based framework. The guides include definitions of key indicators, options for measurement and observation, implementation instructions, the scientific rationale for each metric and citations linking each indicator to published research or technical guidance. They also identify a core set of KWIs applicable across broiler, layer, and turkey production systems.

This approach recognizes that although production systems may differ, the fundamental principles of animal welfare remain consistent. By aligning on a shared set of indicators, the value chain can create a more cohesive and credible narrative around welfare performance, enabling more consistent communication to stakeholders about progress in poultry welfare.

It is also important to note that the guides do not impose defined standards. Instead, the approach emphasizes continuous improvement. The IPWA recognizes that welfare is not a fixed endpoint, but a process that evolves with advances in science, technology, and management. By focusing on improvement over time, innovation can be encouraged and accountability maintained.

Although the guides outline how to measure indicators, effective welfare assessment depends on consistent training. Individuals need to understand both how to measure and why it matters. To support this, the IPWA and partners developed online training modules that turn the guide into practical, easy-to-use learning programs. These modules combine visuals, welfare science, and hands-on examples to improve consistency and help teams better identify emerging welfare issues.

Driving continuous improvement

The true value of KWIs lies in their ability to drive continuous improvement. By systematically measuring outcomes, producers can identify trends, detect emerging issues, and evaluate the effectiveness of management interventions. This creates a feedback loop that supports ongoing refinement and optimization. For example, tracking mortality and cull rates over time can reveal improvements in flock health or highlight areas where intervention is needed. Monitoring lameness or footpad dermatitis can inform adjustments in litter, drinker, or environmental management. Evaluating DOA rates can lead to improvements in transportation or handling practices.

These insights not only improve animal welfare but also enhance operational performance. Better welfare outcomes are often associated with improved productivity, reduced losses, and lower risk. This reinforces the concept that animal welfare is both an ethical obligation and a business imperative.

Building trust through transparency

In today’s environment, data alone is not sufficient. How the value chain communicates that data is equally important. Stakeholders expect transparency, consistency, and clarity. They want to understand not only what the metrics are but also what they mean and how they are used to drive improvement.

Standardized KWIs provide a foundation for this communication. They enable the value chain to present an aligned, evidence-based narrative that demonstrates both progress and accountability. This transparency is critical for building trust. Trust is not earned through claims but through consistent demonstration of performance over time. By openly sharing data, acknowledging challenges and highlighting progress, the poultry sector can strengthen its credibility with stakeholders.

Leading the future of welfare

The poultry value chain is well-positioned to lead the future of animal welfare by embracing a more transparent, outcome-driven approach. By aligning around KWIs, we can clearly demonstrate progress, strengthen trust and continue advancing both animal care and operational performance. This is an opportunity to move forward with confidence by building on the strong foundation already in place.

The next step is to actively adopt, implement and consistently communicate KWIs across the value chain, ensuring that continuous improvement in welfare is not only achieved, but also clearly understood by all stakeholders.

Those interested in advancing poultry welfare are encouraged to engage with the IPWA. Whether your focus is research, production, policy or the broader value chain, IPWA provides a platform to collaborate, share expertise and help shape practical, science-based solutions. Connecting with IPWA is an opportunity to contribute to meaningful progress and stay engaged with the evolving landscape of poultry welfare.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post International Poultry Welfare Alliance’s Key Welfare Indicator guides: tools to drive continuous improvement in animal outcomes appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Italy launches the first pilot vaccination project for HPAI in poultry farms

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 21:45:14 +0700

Starting in May 2026, the Italian Ministry of Health will begin a pilot vaccination program against highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI – H5 subtype). The initiative is being implemented in cooperation with the Veneto and Lombardy regions and with the full participation of the poultry industry supply chain.

The program will involve a small number of selected farms in the provinces of Verona and Mantua and will target the most vulnerable poultry categories, specifically meat turkeys and egg-laying hens. The project involves birds from the earliest stages of life, using vaccines approved at European level. It will be supported by a strengthened monitoring system and advanced traceability tools to assess on the field all operational aspects related to animal vaccination.

Vaccination for HPAI will be an additional protective measure that works alongside – and does not replace – the existing biosecurity, surveillance and control measures already in place. It will position Italy among the most advanced European countries in adopting innovative tools for the prevention and control of animal diseases with significant health and economic consequences. The aim is to strengthen the system’s ability to contain the spread of the virus, reducing the risk of outbreaks and safeguarding the continuity of production in the national poultry sector, thereby limiting the economic impact of the disease.

The vaccination for HPAI in poultry also fully aligns with the One Health approach, recognising the connection between animal health, human health, and the environment. Reducing viral circulation in farms in fact helps lower the risk of viral adaptation and potential “spillover” events to humans, thereby reinforcing prevention efforts in the field of public health as well.

Source: https://www.izsvenezie.com/italy-launches-pilot-vaccination-hpai/

When we examine consumer behaviour

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 18:30:06 +0700

This weekend, my brother and sister-in-law were staying over from the US, having stopped off in Italy to see the new grandson. We of this generation are all excited, as it is the first grandbaby to be born to our particular family set. He is fairly small but getting bigger every day. We keep sending them baby things and demanding endless photos of the child. I am turning into my mother.

My sister-in-law asked if we had probiotics, as she had run out of her capsules. I was able to direct her to the Danone Actimel we have in our refrigerator. How things change. I remember when I mentioned probiotics many moons ago, and my American friends had no idea what I was talking about. Even those of us who grew up drinking just milk (there was semi-skimmed milk?) now have such a selection of dairy products for whatever we’d like to consume. Pretty much, if you can envision it, the dairy sector has a product for it. It’s kind of a marvel how this sector has changed over the last couple of decades.

I am also off on a swimming holiday to Croatia this week, leaving the spouse at home to complete projects. This is a nervous time as sometimes I come home to strange eBay purchases, such as a beautiful, enormous mahogany bookcase, in pieces because it was so very large, all over my upstairs hallway. It was going very cheap because most houses can’t accommodate such a massive piece of furniture here. I believe a couple of the shelves are now holding books here.

Never mind. Paški sir, an award-winning, hard sheep’s milk cheese, is from Croatia, but I will be south of where it is produced. I am sure I will be able to find the cheeses somewhere on my travels around the country. When I’m not paddling around the islands.

The post When we examine consumer behaviour appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Top Supplements for Puppies in Their Growth Stage

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 18:05:05 +0700

Puppyhood is one of the shortest yet most important chapters of a dog's life. In the first 12 months, your puppy builds the bones, muscles, immune system, and brain they will rely on for the next decade. Every meal, every treat, and every supplement plays a role in shaping their adult health.

This guide covers the top supplements for puppies during their growth stage. You will learn which supplements genuinely help, when to start them, and how to avoid over-supplementation, which is a surprisingly common mistake among well-meaning Indian pet parents.

Understanding the Puppy Growth Stage

Puppy growth happens in distinct phases, each with different nutritional needs:

0 to 2 months: Still nursing or weaning. Mostly dependent on the mother's milk.
2 to 4 months: Rapid growth of bones, joints, and muscles. Immune system building.
4 to 8 months: Teeth come in, energy spikes, and coordination develops.
8 to 12 months: Growth slows, muscle tone sets, and adult features emerge.
12 to 24 months: Large and giant breeds continue developing. Small breeds usually reach maturity.

Puppies need 2 to 3 times more calories, calcium, and protein per kilogram of body weight than adult dogs. Their nutritional demands peak between 3 and 6 months. The right supplements during this window can prevent lifelong joint, bone, and immunity issues.

Why Puppies May Need Supplements

Even the best commercial puppy food can leave small gaps. Factors that raise the need for supplementation include:

Homemade puppy diets that miss specific nutrients
Large or giant breed genetics, which require precise calcium and joint support
Rescue puppies with a poor early diet
Puppies recovering from illness, deworming, or stress
Weak immunity from vaccination gaps or environmental exposure
Dull coat, skin issues, or digestive sensitivities
Active breeds with high energy demands

The American Kennel Club notes that growth-phase puppies benefit most from targeted supplements that fill specific dietary gaps, especially when fed under vet guidance.

Top 10 Supplements for Growing Puppies

The following supplements support different aspects of healthy puppy development:

Puppy Multivitamin: Covers core vitamins A, B-complex, C, D, E, and K, plus essential minerals. Choose puppy-specific formulas with correct calcium and phosphorus ratios.
DHA and Omega-3: Critical for brain development, eye function, and coat shine. Fish oil or algae oil delivers DHA in the most bioavailable form. Aim for 50 to 60 mg of EPA plus DHA per kg of puppy weight.
Calcium and Phosphorus Blend: Essential for bone and tooth development. Use only with vet guidance, especially for large breeds. Over-supplementing calcium can cause orthopaedic problems.
Probiotics: Support gut health, improve digestion, and strengthen immunity. Especially useful for rescue puppies and dogs on antibiotics.
Colostrum Supplements: Rich in antibodies and growth factors. Useful for puppies weaned early or with weak immunity.
Vitamin D3: Supports calcium absorption and bone strength. Important for puppies kept mostly indoors.
Glucosamine and Chondroitin: Recommended for large breed puppies prone to hip or elbow dysplasia. Start under vet guidance from 6 months onwards.
Biotin and Zinc: Support healthy skin, coat, and nail development. Useful for puppies with dull fur or dandruff.
Iron and B-Complex: Support red blood cell production and energy metabolism. Useful for puppies recovering from parasites or surgery.
Herbal Immune Boosters: Natural options like turmeric, spirulina, or Ayurvedic blends support gradual immunity building. Use only under vet or qualified herbalist guidance.

Most puppies need a core multivitamin plus omega-3 as a baseline. Add targeted supplements based on breed, diet, and individual needs. Avoid stacking too many products.

When to Start Giving Puppy Supplements

Timing matters in the growth stage. A rough guide:

0 to 8 weeks: Supplementation rarely needed. Mother's milk covers nutritional needs.
8 to 12 weeks: Gentle probiotics may help during weaning or transition to solid food
3 to 6 months: Best time to add puppy multivitamin, DHA, and breed-specific joint support
6 to 12 months: Continue core supplements. Add joint support for large breeds if recommended.
Over 12 months: Transition slowly to adult-dog nutritional needs and supplements

Always consult your vet before starting any supplement, especially for puppies under 4 months. The wrong supplement or dose can affect development.

How to Choose Safe Puppy Supplements

Not every supplement marketed for puppies is safe or useful. Use this quick checklist:

Puppy-specific formulation only. Never use adult or senior formulas.
Clear dosage by weight, with puppy-sized doses labelled
Short ingredient lists, no artificial colours or synthetic preservatives
Indian-made or regulated import brands are usually safer than bulk imports
Third-party testing results shared by the brand
Easy-to-feed formats like soft chews, liquid drops, or flavoured powders
No unnecessary calcium, particularly for large breed puppies

Avoid cheap imports or bulk products without clear ingredient lists. Quality matters far more than price during these crucial months.

Mistakes to Avoid

Common supplement mistakes in puppy care:

Giving adult supplements: Calcium and vitamin levels are wrong for growing pups
Over-supplementing calcium: Can cause skeletal issues, especially in large breeds
Stacking too many products: Leads to nutrient overlap and potential toxicity
Assuming more is better: Higher doses do not mean faster growth
Using human vitamins: Many contain iron, vitamin D, or xylitol in unsafe levels

The ASPCA warns that many human supplements and some imported puppy products contain ingredients unsafe for young dogs. Always verify sources before starting a new supplement.

Final Thoughts

Puppyhood is short, but what you feed during this window shapes your dog's entire future. Choose a high-quality puppy multivitamin, add omega-3 and probiotics as needed, and skip unnecessary extras. Always match supplements to your puppy's age, breed, and diet, and consult your vet for large breeds or rescue puppies.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find puppy-safe options designed for growth and wellness.

FAQs

At what age should I start giving my puppy supplements?

Most puppies do not need added supplements before 8 weeks, as mother's milk provides essential nutrition. From 3 to 6 months, a puppy multivitamin and DHA are commonly recommended. Always consult your vet before starting, especially for puppies under 4 months.

Do puppies really need multivitamins if they eat commercial puppy food?

Usually not, if the commercial food is high quality and complete. However, puppies on homemade or mixed diets, rescue puppies, or those with growth issues often benefit from targeted supplements. Your vet can confirm based on your puppy's condition.

Is calcium supplementation safe for large breed puppies?

Only under vet guidance. Too much calcium can cause skeletal problems in breeds like Labradors, German Shepherds, Great Danes, and Rottweilers. Most premium puppy kibble already includes appropriate calcium levels, so extra supplementation is rarely needed.

Can I give my puppy omega-3 every day?

Yes. Omega-3 is safe and beneficial for daily puppy supplementation. Use puppy-appropriate doses, usually 50 to 60 mg of EPA plus DHA per kg of body weight. Fish oil or algae oil work best for puppies.

Which supplements are best for Indie puppies and mixed breeds in India?

Most Indian mixed breed puppies benefit from a core multivitamin, omega-3, and probiotics. Joint supplements are useful for large or athletic pups. Adjust based on your puppy's diet, activity level, and health history.

83% of Feed Samples Show Multi-Mycotoxin Contamination

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:14 +0700

By dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

New dsm-firmenich data reveals rising co-contamination risks across global feed Supply and escalating threat to food security

dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health has released the results of the World Mycotoxin Survey from January to March 2026, highlighting a sharp rise in multi-mycotoxin contamination across feed ingredients worldwide.

Analysis of 4,465 samples from 66 countries shows that 83% of samples contain 10 or more mycotoxins, with an average of 21 mycotoxins and metabolites per sample. The findings underline a shift from single-toxin to complex co-contamination risks, increasing pressure on feed safety, animal performance, and food production systems.

4,465 samples were collected and analyzed from 66 countries around the world, resulting in 26,751 analyses.

Mycotoxins are naturally produced by the fungi that can contaminate feed raw materials in the field and during storage. When ingested by animals, mycotoxins have a wide range of negative effects such as impaired reproduction, digestive disorders, carcinogenicity, and reduced performance.

Key findings

Co-contamination is widespread: 83% of samples contained 10 or more mycotoxins.

Fusarium toxins dominate globally: 9 out of 10 samples were contaminated.
In North America, livestock and aquaculture face extreme to high risk of exposure to B-Trichos, FUM, and ZEN, with occurrence rates of 83%, 57%, and 79%, respectively.
In Central and South America, high risk is associated with FUM and ZEN, with average contamination levels of approximately 2,411 ppb and 81 ppb, respectively.
South Asia continues to face high to extreme risk of exposure to aflatoxins, B-Trichos, FUM, OTA, and ZEN, with 51–75% classified as high risk and 76–100% as extreme risk.
In the China/Taiwan region, FUM was detected in 93% of samples, while East Asia recorded a 91% occurrence rate and extreme prevalence of B-Trichos at 96%.
In Central and Southern Europe, B-Trichos shows high occurrence rates of 91% and 94%, respectively. Southern Europe is also experiencing challenges with high levels of FUM, detected in 97% of samples.

These results highlight the need for comprehensive multi-analyte testing and targeted mitigation strategies to address the growing complexity of contamination patterns.

Ursula Hofstetter, Head of Mycotoxin Risk Management at dsm-firmenich stated, “These latest findings once again highlight the widespread and persistent nature of mycotoxin contamination in feed ingredients across the globe. With risks continuing to pose a threat to animal welfare, productivity, and sustainability. Therefore, proactive risk management and regular monitoring are more important than ever to maintain the profitability of both the feed industry and animal protein production sectors.”

The survey also includes further details on:

Trends in mycotoxin occurrence over the years.
Prevalence levels for each mycotoxin in each region.
Global and local risk levels for each mycotoxin.
Risk levels posed to each species.
Comparison of prevalence levels from January-December 2024.
Insights on mycotoxin levels in grains and soy from major producing countries.
More information about Spectrum 380®, the most advanced mycotoxin analysis method used as a research tool and performed at the University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna (BOKU).
Overview on the occurrence of the most frequent mycotoxins, their masked and modified forms as well as emerging mycotoxins; based on results delivered by the most comprehensive commercially available multi-mycotoxin method, Spectrum Top®50.

About the Survey

Since 2004, dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health has analyzed thousands of global feed samples annually to understand and monitor contamination levels of the different mycotoxins in a variety of feed ingredients. This information is shared in the quarterly dsm-firmenich World Mycotoxin Survey, which accurately identifies mycotoxin risks based on animal species and location.

Effective mycotoxin risk management should include frequent testing along with a multi-strategy mitigation approach.

To download to the dsm-firmenich World Mycotoxin Survey from January to March 2026, follow the link here.

About dsm-firmenich Animal Nutrition & Health

In 2024, dsm-firmenich shared its plan to find a new owner for the Animal Nutrition & Health (ANH) business, including vitamins. ANH, a dsm-firmenich company, is a global leader in animal nutrition and health, as well as vitamins, carotenoids, and aroma ingredients. ANH is an innovation leader and increased its sales to USD 3.85 billion with a team of more than 7,800 people, driven by its strong purpose: feeding the planet without costing the earth. Together, we make it possible.

www.dsm-firmenich.com/ANH

Texas Aquaculture Association Endorses Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:10 +0700

By The Texas Aquaculture Association

The Texas Aquaculture Association (TAA) is proud to announce its endorsement of Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner, citing his strong commitment to supporting Texas agriculture, rural communities, and the future of aquaculture in the state.

“As Texas agriculture continues to evolve, it is critical to have leadership that understands the importance of all sectors of our industry, including aquaculture,” said Brian Brawner, President of the Texas Aquaculture Association. “Nate Sheets recognizes the value of aquaculture to Texas’ economy, food supply and rural communities, and we believe he will be a strong advocate for producers across the state.”

The Texas aquaculture community contributes to food production, economic development and sustainable resource management throughout Texas. TAA members include producers of shrimp, oysters, redfish, catfish, tilapia, hybrid striped bass, crawfish, baitfish, sport fish and ornamental fish, as well as pond and lake managers, suppliers, researchers, students and other industry partners dedicated to advancing aquaculture and seafood production in the state.

TAA board members noted that Sheets’ focus on innovation, market development, regulatory consistency, research support, responsible resource management and rural economic growth aligns closely with the priorities of the Texas aquaculture industry. His sincere interest in ensuring the future of aquaculture has been demonstrated by his visits with TAA members, including most recently touring multiple farms in Palacios to learn more about its importance in Texas.

“We are proud to endorse Nate Sheets for Texas Agriculture Commissioner and look forward to working with him to strengthen opportunities for Texas agriculture and aquaculture,” Brawner added.

For more information about the Texas Aquaculture Association, please visit https://texasaquaculture.org.

About the Texas Aquaculture Association

The Texas Aquaculture Association is dedicated to promoting, protecting, and advancing the aquaculture industry in Texas through education, advocacy, and collaboration among producers and industry partners.

LACQUA 2026: Sustainable Aquaculture, Blue Future for Latin America and the Caribbean

Edusehat — Mon, 18 May 2026 07:50:05 +0700

By LACQUA 2026 Organizing Committee

The Latin American and Caribbean Chapter of the World Aquaculture Society (LACC-WAS), together with the Government of El Salvador, the Salvadoran Blue Economy Authority (ASEA), with the support of the Salvadoran Tourism Corporation, and strategic partners from the regional aquaculture sector, have joined efforts to organize the Latin American and Caribbean Aquaculture Congress – LACQUA 2026, which will take place from October 27–30, 2026 in San Salvador, El Salvador.

LACQUA 2026 will bring together experts on globally relevant topics for the development, sustainability, and growth of aquaculture in Latin America and the Caribbean. It will also feature one of the most important trade shows in the region, offering a wide range of supplies, technologies, and services for the sector.

This congress is established as a key platform for the exchange of knowledge, innovation, and experiences among researchers, students, producers, companies, government institutions, and international organizations.

The main thematic areas will include:

Aquatic species culture (fish, shrimp, and other species)
Production systems (RAS, biofloc, aquaponics, IPRS, cages)
Sustainable aquaculture and environment
Health, diseases, and immunology
Physiology, genetics, and biotechnology
Nutrition and feeding
Processing, economics, and climate change
Education and professional development
Women in aquaculture

Additionally, the congress will include technical meetings and networking spaces to promote regional and international collaboration.

The abstract submission system is now open, with a deadline of July 31, 2026:
https://www.was.org/Meeting/Abstract/Submit/LACQUA26

All submissions will be peer-reviewed, and accepted papers will be published in the official conference proceedings. More details regarding key dates and submission guidelines will be announced soon.

Further information on the program, registration, sponsorship, and trade exhibition will be shared in upcoming bulletins.

We look forward to your participation!

International Heritage Breeds Week, May 17-23

Edusehat — Sun, 17 May 2026 02:55:04 +0700

PITTSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA – Along with partners around the globe and thousands of conservationists, farmers, ranchers, shepherds and breeders, The Livestock Conservancy begins observation of International Heritage Breeds Week, Sunday, May 17. During the annual celebration, the organization highlights the critically important role rare breeds of livestock and poultry play in protecting agricultural biodiversity, strengthening food security and preserving genetic diversity .

Among its activities, the Pittsboro, North Carolina-based not-for-profit organization is responsible for the annual Conservation Priority List, a roster of more than 180 endangered breeds across 11 species ranks the extinction threat for America’s farm animals.

“The International Heritage Breeds Week campaign was created to increase global awareness of these lesser-known breeds and the important genetic diversity they contain,” explained Allison Kincaid, executive director of The Livestock Conservancy. “These breeds, including donkeys, cattle, goats, horses, sheep, pigs, rabbits, chickens, ducks, geese and turkeys, often have longer lifespans and productive years, a slower growth rate, and are adapted to specific environments, making them unique and fascinating. They thrive when raised by more traditional farming practices.”

Kincaid said there is tremendous value in preserving and protecting heritage breeds.

“Many of our breeds contain traits carefully developed over hundreds of years. Today, heritage breeds serve as primary reservoirs of genetic diversity in most domesticated animal species. Up to 50% of a breed’s biodiversity is found nowhere else within the species,” she said.

Biodiversity matters. Today, three-quarters of the world’s food supply draws on just 12 crops and five livestock species, according to the United Natithat rare breeds of livestock and poultry play in protecting agricultural biodiversity, strengthening food security and preserving genetic diversityons. Yet, global demand for livestock products is expected to increase 70% by 2050.

“The Livestock Conservancy works year-round with academic institutions and others to document, research and maintain the genetic diversity contained in these animals,” Kincaid added. “Each year, we provide Microgrants to heritage breed farmers and breed organizations to support their conservation work with these rare breeds. We also develop educational resources, including webinars, blogs, and podcasts, to provide practical information for producers and promotional materials that help supporters share the importance of heritage breeds at events and throughout their communities.”

Throughout the weeklong observance, The Livestock Conservancy and its sister organizations in other nations hope to spread the important message of heritage breeds. Additionally, many members of the organization, historical farms, museums and participating zoos will be holding informational booths, educational outreach efforts and special events highlighting endangered agricultural breeds.

The post International Heritage Breeds Week, May 17-23 appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Aviagen Anadolu showcases the future of poultry production at 9th Technical Seminar

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 18:10:09 +0700

Aviagen^® Anadolu successful hosted its ninth technical seminar in Belek, Antalya, Türkiye, from 28–29 April, bringing together poultry professionals, industry experts and customers from across Türkiye for 1.5 days of knowledge sharing, innovation and collaboration.

The seminar featured a comprehensive program focused on broiler and breeder management, flock performance, hatchery technologies, disease prevention, nutrition and emerging industry trends. Participants benefited from presentations delivered by Aviagen specialists and international guest speakers, who shared practical insights and the latest developments shaping the poultry sector.

Discussions throughout the event emphasized improving production efficiency, bird health, meat quality and sustainability across poultry operations. The Aviagen Anadolu team also highlighted the importance of continued education and collaboration in supporting customers and advancing poultry production standards throughout the region.

The seminar also provided an opportunity for attendees to strengthen professional relationships and exchange experiences during networking sessions, panel discussions and the gala dinner.

The closing session included an interactive panel discussion, giving customers the opportunity to engage directly with presenters and ask questions related to the topics covered throughout the seminar. The event concluded with a group photo and a special Club awards presentation recognizing outstanding customer performance with Ross flocks.

During the awards ceremony, the Aviagen Anadolu team honored the top three Club award winners with certificates and awards in recognition of their exceptional production results. The Clubs celebrate customers who demonstrate outstanding dedication, management excellence and performance achievements with their Ross flocks.

“The seminar was highly valuable in terms of covering technical topics and demonstrating the development and future direction of the Ross breed. It provided an excellent opportunity for our teams to further develop their knowledge. The event was also very enjoyable socially, especially with the recognition and celebration of successful performers during the closing session.”, said İsmail Ertonga, Vice General Manager, Beypiliç.

Sharing his perspective on the seminar, Güven Atlı, General Manager, Keskinoğlu, commented: “The topics covered during the seminar and the expertise shared by the speakers were extremely valuable for our team. We sincerely appreciated the care, attention and support shown by the Aviagen Anadolu team throughout the event. Their hospitality and professionalism made the experience especially meaningful for all attendees.”

Reflecting on the success of the seminar, Yüksel Öztürk, Production Manager, Orallar, added: “The organization of the seminar was excellent from start to finish. The presentations addressed current industry challenges with practical and resultoriented information delivered by highly experienced experts. We were extremely pleased with both the content and the overall event experience.”

Rıza Elmas, Senior Technical Manager, Aviagen Anadolu, added: “We dedicated significant preparation over the past year to ensure the success of this seminar. The program was carefully designed to address key areas across the entire production chain, including hatchery operations, management practices, health, nutrition, data analysis, ventilation and processing. We also explored the future genetic potential of the Ross 308 and the opportunities it presents for our customers.

We were especially pleased to welcome more than 150 customers, including many key decision-makers from across the region. The seminar served as an important platform for industry professionals to connect, exchange ideas and discuss future opportunities for improving performance and achieving genetic potential.

I would like to sincerely thank our Technical Managers, especially Orhun Tikit, along with Ahmet Emrah Örtlek and Kifah Abutumeh, whose dedication and hard work played a major role in making this event a success. Together with the Aviagen Anadolu team and our global experts, we were proud to deliver a truly valuable and memorable seminar experience.”

Source: Aviagen press release

Do Active Dogs Really Need Joint Care Supplements?

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 14:30:05 +0700

Active dogs are the athletes of the canine world. They run, jump, chase, and train harder than most pets. You might assume that all this activity keeps their joints strong. The truth is more nuanced. Active dogs actually put more cumulative wear and tear on their joints than couch companions, which means they often need joint support earlier, not later.

This guide answers a question every active dog parent eventually asks: do active dogs really need joint care supplements? You will learn when joint supplements genuinely help, which ingredients matter, and how to protect your athletic dog for life.

What Counts as an Active Dog?

Active dogs are not just those that play in the park. They include:

Working breeds: Border Collies, Australian Shepherds, Belgian Malinois
Sporting dogs: Labradors, Golden Retrievers, Pointers, Spaniels
Herding and guard breeds: German Shepherds, Rough Collies, Rottweilers
Sled and pulling breeds: Huskies, Malamutes
Agility and sport dogs: Any breed training in agility, flyball, or dock diving
High-energy mixed breeds: Including many Indian street dogs with natural athletic ability

If your dog routinely jumps onto furniture, chases balls for 30 minutes at a stretch, or joins you for long runs, they fall into the active category. These dogs need joint care built around their lifestyle.

How Joints Wear Down in Active Dogs

Every jump, twist, and burst of speed puts mechanical stress on your dog's joints. Over time, this repeated impact causes:

Cartilage thinning: The cushion between bones slowly erodes
Joint fluid reduction: Lubricating fluid decreases under heavy use
Micro-tears in ligaments: Small tears build up during repetitive high-impact activity
Chronic inflammation: Low-level inflammation appears in heavily used joints

The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that joint degeneration in active dogs often begins silently, meaning the dog feels fine on the outside while wear and tear happens inside. By the time limping or stiffness appears, cartilage damage may already be significant. This is why proactive joint support matters far more for active dogs.

Do Active Dogs Really Need Joint Supplements?

The short answer is yes, most active dogs benefit from joint supplements, often starting much earlier than their sedentary cousins.

Here is why:

Prevention is easier than repair: Supporting cartilage before damage is far more effective than treating arthritis later
Daily wear adds up: A sporting dog covers more ground in a month than a housepet covers in a year
Commercial food rarely contains enough joint nutrients: Standard kibble does not deliver therapeutic levels for active dogs
Puppies of large breeds face double risk: High energy plus rapid growth strains developing joints
Recovery improves with supplementation: Joint support speeds recovery between training sessions

The American Kennel Club recommends proactive joint supplementation for working, sporting, and athletic dogs, particularly during active training phases.

Signs Your Active Dog Needs Joint Support

Active dogs often hide joint discomfort because their drive to move masks early signs. Watch for:

Slower warm-up before runs or play
Preferring to walk rather than sprint
Taking longer to stand up after rest
Mild limping after intense sessions
Reduced enthusiasm for favourite activities
Stiffness the morning after training
Licking or chewing specific joints
Reluctance to jump into the car or onto beds
Popping or clicking sounds from joints

These signs often appear gradually and can be dismissed as just getting older, even in dogs under 5 years of age. Act early. Starting joint support at the first sign buys you years of comfortable activity.

Key Ingredients in Active Dog Joint Supplements

Quality matters more than brand recognition. Look for these active ingredients:

Glucosamine: Supports cartilage repair. Most effective at 15 to 20 mg per kilogram of body weight daily.
Chondroitin Sulfate: Works with glucosamine to maintain joint fluid and cartilage strength
MSM (Methylsulfonylmethane): A natural anti-inflammatory that eases post-exercise stiffness
Omega-3 Fatty Acids (EPA and DHA): Reduce joint inflammation and support recovery
Hyaluronic Acid: Keeps joint fluid thick and lubricating during repetitive impact
Turmeric Extract (Curcumin): A natural anti-inflammatory that helps dogs recover faster
Green-Lipped Mussel: A natural source of omega-3, glucosamine, and chondroitin
Collagen Peptides: Support ligaments and connective tissues under athletic stress

A well-formulated active dog joint supplement combines several of these ingredients in effective doses, not token amounts.

When to Start Supplementing an Active Dog

Start earlier than you might think. Typical starting ages for active dogs:

Large breed athletic puppies: from 6 months, at puppy-appropriate doses under vet guidance
Sporting and working breeds: from 2 to 3 years of age
Agility and sport competitors: before intense training begins, usually around 18 months
High-energy Indian breeds: from 3 years, especially during humid monsoon months
After any joint injury: immediately, to support recovery

Starting early is especially useful for dogs genetically prone to hip or elbow dysplasia, including Labradors, German Shepherds, Rottweilers, and Golden Retrievers. Prevention during developmental years saves joints for a lifetime.

Supporting Active Dog Joints Beyond Supplements

Supplements work best within a full joint-protective routine.

Warm up and cool down: A 5-minute walk before and after intense exercise reduces injury risk
Proper weight management: Lean dogs stress their joints less during jumps and runs
Varied exercise: Mix running, swimming, and walking to balance joint loading
Avoid repetitive high-impact games: Long fetch sessions on hard surfaces strain joints more than most pet parents realise
Orthopaedic bedding: A firm, padded bed supports recovery overnight
Regular vet checkups: Annual mobility checks catch problems early

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Even well-meaning pet parents make these slip-ups:

Waiting for visible pain before starting supplements
Choosing cheap supplements with minimal active ingredients
Giving supplements only when injured, then stopping
Skipping warm-ups before high-impact play
Using human glucosamine without vet advice
Stopping supplementation during monsoon when joints are stiffest

Small, consistent choices protect active dogs over the long run. Reactive care almost always costs more than preventive care.

Final Thoughts

Active dogs work their joints harder than almost any other type of pet. Proactive joint supplementation is not optional for them, it is an investment in years of pain-free movement. Choose a well-formulated product, match the dose to your dog's weight, and combine it with smart exercise, healthy weight, and good bedding.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection to find joint care options built for active dogs.

FAQs

At what age should active dogs start joint supplements?

Large breed active puppies can start from 6 months under vet guidance. Most sporting and working dogs benefit from joint supplements starting at age 2 to 3. Early support prevents future cartilage damage during the years of heaviest use.

Can too much exercise damage dog joints?

Yes. Repetitive high-impact exercise, especially on hard surfaces, can stress joints. Balance runs and jumps with low-impact activities like swimming or leash walks. Avoid long fetch sessions on concrete and always include warm-up and cool-down walks.

Are joint supplements safe for young, healthy dogs?

Yes. Quality joint supplements are safe for long-term daily use in healthy dogs, including puppies and young adults. Always match the dosage to your dog's weight and consult your vet if they are on any medication.

Do active Indian breeds like Indies need joint care too?

Yes. Many Indian mixed breeds have athletic builds and high activity levels. They benefit from joint support, especially if they jump, run long distances, or show any early signs of stiffness. Monsoon months often worsen joint stiffness in active dogs.

What is better, glucosamine alone or a combination supplement?

Combination supplements with glucosamine, chondroitin, MSM, and omega-3 usually work better than glucosamine alone. The ingredients act together to reduce inflammation, rebuild cartilage, and improve joint fluid quality.

Signs You’ve Officially Become a Cat Person

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 04:10:06 +0700

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Signs You’ve Officially Become a Cat Person appeared first on Modern Cat.

USAPEEC’s “The Cackle” – A Conversation with Maureen Stickel

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 00:10:09 +0700

WPF’s Maureen Stickel was recently featured on The Cackle, a podcast from the USA Poultry & Egg Export Council (USAPEEC) that shares the stories behind U.S. poultry and egg exports straight from the people who make it happen. In this episode, Maureen talks about WPF’s mission, our approach to building self-sustaining poultry value chains, and why dual-purpose poultry is changing lives for smallholder farmers around the world. Listen below.

The Cackle Podcast

A podcast sharing the stories behind U.S. poultry and egg exports—straight from the people who make it all happen.

Your browser does not support the audio element.

with Maureen Stickel from The World Poultry Foundation

The post USAPEEC’s “The Cackle” – A Conversation with Maureen Stickel appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

Feed efficiency in broilers: why immune function matters

Edusehat — Fri, 15 May 2026 00:05:06 +0700

By Mickie Metz, Ph.D.
Technical Innovation Research Scientist
Fortiva

Feed efficiency is one of the most important factors influencing profitability in broiler production. Production managers and nutritionists balance nutrition, genetics and housing conditions to help birds convert feed into growth as efficiently as possible. There’s one other variable often overlooked: the bird’s immune system.

Although it may not always be visible during day-to-day broiler management, immune function can impact how efficiently broilers utilize feed. Birds are protected from disease and can focus energy on efficient growth when immune function is properly balanced.

Understanding immune function in broilers

The immune system comprises signaling molecules called cytokines that help coordinate responses to pathogens. These molecules are essential for protecting birds from disease, but they can also trigger inflammation. Birds may experience unnecessary inflammation that requires more energy if too many pro-inflammatory cytokines are produced.

Instead of trying to suppress immune responses entirely, the goal is to help the immune system respond when needed without becoming overactive. Birds require ample immune activity to protect against pathogens, but not so much that valuable energy is wasted.

How immune function affects performance

When birds face immune challenges, their bodies must divert nutrients and energy toward fighting disease. This shift can affect growth, feed conversion and overall flock performance.

Energy that could be used to support muscle development is instead used to activate immune responses, such as producing immune cells, creating disease-fighting agents and managing inflammation. Birds experiencing immune stress may grow more slowly and require more feed to reach market weight and condition as a result.

Conversely, a strong immune response can affect mortality and carcass quality during periods of high disease pressure. A functional immune system helps birds survive disease challenges, potentially leading to fewer deaths. In addition to reduced mortality, an active immune system can help birds clear infections quickly, reducing morbidity and medication costs.

Hidden cost of immune challenges

Immune-related performance losses are often overlooked. When walking through a broiler house, it can be easy to identify a bird that appears sick. However, many immune challenges occur at the subclinical level.

Even mild immune responses can increase the bird’s energy needs. When the immune system is activated, the bird must use more dietary energy just to maintain basic functions rather than using that energy for growth in systems where every day counts.

Because these changes are subtle, flocks may appear healthy while still experiencing reduced feed efficiency – a response often described as a “silent killer” of feed conversion. Supporting the immune system in a way that minimizes unnecessary inflammation can help birds remain productive, even amid environmental challenges.

Environmental pathogens and disease pressure remain constant challenges in poultry production. Although management and biosecurity practices play a key role in protecting flocks, nutritional tools that support immune balance can provide additional value.

Supporting immune balance

Fortiva has developed a phytogenic feed additive, Remify that supports immune balance and improves feed efficiency in broilers. The product uses whole plant parts instead of isolated extracts or essential oils to provide a broad range of naturally occurring bioactive compounds.

These compounds incorporate polyphenols and other plant metabolites that help regulate inflammation and support gut health. By helping to reduce the impact of pro-inflammatory cytokines, this phytogenic solution can help manage excessive inflammation that would divert energy away from growth.

This product also helps support the integrity of tight junctions in the gut. Strong, tight junctions help maintain the gut barrier, preventing leakage and allowing birds to absorb nutrients more efficiently, thereby supporting better feed utilization and growth.

Research trials show these benefits can translate into measurable performance improvements. In 3 controlled broiler cage trials, feed conversion improved by 4 points at day 28 (p<0.01)¹ and 3 points at day 42 (p=0.026)²with birds fed Remify.^1,2,3 By day 42, birds fed this product experienced a 5.9% greater gain when challenged with coccidiosis.³

Production managers can reduce the hidden energy costs of broiler inflammation and immune stress by helping birds maintain an efficient immune response. This allows birds to focus more energy on growth, which can improve feed efficiency and support more consistent broiler performance.

For more information on how Fortivacan support your nutrition program, click here.

References

1 Broiler Feed Pen Trial 22-F1
2 Schwartz, M., P. Mishra, and S. Crowder. 2024. Effect of a next generation phytogenic blend on broiler growth performance under challenged conditions. Proc. Int. Poult. Sci. For. (Abstr. T174)
3 Metz, M., Davis, E., Mishra, P., & Crowder, S. 2025. Effect of feeding a novel phytogenic feed additive on growth performance and clinical outcomes of broilers administered a mixed Eimeria spp. challenge [Poster presentation]. Poultry Science Association Annual Meeting. (abstr. 504P)

Editor’s note: Fortiva assumes full responsibility for this article’s accuracy and compliance.

The post Feed efficiency in broilers: why immune function matters appeared first on Modern Poultry.

AAT and SBA announce market launch of Cheggy in-ovo sexing technology in Australia

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 20:25:10 +0700

First installation in Asia-Pacific goes live at SBA’s Victoria hatchery – orders for sexed chicks now open; official launch event to take place at PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast during May 2026.

Victoria Australia – May 2026 – Agri Advanced Technologies (AAT) and Specialised Breeders Australia (SBA) today announced the official launch of the Cheggy in-ovo sex determination system in the Australian market. With the first Cheggy machine now fully installed and operational at SBA’s hatchery in Victoria, Australian Egg Producers can, for the first time, order chicks whose sex has been identified before hatching. The companies will jointly present the technology to the wider industry at the PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast, QLD, during May 2026.

Cheggy is the world’s leading non-invasive in-ovo sexing solution for brown layer breeds. Using advanced hyperspectral analysis, the system determines the sex of a developing chick at an early stage during development without opening the egg or compromising embryo health. This breakthrough enables hatcheries to plan production more efficiently while supporting emerging welfare, sustainability, and transparency standards across the poultry supply chain.

“We are excited to bring Cheggy to Australia and to support a growing industry focus on animal welfare and resource efficiency,” said Jörg Hurlin, Managing Director of Agri Advanced Technologies. “Cheggy combines high accuracy, speed, and operational reliability, making it an ideal solution for the Australian market as producers look for scalable and economically sustainable approaches to early-stage chick management.”

With the system now running in Victoria, SBA becomes the first hatchery in Australia to offer commercially available in-ovo sexed chicks. In addition, the new in-ovo sexing technology in the SBA hatchery was certified by a well-known independent nonprofit organization Humane Farm Animal Care to ensure animal welfare in a traceable and documented manner.

Successful staff training at the fully operational CHEGGY machine at the SBA hatchery in the state of Victoria, Australia

A technology designed for modern egg production

Cheggy delivers high-speed, high-volume processing while integrating easily into existing hatchery workflows. As a fully non-invasive procedure, the technology mitigates contamination risks and ensures the safety of the embryo throughout the measurement and sorting process.

Additional advantages include:

High throughput of 20,000 eggs per hour – capable of processing large volumes suitable for commercial hatcheries.
Cost-efficient operation – no consumables, no single-use waste, and minimal maintenance requirements.
Compact footprint – a small spatial requirement for easy integration into hatcheries of varying sizes.
Improved sustainability – enabling early selection helps the industry address long-standing challenges related to male chicks in layer production.

Ready-to-use Cheggy system for high-throughput non-invasive in-ovo sex determination at SBA´s hatchery

The adoption of in-ovo sexing technologies is expanding globally as markets transition toward higher welfare standards and greater transparency. With installations already operating across Europe, North America, and South America, the Australian launch marks another step in AAT’s international growth strategy.

AAT and SBA will be present at the PIX Food with Purpose Show in the Gold Coast, QLD, in May 2026 to share information about CHEGGY, provide technical insights and respond to questions the attendees might have.

Source: Agri Advanced Technologies (AAT) press release

Bio-coating significantly extends chilled poultry shelf life

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 20:25:10 +0700

A new bio-coating technology enriched with natural antimicrobial agents has shown the potential to substantially extend the shelf life of chilled poultry, offering major benefits for food safety, sustainability, and the poultry industry. Studies demonstrate that edible coatings based on pectin, citrus bioflavonoids, and chitosan can significantly slow microbial growth and preserve sensory quality. MDPI

Introduction

Poultry is one of the most consumed proteins worldwide, but its short shelf life under refrigeration poses challenges for producers, retailers, and consumers. Traditional methods like modified atmosphere packaging (MAP) help, but recent research highlights the promise of bio-coatings—natural, edible films enriched with antimicrobial compounds—as a potential solution.

What is a bio-xoating?

Definition: A thin, edible layer applied to poultry cuts, often made from biopolymers like pectin or chitosan.
Function: Acts as a barrier to oxygen and moisture, while delivering antimicrobial agents directly to the surface.
Examples of agents used: Citrus bioflavonoids, glucono-δ-lactone, and chitosan. MDPI

Research findings

Shelf-life extension

Control samples (no coating): 6–7 days at 5 °C.
Glucono-δ-lactone coating: Extended shelf life by ~2 days.
Citrus bioflavonoid coating: Extended shelf life to 13 days, compared to 6–7 days in untreated samples.
Chitosan coating: Preserved microbiological quality and sensory attributes, delaying spoilage significantly. MDPI

Mechanism of action

Antimicrobial activity: Inhibits spoilage bacteria such as Pseudomonas spp. and Brochothrix thermosphacta.
pH regulation: Some coatings lower surface pH, creating unfavorable conditions for microbial growth.
Barrier properties: Reduce oxygen exposure, slowing oxidative changes and discoloration.

Benefits for the poultry industry

Food safety: Reduced microbial load lowers risk of foodborne illness.
Economic impact: Longer shelf life reduces waste and improves profitability.
Sustainability: Less spoilage means fewer discarded products, aligning with global food security goals.
Consumer confidence: Fresher appearance and better sensory quality increase market acceptance.

Risks and challenges

Regulatory approval: Bio-coatings must comply with food safety regulations before widespread adoption.
Cost considerations: Scaling production of natural antimicrobial agents may increase costs initially.
Consumer perception: Acceptance of edible coatings depends on clear communication about safety and benefits. Springer

Conclusion

The development of bio-coatings for chilled poultry represents a promising development for meat preservation. By combining natural antimicrobial agents with edible films, researchers have demonstrated significant shelf life extensions compared to untreated poultry. This advancement not only enhances food safety but also supports sustainability by reducing waste in the poultry supply chain.

Sources can be provided upon request

The Next Generation in Conservation

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 17:15:05 +0700

by D. Phillip Sponenberg, D.V.M., Ph.D. and Allison Kincaid

Celebrating the Next Generation in Heritage Breed Conservation

This month marks International Heritage Breeds Month, and the “Celebrating 250” blog is taking a break from exploring the history of breeds on the Conservation Priority List to focus on the vital role that young people play in agriculture and in conserving heritage breeds. From America’s earliest homesteads to innovative programs we see today, young people have always been central to farming. They bring fresh ideas, enthusiasm and a tireless spirit that helps keep agricultural traditions alive.

Why Youth Matter

Throughout history, young people’s involvement in farming has been crucial for passing down knowledge, culture and genetics from one generation to the next. In the days when farming was more widespread, youth often learned by doing – feeding animals, herding livestock, collecting eggs, milking, shearing, building fences and nurturing the land. These tasks weren’t merely “chores”; they provided valuable lessons in breeding, animal care, responsibility and stewardship.

Today, farm life is less common. As we concentrate on the intentional conservation of rare heritage breeds in today’s culture, it is essential that we pass on the knowledge of farming traditions and adaptations to the next generation. Only knowledgeable and dedicated caretakers can ensure the survival of heritage breeds, and this is where the youth come in – they will select, raise and cherish these breeds to ensure they thrive in our modern world. But we must provide them with the opportunities to learn about them.

Engaging Young Leaders

International Heritage Breeds Week offers an excellent opportunity to engage young people in our mission. Programs like 4-H, founded in the early 1900s, and the National FFA Organization (formerly Future Farmers of America), founded in 1928, provide great frameworks for youth involvement by emphasizing skill-building, record-keeping and leadership. Initially, youth in these programs worked with a wide variety of livestock breeds, but after World War II, the focus increasingly narrowed to commercial breeds, leading to a decline in knowledge about heritage breeds.

Over the last half-century, concern about genetic loss and conservation has grown, sparking renewed interest among youth in heritage breeds and fostering the development and strengthening of heritage-breed organizations. Today, young people play an expanding role in conserving heritage breeds. Through these organizations and individually, owners and breeders of heritage breeds can find creative ways to empower these future stewards of genetic diversity.

Effective breed conservation is chain that goes from generation to generation of stewards. Any break in the chain can threaten the survival of a heritage breed Our youth are a valuable and essential “next link” in the chain that will keep these breeds vital and viable for a sustainable future. Sometimes these youth connections aren’t necessarily family-based. They might appear as a passionate youth at a local fair, an interested student in an FFA chapter at the local high school or a young neighbor whose opportunity to interact with heritage livestock or poultry is through your animals. We each can play a role in mentoring and encouraging the next generation of heritage-breed stewards if we look for and use these opportunities.

Looking to the Past for Inspiration

History shows that youth and young adults rise to the occasion when their involvement is needed. During World War II, young volunteers stepped up to fill labor shortages and support food production. Today’s challenge for heritage breeds is equally significant. With the decline in biodiversity and a widening gap in agricultural experience, we need to inspire and mentor younger generations to carry on this important work.

Building the Future Together

As we celebrate this International Heritage Breeds Week, let’s consider how we can support the next generation. Breeders can encourage young leaders within organizations, create youth-friendly membership options and fund scholarships. Educators and mentors can develop engaging programs that equip young people with the knowledge and skills necessary to become the next generation of heritage-breed owners and advocates.

Youth and young adults already communicate in ways that resonate with their peers – through social media posts and videos, and by participating in virtual events. By engaging them as leaders, we can ensure that the narrative of heritage breeds evolves with our culture, showcasing their importance in modern agriculture and local food systems.

Join Us in Celebrating the Next Generation

As we launch International Heritage Breeds Week, we hope you’ll join us in bringing youth to the forefront of heritage breed conservation this week and throughout the coming year. We invite you to share ideas, experiences and activities this week on our social media pages to help us showcase the incredible contributions of young people working with heritage breeds in your organizations and communities.

Thank you for being a part of our mission. Together, we can equip the next generation not only to farm, but also to safeguard irreplaceable genetic resources, build a vibrant future for heritage breeds and become agricultural leaders!

Happy International Heritage Breeds Week!

Phil Sponenberg is professor emeritus of pathology and genetics at the Virginia-Maryland College of Veterinary Medicine, Virginia Tech and serves as techinal adviser to The Livestock Conservancy. Allison Kincaid is executive director of The Livestock Conservancy.

The post The Next Generation in Conservation appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

AGRITX CEO Launches Avian Research and Development Consortium

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 13:25:08 +0700

AGRITX, a pioneer in a new era of poultry wellness and sustainability, announced the formation of a Consortium to evaluate methods for addressing transmission of harmful bacteria during the hatchery phase of production. AGRITX developed F-65, a patent-pending formula comprised of probiotics, prebiotics, amino acids, vitamins, and minerals. F-65 is applied to broiler chick eggs at the hatchery prior to set and is absorbed through the porous shell to establish resilient embryo microbiomes.

The early success of AGRITX F-65 demonstrates the efficacy of an eggshell application, and the goal of the Consortium is to evaluate similar hatchery-based interventions. “It’s surprising how little focus there is on intercepting pathogens at this stage of production,” said Sloan. “To better understand how to combat bacteria like Salmonella or Campylobacter at the hatchery, this group is developing models that mimic colonization and transmission within the typical environment.”

The Consortium is comprised of avian veterinarians, scientists, and researchers with unique specializations. They convene monthly to collaborate and share updates. AGRITX will post significant milestones and updates on the company’s blog page regularly throughout the remainder of the year.

ABOUT AGRITX:

AGRITX is an AgTech startup developing patented avian nutritional formulas to positively impact avian gut health from embryo to processing. AGRITX leadership envisions creating a sustainable future for poultry farmers by infusing resilience and forward-thinking into the industry while mitigating environmental impact. To learn more, visit www.agritx.farm

How to Add Omega-3 Oils to Your Dog's Diet Safely

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 13:10:06 +0700

Omega-3 oils are one of the most recommended supplements for dogs, and for good reason. They support skin, coat, joints, brain, heart, and overall wellness. But adding them to your dog's diet is not as simple as pouring a few drops over kibble and hoping for the best. Dosage, source quality, and storage all matter, especially in Indian conditions.

This guide walks through exactly how to add omega-3 oils to your dog's diet safely. You will learn which source suits your dog, how much to give, when to give it, and what signs to watch for along the way.

Why Omega-3 Matters for Dogs

Omega-3 fatty acids are essential fats that dogs cannot produce on their own. They must come from food or supplementation. The three main types are:

EPA (Eicosapentaenoic Acid): Reduces inflammation, supports joint comfort and skin health
DHA (Docosahexaenoic Acid): Supports brain development, vision, and cognitive health
ALA (Alpha-Linolenic Acid): Found in plant sources like flaxseed, but poorly converted by dogs

Most commercial dog foods contain some omega-6 but very little omega-3. That imbalance is why adding omega-3 through supplementation brings such visible results in coat shine, reduced shedding, and overall vitality.

Types of Omega-3 Sources for Dogs

Different oils deliver different amounts and qualities of omega-3. Pick based on your dog's needs and budget.

Salmon Oil: The gold standard for dogs. Rich in EPA and DHA. Great taste, well absorbed, and widely available in India.
Sardine Oil: A close second. Lower mercury content because sardines are small fish low on the food chain.
Cod Liver Oil: Contains EPA, DHA, plus vitamins A and D. Use cautiously, as too much vitamin A can cause toxicity.
Krill Oil: Small, sustainable, and highly bioavailable. Slightly more expensive.
Algae Oil: Plant-based DHA source, ideal for dogs allergic to fish.
Flaxseed or Chia Seed Oil: Contain ALA, which dogs convert poorly. Useful as mild everyday additions only.

Fish-based oils remain the most effective choice for visible results. Plant-based options work better as gentle everyday toppers.

How to Calculate the Right Dosage

Getting the dose right is the most common mistake pet parents make. Too little will not show results. Too much can cause digestive issues.

General guide: Aim for about 50 to 75 mg of combined EPA and DHA per kilogram of body weight per day.

Rough daily dose by dog size:

5 kg small dog: 250 to 375 mg EPA plus DHA
10 kg medium dog: 500 to 750 mg
20 kg Labrador: 1000 to 1500 mg
30 kg German Shepherd: 1500 to 2250 mg
40 kg large breed: 2000 to 3000 mg

Always read the EPA and DHA values on the label, not total fish oil content. Start with half the target dose for 7 to 10 days, then gradually increase. Dogs with existing joint or inflammation issues may benefit from slightly higher doses, up to 100 mg per kg, under vet guidance. If your dog takes blood thinners or NSAIDs, consult your vet first.

How to Add Omega-3 Oils to Your Dog's Meals

Delivery matters as much as dosage. Here are safe, practical ways to add omega-3 to your dog's diet:

Pour over kibble: Drizzle the daily dose over dry food right before serving. Oil absorbs better with food.
Mix into wet food: Stir into wet food, boiled chicken, or curd for picky eaters.
Use a pump bottle: Measured pumps make daily dosing easy and consistent.
Offer capsules with food: Hide fish oil capsules in a small piece of paneer or meat.
Split the dose: For sensitive stomachs, give half with breakfast and half with dinner.
Stick to a routine: Same time each day helps your dog's system adapt.

Most dogs love the flavour of salmon and sardine oils. For dogs who dislike fish smells, algae or krill oil are good alternatives. Avoid pouring fish oil on very hot food, as heat damages the omega-3 structure.

Safety Precautions and What to Avoid

Omega-3 is generally very safe, but there are a few rules to follow:

Do not use rancid oils. Oxidised fish oil smells sour and loses benefits.
Do not exceed recommended doses. Over 300 mg per kg daily can cause issues.
Skip low-quality bulk imports, which may carry heavy metal contamination.
Check for fish allergies. Watch for itching, vomiting, or swelling.
Consult your vet before starting, especially for dogs with diabetes, pancreatitis, or blood clotting disorders.

The American Kennel Club recommends starting slow and increasing gradually. Quality matters more than quantity when it comes to omega-3 for dogs.

Signs Omega-3 Is Working

Give it time. Most dogs show visible improvements within 4 to 8 weeks of consistent supplementation. Watch for:

Shinier, softer coat within 2 to 3 weeks
Reduced shedding over 4 to 6 weeks
Less itching and flaky skin
Softer paw pads and nose
Increased energy and playfulness
Easier movement, especially in senior dogs
Faster healing of small wounds

If you see no improvements after 10 to 12 weeks, the dose may be too low or the oil quality may be poor. Consult your vet before switching brands.

Signs of Overdose or Side Effects

Too much omega-3 can cause problems. Watch for:

Loose stools or diarrhoea: Usually the first sign of too much oil
Fishy breath or body smell: A mild sign, but strong fishiness means the dose is excessive
Weight gain: Omega-3 adds calories. Adjust kibble slightly.
Nausea or vomiting: Restart at half the dose after a short break
Blood clotting issues: Rare but possible at high doses

If you notice any of these signs, stop supplementation for 3 to 4 days, then restart at half the dose. Persistent symptoms warrant a vet consultation.

Storage Tips for Indian Climate

Heat and humidity in India shorten oil shelf life. Store correctly to preserve potency:

Keep the bottle tightly sealed at all times
Store in the refrigerator after opening, especially during monsoon
Keep capsules in original blister packs, away from direct sunlight
Use within 6 to 8 weeks of opening liquid oils
Smell before feeding. Fresh fish oil smells mild. Rancid oil smells sharp or sour.
Buy smaller bottles more often rather than stockpiling large ones

Final Thoughts

Adding omega-3 to your dog's diet is one of the easiest wellness upgrades you can make. Pick a quality fish oil, match the dose to your dog's weight, and pair it with meals for best absorption. Store properly in Indian humidity, watch for signs of both benefit and overdose, and keep the routine consistent for at least 8 weeks.

Browse PetsWorld's health and supplements collection for trusted omega-3 oils for your dog.

FAQs

How much omega-3 should I give my dog daily?

Aim for 50 to 75 mg of combined EPA and DHA per kilogram of your dog's body weight per day. A 10 kg dog needs 500 to 750 mg. Always read the EPA and DHA values on the label, not total oil volume.

Can puppies take omega-3 supplements?

Yes, and they benefit greatly. DHA supports brain, vision, and immune development. Use puppy-appropriate doses, usually half the adult weight-based dose, and always check with your vet, especially for large breeds.

What is the best omega-3 source for dogs in India?

Salmon oil and sardine oil are the most effective and widely available options. Both deliver high EPA and DHA content with minimal mercury concerns. Indian-made or regulated import brands are usually safer than bulk unbranded imports.

Can I give my dog human fish oil supplements?

Only under vet supervision. Many human fish oil capsules are safe, but dosages and added ingredients can vary. Dog-specific products are usually easier to dose correctly and avoid human-only additives.

How long does it take for omega-3 to show results?

Most dogs show coat improvements within 2 to 3 weeks. Full results, including reduced shedding, better skin, and joint comfort, typically appear in 4 to 8 weeks of daily supplementation. Consistency matters more than dose size.

Consumers Trust – Dealing With Fraud

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 06:30:04 +0700

* By FishProf

FishProf has been studying the Association for Consumer Research (ACR) reports regarding seafood and the impacts of fraud on consumer trust.

ACR brings together researchers from universities, government, and industry to deepen understanding of everyday decision-making, including how culture, identity, and context shape what ends up on our plates. For seafood, that means behavioral studies on trust, labeling, risk perception, and “healthy but scary” proteins help explain why people say they like seafood but still under-buy it or avoid it at home.

Key seafood-relevant insights emerging for FishProf — three strands of consumer-research literature that align closely with ACR’s broader agen-da are especially relevant for seafood consumers:

Health is still number one, but “seafood” feels intimidating. Large-scale retail and consumer-trends reports (e.g., FMI’s Power of Seafood series) show that most consumers see seafood as healthy and nutritious, yet many still view it as expensive, complex, or hard to prepare. This “perception vs. practice” gap is exactly the kind of behavioral puzzle consumer researchers interrogate, and it points to a need for clearer in-store guidance, simple recipes, and better price-signaling at the seafood counter.

Transparency and trust drive, but don’t always follow. Evidence from sustainability-label research shows that consumers want to buy responsibly farmed or produced seafood, yet they often fail to act on that intention unless clear, trusted labels are visible on pack. Behavioral work on attention, nudges, and “smart defaults” suggests that well-designed certification labels and simple provenance cues can help seafood consumers align their values with what they actually purchase.

Plant-based and novel “sea-food-not-from-the-sea” is gaining attention. Recent behavioral studies on plant-based seafood alternatives examine how consumers respond to ingredient information, processing, and labels, and they find that more informed consumers are more likely to accept plant-based options. As these products enter mainstream seafood aisles, ACR-style research helps clarify whether consumers are switching because of taste, health, or environmental concerns — and how best to communicate that in a way that supports honest choice.

Substitution often involves products from poorly managed fisheries with higher environmental impacts and lower safety profiles. Non-specific labels like “white fish” correlate with higher mislabeling rates, undermining the viability of sustainable, responsibly farmed options.

FMI’s USA’s consumer insight work is especially relevant when layered with evidence on fraud in weights, substitution, and mislabeling. Mislabeling changes not just what consumers think they are eating, but what they actually support in terms of fisheries, habitats, and management practices.

Studies of seafood fraud find that substitutes often come from less managed fisheries, with higher environmental impacts and sometimes lower nutritional or safety profiles than the named species.

In Australia, researchers have shown that over one in ten seafood products mislabeled and that vague, nonspecific labels (e.g., “white fish” or broad umbrella terms) correlate with higher mislabeling rates and weaker consumer choice for sustainable options.

From a consumer behavior perspective, even occasional fraud can erode trust. If people suspect that what is on the label may not match what is on the plate, they are more likely to:

» Avoid seafood altogether,

» Default to familiar, generic products (e.g., “frozen fillets”), or

» Rely on brand or retailer reputation rather than the label or species name.

Seafood fraud extends beyond deception to serious safety risks, potentially exposing consumers to undeclared allergens, toxins, and pathogens. Fraudulent claims regarding origin or production methods disadvantage legitimate operators and distort fair market competition.

This undercuts the very “empowerment” FishProf believes the industry should be advocating for: consumers want to vote with their wallets for sustainable, safe, and fairly priced seafood, but fraud and opaque labelling turn that vote into a lottery.

Strengthened, mandatory labelling standards and clearer taxonomic information would not only cut fraud but also make the FMI style value and convenience strategies more effective by giving consumers a straighter line between what they see on the pack and what they get on the fork.

The United Nations Fisheries & Agriculture Organization (UNFAO) are following through on their recent Technical Paper 742 ‘Fraud in the Fisheries & Aquaculture Sectors’ by organizing a webinar on 17 June 2026. This is being organized by FAO’s primary market intelligence and analysis platform for fisheries and aquaculture, FAO GLOBEFISH. It will examine how market demand, price incentives, and supply-chain complexity interact to enable fraudulent practices, and what governments, industry, retailers, researchers, and standard-setting bodies are doing to address them.

SAVE THE DATE Wed 17 June 2026 – 1000 EU Central time 2 hours – UN FAO Webinar on SEAFOOD FRAUD – free event but you will need to register. This will be recorded and a follow-up report will be issued.

They say “The global fisheries and aquaculture sector operates at a scale that makes it structurally vulnerable to fraud. Aquatic product output exceeded 185 million tons in 2022, with trade spanning more than 230 countries and territories and a combined value of USD 195 billion. The breadth of species in commerce, the length and opacity of international value chains, and the multiplicity of inspection and control authorities create conditions in which fraud can persist relatively easily. The scope of the problem and the forms it takes illegal behaviors, counterfeiting, adulteration, dilution, mislabeling, false claims relating to origin or production method leading to unreported/ unregulated activities and species substitution.

Why do consumers value sustainability yet hesitate at the seafood counter?
The answer lies in the behavioral “perception vs. practice” gap fueled by fraud and confusing labeling. This document examines how species substitution and “label fatigue” impact purchasing decisions. By simplifying certifications and using explainable on-pack cues, retailers can bridge the trust gap and empower consumers to buy with confidence.

Can you determine the species when the fish is filleted and skinned?

Up to 20 percent of fisheries and aquaculture products may be mislabeled globally, with fraud particularly prevalent in processed products, restaurants, and catering services, where visual identification is difficult, and species identity can be concealed.”

Are Seafood Certifications Helpful or a Confusing Maze?

FishProf thinks the proliferation of eco-labels and sustainability certifications raises a critical question for consumers: do these labels help or confuse?
Research on seafood eco‑labels suggests that while many consumers like the idea of sustainability schemes, they are often overwhelmed by inconsistent terminology, overlapping standards, and conflicting “green” claims. For example, different schemes may:

» Use different data sets,

» Hold divergent views on particular fishing methods, or

» Exclude certain species‑and‑gear combinations without making that logic transparent.

With aquatic output exceeding 185 million tons across 230 territories, the sector is structurally vulnerable to counterfeiting. Estimates suggest up to 20% of global products are mislabeled, especially in processed goods and catering services.

This can lead to situations where one product carries multiple labels, another has none despite being responsibly sourced, and a third carries a single, hard-to-interpret symbol. The result is not just confusion but a risk of “label fatigue”: consumers either ignore all labels or default to the most familiar brand, regardless of what the certification actually means. From a consumer-advocacy standpoint, there are three clear priorities:

» Simplify and harmonize. Where possible, certification schemes should align around core principles (e.g., stock status, management effectiveness, bycatch, and social safeguards) and avoid unnecessarily diverse scoring or “traffic-light” systems that are hard to read at the fish counter.

» Mandate minimum disclosure. Even where voluntary labels coexist, governments can require basic, non-confusing information on species, origin, and method — so that consumers can compare, even if they do not fully under-stand every logo.

» Make labels “explainable.” On-pack quick-scan cues (QR codes, short web links, or aisle-end signage) can turn busy-time decisions into moments of learning, helping consumers move from “I don’t know what this means” to “I can trust this”.

Seafood fraud erodes consumer empowerment and industry growth. When labels are inaccurate, consumers avoid seafood or default to generic products. Mandatory labeling standards are essential to restore market confidence and align values with behavior

Consumers cheated by retailers. The Dory on offer here in a Queensland fishmonger shop is actu-ally Basa likely from Viet Nam. The problem is it should be sold as Basa… not Dory.

The proliferation of sustainability certifications creates “label fatigue” through inconsistent terminology. To benefit consumers, certification schemes must align around core principles and use digital tools like QR codes to ensure transparency and explainability.

This has not been done as clearly certifiers have created a business between the harvesters/producers and the consumer. Profits are being made and despite past promises there is no plan to create one standard that would make decisions easier for consumers.

FishProf will go as far as saying that confusion is what the certifiers and NGO’s desire as this creates opportunity. Governments are letting their industries and their consumers down by allowing for environmental sustainability to be driven by organizations outside their own countries.

For FishProf, the key insight is that consumer-research and retail-strategy work (like FMI’s Power of Seafood series) must be paired with stronger rules on fraud and standardization in certification. Otherwise, even the most behaviorally informed supermarket layout or digital campaign will be undermined by a market where consumers cannot reliably trust what they see on the label — and that is not a choice-friendly system at all.

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Veterinary Anesthesia Vital Signs: Your Complete Monitoring Guide

Edusehat — Thu, 14 May 2026 02:30:07 +0700

Every veterinarian knows that anesthesia vital signs monitoring can make the difference between routine procedures and preventable complications. Yet many practices struggle with inconsistent interpretation across team members, leading to delayed interventions when seconds count.

This comprehensive guide, developed by Kali Holz, AAS, RVT, CCAT, VTS (Surgery board-certified surgery technician) provides the standardized framework your team needs to confidently monitor and interpret vital parameters during every anesthetic event.

Why Standardized Vital Signs Monitoring Matters

Inconsistent monitoring practices create unnecessary risks:

Delayed interventions: When team members interpret ranges differently, critical changes get missed
Trend blindness: Focusing on single readings instead of physiologic patterns
Cognitive overload: Without protocols, high-pressure moments become overwhelming

Standardizing your approach to veterinary anesthesia monitoring reduces variability and improves patient outcomes across your entire team.

Canine & Feline Vital Sign Guide

Heart Rate

Depends on whether dexmedetomidine or another alpha-2 was used in the premedication (these drugs cause bradycardia). Significantly lower heart rates (as low as 35 bpm) can be seen, but are not necessarily a cause for concern if MAP is above 60mmHg.

Large Dogs	60 – 100 bpm
Medium Dogs	60 – 120 bpm
Small Dogs	80 – 120 bpm
Cats	100 – 220 bpm

Respiratory Rate

Large Dogs	8 – 16 bpm
Medium Dogs	12 – 20 bpm
Small Dogs	12 – 24 bpm
Cats	20 – 30 bpm

EtCO2

Hypercarbia occurs when EtCO2 > 55mmHg for all patients, should be between 40-55mmHg. In cases of head trauma or increased intracranial pressure, a lower EtCO2 is helpful in reducing ICP, aim for 30-35mmHg.

SPO2

Assuming the patient is intubated and breathing 100% oxygen, SpO₂ should always be 98 – 100%. Hypoxemia is considered present when SpO₂ falls below 95%.

Blood Pressure

Hypotension occurs when SAP falls below < 90mmHg or MAP falls below 60mmHg. Hypertension in dogs occurs when SAP is > 150mmHg, in cats > 160mmHg. If hypotension is noted:

Assess patient depth and turn down inhalant anesthetic
If HR is normal, consider fluid bolus
If bradycardia present, consider anticholinergic and/or reversal of any applicable drugs

Implementing This Guide in Your Practice

Standardizing veterinary vital signs monitoring across your team improves patient safety and reduces decision-making stress during critical moments. Post reference ranges in your surgical suite and train all team members on the interpretation principles outlined here.

Consider scheduling regular team meetings to review cases and reinforce these monitoring standards.

Access Your Complete Vital Signs Reference

Ready to standardize your team’s approach to anesthesia monitoring? Download the complete Vital Signs Guide created by Kali Holz, AAS, RVT, CCAT, VTS (Surgery board-certified surgery technician) and give your team the clinical framework they need.

Download the Complete Veterinary Vital Signs Guide

Meet CAT at World Aquaculture Singapore 2026

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 23:25:08 +0700

June 2–5 | Booth 211

The CAT team is heading to Singapore for World Aquaculture 2026, where we’ll be sharing the latest in genetic innovation and insights into how our tailored breeding solutions are driving value, supporting sustainability, and helping our clients achieve long-term breeding success.

Chat to us about our full range of services, including our integrated Next-Gen Breeding approach that combines genome editing, genotyping, and selective breeding.

We’re looking forward to reconnecting with partners and meeting new producers to explore what’s next and showcase how our solutions accelerate genetic gain and deliver more consistent, profitable outcomes.

Join us at one of our talks or stop by Booth 211.

CAT Talks at World Aquaculture 2026

We’ll be presenting in sessions across all three days:

MATT KRAMER
Genome Editing for High-Value Traits in Commercial-Scale Breeding Programs
Session: Genomics, Omics and Aquaculture Biotechnology
Date: Wednesday, June 3

OSCAR HENNIG
Local Genetics, Global Impact: What We Can Learn from Ecuador
Session: Shrimp Breeding, Genetics and Seed Production
Date: Thursday, June 4

PANAGIOTIS KOKKINIAS
Utilizing Advanced Genetic Improvement Tools to Maximize Returns in Finfish Species
Session: Selective Breeding and Quantitative Genetics
Date: Friday, June 5

DEBBIE PLOUFFE
Genome Editing in Aquaculture: Global Regulatory Trends and the Path to Commercialization

Session: General Contributed Session
Date: Thursday, June 4

Visit Us at Booth 211

Between sessions, stop by Booth 211 to meet the team and talk through your breeding goals and challenges. Whether that’s exploring which genotyping tools deliver the most value, looking to start a new breeding program, or wanting to understand which traits can be targeted by integrating genome editing, we’re here to help.

See you there.

The post Meet CAT at World Aquaculture Singapore 2026 appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Center for Aquaculture Technologies Expands Global Breeding Team with New Quantitative Geneticist in Australia

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 23:25:07 +0700

Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT) continues to grow its global genetics team with the appointment of Dr. Iulia Blaj as Quantitative Geneticist, based in Australia.

The addition of Dr. Blaj strengthens CAT’s expanding breeding and genetics services team as demand continues to grow for advanced aquaculture breeding solutions worldwide.

In her new role, Dr. Blaj will advance data analysis across CAT’s breeding partners, helping design and evaluate statistical and genomic models that translate complex data into practical breeding decisions for clients.

CAT currently manages more than 20 breeding programs globally across a wide range of aquatic species. Supported by a growing portfolio of 50+ genotyping and sequencing tools, CAT helps producers improve disease resistance, growth, robustness, and long-term sustainability through tailored breeding strategies designed by each client’s goals.

Dr. Blaj brings extensive expertise in quantitative genetics and statistical genomics, with experience spanning both academia and industry across livestock and plant breeding sectors.

Commenting on her appointment, Dr. Blaj said:“Genomics is one of the most powerful tools the aquaculture industry has to shape its future. By integrating the right methods with meaningful and rigorous data interpretation, we can help producers make better decisions and enable the development of healthier, more resilient stocks. I’m excited to join the CAT team and contribute to work that creates lasting value and real impact across aquaculture.”

Dr. John Buchanan, CEO of CAT, welcomed the appointment, noting that the company’s continued growth reflects increasing industry demand.

“We are very pleased to welcome Iulia to CAT. Her appointment adds valuable quantitative genetics expertise to our growing global team and strengthens the support we provide to breeding programs around the world,” said Dr. Buchanan. “As more aquaculture producers increasingly adopt genomic technologies and data-driven breeding strategies, expanding our technical resources is critical to ensuring we continue delivering practical, commercially ready solutions for our clients.”

As the aquaculture industry continues to evolve and the global demand for seafood grows, CAT remains focused on equipping producers with science-based breeding strategies that drive productivity, resilience, and sustainability.

Dr. Iulia Blaj

The post Center for Aquaculture Technologies Expands Global Breeding Team with New Quantitative Geneticist in Australia appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Impacts of fear, anxiety and environment on fast- and slow-growing broilers

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 23:00:07 +0700

Research has uncovered much about how welfare impacts broilers’ physical and functional traits, but less is known about their mental state. “By measuring mental state, we can have the most precise view of the birds’ welfare status,” said Alexandra Ulans, PhD, postdoctoral research scholar at North Carolina State University.

As a doctoral student at Virginia Tech, Ulans studied fear and anxiety in fast- and slow-growing broilers, as well as the impact of environmental complexities. She presented the results during a 2025 Poultry Extension Collaborative webinar.

“Regarding welfare, fast-growing broilers show substantially worse welfare than slow-growing broilers,” she said. “We know that fast-growing broilers have more contact dermatitis and higher lameness, inactivity and mortality levels.”

But there is less insight into the birds’ affective state. “Fear has shown inconsistent results, and anxiety has not been assessed between the two broiler types,” Ulans noted.

The potential impact is vast, with the US producing 95 billion broilers in 2024, 95% of which are fast-growing, meat-production types. “Those birds are typically raised in barren environments with litter, feeders, drinkers and not much else,” she said. “This is associated with higher anxiety and stress.”

The alternative is to provide a more complex environment, but such studies have shown inconsistent results, likely due to the wide variation of enrichments used. For her study, Ulans used ramps, which have been shown to reduce contact dermatitis and leg disease and improve locomotion. She also looked at huts, “which can reduce stress but have been greatly understudied,” she noted.

Experiment #1

For the first study, Ulans used 1,200 male broilers, 600 of each strain — fast-growing (Ross 708, 68 g per day) and slow-growing (Redbro M, 53 g per day) — placed into 24 pens at 50 birds per pen. She conducted six replicates per treatment.

For environmental complexity, she created a simple environment with feeders, drinkers and litter. The complex environment included those same elements, plus dust pads, perches and other enrichments.

She collected data at 1 kg, 2 kg and 3 kg of bodyweight and at 4, 5 and 6 weeks of age to measure how welfare changed over time. The fast-growing broilers were culled at 45 days and the slow-growing at 67 days.

“To assess anxiety, we used the attention bias test,” Ulans said. “It measures the birds’ tendency to pay attention to negative stimulus while ignoring others around them.”

The bird is exposed to a negative stimulus, such as an alarm, and a positive stimulus, such as feed and meal worms. “We measure the time birds focus on the negative stimulus and then turn to the positive stimulus. Did the bird start eating during the test?” she noted. “The longer it is anxious, the longer it will focus on the negative stimulus.”

She also measured vigilance behavior, which is associated with watching for danger or threats. “How vigilant a bird was during the test provides insight into its anxiety,” Ulans added. She tested birds in groups of three to avoid the stress of social isolation.

The results: Experiment #1

The study showed some differences between strains in the simple environment, with fast-growing broilers less likely to begin feeding during the test. For both strains, birds in the complex environment weighing 1 kg were more likely to begin feeding than birds weighing 2 kg or 3 kg.

“Slow-growing birds showed less anxiety overall, but anxiety increased for both strains as birds gained weight,” Ulans noted.

Vigilance behavior was determined by the bird spending more than 80% of its time being vigilant during the test. “Vigilance increased as the broilers gained weight, which means anxiety increased,” she said. “Fast-growing broilers showed more anxiety overall but especially in the simple environment.”

To measure fear, Ulans used the tonic immobility test, which reflects a “play dead” state to evade predators. The research team placed the bird on its back in a cradle, covered its eyes and applied gentle pressure to its sternum for 15 seconds to induce tonic immobility.

“The duration that the bird remains in this state indicates its fearfulness,” she noted.

Fast-growing broilers generally recorded 100 seconds, while slow-growing broilers recorded 78 seconds. At all ages, fast-growing birds were more fearful than slow-growing birds.

For both strains, heavier birds showed more fear than lighter-weight birds, and the results were linear. The greatest difference was between 3 kg birds and 1 kg birds.

Environmental complexity had no impact on the birds’ fearfulness, Ulans added.

Discussion points: Experiment #1

The fast-growing broilers’ increased anxiety may be due to their body composition and heavier breast muscle, making it more difficult to walk or escape, Ulans noted. They also have more low-level lameness, with less ability to flee.

Slow-growing broilers showed less fear at the same ages than fast-growing, but fear increased with weight gain. “This may indicate that losing the ability to flee by gaining weight, and increased lameness, which happens to both strains at heavier weights, causes more fearfulness than does genetics,” she added.

As for the environment, broilers from complex environments were less anxious at the lighter weights. “The environment likely slowed the onset of anxiety, but welfare still declined, especially in fast-growing broilers,” Ulans said.

Overall, the study demonstrated that environmental complexity had no impact on the birds’ fear levels. “However, a lack of a negative effect does not mean a lack of a positive effect,” she said.

Experiment #2

Ulans and her research team wanted to dig deeper into how anxiety differed between genetic strains and impacted growth rate. For this experiment, she used 1,582 mixed sex broilers, 264 birds per strain. The fast-growing strains were Cobb 500 (85 g per day), Ross 308 (80 g per day) and Ross 708 (78 g per day). The slow-growing strains included Ja57 NH (38 g per day), Redbro M (48 g per day) and Redbro Yield (51 g per day). There were 72 pens, with 22 birds per pen and six replicates per treatment.

Each pen included either a ramp or a hut. They again used the attention bias test to measure anxiety.

“We found differences in strains, with Ja57 NH the most likely to feed and Redbro M close behind. The Ross 708 or Cobb 500 were the least likely to feed,” Ulans said.

Ross 308 and Redbro Yield responded similarly to each other. There was no difference in the feeding response of birds raised with ramps or huts.

Overall, fast-growing strains showed higher anxiety levels than their counterparts.

Regarding the percentage of time the birds spent vigilant, Ross 308 recorded the most time at 57%. Redbro M had the least at 34%. The Cobb 500, Ross 708 and Redbro Yield birds were similar at 40%, and Ja57 NH was at 38%.

“The strains tended to differ in time spent being vigilant. Slow-growing broilers were less vigilant than fast-growing birds,” she added. “There was no difference between enrichments.”

Discussion points: Experiment #2

Slow-growing broilers generally showed less anxiety than fast-growing birds, but there are exceptions (Redbro M and Ja57 NH). “This may be influenced by slow-growing birds’ better body composition and lower lameness and pain levels,” Ulans said.

Genetic selection for growth may have resulted in differences in anxiety levels, causing an unintended consequence.

Enrichment types had no impact on anxiety and provided similar benefits, such as a safe place for birds to perch or sit. “It’s hard to know the impact on anxiety because the bird is removed from the home pen for the test, yet it may benefit from enrichment while in the home pen,” she added.

The take-home messages

Wrapping up the conclusions for both experiments, Ulans shared these thoughts:

Weight gain decreases broiler welfare;
Slow-growing broilers show better welfare than fast-growing birds;
Complex environments can improve a bird’s early life welfare;
Huts and ramps showed similar effects on anxiety.

To improve broiler welfare, she said producers could process broilers at lighter weights than currently; use slow-growing genetics; and create complex environments, including providing huts or ramps in pens.

Ulans also said more research is needed to determine the status of broiler anxiety and fear, and to find solutions.

The post Impacts of fear, anxiety and environment on fast- and slow-growing broilers appeared first on Modern Poultry.

From feedmill to food system: VIV Europe 2026 addresses the industry’s most critical challenges

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 19:20:09 +0700

Over 70 sessions across three days address the industry’s most pressing challenges — from artificial intelligence and sustainability to food security and global market resilience.

VIV Europe 2026, the world expo from feed to food for the animal protein chain, today announced its full conference program for this year’s edition, taking place 2–4 June 2026 at Jaarbeurs Utrecht, The Netherlands. Spanning over 70 confirmed sessions, the program brings together leading scientists, entrepreneurs, and industry innovators to tackle the defining challenges facing the global food and protein sectors, from regenerative agriculture and antimicrobial resistance to AI-driven farm management and international trade.

The depth of this year’s conference program reflects the central role VIV Europe plays in the global agrifood calendar. The event has served as the essential meeting point where science, business, and policy converge, bringing together professionals from all over the world to exchange knowledge, forge partnerships, and drive the industry forward. In a sector facing simultaneous pressure from climate change, food security demands, regulatory shifts, and rapid technological change, the quality of dialogue that VIV Europe enables has never been more consequential.

A program built around what matters most

Innovation and technology run as a defining thread throughout the agenda. Sessions such as the AgriBITs Seminar and Wageningen University & Research’s Future Poultry Farming: From Science To Practical Solutions series explore how AI, digital twinning, smart feedmill automation, and precision nutrition are moving from concept to competitive advantage on farms worldwide.

Sustainability is addressed with equal depth and ambition. Sustainability & Profit: Can You Have Both? by Misset and From Footprint To Foodprint jointly Hosted By World’s Poultry Science Association (WPSA), World Veterinary Poultry Association (WVPA), and Agrivaknet make the business case for greener production, while Friends of the Ecosystem Restoration Communities brings a global perspective on restoring soils, water cycles, and ecosystems through farming practice.

Animal health and welfare form another critical pillar. Many Ways To Reduce The Need For Antimicrobials by World Veterinary Education In Production Animal Health (WVEPAH) brings together veterinarians and researchers from the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), Utrecht University, and industry to address antimicrobial resistance, biosecurity, and disease prevention, among the most urgent challenges livestock producers are facing today.

On global markets and trade, sessions including Hungry For What’s Next? The Future Of Poultry & Eggs In A Changing World by Rabobank and Bridging Continents: Partnerships For Sustainable Poultry Value Chains In Africa, by Netherlands African Business Council (NABC) equip decision-makers to navigate geopolitical risk and seize emerging opportunities. The event will also host the official launch of Developments In The Poultry Market In Kazakhstan & Launch Of The Partners International Business (PIB) Programme: ‘Poultry Forward Kazakhstan’, hosted By Dutch Poultry Centre (DPC), marking a significant new Dutch-Kazakh industry collaboration.

A dedicated multi-day strand, Cities Leading Food Production, positions urban communities as active drivers of food system change. Through workshops, roundtables, and matchmaking sessions, participants explore short supply chains, circular food models, agroforestry, and community resilience across the full breadth of the protein value chain.

Sectors and knowledge partners

The program spans poultry and eggs, dairy, feed production, and urban food systems. Dairy 2030: Smarter Farming In A Changing World, by Global Dairy Farmers (GDF) brings international farm-level perspectives on data-driven decision-making, while the Build My Feedmill Seminar covers the full spectrum of feed processing technology from grinding and pelleting to automation and control systems.

Knowledge leadership comes from world-class institutions including Wageningen University & Research, Rabobank, DPC, WPSA, WVPA, WVEPAH, and the NABC, with additional contributions from The Weather Makers, the Bionutrient Institute, and the BSV Association on ecosystem restoration, nutrient density, and supply chain transparency.

Investing in the next generation: the VIV Passport Program

Alongside its conference program, VIV Europe 2026 is also launching the VIV Passport, a structured student engagement initiative designed to connect the next generation of talent with the international agrifood industry. Participating students get to attend selected keynote sessions and industry talks during the first two days of the exhibition, engaging directly with professionals and companies across the full animal protein supply chain. Each student receives a branded Student Kit and a Show Passport to guide their experience onsite, collecting stamps by attending at least three key sessions. Upon completion, participants earn a digital certificate of participation that can be added to their LinkedIn profile or CV as a career-relevant credential. The program offers students meaningful industry exposure while providing a tangible outcome in support of their professional development.

Registration remains open

VIV Europe 2026 takes place 2–4 June 2026 at Jaarbeurs Utrecht, The Netherlands. Attendees gain direct access to cutting-edge research, global market intelligence, and a network of buyers, suppliers, and investors from all over the world. Skip the long queues onsite and secure your place today at europe.viv.net.

Source: VIV Worldwide press release

Natural vs Synthetic Dog Supplements Which Is Better

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 19:15:05 +0700

The supplement aisle splits into two camps, and Indian pet parents feel the pressure from both. One side pushes herbal, Ayurvedic, and whole-food formulas with labels that promise purity. The other pushes lab-created vitamins with precise doses and clinical backing. Social media amplifies the divide further, with influencers declaring one side right and the other toxic.

The reality is less dramatic and more useful than either camp admits. Natural and synthetic supplements each solve different problems in different situations. This guide cuts through the marketing noise and explains what actually happens inside your dog's body when it processes each type. You will learn where natural wins, where synthetic wins, and how to build a supplement routine from PetsWorld's dog health and supplements collection that uses the strengths of both.

What Natural and Synthetic Actually Mean

These terms get used loosely, so clarity matters before anything else.

Natural supplements are derived from whole-food, plant, animal, or marine sources. The nutrients exist within their original biological matrix, surrounded by cofactors, enzymes, and trace compounds that the body recognises. Examples include salmon oil, turmeric root extract, green-lipped mussel powder, spirulina, bone broth, and colostrum.

Synthetic supplements are manufactured in a laboratory to replicate the molecular structure of a specific nutrient. They deliver isolated compounds at precise, standardised doses. Examples include ascorbic acid (vitamin C), dl-alpha-tocopherol (synthetic vitamin E), glucosamine hydrochloride, and calcium carbonate.

Natural does not automatically mean safe, effective, or superior. Synthetic does not automatically mean artificial, harmful, or inferior. The value of each depends entirely on what your dog needs, how the product is formulated, and how well your dog's body absorbs it.

The Real Question: What Does Your Dog's Body Actually Absorb?

This is the question that matters more than any label claim. A supplement is only as useful as the amount that reaches the bloodstream and gets used by cells. This is called bioavailability, and it differs significantly between natural and synthetic forms of the same nutrient.

Where Natural Absorbs Better

Natural forms of certain nutrients come packaged with cofactors that help the body recognise and process them:

Vitamin E: Natural d-alpha-tocopherol absorbs roughly twice as effectively as its synthetic counterpart dl-alpha-tocopherol. The body retains natural vitamin E longer.
Omega-3 from fish oil: EPA and DHA from whole fish oil absorb far more efficiently than synthetic omega-3 ethyl esters.
Minerals from bone broth or green-lipped mussel: Naturally chelated minerals absorb better than cheap oxide forms found in budget synthetic products.
Turmeric with piperine: The natural curcumin in turmeric absorbs dramatically better when paired with its natural companion piperine from black pepper.

Where Synthetic Matches or Beats Natural

Some synthetic forms are chemically identical to their natural counterparts, meaning the body cannot tell the difference:

Vitamin C: Synthetic ascorbic acid is molecularly identical to natural vitamin C. Absorption rates are essentially the same.
B-complex vitamins: Synthetic B1, B2, B6, and B12 absorb at comparable rates to food-sourced versions, often at a fraction of the cost.
Glucosamine HCl: Lab-produced glucosamine hydrochloride has been studied extensively and absorbs reliably at clinical doses.
Calcium citrate: Absorbs as well as or better than calcium from whole-food sources, with more precise dosing possible.

The American Kennel Club notes that the effectiveness of a supplement depends on its formulation quality and bioavailability, not simply on whether it is labelled natural or synthetic.

The Indian Market Reality

Indian pet parents face a unique supplement landscape that makes this decision harder than it needs to be:

Unregulated natural claims: Many Indian pet supplements use the word natural without any certification or third-party verification. A product labelled herbal or Ayurvedic may still contain synthetic binders, fillers, or preservatives.
Cheap synthetic flooding the market: Budget synthetic supplements imported in bulk often use the cheapest, least absorbable forms of vitamins and minerals. Low price usually signals low bioavailability.
Limited testing transparency: Few Indian pet supplement brands publish third-party lab results. This makes it harder to verify whether the label matches the actual contents.
Climate degradation: Indian heat and humidity degrade natural supplements faster than synthetic ones. Fish oil turns rancid in weeks if stored improperly during summer. Herbal powders absorb moisture during monsoon.

In this environment, the brand and formulation matter far more than the natural or synthetic label. A well-formulated synthetic product from a transparent brand consistently outperforms a poorly made natural product with a pretty label.

When Natural Supplements Are the Better Choice

Natural supplements earn their place in specific situations:

Long-term skin and coat support: Salmon oil, sardine oil, and krill oil deliver EPA and DHA in their most bioavailable forms. No synthetic omega-3 matches whole fish oil for coat shine and skin barrier repair.
Gentle daily wellness: Dogs on homemade diets benefit from whole-food additions like bone broth, spirulina, and pumpkin powder that deliver broad nutrition with minimal processing. Pair with clean dog treats and chews that contain natural ingredients for a consistent daily routine.
Anti-inflammatory support: Turmeric, boswellia, and green-lipped mussel provide multi-compound anti-inflammatory action that isolated synthetic compounds struggle to replicate.
Gut health: Natural probiotics from fermented sources often establish in the gut more effectively than synthetic probiotic blends.
Dogs with chemical sensitivities: Some dogs react to synthetic binders, coatings, or preservatives. Natural supplements with minimal processing avoid these triggers.
Ayurvedic and herbal support: Ashwagandha (in vet-approved doses), amla, and neem have long traditions in Indian animal care and suit dogs that respond well to gentle, plant-based interventions.

When Synthetic Supplements Are the Better Choice

Synthetic supplements earn their place when precision, speed, and reliability matter most:

Correcting a diagnosed deficiency: A vet blood panel showing low vitamin D, iron, or calcium needs a precise, measurable dose. Synthetic forms deliver exactly what the label states, making therapeutic dosing reliable.
Joint care at clinical doses: Glucosamine HCl at 15 to 20 mg per kilogram daily has decades of clinical evidence behind it. Most natural joint products cannot match this dose consistency.
Puppy growth support: Growing puppies need precise calcium-to-phosphorus ratios. Synthetic formulations control these ratios accurately, which matters enormously for large breed puppies where calcium excess causes skeletal problems. Browse puppy-safe formulas in PetsWorld's supplements range for options designed with these ratios in mind.
Post-surgery and recovery: Dogs recovering from operations or severe illness need rapid, reliable nutrient replenishment. Synthetic multivitamins deliver consistent daily doses without the variability of natural sources.
Budget-conscious households: Quality synthetic supplements cost significantly less than premium natural alternatives while still delivering clinically meaningful nutrient levels.
Shelf stability in Indian conditions: Synthetic tablets and capsules withstand Indian heat and humidity far better than liquid fish oils or herbal powders that degrade quickly.

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that correctly formulated and dosed synthetic supplements are safe and effective for dogs, particularly when addressing specific medical needs under veterinary guidance.

The Smartest Approach: Use Both Strategically

The best supplement routines rarely commit entirely to one camp. A strategic hybrid approach uses each type where it performs best:

Natural fish oil for daily omega-3: No synthetic can match whole fish oil for skin, coat, and inflammation support.
Synthetic glucosamine for joint care: Delivers precise, studied doses that natural sources struggle to match consistently.
Natural probiotics for gut health: Fermented and food-based strains establish better in the canine gut.
Synthetic B-complex and iron for energy recovery: Fast, reliable correction of deficiency states.
Natural turmeric for inflammation: Multi-compound benefit that isolated curcumin supplements do not fully replicate.
Synthetic multivitamin as a baseline: Covers broad daily gaps for dogs on homemade or mixed diets at a predictable cost.

This approach is not about compromise. It is about precision. Match the tool to the job, not the label to the ideology.

How to Evaluate Quality Regardless of Source

Whether you choose natural or synthetic, these quality markers apply equally:

Specific nutrient amounts listed per serving in mg, mcg, or IU
Named ingredient sources, not vague terms like natural flavour or proprietary blend
Third-party testing for purity and potency
Clear manufacturing and expiry dates
Weight-based dosing instructions, not one-size-fits-all
Transparent brand with traceable sourcing
No artificial colours, excessive sugar, or xylitol

The ASPCA warns that both natural and synthetic supplements can contain ingredients harmful to dogs if formulated irresponsibly. Always check labels carefully and consult your vet before introducing a new product.

Safety Myths That Need Correcting

Two persistent myths cloud this debate in Indian pet communities:

Myth: Natural supplements cannot cause side effects

False. Garlic, tea tree oil, pennyroyal, comfrey, and many essential oils are natural and toxic to dogs. High-dose turmeric can thin blood. Excessive vitamin A from liver-based natural supplements causes bone damage. Natural does not mean harmless, and dose always matters.

Myth: Synthetic supplements are full of chemicals dogs cannot process

False. Many synthetic vitamins are molecularly identical to their natural counterparts. The dog's body processes synthetic ascorbic acid exactly the same way it processes vitamin C from an amla berry. The concern is not with the molecule itself but with the filler ingredients, coatings, and preservatives some cheap products use to cut costs.

Storage Realities in Indian Conditions

Indian weather creates a practical divide between natural and synthetic that many guides ignore:

Natural oils: Refrigerate immediately after opening. Fish oil turns rancid within weeks in Indian summer heat. Use within 6 to 8 weeks.
Herbal powders: Absorb moisture rapidly during monsoon. Store in airtight glass jars with silica gel packets.
Synthetic tablets and capsules: Hold up well in heat. Store in cool, dry places away from kitchen steam and bathroom humidity.
Soft chews (either type): Degrade faster than tablets. Seal tightly and finish packs within the timeframe on the label.

Proper storage protects potency. A degraded natural oil or a moisture-damaged herbal powder delivers less than its label promises. Pair supplements with well-stored dog treats and chews for a consistent, clean daily nutrition routine.

Final Thoughts

The natural versus synthetic debate generates more heat than light. The honest answer is that both have strengths, both have weaknesses, and the smartest pet parents use each where it performs best. Natural supplements win for omega-3, anti-inflammatory herbs, and gut health. Synthetic supplements win for precise dosing, deficiency correction, and cost efficiency. Quality, transparency, and correct dosing matter infinitely more than which camp a product belongs to. Build your dog's routine thoughtfully from PetsWorld's dog supplements collection and let results, not ideology, guide your choices.

FAQs

Are natural dog supplements always safer than synthetic ones?

No. Safety depends on the specific ingredient, its dose, and the product quality, not on whether it comes from a plant or a lab. Some natural ingredients like garlic and tea tree oil are toxic to dogs. Some synthetic vitamins are molecularly identical to their natural forms. Quality and correct dosing determine safety, not the source label.

Which is better for my dog's coat, natural or synthetic omega-3?

Natural fish oil (salmon or sardine oil) is significantly better for coat health. It delivers EPA and DHA in triglyceride form, which absorbs more efficiently than synthetic omega-3 ethyl esters. For skin and coat improvements, whole fish oil is the clear winner.

Can I mix natural and synthetic supplements for my dog?

Yes, and it is often the smartest approach. Use natural fish oil for omega-3, synthetic glucosamine for joint care, natural probiotics for gut health, and a synthetic multivitamin to cover daily baseline needs. Avoid duplicating the same nutrient from multiple products.

Are Ayurvedic supplements safe for dogs?

Some are, in correct doses. Turmeric, ashwagandha (low dose), and amla have supportive evidence in veterinary contexts. However, many Ayurvedic products are formulated for humans, with doses and companion ingredients that may not suit dogs. Always consult a vet before using herbal or Ayurvedic supplements.

How do I know if a supplement is genuinely natural?

Check for named whole-food sources in the ingredient list, such as salmon oil or turmeric root extract. Avoid products using vague terms like natural flavour or herbal blend without specifying the actual plant or source. Third-party certifications add credibility. If the label hides details, the product is likely hiding something too.

Signs Your Dog Needs a Supplement Boost

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 15:40:06 +0700

Your dog cannot tell you that something feels off. But their body can. A dull coat, a sluggish walk, a wound that takes too long to close, or a stomach that never seems to settle are not random annoyances. They are signals. Each one points to a specific nutritional gap that the current diet is not filling.

Most Indian pet parents notice these signs but attribute them to weather, age, or breed quirks. In reality, many of them resolve within weeks once the missing nutrient is identified and added. This guide teaches you to read your dog's body like a map, connecting visible signs to the supplements that fix them. Whether you choose from PetsWorld's dog health and supplements collection or work directly with your vet, recognising these signals early saves time, money, and discomfort.

Why Nutritional Gaps Happen Even in Well-Fed Dogs

A full bowl does not guarantee complete nutrition. Gaps develop for reasons that have nothing to do with how much you feed your dog:

Homemade and mixed diets: Most Indian home-cooked meals lack consistent vitamin and mineral profiles. Rice, roti, and boiled chicken do not cover zinc, B-complex, or omega-3 adequately.
Age-related absorption decline: Senior dogs absorb fewer nutrients from the same food they ate comfortably at age three.
Breed-specific demands: Large breeds burn through joint-supporting nutrients faster. Double-coated breeds need more omega-3 for skin and coat health.
Climate stress: Indian summers, monsoon humidity, and winter dryness each create different nutritional pressures on skin, coat, and immunity.
Recovery periods: Illness, surgery, deworming, and antibiotic courses deplete stored nutrients rapidly.
Kibble limitations: Even premium commercial food may not deliver therapeutic levels of specific nutrients for dogs with higher-than-average needs.

The American Kennel Club notes that targeted supplementation addresses specific gaps more effectively than broad multivitamins, particularly when the signs point clearly to a single nutrient family.

Signal 1: Your Dog's Coat and Skin Are Struggling

The coat is the most visible health barometer your dog carries. It reflects internal nutrition more honestly than any blood test.

What You See

Dull, dry, or straw-like coat texture despite regular bathing
Excessive shedding that does not match the normal seasonal cycle
Dandruff, flakiness, or persistent dry patches
Thinning fur or bald spots without parasite involvement
Cracked paw pads or a dry, crusty nose
Recurring hot spots, especially during Indian monsoon

What It Usually Means

Skin and coat problems almost always point to omega-3 deficiency, often combined with low zinc, biotin, or vitamin E. These nutrients build the skin barrier, fuel oil production, and strengthen hair follicles. When they run low, the coat is the first system to show it because the body redirects scarce nutrients to more vital organs first.

What Helps

Fish oil (salmon or sardine oil) providing EPA and DHA is the most effective single addition. Pair with a zinc and biotin supplement for stubborn cases. Many pet parents see visible coat improvement within 4 to 6 weeks. Complement with gentle grooming products that protect the skin barrier rather than stripping it.

Signal 2: Energy and Enthusiasm Are Dropping

What You See

Less interest in walks, toys, or play that used to excite them
Sleeping more during the day without any change in routine
Sluggish on morning walks, especially on cooler days
Taking longer to recover after moderate exercise
Increased irritability or restlessness without obvious cause
Eating grass, mud, or non-food items (pica behaviour)

What It Usually Means

Low energy often traces to B-complex vitamin deficiency, iron deficiency, or magnesium shortage. B vitamins drive energy metabolism at the cellular level. Iron carries oxygen to muscles and organs. Magnesium supports muscle function and nerve signalling. When any of these run low, the entire body slows down.

Pica, the habit of eating non-food items, is a classic indicator of mineral deficiency. Dogs instinctively seek out missing nutrients, even if the sources they find are not helpful.

What Helps

A quality multivitamin with strong B-complex coverage and chelated iron addresses most energy-related gaps. For dogs on homemade diets, adding cooked liver once a week provides a natural B-vitamin and iron boost. Results typically appear within 3 to 5 weeks of consistent supplementation.

Signal 3: The Gut Is Constantly Unsettled

What You See

Loose stools or diarrhoea more than twice a week
Excessive gas or bloating after meals
Constipation or visible straining
Vomiting that is not linked to eating something toxic
Appetite swings without any other illness
Itchy skin alongside digestive issues, which signals the gut-skin connection

What It Usually Means

Chronic gut issues often point to an imbalanced microbiome, low digestive enzyme production, or insufficient fibre intake. Indian monsoon conditions worsen these problems significantly, as humidity promotes bacterial overgrowth and many dogs pick up mild gut infections from contaminated water or damp surfaces during walks.

What Helps

Probiotics are the first line of support. They repopulate beneficial gut bacteria, improve nutrient absorption, and reduce inflammation in the intestinal lining. Prebiotic fibre (from pumpkin or sweet potato) feeds those good bacteria. Digestive enzyme supplements help dogs that struggle to break down protein or fat. Pair gut supplements with easy-to-digest dog treats and chews that do not add extra stress to an already sensitive system.

Signal 4: Movement Is Becoming Difficult

What You See

Stiffness when rising from rest, especially after sleeping
Hesitation before stairs, jumps, or getting into the car
Preferring to walk rather than run during play
Mild limping after longer walks that resolves with rest
Licking or chewing one specific joint repeatedly
Visible muscle loss in the hind legs
Popping or clicking sounds from joints during movement

What It Usually Means

Joint stiffness signals cartilage wear, thinning synovial fluid, and chronic low-grade inflammation. These changes are progressive and often start silently years before visible limping appears. The American Veterinary Medical Association reports that most dogs show some degree of joint degeneration by age 7, with large breeds affected even earlier.

What Helps

Glucosamine, chondroitin, and MSM form the foundation of joint support. Omega-3 reduces joint inflammation. Hyaluronic acid restores synovial fluid thickness. Turmeric adds natural anti-inflammatory support. Start early for the strongest results. Explore targeted joint care and mobility supplements designed for senior and large breed dogs.

Signal 5: Your Dog Gets Sick Too Often

What You See

Recurring ear infections that come back after treatment
Skin infections or hot spots that heal slowly and reappear
Frequent mild stomach bugs, especially during monsoon
Slow wound healing from minor cuts or insect bites
Persistent low-grade lethargy without a clear diagnosis

What It Usually Means

A weak immune response often reflects low levels of vitamin C, vitamin E, zinc, selenium, or omega-3. These nutrients fuel the production and activity of immune cells. When they run low, the body cannot mount effective defences against everyday bacteria, fungi, and viruses. Indian monsoon, with its humidity and bacterial load, exposes these weaknesses fastest.

What Helps

A multivitamin with strong antioxidant coverage (vitamins C, E, and selenium) plus omega-3 supports immune resilience. Probiotics strengthen gut immunity, which accounts for roughly 70 percent of the total immune system. For dogs with chronic infections, a vet blood panel can pinpoint the specific deficiency driving the problem.

Signal 6: Your Senior Dog Seems Confused

What You See

Staring at walls or into corners for extended periods
Forgetting familiar routes during walks
Getting stuck behind furniture or in corners
Changes in sleep patterns, such as pacing at night
Reduced response to their own name or familiar commands
Loss of house training habits without a physical cause

What It Usually Means

Cognitive decline in senior dogs, sometimes called canine cognitive dysfunction, is linked to oxidative damage in brain cells and reduced DHA levels. The brain is one of the most fat-dependent organs, and omega-3 DHA is its primary structural fatty acid. When DHA intake drops, cognitive function follows.

What Helps

DHA-rich fish oil, antioxidants (vitamin E, vitamin C, selenium), and specialised cognitive support nutrients like phosphatidylserine and SAM-e can slow decline. These are most effective when started at the first signs of confusion, not after significant deterioration. Consistent daily use matters more than occasional high doses.

From Signal to Supplement: A Simple Action Framework

Use this quick reference to connect what you see to what you give:

Dull coat, dry skin, shedding: Omega-3 fish oil plus zinc and biotin
Low energy, sluggishness: B-complex multivitamin plus iron
Gut issues, loose stools: Probiotics plus digestive enzymes
Joint stiffness, slow movement: Glucosamine, chondroitin, MSM, omega-3
Frequent infections, slow healing: Antioxidants (C, E, selenium) plus probiotics
Senior confusion, behaviour changes: DHA, antioxidants, phosphatidylserine

Address the most obvious signal first. Add one supplement at a time, wait 4 to 6 weeks, and observe changes before stacking another product on top.

When Signs Need a Vet, Not a Supplement

Supplements address mild to moderate nutritional gaps. Some signs demand professional medical evaluation before any supplement is added:

Sudden, severe weight loss or gain
Persistent vomiting or bloody stools
Complete loss of appetite for more than 48 hours
Rapid behavioural changes or aggression
Visible pain, crying, or inability to stand
Swollen joints, fever, or laboured breathing

The ASPCA warns that some supplement ingredients can interact with medications or worsen underlying conditions. Always consult your vet before supplementing a dog with existing health issues.

Final Thoughts

Your dog's body communicates through visible, trackable signals. A dull coat, a stiff walk, a gurgling stomach, or a fading sparkle in the eyes are not just age or weather. They are requests for specific nutritional support. Learn to read them, match the right supplement to the right signal, and give it time to work. Start with one targeted addition from PetsWorld's dog supplements collection, stay consistent for 6 to 8 weeks, and let your dog's improving health confirm you made the right call.

FAQs

How do I know if my dog is deficient in a specific nutrient?

Look for patterns in visible signs. Coat and skin issues usually point to omega-3 or zinc. Low energy points to B-complex or iron. Joint stiffness points to glucosamine and omega-3. For a definitive answer, ask your vet for a blood panel that measures specific vitamin and mineral levels.

Can a dog show multiple supplement needs at once?

Yes. Dogs on homemade diets or recovering from illness often show signs across two or three categories simultaneously. Start with the most severe signal, address it with one targeted supplement, then add others one at a time over the following weeks.

How quickly do supplements fix visible signs?

Most supplements take 4 to 8 weeks for visible results. Coat improvements may appear in 3 to 4 weeks. Joint comfort usually needs 6 to 10 weeks. Gut health often responds fastest, sometimes within 1 to 2 weeks with probiotics. Consistency matters more than dose size.

Are these signs always caused by nutritional gaps?

Not always. Some signs overlap with medical conditions like thyroid disease, kidney issues, or parasites. If symptoms persist after 8 to 10 weeks of targeted supplementation, or if they worsen suddenly, consult your vet to rule out underlying illness.

Should I give a multivitamin or target one nutrient at a time?

If signs are spread across multiple categories, a quality multivitamin covers the broadest ground. If signs are concentrated in one area, like coat only or joints only, a targeted supplement delivers more effective doses of the specific nutrients that area needs.

Aquaculture 4.0: Unlocking the Last Mile of Growth

Edusehat — Wed, 13 May 2026 09:00:05 +0700

* By Antonio Garza de Yta, Ph.D.

Aquaculture has proved it can grow fish; now it must prove it can grow confidence. The missing link isn’t biological, it’s finance, insurance, and risk transparency. Until capital providers can see and price risk reliably, the sector will remain capital constrained and underinsured.

Aquaculture has proved it can grow fish; now it must prove it can grow confidence. For years, the sector has pushed er on genetics, feeds, health, and farm design, yet it still underdelivers on its full potential. Why? Because the missing link isn’t biological, it’s finance, insurance, and risk transparency. Until capital providers can see, quantify, and price risk reliably, aquaculture will remain capital-constrained, underinsured, and slower than it should be. Aquaculture 4.0 is the pathway out of that trap: digitalization not just for efficiency, but for bankability and insurability.

To cross this last mile, we must move from a sector that has long looked like a black box to outsiders to one that is measurably transparent. With new tools, we’ve made the box translucent — but lenders and underwriters don’t finance translucence; they finance clarity. That clarity depends on three pillars that turn data into trust and trust into capital:

(1) Infrastructure, (2) Data, and (3) Systems Integration.

Data standardization is critical for financial credibility. Moving beyond handwritten records to a standardized schema allows underwriters to verify biological performance. Defining what to measure and how to verify it ensures that on-farm data becomes a bridge to institutional investment.

The Three Pillars of Digital Transparency in Aquaculture

1. Infrastructure: The rails that carry trust

You cannot digitize thin air. The first pillar is infrastructure, both digital and physical. On the digital side, farms need dependable connectivity, rugged sensors for water quality and biomass, onfarm edge devices that capture data in lowbandwidth settings, secure cloud environments that scale across cohorts and geographies, and a unified digital infrastructure that standardizes information, turns raw signals into operational intelligence, and enables the transparency required for finance and insurance. On the physical side, the insights must be actionable: aeration, automatic feeders, biosecurity upgrades, harvesting machines, coldchain, and reliable power, so recommended changes can actually be implemented.

Infrastructure is also where finance can lead rather than lag. Blended finance, resultsbased lending, and green/ESG (Environmental, Social, and Governance) facilities can under write connectivity, sensor networks, and critical equipment precisely because those assets reduce uncertainty, improve performance, and enable auditable reporting. In other words, infrastructure is not just cost; it is the foundation of risk reduction and the onramp to cheaper capital and insurable operations.

2. Data: From readings to decision grade intelligence

Data is the language of risk. Yet, too often, aquaculture data is incomplete, inconsistent, or trapped in spreadsheets and WhatsApp chats. Aquaculture 4.0 demands timely, standardized, longitudinal data, not only on water quality and feed, but on biosecurity practices, genetics, growth curves, survivals, FCR, energy use, and cost structure. It must be traceable (who/what/when/where) and auditable (can a third party confirm it?).

When farms pair structured data-sets with bioeconomic and financial models, they convert measurements into decision grade intelligence: accurate harvest forecasting, scenario-based cashflow projections, and probabilistic risk profiles. That is the moment the sector shifts from “trust me” to “verify me”, and verification is what unlocks term sheets, lowers interest rates, and makes biological insurance design feasible. For producers, this isn’t paperwork; it’s bargaining power, data-backed credibility that improves prices, contract terms, and access to working capital.

3. Systems integration: One version of the truth

A single sensor does not make a smart pond, and a smart pond does not make a bankable enterprise. The third pillar is systems integration — linking sensors, farm Enterprise Resource Planning (ERPs), hatchery records, feed logistics, lab diagnostics, processing data, and even buyer specifications into a coherent, interoperable flow. Integration enables apples-to-apples benchmarking, automates compliance reporting, and continuously feeds credit risk scoring and parametric insurance models with high-quality inputs.

At scale, integration supports digital twins at farm, cluster, or regional level so that regulators can monitor disease risk in near realtime, suply chain actors can plan capacity with better visibility, and financiers can track portfolio health against measurable KPIs. Systems integration is where transparency becomes trust, because every stakeholder, farmer, feed mill, buyer, lender, insurer, sees one version of the truth.

Why This Matters for Finance and Insurance

Capital does not require zero risk; it requires knowable risk. Infrastructure ensures risks are observed continuously; data ensures they are measured consistently; systems integration ensures they are shared credibly. Together, these pillars convert uncertainty into probability, and probability into price; the price of credit, the price of coverage, the price of capital. Three knockon effects follow:

i. Credit becomes scalable. Data-grounded production and cashflow forecasts justify longer tenors and lower rates.

ii. Insurance becomes viable. Earlywarning surveillance and verified performance histories let underwriters price biological risk, design products that pay, and assemble portfolios that perform.

iii. ESG becomes measurable. Energy, emissions, water, welfare, and traceability move from claims to counts, attracting impact capital and premium buyers.

Aquaculture 4.0 is the pathway to bankability and insurability through digitalization.To cross this last mile, the industry must transition from a ‘black box’ to measurable transparency.

From Translucent to Transparent, and Bankable

Aquaculture’s opacity was never a choice; it was a function of fragmentation: thousands of actors, variable standards, patchy connectivity, and handwritten records. The tools now exist to change that; if we align around the three pillars. The practical playbook is straightforward:

» Fund the rails: prioritize connectivity, sensors, and reliable power.

» Standardize the schema: define what to measure, how often, and how to verify.

» Connect the systems: integrate onfarm, lab, logistics, and finance data into a single workflow; share the right data with the right stakeholder at the right time.

Aquaculture doesn’t need a new revolution in biology. It needs to connect what we already have, prove what we already do, and scale what already works. That is Aquaculture 4.0, not digital for digital’s sake, but digital for bankability and insurability. When we deliver infrastructure, data, and systems integration, we move decisively from translucent to transparent — and in that clarity, finance and insurance finally find a home. That is how we unlock the last mile of growth.

* Antonio Garza de Yta is Vice President of the International Center for Strategic Studies in Aquaculture (CIDEEA), President of Aquaculture Without Frontiers (AwF), Past President of the World Aquaculture Society (WAS), Former Secretary of Fisheries and Aquaculture of Tamaulipas, Mexico, and Creator of the Certification for Aquaculture Professionals (CAP) Program with Auburn University.

Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 22:20:08 +0700

As global demand for seafood continues to climb, the aquaculture industry faces a familiar yet intensifying challenge: how to produce more nutritious protein while reducing environmental impacts and biological risks. Innovation is no longer optional; it is foundational. Among emerging solutions, genome editing is rapidly gaining attention as a powerful, practical tool for modern breeding programs.

To explore its commercial potential and evolving regulatory landscape, we spoke with Debbie Plouffe, Vice President of Business Development at the Centre for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT). A leader in genetic innovation in aquaculture, CAT is already working with commercial producers to integrate genome editing into breeding programs. In her role, Debbie provides regulatory guidance, supporting CAT clients to navigate and accelerate the responsible commercialization of genome editing in farmed aquatic species.

Debbie Plouffe, Center for Aquaculture Technologies

Q: Debbie, let’s start with a fundamental question. What is the difference between genetic modification and genome editing?

Plouffe: It’s an important distinction in the regulatory framework and a great place to start. Genetic modified organism, or GMO, typically refers to introducing new DNA, creating changes in a genetic sequence that wouldn’t occur naturally. Genome editing, on the other hand, is about making precise changes within an organism’s existing DNA.

With genome editing, and specifically in the scenario CAT will use the technology, no new DNA is added. We are creating changes that could happen through natural reproduction or conventional selective breeding in a shorter timeframe. It is precision breeding, not the creation of transgenics.

Q: Why have many regulators treated genome editing differently from GMOs?

Plouffe: Because the outcomes can be fundamentally different. In many genome editing applications, particularly SDN-1, the changes are indistinguishable from those that could occur naturally or through conventional breeding. No new DNA is present in the final organism.

As a result, many regulators are shifting toward risk-based frameworks that focus on the characteristics of the final product, rather than the technology used to create it. Countries such as the United States, Canada, Brazil, Japan, and Australia are already moving in this direction, which is helping open the door for responsible innovation.
We’re already seeing this approach in practice. Genome editing is being used commercially across agriculture and aquaculture, from crops like canola, banana, and rice to livestock such as pigs, cattle, and fish, demonstrating that these frameworks can support safe, real-world deployment.

This shift is important not just from a regulatory perspective, but also for building confidence more broadly, as regulatory clarity is often the foundation for acceptance of new technologies.

Q: You mentioned SDN-1. Can you explain what that means?

Plouffe: SDN-1, or Site-Directed Nuclease-1, is a form of genome editing that makes very small, precise changes to an organism’s existing DNA without adding any new genetic material. It works by creating a targeted cut in the DNA, which the cell then repairs naturally, resulting in a small change. These edits are similar to variations that could occur naturally or through conventional breeding, just achieved with greater precision and much faster.

Q: What does this all mean for commercial aquaculture operations?

Plouffe: It’s a game-changer. The key advantages of genome editing are precision and speed. In many aquaculture species, where generation times can span several years, conventional breeding delivers progress in relatively small, incremental steps across generations. Genome editing allows us to make significant improvements in a single generation, dramatically accelerating the pace of genetic gain.

Genome editing allows producers to target specific traits that are advantageous for farming such as growth efficiency and yield, disease resistance, or environmental tolerance, and achieve results in a fraction of the time required by conventional breeding alone.

Importantly, it also opens the door to traits that are difficult, slow, or even impossible to achieve through traditional breeding, including traits with low heritability, single-sex populations without hormone use, and reproductive sterility.
At CAT, our genome editing solutions include our Sterility+ technology, which delivers 100% sterility in aquaculture species. This acts as a robust biological containment measure, helping protect wild populations and ecosystems, while also supporting regulatory confidence that environmental risks, particularly those associated with enhanced production traits, are effectively managed.

In short, the benefits are clear: improved productivity and resilience for farmers, sustainable innovation for the industry, and consistent access to high-quality, affordable seafood for consumers, delivered more efficiently, with fewer resources, less waste, and reduced pressure on wild fisheries.

Q: What does the typical regulatory pathway look like for genome-edited products today?

Plouffe: As I mentioned, the regulatory process is becoming more structured and predictable in many jurisdictions, though it still varies by region. At CAT, we start by developing a regulatory strategy for each product based on where the animals are produced and, if applicable, where they will be sold. This may involve preparing a scientific dossier for submission, followed by agency review and, in some cases, post-approval compliance.

Importantly, seafood producers and breeders no longer have to navigate this alone. Clearer frameworks are emerging, and that’s critical for accelerating commercial adoption; something CAT actively supports.

Q: So, how is CAT supporting clients through this advancing landscape?

Plouffe: Our role goes beyond the technical skill of integrating genome editing into practical breeding programs. We often hear that our partners and their stakeholders are concerned about acceptance of genome editing in food production, and regulatory approval is really the foundation of that acceptance. So, we partner closely with our clients to define and execute clear regulatory strategies and achieve regulatory determinations.

Ultimately, our focus is on creating a clear and efficient path to market.

Q: Looking ahead, where do you see genome editing in aquaculture over the next five years?

Plouffe: Over the next five years, genome editing, particularly SDN-1 approaches, will move from innovation to implementation. As regulatory frameworks continue to align, these technologies will be integrated into breeding programs and deliver products at commercial scale.

This isn’t about replacing traditional breeding, but enhancing it; adding precision and speed to existing programs. The opportunity is clear, but timing matters. Companies that invest now in regulatory strategy and stakeholder engagement will be best positioned as the market continues to open.

Debbie concluded, “Genome editing has moved beyond research; it now has a clear path to commercialization. As regulatory clarity improves, it is becoming a practical tool to help aquaculture scale sustainably. For an industry facing real resource constraints, this is going to be an important part of the solution.”

The post Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Development of U.S.-strain live and inactivated vaccines for control of avian metapneumovirus subtype B in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 18:15:09 +0700

USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation announce the completion of a research project that developed both live and inactivated vaccine candidates for avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) subtype B. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

Project # 745: development of live attenuated and killed vaccines for emerging avian metapneumovirus subgroup B

(Dr. Sunil Kumar Mor, Animal Disease Research and Diagnostic Laboratory, South Dakota State University, Brookings, S.D.)

aMPV, a virus which causes an acute respiratory tract infection in turkeys and chickens, re-emerged in the U.S. poultry industry, rapidly spreading across key poultry-producing states and posing a significant threat to production. The Center for Veterinary Biologics granted conditional approval for imported vaccines based on European strains as an emergency measure in early 2025; however, no licensed live attenuated vaccines derived from U.S. strains are currently available.

A team of researchers, led by Dr. Sunil Mor, at South Dakota University, successfully developed both live and inactivated vaccine candidates for aMPV subtype B. One of the live vaccine candidates showed strong safety and provided complete protection in chickens, while the inactivated vaccine generated strong protective antibody responses. Both vaccine approaches performed well in commercial turkey poults, with the live vaccine offering the highest level of protection.

These results demonstrate strong potential for practical, field-ready tools to help control aMPV in poultry. Overall, the work supports the development of U.S.-based vaccines to reduce future disease impacts and economic losses in the poultry industry.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

DAIRY SECTOR TAKES CENTER STAGE AT TUTTOFOOD 2026

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 14:50:07 +0700

Livestock & Poultry Middle East & Asia has commenced its special editorial coverage of TUTTOFOOD 2026, which opened yesterday at Fiera Milano with strong international participation from the global food and agriculture sectors.This year’s exhibition is witnessing significant attention on the dairy products sector, featuring a wide range of innovations in milk processing, cheese production, yogurt, dairy ingredients, packaging technologies, cold-chain solutions, and sustainable dairy farming practices.

Representing the publication as part of the international press delegation, M. Matt is covering the latest developments and business opportunities connecting global dairy producers with the fast-growing Middle East and Asian markets.

“The dairy industry continues to evolve rapidly with new technologies, value-added products, and sustainable production systems. TUTTOFOOD 2026 offers an excellent platform for international dairy businesses to explore emerging opportunities in the Middle East and Asia,” said M. Matt.

The magazine’s coverage will highlight dairy innovations, livestock-linked food production, processing technologies, and international trade trends shaping the future of the agri-food industry.

For the full programme, please visit: https://www.tuttofood.it/en/conferences-2026/

Mycotoxin challenges in mea requires integrated mitigation approach

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 14:45:08 +0700

Productivity and sustainability in poultry production are under increasing pressure from mycotoxin contamination in feed, an issue of growing concern across the Middle East and Africa (MEA). Addressing this challenge requires a comprehensive, integrated mitigation strategy.

Rola Jreissaty
Product Manager
UTRIX S.A.L.

Mycotoxins, the secondary metabolites produced by filamentous fungi, along with their masked forms, are widely recognized as unavoidable contaminants within food and feed chains (Kovač Tomas & Jurčević Šangut, 2025). The problems can start already in the field and before harvest when cereals and cereal by-products (the main ingredients for poultry diets) become infected with field fungi such as Fusarium spp., favored by moisture during crop development. Additionally, storage fungi like Aspergillus spp. and Penicillium spp. thrive under warm and humid environments during storage and transportation, leading to common mycotoxin accumulation in feed.

THE BIG 6 MYCOTOXIN THREATS FOR POULTRY
While over 400 mycotoxins have been identified, the mycotoxins of greatest concern in poultry production consistently include aflatoxins (AF), deoxynivalenol (DON), zearalenone (ZEN), T-2 toxin, fumonisins (FUM), and ochratoxin A (OTA). These compounds are among the most frequently detected contaminants in animal feed and are widely recognized for their detrimental effects on poultry gut health, organs, immunity, performance, and productivity (Filazi et al., 2017; Jalilzadeh-Amin et al., 2023; Ochieng et al., 2025).

Chronic exposure to these toxins, even at subclinical levels, can cause significant economic losses by reducing feed conversion efficiency, increasing mortality, weakening the immune system, and heightening susceptibility to infectious diseases such as coccidiosis, salmonellosis, and colibacillosis, and negatively affecting reproductive performance in poultry. Additionally, the transfer of toxic residues into meat and eggs poses a serious risk to consumer health, representing a major public health concern, particularly in regions with limited regulatory monitoring (Olariu et al., 2025; Song et al., 2023).

Source: Poultry Graphics | Shutterstock

Aflatoxins (AF)
Aflatoxin exposure has been associated with a number of adverse effects in birds, including decreased egg production, organ damage, weaker immunity, and poor performance. Broiler liver and muscle tissues have been found to contain AFB1 residues, with levels of accumulation varying according to exposure time and dosage (Ochieng et al., 2025; Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025).

Deoxynivalenol (DON)
Deoxynivalenol (DON) is widely recognized for its detrimental effects on animal health, well-being and performance. In poultry, DON exposure has been demonstrated to suppress growth and immunological function and contribute to wet droppings. Notably, DON induces intestinal inflammation and disrupts tight‑junction integrity in laying hens, indicating direct impairment of the gut barrier and a potential role in the development of intestinal dysbiosis. Across livestock and experimental models, numerous studies show that DON impairs nutrient absorption and general physiological processes. Intestinal and immunity dysfunction, decreased feed intake, slower growth rates, and lower feed conversion efficiency are all consequences of chronic exposure (Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025; Zhai et al., 2022).

Zearalenone (ZEN)
Broiler chickens exposed to zearalenone (ZEN) show clear performance impairments, including reduced body weight and weight gain, decreased feed intake, and an increased feed conversion ratio (FCR). High dietary levels of ZEN also exert strong estrogenic effects that can lead to hormonal imbalance, reproductive disorders, and, in severe cases, infertility. Additionally, ZEN disrupts endocrine function by binding to estrogen receptors, leading to hormonal dysregulation and impaired reproductive health. (“Mycotoxin Impact on Egg Production,” 2017; Okasha et al., 2024). ZEN and its masked metabolites have been detected in several poultry tissues, including the liver, blood, kidney, muscle, intestine, and in excreta, demonstrating its systemic distribution. Findings from Okasha et al. (2024) further confirm the presence of ZEN residues in broiler liver samples, underscoring the risks associated with contaminated feed.

Fumonisins (FUM)
When exposed to high concentrations of fumonisins, poultry show significant health and performance impairments. Reduced weight gain, poor feed conversion, increased kidney and liver weights, and liver necrosis are among the consequences that have been reported. Because FB1 affects sphingolipid metabolism, it is frequently linked to hepatotoxicity and nephrotoxicity (“Mycotoxin Impact on Egg Production,” 2017; Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025). Clinical signs of fumonisin intoxication in poultry include lameness, leg weakness, wet droppings, decreased egg production, and, in extreme situations, mortality. There have also been reports of immunological disorders, including lymphocyte suppression, decreased humoral immunity, and immunosuppression. Furthermore, birds exposed to fumonisins often exhibit intestinal and hepatic congestion, as well as an increased risk of coccidiosis and necrotic enteritis (Júnior et al., 2022).

Ochratoxin A (OTA)
Poultry’s gastrointestinal tract (GIT) is significantly affected by ochratoxin A (OTA), which compromises the mucosal barrier through damage to intestinal epithelial cells, alterations in gut microbiota composition, and downregulation of tight junction proteins. These disruptions collectively impair nutrient absorption and consequently lead to reductions in body weight and weight gain. Beyond its intestinal effects, OTA poses major risks due to its nephrotoxic, hepatotoxic, and immunosuppressive properties, making it one of the most harmful mycotoxins encountered in poultry production (Bonerba et al., 2024; Okasha et al., 2024; Olariu et al., 2025; S. Zhai et al., 2021).

T-2 toxin (T-2)
T-2 toxin exert a wide range of toxic effects in poultry. These include inhibition of protein, DNA, and RNA synthesis, leading to pronounced cytotoxicity, compromised immunological responses, and greater susceptibility to infectious diseases in poultry. In addition to neurological disorders and general declines in performance, such as decreased weight gain, decreased egg production, and decreased hatchability, affected birds frequently develop oral lesions as well as others in the digestive tract, liver, kidneys, skin, and other rapidly dividing tissues (Olariu et al., 2025; Vörösházi et al., 2024).

The global significance of the six major mycotoxins stems from their high prevalence, with estimates suggesting that more than 60% of feed commodities worldwide are contaminated, making mycotoxins among the most widespread natural toxins affecting animal health and nutrition (Hassan et al., 2026).

Productivity and sustainability of poultry production systems are increasingly challenged by the presence of mycotoxins in feed.
Source: Magnific.com

CHALLENGING CONDITIONS IN MEA REGION
In the Middle East and Africa (MEA) region, mycotoxin contamination in animal feed is strongly influenced by a combination of climate change, agricultural practices, economic factors, and feed processing methods. Mycotoxin accumulation due to warm and humid conditions is especially challenging within MEA supply chains (Gomes et al., 2025; Kovač Tomas & Jurčević Šangut, 2025). In addition, many countries in the MEA region depend heavily on imported feed ingredients, where contamination can occur prior to importation, during transportation, or throughout storage. Inadequate storage conditions, warm climates, and lengthy supply chains further increase the risk, making effective mycotoxin management a persistent challenge (Jalilzadeh-Amin et al., 2023).

Furthermore, the co-occurrence of various mycotoxins in feed raw materials and finished feeds is commonly observed worldwide as individual fungi species may produce more than one mycotoxin, and several mycotoxins can also be synthesized by different fungi (Gomes et al., 2025). In addition, masked (hidden) mycotoxins and their metabolites may escape conventional detection yet be converted back into their toxic forms during digestion, further complicating risk assessment (Okasha et al., 2024). As a result, animal feeds often contain several mycotoxins simultaneously, creating complex interactions. Even when present at individually subclinical concentrations, these compounds may exert antagonistic, additive, or synergistic effects, thereby increasing their overall toxic impact. During challenging conditions, involving disease pressure or heat stress, feed that is contaminated with multi-mycotoxins can further spiral down bird health and performance.

ANALYSIS OF RAW MATERIALS IN LEBANON
Mycotoxin co-occurrence in animal feed is a prominent phenomenon, with interactions between toxins frequently resulting in additive or synergistic effects that increase their impact on animal health. According to previous studies, 30% to 100% of feed samples contained two or more mycotoxins (Jalilzadeh-Amin et al., 2023). The current monitoring of raw feed ingredients (corn and soybean meal) in Lebanon, based on an assessment conducted by UTRIX S.A.L. (hereafter called ‘UTRIX’), confirmed the widespread nature of co-contamination under local conditions by showing that 100% of examined samples were contaminated with at least two or more mycotoxins.

Using ELISA-based analysis, UTRIX conducted a three-year assessment (2023-2025) and found a consistent pattern of multi-mycotoxin contamination with significant temporal fluctuations (Figure 1). Zearalenone (ZEN) showed elevated levels in 2023 and 2025, while fumonisins (FUM) were the most common toxins in all years, with a notable increase in 2025. These results are consistent with research showing that FUM and ZEN are present in both summer and winter, demonstrating how toxicogenic fungi may adapt to different environmental conditions (Gomes et al., 2025). In Lebanon, where warm summers and mild, wet winters promote year-round fungal growth, this seasonal persistence is very significant and could account for the recurring prevalence of FUM and ZEN. In contrast, DON showed a declining trend, whereas AF increased over time, and surpassed locally applied thresholds in 2025. OTA remained consistently low, and T-2 toxin showed a gradual increase, indicating a potential emerging risk.

The 2025 results show exceedances for ZEN, FUM, and AF when compared to advisory threshold levels. The mycotoxins’ co-occurrence in this study highlights the importance of considering combined toxicological effects, while their seasonal persistence emphasizes the necessity for ongoing monitoring and integrated mitigation efforts in Mediterranean-like climates.

Figure 1. Yearly variation in concentrations of key mycotoxins (AF, DON, FUM, ZEN, OTA, and T-2) detected in raw feed materials (corn and soybean meal) in Lebanon (UTRIX S.A.L., 2023-2025).

MULTI-LEVEL MYCOTOXIN CONTROL STRATEGIES
Various strategies are used to reduce mycotoxin contamination in feed, including proper post-harvest practices, strict quality control during sourcing and storage, and physical methods such as sorting and cleaning (Okasha et al., 2024).

Feed additives, particularly anti-mycotoxin solutions, play a central role by reducing toxin bioavailability. Compounds such as modified clays, yeast cell wall extracts, and enzymes can adsorb or biotransform a wide range of mycotoxins, including masked forms, thereby limiting their absorption in the GIT (Kolawole et al., 2025). Overall, effective management requires an integrated approach combining prevention, monitoring, and targeted mitigation strategies.

In line with these mitigation strategies, UTRIX offers a range of mycotoxin management solutions, including UtriSorb^®, UtriSorb^®PRO, KleenTox^®PLUS, KleenTox^®PRO, KleenTox^®ADVANCE, and KleenTox^®DW. Among these, KleenTox^®PRO is a broad-spectrum mycotoxin binder combining attapulgite clay, yeast cell wall extract, enzymes, and plant extracts, enabling simultaneous adsorption and biotransformation of multiple mycotoxins while supporting the immune system, liver function, and gut health. This multi-component approach enhances protection against complex mycotoxin challenges commonly observed under field conditions.

Additionally, KleenTox^®DW, a mycotoxin control solution for application in drinking water, provides a complementary strategy by delivering rapid and effective mycotoxin control through a synergistic blend of organic acids, yeast cell wall extract, and cinnamaldehyde, thereby supporting gut integrity and immune function. To address fungal proliferation at the source, UTRIX offers MoldBan^®, a mold inhibitor applied in feed that limits fungal growth and spoilage through organic acid-based antifungal activity. This helps preserve raw material quality, extend shelf life, and reduce the risk of mycotoxin production.

CONCLUSION
While mycotoxin threshold levels are designed to ensure feed safety, increasing evidence indicates that chronic exposure to low concentrations of multiple mycotoxins, even within accepted limits, can negatively impact animal performance. These subclinical effects often go unnoticed yet are associated with reduced feed efficiency and productivity losses across livestock systems (Kolawole et al., 2025).

Mycotoxin contamination arises from the proliferation of toxigenic fungi, including Aspergillus, Fusarium, and Penicillium, on feed ingredients. This contamination can occur both before and after harvest under favorable conditions such as high moisture levels, inadequate storage, and poor handling practices (Okasha et al., 2024). Given the strong influence of environmental and biological factors on fungal growth, understanding regional contamination patterns is crucial for accurate risk assessment and the development of effective control strategies (Kovač Tomas & Jurčević Šangut, 2025). It also emphasizes the necessity for ongoing monitoring and integrated mitigation efforts in Mediterranean-like climates.

Therefore, safeguarding animal health, performance, and productivity requires an integrated approach combining improved feed management, targeted mitigation strategies, and coordinated efforts among industry stakeholders to enhance monitoring and control systems.

References are available on request.

About Rola Jreissaty
Rola Jreissaty is a Product Manager at UTRIX S.A.L., a premier producer of premixes, concentrates, and feed additives and specialties. Jreissaty oversees the development and marketing of UTRIX’s anti-mycotoxin portfolio, as well as other product categories.

Mycotoxin challenges in mea requires integrated mitigation approach yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

Mycotoxins control in poultry: Fusarium toxins

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 14:45:06 +0700

Mycotoxin contamination in poultry feed is a persistent challenge in commercial production worldwide. Among the various mycotoxin groups, Fusarium toxins have gained increasing attention over the past decades, not only due to their widespread presence in commonly used grains but also because of their capacity to interact with and amplify the effects of other toxins. Understanding which Fusarium toxins are truly relevant in poultry, how to identify them, and how to select and evaluate effective control strategies is essential for any poultry health professional. This article provides a practical overview of the main Fusarium toxins affecting commercial poultry, the tools available for their detection, and the criteria for choosing and validating anti-mycotoxin additives.

Manuel Contreras, DVM, MS, Diplomate ACPV.
Director of Poultry Veterinary Services at Special Nutrients
Agrifirm

The Fusarium mycotoxins group includes Zearalenone (ZEA) and Fumonisin (FUM). For decades, both toxins were irrelevant, to a certain extent, in commercial poultry, but are now constantly evaluated in feed analyses and considered important mycotoxins affecting performance. In the case of ZEA, despite being frequently present in grains and used as a marker for other mycotoxins, scientific and field reports indicate that it is not very toxic in either broiler chickens or hens. The situation with FUM is different because most of the corn produced globally shows its presence. In corn harvested in the United States, Argentina, and Brazil, it is common to detect levels of 1,500 to 4,000 ppb of FUM. As a result, many clinicians are diagnosing mycotoxicosis caused by FUM in cases where the etiologic agent is completely different. Inclusion Body Hepatitis (IBH), for example, is frequently misdiagnosed as mycotoxicosis.

Inside the Fusarium toxins, there is another classification called Trichothecenes, characterized by a similar chemical structure, which represents another important group affecting performance and causing specific gross lesions. T-2 toxin, DAS (diacetoxyscirpenol), and Vomitoxin/DON are the most relevant. The oral lesions caused by T-2 toxin and DAS are easily identified as a sign of mycotoxicosis in poultry farms. In the case of DON, identifying typical gross lesions is more difficult, though several scientific papers report microscopic damage to the intestinal integrity. Something widely accepted by the scientific community is that the presence of Fusarium toxins significantly potentiates the damage caused by mycotoxins traditionally recognized as more toxic, such as Aflatoxin, Ochratoxin, and T-2 toxin.

DETERMINING WHICH MYCOTOXINS CAUSE DAMAGE IN POULTRY PRODUCTION
Determining which mycotoxins cause damage is ideally one of the first steps to consider before choosing an anti-mycotoxin additive. Identifying characteristic lesions facilitates this task, since most mycotoxins affect specific target organs. For example, T-2 toxin, HT-2, or DAS can produce mouth ulcers, unlike Aflatoxin, which affects the liver and/or causes bruises in the skin and muscles. Under commercial conditions, most companies decide which product to include after evaluating feed mill analyses and, in some cases, reports of negative effects on performance. For farms that can identify which mycotoxins are affecting their flock through macroscopic or histopathological evaluations, this information allows them to select products with proven efficacy against the specific toxins present. Since more than one mycotoxin is generally present in the ration, combining two types of mycotoxin binders is sometimes necessary to achieve a broader spectrum of protection.

Although testing for mycotoxins in feed is a very practical way of finding out which ones are present, there are certain limitations to this tool. Results can vary due to the uneven distribution of mycotoxins in the samples analyzed, regardless of the laboratory technique used, whether simple tests such as ELISA (well known for its limited sensitivity) or more sophisticated methods such as HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography) or LC-MS/MS (Liquid Chromatography-Tandem Mass Spectrometry).

ANTI-MYCOTOXIN SOLUTIONS
Over the years, various anti-mycotoxin feed additives have been developed, including the following:
Traditional clays represent the first generation of products developed for aflatoxin control. Some clays can adsorb other mycotoxins in addition to aflatoxin, but their spectrum of action is not as broad as that of purified clays.

Purified clays are modified and activated through specialized processes—many are identified as organo-clays. Within this group, some have demonstrated efficacy in experimental trials against difficult-to-capture mycotoxins such as ZEA, as well as T-2 toxin and FUM.

Products containing bacteria, yeast cell walls, enzymes, and/or algae are frequently combined with clays. Some manufacturers claim that the microorganisms present can metabolize mycotoxins and convert them into less toxic metabolites.

Source: Kateryna Kon | Shutterstock

HOW TO EVALUATE MYCOTOXIN BINDERS?
Considering the large number of products available in the global market, the following are key factors to consider before deciding which additive to use.

1. In vitro test
A preliminary test and essentially a quality control measure. If a product works in vitro, it does not mean that it works in vivo. The test consists of determining the adsorption capacity of a product against different mycotoxins using HPLC at two pH levels (3.0 and 6.0), simulating the conditions of the gastrointestinal tract. Under no circumstances should the decision on which product to use be based solely on in vitro testing, it must always be accompanied by animal testing. The inclusion rate recommended in the feed should be the same as that used in this test.

2. In vivo test
When conducting this type of test, it is necessary to measure performance (body weight gain, feed intake, feed conversion, and target organ protection). For example, if the efficacy of a product against aflatoxin is being measured, its effect on the liver must be quantified. If a product is evaluated against T-2 toxin, the effect of the anti-mycotoxin additive on oral lesions must be assessed. Although T-2 toxin causes damage through direct contact due to its causticity when ingested, an effective additive will reduce the degree of oral lesions through its adsorption capacity in the intestines. Some mycotoxins, such as FUM, do not cause macroscopic damage to the chicken liver, so it is necessary to measure biomarkers such as sphingosine and sphinganine, which are produced by the toxic effect of FUM on sphingolipid metabolism in blood. The dose recommended under commercial conditions should be the same as, or close to, the one tested in vivo. When evaluating additives containing substances that act as growth promoters (yeasts, enzymes, immune stimulants), their effectiveness should not be based solely on favorable performance results.

3. Detection of markers/metabolites in blood
Metabolites of emerging mycotoxins such as Beauvericin, and other toxins such as Tenuazonic acid, are measured in blood and reported to poultry growers as indicators of mycotoxin exposure. Based on the scientific literature reviewed, the importance of these newer mycotoxins has not yet been established in commercial poultry production. For commercial farms fed with DON-contaminated feed, metabolites such as Deoxynivalenol-3-sulphate have been measured before and after using a mycotoxin binder.

4. Identification of lesions at the slaughterhouses
This tool demonstrates whether an anti-mycotoxin additive is working properly once it has been included in the diet. Every week, examine at least 200 to 300 birds at the slaughterhouse, looking for mycotoxin-associated lesions in the carcasses. To further support this evaluation, it is ideal to periodically submit formalin-fixed tissue samples for histopathological assessment.

CONCLUSION
It is critical to determine what type of mycotoxins are affecting the birds in order to decide which binder to include in the feed. Once an anti-mycotoxin additive has been selected, slaughterhouse evaluations will supply critical information regarding the efficacy of the product chosen.

Mycotoxins control in poultry: Fusarium toxins yazısı ilk önce Feed & Additive Magazine üzerinde ortaya çıktı.

The Philippine SEAFDEC Aquaculture Center Achieves World’s First Natural Captive Spawning of Mackerel Tuna

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 04:20:11 +0700

They make it a promising candidate for sustainable aquaculture

The Southeast Asian Fisheries Development Center Aquaculture Department (SEAFDEC/AQD) in Tigbauan (Iloilo, Philippines) has reproduced naturally in captive conditions a mackerel tuna. This is the first time that scientist achieve it. The tuna (Euthynnus affinis), known also as kawakawa and in the Philippines as ‘tulingan’, spawned at the research center without the use of hormone injections.

“This achievement brings us closer to establishing a full-cycle culture technology for kawakawa from egg to larva, juvenile, adult, and back to spawning,” said Dan Baliao, Chief of SEAFDEC/AQD.

For his part, Takahiro Sajiki, deputy chief of SEAFDEC/AQD and co-manager of the Japanese Trust Fund that supported the research project, assured: “Tuna species pose exceptional challenges for aquaculture due to their highly migratory behavior, rapid swimming speeds, and acute sensitivity to confinement stress.”

He highlighted that these traits have limited breeding efforts, forcing most tuna farming operations to rely on wild-caught juveniles.

Years of Careful Observation

Mackerel tuna, widely consumed in Southeast Asia, a small neritic tuna long considered nearly impossible to breed under captive conditions, has also been particularly difficult to maintain and develop to maturity in enclosed systems.

The milestone is the result of systematic, long-term research and broodstock management at SEAFDEC/AQD, despite early challenges with stress-related mortality and poor adaptation to domestication.

According to Irene Cabanilla-Legaspi, the SEAFDEC/AQD researcher who has led the kawakawa project since 2020: “Rather than relying on artificial spawning induction, we refined broodstock care, continuously monitored the fish, and used controlled environmental techniques to create conditions conducive to natural reproduction”.

“Years of careful observation and environmental control culminated in the release of eggs by captive kawakawa in an enclosed tank,” she added.

Long Process

The broodstock were sourced from juvenile kawakawa collected using an “otoshi-ami” fish trap in Antique Province. Before transport, the fish underwent several days of conditioning to prepare them for confinement stress and the long journey to tank facilities in the SEAFDEC/AQD Tigbauan Main Station, informed the scientific institution.

“Transport protocols were strictly followed to maximize survival. Water temperature was lowered, each fish was handled individually, and temperature, salinity, and dissolved oxygen levels were monitored hourly. Water samples were also collected for bacterial analyses,” explained Leobert de la Peña, head of SEAFDEC/AQD’s Research Division. These measures resulted in high survival rates, even three days after transport, according to the research team.

At the hatchery, the juveniles were maintained in tanks with carefully regulated water quality and feeding regimes to minimize stress and promote fast growth and maturation. Over time, the fish adapted to captive conditions and released viable eggs, confirming that kawakawa can complete the reproductive cycle in a fully enclosed system without hormonal intervention.

Sustainable Tuna Production

Kawakawa tuna is valued for its firm flesh with a similar flavor and texture to bluefin tuna. However, unlike large oceanic tuna species such as bluefin, it matures rapidly and thrives in coastal waters, making it a promising candidate for sustainable aquaculture. Notably, it also has high levels of the nutrient docosahexaenoic acid (DHA).

“Developing reliable breeding and culture techniques for kawakawa could reduce dependence on wild-caught stocks and help stabilize tuna production,” Baliao said. “However, we may need more years of dedication and persistence to replicate these results to ensure consistency, and scale them up to commercial production.”

The first spawning event under fully captive conditions was recorded in July 2025, with repeated spawning observed through September. The research was conducted under the Japanese Trust Fund–supported project, ‘Development of Full-Life Cycle Culture and Stable Production Technology of Kawakawa (Euthynnus affinis).’

New Study in the US Confirms That Seaweed Integration Boosts Efficiency and Cuts Waste in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Tue, 12 May 2026 04:20:06 +0700

Researchers of University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine, Atmospheric, and Earth Science provide guidance for the producers

A new study of the University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine, Atmospheric, and Earth Science found that cultivating seaweed species alongside marine finfish in integrated multi-trophic aquaculture (IMTA) operations can significantly reduce − and even eliminate − key waste products from marine finfish farming. In the IMTA seaweeds receive nutrient-rich effluent from fish production, they confirmed.

According to the scientist, the results demonstrate the potential of IMTA in these regions and offers potential mitigation solutions for many of the most prominent sustainability concerns regarding the development of marine aquaculture operations for fed-species such as marine finfish.

In that sense, Haley Lasco, the leader author of the study and a marine biology graduate student at the Rosenstiel School − and currently a scientist at the South Carolina Department of Natural Resources, assured: “With the significant interest in the development of marine aquaculture throughout the Southeast United States (US) and Caribbean, these findings can be used to guide the selection of extractive macroalgae species in operations culturing marine finfish.”

The study offers new insights into how aquaculture producers can improve sustainability by farming macroalgae species in a complementary system alongside finfish. “Our findings support more sustainable aquaculture operations and help producers make smarter choices about macroalgae for IMTA,” added Lasco.

Pilot-Scale

To conduct the study, the researchers established a pilot-scale Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture system at the Rosenstiel School’s Experimental Hatchery facility on Virginia Key, Florida, to evaluate the performance of four candidate macroalgae species under consistent marine finfish effluent conditions.

The flow-through IMTA system used a consistent source of nutrient-rich effluent from a yellowtail snapper (Ocyurus chrysurus) grow-out tank maintained at commercial-scale density and feeding rates. Each macroalgae species was grown in three replicate tanks receiving the same effluent, enabling controlled comparisons of nutrient removal, nutritional composition, and market potential under conditions representative of commercial aquaculture.

At the end of each two-week trial, macroalgae were evaluated for growth and analyzed for protein, fat, fiber, ash, minerals, metals, and carbon and nitrogen content, including stable isotope ratios. Results provide new insights into macroalgae performance under real-world conditions and demonstrate the potential to reduce total ammonia nitrogen (TAN) in marine finfish aquaculture effluent to below detectable levels.

“This work shows how integrating macroalgae into marine finfish aquaculture systems can reduce waste while producing a valuable secondary crop. It provides a practical framework for selecting species based on specific production goals, improving environmental performance while creating opportunities for better production economics and more diversified products using an IMTA approach,” said for his part John Stieglitz, a research associate professor in the Department of Marine Biology and Ecology, who led the project as principal investigator.

The Goal: To Mimic Natural Ecosystems

Let’s remember that IMTA is a production system where different species from different trophic levels are farmed together in a complementary system with a goal to mimic natural ecosystems, thus improving sustainability, reducing waste, and increasing overall productivity. This form of aquaculture allows for the waste of one organism to be utilized by another organism across trophic levels, creating a system with less waste and therefore a lower environmental impact.

The primary aim of this study was to provide an understanding of which macroalgae species from the Southeast US and Caribbean regions perform the best in these different categories, providing stakeholders with a guide to select a desirable species of macroalgae to utilize and implement in their operations.

Already Published

The study titled “Evaluation of native macroalgae species of the Southeast U.S. and Caribbean for use in integrated multi-trophic aquaculture (IMTA)” was published in the journal Aquaculture International February 10, 2026. The authors include Lasco, Hilary G. Close, Ronald H. Hoenig, Phillip R. Gillette, Daniel D. Benetti, and John of the University of Miami Rosenstiel School of Marine, Atmospheric and Earth Science.

Funding for the study was provided by subawards from the Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission (GSMFC) in cooperation with NOAA Fisheries Service.

Dairy for all

Edusehat — Mon, 11 May 2026 20:55:05 +0700

These things occur occasionally when you mention you work for a dairy magazine out in public. You do hear about the oat milk lattes people of a certain age drink, but that they still eat normal, tasty cheese. They have tried the alternatives and they’re just not nice or the same as real cheese. They also have normal cow milk on their cereal when they sit down for it. As has long been seen, it seems that the dairy alternatives have just been added to the refrigerator door shelf, rather than replacing it. That’s fine, a lot of dairies can make alternatives. We welcome everyone.

We also got a lecture about how pervasive the Dutch dairy industry is, which is true. They have a lot of cows for a small country. I mentioned the historical movement of Dutch dairy farmers to Canada, where they can have thousands of cows, and the other person said, you know, I wondered about that when I lived there. Lots of Dutch surnames in certain Canadian provinces, apparently. Who knew? We knew.

It is a discussion that usually ends in a lot of smiles, because everyone has dairy in their fridges. People grew up with it, and even when they give up on other sectors – meat of varying kinds, processed foods – they stick with dairy. I usually wind up with their grocery list. I have kefir and yogurt and cheese, and the ultimate question is asked. What is your favourite cheese? For myself, I recently managed to buy some Bidlea Blue from Burt’s Cheese recently, registered for the masterclass at the Academy of Cheese, and then proceeded to skip the masterclass and scarf the cheese. Burt’s Blue was also quickly dispatched by us all. Oh they were divine. I apologise for missing the class, but by golly it was tasty cheese. (www.burtscheese.co.uk)

The post Dairy for all appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Smart use of chemical anticoccidials means there’s no need to fear resistance

Edusehat — Mon, 11 May 2026 20:40:05 +0700

Turkey producers should not avoid using chemical anticoccidial products for fear of resistance, but they do need to use them strategically, according to an industry expert.

Anticoccidial chemicals have various and unique modes of action, but they work by basically stopping the reproductive cycle of the Eimeria parasites that cause disease.

Studies have shown resistance to anticoccidials typically used in the poultry industry, with products such as amprolium, clopidol and zoalene, varying in sensitivity.¹

But in an appearance on the Iowa Turkey Federation’s Turkey Talkshow podcast, Steven Clark, DVM, Huvepharma’s veterinary technical services manager, said new evidence suggests there is “minimal risk” with common products, providing farmers rotate when necessary.

“We don’t need to be scared of them. We just need to use them strategically,” he said.

How chemical options help

Although ionophores and vaccines are also available as part of coccidiosis control strategies, ionophores are considered antibiotics and therefore cannot be used in No Antibiotics Ever (NAE) programs. NAE programs are less common in US turkey production than in broilers, but are a continued trend.

Clark pointed to several strengths offered by chemical anticoccidials as part of producers’ toolbox.

They are flexible in terms of when producers can use them, and chemical anticoccidials are very safe, he said.

“We can use them when we don’t want to use something else,” he explained. “Typically, they’re very potent, because they inhibit enough of the coccidia that sometimes we say that they just ‘clean up’ cocci… when we’re having a heavy challenge, we use [them to] clean everything up. Then we can start our rotations again for the next year.”

Commonly, anticoccidials are used from 0 to 8 weeks of age, but products can be used from 0 days all the way up to slaughter in some cases, following the labeled withdrawal time. They can also be used as part of shuttle programs, in which producers move from one product to another — including ionophores in conventional production.

Staying smarter than the parasites

Despite the versatility, producers need to be aware of Eimeria parasites getting “smarter” and no longer being susceptible to chemicals being used, explained Eliza Ripplinger, DVM, of Best Veterinary Solutions Inc., who appeared alongside Clark on the podcast.

“To stay smarter than the cocci, we have a rotation program, so that we’re changing that mechanism of action… and we just keep staying ahead of the cocci,” Ripplinger said.

“What the rotation program exactly looks like is a little different for each farm… as resistance can build differently on different farms. [It’s important to] work with your veterinarian to help identify when it’s a good time to switch and what the program should be.”

A connected approach

Given the dynamic nature of coccidiosis challenges across different life stages of turkeys in production, Clark also underscored the importance of veterinary pharmaceutical companies working closely with feed mills and veterinarians.

Three of the four approved chemical turkey anticoccidials are approved at both a low and high dose, allowing a program to be customized to the flock challenge. “The feed mill has the opportunity to use the approved dose, and then the veterinarian can decide what the challenge is,” he continued.

“If we have a heavy challenge in the brooder house, we might use the higher [labeled] dose [there], then at the grow out, birds are eating more feed, and the cocci challenge might be less. [In that case] we might drop the dose, if it’s approved, to the lower level.”

Towards more flexible control measures

With anticoccidial chemicals as just one option at producers’ disposal, environmental conditions in turkey barns can influence intervention choices.

Vaccines are more typically used in the spring and fall, Clark explained, with chemicals used in the summer months. Ionophores can be more suitable to use in the wintertime, when there may be problems ventilating and reducing moisture in barns.

However, there is a degree of variation in these practices, with Clark noting that “smarter barns and a lot smarter people” can extend vaccine use and assign a different role to anticoccidials.

“We’re starting to use vaccines longer for a lot of different reasons,” he added. “Now, we can use vaccines maybe through the winter, [then] we might limit our ionophore usage and then fill in the gap with chemicals.

“Using all these tools smartly makes things a lot more flexible and helps us to design a program to fit whatever your needs are.”

Listen to the full podcast episode by visiting the Turkey Talkshow podcast website or scanning the QR code:

1 Rathinam T, Chapman HD. 2009. Sensitivity of isolates of Eimeria from turkey flocks to the anticoccidial drugs amprolium, clopidol, diclazuril, and monensin. Avian Diseases. 53(3):405–408.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Smart use of chemical anticoccidials means there’s no need to fear resistance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Complete Guide to Dog Multivitamins

Edusehat — Mon, 11 May 2026 16:55:06 +0700

The multivitamin aisle in any Indian pet store is a confusing place. Dozens of bottles compete for your attention, each claiming to deliver stronger bones, shinier coats, better immunity, and boundless energy. Some of these claims hold up. Many do not. The difference between a multivitamin that genuinely helps your dog and one that wastes your money comes down to a few decisions most pet parents never learn to make.

This guide strips the confusion away. You will learn what a dog multivitamin actually does at a biological level, how to figure out if your dog genuinely needs one, what separates a quality formula from a dressed-up filler pill, and how to match the right product to your dog's life stage. Whether you browse PetsWorld's dog health and supplements collection or evaluate options at your local vet clinic, these principles help you choose with confidence.

The Real Question: Does Your Dog Actually Need a Multivitamin?

This is where most guides get it wrong. They either say every dog needs one or no dog does. The truth is more specific than that.

Your dog probably does not need a multivitamin if they eat a high-quality, complete commercial diet, show no visible health concerns, maintain a healthy coat and energy level, and receive regular vet checkups that confirm no deficiencies.

Your dog likely benefits from a multivitamin if:

They eat a homemade diet, which almost always has nutritional gaps
They eat a mix of kibble and home food, where portions shift daily
They are a growing puppy with high nutrient demands
They are a senior dog with reduced nutrient absorption
They are recovering from illness, surgery, or a heavy parasite load
They are pregnant or nursing
They show signs like dull coat, low energy, slow healing, or recurring infections

The American Veterinary Medical Association advises that supplementation should address identified gaps in nutrition, not serve as blanket insurance. A vet blood panel is the most reliable way to confirm whether your dog actually needs one.

The Indian Diet Problem

Indian dogs face a unique nutritional challenge that dogs in many other countries do not. A significant percentage of pet dogs in India eat a combination of commercial kibble and home-cooked food. Rice with chicken, roti with dal, curd with vegetables, and leftover protein scraps make up a large portion of what Indian dogs actually consume daily.

This mixed feeding approach creates unpredictable nutritional profiles:

Protein gaps: Home food often provides less digestible protein than a dog needs, especially when rice or roti dominates the plate.
Vitamin imbalances: Cooking destroys heat-sensitive vitamins like B-complex and vitamin C. Boiled vegetables lose a significant portion of their nutrient content.
Mineral shortfalls: Calcium, zinc, and iron are commonly low in home-prepared dog meals unless specifically supplemented.
Inconsistency: Unlike commercial food, which delivers the same nutrient profile every day, home meals vary based on what is available in the kitchen.

For dogs on mixed or fully homemade diets, a well-chosen multivitamin fills these shifting gaps with a consistent daily baseline. It does not replace good food. It catches what good food misses.

What a Multivitamin Actually Does Inside the Body

A dog multivitamin is not a single magic pill. It is a delivery system for multiple essential nutrients, each serving a different biological function:

Vitamin A: Supports vision, immune cell production, and skin barrier maintenance
B-Complex (B1, B2, B3, B5, B6, B12): Drives energy metabolism, red blood cell production, brain function, and nervous system health. The group most commonly depleted in home-cooked diets.
Vitamin C: An antioxidant that supports immunity, collagen production, and wound healing. While dogs produce some vitamin C internally, stressed, sick, or senior dogs often benefit from extra.
Vitamin D: Essential for calcium absorption and bone strength. Dogs that live mostly indoors in Indian apartments may not synthesise enough naturally.
Vitamin E: Protects cell membranes from oxidative damage. Supports coat quality and cardiovascular health.
Zinc: One of the most underrated minerals. Supports immunity, wound healing, skin health, and coat quality. Commonly deficient in Indian home diets.
Calcium and Phosphorus: Build and maintain bone and dental strength. Must be in correct ratios, especially for growing puppies.
Iron: Supports red blood cell production and oxygen transport. Important for dogs recovering from parasites or blood loss.

Each nutrient works in concert with others. Vitamin D helps calcium absorb. Vitamin C helps iron absorb. B vitamins work as a team, not individually. This is why a well-formulated multivitamin that balances these interactions outperforms single-nutrient supplements for general wellness.

Life Stage Matters More Than You Think

A puppy, an adult, and a senior dog have very different nutritional demands. Using the same multivitamin for all three is like giving the same prescription to three different patients. It might help one and harm another.

Puppies (2 to 12 Months)

Growing puppies need higher concentrations of DHA for brain and eye development, calcium and phosphorus in precise ratios for bone growth, and B-complex for the energy demands of rapid development. Puppy-specific formulas account for these needs. Adult formulas can deliver too much calcium for large breed puppies, which actually causes skeletal problems rather than preventing them. Pair puppy multivitamins with age-appropriate dog treats and chews that support dental development and training.

Adult Dogs (1 to 7 Years)

Healthy adult dogs on complete commercial diets rarely need a daily multivitamin. Those on homemade or mixed diets benefit from a maintenance-level formula covering B-complex, zinc, vitamin E, and omega-3. Active or working dogs may need slightly higher doses during training-heavy periods.

Senior Dogs (7 Years and Older)

Aging bodies absorb fewer nutrients from food. Digestive efficiency drops. Cellular repair slows. Senior multivitamins typically include higher antioxidant levels, added glucosamine and chondroitin for joint support, probiotics for gut health, and cognitive support nutrients like DHA and phosphatidylserine. For dogs already showing joint stiffness, combining a senior multivitamin with targeted joint and mobility supplements often delivers the strongest results.

How to Evaluate a Multivitamin Label

The front of the bottle tells you nothing useful. The back tells you everything. Here is how to read it like a professional:

Check for specific nutrient amounts: Quality products list each vitamin and mineral in milligrams, micrograms, or IU per serving. If the label says proprietary blend without individual breakdowns, put it back on the shelf.
Look for bioavailable forms: Chelated minerals (like zinc chelate or iron bisglycinate) absorb better than oxide forms. Methylcobalamin is a more usable form of B12 than cyanocobalamin.
Match the serving size to your dog's weight: A product that gives the same dose to a 5 kg Pomeranian and a 35 kg Labrador is not properly formulated.
Count the inactive ingredients: Flavouring agents, binders, and preservatives are normal. But if the inactive list is longer than the active list, the product is mostly filler.
Verify third-party testing: Reputable brands mention independent lab testing for purity and potency. This matters more in India, where supplement regulation is less strict than in the US or EU.

The American Kennel Club recommends choosing supplements from brands that invest in veterinary formulation and transparent labelling, noting that not all pet supplements on the market meet consistent quality standards.

Choosing the Right Format

Multivitamins come in several forms. The best one is whichever your dog will actually eat every day.

Chewable soft treats: Taste like treats, making daily dosing easy. Best for picky eaters. Watch for added sugars and artificial flavours in cheaper brands.
Tablets: Concentrated and affordable. Best for dogs that swallow pills easily or take them hidden in food.
Powders: Sprinkle over meals. Great for dogs that refuse tablets and for precise dose adjustments.
Liquid drops: Ideal for puppies, small breeds, and senior dogs that struggle with solids. Easiest to mix into wet food.

Consistency matters more than format. A liquid your dog takes happily every morning beats a tablet they spit out three times a week.

The Over-Supplementation Trap

More vitamins do not mean a healthier dog. Over-supplementation is a real and underappreciated risk, especially in Indian households where multiple family members may independently give the dog different supplements.

Vitamin A toxicity: Fat-soluble vitamin that accumulates in the liver. Excess causes bone abnormalities, joint pain, and organ damage.
Vitamin D excess: Leads to dangerously high blood calcium levels, affecting kidneys and heart.
Calcium overload: Particularly harmful for large breed puppies. Causes skeletal deformities during growth.
Iron overload: Damages the liver and gastrointestinal lining over time.
Stacking supplements: Giving a multivitamin plus a separate omega-3 plus a joint supplement plus a skin formula can double or triple certain nutrients without anyone noticing.

The ASPCA warns that vitamin overdoses in pets can be just as dangerous as deficiencies. Always consult your vet before combining supplements, and never give human multivitamins to dogs.

How to Start Your Dog on a Multivitamin

A careful introduction prevents digestive upset and helps you track results:

Start at half the recommended dose for the first 7 days
Give with meals for better absorption and fewer stomach issues
Stick to the same time every day to build a routine
Introduce only one new supplement at a time
Monitor stool quality, appetite, energy, and coat condition over 4 to 6 weeks
If you notice vomiting, diarrhoea, or lethargy, stop and consult your vet
Schedule a vet checkup after 3 months to assess if the multivitamin is making a measurable difference

Results from a multivitamin are gradual. Coat improvements typically appear within 3 to 5 weeks. Energy and immunity changes take 6 to 8 weeks. If nothing changes after 10 to 12 weeks of consistent use, the product may not be right for your dog.

Storing Multivitamins in Indian Conditions

Indian heat and humidity degrade supplements faster than most pet parents realise:

Store tablets and chews in airtight containers away from kitchen heat and sunlight
Keep liquid supplements refrigerated after opening
Check for moisture damage, clumping, or colour changes before every dose
Buy smaller quantities during monsoon rather than bulk packs that sit open for months
Never store supplements in bathrooms or near stoves where humidity and temperature fluctuate

Proper storage protects potency. A degraded supplement delivers less than the label promises, which means your dog gets less than what you are paying for. Pair quality supplements with well-stored dog treats and chews to maintain a clean, consistent nutrition routine.

FAQs

Do dogs on premium kibble still need a multivitamin?

Usually not. High-quality commercial dog food is formulated to meet complete nutritional needs. Unless your vet identifies a specific deficiency, or your dog shows visible signs like dull coat, low energy, or recurring issues, added multivitamins are unnecessary for healthy dogs on balanced commercial diets.

Can I give my puppy an adult multivitamin?

No. Adult formulas can contain calcium, vitamin A, and vitamin D at levels that harm growing puppies, especially large breeds. Always use a puppy-specific multivitamin with age-appropriate nutrient ratios. Consult your vet before starting any supplement for puppies under 4 months.

Are human multivitamins safe for dogs?

No. Human multivitamins often contain iron, vitamin D, or xylitol at levels toxic to dogs. Flavourings, coatings, and dosing are designed for human biology, not canine. Always use dog-specific formulations for safe and correct dosing.

How long before I see results from a dog multivitamin?

Most dogs show coat and energy improvements within 4 to 8 weeks of daily use. Skin changes may appear sooner. Immunity and internal health benefits take longer to manifest visibly. Consistency over months matters more than any single dose.

What is the best multivitamin for Indian dogs on homemade diets?

Look for a formula covering B-complex, zinc, vitamin D, vitamin E, calcium, and iron at clearly stated doses. Brands with veterinary input and third-party testing are safest. Match the formula to your dog's life stage and weight for best results.

Final Thoughts

A dog multivitamin is not a magic pill and not a marketing gimmick. It is a practical nutritional tool that fills real gaps when diet alone falls short. Dogs on homemade or mixed diets, puppies in rapid growth, seniors with declining absorption, and dogs recovering from illness benefit most. Choose a life-stage-specific formula with transparent labelling, clinical doses, and bioavailable ingredients. Start slow, stay consistent, and review with your vet every few months. Quality multivitamins from PetsWorld's dog supplements collection offer a reliable starting point for Indian pet parents looking to close the nutrition gap.

Uae’s unsold bread could help reduce reliance on imported livestock feed

Edusehat — Mon, 11 May 2026 13:35:16 +0700

Repeated disruptions to global food supply chains, from geopolitical tensions and shipping delays to the COVID-19 pandemic and extreme weather events, are prompting renewed focus on domestic food resilience across the Gulf.The UAE imports nearly 90 percent of its food supply, while generating an estimated 3.27 million tonnes of food waste annually, highlighting both the vulnerability of supply chains and the scale of untapped resources within the country’s food system.

Chava Berrill, CEO of núaFEEDs

Australian agri-tech company núaFEEDs is advancing a circular agriculture innovation in the UAE that would convert surplus bread from bakeries and retailers into livestock feed sourced locally in the Emirates. The model is designed to give surplus grain-based products a second life within the agricultural system while reducing reliance on imported feed used by dairy and livestock producers.International grain markets have experienced significant volatility in recent years as conflicts, transport bottlenecks, and climate related disruptions affect production and shipping routes. For livestock producers in import dependent regions such as the Gulf, where 80% of animal feed is imported, these shocks can translate into higher feed costs and supply uncertainty.

Using its proprietary, UAE-owned IP, AEROFLOW technology, núaFEEDs converts grain-based products into a high-value nutrition livestock feed ingredient with 99.7 percent purity and 15.9 percent crude protein, offering a potential substitute for some imported base grains used in livestock diets.Chava Berrill, CEO of núaFEEDs, said: “Recent years have shown how vulnerable global food supply chains can be. Turning surplus food into a valuable local resource can help strengthen supply resilience while supporting the UAE’s long term food security vision.”

The model aligns with the UAE National Food Security Strategy 2051 and the Circular Economy Policy 2021 to 2031, which encourage technologies that reduce food waste and strengthen domestic production systems.Each tonne of bread diverted from landfill can prevent more than 500 kilograms of CO₂ equivalent emissions while recovering approximately 13 cubic meters of water embedded in grain production.

núaFEEDs is currently finalising its first UAE processing facility and building supply partnerships with bakeries, retailers, and livestock producers to create a circular feed system within the Emirates. The company is also engaging UAE based partners as it develops the project, reflecting growing interest in scalable technologies that contribute to national food security and sustainability goals.This business model represents one of several agri-tech and circular economy solutions that UAE leadership has encouraged as part of broader efforts to strengthen long term food system resilience.

About núaFEEDs

núaFEEDs is a food systems innovation company that transforms surplus bread into safe, nutritious livestock feed. Founded on a farm in regional Australia, the company was built on a straightforward conviction: that waste is a design flaw, not an inevitability.Now operating in the United Arab Emirates, núaFEEDs works with supermarkets, bakeries, and food producers to collect unsold bread and upcycle it into high-quality animal feed, diverting thousands of tonnes from landfill while reducing farms’ dependence on imported feed grains. The company’s UAE facility directly supports the country’s Food Security Strategy 2051 and Circular Economy Policy.
More than a feed producer, núaFEEDs is a catalyst for smarter agriculture and circular economy leadership, proving that local insight, science, and a commitment to regeneration can turn one of the world’s oldest problems into a scalable solution.

Phibro Animal Health Corporation Launches Companywide Sustainable Solutions Platform; Introduces VERRATAIN™ Verified Sustainability Solutions Through Strategic VAXA Technologies Partnership

Edusehat — Sat, 09 May 2026 00:45:11 +0700

TEANECK, N.J.–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Phibro Animal Health Corporation (Nasdaq: PAHC) today announced the launch of its new Sustainable Solutions Platform (SSP), a companywide initiative designed to help animal protein, dairy and petfood producers address greenhouse gas emissions through practical, science-based solutions that integrate seamlessly into existing feed and production systems.

As part of the SSP launch, Phibro is introducing Verratain Verified Sustainability Solutions, the Company’s first master brand for sustainable products that can significantly lower emissions across animal protein and petfood supply chains. The initial Verratain product line is being launched through a strategic partnership with VAXA Technologies and is based on VAXA Technologies’ low carbon, high value microalgae feed materials that enable efficient supply chain decarbonization.

The first two products under the Verratain brand are Verratain Spirulina and Verratain Omega Oil, which are low-carbon microalgae feed ingredients. When these products are incorporated into the animal’s diet as a nutrition source, producers can materially reduce the carbon intensity of animal feed to allow organizations to meet their sustainability goals while supporting animal health. “Our Verratain Verified Sustainability Solutions represent a natural evolution of Phibro’s portfolio as our customers increasingly seek credible, scalable sustainability solutions,” said Dani Bendheim, incoming Chief Executive Officer of Phibro Animal Health Corporation. “These offerings complement our existing animal health and nutrition solutions while directly addressing the evolving sustainability needs of animal protein and petfood producers and their downstream customers.”

Targeting a Major Scope 3 Emissions Hotspot

The World Benchmarking Alliance reports that 165 of the world’s 350 most influential food and agriculture companies have disclosed Scope 3 climate commitments, which typically call for 20–30% reductions in value‑chain emissions by 2030. At scale, this implies an estimated $80–300 billion per‑year decarbonization value signal under SBTi‑aligned internal carbon pricing. (Source: World Business Council for Sustainable Development. 2024. Scope 3 Navigator for Agri-Food. Available: https://cecodes.org.co/wp-content/uploads/2026/02/WBCSD-AF-C-suite-Scope-3-Navigator-deck.pdf Accessed: May 1, 2026).

Feed is typically the largest source of Scope 3 emissions for livestock, poultry and aquaculture producers. By focusing on feeding a low carbon alternative nutrient source, Verratain directly targets one of the most significant emissions drivers in animal protein supply chains.

Verratain Spirulina and Verratain Omega Oil are produced by VAXA Technologies in their proprietary state of the art indoor cultivation platform directly connected to renewable geothermal energy, clean water resources, and controlled growing conditions. The production process yields low‑carbon feed material that is designed to seamlessly integrate with existing feeding systems. The program utilizes life cycle assessment-based solutions to create effective Scope 3 decarbonization which is incorporated into the product’s life-cycle assessments, in accordance with leading international standards such as the Greenhouse Gas Protocol.

Leadership to Build and Scale the Platform

To lead the Sustainable Solutions Platform and the Verratain portfolio, Phibro recently appointed Peter Bunce as Head of Sustainable Solutions. Bunce brings more than two decades of experience in agricultural sustainability and voluntary carbon markets, including building large‑scale programs that connect farmers with downstream consumer packaged goods companies and retailers.

“I joined Phibro because of its deep integration across global protein and dairy supply chains, where scalable solutions can deliver meaningful emissions reductions,” said Bunce. “After many years working in agricultural voluntary emissions markets, I have rarely seen innovations that combine impact and practicality like Verratain.”

Advancing a More Efficient and Resilient Food System

The launch of the Verratain product line marks a pivotal commercial milestone for Phibro’s sustainability initiatives. The Company anticipates the commencement of initial sales within the coming months, providing early adopters with a first-to-market opportunity to integrate these low-carbon microalgae solutions into their production systems.

Looking ahead, Phibro views the Sustainable Solutions Platform as a long‑term growth business that will expand beyond the initial products and partnership. To learn more about Verratain and our science-based solutions or to schedule a call with our sustainability team, please visit us at www.pahc.com/verratain or contact us at verratain@pahc.com.

About VAXA Technologies

VAXA is a food tech / climate tech company that has successfully industrialized its patented, carbon-negative microalgae production platform, to deliver proven, scalable solutions. By leveraging renewable energy, waste streams, and machine learning, VAXA produces high-value ingredients that physically remove emissions from the global supply chain, allowing partners to decarbonize at the source. Unlike traditional, resource-heavy algae production, VAXA’s modular, indoor facility in Iceland achieves a 100x higher decarbonization impact using less than 1% of the resources required by conventional methods, utilizing a bio secured optimized environment to ensure a consistent, food-grade output that provides a reliable, superior supply chain for corporations looking to improve their products and meet their sustainability goals.

For more information on VAXA visit www.vaxa.life / www.vaxaimpact.com.

About Phibro Animal Health Corporation

Phibro Animal Health Corporation is a leading global diversified animal health and nutrition company. The Company strives to be a trusted partner to livestock producers, farmers, veterinarians, and consumers who raise or care for farm and companion animals by providing solutions that help maintain and enhance animal health. For more information, visit www.pahc.com.

Contacts Contact for Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Phibro Animal Health Corporation
Glenn C. David
Chief Financial Officer
+1-201-329-7300

Ace Aquatec Chile Appoints Gonzalo Eduardo Boehmwald Trigo as General Manager LATAM

Edusehat — Sat, 09 May 2026 00:45:06 +0700

By Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec SpA has appointed Gonzalo Eduardo Boehmwald Trigo as General Manager LATAM, strengthening its leadership team to accelerate and build on its established growth across Chile and South America.

In this role, Gonzalo will drive regional expansion, deepen key customer relationships, and lead the commercial delivery of Ace Aquatec’s rapidly growing equipment and service offering in this region, unlocking new business opportunities across the aquaculture sector.

Ace Aquatec has already achieved strong uptake of its stunning and biomass products in Chile, working with some of the leading salmon producers in the region and globally. Gonzalo will be supporting existing and new customers as we take the business through its next phase of growth in Latin America (LATAM).

With more than 20 years of global experience in salmon aquaculture, Gonzalo brings a strong track record in commercial leadership, international market development, and operational excellence. He holds an Aquaculture Engineering degree from Universidad Andrés Bello and a Diploma in Business Management from Universidad Adolfo Ibáñez, with extensive experience across Chile, Norway, Canada, the UK, and LATAM.

Commenting on his appointment, Gonzalo Eduardo Boehmwald Trigo said: “I am excited to join Ace Aquatec at a time of strong global growth for the aquaculture sector. Latin America represents a key region for innovation and sustainable development, and I look forward to working closely with our customers and partners to deliver solutions that enhance productivity, fish welfare, and long-term value.”

Nathan Pyne-Carter, Chief Executive Officer of Ace Aquatec, said: “Gonzalo’s appointment strengthens our ability to scale key technologies such as A-BIOMASS®, A-HARVESTCAM® and our in-water stunning systems across Latin America. His experience in complex salmon farming environments will support the deployment of our data-driven tools that enhance biomass accuracy, optimise feeding strategies, and improve fish welfare outcomes. This aligns directly with our focus on delivering measurable performance gains through precision aquaculture technologies.”

Tara McGregor-Woodhams, Chief Sales and Marketing Officer of Ace Aquatec, said: “Gonzalo has a strong track record in driving revenue growth, developing client-centric strategies, and leading multidisciplinary teams. His deep industry expertise and international experience make him an excellent fit for this role. This appointment reinforces Ace Aquatec’s commitment to strengthening its presence in Latin America and delivering innovative solutions to the aquaculture industry.”

About Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec is a cutting-edge aquaculture technology company focused on creating welfare-first products to make fish farming more efficient and sustainable.

Backed by bluegrowth fund Aqua-Spark, Chroma Ventures (who brought Minecraft to console), deeptech fund Earth Capital, Stolt Ventures and Scottish Enterprise, we are on a mission to accelerate global adoption of sustainable and welfare-focused aquaculture practices.

For more information about Ace Aquatec, visit www.aceaquatec.com

Immune system and nutrition: the balance between immunity and growth in modern broiler crosses

Edusehat — Fri, 08 May 2026 20:45:10 +0700

Immune activation is the first stage of the immune response necessary to protect the body. It is accompanied by significant metabolic costs and inflammation. When immune cells are activated, their metabolism is reprogrammed — a large-scale shift in energy and nutrient use to meet increased demands for protein, lipid, and nucleic acid synthesis. This metabolic shift reduces growth performance and feed conversion efficiency.

Field observations

Comparison of production data shows major differences in broiler performance even under the same genetics, feed, and housing conditions. These differences are directly related to the level of immune load.

When vaccination programs are intensified or infection pressure is high, growth rate and feed conversion ratio (FCR) decline. In contrast, in New Zealand, where broilers are raised under minimal infectious pressure, results are outstanding: at 34 days of age, body weight reaches 2,600 g, FCR is 1.29, and livability is 98%.

The difference is not due to genetics or feed formulation, but to the level of immune load. When the immune system is at rest, all nutrients can be directed toward growth rather than defense.

The dual nature of immunity

The immune response consists of two interconnected arms: innate and adaptive immunity.

Innate immunity is the first line of defense, based on phagocytosis, cytokine release, complement activation, and inflammation. It develops within hours but is very energy-demanding: energy consumption rises by 5–10%, protein catabolism increases, and body temperature rises.

Adaptive immunity develops more slowly: a full T- and B-cell response may take up to two weeks. It is more specific and less energy-intensive. Once immune memory is established, secondary responses require minimal energy.

Live vaccines trigger the same immune-metabolic cascades as field viruses, but the response is milder and causes less loss of productivity. This allows adaptive immunity to form with minimal reduction in growth and energy efficiency.

Phases of the immune response in broilers

Recognition and innate response (0–24 h)

Macrophages and heterophils recognize pathogens through TLR receptors and release pro-inflammatory cytokines (IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α). Feed intake decreases, body temperature rises, and the liver increases synthesis of acute-phase proteins. NF-κB and JAK-STAT signaling pathways are activated, increasing energy use for inflammation.

Adaptive response (2–7 days)

Lymphocyte proliferation, antibody production, and memory cell formation begin. The demand for arginine, glutamine, threonine, and nucleotides rises — they serve both as building blocks and energy sources for immune cells. The liver remains active in producing acute-phase proteins, reducing the nutrients available for growth.

Resolution and recovery (7–14 days)

Anti-inflammatory cytokines IL-10 and TGF-β are activated, reactive oxygen species decrease, antioxidant balance is restored, and anabolic pathways (mTOR, IGF-1) are reactivated.
Under repeated vaccinations or concurrent field infections, this phase may be prolonged, leading to chronic catabolic states and oxidative stress.

Each phase has specific metabolic priorities:

Innate: glucose and antioxidants
Adaptive: amino acids and nucleotides
Recovery: lipids and sulfur-containing amino acids

Managing chronic inflammation and supporting the immune system

The avian immune system consists of physical barriers and cellular mechanisms that protect against pathogens.
Inflammation is a vital part of innate immunity, but chronic activation is costly and reduces productivity. Effective immune regulation helps limit inflammation and preserve nutrients for growth.

Role of epithelial health

The health of epithelial tissues is key to balanced immune function. The gastrointestinal and respiratory epithelia act as the first barrier against infections. Stress factors such as heat, mycotoxins, or electrolyte imbalance can disrupt tight junctions, causing chronic inflammation and increased intestinal permeability.

The cost of immune activation

Activation of innate immunity requires large amounts of amino acids, energy, and trace minerals. During chronic inflammation, nutrients are diverted from growth toward immune processes, worsening FCR and body weight gain.
Cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, and TNF-α activate NF-κB and STAT3 pathways, shifting metabolism from growth to defense.

Experimental immune stimulation (LPS challenge or vaccination) increases maintenance energy needs by 5–10% and reduces protein synthesis. Liver metabolism shifts toward catabolism of branched-chain amino acids, mTOR activity decreases, corticosterone levels rise, and tissue insulin sensitivity declines.
Body weight can drop by 10–30%, and FCR worsens as nutrients are redirected to cytokine, antibody, and acute-phase protein synthesis. Even after inflammation resolves, the effects can persist for several days, explaining temporary “growth dips” after vaccinations.

The demand for arginine and threonine increases by 10–15%, and for methionine and cystine by about 5%. Maintaining optimal ratios of these amino acids to lysine is critical for sustaining performance under immune load.

Table 1 – Amino acids and immune function

Antioxidants and immune homeostasis

Immune activation increases oxidative stress, especially in the intestinal mucosa. Adequate antioxidant supply shortens the inflammatory phase and speeds up recovery.

Vitamin E and selenium increase glutathione peroxidase activity and antibody levels.
Vitamin C lowers corticosterone concentration and supports phagocytosis.
Postbiotics and paraprobiotics reduce pro-inflammatory cytokines and raise IL-10, improving nutrient absorption.
Early microbiota modulation enhances intestinal immune development and NK-cell activity.

Table 2 – Production performance of Ross 308 broilers under different feeding programs

Nutritional strategies duringimmune activation

When the immune system is activated, requirements for nutrients, energy, and antioxidants increase, requiring diet adjustments:

Add antioxidants to neutralize free radicals and reduce oxidative stress.
Increase levels of key amino acids (arginine, threonine, methionine, and cystine) to support immune protein synthesis and tissue repair.
Raise metabolizable energy (ME) levels.

Field observations conducted by the author in commercial broiler operations demonstrated the effectiveness of compensating immune costs through nutrition.
In one experiment, chicks from the same breeder flock were placed in identical houses. The site was known to have circulating IBD, IBV, NDV, Reovirus, and low-pathogenic avian influenza.
The control group received a standard diet according to breed recommendations. The test group received higher ME levels and increased threonine and methionine.

At the end of the trial, the experimental group showed:

+4.3 g/day higher average daily gain;
6.2% higher livability;
0.08 kg lower FCR per kg of body weight compared to the control.

Conclusion

Immune activation is an unavoidable response of the immune system to pathogens or vaccines. However, its intensity determines how deeply it affects energy and amino acid metabolism.

Under mild or moderate immune activation, productivity losses can be compensated through proper feeding strategies, by increasing dietary energy, enhancing antioxidant protection, and optimizing amino acid profiles (arginine, threonine, methionine, cystine).
However, under heavy immune load (frequent vaccinations, field virus exposure, or poor biosecurity) the effectiveness of nutritional compensation drops sharply. Even with higher dietary energy and amino acid levels, growth rate and FCR cannot return to normal, as much of the nutrients are diverted to chronic inflammation and immune protein synthesis suppression.

Therefore, maintaining strict biosecurity is essential for economic efficiency. Key measures include:

controlling farm access and maintaining sanitary barrier
thorough cleaning and disinfection
optimizing vaccination programs based on maternal immunity, local disease pressure, and vaccine compatibility

In the future, accounting for the nutritional requirements of the immune system should become a standard component of precision poultry nutrition.

Bibliography

Aguzey, H. A., Gao, Z., Haohao, W., Guilan, C., Zhengmin, W., Junhong, C., & Zhi Li, N. (2020). The role of arginine in disease prevention, gut microbiota modulation, growth performance and the immune system of broiler chicken – a review. Annals of Animal Science, 20(2), 325–341.
Ahiwe, E. U., Omede, A. A., Abdallh, M. B., & Iji, P. A. (2016). Managing dietary energy intake by broiler chickens to reduce production costs and improve product quality. In InTechOpen Book Chapter.
Dadfar, M.-J., Vaez Torshizi, R., Maghsoudi, A., Ehsani, A., & Masoudi, A. A. (2023). Trade-off between feed efficiency and immunity in specialized high-performing chickens. Poultry Science.
Hollemans, M. S., de Vries Reilingh, G., de Vries, S., Parmentier, H. K., & Lammers, A. (2020). Effects of early nutrition and sanitary conditions on oral tolerance and antibody responses in broiler chickens. Veterinary Sciences, 7(4), 1–12.
Hu, W., Du, L., Shao, J., Qu, Y., Zhang, L., Zhang, D., Cao, L., Chen, H., & Bi, S. (2024). Molecular and metabolic responses to immune stress in the jejunum of broiler chickens: transcriptomic and metabolomic analysis. Poultry Science.
Li, R. F., Liu, S. P., Yuan, Z. H., Yi, J. E., Tian, Y. N., Wu, J., & Wen, L. X. (2023). Effects of induced stress from the live LaSota Newcastle disease vaccination on the growth performance and immune function in broiler chickens. Poultry Science.
Liu, K., Zhen, W., Bai, D., Tan, H., He, X., Li, Y., Liu, Y., Zhang, Y., Ito, K., Zhang, B., & Ma, Y. (2023). Lipopolysaccharide-induced immune stress negatively regulates broiler chicken growth via the COX-2–PGE2–EP4 signaling pathway. Frontiers in Immunology.
Liu, L., Qin, D., Wang, X., Feng, Y., Yang, X., & Yao, J. (2015). Effect of immune stress on growth performance and energy metabolism in broiler chickens. Food and Agricultural Immunology, 26(2), 194–203.
Maroufyan, E., Kasim, A., Hashemi, S. R., Loh, T. C., Bejo, M. H., & Davoodi, H. (2010). The effect of methionine and threonine supplementations on immune responses of broiler chickens challenged with infectious bursal disease. American Journal of Applied Sciences, 7(1), 44–50.
Sheikh, I. S., Bajwa, M. A., Rashid, N., Mustafa, M. Z., Tariq, M. M., Rafeeq, M., Samad, A., Asmat, T. M., & Ullah, A. (2020). Effects of immune modulators on the immune status of broiler chickens. Pakistan Journal of Zoology, 52(3), 1095–1100.
Yang, J., Liu, L., Sheikhahmadi, A., Wang, Y., Li, C., Jiao, H., Lin, H., & Song, Z. (2015). Effects of corticosterone and dietary energy on immune function of broiler chickens. PLOS ONE, 10(3), e0122004.
Ye, J., Yang, H., Hu, W., Tang, K., Liu, A., & Bi, S. (2023). Changed cecal microbiota involved in growth depression of broiler chickens induced by immune stress. Poultry Science.
Zheng, A., Zhang, A., Zheng, Z., et al. (2021). Molecular mechanisms of growth depression in broiler chickens (Gallus gallus domesticus) mediated by immune stress: A hepatic proteome study. Journal of Animal Science and Biotechnology, 12(90).

Omega Oils for Dogs: Benefits for Skin and Coat Health

Edusehat — Fri, 08 May 2026 20:40:09 +0700

If your dog's coat looks rough, sheds excessively, or feels dry to the touch despite regular baths and brushing, the problem is probably not on the surface. It is underneath it. Skin and coat quality are built from the inside out, and the single nutrient most responsible for that foundation is omega fatty acids. Indian pet parents often spend money on expensive shampoos and grooming sessions while the real fix sits in a bottle of fish oil that costs a fraction of the price.

This guide covers how omega oils transform skin and coat health from the cellular level, which sources work best, how to dose correctly, and what visible changes to expect over time. Whether you pick a supplement from PetsWorld's dog health and supplements collection or add whole-food sources to meals, the principles stay the same.

The Problem Most Pet Parents Miss

Most commercial dog food is high in omega-6 fatty acids and low in omega-3. This imbalance is the hidden driver behind a huge number of skin and coat complaints in Indian dogs.

Omega-6 supports basic skin function but also promotes inflammation when it dominates the diet. Omega-3 counterbalances that inflammation. When the ratio tips too far toward omega-6, which it does in most standard kibble, the body stays in a state of low-grade inflammation that shows up as:

Dull, lifeless coat that lacks shine
Persistent shedding that worsens with every season change
Itchy, flaky skin with no obvious parasite cause
Recurring hot spots, especially during Indian monsoon
Dry, cracked paw pads and nose
Slow healing of minor cuts and insect bites
Ear infections that keep returning

Adding omega-3 does not replace anything in the diet. It restores a balance that most dogs are missing. The American Kennel Club identifies omega-3 supplementation as one of the most broadly beneficial additions to a dog's diet, with skin, coat, joint, and brain benefits supported by decades of veterinary research.

How Omega Oils Work on Skin and Coat

Omega oils do not simply coat the fur in shine the way a conditioner might. They work at the cellular level to rebuild the skin from within.

Strengthening the Skin Barrier

Every skin cell membrane contains fatty acids. When omega-3 levels are adequate, these membranes hold together tightly, locking moisture in and keeping allergens, dust, and bacteria out. A strong skin barrier means less itching, less dryness, and fewer infections. In Indian conditions, where dust, humidity, and pollution constantly assault the skin, this barrier strength is critical.

Calming Chronic Inflammation

EPA, one of the two key omega-3 fatty acids, is a powerful natural anti-inflammatory. It reduces the kind of low-grade, persistent inflammation that drives itching, redness, and hot spots. Dogs with atopic dermatitis, flea allergy reactions, or seasonal skin flare-ups often improve significantly within weeks of starting omega-3 supplementation.

Boosting Natural Oil Production

Healthy skin produces a thin layer of natural oil called sebum. This oil is what gives a coat its glossy, water-resistant shine. When omega-3 levels are low, sebum production drops, leaving the coat dry, dull, and brittle. Restoring omega balance brings sebum production back to healthy levels, which is why coat shine is often the first visible change after starting omega oils.

Strengthening Hair Follicles

Each strand of fur grows from a follicle embedded in the skin. Weak, inflamed follicles produce thin, brittle hair that breaks and sheds easily. Omega-3 nourishes these follicles, producing thicker, stronger strands that hold on longer. This is why many pet parents report noticeably reduced shedding within 4 to 6 weeks of consistent supplementation.

Best Omega-3 Sources for Indian Dogs

Not all omega sources are equal. Dogs need EPA and DHA, the two active forms of omega-3 found primarily in marine sources. Plant-based ALA from flaxseed or chia converts poorly in the canine body.

Salmon Oil: The most popular and effective option. Rich in both EPA and DHA. Well tolerated, highly palatable, and widely available in India.
Sardine Oil: Lower on the food chain, which means less mercury accumulation. Excellent EPA and DHA content at a slightly lower price.
Krill Oil: Smaller molecules absorb faster. Contains astaxanthin, a bonus antioxidant. Slightly more expensive.
Algae Oil: The only plant-based source of preformed DHA. Ideal for dogs allergic to fish.
Cod Liver Oil: Contains EPA, DHA, plus vitamins A and D. Use cautiously because vitamin A can build up to toxic levels at high doses.
Whole Sardines or Mackerel: Feeding small, whole cooked fish once or twice a week provides natural omega-3. Remove bones or use tinned fish in water with no added salt.

For most Indian dogs, salmon oil or sardine oil in liquid pump form offers the best balance of effectiveness, price, and ease of use. Explore options in PetsWorld's health and wellness supplements to compare formats and concentrations.

How to Dose Omega Oils Correctly

Dosing is where most pet parents go wrong. Too little produces no visible results. Too much causes loose stools and unnecessary calorie intake.

General guideline: 50 to 75 mg of combined EPA plus DHA per kilogram of body weight per day for general skin and coat maintenance.

Practical examples:

5 kg dog (Pomeranian, Chihuahua): 250 to 375 mg EPA plus DHA daily
10 kg dog (Beagle, small Indie): 500 to 750 mg daily
20 kg dog (Labrador, Cocker Spaniel): 1000 to 1500 mg daily
30 kg dog (German Shepherd, Rottweiler): 1500 to 2250 mg daily

Always read the EPA and DHA values on the supplement label, not total fish oil volume. A 1000 mg fish oil capsule might contain only 300 mg of actual EPA plus DHA. The rest is filler oil.

Start at half the target dose for the first week, then increase to full dose. This gradual start prevents digestive upset. Give with food for better absorption and fewer fishy burps.

What Changes to Expect and When

Omega-3 works gradually. It rebuilds skin and coat from the inside, so visible changes take time. Here is a realistic timeline:

Week 1 to 2: No visible coat changes. Internally, omega-3 is incorporating into cell membranes and modulating inflammation.
Week 2 to 3: First signs of coat softness. Some dogs show reduced itching. Skin may feel less dry to the touch.
Week 4 to 6: Visible coat shine returns. Shedding noticeably decreases. Dry, flaky patches begin to resolve.
Week 6 to 8: Full coat transformation for most dogs. Stronger hair, better texture, and less breakage during brushing.
Month 3 onwards: Long-term maintenance. Continued daily use keeps the skin barrier strong and the coat in peak condition.

If you see no change after 10 to 12 weeks, the dose may be too low, the product may lack sufficient EPA and DHA, or an underlying condition may need veterinary attention.

Why Indian Dogs Need Omega Oils More Than Most

Indian conditions create specific challenges that make omega supplementation more important here than in temperate climates:

Summer heat (March to June): Dry air and direct sun exposure dehydrate skin and coat faster. Omega-3 helps the skin retain moisture internally.
Monsoon humidity (June to September): Warm, damp conditions breed fungal infections, hot spots, and bacterial skin issues. A strong omega-supported skin barrier resists these better.
Winter dryness (November to February): Cold, dry air in northern cities like Delhi, Chandigarh, and Jaipur strips natural oils. Omega-3 restores sebum production.
Dust and pollution: Urban Indian dogs face constant exposure to airborne irritants. Omega-3 calms the inflammatory response these irritants trigger.
Tap water quality: Hard water used for bathing can strip coat oils. Omega-3 compensates by supporting oil production from within.

A consistent omega routine, paired with gentle grooming using products from a trusted dog grooming range, creates a strong defence against every seasonal skin challenge Indian dogs face.

Which Dogs Benefit Most

Omega oils help all dogs to some degree, but certain groups show the most dramatic improvement:

Dogs with chronic itching: Allergic dermatitis, flea allergy flare-ups, and contact sensitivities respond well to omega-3.
Heavy shedders: Labradors, Golden Retrievers, Huskies, German Shepherds, and Pomeranians see measurable shedding reduction.
Senior dogs: Aging skin loses moisture and elasticity. Omega-3 restores softness and reduces thinning.
Puppies: DHA supports brain and eye development while omega-3 builds a strong skin barrier from early life.
Dogs on dry kibble diets: Kibble is inherently low in omega-3 and high in omega-6. Supplementation corrects the imbalance.
Indian street dogs and Indies: Often adopted as adults with unknown dietary histories. Omega-3 quickly improves coat quality that may have been neglected.

Storage and Safety in Indian Conditions

Fish oil degrades quickly in heat and light. Proper storage protects potency:

Refrigerate liquid oils immediately after opening
Keep capsules in original blister packs, away from windowsills and kitchen heat
Use opened liquid oil within 6 to 8 weeks
Smell before every use. Fresh fish oil is mild. Rancid oil smells sharp and sour. Rancid oil loses benefits and can upset the stomach.
Buy smaller bottles during summer months rather than large bulk containers
Never use human fish oil without checking the dose and added ingredients with your vet

Benefits Beyond Skin and Coat

While this guide focuses on skin and coat, omega-3 oils deliver benefits across the entire body. Joint inflammation decreases, which matters for dogs that also benefit from joint care supplements. Heart function improves through better blood flow. Brain health is supported in both puppies and senior dogs. Kidney filtration gets a gentle boost. Even mood and anxiety may improve with consistent omega-3 intake.

A single supplement that supports skin, coat, joints, brain, heart, and kidneys is rare. Omega-3 is one of the few that genuinely delivers across all these areas.

Common Omega Supplementation Mistakes

Avoid these errors that reduce or eliminate results:

Reading total oil instead of EPA plus DHA: A 1000 mg fish oil capsule may contain only 300 mg of the active ingredients that matter.
Stopping too early: Many pet parents quit after 2 to 3 weeks because they see no change. The real results appear at week 4 to 8.
Using only plant-based sources: Flaxseed and chia provide ALA, which dogs convert to EPA and DHA at very low rates. Fish-based sources are far more effective.
Overdosing: More is not better. Excess omega-3 causes loose stools, weight gain, and in rare cases, blood clotting issues.
Using rancid oil: Oxidised oil loses benefits and upsets the stomach. Store properly and check freshness before every use.
Skipping vet consultation: Dogs on blood thinners, with pancreatitis, or with clotting disorders need vet guidance before starting omega-3.

FAQs

How long does omega-3 take to improve a dog's coat?

Most dogs show visible coat improvement within 4 to 6 weeks of daily supplementation. Shine often appears first, followed by reduced shedding and softer texture. Full results, including resolved dry patches and stronger hair growth, usually appear by week 8 to 10.

Can I give my dog omega-3 every day?

Yes. Omega-3 is safe and beneficial for daily use at the correct dose. Aim for 50 to 75 mg of combined EPA plus DHA per kilogram of body weight. Start at half dose for the first week and increase gradually.

Is salmon oil better than flaxseed oil for dogs?

Yes, significantly. Salmon oil provides preformed EPA and DHA that the body uses directly. Flaxseed oil provides ALA, which dogs convert to EPA and DHA at very low rates, typically under 10 percent. For visible skin and coat results, fish-based oils are the clear choice.

Can omega-3 help with my dog's itching?

Yes. EPA in omega-3 is a natural anti-inflammatory that reduces the chronic inflammation behind most non-parasitic itching. Dogs with atopic dermatitis, dry skin, and seasonal sensitivities often show reduced scratching within 3 to 6 weeks of consistent supplementation.

Are there side effects of omega-3 for dogs?

Side effects are uncommon at correct doses. The most common issue is loose stools, usually from starting at too high a dose. Fishy breath and mild weight gain can also occur. Starting slowly and sticking to recommended doses prevents most problems. Consult your vet for dogs with pancreatitis or blood clotting conditions.

Final Thoughts

Omega oils are not a grooming shortcut. They are a foundational nutrient that most dogs are not getting enough of. Adding the right fish oil at the right dose rebuilds your dog's skin barrier, restores coat shine, reduces shedding, and calms the chronic inflammation that drives most everyday skin complaints. Start with a quality salmon or sardine oil, dose by weight, give it 6 to 8 weeks, and watch the transformation. Pair with gentle grooming and well-chosen dog treats and chews that include fish-based ingredients for an omega boost through diet as well as supplementation.

Beyond the classic seven: New Eimeria species in poultry – and the phytogenic solution

Edusehat — Fri, 08 May 2026 13:40:06 +0700

by Madalina Diaconu, Business Development Manager, EW Nutrition GmbH, and Maria Angeles Rodriguez, Gut Health Platform Manager, EW Nutrition GmbH

ABSTRACT
Avian coccidiosis, caused by intracellular protozoan parasites of the genus Eimeria, remains one of the most economically damaging diseases in commercial poultry production, costing the global industry an estimated USD 10–14 billion annually. For decades, disease management relied on seven recognized Eimeria species infecting chickens. However, the formal characterization in 2021 of three previously cryptic species – Eimeria lata, Eimeria nagambie, and Eimeria zaria – has fundamentally altered this landscape. These newly described parasites are pathogenic, capable of compromising bodyweight gain, and critically, they evade immunity induced by all currently available commercial anticoccidial vaccines. This white paper reviews the biology and epidemiology of these emerging species, examines the limitations of conventional control strategies, and presents the scientific rationale for phytogenic compounds as a complementary, resistance-resilient solution. Specific attention is given to the mechanisms of action of saponins, tannins, thymol, cinnamaldehyde, cumin, licorice, and others against Eimeria infection, intestinal inflammation, and secondary pathogen susceptibility.

1. Introduction: A shifting coccidiosis landscape

Coccidiosis, driven by Eimeria spp. infection of the intestinal epithelium, causes morbidity through hemorrhagic or malabsorptive diarrhea, disrupted gut microbiota, and impaired immune responses. Even subclinical infections exert measurable production costs through reduced bodyweight gain, deteriorated feed conversion ratios (FCR), and heightened susceptibility to secondary pathogens – most notably Clostridium perfringens (necrotic enteritis). The disease is ubiquitous: Eimeria oocysts are environmentally resilient, highly reproductive, and transmitted via fecal-oral routes in all commercial production systems.

For more than seven decades, the field recognized seven Eimeria species as the causative agents of avian coccidiosis in chickens: E. acervulina, E. brunetti, E. maxima, E. mitis, E. necatrix, E. praecox, and E. tenella. Each species infects a distinct region of the intestinal tract and produces characteristic pathological signatures. This taxonomy formed the basis for all commercial coccidiosis vaccines and the design of anticoccidial rotation programs.

In 2021, this foundational assumption was overturned. A landmark study by Blake et al. formally named three cryptic species – previously described only as operational taxonomic units (OTUs) x, y, and z – as Eimeria lata, Eimeria nagambie, and Eimeria zaria. This discovery, enabled by next-generation genomic sequencing, has critical implications for every layer of coccidiosis control: diagnostics, vaccination, and pharmacological management.

Economic context
Avian coccidiosis costs the global poultry industry approximately £10.4 billion annually at 2016 prices (Blake et al., 2020). These losses include poor growth performance, treatment costs, increased feed consumption, increased replacement of chicks, and enhanced susceptibility to concurrent infections such as necrotic enteritis.

2. The three new Eimeria species: Biology, pathogenicity, and global spread

2.1 Discovery and formal classification

The three cryptic Eimeria OTUs were first identified through molecular epidemiological surveys in Australia in 2007–2008 (Cantacessi et al., 2008). Initially named OTU-X, OTU-Y, and OTU-Z, these genotypes showed consistent genetic divergence from the seven recognized species but lacked formal biological characterization. Blake et al. (2021), working at the Royal Veterinary College (UK), conducted an exhaustive characterization combining oocyst morphology, pre-patent periods, pathology, and draft genome sequence assemblies. The conclusion was unambiguous: all three OTUs possess sufficient genetic and biological diversity to constitute new species.

The three new species were named:

Eimeria lata n. sp. (formerly OTU-X): Named for its unusually wide oocyst morphology – the broadest average oocyst width of any Eimeria species infecting chickens.

Eimeria nagambie n. sp. (formerly OTU-Y): Named after Nagambie, Victoria, Australia, the location of the first isolate.

Eimeria zaria n. sp. (formerly OTU-Z): Named after Zaria, Nigeria, reflecting the geographic origin of its initial isolation.

Figure 1. Sporulated oocysts of the Eimeria Operational Taxonomic Unit (OTU) genotypes x, y, and z collected from domestic chickens (Gallus gallus domesticus). Photomicrographs of sporulated oocysts are shown for (A) OTUx, (B) OTUy and (C) OTUz. Composite line drawings are shown for (D) OTUx, (E) OTUy and (F) OTUz. RB, residual body; SB, stieda body; PG, polar granule. Scale bars = 10 µm. © 2021 Blake et al., Int J Parasitol. 2021 Jul;51(8):621–634. doi: 10.1016/j.ijpara.2020.12.004

2.2 Pathogenicity and production impact

Experimental infection trials demonstrated that all three new species are capable of compromising broiler bodyweight gain, a direct measure of economic impact. Unlike historically recognized species such as E. acervulina and E. tenella, whose pathological signatures are well-characterized, the intestinal tropism and precise pathological mechanisms of E. lata, E. nagambie, and E. zaria remain under active investigation. Their clinical presentation may overlap with existing species, complicating field diagnosis through standard lesion scoring alone.
The Eimeria-gut microbiota interaction is particularly relevant here. Research has demonstrated that Eimeria infection disrupts intestinal bacterial communities, reducing beneficial taxa and creating dysbiosis conditions that facilitate opportunistic bacterial overgrowth – most critically by C. perfringens. The bidirectional interaction between coccidiosis and necrotic enteritis leads to cumulative economic burdens. However, it remains to be determined whether the newly identified species possess distinct microbiota-modulating profiles.

2.3 Geographic distribution and diagnostic blind spots

Initially considered geographically restricted to the Southern Hemisphere, detection has since expanded significantly. One or more of the three new species have now been confirmed in Australia, multiple sub-Saharan African countries, India, Venezuela, the United States, and – as of 2023 – Europe, with the first reported detection of E. zaria in European broiler flocks (Jaramillo-Ortiz et al., 2023). The heavy reliance of existing diagnostic protocols on oocyst morphology and PCR panels developed for the original seven Eimeria species raises concerns that newly identified species are routinely underdetected in field surveillance.

Critical diagnostic gap
Standard coccidiosis diagnostics – including lesion scoring, oocyst morphology, and many commercial PCR kits – were designed around the seven classical Eimeria species. E. lata, E. nagambie, and E. zaria may circulate undetected in flocks, contributing to unexplained performance losses and vaccine failures. Next-generation sequencing (NGS) targeting 18S rRNA is currently the most reliable identification tool (Blake et al., 2021).

2.4 Vaccine evasion: The central challenge

The most commercially disruptive characteristic of the three new species is their demonstrated ability to evade immunity induced by all currently available commercial anticoccidial vaccines. Live attenuated coccidiosis vaccines, the cornerstone of antibiotic-free coccidiosis control programs, are designed against the original seven species. Experimental challenge studies confirmed that prior vaccination provides no protective immunity against E. lata, E. nagambie, or E. zaria (Blake et al., 2021). This creates a significant vulnerability in integrated coccidiosis control programs, particularly in broiler production systems where vaccination programs are used as the primary long-term resistance management strategy.

The inability of current vaccines to address these new species underscores a critical need for broad-spectrum, mechanism-resilient complementary tools. Phytogenic compounds, acting through multiple simultaneous mechanisms, represent an ideal candidate for this role.

3. Current control strategies and their limitations

3.1 Chemical anticoccidials and ionophores

Chemical anticoccidials (e.g., diclazuril, toltrazuril, amprolium) and ionophore antibiotics (e.g., monensin, salinomycin) remain the primary pharmaceutical tools for coccidiosis control globally. These compounds target specific metabolic or ion transport mechanisms in Eimeria and have historically been highly effective when deployed in rotational shuttle programs. However, decades of continuous use have driven the emergence of resistance across multiple drug classes. Field resistance to monensin, robenidine, salinomycin, maduramicin, and diclazuril has been extensively documented across multiple geographic regions (Ferdji et al., 2022; Flores et al., 2022).

Resistance development occurs through multiple mechanisms: altered cell membrane permeability reducing drug uptake, use of alternative biochemical pathways, mutations at drug target sites, and genetic recombination within Eimeria populations. Crucially, resistance to one drug class does not necessarily confer resistance to compounds with different mechanisms – providing the theoretical basis for rotation programs. However, field conditions, partial compliance, and concurrent use often undermine the protective effects of rotation strategies.

3.2 Vaccines: Effective but incomplete

Live attenuated and live non-attenuated coccidiosis vaccines have represented a major advance in resistance management, offering cycle-by-cycle immunity development without driving pharmacological resistance. In broiler production, their use has grown significantly in recent years, particularly in no-anticoccidial or antibiotic-free production systems. However, as established in Section 2.4, no current commercial vaccine confers immunity against E. lata, E. nagambie, or E. zaria. This gap is not a minor caveat – it means that a vaccinated flock may be fully protected against classical species while remaining completely susceptible to the three newly described ones.

3.3 The regulatory and consumer pressure context

Across the European Union and in growing markets globally, regulatory restrictions on preventive antibiotic use, ionophore limitations in organic systems, and consumer demand for residue-free products have created strong incentives to explore alternatives. The combination of resistance pressure, vaccine limitations against new species, and regulatory trends makes the case for phytogenic integration both scientifically and commercially compelling.

4. Phytogenics as a multi-mechanism solution

4.1 Why phytogenics are relevant for coccidiosis control

Phytogenic compounds – plant-derived bioactive molecules including essential oil components, polyphenols, saponins, tannins, alkaloids, and bitter glycosides – have gained substantial scientific attention as a class of natural feed additives with demonstrated antimicrobial, antiparasitic, antioxidant, and immunomodulatory properties. Their relevance to coccidiosis management is grounded in three complementary properties: (1) direct antiparasitic action against Eimeria oocysts, sporozoites, and intracellular stages; (2) protection and restoration of intestinal mucosal integrity following Eimeria-induced damage; and (3) modulation of host immune responses to improve resilience against both Eimeria and secondary pathogens.

A key advantage of phytogenic compounds over conventional anticoccidials is their multi-target mode of action. Because each active molecule typically acts on multiple biological pathways simultaneously, the probability of resistance development through a single mutation is substantially lower than for single-target drugs. Furthermore, the inclusion of phytogenic blends in programs alongside vaccines or anticoccidials can provide synergistic or additive coverage – particularly relevant now that three new Eimeria species fall outside the protective scope of all available vaccines.

4.2 Compound-specific mechanisms of action

The following section reviews the scientific evidence for eight key phytogenic compounds relevant to coccidiosis control. A summary table is presented at the end of this section.

Saponins

Saponins are amphiphilic glycosides found in diverse plant species including Quillaja saponaria and Yucca schidigera. Their anticoccidial activity is primarily attributable to their capacity to interact with and disrupt lipid bilayer membranes. In the context of Eimeria, this membrane-disrupting action weakens the structural integrity of the parasite’s outer protective layers, rendering it more vulnerable to host immune effectors. Importantly, saponins also impair Eimeria attachment to intestinal epithelial cells, interrupting the invasion cascade. Bafundo et al. (2020) demonstrated that broilers receiving Quillaja/Yucca-derived saponin diets showed significantly reduced oocyst counts and improved weight gain compared to untreated controls challenged with Eimeria spp. Abbas et al. (2012), in a comprehensive botanical review, concluded that saponins significantly reduce both oocyst shedding and intestinal lesion scores, with efficacy approaching that of conventional anticoccidials.

Tannins

Tannins are polyphenolic compounds classified as condensed (proanthocyanidins) or hydrolysable (ellagitannins, gallotannins), found in chestnut, quebracho, and oak, among others. Their antiparasitic action against Eimeria involves protein precipitation at the parasite cell membrane – a non-specific mechanism that does not readily lend itself to resistance development. Tannins also exert strong antioxidant activity, directly reducing oxidative stress in intestinal tissue damaged by Eimeria – a crucial function given that lipid peroxidation is a primary driver of mucosal injury in coccidiosis. Masood et al. (2013) confirmed that tannin supplementation reduced intestinal oxidative stress and improved performance in broilers challenged with Eimeria. Abbas et al. (2012) further established their equivalence to chemical anticoccidials in reducing lesion severity and oocyst output.

Thymol (Thyme, Thymus vulgaris)

Thymol, the principal bioactive phenol of Thymus vulgaris essential oil, has been extensively studied for its anticoccidial properties. In vitro work by Remmal et al. (2013) demonstrated that thymol disrupts oocyst structural integrity and inhibits sporulation at concentrations of ≥2%, with maximal oocyst degeneration rates reaching 96% at 10%. At the level of intracellular parasite development, thyme essential oil was shown to inhibit the first round of schizogony in E. tenella with efficacy comparable to commercial anticoccidial drugs. Beyond direct antiparasitic action, thyme essential oil significantly downregulates pro-inflammatory mediators in Eimeria-challenged systems, reducing immune-mediated intestinal damage without suppressing protective immunity (Felici et al., 2024).

Cinnamaldehyde (Cinnamon, Cinnamomum verum)

Cinnamaldehyde, the principal aldehyde constituent of cinnamon bark, inhibits E. tenella sporozoite invasion of Madin-Darby bovine kidney (MDBK) epithelial cells in vitro, as part of a broader phenolic compound class with documented anti-invasion activity against Eimeria (Sidiropoulou et al., 2020). It reduces oocyst sporulation by approximately 79% in vitro (Remmal et al., 2013). Particularly notable is the synergistic effect between cinnamaldehyde and carvacrol (the active component of oregano oil): when used in combination, they achieve approximately 90% reduction in oocyst viability – substantially superior to either compound alone. This synergism supports the formulation of multi-compound blends. Cinnamaldehyde also demonstrates significant antimicrobial activity against Clostridium perfringens, providing simultaneous protection against the primary secondary pathogen associated with coccidiosis-driven necrotic enteritis.

Cumin (Cuminaldehyde, Cuminum cyminum)

Cumin seed contains cuminaldehyde as its primary bioactive compound, alongside cymene and other phenolic constituents. The anticoccidial relevance of cumin derives from multiple overlapping mechanisms: phenolic compounds interact with Eimeria oocyst membranes in a manner analogous to tannins, disrupting cytoplasmic membrane integrity and causing parasite cell death. Antioxidant properties protect intestinal epithelial cells from oxidative damage following Eimeria invasion. Broad-spectrum antimicrobial activity against common poultry pathogens, including C. perfringens, Salmonella spp., and E. coli, addresses the bacterial gateway mechanisms that amplify Eimeria-associated pathology. El-Shall et al. (2022) and the phytochemical coccidiosis control review (El-Shall et al., 2022) confirm cumin among the botanicals with documented anticoccidial and mucoprotective activity.

Licorice (Glycyrrhizin, Glycyrrhiza glabra)

Licorice root, through its primary bioactive compound glycyrrhizin and associated flavonoids (liquiritin, isoliquiritigenin), exerts potent immunomodulatory and anti-inflammatory effects particularly relevant to Eimeria-associated pathology. Glycyrrhizin stimulates T-cell mediated immune responses – the primary adaptive immune mechanism governing protective immunity against Eimeria – while modulating excessive inflammatory cascades that cause collateral intestinal damage. This dual action (immune stimulation + anti-inflammatory) is uniquely valuable in coccidiosis: it supports the development of parasite-specific immunity while limiting tissue destruction. Licorice compounds also support intestinal epithelium repair following Eimeria-induced villous atrophy, contributing to faster restoration of absorptive surface and productive performance. The immunomodulatory profile of licorice makes it particularly relevant as a complement to anticoccidial vaccination programs – supporting the immune priming process against classical species while potentially reinforcing innate defenses against the new, vaccine-evading species.

The right phytogenics can support coccidiosis control

Fig. 1 Lesion scores by intestinal segment. All treatments reduced lesion scores significantly compared to the positive control, but the Phytogenic was the clear winner overall, especially dominant in the caeca (E. tenella). Notably, the phytogenic products outperformed the coccidiostat on total lesion score, which is a strong result, particularly because the coccidiostat struggled against E. tenella in the caeca, where Phytogenic excelled.

Fig. 2 Microbiota recovery by day 18 pi. All four treatment groups performed similarly and dramatically better than the untreated positive control, reducing the dysbacteriosis score by roughly 45–49% compared to the positive control. The differences between the treated groups are minor and likely not statistically significant, meaning the phytogenic products performed on par with the coccidiostat in protecting gut health after Eimeria infection.

4.3 Summary: Phytogenic compound mechanisms at a glance

Compound	Plant Source	Anticoccidial Mechanism	Key Evidence
Saponins	Quillaja, Yucca	Disrupt Eimeria cell membranes; impair attachment to intestinal epithelium; reduce oocyst viability	Allen et al., 1997; Abbas et al., 2012
Tannins	Chestnut, Quebracho, Oak	Protein precipitation; reduction of oocyst shedding; anti-inflammatory and antioxidant activity protecting intestinal mucosa	Abbas et al., 2012; Masood et al., 2013
Thymol (Thyme)	Thymus vulgaris	Disrupts oocyst integrity and inhibits sporulation; reduces first round schizogony; downregulates pro-inflammatory cytokines (IL-6, IFN-γ)	Remmal et al., 2013; Felici et al., 2024
Cinnamaldehyde	Cinnamomum verum	Inhibits Eimeria sporozoite invasion of intestinal epithelial cells; synergistic with carvacrol; reduces oocyst sporulation by ~79%	Sidiropoulou et al., 2020; Remmal et al., 2013
Cumin (Cuminaldehyde)	Cuminum cyminum	Antiparasitic phenolic compounds interfere with oocyst membrane; antioxidant protection of intestinal epithelium; antimicrobial against secondary bacterial pathogens (NE gateway)	El-Shall et al., 2022; Saeed & Alkheraije, 2023
Licorice (Glycyrrhizin)	Glycyrrhiza glabra	Immunomodulatory activity; stimulates T-cell mediated immunity against Eimeria; anti-inflammatory; supports gut epithelium repair post-infection	El-Shall et al., 2022; Saeed & Alkheraije, 2023

5. Integration into coccidiosis control programs

5.1 Phytogenics in combination with vaccines

The ideal integration model for phytogenics in the context of the new Eimeria species is as a permanent background layer within any coccidiosis control program – regardless of whether that program is vaccine-based, chemical-based, or a shuttle combination. For vaccinated flocks, phytogenics provide complementary activity against E. lata, E. nagambie, and E. zaria – species against which vaccines offer no protection – while supporting the immune priming process for species covered by the vaccine. Their immunomodulatory effects (particularly licorice and thyme) optimize T-cell responses during the vaccination window.

5.2 Phytogenics in chemical anticoccidial programs

In flocks managed with chemical anticoccidials, phytogenics serve a dual function: reducing the parasite load and oocyst environmental contamination (through saponins, tannins, cinnamaldehyde, and anise), and protecting intestinal integrity during chemotherapy-related periods when mucosal recovery is needed. Given the documented resistance issues with current chemical classes, the multi-mechanism action of phytogenic blends provides coverage that complements rather than competes with pharmacological programs.

5.3 Resistance management and sustainability

A defining advantage of multi-component phytogenic blends is their resistance resilience. Because compounds such as saponins, tannins, essential oil phenols, and bitter glycosides act on multiple biological targets simultaneously – membrane integrity, cell adhesion, sporulation, immune activation, oxidative balance – the probability of Eimeria developing resistance to a well-formulated phytogenic blend is fundamentally lower than for single-target anticoccidials. As regulatory pressure on chemical anticoccidials increases globally, particularly in the EU, phytogenic integration offers a scientifically grounded pathway to sustainable, long-term coccidiosis management.

Key message for integrators and veterinarians
The characterization of E. lata, E. nagambie, and E. zaria creates a non-negotiable gap in current vaccine-based control programs. No available commercial vaccine provides protection against these three new species. Phytogenic blends – specifically those combining saponins, tannins, thymol, cinnamaldehyde, and supporting compounds (cumin, licorice, etc.) – offer the only currently available broad-spectrum complementary tool capable of addressing this gap while simultaneously managing drug-resistant classical species.

6. Conclusions

The formal naming of Eimeria lata, Eimeria nagambie, and Eimeria zaria in 2021 represents the most significant taxonomic development in avian coccidiosis in decades. Beyond nomenclature, these new species present concrete operational challenges: they are pathogenic, performance-impairing, capable of global spread, and invisible to all currently available commercial vaccines and most routine diagnostic protocols.

This discovery reinforces the case for moving beyond single-mechanism control strategies. Phytogenic compounds, through their complementary and multi-target mechanisms of action, provide a scientifically validated layer of broad-spectrum coccidiosis management. The compound portfolio reviewed in this paper – saponins, tannins, thymol, cinnamaldehyde, cumin, licorice, etc. – collectively addresses direct parasite suppression, intestinal barrier protection, immune modulation, oxidative stress reduction, and secondary pathogen control. These mechanisms operate independently of vaccine-induced immunity and without the resistance trajectories associated with conventional anticoccidials.

As the global poultry industry adapts to a coccidiosis landscape that now includes ten recognized Eimeria species infecting chickens, phytogenic integration is no longer an optional enhancement – it is a fundamental component of resilient, future-proof flock health management.

For more information on EW Nutrition’s phytogenic solutions supporting coccidiosis control,
contact your EW Nutrition regional representative or visit ew-nutrition.com

References

Abbas, R.Z., Colwell, D.D., Gilleard, J. (2012). Botanicals: an alternative approach for the control of avian coccidiosis. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 68(2), 203–215.

Abbas, R.Z., Iqbal, Z., Blake, D., Khan, M.N., Saleemi, M.K. (2011). Anticoccidial drug resistance in fowl coccidia: the state of play revisited. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 67(2), 337–350.

Bafundo, K.W., Johnson, A.B., Mathis, G.F. (2020). The effects of a combination of Quillaja saponaria and Yucca schidigera on Eimeria spp. in broiler chickens. Avian Diseases, 64(3), 300–304.

Blake, D.P., Knox, J., Dehaeck, B., Huntington, B., Rathinam, T., Ravipati, V., Ayoade, S., Gilbert, W., Adebambo, A.O., Tiambo, C.K., Tomley, F.M. (2020). Re-calculating the cost of coccidiosis in chickens. Veterinary Research, 51, 115.

Blake, D.P., Marugan-Hernandez, V., Tomley, F.M. (2021). Spotlight on avian pathology: Eimeria and the disease coccidiosis. Avian Pathology, 50(3), 209–213.

Blake, D.P., Vrba, V., Xia, D., Jatau, I.D., Spiro, S., Nolan, M.J., Underwood, G., Tomley, F.M. (2021). Genetic and biological characterisation of three cryptic Eimeria operational taxonomic units that infect chickens (Gallus gallus domesticus). International Journal for Parasitology, 51(8), 621–634.

Cantacessi, C., Riddell, S., Morris, G.M., Doran, T., Woods, W.G., Otranto, D., Gasser, R.B. (2008). Genetic characterization of three unique operational taxonomic units of Eimeria from chickens in Australia based on nuclear spacer ribosomal DNA. Veterinary Parasitology, 152(3–4), 226–234.

El-Shall, N.A., Abd El-Hack, M.E., Albaqami, N.M., Khafaga, A.F., Taha, A.E., Swelum, A.A., El-Saadony, M.T., Salem, H.M., El-Tahan, A.M., AbuQamar, S.F., El-Tarabily, K.A., Elbestawy, A.R. (2022). Phytochemical control of poultry coccidiosis: a review. Poultry Science, 101(1), 101542.

Felici, M., Tugnoli, B., De Hoest-Thompson, C., Piva, A., Grilli, E., Marugan-Hernandez, V. (2024). Thyme, oregano, and garlic essential oils and their main active compounds influence Eimeria tenella intracellular development. Animals, 14(1), 77.

Ferdji, F., Zahraoui-Mehadji, M., Baazizi, R., Meghit-Boumediene, K. (2022). Anticoccidial drug resistance in Eimeria field isolates from broiler farms in western Algeria. Veterinary Parasitology: Regional Studies and Reports, 32, 100733.

Flores, M.I., Saldana, B., Orozco, M.M., Quijada, N.M., Bersosa, F., Mateo, E. (2022). Anticoccidial resistance to chemical compounds and ionophores in Eimeria field isolates from commercial broiler farms. Poultry Science, 101(11), 102180.

Hailat, A.M., Abdelqader, A.M., Gharaibeh, M.H. (2024). Efficacy of phyto-genic products to control field coccidiosis in broiler chickens. International Journal of Veterinary Science, 13(3), 266–272.

Jaramillo-Ortiz, J.M., Burrell, C., Adeyemi, O., Werling, D., Blake, D.P. (2023). First detection and characterisation of Eimeria zaria in European chickens. Veterinary Parasitology, 323, 109857.

Masood, S., Abbas, R.Z., Iqbal, Z., Mansoor, M.K., Sindhu, Z.U.D., Zia, M.A., Khan, J.A. (2013). Role of natural antioxidants for the control of coccidiosis in poultry. Pakistan Veterinary Journal, 33(4), 401–407.

Mesa-Pineda, C., Navarro-Ruiz, J.L., Lopez-Osorio, S., Chaparro-Gutierrez, J.J., Gomez-Osorio, L.M. (2021). Chicken coccidiosis: from the parasite lifecycle to control of the disease. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, 8, 787653.

Remmal, A., Achahbar, S., Bouddine, L., Chami, F., & Chami, N. (2013). Oocysticidal effect of essential oil components against chicken Eimeria oocysts. International Journal of Veterinary Medicine: Research & Reports, 2013, 599816.

Saeed, Z., Alkheraije, K.A. (2023). Botanicals: a promising approach for controlling cecal coccidiosis in poultry. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, 10, 1157633.

Sidiropoulou, E., Skoufos, I., Marugan-Hernandez, V., Giannenas, I., Bonos, E., Aguiar-Martins, K., Lazari, D., Blake, D.P., Tzora, A. (2020). In vitro anticoccidial study of oregano and garlic essential oils and effects on growth performance, fecal oocyst output, and intestinal microbiota in vivo. Frontiers in Veterinary Science, 7, 420.

The post Beyond the classic seven: New Eimeria species in poultry – and the phytogenic solution appeared first on EW Nutrition.

Monitoring the Effectiveness of Probiotic/Bioremediator Usage in Aquaculture

Edusehat — Fri, 08 May 2026 06:35:05 +0700

* By Stephen Newman, Ph.D.

This technical analysis by Dr. Stephen Newman evaluates the strategic role of microbial amendments in global aquaculture. By distinguishing between environmental bioremediation and “true” probiotics, the study highlights the superior efficacy of spore-based Bacillus species. It provides a science-based framework for monitoring product performance, emphasizing enzyme profiles over spore counts to ensure operational success and long-term sustainability in production environments.

Introduction

The use of microbial amendments has become a standard operating practice (SOP) in many aquaculture production paradigms, including fish, shrimp, crabs and bivalves, among others, globally including but not limited to ponds, raceways, hatcheries, and broodstock production. Many dozens of companies offer a wide variety of bacteria with claims that range from field proven science based to nonsensical that are all too often geared towards the farmer and not the production environment.

Prior to discussing how one should determine the effectiveness of a given product, reiterating some of the prior observations that I have written about and that are essential for getting the big picture, is relevant for perspective. I want to make one point very clear. I am in no way disparaging the use of a wide range of products that have proven efficacy.

My argument is that, for a number of science-supported reasons, the biochemical nature of spore-based Bacillus products allows them to work as well as, if not better than, many of these. Their ease of use, combined with the nature of the market, makes them the logical choice for most users of bioremediators in aquatic production environments. Our lead tableted product has been in use for 20 years and the concept has been widely copied.

Spore-forming Bacillus species are the logical choice for bioremediation due to their enzymatic versatility and shelf stability. These microbes degrade organic sludge effectively across diverse salinities and temperatures, providing a cleaner environment that maximizes animal growth and lowers Feed Conversion Ratios (FCR).

Discussion

There are a number of approaches to the use of these products. Many vendors offer powdered products for addition to ponds. These are rarely added directly (although some use them this way) but are typically soaked in water before application. This can be a quick approach, as an example, primarily to activate Bacillus spores via a heat shock, or a much longer approach, where-in the suspension is brewed for hours and up to a day. This is done in order to add high levels of actively growing bacteria all at once.

Tablets have been widely adopted as they have been found to be a very, if the not the most efficient way to deliver Bacillus spores to pond bottoms. Some companies offer tablets with other none Bacillus species, typically spray or freeze dried, potentially with limited shelf lives or requiring specific storage conditions (such as refrigeration). Many companies sell liquid products containing photosynthetic bacteria such as Rhodopseudomonas palustris being in wide usage in SE Asia.

Over the last several decades there has been a rapid increase in the numbers of publications in the peer reviewed literature on the use of a wide variety of organisms as “probiotics” for use in aquaculture. While arguments can be made that some of these are better at narrowly based applications, the preponderance of the data strongly suggests that the best for broad ranging bioremediation is spore forming Bacillus species, which can be sold in shelf stable dry forms without loss of viability. Representative examples are depicted in Figure 1 below.

See Table 1 for a written comparison.

Observations: Bacillus based spores are the best products for bioremediation in aquaculture for a number of reasons. Bacillus species are enzymatically highly versatile and when specific (often proprietary) strains, are used properly, they are the easiest products to use and provide a multitude of impacts in the field. They can be applied to the water column as suspensions of powdered products and directly to pond bottoms as tablets. Photosynthetic bacteria in liquid suspensions are widely used in India and China despite the fact that solid science supports that specific strains of Bacillus species, sold as spores, in a tableted form, work as well or better in general and the consumer is not paying for water.

At the risk of being accused of being pedantic (again), end users often do not understand that when someone sells them a microbial product labeled as a probiotic that this does not necessarily mean that the product functions in the manner that they think that it does. The term is widely used to refer to any microorganisms (bacteria or fungi) that are used in any capacity with any expected outcome in any environment.

Historically, most people when they hear the term probiotic think of blends of bacteria (and/or yeast) that are ingested orally, colonize the gut, alter the microbiome and impact animal health. While the literature suggests that there are examples where impacts are seen on animal health, it is unclear if this is a result of non-specific immune stimulation or a “true” probiotic impact. Most of the products sold and in use today are for the environment, acting typically through bioremediation.

Most aquaculture microbial products act on the production environment through bioremediation rather than stable gut colonization. Ingestion serves primarily as a vehicle for delivering active bacteria into the feces, helping to maintain water quality and reduce niches for potential pathogens.

Observations: The use of microbial products in aquaculture is focused primarily on the production environment. A cleaner stable environment allows animals to maximize their ability to grow, consume feed more efficiently with resulting lower FCRs and ultimately generate higher profits. Ingestion is best considered as a vehicle for delivering spores and metabolically active bacteria in the feces. Stable colonization of the gut by feeding viable bacteria in the field has not been scientifically validated. Repeat applications are required and attempting to modify the microbiome in production environments that by their nature are highly variable is at best. challenging.

Proper use of Bacillus spores has the potential for a wide range of beneficial impacts many of which have been ascribed to the “probiotic” impact but typically occur in the absence of oral application. Figure 2 below outlines the perceived differences although there is solid evidence that these are not distinct properties and that they overlap. Bacillus species can bioremediate and at the same time have been shown to impact nonspecific immunity with the impacts described below for probiotics. It should be noted that many if not most non toxin producing bacteria strains whether living or dead can stimulate non-specific protective immunity.

Another key feature of bacteria in general is that they are very a diverse, complex and highly evolved group of organisms. The bacterial species that have been designated by the American Association of Feed Officials (AAFCO) in the US as generally recognized as safe (GRAS) are the strains that are present in many of the commercial products.

This does not include just Bacillus but also includes many others. Most of these have strains that would not be appropriate for use. It is clearly stated that for a strain to be GRAS it must not be toxigenic, i.e. it cannot contain genes that are associated with the potential for toxin production or result in disease.

Many if not most of the large numbers of suppliers have little understanding of the complex nature of bacteria. Most laymen think of bacteria as being simple and are aware of the few that can cause problems and those that they consume in their yogurt. There are many vendors that are not concerned, either as a result of ignorance, or apathy, that the risks of using the wrong strains are very real.

Many of the species that are GRAS have strains that would not legally be allowed to be considered GRAS. Buying product from companies that understand this potential for harm and that have professional microbiologists involved in the manufacture, sales and distribution is important for ensuring that GRAS strains are in a given product. It would be naïve to think that the sale of non-GRAS strains does not occur.

Observations: The use of specific bacterial species and strains that are GRAS depends on their not being able to negatively impact animal health either directly because of toxin production or indirectly because of their impact on other components of the microbiome. Bacillus can grow under a wide range of environmental conditions that span the range of production paradigms. Strains that contain toxins and lysogenic phages should never be used. These can pose a serious risk to the production environment. As I have reiterated many times, “Caveat Emptor”, i.e. let the buyer beware.

As discussed elsewhere the impact of a given product depends on a number of factors. Perhaps the single most important is the enzyme profile of the strains. Enzymes are catalytic proteins that speed up chemical reactions. They need cofactors that vary between enzymes, such as metals and vitamins to ensure that they function properly. Without these the enzymes don’t work and the bacteria cannot gain the nutrients that they need to live.

The term “profile” refers to types and quantities of enzymes as expressed by the bacteria. It is essential that the enzyme profiles are able to degrade the many substrates found in accumulated sludge in production systems. The best strains accomplish this via the production of a wide range of enzymes at high levels. Strains that are not well suited have limited production both of the types and quantities of these catalytic proteins.

Of course, as well, the bacteria need to be able to grow under the conditions that they are being used in. Note that some environments, such as those with high water exchange flow rates require the use of innovative approaches such as slow-release substrates or similar approaches that don’t flush the added bacteria out before they have time to act.

Another critical element is how the product is applied. Aquaintech Inc. pioneered, almost 20 years ago, the use of tableted Bacillus spores in aquaculture as this allowed direct application of the spores at high levels to affected areas.

Product efficacy is dictated by the enzyme profile — the type and quantity of catalytic proteins — rather than high spore counts. High-quality strains produce proteases, amylases, and lipases at levels necessary to degrade accumulated organic matter, regardless of the total number of spores per gram.

Observations: Where the product is used, when in the cycle it is used, how much is used and how often it is used all directly impact the end results. While there are some who would have you believe that there is little difference between products and that low-cost products are the same as higher priced products this is usually puffery and a ploy to garner market share. High quality strains cost more. There are many companies in China and India that sell Bacillus strains, some quite inexpensive. The quality of these strains may be suspect especially when pricing of the product is significantly less than that of others in the market place. Buying a USD 5.00 a kg product carries risk when established products run USD 25 or more per kg.

Another important distinction between products is that the number of spores in a given product does not impact efficacy in a manner that one allows one to claim, based on science, that higher spore counts equate with better impacts. Most of the spores don’t germinate and they all do not germinate in the same time frame. A product that claims to have many times the average count of spores per gram of a product that is widely in use does not necessarily mean that it is any better than one with the 4 or 5 billion spores per gram. It could be considered to be puffery to make the claim that it does in the absence of science-based proof.

Yet another import consideration is that there is no relationship between the numbers of species used and efficacy. Efficacy is related to enzyme production and the availability of nutrients and enzyme cofactors. While some strains product enzymes that others do not, there can be considerable overlap between species as to their enzyme profiles.

Observations: Figure 3 demonstrates why spore counts are not what dictate product efficacy. Only a relatively small number of spores germinate determine efficacy. How efficient the vegetative cells are in degrading accumulated organic matter depends on the nutrient loads and enzyme cofactors. Since an unnaturally high level of spores is being added at once this also sets off a cascade of events that include protozoa that feed on germinating bacteria and bacteriophages that destroy vegetative cells. This is how the system in the pond maintains balance. In hatchery tanks the Bacillus can form biofilms since they are being added daily. In production systems such as ponds this is not normally going to happen.

Due to the inherent variability of the environments in which these types of products are employed, higher spore counts are typically employed than likely would be needed to be in some of the environments where they are used. The fact that the products need to be applied repeatedly strongly suggests that there are variables in play that ensure than many of the spores are not ever going to become metabolically active bacteria.

The microbiome in a pond is a very complex assemblage of bacteria, fungi, viruses and protozoa. It includes the water column and the sediment. Even lined ponds will have microbiomes associated with the liners. By their very nature mature microbiomes resist change. The levels and properties of the Bacillus strains that are in PRO4000X are in excess of what would be required under all possible applications.

Observations: Adding bacteria to environments that already have mature microbiomes is the common practice. This limits the potential of the added bacteria (in the instance of Bacillus, their spores) to germinate and compete. Furthermore, it sets off a cascade of events that inherently limit their growth including nutrient limitation and strain specific phages (bacterial viruses) and protozoa that feed off the vegetative cells. Regardless of what one is adding they will not become stable components of the microbiome.

Scientific studies have shown that most of spores do not germinate although they may remain in the environment and could germinate if the conditions allowed it. Because of the complex nature of the microbiome this is not certain and the factors that impact nutrient loads are a major reason why they need to be added repeatedly during the cycle.

Responsible aquaculture requires using only “Generally Recognized as Safe” (GRAS) bacterial strains. Strains must be non-toxigenic and free of lysogenic phages to avoid harming animal health. Professional microbiological oversight is critical to ensure product safety and prevent environmental risks.

Observations: There are a wide variety of parameters that should be monitored regularly (outlined in Figure 4 and in more detail in the Appendix) as a normal approach to progressive and responsible crop management. For many farmers most of these are far beyond their technical abilities and they have to focus on only a few parameters that can be measured without the need for a lab. Due to the inherent nature of aquaculture production systems, outdoor open to the environment production systems (the most common type of culture) can be highly variable. This variability can be reflected in the impact of adding microbial products and explains some of the variation that can be seen in large scale applications.

Expectations of outcomes of the use of these tools is based on the versatility of the strains and how the product is used. PRO4000X, the first tableted spore-based product has been used in more than a dozen countries with a range of beneficial results.

Observations: While some companies actively claim that the impact of their products is that of true probiotics, as defined above, most of these claims are based on lab studies that do not adequately address what happens in a real-world production environments. There is scant scientific evidence based on what is happening in the field to support these claims. While it may be possible to effectively alter the microbiome in small ponds or tanks where high loads of specific bacteria can be added routinely and cost effectively this is simply not an economic or biologic reality in most production paradigms.

The vast majority of products that are being sold act on the environment. Many bacteria and fungi impact the non-specific afferent of animal immune systems. In fact, this impact is so common that it could be considered to be a generic impact. The large number of publications that demonstrate that a very wide range of organisms have this type of an impact support this.

As the Appendix details the impacts can have wide ranging positive benefits on the overall crop resulting in increased profits. Aquaintech has almost 20 years of accumulated data from many billions of animals at different life stages in a dozen countries. Additionally, there a number of peer reviewed science publications that outline a wide variety of benefits. Our customers have reported a wide variety of impacts. These include but are not limited to:

Benefits from client observations on the use of PRO4000X

✓ Dramatic reductions in accumulated organic matter in nursery and production ponds, shrimp (Penaeus monodon, Litopenaeus (Penaeus) vannamei, P. stylirostrus, Macrobrachium rosenbergii), fish including Tilapia and Barramundi and others, crabs, clams, etc. This has been observed in ponds, dirt, lined, and concrete, as well as plastic and other types of tanks, RAS systems, etc. Cleaner environments in production environments due to less accumulated organic matter increases water quality and reduces niches for potential pathogens.

✓ Increased growth rates (one customer reported almost a 15% increase in weekly growth rates)

✓ Increased survivals, better FCRs, cleaner animals with less fouling issues at partial harvests. These benefits can be attributed to the impact of the Bacillus species on the ability of other bacteria with similar nutritional requirements to utilize these nutrients.

✓ Cleaner broodstock tanks, healthier animals better able to tolerate handling and stress. Prevention of exoskeleton lesions due to handling.

✓ Stabilization of ammonia and nitrite/nitrate levels. Less spikes means healthy animals with less stress.

✓ Restores sediments to health by eliminating dead spots that can generate deadly hydrogen sulfide.

✓ Reduction or elimination of off flavor and odor issues.

✓ In shrimp hatcheries, effective control of vibrio loads, smooth molting of larvae, control of Zoeae syndrome, reduction of ammonia and nitrites.

✓ Nonspecific immune stimulation resulting in enhanced survival against the vibrio that causes AHPNS, Vibrio parahaemolyticus. Alterations of gene expression favoring the observed impact. Ask for references.

Long-term field data confirms that tableted Bacillus spores significantly reduce organic waste in ponds and hatcheries. Observed benefits include stabilized ammonia levels, increased weekly growth rates by up to 15%, and enhanced survival against pathogens like Vibrio parahaemolyticus.

Conclusions

Added microbiological products to aquaculture production systems come in several different forms and there are large numbers of organisms that have a range of impacts. The Bacillus species have several distinct advantages, provided the products are formulated with GRAS strains. They form spores which allows them to be sold in shelf stable forms such as tablets which do not require refrigeration or special storage conditions to extend shelf lives.

The enzyme profiles of select strains allows them to degrade a very wide variety of substrates. Bacillus species are an important source for industrial enzymes that are secreted into the environment. They are able to tolerate a wide range environmental conditions with enzymes that work across a broad spectrum of temperatures and salinities. They are a major source of industrial enzymes, some vitamins and nutraceuticals and are widely consumed in fermented foods such as natto.

Their ability to form spores and the range of degradative enzymes including proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases and many others make them ideal sources of microbial bioremediation for the wide range of aquaculture production systems. Not all strains are the same and many strains do not produce either the desirable enzymes or adequate levels, and some contain toxins and lysogenic phages. Because of the enzyme production variability, there is no correlation between high spore counts and efficacy nor is a product with more species/strain in it necessarily better for it.

* Stephen G. Newman has a bachelor’s degree from the University of Maryland in Conservation and Resource Management (ecology) and a Ph.D. from the University of Miami, in Marine Microbiology. He has over 40 years of experience working within a range of topics and approaches on aquaculture such as water quality, animal health, biosecurity with special focus on shrimp and salmonids. He founded Aquaintech in 1996 and continues to be CEO of this company to the present day. It is heavily focused on providing consulting services around the world on microbial technologies and biosecurity issues. sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com www.aqua-in-tech.com www.bioremediationaquaculture.com www.sustainablegreenaquaculture.com.

Hendrix Genetics releases Sustainability Report highlighting renewed strategy and long-term commitment

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 19:15:09 +0700

Boxmeer, the Netherlands – May 6, 2026 – Hendrix Genetics today announced the publication of its new Sustainability Report, outlining how sustainability is embedded across its breeding programs, operations and partnerships, and how the company is strengthening its long-term approach to responsible animal genetics.

Active across species and regions, Hendrix Genetics contributes to food production systems worldwide through its animal genetics expertise. Its breeding programs affect animal performance, welfare, efficiency and farming outcomes. The Sustainability Report highlights how these responsibilities are addressed within a strengthened, long-term sustainability strategy.

“We operate at a point in the value chain where our choices have long-term consequences,” said Richard Maatman, Chief Executive Officer of Hendrix Genetics. “This report shows how sustainability is embedded in our breeding programs, our operations and our partnerships.”

Building on years of responsible practice, Hendrix Genetics has refined its sustainability approach to better reflect changing expectations from society, customers and regulators, while staying closely connected to day-to-day decision-making. The report describes the integration of sustainability considerations across three strategic pillars: Care for Animals, Climate Resilience and Social Entrepreneurship.

With a focus on long-term progress, the company emphasizes Innovation, Collaboration and measurable improvement. Genetics plays a central role in this approach, contributing to healthier animals, more efficient use of resources and improved resilience across different production systems and geographies.

“Sustainability delivers impact when it is tangible and actionable,” said Naomi Duijvesteijn, Global Sustainability Director at Hendrix Genetics. “Our strategy brings focus and accountability to the topics where we can make the greatest difference – for animals, for people and for the planet.”

The new Sustainability Report also increases transparency on how Hendrix Genetics understands and manages its environmental and social impacts, including insights into greenhouse gas emissions, energy use, circularity, workforce topics and responsible sourcing. It highlights how global policies are combined with local implementation, allowing the company to operate consistently while responding to different regional realities.

As Hendrix Genetics continues to develop its sustainability approach in the coming years, its ambition remains unchanged: to set a benchmark for responsible animal breeding and help build food systems that are resilient, inclusive and sustainable for future generations.

The Sustainability Report is available as of today and provides further detail on the company’s strategy, governance and initiatives.

The full report can be accessed online via this link.
Source: Hendrix Genetics press release

Ishida Europe to Showcase Advanced Inspection, Grading and Digital Monitoring Solutions at VIV Europe 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 15:50:08 +0700

Ishida Europe will demonstrate its latest innovations in quality control, automation, and production monitoring at VIV Europe, as it looks to support poultry processors with improving yield while reducing operational risk. VIV Europe is the premier event for the animal protein industry and is set to return between 2-4 June at the Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs Exhibition & Convention Centre in Utrecht, The Netherlands.

This year, the show will focus on AI, robotics and automation and visitors can head to Ishida’s stand (Hall 11, Stand 11.D020) to see some of the latest poultry production line technology aligned with these themes. These include its IX-PD-Poultry X-ray inspection system, its RobotGrader robotics solution for tray and bulk packing simultaneously, and Ishida’s AI-powered production monitoring software, Sentinel 5.0. The IX-PD-Poultry takes centre stage for Ishida and has been designed specifically for the quality control and inspection challenges poultry processors face. Integrated with Ishida’s patented Genetic Algorithm (GA) technology and enhanced with dual-energy processing, the IX-PD-Poultry ensures a higher resolution and clearer image than can be achieved with conventional X-ray machines. This enables more reliable detection of low-density items such as bone fragments in poultry fillets. The X-ray inspection system’s advanced image processing provides consistent performance across varying product types, while its algorithmic learning helps poultry processors maintain stringent quality standards without compromising on output.

Ishida will also be presenting the RobotGrader, which was brought into its portfolio at the end of last year. RobotGrader is a fully automated, high-speed packing solution that combines robotics with intelligent weighing and grading. Designed to reduce manual handling, the system automatically and precisely selects, grades and places products into trays or bulk crates. The Ishida RobotGrader can handle up to 320 pieces per minute, helping to reduce reliance on labour, increasing production output whilst reducing product giveaway. Completing the line‑up is Sentinel 5.0, Ishida’s AI-powered remote production and monitoring platform. Capable of machine learning, Sentinel 5.0 provides real‑time visibility of machine performance across entire production lines, even with non-Ishida machines. This functionality means it can provide predictive maintenance, faster troubleshooting and data‑driven optimisation. The revolutionary software helps processors reduce unplanned downtime, improve OEE and maximise the return on their equipment investment.

Darren Chandler, General Manager for Protein Solutions at Ishida Europe, said: “Rising costs, lack of skilled labour, quality control and processing speeds are common pressures all poultry processors face. VIV Europe is a key opportunity for us to demonstrate how advanced inspection, grading and digital technologies can transform performance for them. “The IX‑PD‑Poultry, RobotGrader and Sentinel 5.0 each address critical industry needs, from labour shortages to quality control and line efficiency. Together, they show how automation and intelligent data can deliver higher throughput, greater consistency and stronger commercial returns. We’re looking forward to engaging with processors across Europe and showcasing the real values these systems can bring to our customer’s operations.”

Ishida Europe will exhibit at Hall 11, Stand 11.D020 at VIV Europe 2026. To find out more, visit www.ishidaeurope.com/en

Emerging technologies in rodent control for European poultry farms

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 15:40:10 +0700

Rodent infestations remain one of the most persistent challenges in poultry farming. Beyond damaging infrastructure and feed supplies, rodents are vectors of diseases that threaten both animal welfare and food safety. In recent years, European poultry farms have adopted innovative technologies to strengthen biosecurity and reduce reliance on traditional chemical methods. These advancements combine precision monitoring, automation, and sustainable practices to create more effective rodent control strategies.

Smart monitoring systems

One of the most significant breakthroughs is the use of sensor-based monitoring.
Modern farms now deploy smart traps equipped with motion detectors and wireless connectivity.
These devices not only capture rodents but also send real-time alerts to farm managers, allowing immediate response.
Data collected from these systems helps identify infestation hotspots and track rodent activity patterns, enabling farms to design targeted interventions rather than blanket treatments.

Artificial intelligence and predictive analytics

AI-driven platforms are increasingly used to analyze rodent behavior. By processing data from sensors, cameras, and farm records, predictive models can forecast potential outbreaks. For example, algorithms may detect correlations between feed storage practices and rodent presence, suggesting preventive measures before infestations escalate. This proactive approach reduces costs and minimizes the need for toxic rodenticides.

ICAERUS – RODENT Project

In European poultry farming, the RODENT (Rodent Obstruction through Drone-Enabled Non-invasive Technology) project offers a sustainable solution to one of the sector’s persistent biosecurity challenges: rodent infestations in feed storage and production facilities.

By deploying drones equipped with thermal cameras and ultrasound deterrents, farmers can monitor and repel rodents without relying on chemical rodenticides, which often contaminate feed and compromise flock health.
This approach not only reduces disease transmission risks in poultry houses but also aligns with EU sustainability goals by safeguarding animal welfare and food safety through eco-friendly pest control.

Eco-friendly control methods

Sustainability is a growing priority in European agriculture. Farms are adopting biological and ecological solutions such as ultrasonic repellents, natural predators, and non-toxic bait formulations. Ultrasonic devices emit frequencies that disrupt rodent communication and nesting behavior, while eco-friendly baits reduce environmental contamination. Integrating these methods aligns with European Union regulations that encourage reduced chemical use in food production systems.

Integration with biosecurity protocols

Rodent control technologies are most effective when integrated into broader biosecurity frameworks.

Automated monitoring systems can be linked to farm management software, ensuring that rodent alerts are part of daily operational checklists.
This integration supports compliance with EU standards and strengthens overall disease prevention strategies, protecting both poultry health and consumer safety.

Conclusion

The future of rodent control in European poultry farms lies in technology-driven, sustainable solutions. Smart monitoring, AI analytics, robotics, and eco-friendly deterrents are transforming how farms address this age-old problem. By combining innovation with biosecurity, European producers are not only safeguarding their flocks but also contributing to safer and more sustainable food systems.

Sources can be provided upon request

Why Joint Care Tablets Are Essential for Aging Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 15:35:06 +0700

Aging in dogs is quiet. It does not announce itself with a single dramatic event. Instead, it shows up as a longer pause before standing, a second thought before jumping into the car, or a shorter walk that used to be twice the distance. Most of these changes trace back to one place: the joints.

Joint care tablets address this decline at its source. They support cartilage, reduce inflammation, and help aging dogs hold on to the mobility they still have. This guide explains what happens inside an aging dog's joints, why tablets work, which ingredients deliver real results, and how to build a joint care plan that gives your senior dog more comfortable years. Whether you pick from PetsWorld's dog supplements collection or consult your vet for a prescription option, understanding the basics helps you make a better choice.

What Happens Inside an Aging Dog's Joints

A healthy joint works like a well-oiled hinge. Two bone ends meet, cushioned by a layer of smooth cartilage and bathed in synovial fluid that absorbs shock and reduces friction. In young dogs, this system handles running, jumping, and hard play without complaint.

As dogs age, this system breaks down in a predictable sequence:

Cartilage wears thin: Years of movement gradually erode the protective cartilage layer. Once worn, it does not regenerate on its own.
Synovial fluid thins: The lubricating fluid loses viscosity, reducing its shock-absorbing capacity.
Chronic inflammation builds: The body responds to cartilage damage with low-grade inflammation that becomes constant over time.
Bone-on-bone contact begins: Without adequate cushioning, bones grind against each other during movement, causing pain and stiffness.
Muscle loss accelerates: Dogs move less because of discomfort, which leads to muscle wasting, particularly in the hind legs.

According to the American Veterinary Medical Association, arthritis affects approximately 1 in 4 dogs during their lifetime, with the incidence rising sharply after age 7. The condition is not reversible, but its progression can be slowed significantly with the right intervention.

Why Dogs Hide Joint Pain

One of the biggest challenges with canine joint disease is that dogs rarely show obvious pain until the damage is advanced. They do not limp dramatically at the first sign of cartilage wear. Instead, they make small, silent adjustments:

Taking the long way around furniture instead of jumping over it
Sitting down slowly, one leg at a time
Shifting weight off one hip during rest
Refusing stairs they used to climb easily
Sleeping more and playing less
Becoming grumpy when touched near hips, elbows, or knees
Falling behind on walks that used to be routine

By the time an owner notices a clear limp, the joint has often lost a significant amount of cartilage. This is precisely why proactive supplementation matters. Joint care tablets work best when they start before visible symptoms appear, not after.

How Joint Care Tablets Actually Work

Joint care tablets are not painkillers. They do not mask symptoms. Instead, they supply the raw materials the body needs to maintain, protect, and partially rebuild joint structures. They work on four levels:

Cartilage support: Glucosamine and chondroitin provide the building blocks cartilage cells use to repair and maintain themselves.
Inflammation reduction: Omega-3 fatty acids, MSM, and turmeric extract calm the chronic low-grade inflammation that drives joint degeneration.
Fluid viscosity: Hyaluronic acid helps keep synovial fluid thick and lubricating, restoring smoother movement.
Connective tissue strength: Collagen peptides and vitamin C support the ligaments and tendons that stabilise aging joints.

The American Kennel Club highlights glucosamine as one of the most widely studied and recommended joint supplements for dogs, particularly when combined with chondroitin and omega-3 for a synergistic effect.

Ingredients That Deliver Real Results

Not every joint tablet is equally effective. The difference between a product that works and one that sits in your dog's stomach doing nothing comes down to active ingredients and their dosages.

Glucosamine HCl or Sulfate: The cornerstone ingredient. Supports cartilage maintenance and repair. Effective dose: 15 to 20 mg per kilogram of body weight daily.
Chondroitin Sulfate: Works alongside glucosamine to retain water in the cartilage matrix, keeping it elastic and shock-absorbent.
MSM (Methylsulfonylmethane): A natural sulphur compound that reduces joint inflammation and supports connective tissue repair.
Omega-3 (EPA and DHA): Powerful anti-inflammatory fatty acids from fish oil. Reduce joint swelling and support overall mobility.
Turmeric Extract (Curcumin): A natural anti-inflammatory used in Ayurvedic medicine for centuries. Pairs well with other joint nutrients for enhanced effect.
Hyaluronic Acid: Maintains the thickness and lubricating quality of synovial fluid inside the joint capsule.
Green-Lipped Mussel: A natural source of glucosamine, chondroitin, and omega-3 in one ingredient. Found in premium supplements.
Collagen Peptides: Support the structural proteins in tendons, ligaments, and cartilage.

A quality tablet combines at least three of these ingredients at clinical doses. If you are exploring options, PetsWorld's health and wellness supplements include formulations designed specifically for senior dogs with joint concerns.

Which Dogs Need Joint Tablets Most

All aging dogs can benefit from joint support, but certain groups face higher risk and need earlier intervention:

Large and giant breeds: Labradors, German Shepherds, Golden Retrievers, Rottweilers, Great Danes, and Saint Bernards carry more body weight on every joint surface.
Breeds predisposed to dysplasia: Hip and elbow dysplasia have strong genetic components in certain breeds. Joint support slows the progression.
Overweight dogs: Every extra kilogram amplifies joint stress. Supplements help, but weight management through proper dog treats and chews portioning and exercise is equally essential.
Active or working dogs: Dogs that have spent years running, jumping, and training accumulate more joint wear than sedentary pets.
Post-injury dogs: Any dog with a previous ligament tear, fracture, or joint surgery faces accelerated degeneration in that joint.
Indian street dogs and Indies: Often adopted as adults with unknown joint history. Early supplementation provides a safety net.

When to Start Joint Care Tablets

The most common mistake is starting too late. Many pet parents wait until their dog is visibly limping before considering joint support. By that point, significant cartilage loss has already occurred.

A practical starting guide by breed size:

Giant breeds (Great Danes, Saint Bernards): age 3 to 4
Large breeds (Labradors, German Shepherds, Rottweilers): age 4 to 5
Medium breeds (Indies, Beagles, Cocker Spaniels): age 6 to 7
Small breeds (Shih Tzus, Pomeranians, Dachshunds): age 7 to 8
Any breed after a joint injury or surgery: immediately, regardless of age

Starting early means the supplement protects cartilage that still exists rather than trying to support a joint that has already lost most of its cushioning. Prevention is always easier, cheaper, and more effective than damage control.

What to Expect After Starting Joint Tablets

Joint supplements are not instant fixes. They work gradually, rebuilding support over weeks and months.

Weeks 1 to 2: No visible change. The ingredients are accumulating in the body.
Weeks 3 to 4: Some dogs show subtle improvements in willingness to walk or play.
Weeks 6 to 8: Most dogs show noticeable improvement in stiffness, particularly in morning movement.
Months 3 to 6: Full effect. Smoother movement, better stamina on walks, and reduced hesitation on stairs.
Ongoing: Consistent daily use maintains results. Stopping the supplement usually brings symptoms back within 4 to 6 weeks.

If you see no improvement after 10 to 12 weeks of consistent use, the dose may be too low, the product may lack effective ingredients, or the joint damage may be too advanced for supplements alone. Consult your vet for reassessment.

The Cost of Doing Nothing

Skipping joint support in an aging dog is not a neutral decision. It has real consequences:

Faster cartilage loss that cannot be reversed
Increased reliance on prescription painkillers with side effects
Higher risk of expensive surgeries like TPLO or total hip replacement
Reduced quality of life: less play, shorter walks, and more pain
Muscle wasting that weakens the entire body, not just the affected limb
Weight gain from reduced activity, which further stresses remaining joints

A monthly investment in quality joint tablets often costs less than a single emergency vet visit for a dog in acute joint pain. Prevention is not just better medicine. It is better economics.

Supporting Joint Health Beyond Tablets

Tablets work best inside a broader care routine. Pair them with these daily habits for the strongest results:

Lean body weight: The single most impactful thing you can do. Less weight means less stress on every joint surface.
Low-impact exercise: Swimming, leash walks, and gentle play protect joints better than fetch on hard surfaces.
Orthopaedic bedding: A firm, padded bed supports joints during rest and reduces morning stiffness.
Warm environments in winter: Cold weather worsens joint stiffness. Keep your senior dog warm during Delhi, Chandigarh, and hill-station winters.
Regular vet checkups: Every 6 months for senior dogs. X-rays and mobility assessments track joint health objectively.

Pairing joint tablets with the right nutrition also matters. Omega-3 rich foods and well-chosen dog treats and chews that include natural collagen or fish-based ingredients add an extra layer of daily joint support through diet.

FAQs

Do joint care tablets actually work for dogs?

Yes, when they contain clinically dosed ingredients like glucosamine, chondroitin, MSM, and omega-3. Most dogs show noticeable improvement in 6 to 8 weeks. Results depend on the severity of joint damage, the quality of the supplement, and consistent daily use.

Can I give joint tablets to a young, healthy dog?

Yes. Large breed puppies and active young dogs can benefit from preventive joint support starting at age 3 to 5. Early supplementation protects cartilage before wear begins, which is far more effective than starting after damage appears.

Are joint tablets safe for long-term daily use?

Quality joint supplements with glucosamine, chondroitin, and omega-3 are safe for years of daily use. Always follow the recommended dose for your dog's weight. Consult your vet if your dog has kidney, liver, or blood clotting conditions.

Can joint supplements replace pain medication for arthritis?

Not always. Joint tablets support structure and reduce mild inflammation. Dogs with advanced arthritis may still need prescribed pain management. However, consistent supplementation often reduces the dose of painkillers needed over time.

Which joint supplement ingredients are most important?

Glucosamine and chondroitin form the foundation. Adding MSM for inflammation, omega-3 for joint lubrication, and hyaluronic acid for fluid quality creates a comprehensive formula. Turmeric and green-lipped mussel are valuable additions in premium products.

Final Thoughts

Joint care tablets are not optional extras for aging dogs. They are practical tools that protect mobility, reduce pain, and add comfortable years to your dog's life. Start early, pick a product with proven ingredients at effective doses, and pair supplementation with lean weight, gentle exercise, and regular vet visits. The earlier you begin, the more cartilage you save. Explore PetsWorld's dog supplements collection for joint care formulations designed for senior dogs in Indian conditions.

Navigating New Beginnings – Behavior Tips for Newly Adopted Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 09:05:03 +0700

By Kaitlyn Azemar, CPDT-KA, DCBEC

Adopting a new dog can be exciting, but it is not without challenge. Many rescue pups come with an unknown background that can affect their behavior. However, a little TLC and training can go a long way towards shaping your new rescue pup into the perfect family companion.

Decompression and Adjustment: The 3-3-3 Rule

Newly adopted dogs often show signs of stress soon after arriving home, which can confuse an adopter who selected their new companion based on the temperament shown at the shelter. Canine experts often cite the 3-3-3 rule, meaning it takes 3 days for a dog to decompress after coming home, 3 weeks for a dog to learn routines, and 3 months for a dog to feel truly at home. During this period, your dog may show out of character behaviors such as reactivity, anxiety, and destructiveness. Behaviors shown during this period are rarely indicative of a dog’s true temperament, and instead a reflection of an unsure dog in an unfamiliar environment. While every dog is different, this guideline is a tried and true way of measuring your new dog’s progress in their new home.

Creating Safety Through Predictability

Dogs thrive on consistency, routine, and predictability. Create a routine for your new family member and stick to it. Feed them at the same time every day. Take only familiar routes when on a walk and keep walking times consistent. Do a short training session or play session at the same time every day. Establish a morning and bedtime routine. This consistency will ease your pup’s anxiety by allowing them to accurately predict what comes next.

Give your dog a safe space in your house to retreat to. A crate, bed, or quiet room in your house can make all the difference. Teach them that when they go to this designated space, no-one will approach, interact with, or otherwise disturb them. This space should be off limits to all children, pets, and members of the household. Knowing they have a safe space to retreat to will help your dog self-regulate and decompress in your home. It can even aid in growing your bond!

Don’t Rush Bonding

While it may be tempting to shower your new family member with all the love, treats, and adventure they can handle, this will likely overwhelm your new pup, which can damage your bond, not grow it. Many rescue dogs need to feel safe before they are ready to embrace their new life with you. Never force interaction with your new pup. Allow them to approach you on their own terms, and do not pet, cuddle, or hug your new pup unless they ask for it. Sit on the floor calmly and ignore your pup until they choose to come in for cuddles. Trust is not built in grand gestures; it’s built in understanding.

While you may want to show off your new furry friend to the world, it is recommended to avoid visits from guests and busy public places for at least the first 3 weeks after taking your new dog home. These first 3 weeks are crucial in building a bond with your new dog and should be focused strictly on building trust and understanding. Once your dog is comfortable in your home, they can safely meet friends and other dogs. Inviting unfamiliar people into your home too early can delay your dog’s progress and make your home an uncertain place for your pup.

Play and training sessions are a great way to build a bond with your new dog. Start with slow, 5-10 minute sessions. Always make sure your dog is having fun and always end the session before your dog loses interest. If they are cowering, showing whale eye, lip-licking, or excessively panting, they are not ready for this step and need more time to decompress.

Expecting and Managing Stress Behaviors

As stated earlier, your dog may show signs of stress shortly after coming home. These behaviors include reactivity, pacing, unable to settle, potty accidents, barking or whining, and destructiveness. These are all perfectly normal and are likely to subside. Whether you’ve brought home a puppy or an adult, these behaviors should be managed by providing a safe space, closely supervising the pup when at home, redirecting unwanted behaviors onto appropriate outlets, and sticking to an established potty schedule.

When training your new family member, use only positive reinforcement techniques. Use treats, praise, and toys to reward calm behavior, eye contact, and teach cues like “sit” and “down.” Never use harsh corrections. Because most rescue dogs have an unknown history, harsh corrections can cause fear responses and damage trust. Studies show that teaching your dog what to do is more effective than correcting what you don’t want them to do.

Lean on Professionals

After the initial adjustment period, you are clear to use professional dog services such as training, daycare, boarding and other pet care services. If any behavioral issues persist, contact a CCPDT or Karen Pryor Certified Professional Dog Trainer to help mitigate these behaviors.

Dogtopia is the trusted name in open play daycare and overnight stay services, and for good reason! Each dog needs to pass an is extensive temperament test, or Meet & Greet, to ensure they are a good fit for open play, and our Canine Coaches are highly trained to help your pup become the best they can be. Daycare at Dogtopia is an excellent way to increase confidence in rescue pups and can aid in successful training and socialization at home. With almost 300+ locations in the United States, “the most exciting day ever” is waiting for you!

Reach out to your local Dogtopia to discuss how we can help you create a wellness routine for your dog today!

The post Navigating New Beginnings – Behavior Tips for Newly Adopted Dogs appeared first on Dogtopia.

Building Canine Confidence: Simple Steps to Help Your Nervous Pup Socialize

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 05:25:05 +0700

By Mikayla Morris, CPDT-KA, DCBEC

What Is Canine Confidence?

Canine confidence is a dog’s ability to feel safe, calm, and self-assured in a variety of situations. Confident dogs tend to show neutral, relaxed reactions around people, other dogs, new environments, unfamiliar noises, handling, and changes in routine. Confidence does not mean a dog is overly outgoing or fearless, it just means they are able to cope with the world without becoming overwhelmed.

How Does Confidence Affect a Dog’s Life?

Confidence plays a major role in how a dog responds to stress, stimulation, and social interaction. Confident dogs are more likely to pause, assess a situation, and respond thoughtfully. Dogs lacking confidence may react impulsively, emotionally, or defensively because their nervous system is already operating in a heightened state. This is why two dogs may respond very differently when placed in the same environment. One dog may remain calm and curious, while another may become fearful or reactive. This is not due to training alone, but because of differences in emotional resilience and confidence.

What Causes a Lack of Confidence?

Both nature and nurture play important roles in a dog’s confidence. Confidence is not something that can be trained if the genetic foundation is not there. While training can build skills, coping strategies, and trust, it cannot completely change a dog’s emotional wiring.

Temperament inherited from a dog’s parents, and breed tendencies are big players in the genetic component of confidence. For example, herding breeds such as Border Collies and Australian Shepherds are often more alert and sensitive by nature, which can make them more cautious or suspicious in new situations. This makes early, thoughtful confidence building especially important for these breeds. Dogs in sporting and working groups, such as Labrador Retrievers and German Shepherd Dogs, tend to be more environmentally confident by nature. However, their parents’ temperament and early life experiences still play a significant role in how confident they are as adults.

A common illustration of genetic confidence can be seen in videos of Malinois puppies confidently navigating obstacle courses that have piles of empty water bottles, require crawling through tunnels, climbing ramps, and jumping off unfamiliar surfaces. These puppies are genetically predisposed to problem-solving and exploring new environments. A puppy not bred for this type of confidence may hesitate, refuse to engage, or attempt to avoid the situation entirely. Neither response is “wrong”, but it does reflect different genetic foundations.

Exercises to Build Confidence

Confidence is not about forcing dogs into uncomfortable situations, it’s about setting them up to succeed, helping them feel safe, and allowing them to build resilience at their own pace. All these games below can be used at different levels for different dogs, but it is always ideal to start small and work your way up!

Things to know:

Confidence building can be stressful for some dogs, keep training sessions short and fun and always end on a “win”! Five to 15 minutes is the sweet spot for most sessions.

Marker – A marker is used to let your dog know exactly when they have completed the desired behavior and to let them know a reward is coming. This is the equivalent as a clicker or “yes” and should be trained separately first.

Reward – Rewards should match what your dog finds reinforcing. If your dog loves balls and isn’t very food motivated, use a ball to reward instead of a treat.

Lure – Having the dog follow the treat or toy into a position.

Check in Game
Builds trust and engagement around different simulation

Start with your dog around a level of distractions they are comfortable with. It is best to start this in a lower distraction area (like in front of your house) and then build up to higher stimulating environments.
When your dog looks at a person/dog/sound wait for them to look back at you, then mark and
Repeat this game until your pup is primarily focused on Depending on your dog you can move to more stimulating environment then or end the session and start again at a later point.

Surface Exploration
Builds resilience

Find a new texture or surface your dog hasn’t interacted with before and attempt to lure them onto the surface. If your dog is very suspicious you can start with just movement toward or looking at the surface.
Reward once they have made contact (even if it is just one foot) and move away from the surface.
Return to the surface and repeat, ideally, we will gradually increase how much the dog is interacting with the surface each time we return.

101 Things to do with a Box
Builds problem solving and independent thinking

Start with an empty box in a room with minimal distractions.
Mark and reward at the first sign of your dog engaging with the box. You are not encouraging or showing your dog what to do. You are just a silent treat dispenser. This could be sniffing the box, looking at the box, or as far as pawing the box.
Reward for engaging with the box until your pup is offering the behavior in expectation for a reward.
Once your pup has learned the game you will pick a different behavior with the box to reward next. This could be putting their front feet in the box, sitting in the box, or biting the box. Continue to reward approximations of the behavior you are hoping for until you get it fully and your dog is now offering it independently.
Make sure your dog fully understands the behavior you are currently rewarding for before moving on to the next. You can repeat this game indefinitely as you continue to come up with new things for your dog to do with the box. Challenge: If you have run out of ideas of new behaviors with the box, change the environment you are working in to help your pup learn to retain focus with more distractions.

Treat Toss Game
Builds recovery and exploration

This game can be played in settings and in combination with the other exercises. This can be used if your dog is nervous about an object or surface.

Start with a treat and toss it a short distance from you and your dog. Your dog will go get the treat and then reward them again to check back with you.
Repeat this with varying the distance, direction, and surface you are tossing the treat.

Here is an example of combining these games to build confidence in a real-life scenario.

Rufus is suspicious of a fallen tree branch on his normal walking path. Toss a treat in the direction of the branch but not too close. Reward your pup for checking in after getting each treat and then toss another treat toward the branch, vary the distance the treat is to the branch and repeat. Once Rufus is comfortable approaching the branch start rewarding for small interactions with the branch. This is similar to the steps in the 101 Things to do with a Box game. As Rufus becomes even more confident around the branch, we can encourage him to step on the branch (as long as it’s stable) or jump over the branch.

The post Building Canine Confidence: Simple Steps to Help Your Nervous Pup Socialize appeared first on Dogtopia.

How Predictable Routines Can Reduce Dog Anxiety

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 01:50:03 +0700

Dogs thrive on consistency, and while they may not have a daily calendar they can follow, they can be highly receptive to patterns in their environment. When their day follows a familiar series of events, it creates a sense of stability that can lower stress and make them feel much more secure since they can anticipate what’s coming next. For dogs who experience anxiety, this structure can make a positive difference in their behavior and overall well-being.

In this post, we help answer:

WHY ROUTINES MATTER TO DOGS

Many of the same reasons why planning your own day can help you feel more in control can apply to dogs as well. Creating consistency in your pup’s day, such as where in your home they eat their meals, when they go potty in the morning, the amount of physical activity they receive, and when they take their rest periods, adds predictability to their day, lowering their anxiety as a result.

HOW PREDICTABILITY CAN HELP REDUCE STRESS & ANXIETY IN DOGS

Predictability plays a major role in how dogs experience their day. When routines are inconsistent or unclear, they may feel unsure about what is coming next, and that uncertainty often leads to stress and increased cortisol levels. For example, if a pup doesn’t know when they’ll be fed or taken out for a walk, they may move through the day in a heightened state of alert, constantly looking for cues, which can make it harder for them to fully relax.

Additionally, without a routine dogs cannot as easily anticipate everyday events. Over time, that lack of clarity can show up in negative behavior stemming from fear, stress, and anxiety. However, when pups can anticipate that their needs will be met through a predictable (not rigid) routine, they don’t have to remain in a state of alert and can feel much calmer and more secure throughout their day.

Think of it like your dog is breathing a sigh of relief because they know they’ll have their breakfast in the morning, dinner in the evening, active play in the afternoon, a potty break before bed, and so on. This knowingness, which is what a routine helps a pup develop, is key to reducing their anxiety.

SIGNS DOGS EXPERIENCE WHEN THEIR DAY IS CONSTANTLY UNPREDICTABLE

An unpredictable day, especially if a pup’s routine is constantly changing, can lead to stress and anxious feelings. Signs can include, but are not limited to:

Restlessness, which can manifest in pacing around the home or being unable to fully relax during quiet moments
Increased whining or barking
Destructive behaviors like digging or chewing on furniture
Sudden clinginess
Loss of appetite

BUILD A DOGGIE WELLNESS ROUTINE TO REDUCE ANXIETY

If you recognize that your dog needs more structure in their day, establish predictable “checkpoints” that will cue to your pup when it’s time for them to participate in specific tasks, which will allow you to build a routine from there.

While you may have waking up, bedtime, and mealtimes down, are you incorporating enough wellness-focused activities into your dog’s day? Keeping your pup active and mentally engaged, especially in ways they can look forward to, can help reduce their anxiety by releasing endorphins and allowing them to expend pent-up energy.

Including exercise and mental stimulation through various activities, along with opportunities for safe socialization with other dogs, can enhance your pup’s overall well-being, boost their confidence, and provide them with a healthy outlet. However, when our own schedules get busy, it can be challenging to find time to create this consistency and establish a wellness routine.

At Dogtopia, our team is here to help you create this routine for your dog. By bringing your pup to daycare during the week, they can start to look forward to playing with friends while staying physically and mentally active with our fun brain games, structured play, and agility-focused exercises.

Reach out to your local Dogtopia to discuss how we can help you create a wellness routine for your dog today!

The post How Predictable Routines Can Reduce Dog Anxiety appeared first on Dogtopia.

Temperature, moisture affect Campylobacter jejuni survival in used broiler litter

Edusehat — Thu, 07 May 2026 01:20:06 +0700

Temperature and moisture levels influence the survivability of Campylobacter jejuni in used broiler litter, according to a study led by Matthew Bailey, PhD, postdoctoral fellow at Auburn University.

“Campylobacter is an important foodborne pathogen and public health threat, causing 1.5 million illnesses annually in the US, as estimated by the CDC,” Bailey explained during his presentation at the 2025 Poultry Science Association Annual Conference. These illnesses are frequently linked to poultry products, prompting him to design studies to identify potential reservoirs and transmission routes associated with common poultry industry practices.

Although Campylobacter is known not to survive well in litter in aerobic conditions, Bailey noted that prior research showed “potential for cross-contamination via litter under certain circumstances.”

Bailey’s earlier work examined the impact of two litter management practices, using sodium bisulfate, which is a litter acidifier for controlling ammonia, and windrow composting, used to reduce microbial load between flocks, on the survivability of C. jejuni.

His current study investigated the reuse of broiler litter and its possible link to the spread of C. jejuni.

Earlier work

In his previous experiment, Bailey worked with two flocks. The first flock was inoculated with C. jejuni to simulate natural contamination of the litter. After growing out, the litter was treated with sodium bisulfate and composted for 19 days before being reused for the second flock.

“For the first flock, we observed high prevalence of C. jejuni in ceca samples at the end of growout. After inoculation on day 7, we had greater than 80% prevalence in ceca samples,” Bailey said. When the second flock was placed on the reused litter, no C. jejuni contamination was detected.

Despite these results, Bailey pointed out that two questions still remained:

No samples were taken while the litter was composted, making it unclear how long C. jejuni survived.
Environmental conditions, such as temperature and moisture, were not recorded during composting, raising questions about how environmental conditions impacted the bacteria.

Current experiment

To address these gaps in the previous experiment, Bailey designed a study to examine temperature and moisture variables:

Temperature: 4° C (39° F), 22° C (72° F), 42° C (108° F) and 60° C (140° F)
Moisture: 15%, 25% and 35%
Litter treatment: sodium bisulfate versus control

He tested 24 treatments. Litter collected from research farm compost sheds was air-dried for 2 weeks, mixed and then portioned into boxes. All the litter was inoculated with a ciprofloxacin-resistant C. jejuni marker strain at 6.91 log concentration. Moisture levels were adjusted with sterile water. The boxes were maintained in temperature-controlled environments, including a refrigerator, incubators and at room temperature.

“Every 24 hours, we took a composite 10-gram sample and placed those onto Campy Cefex, an agar that is used to isolate Campylobacter and supplemented the agar with ciprofloxacin for our marker strain. We also enriched the sample in Neogen Campylobacter enrichment broth and then streaked this mixture onto Campy Cefex,” Bailey explained.

The research team repeated the experiment three times, then calculated the averages for initial moisture levels and C. jejuni populations.

Results

For the current experiment, Bailey noted that “Only one treatment showed recoverable C. jejuni after 24 hours, with the starting moisture of 9.28% after drying.” He added that “the treatment was the lowest temperature (4° C), paired with the 35% high moisture level and no sodium bisulfate.” He recovered a 3.7 log concentration of C. jejuni on average after 24 hours, a similar result across all three trials.

After 48 hours, the same treatment resulted in an average 2.54 log concentration of C. jejuni, and after 72 hours, the bacterium was recoverable only by enrichment. And after 95 hours, no Campylobacter was recovered from any of the treatments.

These results demonstrate that “low temperature and high moisture levels can be beneficial to C. jejuni survival,” he said. “This indicates that if you have proper litter treatment, you should be able to mitigate Campylobacter in reused litter.”

Bailey emphasized the importance of downtime revealed in his experiment. “We demonstrated that C. jejuni survived for up to 3 days. With windrow composting, the downtime will be longer,” he explained. Additionally, he noted that sodium bisulfate demonstrated strong mitigation potential, as no C. jejuni was recovered in any trial with sodium bisulfate treatment.

Survival of C. jejuni was limited to approximately 3 days and only under cool, moist and untreated conditions.

Future study

Bailey explained that his study had limitations, one of which was that they examined only culturable cells. “It is possible that we could get survival longer than 3 days if we looked at the nonculturable bio cells,” he said. He also suggested using propidium monoazide, a dye used with PCR to differentiate viable from non-viable organisms.

Additionally, resazurin, a blue dye that can track C. jejuni movement in cultural medium, could be used to further study the bacterium. However, “its use might be limited by the microaerophilic nature of Campylobacter,” he said. Bailey also suggested conducting more controlled live-animal studies and commercial field trials.

Finally, Bailey expressed interest in studying caked litter because of its higher moisture content. “People tend to take the easy samples and skip over the caked litter, which could be an overlooked reservoir.”

The post Temperature, moisture affect Campylobacter jejuni survival in used broiler litter appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Integrating Genomic Selection into Pacific Oyster Breeding Program

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 22:10:10 +0700

Australian Seafood Industries (ASI) is transitioning from traditional family-based selection to a fully operational genomic selection framework. Working in collaboration with the Center for Aquaculture Technologies (CAT), and the University of Tasmania, this work represents an advanced implementation of genomics in a commercial molluscan breeding program. Initial analyses suggest meaningful improvements in selection accuracy, particularly for traits that are difficult or expensive to measure directly.

What is Genomic Selection, and Why Does It Matter?

Genomic selection is a method that uses dense DNA marker information to predict the genetic potential of individual animals. In practical terms, it allows us to make more accurate breeding decisions earlier and with greater precision.
Traditional family-based breeding relies on estimated breeding values (EBVs), which are based on family performance. While effective, this approach limits resolution, particularly for complex traits like disease resistance or thermotolerance, because it cannot distinguish between individuals within the same family.
Genomic selection addresses this by calculating genomic estimated breeding values (GEBVs) at the individual level. This enables within-family selection and allows us to capture genetic variation that was previously inaccessible.
The transition to genomic selection allows the ASI program to capture unrealised genetic gain that already exists within the population. It also removes the constraint of selecting the best families, enabling identification and propagation of the highest-performing individuals within those families, fundamentally increasing the rate of genetic improvement.

Henry Hewish, General Manager, ASI

From Traditional Breeding to Genomics-Driven Decisions

ASI’s breeding program has historically delivered steady genetic gains in traits such as growth rate, survival, shell shape, and condition. The transition to genomic selection is expected to significantly accelerate these gains by improving selection accuracy.
Initial analyses already suggest meaningful improvements, particularly for traits that are difficult or expensive to measure directly. Importantly, genomic selection also supports the maintenance of genetic diversity by enabling selection across a broader range of families, an essential factor for long-term sustainability and resilience.

Building the Foundation: Data and Models

Over the past year, ASI, CAT, and the University of Tasmania have established a multi-year reference population that combines phenotypic and genomic data. This dataset underpins genomic prediction models and ensures accurate GEBVs across traits and environments.

Broodstock populations have also been genomically characterised, with pedigree verification and genotype imputation to a common marker set. These data are integrated into single-step genomic best linear unbiased prediction (GBLUP) models, which combine genomic and pedigree information while maintaining continuity with historical data.

ASI© Broodstock preparing for Genotyping – tagged

Adapting Operations for Genomic Selection

Implementing genomic selection requires more than new data, it requires operational change. Tissue sampling, tagging, and genotyping workflows have been aligned with commercial hatchery timelines. At the same time, spawning protocols have shifted from family-based to individual-based designs.

Why Oysters Are Well Suited to Genomic Selection

The scientific basis for genomic selection is well established. In terrestrial livestock, it has become the dominant breeding approach due to its ability to increase accuracy and accelerate long-term genetic gain.
Oysters are particularly well suited to these methods due to their high fecundity. However, molluscan systems also present unique challenges, including:

The need for lethal phenotyping for certain traits
Strong genotype-by-environment interactions
Complex disease pressures such as Pacific Oyster Mortality Syndrome (POMS)

Despite these challenges, the ASI program has made strong progress since POMS reshaped breeding objectives in 2013.

Early Results and What Comes Next

Early results are promising. Genomic prediction models for survival and performance traits are now in place for both South Australian and Tasmanian populations, supported by thousands of genotyped individuals and hundreds of parental families.

Looking ahead, the next phase will focus on validating realised genomic gains under commercial conditions and refining prediction models as more data are incorporated. The ultimate goal is to deliver consistent, measurable improvements in productivity and robustness for oyster producers.

Bridging Research and Industry

What makes this work particularly significant is that it represents a shift from genomic selection as a research concept to a routine commercial tool.

The ASI program demonstrates that, with the right infrastructure and data pipelines, genomic selection can be implemented at scale in molluscan aquaculture.

This collaboration represents a significant step forward for shellfish genetics. By combining rigorous scientific methodology with practical implementation, the collaborative program is helping to bridge the gap between research and industry, shaping future approaches to Oyster breeding.

The post Integrating Genomic Selection into Pacific Oyster Breeding Program appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe of CAT

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 22:10:08 +0700

Q: Debbie, let’s start with a fundamental question. What is the difference between genetic modification and genome editing?

Q: Why have many regulators treated genome editing differently from GMOs?

This shift is important not just from a regulatory perspective, but also for building confidence more broadly, as regulatory clarity is often the foundation for acceptance of new technologies.

Q: You mentioned SDN-1. Can you explain what that means?

Q: What does this all mean for commercial aquaculture operations?

Q: What does the typical regulatory pathway look like for genome-edited products today?

Q: So, how is CAT supporting clients through this advancing landscape?

Ultimately, our focus is on creating a clear and efficient path to market.

Q: Looking ahead, where do you see genome editing in aquaculture over the next five years?

The post Regulatory Pathways and the Road to Commercialization of Genome Editing in Aquaculture: A Conversation with Debbie Plouffe of CAT appeared first on CAT-Center for Aquaculture Technologies.

Best Treats for Dogs With Sensitive Stomachs

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 21:35:05 +0700

Finding the right treat for a dog with a sensitive stomach can feel like solving a puzzle blindfolded. One wrong ingredient and the next 24 hours are spent cleaning up messes, watching your dog refuse food, or dealing with gas that clears an entire room. For Indian pet parents, the challenge gets harder when heat, humidity, and limited label transparency make every new treat a gamble.

This guide takes a different approach. Instead of listing random products, it walks you through a practical framework for choosing treats that actually agree with your dog's gut. You will learn how to read ingredient panels, which protein and carb sources are gentlest, what to avoid completely, and how to test new treats safely. Whether you buy from PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection or bake at home, these principles apply to every treat decision you make.

Why Some Dogs Have Sensitive Stomachs

A sensitive stomach is not a diagnosis. It is a pattern. Your dog reacts poorly to certain foods, ingredients, or treat types that other dogs handle without issue. The causes range widely:

Food intolerances: The body struggles to digest specific proteins, grains, or additives
Food allergies: The immune system overreacts to a particular ingredient, often chicken, beef, dairy, or wheat
Poor gut microbiome: An imbalance in gut bacteria weakens digestion and increases sensitivity
Low enzyme production: Some dogs produce fewer digestive enzymes, making rich or fatty treats harder to process
Environmental stress: Indian monsoon humidity, summer heat, and sudden weather shifts can unsettle even healthy guts

According to the American Kennel Club, food sensitivities are among the most common reasons pet parents visit the vet. Identifying and avoiding trigger ingredients is often more effective than medication for mild cases.

How to Recognise a Sensitive Stomach

Before choosing treats, confirm that sensitivity is actually the issue. Watch for these recurring patterns:

Loose stools or diarrhoea within hours of eating a specific treat
Vomiting, especially soon after snacking
Excessive gas or loud stomach gurgling
Itchy ears, paw licking, or skin redness alongside digestive trouble
Appetite changes without other illness
Mucus in stools or occasional straining

If these signs appear after specific treats but not after regular meals, the treat itself is likely the problem. If symptoms persist regardless of what your dog eats, consult your vet to rule out parasites, infections, or chronic conditions.

The 5-Point Framework for Choosing Sensitive Stomach Treats

Use this framework every time you evaluate a new treat for your sensitive dog.

1. Start With a Single Protein Source

Multi-protein treats make it impossible to identify triggers. Single-protein treats contain just one meat source, which makes tracking reactions simple. If your dog tolerates fish but reacts to chicken, a single-protein fish jerky tells you exactly what is working.

The gentlest proteins for most sensitive Indian dogs are:

Fish (salmon, sardine, or whitefish)
Lamb
Duck
Turkey
Rabbit (available through specialty brands)

Chicken and beef are the most common allergens in dogs. If your dog has never been tested, start with a novel protein they have not eaten before.

2. Keep the Ingredient List Under Five Items

Every added ingredient is a potential trigger. The cleanest treats have 1 to 3 ingredients. Anything beyond 5 starts adding risk. Read the back of the pack, not the front. Marketing language like natural, wholesome, or vet approved means nothing without a short, transparent ingredient list.

3. Avoid These Ingredients Completely

Sensitive stomachs react most to:

Wheat, corn, and soy (common fillers that trigger gut inflammation)
Dairy products (many dogs are lactose intolerant)
Artificial colours like Red 40, Yellow 5, and caramel colour
BHA, BHT, and ethoxyquin preservatives
Added sugar, corn syrup, or glycerine
Onion powder, garlic powder, and xylitol (all toxic to dogs)

The ASPCA warns that several common treat additives, particularly xylitol, are dangerous even in small quantities. For a sensitive dog, even mild irritants in the ingredient list can cause outsized reactions.

4. Match the Treat to the Digestive Challenge

Different gut issues need different solutions:

Loose stools: Pumpkin-based treats add soluble fibre that firms up digestion
Gas and bloating: Low-fat, grain-free treats reduce fermentation in the gut
Allergic skin reactions: Novel protein treats (duck, fish, rabbit) bypass common triggers
General sensitivity: Probiotic-infused treats or plain boiled protein are the safest starting points
Post-antibiotic recovery: Probiotic chews rebuild gut flora after medication courses

5. Test One New Treat at a Time

Never introduce two new treats in the same week. Give one small piece, wait 24 to 48 hours, and observe stool quality, energy, and skin. If everything stays normal over 5 to 7 days, the treat is safe to add to your rotation. If symptoms appear, stop and try a different option.

Best Treat Categories for Sensitive Stomachs

These categories consistently agree with sensitive dogs across breeds and climates:

Single-Ingredient Freeze-Dried Meat

Pure meat, gently freeze-dried to preserve nutrients. No fillers, no additives, no processing heat. Fish, lamb, and duck varieties are the gentlest. Break into small pieces for training or reward use.

Dehydrated Sweet Potato Chews

High in soluble fibre, naturally sweet, and extremely gentle on the gut. Sweet potato firms up loose stools and provides slow-release energy. Available as dried rounds or sticks. A reliable option in PetsWorld's dog treats and chews range for dogs with carbohydrate sensitivities.

Pumpkin-Based Biscuits

Pumpkin is famous for settling dog stomachs. Treats made with pumpkin puree and a gentle grain like oats or ragi provide both fibre and flavour without triggering most sensitivities. Avoid versions with added sugar or wheat flour.

Fish Skin Chews

Crunchy, grain-free, and rich in omega-3 fatty acids. Fish skin supports both gut health and coat quality. Most sensitive dogs tolerate fish well, making these one of the safest chew options. They also last longer than soft treats, adding dental scraping benefits.

Limited-Ingredient Commercial Treats

Several brands now offer hypoallergenic or limited-ingredient treat lines with under 5 components. Look for options listing a single named protein and one or two binding agents like chickpea flour or tapioca starch. Skip anything with vague terms like meat meal or animal digest.

Plain Boiled Protein (Homemade)

The simplest and cheapest option. Boil plain chicken breast, lean mutton, or fish fillet without salt, oil, or spices. Cut into small cubes and refrigerate. Use within 5 days. These homemade bites are the ultimate elimination-diet treat because you control every ingredient.

Probiotic-Infused Soft Chews

Treats containing live probiotics or prebiotics actively improve gut flora. Useful for dogs recovering from antibiotics, recurring stomach upsets, or monsoon-related digestive stress. Explore PetsWorld's health and supplements range for probiotic options that combine gut support with treat-like palatability.

Indian Climate Considerations

India's weather adds extra layers to sensitive stomach management:

Monsoon: Humidity spoils treats faster and worsens gut infections. Store all treats in airtight jars. Refrigerate meat-based options. Discard anything that smells off.
Summer: Heat reduces appetite and increases dehydration, which worsens digestive sensitivity. Offer frozen treats like curd cubes or chilled sweet potato rounds.
Winter: Dry air and reduced water intake can cause mild constipation. Pumpkin and fibre-rich treats help keep things moving.

Buy smaller packs more often rather than stockpiling. Fresh treats are always safer for sensitive dogs.

Keep a Simple Treat Log

For dogs with ongoing sensitivity, a treat log is one of the most useful tools you can keep. Note the following after every new treat:

Brand and flavour
Ingredients (photograph the back of the pack)
Date introduced
Stool quality over the next 48 hours
Any skin, ear, or energy changes

Within a month, you will have a clear map of what works and what does not. Share this log with your vet during checkups for faster, more accurate dietary guidance.

FAQs

What protein is easiest on a dog's stomach?

Fish, lamb, and turkey are generally the gentlest proteins for sensitive dogs. Chicken and beef are the most common triggers for food allergies and intolerances. If your dog has never tried a specific protein before, it qualifies as a novel protein and is less likely to cause a reaction.

Can sensitive stomach dogs eat any commercial treats?

Yes, but only if the treats have a short ingredient list, a single named protein, and no artificial colours, preservatives, or common allergens like wheat, corn, soy, or dairy. Limited-ingredient and hypoallergenic treat lines are specifically designed for these dogs.

Are grain-free treats always better for sensitive dogs?

Not always. Some sensitive dogs react to specific grains like wheat but tolerate oats or rice perfectly well. Grain-free treats help dogs with confirmed grain sensitivities, but the real priority is a short, clean ingredient list rather than a grain-free label.

How long should I wait before deciding if a new treat is safe?

Give a new treat in small amounts over 5 to 7 days. Monitor stool quality, appetite, skin, and energy. If no symptoms appear, the treat is safe to continue. If loose stools, vomiting, or itching develops, stop immediately and try a different option.

Are homemade treats safer than store-bought for sensitive dogs?

Often yes, because you control every ingredient. Plain boiled chicken, sweet potato rounds, and pumpkin-oat biscuits are simple, clean recipes. However, well-formulated limited-ingredient commercial treats from trusted brands are equally safe and far more convenient.

Final Thoughts

Sensitive stomachs do not mean your dog has to miss out on treats. They just need the right ones. Use the five-point framework, stick to single-protein and limited-ingredient options, avoid common trigger ingredients, and test one treat at a time. Keep a simple log, adjust for Indian seasons, and consult your vet for persistent issues. With patience, you will build a rotation of 3 to 4 safe treats your dog loves. Start with clean, gentle options from PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection and pair with gut-friendly picks from the health and supplements range for a complete approach to sensitive stomach care.

Royal Agrifirm Group completes acquisition of Hamlet Protein

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 17:45:10 +0700

Royal Agrifirm Group today announces the successful completion of its acquisition of Hamlet Protein, a global leader in specialty soy-based protein ingredients for young animal nutrition.

With the transaction now closed, Hamlet Protein becomes part of Royal Agrifirm Group’s Specialties business. The acquisition further strengthens Agrifirm’s portfolio of high-value nutritional solutions and its strategic focus on early-life nutrition.

Bas van Driel, Group Director Specialties at Royal Agrifirm Group, commented: “With the transaction now completed, we are pleased to welcome Hamlet Protein to our company. This step strengthens our Specialties business and our ability to support our valued customers with differentiated, science-based nutritional solutions.”
Hamlet Protein is internationally recognized for its highly digestible soy-based ingredients that support gut health and consistent early-life performance. Its patented processing technology and strong quality standards complement Royal Agrifirm Group’s nutritional expertise, scientific capabilities, and global market presence.

Source: Royal Agrifirm Group press release

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global Brings More Than 35,500 Industry Professionals, the Largest Attendance in the Event’s History

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:26 +0700

By Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

With over 52,980 net square meters of exhibit space, the 32^nd edition brought together 2,290 exhibiting companies from 85 countries, offering seafood professionals a premier platform to connect in person, conduct business and discover the latest industry developments.

The next Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global will be held in Barcelona from 20-22 April 2027.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, the world’s largest and most diverse seafood trade event, concluded its 32^nd edition with more than 35,500 seafood professionals in attendance. Over the course of three days, suppliers, buyers and industry stakeholders from around the globe gathered to exchange insights, explore innovations and address the key opportunities and challenges shaping the future of the sector.

This year’s edition represented the largest in the event’s history in terms of attendance and exhibit space with more than 2,290 exhibiting companies from 85 countries and 65 national and regional pavilions, covering more than 52,980 net square meters of exhibit space. Held at Fira de Barcelona’s Gran Vía venue, the expo spanned halls 1 through 5, as well as the galleria between halls 4 and 5. The event is estimated to have generated an economic impact exceeding USD 188.22 million for the city.

The strong international presence underscored the global reach of the expo, with a diverse representation of countries including Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Greece, Iceland, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Morocco, Norway, Netherlands, South Korea, Turkey, the United Kingdom, United States, Vietnam and more. The event also welcomed delegation visits from around the world including the Department of Agriculture, Livestock and Fisheries of the Government of Catalonia; the Ministry of Fisheries Canada; the Icelandic Ministry of Industry and Innovation; the Ministry of Fisheries of Ireland; the Norwegian Ministry of Fisheries and Maritime Policy; the Consulate of South Korea in Las Palmas; the Spanish Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food; the United Kingdom’s Minister of Food Safety and more.

“The energy and high level of engagement across the exhibition floor at this year’s edition clearly highlighted the value of in-person connections for the industry as a whole,” said Wynter Courmont, Group Vice President, Seafood at Diversified. “Participants from across the value chain took advantage of the event to reinforce existing relationships, explore new business opportunities and stay ahead of the trends shaping the future of the seafood industry.”

Exhibitors at Seafood Expo Global presented a wide range of seafood products, including fresh, frozen, canned, value-added, processed and packaged offerings, highlighting innovation across all categories. Meanwhile,Seafood Processing Global brought together companies covering the full spectrum of processing solutions, from packaging materials and machinery to refrigeration systems, processing equipment, sanitation technologies, transport, logistics, quality control services and more.

High-volume buyers of seafood from retail, foodservice and distribution took part in this year’s Key Buyer program. Companies included Aeon Topvalu Co., Ltd. (Japan), Aldi (Austria, Belgium, Germany, Portugal, Spain), Aramark & Avendra International (Spain), Bidfood (Czech Republic, Hong Kong SAR, Italy, Lithuania, Netherlands, Poland, Slovakia, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom), Carnival UK (United Kingdom), Carrefour (France, Spain, Turkey), Elior (France, Italy, United Kingdom), Gategroup (Luxembourg, Spain), HelloFresh (Germany, Netherlands, United Kingdom), Kura Sushi (United States), Lidl (Finland, Germany, Greece, Netherlands, Spain), Mercadona (Spain), Metro (France, Germany, Hong Kong SAR, Hungary, Italy, Moldova, Romania, Serbia, Turkey), Pomona PassionFroid (France), Sodexo (France, Italy, United Kingdom), Sysco (France, Hong Kong SAR, Ireland, Italy, United Kingdom), Viking Cruises (Andorra, Germany, Switzerland), Wonderfield Group (Spain, United Kingdom) and more.

Industry Trends, Innovation and Knowledge Exchange

The conference program offered seafood professionals a comprehensive look at the industry from every angle, spanning sustainable sourcing and supply chain transparency, responsible aquaculture and fisheries innovation, worker welfare and brand-driven business growth among others. Sessions ranged from expert discussions on responsible marine ingredient sourcing, ESG-driven innovation in blue food systems, meaningful worker engagement across seafood supply chains, how strategic branding and category creation are redefining commercial growth beyond commodities and more.

A highlight of the program was the keynote address, “High Stakes, Shifting Tides: The Global Outlook on Seafood, Trade, Economic Pressure Points and Opportunities,” delivered by Dr. Nomi Prins, economist and geopolitical strategist. Her presentation provided a forward-looking analysis of the economic forces influencing the global seafood market and how companies can capitalize on new trade paths and product diversification to meet robust demand in 2026.

A major new feature of this year’s edition was the of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone, a dedicated space focused on the future of aquaculture. The zone included an Innovation Theater with product pitches, programming and networking opportunities. The new area brought together companies, startups and researchers working on solutions in areas such as fish health, water quality monitoring, AI-driven analytics and sustainable production systems.

Awards, Networking and Event Highlights

The Seafood Excellence Global Awards celebrated the best products represented at the expo, with 35 finalists from 16 countries. Vičiūnai Group (Lithuania) and Frais Embal (France) received the top distinctions. Vičiūnai Group was awarded Best Retail Product for Smoked Herring Slices – Natural Flavor, while Frais Embal earned Best HORECA Product for its Salmon Roll.

The networking events “Connecting Women in Seafood” and “Aquaculture Meet-Up” brought together professionals from across the sector to exchange experiences, foster inclusion and build stronger industry connections.

Among the event highlights was the culinary demonstration “The Mediterranean Sea, Our Pantry,” led by Michelin-starred Barcelona chef Albert Raurich, who presented a unique fusion of Mediterranean and Japanese culinary techniques.

Attendees also enjoyed the lively oyster shucking competition, as well as daily product showcases and tastings, including the Seafood Excellence Global Awards display.

In line with its commitment to sustainability and community support, Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global partnered with el Banc dels Aliments (the Barcelona Food Bank) to collect seafood donations from exhibitors.

Looking ahead, the next Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global will take place in Barcelona from 20-22 April 2027, at Fira de Barcelona’s Gran Vía venue. For further information visit www.seafoodexpo.com/global.

About Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

Seafood Expo Global and Seafood Processing Global make up the world’s largest seafood trade show. Thousands of buyers and sellers from around the world attend the three-day annual event to meet, connect, and do business. Buyers include importers, exporters, wholesalers, restaurants, supermarkets, hotels, and other companies in the retail and foodservice sectors. Exhibitors showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, processing and packaging machinery, and services for the seafood industry. SeafoodSource.com is the official media of the event. The organizer is Diversified, the international leader in seafood events and media. www.seafoodexpo.com/global

About Diversified

Diversified is a global B2B events and media company that strengthens business communities by fostering a space, in person and online, for professionals and businesses to connect and grow. The company serves as a trusted partner across several industries including active lifestyle, business management, clean energy, commercial marine, healthcare, seafood, technology and more. The company’s global seafood portfolio of expositions and media includes Seafood Expo North America/Seafood Processing North America, Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, Seafood Expo Asia/Seafood Processing Asia and SeafoodSource.com. Established in 1949 and headquartered in Portland, Maine, the global company has divisions and offices around the world in Australia, Canada, Hong Kong and the United Kingdom. Diversified is a third-generation, family-owned business. For more information, visit: www.divcom.com.

Australia’s Black-Market Seafood Problem: A Failure of Compliance, Traceability and Accountability

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:21 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association

Australia likes to present itself as a world leader in fisheries management. In many respects, that claim is justified: our stocks are often well assessed, harvest strategies are strong, and the science base is better than in many countries. But the recent NSW crackdown on black-market seafood in Sydney restaurants is a reminder that even the best systems fail when compliance is weak and illegal trade is tolerated for too long.

The NSW operation inspected 15 premises across Sydney and found illegal or improperly labelled abalone in seven of them. Officers seized 106 abalone, including frozen black lip abalone and dried abalone, with an estimated retail value far above the modest quantity seized. More importantly, the government itself stated that the estimated illegal, unreported and unregulated catch of abalone in 2025/26 was 30 tons, and that legal commercial catch had to be reduced by 12% because of poaching pressure. That is not a marginal issue. That is resource theft at scale.

For consumers, black-market seafood is not an abstract regulatory breach. It is a direct attack on trust. When a restaurant buys illegal product, the customer is not just being sold something they did not order; they are being pushed into a chain of false claims, hidden provenance, and unknown safety risks. Illegal seafood may bypass food handling rules, shellfish monitoring, labelling requirements, and traceability obligations. In practical terms, that means consumers can end up paying premium prices for product that has no verified origin, no legitimate chain of custody, and no assurance that it was handled under proper hygiene controls.

This is especially damaging because Australia’s seafood industry depends heavily on reputation. Licensed commercial fishers, aquaculture producers, processors and wholesalers invest significant money in compliance, traceability, tagging, reporting, and biosecurity. Illegal operators undercut all of that. They avoid license costs, avoid quota constraints, and avoid the record-keeping required to demonstrate legality. The result is unfair competition against lawful operators and pressure on the communities that depend on them.

The NSW case also exposes a broader policy weakness. If a government can tell us that 30 tons of abalone are being lost to illegal activity, then a three-day compliance blitz is clearly not enough on its own. Strong enforcement matters, but enforcement has to be continuous, intelligence-led and backed by modern traceability systems. If buyers know there is a significant chance they will be detected, the market dries up. If not, the black market simply adapts.

The black market is not confined to one species or one state. Queensland has faced repeated concerns about black jewfish, a species prized for both flesh and swim bladder. ABC reporting in 2019 described black jewfish swim bladders as fetching between USD 500 and USD 900 per kilogram, with commercial catch rising rapidly over a short period and regulators worried about a stock collapse. Earlier Queensland parliamentary material also noted the species’ vulnerability to overfishing because of its large size, high value, and predictable aggregations. WA has seen repeated prosecutions involving illegal sales of rock lobster, abalone and recreationally caught fish, including substantial fines and license suspensions.

Victoria’s fisheries compliance system is also moving in the wrong direction. Recent restructuring at the Victorian Fisheries Authority has reduced frontline fisheries officers, closed stations and shifted resources toward “engagement” at the expense of on-water enforcement, just as illegal take and black-market activity require more, not less, scrutiny. That raises a serious question for seafood consumers: if there are fewer officers checking catches, landings, restaurant supply and traceability, how will the public know the law is actually being enforced?

Commercial quotas and management settings already assume a degree of illegal take, but that does not make smuggling acceptable; it simply means consumers and legitimate operators are paying the price for weak compliance. The problem is compounded by a ministerial and portfolio environment increasingly shaped by recreation, climate and outdoor-activity priorities, which are not always compatible with the harder realities of commercial fishing and aquaculture. In that context, Victoria’s seafood consumers deserve clear assurance that legal supply chains are being protected and that the public interest is not being subordinated to recreational politics.

The lesson is simple: illegal seafood trade is not a victimless side hustle. It is organized theft from a shared resource. It harms consumers, damages legitimate businesses, undermines sustainability, and erodes the public’s faith in the entire seafood sector. It also weakens the credibility of governments that claim to have some of the world’s best fishery managers. If management is so strong, why are illegal products still finding their way into restaurants, wholesalers and back-of-house supply chains? Where is the audit between production/harvest and food safety/sustainability?

For the Seafood Consumers Association, the answer is not to weaken commercial fisheries or punish law-abiding operators with more red tape. The answer is to protect the legal market. That means stronger point-of-sale verification, mandatory purchasing records, tighter restaurant traceability obligations, more visible penalties for buyers as well as sellers, and routine intelligence-led inspections in high-risk species and high-risk venues. It also means public education, because consumers should be able to expect that a seafood meal is legal, traceable and safe.

There is also a reputational issue. Australia promotes its seafood as premium, safe and sustainable. That claim is only credible when governments are willing to confront illegal trade honestly and consistently. A one-off crackdown may generate headlines, but the real test is whether the illegal supply chain is closed, not merely interrupted. Until then, the black market will continue to drain community resources and punish the honest businesses that do the right thing.

Australia’s fisheries and aquaculture system is built around a cost-recovery model, meaning licensed commercial operators and quota holders effectively help pay for the management, research and compliance systems that regulate their industries. That makes illegal take and black-market seafood especially damaging. It is not just theft from the resource, but theft from a system that honest operators are already funding. When smuggling, poaching or unrecorded sales go unchecked, the burden falls on law-abiding fishers, consumers and the public purse, while illegal product undercuts legitimate supply chains and weakens confidence in the credibility of Australia’s seafood governance.

The seafood sector does not need slogans. It needs compliance, transparency and enforcement with teeth. Consumers deserve nothing less.

Seafood Consumers Association: CEO, Roy Palmer

Email: seafoodsdg@outlook.com Phone: +61 492825012

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Salmon Producer Bakkafrost Achieves 100% ASC Certification

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:11 +0700

• After the Faroe Islands, the Group now reaches the same standard in Scotland

• The company recently entered in the Global 100 Most Sustainable Companies list by Corporate Knights

Bakkafrost Group proudly announced that the Company is now 100% ASC certified across its entire salmon farming operations in both Faroe Islands and Scotland. They achieved full Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC) certification in the Faroe Islands in 2020 following several years of dedicated and focused work. In Scotland, the Group is now reached the same standard, making an important milestone for the business and our long-term commitment to responsible aquaculture.

The ASC certification is one of the most rigorous and globally recognized standards for environmental and social responsibility in aquaculture. For Bakkafrost achieving 100% ASC certification demonstrates the Group’s commitment to producing salmon with the highest standards of environmental care, responsible farming, fish welfare and social responsibility with full traceability across the value chain.

“Reaching 100% ASC certification across the Group is a significant milestone for Bakkafrost. It reflects the hard work of our teams and our commitment to responsible salmon farming, high standards, and continuous improvement in everything we do,” said Anna Johansen, Group QESH Director at Bakkafrost.

Independent Assurance

But the benefits of the certification are also for customers and consumers, as the certification provides independent assurance that salmon from Bakkafrost comes from operations that are independently audited against recognized standards for responsible farming. It strengthens trust in the company’s approach to sustainability, fish welfare, transparency across our operations.

Reaching 100% ASC certification across the Group is an important milestone and reflects our continued commitment to responsible salmon farming, high standards, and continuous improvement across all our operations.

It strengthens trust in the company’s approach to sustainability, biosecurity, transparency, and continuous improvement. From now on, they said, Bakkafrost Group will continue to prioritize responsible growth, innovation, and leadership in sustainability as the business develops its operations in both regions.

Bakkafrost enters Global 100 Most Sustainable Companies list by Corporate Knights

Some weeks ago, Bakkafrost has been named in the Corporate Knights 2026 Global 100 list, the annual ranking of the world’s most sustainable companies. In the 2026 Global 100, Bakkafrost is ranked 83rd worldwide and 2nd in the Food and Beverage Manufacturing Group. The Global 100 list is compiled by the research and media company Corporate Knights and was published at the annual World Economic Forum meeting in Davos.

Inclusion in the 2026 Global 100 reflects continued, organization-wide work to strengthen sustainable performance across operations and the value-chain. The list highlights sustainable performance and reflects Bakkafrost‘s strategy of ensuring that every part of the value chain meets the highest international standards for sustainability and transparency. Bakkafrost aims to use resources responsibly, minimize environmental impact, respect people, and create value for stakeholders and society.

The Corporate Knights Global 100 is an annual ranking of the world’s 100 most sustainable companies. It assesses publicly traded companies with revenues above USD 1 billion and highlights measurable performance linked to companies’ products and services. The 2026 Global 100 list is available on Corporate Knights’ website: 2026 Global 100 list.

Top Quality Salmon Products

Bakkafrost is a leading producer of superior quality salmon from the Faroe Islands and Scotland. They offer a wide range of healthy and nutritious salmon products from their own facilities. 2The cool and steady sea temperatures of the North Atlantic Current in the Faroe Islands and Scotland provides perfect conditions for raising healthy and robust Atlantic salmon,” they say.

Bakkafrost is one of the world’s most vertically integrated salmon farming companies. Bakkafrost controls all aspects of production – from feed to finished value added products. This ensures unrivalled traceability and consistent high quality. Their longstanding experiences in the seafood industry and their focus on providing their customers with top quality salmon products has made Bakkafrost well reputed as a reliable and responsible partner.

“We are committed to maintaining the highest standards in relation to fish welfare, sustainability and sound stewardship of the environment. We are dedicated to providing consumers worldwide with top quality tasty and nutritious salmon products,” they assure.

BioMar Strengthens R&D at ATC Hirtshals to Support New Species and Global Growth

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 07:20:05 +0700

• While initially focused on cold-water species, they already conducted successful trials with yellowtail kingfish and are now including species like barramundi

• The research center has 15 experimental trial units, 27 recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS) and more than 350 tanks

BioMar reported that they are expanding their research and development activities at its Aquaculture Technology Centre (ATC) in Hirtshals, Denmark, to support the introduction of new species into its global portfolio. As the company grows into new markets, the need for targeted scientific research on key species such as yellowtail kingfish and barramundi is increasing, strengthening BioMar’s ability to deliver species-specific nutritional solutions worldwide.

ATC Hirtshals is the largest research facility within BioMar and one of the most advanced aquaculture research centers in Europe. The site includes 15 experimental trial units, 27 recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS), and more than 350 tanks, enabling controlled and large-scale testing across a wide range of species and life stages.

“Expanding into new species is a natural step as aquaculture continues to evolve,” said Simon Wadsworth, Global R&D Director at BioMar. “Our role is to generate the scientific knowledge needed to support farmers with reliable, well-documented nutritional solutions adapted to each species and production environment.”

The planned projects will focus on developing feeding strategies, improving biological performance, and strengthening predictive performance models for barramundi. This work will contribute to building operational knowledge that can be transferred across regions and production systems.

Leading Position in High-Value Marine Species

ATC Hirtshals has a strong track record working with major species such as salmon, trout, seabass and seabream throughout the different stages of their life cycle, including the hatchery stage at the Larviva Hatchery Hub. BioMar holds a leading position in high-value marine species, with more than 30 years supplying seabass and seabream producers and around 20 years of dedicated nutritional trials at Hirtshals covering the full production cycle.

Over the years, this work has spanned nutritional requirements, raw material documentation, environmental challenges and feeding optimization, building the deep, long-standing expertise in Mediterranean marine species that provides a solid foundation for developing and validating feed solutions across BioMar‘s global markets.

While initially focused on cold-water species, ATC Hirtshals has increasingly expanded its work with warm-water species. In recent years, successful trials have been conducted with yellowtail kingfish, a species of growing global importance and of relevance for our business in Europe and Australia.

Building on this experience, BioMar is now expanding its research portfolio to include several new key species, where the first step is barramundi. This species represents a key opportunity in several targeted markets, particularly in Australia and southeast Asia, and will be the focus of upcoming innovation at our Hirtshals facility.

Integrated Into the Global Innovation Framework

For his part, David Whyte, Managing Director of BioMar Australia, comments: “For BioMar Australia, barramundi and yellowtail kingfish are two of the most promising species in Australian aquaculture. They are central to the growth of the country’s warm-temperate and tropical sector and we need to support the fish’s nutritional requirements under Australia’s range of production systems and environments. Our commitment to the success of Aquaculture in our region is underpinned by the exciting work planned at Hirshals”.

According to them, thanks to this expansion in its R&D scope, “BioMar continues to reinforce its ability to support customers across a broader range of markets. The work carried out in Hirtshals is integrated into BioMar’s global innovation framework, ensuring that insights generated at the centre contribute directly to feed development and performance optimization worldwide.”

Bored birds? Researchers are exploring boredom as a potential welfare concern in poultry

Edusehat — Wed, 06 May 2026 03:25:04 +0700

By Chloe “Leo” Phelps, Virginia Tech and Leonie Jacobs, PhD, Virginia Tech

Boredom is a negative emotional state that may be caused by barren environments. Therefore, it may be a welfare concern for poultry that are raised in barren conditions.

However, researchers have conducted few investigations into this emotional state. Approaches to detect boredom in other species may provide practical methods for quantifying boredom in poultry.

What is boredom?

Figure 1. A group of chicks in an experimental pen. Besides food, water, litter, and pen mates, other resources are lacking. Photo credit: Leo Phelps, Virginia Tech.

Boredom is an unpleasant emotional state resulting from an unfulfilled motivation for sufficiently stimulating experiences.¹ This means that three criteria must be met for the experience of boredom: 1) a desire or “want” for an experience or activity, 2) an environment which fails to meet that desire, and 3) discomfort experienced from the unmet desire.² To date, it is unclear whether poultry experience boredom. While boredom is sometimes argued to be a result of modern human lifestyles, it is likely that this state is shared with domesticated and farmed species living in our care.

Boredom in livestock, including poultry, receives less attention than some other negative psychological states such as fear, anxiety, and depression, possibly because it has been perceived as less severe.² However, it may be no less harmful. Bored people have an increased risk of anxiety and depression, poor health, and mortality.^3,4 In rodents and cattle, boredom was linked to sensation seeking, excess inactivity, and stereotypic behaviors.^5–8 Boredom can also increase an animal’s behavioral response to all types of stimuli, including negative ones. Boredom can be a long-lasting negative state and can therefore have significant health and welfare consequences when it is inescapable.

Do poultry have the capacity for boredom?

For poultry to experience boredom, they must have the capacity for each of the characteristics in the definition of boredom. Poultry have wants, needs, and preferences, indicating they can desire certain experiences or activities. It is likely that these desires can go unfulfilled in an under stimulating environment, like in barren housing conditions on farms.^9,10 This could lead to a negative emotional state¹¹. Thus, poultry may meet the three criteria for boredom.

Poultry desire experiences and activities

The motivation of birds to perform specific natural behaviors is well-demonstrated. For example, some motivated behaviors in poultry include foraging and dust-bathing. Strong motivations for these behaviors have been demonstrated through the birds’ willingness to pay a cost to access opportunities for these behaviors^12,13 and their continued performance of the behavior regardless of environmental conditions.^14–17 Birds also demonstrate increased performance of the behavior if they are temporarily prevented from it, which shows that their motivation continues to increase with a lack of performance.¹⁸ If birds cannot perform these specific behaviors, they may experience negative affective states such as frustration.^19,20

A parallel can be drawn between the motivation for these specific behaviors and the motivation for activity or stimulation more generally. Broilers appear to have a preference for novel items that stimulate exploration and provide sensory stimulation and will actively engage with such stimuli.²¹ They entered spaces with novel items faster than empty spaces,²² which may indicate greater motivation for environments with more stimulation and options for engagement. Finally, they preferred complex, moving screensavers over those that were simpler,²³ which similarly demonstrates a desire for sensory stimulation. If a lack of varied stimulation can cause a negative state, similar to how a lack of foraging can cause frustration, this would mean that they are experiencing boredom.

Poultry wants and needs may go unfulfilled in understimulating environments

Poultry are commonly raised in understimulating or monotonous environments as most commercial environments provide access to feed, water and flock mates, but not much else. These environments provide few sensory stimuli and few behavioral opportunities compared to the natural environments in which the ancestors of poultry species evolved. These barren environments lead to increased negative states such as anxiety, fear, and chronic stress while adding complexity (and therefore behavioral opportunities and stimulation) can decrease the birds’ experiences of these states.^24–26 It may be the case that, similar to in humans, boredom may be a contributing factor to the increased anxiety and depression experienced in barren environments. More complex environments meet the birds’ behavioral motivations, including the motivation for behavioral variety and stimulation, leading to less boredom, reduced overall negative states, and therefore better welfare. Several PEC Poultry Press articles have discussed the importance of environmental complexity for poultry welfare such as Issues 13, 52, and 57.

How can boredom be assessed?

Scientific investigation into this topic has only just begun, and more research will be needed to help further understand this topic. To demonstrate that boredom in poultry exists, researchers may use behavioral indicators as cues to infer their internal emotional state.

Research in other species can help identify behavioral indicators that may be useful to identify boredom in poultry. Mink housed in barren cages were abnormally inactive and they were more motivated to contact novel objects, even those that would typically be aversive, compared to an enriched group.^7,28 Cattle in unenriched environments were similarly more inactive and spent more time seeking stimulation than those housed with enrichments.⁶ Motivation to contact any type of stimuli, including normally aversive ones, is a promising measure for boredom because motivation for any stimulation not just specific or positive stimulation differentiates boredom from other negative emotions such as frustration and apathy. While all three can be elicited by behavioral deprivation, frustration refers to a negative response to a specific expectation being violated while apathy involves a lack of any motivation.^29–31

Research into this topic has only just begun in poultry. However, some ongoing research funded by the organization Kinder Ground^32,33 is investigating using motivation to contact aversive objects as a measure for boredom in broiler chickens. This study aims to replicate the findings in mink to demonstrate the possibility of boredom in broilers (Figure 2). Boredom tests may have potential for integration into welfare assessment protocols to determine impacts of new enrichment types, ensuring that this negative state is prevented.

Figure 2. The novel stimuli test may be key to detect boredom in broilers raised in barren environments, compared to those in complex environments. Here, the positive object is a hay bale, the neutral object is a cone, and the negative object is a puff of air. We hypothesize that bored broilers will interact with all objects equally, because ‘any stimulation’ is better than nothing. They would show a short latency to approach all objects. In contrast, the contented broilers will mostly engage with the positive object.

Summary: Boredom in poultry

Boredom is an emotional state defined by an unpleasant unfulfilled desire for an experience or activity, likely induced by a barren environment.
Boredom may be a welfare concern in poultry because they appear to be motivated to interact with novelty, show preferences, and are commonly housed in barren environments.
Providing animals with positive, neutral, and negative novel items could be developed into a test to detect boredom.
Understanding boredom in poultry can help determine the impacts of housing conditions, especially related to environmental complexity.

Works cited

Bench, S. W. & Lench, H. C. On the Function of Boredom. Behav. Sci. 3, 459–472 (2013).
Burn, C. C. Bestial boredom: a biological perspective on animal boredom and suggestions for its scientific investigation. Anim. Behav. 130, 141–151 (2017).
Britton, A. & Shipley, M. J. Bored to death? Int. J. Epidemiol. 39, 370–371 (2010).
Li, J., Kaltiainen, J. & Hakanen, J. J. Job boredom as an antecedent of four states of mental health: life satisfaction, positive functioning, anxiety, and depression symptoms among young employees – a latent change score approach. BMC Public Health 24, 907 (2024).
Hintze, S., Maulbetsch, F., Asher, L. & Winckler, C. Doing nothing and what it looks like: inactivity in fattening cattle. PeerJ 8, e9395 (2020).
Russell, A. L., Randall, L. V., Eyre, N., Kaler, J. & Green, M. J. Novel enrichment reduces boredom-associated behaviours in housed dairy cows. JDS Commun. https://doi.org/10.3168/jdsc.2023-0475 (2024) doi:10.3168/jdsc.2023-0475.
Meagher, R. K. & Mason, G. J. Environmental Enrichment Reduces Signs of Boredom in Caged Mink. PLoS ONE 7, e49180 (2012).
(PDF) The concept of animal boredom and its relationship to stereotyped behaviour. ResearchGate https://www.researchgate.net/publication/286694799_The_concept_of_animal_boredom_and_its_relationship_to_stereotyped_behaviour (2025).
Marino, L. Thinking chickens: a review of cognition, emotion, and behavior in the domestic chicken. Anim. Cogn. 20, 127–147 (2017).
Riber, A. B., van de Weerd, H. A., de Jong, I. C. & Steenfeldt, S. Review of environmental enrichment for broiler chickens. Poult. Sci. 97, 378–396 (2018).
Fraser, D. & Duncan, I. J. H. ‘Pleasures’,’Pains’ and Animal Welfare: Toward a Natural History of Affect. Anim. Welf. 7, 383–396 (1998).
Olsson, I. a. S. & Keeling, L. J. The Push-Door for Measuring Motivation in Hens: Laying Hens are Motivated to Perch at Night. Anim. Welf. 11, 11–19 (2002).
Bubier, N. E. The behavioural priorities of laying hens: the effect of cost/no cost multi-choice tests on time budgets. Behav. Processes 37, 225–238 (1996).
Rodenburg, T. B. et al. The prevention and control of feather pecking in laying hens: identifying the underlying principles. Worlds Poult. Sci. J. 69, 361–374 (2013).
Nørgaard-Nielsen, G. & Vestergaard, K. Dustbathing Behaviour of Uropygial Gland Extirpated Domestic Hens. Acta Vet. Scand. 22, 118–128 (1981).
Olsson, I. a. S. & Keeling, L. J. Sham dustbathing and use of dustbaths in furnished cages for laying hens. Proc. Br. Soc. Anim. Sci. 2002, 224–224 (2002).
Vestergaard, K. S., Damm, B. I., Abbott, U. K. & BildsøE, M. Regulation of dustbathing in feathered and featherless domestic chicks: the Lorenzian model revisited. Anim. Behav. 58, 1017–1025 (1999).
Weeks, C. A. & Nicol, C. J. Behavioural needs, priorities and preferences of laying hens. Worlds Poult. Sci. J. 62, 296–307 (2006).
Zimmerman, P. H., Koene, P. & van Hooff, J. A. R. A. M. Thwarting of behaviour in different contexts and the gakel-call in the laying hen. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 69, 255–264 (2000).
The vocal expression of feeding motivation and frustration in the domestic laying hen, Gallus gallus domesticus – ScienceDirect. https://www-sciencedirect-com.ezproxy.lib.vt.edu/science/article/pii/S0168159100001362?casa_token=4PXaaPzahtgAAAAA:Gmdt2OJjHBMRctGlz-KuDV9KzxauDYrdk35cZqGc6kBe1PcECAi_Owx7TgZkuOu_uB5giftODn4.
Forkman, B., Boissy, A., Meunier-Salaün, M.-C., Canali, E. & Jones, R. B. A critical review of fear tests used on cattle, pigs, sheep, poultry and horses. Physiol. Behav. 92, 340–374 (2007).
Newberry, R. C. Exploratory behaviour of young domestic fowl. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 63, 311–321 (1999).
Clarke, C. H. & Jones, B. R. Domestic Chicks’ Attraction to Video Images: Effects of Stimulus Movement, Brightness, Colour and Complexity. Int. J. Comp. Psychol. 13, (2000).
Silva, M. I. L. da et al. Behaviour and animal welfare indicators of broiler chickens housed in an enriched environment. PLOS ONE 16, e0256963 (2021).
Effect of Environmental Complexity and Stocking Density on Fear and Anxiety in Broiler Chickens. https://www.mdpi.com/2076-2615/11/8/2383 (2025).
Anderson, M. G. et al. Effect of Environmental Complexity and Stocking Density on Fear and Anxiety in Broiler Chickens. Animals 11, 2383 (2021).
Campbell, A. M., Anderson, M. G. & Jacobs, L. Measuring Chronic Stress in Broiler Chickens: Effects of Environmental Complexity and Stocking Density on Immunoglobulin-A Levels. Animals 13, 2058 (2023).
Meagher, R. K., Campbell, D. L. M. & Mason, G. J. Boredom-like states in mink and their behavioural correlates: A replicate study. Appl. Anim. Behav. Sci. 197, 112–119 (2017).
Mason, G. J. & Burn, C. C. Frustration and boredom in impoverished environments. Anim. Welf. 114–138 (2018) doi:10.1079/9781786390202.0114.
Meagher, R. K. Is boredom an animal welfare concern? Anim. Welf. 28, 21–32 (2019).
Duncan, I. J. Behavior and behavioral needs. Poult. Sci. 77, 1766–1772 (1998).
Bored Broilers. Kinder Ground https://kinderground.org/our-efforts/bored-broilers/.
Elizabeth, J. & Reimert, I. ISAE 2025 Conference Proceedings. 4-8 August 2025 Utrecht, The Netherlands.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Bored birds? Researchers are exploring boredom as a potential welfare concern in poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

All the whey with whey

Edusehat — Tue, 05 May 2026 20:25:06 +0700

FrieslandCampina Ingredients is investing more in its whey operations, citing the global demand for high-value whey proteins, which continues to grow across sports nutrition, lifestyle nutrition and specialised medical applications. The worldwide requirement for higher protein products continues apace, so the Netherlands-based dairy giant is putting €90 million into its Borculo plant, along with the company’s buy of the US company Wisconsin Whey Protein.

However, as a recent salmonella recall in the US of finished products containing whey powder, not to mention the ongoing cereulide-containing infant formula recalls globally, reminds everyone that having safe food ingredients is key to the safe food chain. Without the safeguards in place, up and down the line, it becomes a matter of endangering public health. Once this occurs, getting one’s ingredients from a supplier on the other side of the world suddenly seems less like a good idea. A company’s reputation can be damaged by a failure by an ingredient that gets into the finished product, but is not reliable.

That being said, the demand for whey continues. The global market was estimated to be US$9.35 billion in 2025, according to industry analysts Market Data Forecast, and is expected to see a compound annual growth rate of 8.1% through 2032. Rather interestingly, it is the older segments of the population who are demanding it to preserve muscle tissue, according to the report. The US based Council for Responsible Nutrition says that 43% of US adults regularly consume protein supplements, which are usually whey based. (www.marketdataforecast.com/market-reports/whey-protein-market)

So, this shall be interesting for the international whey market. As we all get older, we’re not just looking for longevity, but healthy lives for longer. Whey containing products, which are used for infants and athletes, are being added to the older generations’ diets, in many formats.

The post All the whey with whey appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

The influence of moisture on salmonella control in feed processing

Edusehat — Tue, 05 May 2026 20:20:06 +0700

by Ivan Ilič, Application Manager EW Nutrition GmbH

Choosing the right strategy

During global client visits, I frequently observe that the primary objective of a process is disconnected from the subsequent steps and final actions. Choosing a strategy is sometimes done paradoxically – like putting worn-out winter tires on a vehicle just because they are cheap and available in your garage, and then attempting to race in the Paris-Dakar rally. To succeed, you must choose the right race or use the proper equipment; anything else is a waste of time and energy without meaningful results. Let’s examine heat treatment and Salmonella control in feed processing as a prime example.

Moisture is not merely a percentage point in the final product; it is a fundamental component of high-quality feed. While much has been written about its influence on pellet quality, energy efficiency, and starch gelatinization, its role extends much further. Moisture is one of the most critical parameters influencing the effectiveness of Salmonella control in feed manufacturing. Its impact is observed across multiple stages, including thermal treatment, chemical control using organic acids, and post-processing stability during storage and handling.

Thermal processing and microbial resistance

From a thermal processing perspective, moisture directly affects the heat resistance of Salmonella. In low-moisture environments, such as dry feed (10–11% moisture), Salmonella cells exhibit significantly increased thermal resistance. This is primarily because reduced moisture stabilizes cellular structures and limits heat-induced damage. As demonstrated by Gautam et al. (2020), decreasing moisture leads to increased survival of Salmonella during heat exposure. Consequently, higher temperatures or longer retention times are required to achieve equivalent microbial reduction in dry feed.

In contrast, the presence of moisture – especially in the form of steam during conditioning – enhances heat transfer and increases microbial susceptibility. Coe et al. (2022) showed that effective reductions (>6 log₁₀) of Salmonella in feed could be achieved under hydrothermal conditions, confirming that temperature, moisture, and time must be considered together. Moisture facilitates protein denaturation within bacterial cells and disrupts membrane integrity, significantly improving the lethality of heat treatment.

The role of organic acids

Moisture also plays a key role in the efficacy of organic acids used for Salmonella control. Organic acids act primarily through their undissociated form, which penetrates bacterial cell membranes. This mechanism is highly dependent on the presence of water. Liquid acids, already in an aqueous phase, are immediately active and capable of rapid antimicrobial action. Powder acids, on the other hand, require moisture for dissolution, diffusion, and activation. Under dry conditions, their antimicrobial effect is delayed or reduced; however, in conditioned feed, they can approach the efficacy of liquid acids.

When comparing powder versus liquid acids, it is important to distinguish between immediate efficacy in feed hygiene and biological efficacy in the bird. Liquid acids are typically more effective for rapid feed decontamination because they distribute more readily and do not require the same degree of moisture activation. Powder acids and salts may be less aggressive, easier to handle, and more stable during storage, providing a longer-lasting effect against recontamination. However, their performance depends heavily on feed moisture, conditioning, and release characteristics.

In the bird, protected or coated acids may outperform free liquid acids in later gut segments because they are designed to survive the upper digestive tract. Therefore, the definition of ‘better’ depends on the target: surface/feed kill, residual feed hygiene, or gut modulation. Direct comparative evidence remains limited, so this distinction should be viewed as a mechanistic interpretation rather than a universal ranking.

Balancing hygiene and nutritional quality

The interaction between heat treatment and organic acids also affects broiler performance. Research by Goodarzi Boroojeni et al. indicates that thermal processing severity changes nutrient digestibility. Their work shows that harsh conditioning can reduce ileal nutrient digestibility, while organic acid inclusion can improve early feed efficiency and help maintain performance. This is a vital practical point: the most aggressive hygienization strategy is not necessarily the best biological strategy. A feed mill can reduce microbial risk but may lose nutritional value if the thermal load is excessive.

Additionally, moisture improves the distribution and penetration of acids into microenvironments where bacteria may be protected, such as within dust particles or organic matrices. However, excessive moisture can dilute acids and reduce their local concentration. As in many aspects of processing, balance is the key.

Post-process hygiene and recontamination

Reviews of Salmonella in feed manufacturing emphasize that even heat-treated feed may become contaminated again via dust, coolers, conveyors, or storage. While moisture and heat determine the success of the initial ‘kill step,’ post-process hygiene determines whether those gains are maintained. This is why chemical control measures are usually discussed as complements to – not replacements for – hydrothermal processing and mill hygiene.

Practical conclusions

Moisture acts as both an enabler and a risk factor. It enhances heat and acid efficacy during processing but can increase microbial risk if not properly managed after production. Effective Salmonella control requires an integrated approach. The research supports three practical conclusions:

Moisture significantly enhances the effectiveness of heat treatment; dry feed protects Salmonella and increases its thermal resistance.
Moisture influences acid efficacy, with powder forms being more moisture-dependent than liquid forms for rapid action.
Organic acids can support animal performance, particularly body weight gain and feed efficiency.

With products like Surf-Ace, we can achieve increased pellet output, improved conditioning, enhanced durability of the pelleted feed, reduced fines formation, and improved overall quality of the final feed product. However, the best feed hygiene strategy is not to rely on one tool alone, but to also integrate controlled moisture, appropriate thermal treatment, organic acid application, and strict post-pellet hygiene into a single cohesive system. We just need to select the right tools to achieve the results we want.

References

Abd El-Ghany, W. A. (2024). Applications of organic acids in poultry production: An updated and comprehensive review. Agriculture, 14(10), 1756. https://doi.org/10.3390/agriculture14101756

Coe, N., Wei, S., Little, C., & Shen, C. (2022). Thermal inactivation of Salmonella surrogate, Enterococcus faecium, in mash broiler feed pelleted in a university pilot feed mill. Poultry Science, 104(5), 104998. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2025.104998

Gautam, M., Lian, K., Jin, Y., Steinbrunner, P., & Tang, J. (2020). Water activity influence on the thermal resistance of Salmonella in soy protein powder at elevated temperatures. Food Control, 113, 107160. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.foodcont.2020.107160

Goodarzi Boroojeni, F., Mader, A., Knorr, F., Vahjen, W., & Zentek, J. (2014). The effect of different thermal processing methods and carbohydrate sources on performance, nutrient digestibility and the intestinal microbiota of broiler chickens. Poultry Science, 93(5), 1152–1162. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps.2013-03632

Polycarpo, G. V., Burbarelli, M. F., Carão, A. C., Merseguel, C. E., Dadalt, J. C., Magalhães, R., … & Albuquerque, R. (2017). Effects of organic acids, probiotics and antibiotics on performance, gastrointestinal pH, and intestinal morphology of broiler chickens. Poultry Science, 96(1), 127–134. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps/pew270

Tomičić, Z., Čabarkapa, I., Čolović, R., Đuragić, O., & Tomičić, R. (2019). Salmonella in the feed industry: Problems and potential solutions. Journal of Agronomy, Technology and Engineering Management, 2(1), 130–139.

Van Immerseel, F., Russell, J. B., Flythe, M. D., Gantois, I., Timbermont, L., Pasmans, F., … & Ducatelle, R. (2006). The use of organic acids to combat Salmonella in poultry: A mechanistic explanation of the efficacy. Avian Pathology, 35(3), 182–188. https://doi.org/10.1080/03079450600711045

The post The influence of moisture on salmonella control in feed processing appeared first on EW Nutrition.

The dynamics of global meat production. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 – Part 2: imports

Edusehat — Tue, 05 May 2026 20:05:09 +0700

A preceding article documented the development of global meat¹ exports (Windhorst, 2026). This follow-up article analyses the dynamics in meat imports.

Between 1970 and 2023, global meat exports rose from 4.0 million mt² to 43.2 million mt, an increase of almost 980%. Looking at the development of the import volumes separately by meat type (Figure 1), it can be seen that they grew almost in parallel. However, it is noteworthy that imports of cattle meat exceeded those of pig meat and poultry meat until the end of the 1990s. In the following two decades, poultry meat and pig meat alternated several times in the top position. The sharp rise in pig meat imports towards the end of the last decade was a result of the outbreaks of African swine fever in Asia. This article will analyse both the longer-term development and the dynamics since 2000 in detail.

Figure 1 – The development of global cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat imports between 1970 and 2023 Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Long-term development – Parallel dynamics

An analysis of meat import development between 1970 and 2023 shows a remarkable parallelism in the three meat types considered here (Figure 1). However, the absolute and relative growth rates differed considerably. In 1970, the import volume of cattle meat was about twice as high as that of pig meat and almost four times higher than that of poultry meat. Cattle meat accounted for 58.2% of total imports of the three meat types, pig meat for 29.8% and poultry meat for 12.0% (Table 1). Until 2023, poultry meat imports grew by 14.6 million mt, or a thirtyfold increase, pig meat imports by 13.7 million mt, more than tenfold. Although cattle meat showed the lowest absolute growth at 10.7 million mt, it still increased almost fivefold compared with 1970. The different dynamics resulted in considerable changes in the shares of meat types in total meat imports. While the share of poultry meat roughly tripled, that of cattle meat almost halved. It is striking that pig meat recorded a significant increase in market share between 1970 and 2020. This distribution pattern was still largely present in 2023. However, as can be seen from Table 1, it differed in 2020 from that in 2000 and 2023. The reasons for this will be discussed in more detail in a later section of the paper.

Table 1 – Change in the share of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat in global meat imports between 1970 and 2023; data in %
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

Medium-term development – Momentum continues

In the next step, it will be analysed how meat imports developed between 2000 and 2023. Table 2 shows that the momentum continued during this period. The import volume increased by a total of 22.5 million mt. Imports of pig meat and poultry meat more than doubled, while cattle meat imports rose by 96.4%. The largest absolute increase, at 8.2 million mt, was in poultry meat, while the highest relative increase, at 122.9%, was in pig meat.

Table 2 – The varying development of global imports of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat between 1970 and 2023
Source: FAO data.

Looking at the continents, there are notable differences (Figure 2). Asia took the unchallenged lead with an increase in meat imports of 11.1 million mt, followed by Europe with 5.9 million mt and Central and South America with 3.9 million mt. Surprisingly, the two North American countries recorded a significantly lower growth of only 727,000 mt. High domestic production and self-sufficiency were the decisive reasons for the low imports.

Figure 2 – The absolute change of global meat trade at continent level and by meat type between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

In terms of cattle meat, Asia ranked first with an increase in imports of 5.3 million mt, well ahead of Europe and Central and South America. Imports from the other continents were insignificant in comparison. Regarding pig meat, Europe and Asia had equal imports of 3.0 million mt each, followed by Central and South America with 1.7 million mt. Here, too, the import volumes of the other continents were comparatively small. Asia and Europe also took the leading positions in poultry meat. It is worth noting that Central and South America and Africa imported almost equal quantities of poultry meat, at 1.6 million mt each. The high imports of Central and South America are surprising, as the continent was in the leading position in exports with an increase of 4 million mt in the same time period. A detailed analysis at country level would show that Brazil had a high export surplus, while Mexico and some other countries in Central and South America had to import poultry meat to supply their populations.

The dynamics observed during the period under review can best be documented by the relative growth rates. Figure 3 compares developments at continent level and by meat type. The highest relative increase in cattle meat imports showed Asia at 274.7%, followed by Oceania at 59.2% and Central and South America at 54.8%. Significantly lower growth rates were achieved in the other continents.

Figure 3 – The relative changes in global cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat imports between 2000 and 2023 by continent
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

The highest growth rate for pig meat showed Central and South America at 463.0%. This was followed by Africa at 379.3%, Oceania at 336.9% and Asia at 205.5%. Growth rates were much lower in Europe and North America. Both continents had a high degree of self-sufficiency. A detailed analysis at country level would show that in Africa it was mainly the non-Islamic countries that increased their imports. In Oceania, the rapidly rising per capita consumption led to increased imports, particularly by New Zealand, Australia and Papua New Guinea.

At first glance, it is surprising that Africa achieved the highest growth rate of 480.4% for poultry meat. This was mainly due to the increased demand from Islamic countries in North Africa. In Oceania, imports have risen particularly since 2019 as a result of the COVID-19 epidemic. At 255.7%, Central and South America saw the highest relative increase among the continents with a large production volume. At first glance, the high growth rate in North America is surprising. This can be explained by the massive outbreaks of avian influenza in 2022 and 2023, which made imports necessary to supply the population. Imports by the USA rose by around 160,000 mt or 839% between 2020 and 2023 alone.

Figure 4 documents the role of each continent in the development of global meat imports between 2000 and 2023. Asia’s dominant position in meat imports is reflected in its 48.8% share. Europe and Asia had almost equal shares in pig meat imports. Both continents occupied the top two positions for all three meat types, with Asia’s exceptional position in cattle meat imports being particularly noteworthy. It is remarkable that Central and South America ranked third overall and for individual meat types, while North America played only a minor role in meat imports. This can be explained by the large domestic production and the resulting high degree of self-sufficiency.

Figure 4 – The share of the continents in the increase of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat meat imports between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Short-term developments – Animal diseases and the COVID-19 pandemic

The analysis of the development of imports of the three meat types considered here shows that the dynamics of pig meat imports was interrupted between 2020 and 2023. Imports fell by 1.4 million mt, or 8.8%. In contrast, imports of cattle meat and poultry meat continued to rise, with cattle meat imports increasing by 1.1 million mt and poultry meat imports by 1.4 million mt (Table 3). Cattle meat imports grew particularly in Asia, poultry meat imports in Europe.

Table 3 – The development of global meat imports between 2020 and 2023 by continent and meat type
Source: own calculation based on FAO data.

The development of pig meat imports was largely determined by the dynamics in Asia. Here, imports decreased by 2.5 million mt or 35.7%. This sharp decline is attributable to China’s successful efforts to combat African swine fever. While China’s imports fell by 2.6 million mt, they continued to rise in some countries in Southeast Asia (Malaysia, Philippines) due to ongoing new outbreaks of the disease. South America recorded a sharp increase in imports of 731,000 mt, or 54.0%. Of this, 533,000 mt were accounted for by Mexico alone.

Europe shared more than two-thirds in the 1.4 million mt increase in poultry meat imports. Although imports by other continents were significantly lower, they reached 208,000 mt in Central and South America and 110,000 mt in Asia. The highest relative growth rate showed Oceania, at 24.5%. Europe’s high imports reflect the change in consumer behaviour during the COVID-19 epidemic. Because most restaurants and canteens in schools and universities were closed, more meals were prepared in private households.

Conclusion and outlook

The preceding analysis showed that global meat trade was remarkably dynamic in both the long and medium term. Imports of the three meat types considered here rose almost in parallel between 1970 and 2023, reflecting the growing global demand for meat. Since 2020, however, an interruption occurred in the dynamic development of pig meat imports, while cattle meat and poultry meat imports grew at a considerable level. In addition to the COVID-19 pandemic, which significantly changed consumer consumption and purchasing behaviour, outbreaks of avian influenza in North America and the successful control of African swine fever in China resulted in considerable changes in trade flows.

As demand for meat will continue to rise significantly in the current decade, an increase in meat trade can be expected. Central and South America in particular will be able to expand its share in world trade. Whether Europe will be able to import less meat in the future will depend on the ability of the farmers to prevent major outbreaks of avian influenza and African swine fever. Asia, whose meat production is also threatened by highly infectious diseases, is likely to continue importing large quantities of cattle meat and pig meat. North America’s role in meat trade will depend primarily on whether the spread of avian influenza in poultry meat herds can be prevented. A new epidemic that has been emerging since September 2025 is expected to cause supply problems not only for eggs but also for poultry meat. Africa will in future play an increasingly important role in meat imports because its rapidly growing population, combined with a middle class with a greater purchasing power, will demand more meat on the world market.

Data sources and additional literature

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations. (n.d.). FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). China’s role in meat production and trade. Fleischwirtschaft International, (3), 8–13.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). ASEAN – The dynamics of the meat industry in a hardly recognized economic area. Zootecnica International, 46(11), 28–35.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Dynamics and structure of meat production and meat trade in the USA between 2019 and 2023: Part 2. Meat trade. Meatingpoint, (60), 6–10.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Oceania – Disadvantage of peripheral location. Fleischwirtschaft International, (1), 14–21.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2026). The dynamics of global meat production. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 – Part 1. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 1, 20–26.

Windhorst, H.-W. (in preparation). The dynamics of the global meat trade. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 – Part 3: exports. Zootecnica Poultry magazine, 4.

¹ Only the three most important meat types, beef, pork and poultry, are considered; the data for beef includes buffalo meat.

² 1 mt = 1,000 kg.

Canadian Dairy XPO 2026 Showcases Youth Engagement, Global Influence and Record Growth

Edusehat — Tue, 05 May 2026 13:05:08 +0700

Over 17,000 attendees across two days — The Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food, Heath MacDonald, attended the trade fair — Country pavilions and international groups from Germany, Netherlands, Ireland and Australia
The Canadian Dairy XPO (CDX) returned April 1–2, 2026, in Stratford, Ontario, delivering another high impact two-day event that brought together Canadian dairy producers, industry leaders and international innovators. The Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food in Canada, Heath MacDonald, attended the opening ceremony and toured the trade show. During his visit, Minister MacDonald highlighted the strong “pride in dairy” displayed throughout the Canadian Dairy XPO and across Canada’s innovative dairy sector.

With record engagement across youth, education, and global participation, CDX continues to strengthen its position as Canada’s premier dairy industry event. Attendance at CDX 2026 reached unprecedented levels, with 9,800 attendees on day one, marking the highest single-day attendance in CDX’s 12-year history – followed by 8,100 on day two, for a total of 17,900 attendees across the two-day event. The Canadian dairy industry is consolidating at a rate of 2.6 percent per year, so stable CDX attendance speaks to the impact this event has both nationally and internationally.

CDX, which takes place annually, presents technical solutions for Canadian dairy producers, ranging from milking technologies, nutrient management, forage equipment, genetics, nutrition and pharmaceuticals. The event attracts 350 exhibitors and includes a comprehensive technical program with numerous presentations, in depth discussions, and networking opportunities.A standout trend of this year’s show was the continued growth of youth engagement, an encouraging signal for the future of the Canadian dairy industry. “CDX 2026 drew an incredible number of young dairy producers, engaging in buying decisions and participating in every aspect of the event,” said Jordon Underhill, Director DLG Markets North America Exhibitions. “As dairy operations grow in scale, there is a need to retain the family unit to operate them. In youth we see the future and the future looks bright for the Canadian dairy industry.”

Youth-focused programming played a central role in the event, with Youth Day on day two featuring a highly attended “Dairy Showing Clinic and Fitting Clinic” in the aptly named Cow Coliseum. These hands-on learning opportunities continue to build skills and confidence among the next generation of dairy producers.Fundraising efforts at CDX 2026 once again delivered strong results for 4-H and Junior Farmers, highlighted by record-breaking grilled cheese and milkshake sales. These initiatives raise important funds that help foster the next generation of dairy producers. This fundraising success would not be possible without the generous support and product donations from Gay Lea Foods and Chapman’s Ice Cream.

International influence was another defining feature of CDX 2026, as the event expanded its global showcase with dedicated country pavilions and themed experiences. “The international flair at this year’s CDX was undeniable with large tour groups attending from Australia and Ireland,” said Jens Kremer, Managing Director of DLG Markets. “From the German and Netherlands pavilions to the Irish-themed DairyFEST, we brought a global perspective to CDX that added culture, innovation, and new ideas for Canadian dairy producers.”

The “Calves for a Cause sale” saw significant growth in 2026, with gross sale revenues increasing by 31 percent over the previous year. Gross sales climbed from $370,805 CAD in 2025 to $484,248 CAD in 2026, representing a significant donation to the Children’s Health Foundation. For the first time, the sale sold fresh cows that were displayed in the “Genetics in Motion Showcase” by four leading AI companies. Live and frozen genetics were sold across Canada and the United States, highlighting the sale’s growing reach. The high seller was a red Holstein, Lot 20, which sold for $19,000 to Alphie Stoltzfus of Gap, Pennsylvania. Another highlight was Jersey Lot 36, which sold for $11,500 to a member of the Eramosa 4-H Dairy Club. This purchase will become part of a TVO documentary titled “The Show Ring,” following the 4-H member and calf throughout the entire 2026 show season.The “Canadian Dairy Business Summit”, held one day prior to CDX, also returned for another successful year, with over 100 attendees – increasing by 20 percent – in its new location, on site at CDX. Building on this momentum, organizers plan to continue the Summit in 2027 with expanded programming, including afternoon sessions specifically tailored to exhibitors participating at CDX.

CDX would not be possible without the continued support of its Founding Partners, including Grand Valley Fortifiers, Progressive Dairy, Diamond V, Baker Tilly, and BVL, along with the many sponsors and exhibitors who bring innovation and energy to the XPO each year. “Looking ahead, we invite the industry to mark their calendars for the 13th edition of the Canadian Dairy XPO April 7-8, 2027, in Stratford, Ontario,” concluded Underhill.

About the Canadian Dairy XPO
CDX was incepted in 2013 and is located in Stratford, Ontario, the heart of Canada’s dairy production. DLG (German Agricultural Society) acquired CDX from North American event organizer Underhill Enterprise Inc. in June 2024 and established its subsidiary DLG Markets North America in Elora, Ontario. Set up to manage DLG’s activities across the continent, the subsidiary aims to provide North American farmers with access to technical solutions and best-practice knowledge. Its first major initiative was the launch of ADX – American Dairy XPO. The new subsidiary draws on DLG’s 135 years of international exhibition expertise to foster knowledge exchange and innovation in agriculture. The mother company, DLG Markets is a global leader in agricultural exhibitions, including the international trade shows Agritechnica and EuroTier in Germany.

For more information about Canadian Dairy XPO, visit canadiandairyxpo. ca

The Role of Chews in Managing Dog Anxiety

Edusehat — Tue, 05 May 2026 12:50:09 +0700

Anxious dogs are more common than most Indian pet parents realise. Thunderstorms, Diwali fireworks, apartment chaos, and long hours home alone can all leave your dog pacing, panting, or destroying cushions. Chews are one of the simplest, most natural tools you can use to help.

Chewing is not just a habit. It is a calming activity that actually changes your dog's brain chemistry. This guide covers how chews help with dog anxiety, which types work best, when to offer them, and how to build a routine that keeps your pet calm through stressful moments.

Understanding Dog Anxiety

Dog anxiety shows up in many ways. Some signs are loud and obvious. Others are easy to miss.

Common signs include:

Excessive barking or whining
Pacing, trembling, or restlessness
Destructive chewing on furniture, shoes, or walls
Loss of appetite or sudden hunger
Hiding, clinging, or shadowing you everywhere
Excessive panting, drooling, or shedding
Soiling indoors despite being house trained

Typical anxiety triggers for Indian dogs include fireworks during Diwali and weddings, thunderstorms through monsoon, long crate time during work hours, new environments, vet visits, loud construction, and even the arrival of guests.

Anxiety is not bad behaviour. It is your dog trying to cope with something overwhelming. The American Veterinary Medical Association notes that unmanaged anxiety can lead to chronic stress, weakened immunity, and behavioural issues that worsen with age. Addressing it early with simple tools like chews makes a real difference.

How Chewing Calms the Canine Brain

Chewing works on a dog's anxiety at a biological level.

Releases endorphins: Steady chewing triggers calming brain chemicals, similar to how humans feel relaxed after exercise.
Lowers cortisol: Chewing helps reduce cortisol, the stress hormone that spikes during fear or overstimulation.
Provides focus: Gnawing keeps the mind busy on a single task, cutting through the scattered energy of anxiety.
Satisfies instinct: Dogs are hardwired to chew. When they cannot, stress builds. A safe chew releases that natural drive.
Acts as a sensory anchor: The texture and smell of a good chew give an anxious dog something familiar to focus on during chaotic moments.
Supports self-soothing: Like humans who fidget during stress, dogs self-regulate through repetitive actions.

PetMD notes that chewing is one of the most recommended behavioural management tools for mild to moderate anxiety. Combined with training and environmental changes, chews can meaningfully reduce stress levels over time.

Best Types of Chews for Anxiety Relief

Not all chews work the same way for anxious dogs. Look for options that last long enough to sustain focus.

Himalayan Yak Cheese Chews: Long lasting and fully digestible. A single chew can hold an anxious dog's attention for hours, perfect for thunderstorm evenings.
Bully Sticks: Single-ingredient, high-protein chews dogs find irresistible. The steady rhythm settles many anxious pups within minutes.
Natural Rubber Chew Toys: Stuffable rubber toys let you freeze treats inside for a longer focus session. Great for separation anxiety during work hours.
Frozen Lick Mats: Smearing curd, peanut butter, or pumpkin on a textured mat creates a licking activity that is deeply calming.
Beef Tendons and Trachea: Softer natural chews that work well for senior dogs or those with dental sensitivity.
Long-Lasting Dental Chews: Textured daily chews that double as a calming routine after walks or before bedtime.
Coffee Wood Chews: Calorie free and long lasting. Ideal for weight-conscious dogs with anxiety.
Treat-Dispensing Puzzle Chews: Combine chewing with mental work. Perfect for high-energy anxious breeds like Border Collies, Beagles, and Indies.
Calming Supplement Chews: Treats infused with natural calming ingredients like chamomile, L-theanine, or hemp. Use under vet guidance.

Rotate two or three types across the week to keep your dog engaged. Store chews in airtight jars during Indian monsoon to keep them fresh.

When to Offer Anxiety-Calming Chews

Timing matters as much as the chew itself. Offer chews just before or during anxiety triggers, not after your dog is already panicking.

Ideal moments to offer a calming chew:

Before a thunderstorm starts building in the monsoon sky
During Diwali evenings, 30 minutes before the fireworks begin
When you leave for work, as part of a departure routine
Before guests arrive at the house
During car rides to the vet or groomer
Before bedtime as part of a wind-down ritual

Giving a chew after full-blown panic rarely works because the anxious brain cannot refocus. Prevention through routine works much better. Combine chews with soft music, a familiar blanket, and a calm voice for the best effect.

How to Build a Calming Chew Routine

Consistency is what turns chews into a true calming tool.

Offer chews at the same time every day, ideally paired with predictable triggers
Create a dedicated safe space where your dog goes to chew, like a bed or crate
Dim lights and lower household noise during anxiety-focused chew sessions
Pair chews with a calm tone and gentle praise
Keep fresh water nearby, especially with dry chews
Track which chews calm your dog fastest and stick with those

Over a few weeks, your dog will associate certain chews with calm. The chew itself becomes a signal that stress is manageable.

Chews to Avoid for Anxious Dogs

Some popular chew options can worsen anxiety or cause safety issues:

Cheap rawhide: Risk of choking and stomach upset, which only worsens stress
Whole antlers: Too hard for anxious gulpers and may crack teeth
Cooked bones: Splinter risk and emergency visits
Artificial coloured chews: Additives can worsen hyperactivity in sensitive dogs
Small chews for large dogs: Choking hazards during stressful moments
Treats with sugar or caffeine: Never calming, always stimulating

The ASPCA warns that certain additives and human foods like chocolate, xylitol, and onion powder are toxic to dogs. Always read labels carefully.

When Chews Are Not Enough

Chews are helpful but not a cure-all. Some dogs need more support than a chew alone can offer.

Consider professional help if your dog:

Panics during every trigger, not just occasionally
Destroys the home when left alone
Self-harms by excessive licking or pacing
Shows aggression or sudden behaviour changes during stress
Has anxiety that worsens over time

A certified dog trainer or veterinary behaviourist can create a plan that combines training, environment changes, chews, and, when necessary, medication. Your vet is a great first stop for a proper evaluation.

FAQs

Do chews really help with dog anxiety?

Yes. Chewing releases calming brain chemicals and lowers cortisol, the stress hormone. Regular, supervised chewing helps dogs self-soothe during stressful moments like thunderstorms, fireworks, or alone time. Chews work best alongside training and a calm environment.

What is the best chew for a dog with separation anxiety?

Frozen stuffed rubber toys, Himalayan yak cheese chews, and lick mats with curd or peanut butter are among the best options. These chews last long enough to distract your dog through the first 30 to 60 minutes, which is usually when separation anxiety peaks.

Can calming chews replace vet-prescribed anxiety medication?

No. Calming chews help with mild to moderate anxiety. Severe cases, such as dogs that panic every time you leave or react violently to storms, need professional guidance. Chews can support, but not replace, medical care.

How long do calming chews take to work?

Regular chews start calming most dogs within 5 to 10 minutes of chewing. Calming supplement chews containing ingredients like L-theanine or chamomile may take 20 to 40 minutes to take effect.

Can I use calming chews for puppies with anxiety?

Yes, but choose soft, digestible options. Bully sticks, beef tendons, and rubber teething toys stuffed with curd work well for anxious puppies. Avoid hard antlers or nylon bones for young dogs.

Final Thoughts

Chews are one of the simplest, most accessible tools for managing dog anxiety. They work with your dog's biology, not against it, and fit easily into daily life. Build a calming chew routine around predictable triggers, rotate safe options, and pair chews with a stable environment.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection to find long-lasting, anxiety-friendly options for your pet.

The people factor: Why better hatchery management still drives flock performance

Edusehat — Mon, 04 May 2026 22:35:05 +0700

Improving hatchery management can deliver measurable gains across broiler production systems, from stronger early chick health to better flock performance and more predictable production outcomes, according to a hatchery expert.

Rodney Johnson, hatchery specialist with Boehringer Ingelheim, says managers who prioritize strong communication, well-defined processes and consistent monitoring of key indicators often see improvements not just in hatchability and early livability, but also in team morale and operational efficiency.

At a time when many hatcheries are working with older equipment, limited labor pools and increasing management demands, Johnson says focusing on the fundamentals of hatchery management — from incubation to sanitation, vaccination and management style — is vital.

“The hatchery is where it all begins. It’s where flock performance starts,” he says. “If birds have issues during incubation that affect chick quality or embryonic development, if they’re dehydrated or they don’t go to feed and water immediately when they get to the house, they’re not going to live and perform well.”

Bird performance in the first week after placement is especially important in terms of growth rates, as performance lost during this early stage can be difficult to recover later in the production cycle, Johnson explains. A well-run hatchery, therefore, reduces pressure on the rest of the production chain.

“If the hatchery does its job and does a really good job, it makes it easier on everyone in live production — from the farmer out in the field to the live production management team trying to manage that flock.”

Defining chick quality

In practical terms, Johnson says chick quality is the major indicator of hatchery performance.

“To me, a high-quality chick will be one that isn’t dehydrated, doesn’t have red hocks and doesn’t have any navel issues or bacterial infection,” he says. “It’s basically a very healthy chick without major issues caused by sanitation problems or poor incubation in the hatchery.”

Egg management during incubation plays a major role in achieving that outcome, with careful control of the incubation environment and consistent adherence to quality assurance (QA) programs being key to protecting embryo development.

“The incubation process is vital,” he says. “You need good QA programs, sanitation programs and maintenance in the hatchery.”

Embryos can be particularly sensitive to environmental stress, and Johnson says that problems during incubation may not become visible until well after chicks have been placed on the farm.

“You can stress an embryo at 14 days and then see the effects once it gets on the farm a week and a half later,” he explains.

Several factors can trigger those stressors, including high heat in the incubator, improper turning, lack of humidity or incorrect humidity levels. However, Johnson says it’s important not to assume that one standard set of conditions will work for every hatchery, or to assume that the same conditions will suit a hatchery year-round.

“There’s no golden rule temperature that works everywhere,” Johnson says. “It depends on the type of incubator and the environment you’re operating in.

“Look at the manufacturer’s recommendations first. Then look at the chicks when they hatch. Let the chicks tell you what temperature and humidity you need, because they’ll tell you pretty quick.”

Eggshell temperatures can also provide valuable feedback, he adds.

“On Chick Master multi-stage machines, I like to see eggshell temperatures around 100.5 to 102°F (38.1 to 38.9°C). On Jamesway machines, crossbar temperatures should be around 100.3 to 100.5°F (37.9 to 38.1°C).”

Sanitation and vaccination

Beyond incubation management, Johnson says sanitation and vaccination programs are two of the most important tools hatcheries have to protect chick health.

“Biosecurity and cleanliness are huge,” he says. “You almost have to think of the hatchery like a hospital environment.”

Routine microbial monitoring can help managers identify sanitation problems early, and Johnson suggests conducting plating tests every week until a baseline is established, after which testing can be carried out each month to ensure standards are maintained.

Particular attention should be paid to hatch trays, which come into contact with multiple areas of the hatchery environment. Because newly hatched chicks often have slightly open navels, contaminated surfaces can introduce bacteria directly into the chick’s system.

Vaccination programs are equally critical, particularly given the substantial investments integrators make in disease prevention.

“Making sure the vaccine actually gets into the birds is key,” Johnson says.

“If a bird faces a disease challenge without that protection, it will struggle. Effective hatchery vaccination gives chicks time to develop immunity before facing those challenges in the field.”

Monitoring performance

When it comes to evaluating hatchery performance, Johnson says hatchability and 7-day mortality provide the clearest feedback.

“Right now, our industry average is about 79% hatchability. If I go to a hatchery and they’re at 82% or 83%, they’re doing well,” he says.

Seven-day mortality provides an equally important measure of chick quality and early flock health. Although figures have increased slightly over the past 2 decades, Johnson says hatcheries achieving mortality rates between 1% and 1.3% are performing strongly by today’s standards.

Tracking these metrics over time can also help hatchery teams identify improvements and maintain motivation.

“A lot of places now put their goals in the break room,” Johnson says. “Then, as they hatch every day, their hatch percentage goes on the whiteboard so the staff can see where they stand.”

The workforce challenge

Despite the importance of technical factors, Johnson says the most significant challenge facing hatcheries today is labor.

“It’s incredibly hard to find people who want to work in a hatchery, and it’s incredibly hard to retain them once you do,” he says. “It runs 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Someone has to work every holiday. And the environment can be tough — hot and dusty one minute, damp and wet the next because you’re constantly cleaning.”

Because of these challenges, Johnson says effective leadership and team engagement are essential.

“You have to make them feel like a team,” he says. “When things are going well, share the wins with them. Let them know they were part of the success.

“Sometimes management has a catered lunch or small prizes when they reach a goal. Those kinds of things don’t cost much, but they can really improve morale.”

Providing training opportunities and clear career pathways can also help employees remain engaged with the industry.

“When you train people, there should be a path for them to move up,” Johnson adds. “If someone feels like they’ll be doing the same entry-level job forever, morale can drop very quickly.”

Leadership and communication

Across the many hatcheries he visits, Johnson says strong communication and leadership are key traits among the most successful operations.

“The best hatchery managers incorporate themselves into the team rather than acting like the boss. They spend time on the production floor each day to really understand what’s happening.

“When you arrive in the morning, don’t go straight to your office,” he adds. “Go to the back of the hatchery first. Talk to your employees, ask what they’re seeing and check with maintenance about what’s happening with the incubators, hatchers, HVAC and chick processing equipment.”

As well as strengthening trust with staff, this approach is particularly important in hatcheries operating with older equipment, where effective maintenance planning and communication can help extend equipment life and maintain performance.

Building a resilient hatchery

Looking ahead, Johnson believes successful hatcheries will continue to depend on three core principles: consistent communication with staff, well-maintained equipment and rigorous sanitation and quality assurance programs.

These fundamentals may not be new, but Johnson says they offer the most reliable approach to improving hatchery performance and supporting the wider production system.

“The overall goal is simple,” he says. “More chicks and healthy chicks.

“And for hatcheries aiming to improve performance, the foundation is always the same — the hatcheries that have a stable workforce and good teamwork almost always perform better.”

The post The people factor: Why better hatchery management still drives flock performance appeared first on Modern Poultry.

New research explores dietary approaches to maintain eggshell quality in older hens

Edusehat — Mon, 04 May 2026 18:50:09 +0700

USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation announce the completion of a research project evaluating the effects of dacitic tuff breccia (DTB) and phytase on eggshell quality in older hens. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

Project F-118: effects of phytase and dacitic tuff breccia (Azomite®) supplementation programs to support extended lay in laying hens

(Dr. Ishab Poudel, Prestage Department of Poultry Science, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, N.C.)

As the poultry industry looks to extend the productive lifespan of hens beyond 100 weeks, maintaining eggshell quality becomes increasingly important for animal welfare, sustainability and profitability. Researchers at North Carolina State University evaluated the impact of early dietary supplementation with DTB and phytase on eggshell strength and quality in older hens.

Hens fed moderate levels of DTB (0.25%) beginning at 50 weeks of age maintained stronger eggshells, while phytase supplementation improved bone strength and overall skeletal health. Although the combined use of DTB and phytase did not consistently yield additional benefits, each independently supported hen productivity during extended lay.

These findings provide practical insights for maintaining egg quality and supporting hen health in older flocks.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Homemade Dog Treats vs Store-Bought: Pros and Cons

Edusehat — Mon, 04 May 2026 18:45:05 +0700

Indian pet parents are increasingly split between baking treats at home and grabbing packets off the pet store shelf. Both routes have real merits, and both come with trade-offs. The right choice depends on your schedule, your dog's health, and how confident you feel reading ingredient lists.

This guide compares homemade and store-bought dog treats honestly. You will see the real pros and cons of each, learn where they shine, and discover how to build a smart mix for your dog. By the end, you will know exactly which treat makes sense for everyday feeding and which one earns special-occasion use.

What Are Homemade vs Store-Bought Treats?

Homemade dog treats are made in your own kitchen using real, simple ingredients. Common examples include baked chicken strips, pumpkin-oat biscuits, banana-peanut butter bites, and frozen curd cubes. You control every gram, spice, and step.

Store-bought dog treats are mass-produced options available in Indian pet stores and online. They range from clean-label brands to heavily processed products with long ingredient lists. Examples include packaged biscuits, commercial jerky, chicken munchies, dental sticks, and flavoured training treats.

Both categories serve the same purpose of rewarding, training, and bonding with your dog. The difference lies in control, convenience, and cost. A thoughtful pet parent usually ends up blending both across the week.

Pros of Homemade Dog Treats

Homemade treats come with some clear advantages:

Full ingredient control: You know exactly what goes in. No hidden preservatives or fillers.
Fresh and natural: Just-baked treats carry more flavour and nutrition than shelf-stored versions.
Allergy friendly: Easy to customise for dogs with sensitivities to chicken, wheat, or dairy.
Cost effective: Basic pantry ingredients like oats, chicken, and ragi cost less per gram than branded treats.
No artificial colours or sugar: Homemade batches can be genuinely additive free.
Flexible portions: Shape and size treats for training sessions, puppy jaws, or senior appetites.
Supports special diets: Useful for overweight dogs, seniors, or pups recovering from illness.

According to the American Kennel Club, treats prepared at home with safe ingredients can be a nutritious part of a balanced diet, especially for dogs with known food sensitivities.

Cons of Homemade Dog Treats

Homemade is not perfect. Here are the challenges to know upfront:

Time intensive: Baking, cooling, and portioning can take 1 to 2 hours per batch.
Short shelf life: Most homemade treats spoil within 5 to 10 days, especially in Indian humidity.
Storage demands: Requires refrigeration or airtight containers during monsoon months.
Nutritional gaps: Can miss the balanced micronutrient mix found in formulated commercial products.
Risk of toxic mistakes: New pet parents may accidentally use harmful ingredients like raisins, chocolate, or xylitol.
Inconsistent results: Texture, hardness, and flavour can vary from batch to batch.

Anyone new to making dog treats should start with plain, single-ingredient recipes before experimenting further.

Pros of Store-Bought Dog Treats

Store-bought treats are popular for good reasons:

Convenience: Open the pack and feed. No prep, cooking, or cleanup needed.
Long shelf life: Sealed packs last for months, helpful in Indian humidity.
Wide variety: From soft training treats to long-lasting chews, the choices are endless.
Portable: Pre-portioned packs work perfectly for outings, vet visits, and travel.
Specialised formulas: Options for puppies, seniors, overweight dogs, and breeds with specific dietary needs.
Dental and functional benefits: Many commercial dental chews are clinically tested for teeth cleaning.
Consistent quality: A trusted brand delivers the same texture, size, and nutritional profile every time.

Reputable brands invest in nutrition research, safety testing, and ingredient sourcing that many home cooks cannot easily match. Look for clean-label brands with named meats and short ingredient lists.

Cons of Store-Bought Dog Treats

Store-bought treats can also work against your dog if you pick carelessly:

Hidden additives: Many commercial treats contain artificial colours, preservatives, and flavour enhancers.
Long ingredient lists: Fifteen or more items signal heavy processing and potential allergens.
Higher cost per gram: Premium clean-label treats cost significantly more than homemade.
Quality variation: Cheap imported brands may cut corners with fillers, sugar, or poor-quality meat.
Mystery meats: Labels like meat meal, animal digest, or by-products lack transparency.
Excess sodium and sugar: Some treats add too much salt and sugar to drive palatability.

The ASPCA warns that certain commercial treats may contain xylitol, high salt, or hidden allergens that can harm dogs. Always read labels, especially for imported products.

Key Differences at a Glance

Ingredients: Homemade uses simple pantry items. Store-bought often contains binders, preservatives, and flavour enhancers.

Shelf life: Store-bought wins by a long margin, especially during Indian monsoon and summer months.

Cost per treat: Homemade is cheaper for everyday feeding. Premium commercial treats are more expensive but save time.

Nutrition transparency: Homemade is fully transparent. Store-bought depends on how honest the label is.

Allergy management: Homemade is easier to adjust. Commercial options exist but require careful label reading.

Travel suitability: Store-bought wins for trips and long outings. Homemade usually needs refrigeration.

There is no single winner. A smart pet parent picks from both based on daily needs.

How to Find the Right Mix

Most Indian dog parents do best with a blended approach:

Use homemade for daily rewards: Plain baked chicken bites, oat biscuits, and frozen curd cubes make cheap, healthy everyday options.
Use store-bought for convenience: Keep a clean-label pack handy for training outings, travel, and busy days.
Use dental or functional treats as needed: Clinically tested commercial options cover specific health goals like plaque control.
Rotate weekly: Switch flavours and sources to keep your dog interested and to spread nutrition across options.

This approach gives you the best of both worlds: fresh, affordable treats from your kitchen plus high-quality shelf options.

Simple Homemade Treat Ideas

Three easy, dog-safe recipes to start:

1. Baked Chicken Strips: Slice chicken breast into thin strips. Bake at 150 degrees Celsius for 45 minutes until fully dry. Cool and store in the fridge for up to a week.

2. Oat and Banana Bites: Mix 1 cup oats, 1 ripe mashed banana, and 2 tablespoons xylitol-free peanut butter. Roll into small balls. Bake at 180 degrees Celsius for 15 minutes.

3. Frozen Curd Cubes: Spoon plain curd into ice trays. Add a tiny cube of mango or small blueberries. Freeze overnight. Perfect for hot Indian afternoons.

Never add salt, sugar, chocolate, onion, garlic, or grapes. Keep homemade treats plain, simple, and dog specific. Always introduce new recipes slowly and watch for stomach upsets over the next 24 hours.

FAQs

Are homemade dog treats healthier than store-bought?

Usually yes, because you control the ingredients. However, homemade treats can lack balanced nutrition and may spoil fast in Indian humidity. A trusted clean-label brand can match homemade in nutritional value while adding convenience.

Which homemade dog treats are easiest to make?

Baked chicken strips, oat biscuits, frozen curd cubes, and pumpkin bites are the easiest. They need minimal ingredients and basic oven time. Start with single-ingredient recipes before trying more complex ones.

Can I give my dog store-bought treats every day?

Yes, if they are from a clean-label brand and portioned correctly. Keep total treats within 10 percent of your dog's daily food intake. Rotate flavours to prevent boredom and spread nutrition across multiple sources.

What ingredients should I avoid in both homemade and store-bought treats?

Xylitol, chocolate, raisins, grapes, onion, garlic, macadamia nuts, and excessive salt are all toxic or harmful to dogs. In store-bought products, also avoid artificial colours, caramel colour, BHA, BHT, and propylene glycol.

How do I store homemade treats in Indian humidity?

Refrigerate soft or meat-based homemade treats. Store baked biscuits in airtight glass jars with silica gel packets. Use most homemade batches within 5 to 10 days. Freeze in portioned bags for longer storage.

Final Thoughts

Homemade and store-bought dog treats each have a place in your dog's life. Use homemade options for daily freshness and budget-friendly feeding. Lean on clean-label commercial treats for convenience, travel, and specialised health needs. Read labels, portion carefully, and rotate regularly.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection to complement your homemade batches with trusted store-bought options.

The First Mover Advantage: Meghna Group of Industries Becomes Bangladesh’s First Company to Feature the Sustainable U.S. Soy Label

Edusehat — Sat, 02 May 2026 16:45:04 +0700

Meghna Group of Industries (MGI), Bangladesh’s largest importer of U.S. soybeans, has become the first company to adopt the Sustainable U.S. Soy (SUSS) label on its packaging in Bangladesh.

With a strong crush capacity of 7,500 MT/day, MGI’s decision is a key step towards deeper integration of supply chain transparency and sustainability in Bangladesh’s feed and food industry.

“Sustainability is at the core of MGI’s long-term vision, and the Sustainable U.S. Soy logo is a meaningful step in that journey,” added Tanzima Mostafa, Director, MGI. “It allows us to back our commitment with verified, credible standards — assuring our customers that the products they choose are rooted in responsible and transparent agricultural practices. For our customers, this is more than a label; it is the assurance that their investment aligns with a sustainable future. By embedding sustainability into our supply chain, we are not only delivering premium nutrition but also creating lasting value for our customers and the planet.”

MGI now joins 20 forward-looking companies across South Asia that have signed agreements to adopt the SUSS labels, demonstrating the region’s growing shift towards embracing verified sustainable sourcing.

“We are very proud to see MGI’s leadership in adopting the Sustainable U.S. Soy label,” added Kevin Roepke, Executive Director, USSEC. “This partnership with U.S. Soy shows their dedication to integrating sustainability into their supply chains. Bangladesh is one of the world’s most vulnerable countries to climate change and by leaning into this program, MGI is demonstrating meaningful action.”

A strong trading partner, Bangladesh has already imported 1.13 million metric tons of soybeans from the U.S. in the 2025/2026 marketing year,[1] with MGI representing more than half of that volume. The adoption of the label builds on letters of intent that MGI signed last year, along with Bangladesh’s key stakeholders, to increase U.S. Soy purchases to $1.25 billion.

At the core of this milestone is the U.S. Soy Sustainability Assurance Protocol (SSAP). Recognized worldwide as a symbol of responsible soybean sourcing, the label is available at no cost to qualifying companies. U.S. Soy is grown using verified sustainable farming practices that enhance soil health, air quality, water management, and more.

About The U.S. Soy Sustainable Assurance Protocol (SSAP): The SSAP is a tool that aggregates sustainability and conservation principles to verify sustainable soy production on U.S. soybean farms. The protocol verifies shipments of U.S. Soy as sustainable through a national system of sustainability and conservation laws and regulations. It is based on biodiversity and high carbon stock; production practices; public and labor health and welfare; and continuous improvement. The verification process also involves the careful implementation of best production practices by more than 270,000 U.S. soybean farms and their voluntary participation in numerous audited sustainability and conservation programs.

About U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC):

The U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC) focuses on differentiating, elevating preference, and attaining market access for the use of U.S. Soy for human consumption, aquaculture, and livestock feed in more than 90 countries internationally. USSEC members represent the soy supply chain including U.S. Soy farmers, processors, commodity shippers, merchandisers, allied agribusinesses, and agricultural organizations. USSEC is funded by the U.S. Soy Checkoff, USDA Foreign Agricultural Service matching funds, and industry.

Visit www.ussec.org for the latest information about USSEC and U.S. Soy internationally.

Huvepharma vaccine expands coccidiosis toolkit for broiler-breeders and commercial layer producers

Edusehat — Sat, 02 May 2026 02:05:04 +0700

The USDA Center for Veterinary Biologics has granted Huvepharma approval for the manufacturing and sale of a new broiler-breeder coccidiosis vaccine, Advent^® P, which contains Eimeria necatrix and E. brunetti.

“This vaccine was specifically designed to address issues faced by broiler-breeders and commercial layer producers, closing a gap in coccidiosis coverage for our customers,” said David Smith, DVM, Huvepharma’s Director of Poultry Technical Services.

Coccidiosis is a prolific and costly intestinal disease that can be found in all production animal species. In the broiler-breeder industry, coccidiosis negatively impacts multiple facets, including production efficiency, therapeutic costs and bird mortality. Advent P represents an additional coccidiosis solution for the poultry industry.

“Completing the Advent portfolio with Advent P is an exciting advancement for our poultry team and the entirety of Huvepharma,” said Daniel Lackey, Director of Product Management and Marketing with Huvepharma.

Advent P will be available for purchase within the coming months. The vaccine has a shelf life of 9 months and will be packaged in 10 x 10,000-dose clamshells. It can be applied by spray cabinet at day of age or on feed.

For more information, please visit www.huvepharma.us.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Huvepharma vaccine expands coccidiosis toolkit for broiler-breeders and commercial layer producers appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Mother’s Day Activities That Strengthen the Bond with Your Dog

Edusehat — Fri, 01 May 2026 22:55:03 +0700

Being a dog mom brings so much joy to everyday life, which makes Mother’s Day the perfect occasion to celebrate the special bond you share. In this post, we share some ideas to help make the day fun and memorable for both you and your pup!

PLAN AN OUTDOOR ADVENTURE

If you and your dog love spending time outdoors, Mother’s Day can be a great opportunity to go on a walk at a park or a hike on a scenic trail, especially one that you’ve been meaning to visit. Exploring a new environment can give your pup the chance to take in new sights and scents, which is important for their mental stimulation, and you can both bond while enjoying some fresh air.

GO ON A DOG-FRIENDLY PICNIC

Planning a dog-friendly picnic doesn’t take much prep, but it’s a great way to spend quality time together and make Mother’s Day feel extra special. All you need is a blanket, your favorite snacks, and a few dog-safe treats before heading to a nearby dog-friendly park where you can both relax. Bringing along a chew toy, treat puzzle or a lick mat is also a great idea, as it can help keep your pup engaged and mentally stimulated while you’re there.

MAKE A CRAFT WITH YOUR DOG

Looking to channel your pup’s inner artist? Creating a craft together can be a fun activity, and you’ll end up with a piece of art to cherish long after Mother’s Day is over. One great option is paw print art, which only requires a canvas, some pet-safe, non-toxic paint, and a vision of what you want to create. Flowers with petals made from your pup’s paws are an adorable choice and fitting for springtime!

Looking to go more abstract? Place a small canvas inside a plastic, sealable bag, add some paint inside the bag, seal it closed, and put some peanut butter on the outside of the bag. Let your dog lick the peanut butter, and the result will be nothing short of amazing!

CREATE A BACKYARD AGILITY COURSE

Want to add more activity to your dog’s day? Building an agility course in your backyard is a great option and doesn’t require as much prep work as you might think. While there are various agility items you can purchase, like tunnels or weave poles, you can also use everyday objects that you may have around your home, like cushions to create a pathway, chairs and a broom to make small jumps, etc.

By running alongside your dog and guiding them through the course, you can bond and strengthen your communication, which can help your pup boost their confidence and enhance their overall well-being!

PLAN A RELAXING DAY AT HOME

Spending Mother’s Day relaxing at home with your dog can be just as enjoyable, especially if your pup enjoys a calmer environment. Dedicate some time to focusing on the activities you and your dog already love doing, such as:

Cuddling: Did you know cuddling increases oxytocin levels in both you and your pup? This can promote feelings of love and safety and reduce stress, further reinforcing your bond.
Brushing your dog’s fur: Grooming your dog combines positive reinforcement with physical contact, which can help alleviate doggie anxiety with the gentle, repetitive motions of brushing, and strengthen your connection.
Baking dog treats: While it may be a bit challenging to bake with your pup, the joy of seeing them enjoy the treats afterward is always rewarding. Check out our treat blogs for some inspo!

No matter how you celebrate with your pup this Mother’s Day, we hope your day is full of fun and plenty of tail wags. Happy Mother’s Day from the Dogtopia team.

Strengthening your bond doesn’t have to stop at home! A day of play, socialization, and enrichment at Dogtopia can help your dog feel their best so you can enjoy even more happy moments together. Find a location near you!

The post Mother’s Day Activities That Strengthen the Bond with Your Dog appeared first on Dogtopia.

Zoetis: Coming Soon

Edusehat — Fri, 01 May 2026 22:25:05 +0700

Watch this space for educational content from Zoetis.

The post Zoetis: Coming Soon appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Zangtinda Marcel Ouedraogo joins Hubbard as Dual Purpose Project Manager

Edusehat — Fri, 01 May 2026 18:40:10 +0700

Africa – Hubbard is pleased to announce the appointment of Zangtinda Marcel Ouedraogo as Dual Purpose Project Manager. This new role reflects Hubbard’s commitment to strengthening initiatives that promote sustainable and inclusive agriculture across Africa. Zangtinda Marcel will report directly to Florian Allègre, Western and Northern Africa Sales Manager.

Native from Burkina Faso, Zangtinda Marcel holds a Master’s degree in Agronomy, obtained in 2014 from Université Nazi Boni (Burkina Faso), with a specialisation in conservation agriculture, agroecology, soil fertility, agroforestry, and livestock production.
He holds a strong scientific and technical background in sustainable agricultural production systems. His professional experience has enabled him to develop recognised expertise in agroecology and agricultural program management.
Over the past decade, Zangtinda Marcel has held key positions within international and research organisations, where he has led agricultural programs, supervised multidisciplinary teams, and contributed to improving production systems, specifically in the poultry sector.
With this extensive experience in agricultural development and his strategic expertise in the design, implementation, and monitoring of sustainable poultry projects, Zangtinda Marcel will contribute to the development of Dual Purpose poultry markets. He will focus on promoting farmers, local hatcheries, and smallholder poultry producers, while advancing sustainable and resilient farming practices.
Dual Purpose breeds deliver a practical twofold benefit, as males are raised for meat production and females for egg production. Hardy and well adapted to African conditions, they provide smallholder farmers, especially women and young people, with opportunities to actively take part in regional economic development. These breeds help strengthen financial and social autonomy while improving access to high-quality animal protein through both meat and eggs.
With the appointment of a dedicated Dual Purpose Project Manager, Hubbard reaffirms its commitment to supporting rural communities in developing efficient, sustainable, cost-effective poultry systems tailored to climate challenges.
Florian Allègre added: “We are delighted to welcome Zangtinda Marcel to the Hubbard team. With his strong field experience in West and Central Africa, he will actively contribute to the upgrade of high-performing and robust Hubbard Dual Purpose breeds. He will also bring forward innovative solutions to support farmers and organisations involved in strengthening poultry value chains.”

More information about our Dual Purpose breed can be found here: https://hubbardbreeders.com/media/leaflet_dual_purpose_en_20220218_ld.pdf

Hubbard organises second edition “Rencontres Hubbard Premium”

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Apr 2026 21:05:09 +0700

France – Le Pouliguen – On March 31st and April 1st, 2026 Hubbard brought together a large group of technicians in charge of managing breeder flocks across French operations. Held every two years, this 2026 edition took place in a seaside setting and featured a program of cutting-edge presentations combined with highly valued opportunities for discussion and exchange.

The first day opened with an overview of the European Premium chicken market, followed by a closer look at the market situation in France. A presentation on the performance of the main Hubbard Premium breeds provided an analysis of customer feedback and highlighted the importance of sharing field data. The next session, focussing on the genetic selection of the Premium breeds (from pedigree to field performance), emphasized once again the critical role of data in the performance analysis and genetic selection. Combined with manual measurements, the accuracy and volume made possible by the latest technologies make data collection and data analysis a cornerstone of Research & Development. Finally, a dedicated session on Premium male management outlined key recommendations by the Hubbard Customer Support Team to ensure optimal growth and performance in both rearing and production.
The second day was dedicated to more technical topics, addressing needs identified by the Hubbard Customer Support team. It started with a focus on the importance of maximising egg weight at the onset of lay; both age and careful growth control, along with appropriate nutritional strategies, are critical factors. Jean-Luc Martin (Tell-Elevage) then presented a series of key points for the design and management of poultry housing to achieve optimal environmental conditions. This was followed by a session on the importance of early growth: from day one, the rearing environment has a direct impact on the development of the chicks. The final presentation addressed fertile eggs, emphasizing best practices for egg collection, handling, and storage — particularly on-farm — as well as the importance of the cuticle, serving as a natural protective barrier in challenging environments.
This second edition brought together not less than 48 participants from across the country. A gathering of professionals who value the opportunity to meet with the Hubbard team. It also provides a valuable platform to introduce new generations of technicians and share with them the richness and challenges of our demanding and rewarding professions.
We are very thankful to all participants for their strong attendance and for making these “Rencontres Hubbard Premium” a success.
Remaining at your service, the Hubbard Customer Support Team is there to assist you in managing your operations in the best possible way.

For further information, please contact your Hubbard representative or the Hubbard team through: communication@hubbardbreeders.com

What happens to everything else if the food system fails? … And why we should make sure that doesn’t happen

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Apr 2026 17:45:06 +0700

by Ilinca Anghelescu, Global Director Marketing & Communications, EW Nutrition

Every week, a new story promises to change how we eat. Lab-grown steaks. Vertical farms fed by LED lights. Cricket flour. The algae revolution. Regenerative everything.

Meanwhile, somewhere in Iowa, a farmer is managing soil drainage at 4 a.m. In the Yangtze River Delta, flooded paddy fields are being leveled by laser-guided equipment. In the Sahel, sorghum is being harvested by hand under brutal heat. In the Netherlands, greenhouse engineers are coaxing eight tomato harvests a year from hydroponic systems. Such professionals, such practices are, collectively, the reason 8 billion people ate today.

How we got here, and why we cannot go back

The density problem nobody talks about

In his 2024 book How to Feed the World, Czech-Canadian professor and researcher Vaclav Smil notes that, across 300 forager societies that persisted into the 19th and 20th centuries, the mean population density was 0.25 persons per square kilometer.¹ The most productive forager groups, those with access to salmon runs or seal hunting on Pacific coastlines, could reach just above one person per square kilometer. By contrast, intensive agricultural systems in southern China during the Qing dynasty supported more than 500 people per square kilometer of farmland.¹ Contemporary industrial agriculture can support between 500-900.

In Smil’s analysis, agriculture is not slightly more efficient at feeding people than foraging. Agriculture is between 500 and 2,000 times more efficient than foraging.

Figure 1 Agriculture is between 500 and 2,000 times more efficient than foraging

The thought experiment Smil runs through disposes of several popular fantasies at once, including those in which humans go back to a primitive way of eating. For instance, an adult human eating like a chimpanzee (roughly 80 percent fruit by mass) would need four to five kilograms of ripe fruit daily, requiring hours of foraging and providing almost no fat or protein.¹ To supply just the European Union’s 450 million people with adequate protein via this dietary route would require more than half a billion tons of figs per year, roughly 400 times the entire 2020 global fig harvest.¹ The chimp model, like other primitive models (whether purely foraging or hunting or a mixed model), cannot scale.

In other words, in a world currently trying to feed 8.3 billion people, the transition to agriculture cannot be undone.

The rule of 20: Why we eat so few plants

One of the more counterintuitive facts in food systems science is how narrow our dietary base actually is. Botanists have classified nearly 400,000 species of vascular plants. Roughly 12,000 of those are grasses capable of producing nutritious seeds. Of these, humanity has domesticated a tiny fraction. Just 20 plant species account for 75 percent of all annually harvested crops by weight. Two of those species, rice and wheat, alone supply 35 percent of global food energy.¹

This is not a failure of agricultural imagination but the result of stringent selection criteria that operated over thousands of years. Smil calls these criteria the “entry requirements” for staple crops: fast maturation, high yield, long shelf life, resistance to pests, and high energy density. Wheat, for example, contains roughly 350 kilocalories per 100 grams. Tomatoes contain fewer than 20 kcal/100g. Wheat is 18 times more energy-dense per unit weight.¹

The early civilizations that independently discovered the cereal-legume combination (corn and beans in the Americas, rice and soybeans in Asia, wheat and lentils in the Middle East) were solving an amino acid optimization problem without knowing it. Cereals are low in the essential amino acid lysine. Legumes are high in it. Together, they provide a complete protein profile. The world’s great cuisines, from Mexican rice and beans to Japanese miso soup over rice, are not accidents. They are dietary solutions that natural selection, mediated through human survival and culture, arrived at over millennia.¹

Figure 2 Mexican rice and beans provide a complete protein profile, optimizing for lysine availability

What the economy doesn’t count

The GDP illusion

In standard economic accounting, agriculture contributes roughly 1 to 4 percent of GDP in developed countries and somewhat more in developing ones. This number is cited constantly as evidence that farming is a residual sector, economically marginal, safely neglected in favor of “shinier” industries.

Smil dismantles this framing methodically. When you add food processing, food manufacturing, beverages, food retail, and food service, the food system in the United States accounts for approximately 5 percent of GDP and more than 10 percent of total employment.¹ But even this number, broad as it is, underestimates the true scale, because it fails to capture the full infrastructure dependency: the fuel and energy consumed by agricultural machinery, the chemical industry built to supply fertilizer, the logistics networks dedicated to food transport and cold chain management, and the healthcare costs tied to diet-related disease.

When Smil attempts a full-system accounting of global food, including production, processing, transportation, wholesale, retail, storage, and consumption, he concludes that the food system’s true share of global economic activity is on the order of 25 to 30 percent of respective totals, with standard economic accounts attributing less than 5 percent representing “grossly inaccurate and highly misleading quantifications.”¹

The energy picture is similarly startling. Smil calculates that the global food system consumes between 20 and 25 percent of the world’s annual primary energy supply.¹ This includes the energy to grow, harvest, process, refrigerate, transport, package, cook, and dispose of food. It is the single largest category of energy use in human civilization, larger than personal transportation, larger than industrial manufacturing of most goods, and yet it rarely appears in climate policy discussions with the prominence its scale demands.

Smil offers one striking comparison that has only sharpened since his original analysis. The global smartphone market in 2024 generated approximately $441 billion in wholesale revenue, calculated from approximately 1.24 billion units shipped at a record average selling price of $356.³⁴ In that same year, the global wheat harvest, some 799 million tons, was worth approximately $215 billion at reference export prices, and the global rice harvest of roughly 541 million tons was worth approximately $318 billion.^{32 33} Combined, just these two crops generated an estimated $533 billion, roughly 20 percent more than the entire global smartphone market. Two crops, grown on a fraction of Earth’s farmland, produced economic value that exceeds the most ubiquitous consumer technology device in human history.

Figure 3 The smartphone market failing would inconvenience billions of people. The wheat harvest failing would kill millions.

Revolutions usually come from empty stomachs

A history lesson worth remembering

The historical relationship between food insecurity and political instability is one of the most robustly documented relationships in social science. The French Revolution of 1789 was preceded by catastrophic grain harvests in 1788. Bread prices in Paris in early 1789 consumed up to 88 percent of a worker’s daily wage.² The Arab Spring of 2010-2011 was triggered, at least in part, by a spike in global food commodity prices. Mohamed Bouazizi, the Tunisian street vendor whose self-immolation catalyzed a regional uprising, was a food vendor who had his produce confiscated.³

The research is consistent. A 2011 preprint study published by Marco Lagi and colleagues at the New England Complex Systems Institute found that global food price spikes, as measured by the FAO Food Price Index, were a consistent precursor to social unrest and political instability events across multiple continents.³ A 2015 paper in the American Journal of Agricultural Economics extended this analysis, finding statistically significant relationships between cereal price levels and social unrest.⁴

The baseline condition for social order is that people have access to food. Everything else, including the liberal democratic institutions, the tech economies, and the climate negotiations that dominate contemporary policy attention, depends on that foundation being intact. Smil makes this point in structural rather than historical terms. When he asks whether smartphones or food matter more, the answer is obvious to him: “A world without smartphones would be poorer and less convenient. A world without food would not exist.”¹

The 9%

According to the UN Food and Agriculture Organization, approximately 733 million people, roughly 9 percent of the global population, were undernourished in 2023.⁵ This is not primarily a production problem. As Smil notes and the FAO confirms, global food production averages around 3,000 kilocalories per person per day, which is substantially above the roughly 2,500 kilocalories required by an average active adult.¹⁵ The world produces enough calories to feed everyone.

The problem is access, poverty, and distribution. Hunger is a political economy failure, as price spikes hit the poor first and hardest. But if global food production fell by 10 percent, the 9 percent who are currently undernourished would not be the only ones suffering. Supply shocks ripple through markets and a globalized world does not allow for compartmentalized impact as much as it used to.

Figure 4 Caloric availability vs need: Comparing average daily kilocalorie supply per person by region against the standard requirement of 2,500 kcal.

The real environmental cost: Agriculture and alternatives

Some immediate problems have immediate solutions

Agriculture accounts for approximately 72 percent of global freshwater withdrawals.¹ Cropland and permanent pastures together cover about 36 percent of non-glaciated land.¹ The food system is responsible for approximately 34 percent of global greenhouse gas emissions, based on the most comprehensive analysis available.⁶ These figures are often presented as indictments. They should instead be understood as measures of necessity. The question is not “why does food production use so much?” but “what would we use it on instead, and would that work?”

The FAO’s global assessment of livestock’s climate impact, the famous 2006 report Livestock’s Long Shadow, attributed 18 percent of greenhouse gas emissions to livestock. A revised methodology in 2013, applying the same accounting framework used for other sectors, reduced this figure to approximately 14.5 percent.⁷

The nitrogen story is more nuanced. Smil notes that global nitrogen use efficiency (the share of applied fertilizer that ends up in harvested crop rather than escaping to air or water) averages around 40 percent globally, and has been falling in intensively farmed regions.¹ In China, over-fertilization has driven efficiency from 37 percent down to 29 percent, with the difference escaping as nitrous oxide (a potent greenhouse gas), ammonia (an air pollutant), and nitrates (which contaminate groundwater and create coastal dead zones).¹ This is a genuine problem with practical and affordable solutions: better timing of fertilizer application, matching fertilizer type to soil need, and precision agriculture technologies that reduce over-application.

The problems of industrial agriculture are, to a large extent, engineering problems. They have technical solutions that can be implemented incrementally, at scale, within existing agricultural systems. They do not require abandoning food production as we know it; they require improving it.

What “organic” actually means at scale

The appeal of organic farming as an environmental solution is real but its limits are underappreciated. A 2012 meta-analysis in Nature by Seufert and colleagues found that organic farming produces, on average, 25 percent lower yields than conventional farming across all crops, with the gap widening to 43 percent below conventional yields for some cereal crops.^x8 A subsequent 2017 analysis in Agronomy for Sustainable Development by Lesur-Dumoulin and colleagues examining more than 50 studies found yield gaps of 19 to 25 percent, with significant variation by crop and region.^x9

The implication is straightforward. Feeding the current global population on fully organic agriculture would require converting an additional 16 to 30 percent of the world’s remaining non-agricultural land to farmland, in order to compensate for lower yields.^x10 The biodiversity loss from that land conversion would likely exceed the biodiversity gains from reduced pesticide use on existing farmland. This does not make organic farming in any way bad, it simply makes it a context-specific tool instead of a global solution.

Smil notes that in the centuries before synthetic fertilizers, when all farming was “organic” by definition, 80 percent of people worked in farming, doing physically exhausting work for marginal returns. The “liberation” of the majority of humanity from agricultural labor, one of the most profound quality-of-life improvements in history, was made possible by the Haber-Bosch process, the synthesis of ammonia from atmospheric nitrogen, invented in 1913. Without synthetic nitrogen fertilizer, global crop yields would fall by roughly 40 to 50 percent, and roughly half of the current human population could not be fed on existing farmland.^x11

The alternatives don’t add up

Cultured meat: Promising, not a solution

The first cultured beef burger was produced in 2013 in the Netherlands at an estimated cost of $330,000.¹ By 2020, Singapore approved the first commercial sale of cultured chicken nuggets, produced by Eat Just, at a price point still far above commodity chicken. By 2021, total investment in the sector had reached approximately $2 billion.¹

The fundamental challenge is not biological but a matter of thermodynamics. Cultured meat production requires maintaining cells in a growth medium at controlled temperature and pH, with continuous oxygen supply, nutrient input, and waste removal. A 2023 preprint study by Risner and colleagues at UC Davis found that, under current production processes, the lifecycle greenhouse gas emissions of cultured beef could actually be higher than conventional beef over a 1,000-year time horizon, because the production of growth media requires large amounts of purified water and energy-intensive pharmaceutical-grade inputs.^x12

The energy demand is particularly problematic. A 2019 analysis in Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems by Lynch and Pierrehumbert (Oxford) found that cultured meat’s climate advantage over cattle depends heavily on whether energy production is decarbonized. Because cultured meat emissions are almost entirely CO₂ (which accumulates indefinitely) rather than methane, which breaks down within a decade, the long-term warming impact of cultured meat can exceed that of cattle under scenarios of continued high consumption. The energy advantage of cultured meat over monogastrics (pigs and poultry) is marginal at best and may reverse under realistic production conditions.”¹³

None of this means cultured meat has no future. It may eventually serve specific markets, particularly as a supplement to conventional production in regions where land is extremely constrained. But Smil’s verdict is clear: it is currently “pilot scale” technology, commercially unproven at mass market pricing, and it cannot meaningfully contribute to feeding up to 10 billion people in the next two to three decades.¹

The vegan transition?

Beef is by far the largest emitter of CO₂ equivalent per kilogram of protein, compared to chicken or pork.¹⁴ A diet shift from beef to other proteins in high-income countries would measurably reduce the food system’s climate impact.

But Smil flags an important caveat that often goes unmentioned in advocacy for plant-based diets: mass adoption of veganism in wealthy countries, if it leads to increased consumption of out-of-season fruits, nuts, avocados, and specialty protein crops, may not reduce and could even increase total environmental pressure.¹ Almonds require approximately 12 liters of water per nut.¹⁵ Avocados, with their supply chains running from Mexico to Europe, have water footprints of approximately 320 liters per fruit and contribute to deforestation in growing regions.¹⁶

There is also a structural argument that rarely gets made: production animals serve functions beyond meat (and not even mentioning milk or eggs). Approximately 57 percent of current global livestock feed consists of materials that are not edible by humans: crop residues, grass from land unsuitable for cropping, and food processing byproducts such as oilseed cakes, bran, and distillers’ grains.¹⁷ Animals convert non-human-edible biomass into high-quality protein and fat. This is not waste but efficiency.

What Would Actually Work

First target waste

Global food waste amounts to approximately 1,000 kilocalories per person per day, roughly one-third of total food production.

The FAO estimates that approximately one-third of all food produced for human consumption, roughly 1.3 billion tons per year, is lost or wasted annually.¹⁸ Losses occur throughout the supply chain, from post-harvest spoilage in developing countries (where cold chain infrastructure is inadequate) to consumer behavior and retail overproduction in wealthy ones. The environmental cost of this waste is itself enormous: the production of food that is ultimately not eaten accounts for approximately 8 percent of global greenhouse gas emissions.¹⁹

Figure 5 Of all food produced, about a third is wasted at various points

The N fix that is already possible

Improving global nitrogen use efficiency (NUE) from its current 40 percent average to 60 to 65 percent, a target achievable through existing precision agriculture technologies (as mentioned before), would reduce the amount of synthetic nitrogen required to produce the current food output by roughly a third.²⁰ This single change would decrease nitrous oxide emissions (which are 273 times more potent than CO₂ over a 100-year timescale as a greenhouse gas, according to AR6, 2021 ²⁸), reduce freshwater nitrate contamination, and shrink coastal dead zones.

The technologies required are not exotic. Split nitrogen application (applying fertilizer in multiple smaller doses timed to crop uptake rather than one large dose at planting) can increase NUE by 15 to 20 percent with no change in yield.²¹ Soil testing and variable rate application technology, where GPS-guided equipment applies different fertilizer rates across a field based on measured soil nutrient levels, can improve NUE by a further 10 to 15 percent.²² These are available now, at commercially viable cost, for large-scale farming operations.

The barrier is not technical but rather economic and behavioral: fertilizer is cheap relative to its yield benefit, so farmers have limited financial incentive to apply it precisely. Policy tools, whether taxes on nitrogen over-application, payments for NUE improvements, or tighter limits on fertilizer application near waterways, could close this gap.

Meat mix and moderation

Smil estimates that approximately one-third of global cereal production and two-thirds of the US grain harvest are currently fed to animals.¹ Feedlot beef carries a feed conversion ratio of roughly 30 kilograms of feed per kilogram of edible product at the high end.¹ Poultry and pork convert feed to protein far more efficiently, and pasture-raised ruminants on land unsuitable for cropping represent a different calculation entirely.

The case for moderating high-end beef consumption in wealthy countries rests primarily on efficiency and emissions, not on the nutritional dispensability of meat as a food category. Meat, including beef, is a nutritionally dense and difficult-to-replicate protein source. It provides all essential amino acids in highly bioavailable form, along with heme iron, which is absorbed at rates of 15 to 35 percent compared to 2 to 20 percent for non-heme iron from plant sources, as well as zinc, vitamin B12, selenium, and conditionally essential compounds such as creatine and carnitine that are absent or negligible in unfortified plant foods.²⁹ For populations in low- and middle-income countries where protein deficiency, iron deficiency, and micronutrient gaps remain widespread public health problems, the argument for reducing meat consumption requires a different cost-benefit analysis than it does in the United States or Northern Europe, where the concern is overconsumption rather than inadequacy.

The appropriate policy lever for high-income countries is therefore not elimination of meat categories but a shift in the composition of meat consumption toward more efficient and lower-emissions sources (more poultry and pork, less feedlot beef) while maintaining total protein adequacy. This is consistent with both the environmental evidence and updated dietary guidelines in major consuming nations. A 2016 analysis by Springmann and colleagues at Oxford, published in PNAS, found that transitioning toward diets in line with standard dietary guidelines could reduce global mortality by 6 to 10 percent and food-related greenhouse gas emissions by 29 to 70 percent compared with a 2050 reference scenario. ³⁰ A subsequent 2018 modelling study by the same group in Nature confirmed that the dietary-guidelines scenario alone (without requiring full elimination of animal products) achieves a 29 percent reduction in food-related GHG emissions relative to projected baseline consumption.²³ The gains are concentrated in high-income countries, and the modelling explicitly notes that applying the same dietary shift logic to low-income countries would in several cases increase land and water use rather than reduce it.³¹

Smil’s preferred framing holds: the goal is meat moderation and mix optimization, not categorical elimination.

What happens to everything else if the food system fails?

The answer is: everything collapses. Food insecurity at scale produces predictable cascades: political instability, refugee flows, conflict over resources, public health crises, and the breakdown of governance institutions that depend on social legitimacy. The Arab Spring, which reshaped the politics of a continent (and arguably the world), was triggered in part by a global food price spike following the 2010 Russian wheat export ban and droughts in major grain-producing regions.³

By contrast, the collapse of the smartphone market, while economically painful, would likely not produce famine, mass migration, or state failure. The collapse of social media platforms, though consequential for public discourse, would not endanger human life. The collapse of the global financial system, as catastrophic as the 2008 crisis demonstrated it could be, is survivable in ways that the collapse of food production is not.

Figure 6 A collapse of technology would alter society. A failure of the food system would endanger the stability of entire countries – or more.

The world needs to feed 9.7 billion people in 2050, according to the UN medium-population projection.²⁴ The cultured meat industry cannot scale to meaningful market share within that timeframe under any realistic projection. Precision nitrogen management can, and is already beginning to, because it requires only incremental adoption of existing technology by existing farmers working existing land.

The nutritional transition that high-income countries have largely completed, from adequate calories to excess calories to dietary choice, is not yet available to much of the world’s population. Agricultural development policy that ignores this gradient would impose wealthy-world concerns on people or categories for whom adequate nutrition remains an unsolved problem.

Sustainability discourses must get priorities right

Food production is the prerequisite for everything else. Applying regulatory pressure to it without carefully calibrating the effects on output, price, and access is different in kind from applying regulatory pressure to other sectors. When a factory closes due to regulatory non-compliance, workers lose jobs and consumers pay more for a product. When a region’s agricultural capacity declines due to poorly designed policy, people go hungry.

The European Union’s Farm to Fork strategy, adopted in 2020, proposed reducing synthetic pesticide use by 50 percent and synthetic fertilizer use by 20 percent, while increasing organic farmland to 25 percent of total agricultural area, all by 2030.²⁵ These are admirable environmental goals. But a 2021 analysis by Beckman and colleagues at the USDA Economic Research Service found that full implementation of the Farm to Fork targets would reduce EU agricultural output by 7 to 12 percent and increase consumer food prices by 5 to 11 percent.²⁶ A JRC (Joint Research Centre of the European Commission) report from the same year found that global adoption of Farm to Fork-style policies would actually increase GHG emissions by up to 6 percent, because production displaced from Europe would move to regions with less efficient farming systems and weaker environmental controls.²⁷

Agricultural environmental policy is essential; so is designing it carefully, with quantitative impact assessment, realistic timelines, and protections for the most vulnerable consumers.

What actually reduces food system emissions

The research literature on food system decarbonization converges on a consistent set of effective interventions, none of which involve dismantling existing agricultural production:

Reducing food waste. A 30 percent reduction in food loss and waste globally would reduce food system GHG emissions by roughly 8 to 10 percent.¹⁹ This is achievable through infrastructure investment (cold chains in developing countries), behavioral change (consumer education in wealthy ones), and regulatory reform (relaxing cosmetic standards for produce that create waste at the retail level).

Sustainable diets in high-income countries with a smart mix of protein sources, including poultry, pork, legumes, and dairy. Agriculture systems, including livestock production, should indeed operate at the lowest emissions level possible and with reduced antibiotic use to protect the environment, animals, and ultimately humans.

Improving agricultural productivity in low-income countries, particularly sub-Saharan Africa. Smil notes that average nitrogen application rates in sub-Saharan Africa are approximately 3 kilograms per hectare, compared to 50 kilograms in China and 30 kilograms in Europe.¹ Increasing yields in Africa to levels achievable with modest fertilizer application and better seed varieties would allow the same food output from less land, reducing pressure on forests and biodiversity.

Improving nitrogen use efficiency in high-input farming systems through the technologies described earlier in the article.

None of these interventions require a technological revolution. They require investment, policy reform, and the political will to treat food production as the strategic priority it is.

References

1. Smil, V. (2024). How to Feed the World. Viking/Penguin Random House. (US edition 2025.)

2. Labrousse, E. (1944). La crise de l’économie française à la fin de l’Ancien Régime et au début de la Révolution. Presses Universitaires de France. Cited in McPhee, P. (2012). Liberty or Death: The French Revolution. Yale University Press.

3. Lagi, M., Bertrand, K.Z., & Bar-Yam, Y. (2011). The food crises and political instability in North Africa and the Middle East. New England Complex Systems Institute Preprint, arXiv:1108.2455. Available at: https://arxiv.org/abs/1108.2455

4. Bellemare, M.F. (2015). Rising food prices, food price volatility, and social unrest. American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 97(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1093/ajae/aau038

5. FAO, IFAD, UNICEF, WFP and WHO (2024). The State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World 2024. FAO. https://www.fao.org/publications/sofi/2024/

6. Crippa, M., Solazzo, E., Guizzardi, D., Monforti-Ferrario, F., Tubiello, F.N., & Leip, A. (2021). Food systems are responsible for a third of global anthropogenic GHG emissions. Nature Food, 2, 198–209. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43016-021-00225-9

7. Gerber, P.J., Steinfeld, H., Henderson, B., Mottet, A., Opio, C., Dijkman, J., Falcucci, A., & Tempio, G. (2013). Tackling Climate Change Through Livestock: A Global Assessment of Emissions and Mitigation Opportunities. FAO. https://www.fao.org/3/i3437e/i3437e.pdf

8. Seufert, V., Ramankutty, N., & Foley, J.A. (2012). Comparing the yields of organic and conventional agriculture. Nature, 485, 229–232. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature11069

9. Lesur-Dumoulin, C., Malézieux, E., Ben-Ari, T., Langlais, C., & Makowski, D. (2017). Lower average yields but similar yield variability in organic versus conventional horticulture: a meta-analysis. Agronomy for Sustainable Development, 37, 45. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13593-017-0455-5

10. Ponisio, L.C., M’Gonigle, L.K., Mace, K.C., Palomino, J., de Valpine, P., & Kremen, C. (2015). Diversification practices reduce organic to conventional yield gap. Proceedings of the Royal Society B, 282, 20141396. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspb.2014.1396

11. Erisman, J.W., Sutton, M.A., Galloway, J., Klimont, Z., & Winiwarter, W. (2008). How a century of ammonia synthesis changed the world. Nature Geoscience, 1, 636–639. https://doi.org/10.1038/ngeo325

12. Risner, D., Kim, Y., Nguyen, D., Simons, C.W., & Spang, E. (2023). Preliminary techno-economic assessment of animal cell-based meat. bioRxiv. https://10.1101/2023.04.21.537778

13. Lynch, J., & Pierrehumbert, R. (2019). Climate impacts of cultured meat and beef cattle. Frontiers in Sustainable Food Systems, 3, 5. https://doi.org/10.3389/fsufs.2019.00005

14. Poore, J., & Nemecek, T. (2018). Reducing food’s environmental impacts through producers and consumers. Science, 360(6392), 987–992. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaq0216

15. Mekonnen, M.M., & Hoekstra, A.Y. (2010). The green, blue and grey water footprint of crops and derived crop products. Hydrology and Earth System Sciences, 15, 1577–1600. https://doi.org/10.5194/hess-15-1577-2011

16. Carrasco, L.R., Papworth, S.K., Reed, J., et al. (2017). High trade-offs between local and global demand for avocados. Nature Plants, 3, 1–3. See also Kibria, M.G., & Behrooz, M. (2022). Water footprint and environmental impact of avocado production. Sustainability, 14(2), 888.

17. Mottet, A., de Haan, C., Falcucci, A., Tempio, G., Opio, C., & Gerber, P. (2017). Livestock: On our plates or eating at our table? A new analysis of the feed/food debate. Global Food Security, 14, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.gfs.2017.01.001

18. FAO (2011). Global Food Losses and Food Waste: Extent, Causes and Prevention. FAO. https://www.fao.org/3/mb060e/mb060e00.htm

19. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (2019). Special Report on Climate Change and Land (SRCCL). Chapter 5: Food Security. https://www.ipcc.ch/srccl/chapter/chapter-5/

20. Zhang, X., Davidson, E.A., Mauzerall, D.L., Searchinger, T.D., Dumas, P., & Shen, Y. (2015). Managing nitrogen for sustainable development. Nature, 528, 51–59. https://doi.org/10.1038/nature15743

21. Cassman, K.G., Dobermann, A., & Walters, D.T. (2002). Agroecosystems, nitrogen-use efficiency, and nitrogen management. AMBIO: A Journal of the Human Environment, 31(2), 132–140.

22. Robertson, G.P., & Vitousek, P.M. (2009). Nitrogen in agriculture: Balancing the cost of an essential resource. Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 34, 97–125. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.environ.032108.105046

23. Springmann, M., Clark, M., Mason-D’Croz, D., Wiebe, K., Bodirsky, B.L., Lassaletta, L., de Vries, W., Vermeulen, S.J., Herrero, M., Carlson, K.M., Jonell, M., Troell, M., DeClerck, F., Gordon, L.J., Zurayk, R., Scarborough, P., Rayner, M., Loken, B., Fanzo, J., Godfray, H.C.J., Tilman, D., Rockstrom, J., & Willett, W. (2018). Options for keeping the food system within environmental limits. Nature, 562, 519–525. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41586-018-0594-0

24. United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs (2022). World Population Prospects 2022. UN DESA. https://population.un.org/wpp/

25. European Commission (2020). Farm to Fork Strategy: For a Fair, Healthy and Environmentally-Friendly Food System. COM(2020) 381 final. https://ec.europa.eu/food/horizontal-topics/farm-fork-strategy_en

26. Beckman, J., Ivanic, M., Jelliffe, J.L., Burfisher, M.E., & Scott, S.M. (2020). Economic and Food Security Impacts of Agricultural Input Reduction Under the European Union Green Deal’s Farm to Fork and Biodiversity Strategies. USDA Economic Research Report EIB-30.

27. Barreiro-Hurle, J., Bogonos, M., Himics, M., Hristov, J., Pérez-Domínguez, I., Sahoo, A., Salputra, G., Weiss, F., Baldoni, E., and Elleby, C. (2021). Modelling environmental and climate ambition in the agricultural sector with the CAPRI model. JRC Technical Report EUR 30317 EN.

28. IPCC (2021). Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA. https://10.1017/9781009157896

29. Estévez, M., & Rui Alves Soares, C. (2025). Nutrient equivalence of plant-based and cultured meat: Gaps, bioavailability, and health perspectives. Nutrients, 17(24), 3860. https://doi.org/10.3390/nu17243860

30. Springmann, M., Godfray, H.C.J., Rayner, M., & Scarborough, P. (2016). Analysis and valuation of the health and climate change cobenefits of dietary change. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 113(15), 4146–4151. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1523119113

31. Springmann, M., Wiebe, K., Mason-D’Croz, D., Sulser, T.B., Rayner, M., & Scarborough, P. (2018). Health and nutritional aspects of sustainable diet strategies and their association with environmental impacts: a global modelling analysis with country-level detail. Lancet Planetary Health, 2(10), e451–e461. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2542-5196(18)30206-7

32. World Bank (2025). Commodity Markets Price Data (The Pink Sheet), December 2025. World Bank Group. https://thedocs.worldbank.org/en/doc/18675f1d1639c7a34d463f59263ba0a2-0050012025/related/CMO-Pink-Sheet-December-2025.pdf

33. USDA Foreign Agricultural Service (2026). World Agricultural Production, April 2026. United States Department of Agriculture. https://apps.fas.usda.gov/psdonline/circulars/production.pdf

34. Counterpoint Research (2025). Global Smartphone Revenues Resume Growth in 2024 After Two Years, ASP Hits Record High, January 31, 2025. https://counterpointresearch.com/en/insights/global-smartphone-market-2024

The post What happens to everything else if the food system fails? … And why we should make sure that doesn’t happen appeared first on EW Nutrition.

Jerky Treats: Are They Safe and Nutritious for Dogs?

Edusehat — Thu, 30 Apr 2026 13:45:06 +0700

Jerky treats have become a staple in Indian pet homes. They smell incredible, dogs love them, and they work beautifully as high-value training rewards. But jerky has also made news headlines for all the wrong reasons, from FDA warnings to pet illness reports linked to imported batches.

So, are jerky treats actually safe and nutritious for your dog? The short answer is yes, when you choose carefully. This guide breaks down what jerky is made of, how it affects your dog's health, what to watch out for, and how to pick the safest, most nutritious options available in India.

What Are Jerky Treats?

Jerky treats are thin strips of meat, slowly dried at low temperatures to remove moisture while concentrating flavour. Quality jerky contains a single ingredient, real meat, and nothing else. Cheaper, mass-produced versions may include starch binders, preservatives, flavour enhancers, sugar, and synthetic colours.

Common types in India include chicken jerky, mutton jerky, fish jerky, liver jerky, and occasionally duck or rabbit for allergy-friendly diets. Sizes range from thin strips to small bite-sized cubes, and many brands now offer puppy-specific soft jerky varieties.

Jerky is dehydrated meat, which means most of its water is gone. That makes it shelf stable, lightweight, and intensely flavourful. It also makes it calorie dense, so portion control matters more than with soft chewy treats.

Nutritional Profile of Jerky Treats

Good quality jerky is a protein powerhouse. On average, pure meat jerky contains:

40 to 60 percent protein by weight
2 to 10 percent fat, depending on the meat used
Very low carbohydrates and zero added sugar in single-ingredient versions
Natural minerals like iron, zinc, and phosphorus
Low to moderate sodium, depending on processing

Chicken jerky is leaner and lighter, making it ideal for daily rewards. Liver jerky is nutrient dense and rich in vitamin A, best used sparingly. Fish jerky adds omega-3 fatty acids that support coat shine and joint health. Mutton jerky offers richer flavour and higher iron content.

Pure jerky has no grain, gluten, or filler. This makes it naturally grain free and suitable for dogs with food sensitivities. The catch is calorie density. A 10-gram jerky strip can carry 30 to 50 calories, which adds up fast for small dogs.

Are Jerky Treats Safe for Dogs?

Safety has a nuanced answer. Pure, single-ingredient jerky from trusted brands is safe for most healthy dogs. It is clean, digestible, and provides concentrated nutrition.

However, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has investigated thousands of illness reports linked to certain imported jerky treats, particularly those sourced from China. Affected dogs showed kidney issues, vomiting, and loss of appetite. While a single cause was never fully confirmed, the cases highlight real concerns about poorly regulated jerky production.

Problems usually come from:

Poorly dried or contaminated meat
Bulk unbranded jerky of unknown origin
Added propylene glycol or artificial preservatives
Excessive salt or glycerine used to extend shelf life

Safe jerky typically has clearly labelled country of manufacture, short clean ingredient lists, a reputable brand name, and sealed packaging with a clear expiry date. Call your vet if your dog shows vomiting, increased thirst, or lethargy after eating jerky, especially a new brand.

Benefits of Feeding Jerky Treats

When chosen carefully, jerky offers real benefits for dogs:

High protein content: Supports muscle strength and recovery
Grain free and allergy friendly: Single-ingredient options help manage sensitivities
Natural energy boost: Real meat is efficiently used by the body
Excellent training reward: Strong smell and taste grab attention in distracting environments
Long shelf life: Dehydrated jerky stays fresh in Indian humidity longer than raw meat
Portable: Easy to carry on walks, vet visits, or road trips
Highly palatable: Perfect for picky eaters or dogs recovering from illness

The American Kennel Club notes that dogs thrive on high-quality animal protein, and jerky delivers that in a concentrated, convenient form.

Risks and What to Watch For

Even safe jerky has limits. Watch for these risks:

Overfeeding: Jerky is calorie dense. Too much leads to weight gain quickly.
Dehydration: Dry treats pull water from the body. Keep fresh water available.
Allergic reactions: Watch for itchy ears, paw licking, or stomach upsets with new proteins.
Excess sodium: Some cheap jerky uses high salt levels that can affect heart and kidney health.
Choking hazard: Large, tough pieces may lodge in throats of small dogs.
Imported contamination: Bulk imported jerky from unknown sources carries higher risk.

The ASPCA warns that ingredients like xylitol, chocolate, and certain seasonings are toxic to dogs. Flavoured jerky may sneak these in, so always read the label carefully.

How to Choose Safe, Nutritious Jerky

Picking the right jerky is simpler than it sounds. Follow this quick checklist:

Ingredients

Single ingredient or very short list
Named meat source like chicken, mutton, or fish
No added sugar, salt, or artificial colours
No BHA, BHT, ethoxyquin, or propylene glycol

Brand and packaging

Indian-made or sourced from regulated markets
Trusted brand with transparent manufacturing
Clear batch number, manufacturing date, and expiry
Sealed packs that feel dry, not greasy

When in doubt, choose single-ingredient Indian or premium international brands over unbranded bulk jerky from open bins.

Homemade Jerky: A Safer Route

If you want total control, homemade jerky is a great option and surprisingly easy to make.

Choose lean meat: chicken breast, mutton, or fish fillet
Slice thinly, about 5 to 7 mm thick
Remove visible fat to prevent spoilage
Place on a baking tray or dehydrator rack
Dry at 70 to 80 degrees Celsius for 4 to 6 hours
Cool completely before storing in an airtight jar

Do not add salt, oil, spices, onion, or garlic. Homemade jerky should be plain and simple. Store in the fridge during Indian summers and monsoons. Use within 2 to 3 weeks for best freshness.

How Much Jerky Is Safe Daily?

The general rule is the 10 percent treat guideline: keep all treats, including jerky, within 10 percent of your dog's daily food intake.

Rough daily jerky portions by dog size:

Small breed (5 to 10 kg): 1 to 2 small strips
Medium breed (10 to 25 kg): 2 to 4 small strips
Large breed (25 kg plus): 3 to 5 small strips
Puppies over 4 months: 1 small strip only

Break larger pieces into training-sized bites to stretch usage and prevent overfeeding.

FAQs

Is jerky safe for puppies?

Pure, single-ingredient jerky made from chicken or fish is safe for puppies over 4 months old. Avoid salted, spiced, or preserved versions. Start with tiny pieces and watch for any digestive changes.

Can dogs eat human jerky?

No. Human jerky usually contains high salt, spices, and sometimes sugar, onion, or garlic powder. These are either toxic or harmful to dogs. Stick to jerky made specifically for pets or homemade plain jerky.

Is chicken jerky better than mutton jerky for dogs?

Chicken jerky is leaner and lower in calories, making it ideal for daily treats and small breeds. Mutton jerky is richer, higher in iron, and suits active or larger breeds needing more protein. Rotating both works well for most dogs.

How do I store dog jerky during monsoon?

Transfer jerky to airtight glass or food-grade plastic jars as soon as you open the pack. Add a silica gel packet to absorb humidity. During heavy monsoon months, store sealed jerky in the refrigerator. Discard any jerky that smells sour or looks oily.

Can jerky cause kidney problems in dogs?

Pure, well-made jerky does not cause kidney problems in healthy dogs. However, FDA investigations have linked certain imported, mass-produced jerky treats to kidney issues. Stick to trusted brands with clean ingredient lists and transparent sourcing to minimise risk.

Final Thoughts

Jerky treats are one of the best single-ingredient, protein-packed rewards you can offer your dog, when chosen carefully. Stick to clean brands or homemade batches, watch portion sizes, and store properly in Indian humidity. Used smartly, jerky becomes both a training power tool and a genuinely nutritious snack.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection for safe, high-quality jerky options for your pet.

Examining feeding restrictions through a welfare lens

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 23:30:06 +0700

Profits in the poultry industry depend on feed conversion and rapid growth. In 1957, broilers weighed about 1 kg at 56 days old, whereas today they reach around 4 kg at the same age.

Breeding for increased appetites and fast growth has resulted in meatier birds. But these heavier birds experience health complications and decreased reproduction.

“Hens for broiler production must carry the genes for increased appetite, growth and high meat yield, yet also have a lighter bodyweight that supports a longer lifespan and fertilized egg production,” said University of Arkansas graduate student Allison Weaver during a recent virtual symposium on poultry welfare sponsored by the Poultry Extension Collaborative.

Feed restrictions are used to maintain the lower bodyweight required for broiler breeders. Weaver’s research explored how feed restrictions affect bird welfare.

Qualitative versus quantitative feed restriction

Weaver explained that feed restrictions are either quantitative or qualitative. Quantitative restrictions, which reduce the amount of feed offered each day, can involve frequent small feedings every day or skipping a day of feeding.

In skip-a-day (SAD) feeding, birds are fed every other day or follow an equivalent schedule in which they are fed some days and not others. Qualitative restrictions involve providing feed that contains fewer calories. Fiber, such as soy hulls, is often added. Appetite suppressants can also be added, but Weaver pointed out that this isn’t a common practice in the poultry industry.

“Qualitative feed restrictions alone are not enough to control bodyweight. Better results are achieved when combined with quantity restrictions,” Weaver stated.

Behavior changes in feed-restricted birds

How do these birds, which have been selected for increased appetites, respond when they have less food than they prefer? Weaver looked for abnormal, repetitive and redirected oral behaviors indicating discomfort, frustration or agitation. These behaviors include increased foraging, feather pecking and pecking at the drinking line.

Her research involved feed restriction in 950 Cobb hens from 0 to 33 weeks of age, housed in pens with 16 birds each. The hens were either fed every other day or given small amounts of feed frequently throughout the day. They had either unlimited access to water or had water restricted, with the water turned off for 3 hours daily.

Weaver observed behaviors for 20 minutes at 16 and 22 weeks of age during three periods each day: 1.5 hours after feeding, at the start of water restriction at 12 p.m. and at the end of water restriction. She also measured the water consumption of normally fed birds at 4, 10, 16 and 22 weeks of age.

The SAD birds drank less 1.5 hours after feeding but drank more at both afternoon time points. Weaver suggested this could be because SAD birds need more time to eat their larger portion of feed. The SAD birds drank the most at 22 weeks old. Overall, SAD hens drank 150% more than birds fed daily. However, Weaver noted that it was difficult to tell whether water was actually consumed or just used.

SAD birds showed more water-line pecking without water use, along with increased preening and dust bathing. These birds also rested and pecked their feathers more than those fed daily.

Birds fed a restricted amount daily were more active before feeding and displayed more anticipatory behaviors. Hens on higher-fiber diets drank less but pecked more at the drinking lines.

Weaver noted that the increased water-line pecking was evident in wet litter, and this spillage could lead to health problems such as foot pad lesions.

All groups of feed-restricted birds exhibited chronic hunger behaviors. “Their abnormal behaviors indicate a negative welfare status,” she said.

Overcoming negative welfare status

Weaver proposed three options to overcome the negative welfare status:

Precision feeding
Scatter feeding
Increasing feeding frequency

However, she said that precision feeding, which requires each bird to be fed to its ideal weight, isn’t a scalable option for the industry. “Scatter feeding, while it does enable the expression of foraging behavior, still leaves birds hungry. And increasing the frequency of feeding with small portion sizes will also leave birds hungry.”

Weaver noted that there are some positive health benefits of feed restrictions, but overall, feed restrictions negatively affect the birds’ welfare. However, she noted that restricting feed is necessary to maintain production.

“This study didn’t provide a clear answer on how to improve the welfare of birds that are feed-restricted,” Weaver said, adding that “Varying feed quality and quantity might offer some improvements, but birds still show signs of chronic hunger.” She pointed out that different flocks may respond differently, and a solution or combination of solutions could work well for some birds but not others.

Weaver concluded that, “Maintaining poultry welfare and mitigating stressors while restricting calories will require more research.”

The post Examining feeding restrictions through a welfare lens appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Jbt Marel gives you wings. Separate processing for damaged and undamaged chicken wings

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 19:50:09 +0700

Around the world, demand for wing products is strong and growing. In China, the mid-wing is the most popular chicken piece, with five times the price per kilogram of breast fillet. In the USA, chicken wings are a popular snack for decades, eaten both at home and in fast-food restaurants. After breast meat, wings are the second most favorite portion for US consumers. Chicken wings are also a feature of major sporting events. Over 1.4 billion wings were eaten during this year’s Super Bowl, enough to go round the world three times.

Automation saves labor

Wings are the smallest chicken portion. When done manually, wing cutting is very labor-intensive. Today, lack of staffing in their plants is, however, the biggest threat for poultry processors. Around the globe, many of them have difficulties finding staff. Processors are therefore looking for automated solutions: equipment that will cut wings efficiently and consistently and accurately. Automatic cutting in JBT Marel’s ACM-NT wing cutting modules is the perfect labor-saving answer.

Maximized yield

Poultry processors are also looking for equipment, thatmaximizes yield. Some companies supplying QSR fast food chains need to cut wing portions with a medallion of breast meat attached. Others want to leave all breast meat on the breast with the added option of being able to harvest some back meat with the wing portion. Whatever type of cut is needed, retail, bulk or fast food, JBT Marel can offer all options.

Special QSR needs

Some QSR chains insist that any cutting line for their products be exclusive to them. The line can handle no cuts for other customers.

JBT Marel offers an approved ACM-NT line to do a special nine-piece cut for a major international QSR chain. What is important for the chain is that all pieces take the same amount of time to fry, resulting in unique wing, breast, thigh and drumstick cuts. To ensure this is achieved, carcasses for cutting into the nine pieces are taken from a very narrow weight band.

Stretching, guiding and anatomical cutting

Accurate wing processing demands that wings are presented precisely to automatic cutting equipment. This means stretching them. An automatic wing stretcher always precedes a JBT Marel wing cutting operation.

Accurate cutting is essential for a successful automatic wing operation. This requires the correct guiding for correct presentation to the cutting blades and the correct cutting technique. These will be different for different situations. At JBT Marel, separation of the inner wing joint from the carcass is anatomical, except where this joint must be cut with a medallion of breast meat. Separation of inner and middle joints is also anatomical.

Growing demand

Given growing demand worldwide, automatic equipment must be capable of cutting ever more wings, ever more accurately into an expanding range of wing products. There is also scope for improving product flows and for saving labor for inspection and packaging.

Three examples of innovative ACM-NT wing processing solutions are the Wingstick module, the HY second-joint wing cutter and Q-Wing.

Wingstick

The ACM-NT Wingstick module cuts a wing snack product that is very popular in markets such as France, Poland and Turkey. Volume processors in all these markets are now using the module. A Wingstick is an inner wing joint where the bone is bared to form a handle, making it easier to pick up and eat. Wingstick does all these operations automatically.

WingMaster

The WingMaster module perfectly cuts the second joint, producing a mid-wing, aka wingette. WingMaster offers adjustable skin coverage for ideal presentation of both mid-wing and drumette. This is ideal for the Chinese market, which demands a carefully cut mid-wing presented with a flap of skin from the inner joint. Independent left and right wing cutting ensures optimal yield and the best destination for each piece, especially when integrated into JBT Marel’s Q-Wing setup.

Wingmaster

Q-Wing

Q-Wing is an innovative combination of its IRIS vision system and ACM-NT wing processing modules. It is the perfect solution to deal with damaged and undamaged wings. An IRIS vision system scans the wings or their individual joints of the incoming products. Each wing cutting module is doubled, so that A-grade wings are cut by one module, while damaged wings are cut by the other. This results in two separate product streams, which is a logistical advantage as A-grade wing components will usually be packed differently to downgrades. With this completely automated wing grading and cutting system, manual inspection becomes redundant. Q-Wing will handle wings with or without tips at capacities of up to 14,400 wings per hour.

www.jbtmarel.com/en/poultry

Visit the link for additional information on the Q-Wing system:
https://prd-jbt.marel-envr.com/en/products/q-wing/

International Poultry Welfare Alliance and U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs announce Andy Vance as new Executive Director

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 19:50:09 +0700

The International Poultry Welfare Alliance (IPWA) and the U.S. Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry & Eggs (US-RSPE) are pleased to announce the appointment of Andy Vance as Executive Director of both organizations.
Vance brings more than two decades of leadership experience in agriculture, nonprofit management, communications, and member-driven organizations. Most recently, he served as Executive Director of the Poultry Science Association, where he led strategic growth initiatives, strengthened member engagement, and advanced the organization’s global scientific mission. He is also a Certified Association Executive (CAE), reflecting his expertise in governance, strategy, and nonprofit leadership.
As Executive Director, Vance will guide both organizations through their next phase of growth and impact. His leadership will support IPWA’s mission to advance practical, science-based poultry welfare globally, while also helping US-RSPE expand industry collaboration and measurable progress through its sustainability framework and aggregated data reporting.
“Andy brings a strong combination of strategic leadership, industry understanding, and member-focused experience,” said Lankford Ruffin Chair of the Board of Trustees for the Poultry & Egg Sustainability and Welfare Foundation, which oversees both IPWA and US-RSPE. “His background positions both organizations well as we continue building momentum around welfare, sustainability, and meaningful collaboration across the poultry value chain.”
Vance has built a career connecting agriculture, science, and stakeholder communities through effective leadership and communication. His experience spans association management, advocacy, media, governance, and organizational transformation. His first official day was Monday, April 27, 2026.
“I am honored to join IPWA and US-RSPE at such an important time,” said Andy Vance. “These organizations play a vital role in bringing people together to solve challenges, share progress, and strengthen the future of poultry through collaboration, innovation, and continuous improvement.”Source: IPWA and US-RSPE press release

VIV Select India 2026: A Powerful First Edition Puts India at the Heart of the Global Animal Feed-to-Food Conversation

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 16:25:11 +0700

VIV Select India held its inaugural edition from April 22–24, 2026 at the Yashobhoomi Convention and Expo Centre in New Delhi, marking the first time the globally established VIV Worldwide platform has convened on Indian soil. Organised by VNU Exhibitions Europe, the international division of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs, in strategic partnership with the Poultry Federation of India (PFI), the three-day B2B exhibition opened a long-term platform commitment to India’s animal protein and livestock industry.

The show welcomed 7,100 professional visitors from 37 countries, 101 industry leaders, 23 VIPs and dignitaries from national and international government bodies, and 130 exhibitors spanning poultry production, dairy technology, animal health, feed ingredients and additives, breeding and hatching technology, food engineering, aquaculture, and agri-tech. Participation which filled the 10,000 sqm exhibition floor came from companies across Europe, the Middle East, Asia, and South America reflecting India’s growing importance as a destination market for global innovation in animal protein production. The show was covered by 39 members of the local press.

Over the first two days, the conference programme highlighted sessions in Advances in Poultry Sector and Advances in Biologicals and Vaccines with speakers coming from leading Indian and international companies and institutions.

Where Indian Industry and Global Innovation Converged

Exhibitors at the inaugural edition included Big Dutchman, JBT Marel India, Viscon Hatchery Automation, De Heus Animal Nutrition India, FAMSUN, and Venky’s India, Biozene, ASM Process Automation, Sanzyme Biologics, Optima Poultry and many other Indian and international companies. The exhibition floor offered solutions across automation, precision farming, animal

health, biosecurity, processing technology, and digital tools designed for the specific production realities of the Indian market.

The show opened with a formal inaugural ceremony attended by senior government and industry figures, including H.E. Ms. Marisa Gerards, Ambassador of the Netherlands Embassy in India, Nepal & Bhutan; Mr. Jeroen van Hooff, President and CEO, Royal Jaarbeurs and VNU Group; Mr. Mahipal Dhanda, Hon’ble Education Minister, Government of Haryana; Mr. Ranpal Dhanda, President, PFI; Dr. S.K. Dutta, Joint Commissioner (NLM), Department of Animal Husbandry and Dairying, Government of India; and esteemed dignitaries from PFI. The ceremony was moderated by Dr. Jeetendra Varma.VIV Square served as the hub for professional dialogue throughout the three days, with sessions addressing poultry production, dairy advancement, animal health, nutrition strategy, processing performance, and the integration of automation and AI in livestock management — all grounded in the challenges and opportunities facing producers in India.

A highlight was the Dairy Conference, which drew strong attendance and brought together industry leaders, farmers, and innovators for a dedicated day of dialogue. Discussions ranged from India’s dairy sector within a global context to strengthening Indo-Dutch partnerships aimed at supporting medium-sized dairy farmers, generating significant engagement and reflecting the collaborative momentum shaping the sector’s future.

Patrick van Rooij, Project Manager of VIV Select India, shares, “The response from the Indian industry to this first edition has been something we are genuinely proud of. Producers, integrators, technology providers and policymakers came together with a shared intent: to exchange, to learn, and to build. What we saw on this show floor gives us every confidence that this platform will grow into something of lasting value for the sector.”

Arriving at India’s Moment of Transformation

India’s animal protein sector is undergoing rapid change. As the world’s largest milk producer and one of the fastest-growing poultry markets globally, the country is at a point where scale must be matched by efficiency, resilience, and smarter use of technology. VIV Select India was conceived as a long-term platform to support that transition, connecting the full feed-to-food value chain in a way that reflects the specific needs and structure of the Indian market.The partnership with PFI has been central to the event’s foundation. As PFI President Ranpal Dhanda noted ahead of the show, the collaboration is designed to help Indian producers access cutting-edge technologies and international best practices, while showcasing India’s production potential to the global community — a two-way exchange the inaugural edition actively delivered upon.

Rajeevan Vattakat, VIV Worldwide representative in India happily says, “VIV Select India 2026 has exceeded all expectations and delivered a quality show which the Indian animal protein industry was looking for many years. There were quality visitors, an excellent atmosphere to discuss business opportunities and moreover, attendees from India and abroad.”

First Edition Sets the Foundation for Future Growth

The breadth of participation at VIV Select India 2026 from domestic producers and national associations to international exhibitors and government stakeholders reflected a genuine appetite for a dedicated, high-quality platform of this kind in India.Jeroen van Hooff, President and CEO of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs and VNU Group, remarks, “VIV Worldwide has spent over four decades building trust with the industries and markets it serves. We do not enter a market for a single edition — we enter to build something durable. India is one of the most significant animal protein markets in the world, and the response to this inaugural edition reinforces our belief that this is the right platform, in the right place, at the right time. VIV Select India is a long-term investment in the Indian industry, and we are proud to stand alongside the Poultry Federation of India and the broader sector in that commitment.”

The VIV Worldwide team and its partners extend their gratitude to the exhibitors, visitors, speakers, industry associations, and government stakeholders whose participation made VIV Select India 2026 a strong and purposeful debut.Building on the strong rebook interest of the current exhibitors and the wider industry support, the next edition of VIV Select India is set to take place from April 21–23, 2027, in New Delhi.

Visit india.viv.net for more information on VIV Select India and viv.net for all the shows under the VIV Worldwide portfolio.

How to Choose the Right Munchie Sticks for Puppies

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 16:10:06 +0700

A puppy's first few months are a whirlwind of teething, chewing, and curious taste-testing of everything in sight. Munchie sticks are one of the most popular treats for this stage in India, loved by both puppies and pet parents. They are soft, chewy, palatable, and easy to carry in your pocket during training sessions.

But not every munchie stick on the shelf is right for a young puppy. Some contain ingredients that are too rich, too salty, or too tough for developing jaws. This guide walks through exactly how to choose the right munchie sticks for your puppy, what to check on the label, and what to avoid.

What Are Munchie Sticks?

Munchie sticks are soft, chewy, bite-sized treats shaped like thin sticks or small bones. Most are meat flavoured, often chicken, mutton, or liver, and made with rawhide, collagen, or starch-based binders. They hold their shape well, stay soft for easy chewing, and release strong meaty aromas that drive puppies wild.

You will find munchie sticks under many brand names in Indian pet stores. The most common types include chicken munchies, mutton munchies, milk-flavoured puppy sticks, and liver-flavoured training sticks. Sizes range from short 2-inch pieces designed for toy breeds to longer sticks for medium puppies.

Think of munchies as a middle-ground treat: softer than biscuits, less messy than raw meat, and far easier to portion than large chews like yak cheese or bully sticks.

Why Munchie Sticks Work for Puppies

Puppies are not miniature adult dogs. They have softer teeth, smaller jaws, and more delicate stomachs. Munchie sticks suit them for a few specific reasons:

Soft texture: Gentle on teething gums and young teeth
Small size: Easy to break into training-sized bites
Strong smell: Grabs attention during training and early socialisation
Short chew time: A quick reward, not a marathon chew that ties up the puppy
Easy digestion: Lower fat and softer ingredients suit sensitive puppy stomachs
Affordability: Cheaper than most single-ingredient natural chews
Builds chew habits: Teaches puppies to chew appropriate items, not your shoes

Munchie sticks also make excellent training rewards. Their strong flavour works better than kibble when teaching recall or basic obedience in busy Indian parks and homes with plenty of distractions.

When to Introduce Munchie Sticks

Most vets recommend introducing soft treats like munchie sticks once a puppy is at least 8 weeks old and fully weaned onto solid food. By 10 to 12 weeks, most puppies can handle small munchie pieces without digestive issues.

Watch for these readiness signs:

Puppy is eating solid kibble or puppy food consistently
No diarrhoea or vomiting in the past week
Baby teeth have come in or are starting to emerge
Shows interest in textured, flavourful foods

Start with half a stick, broken into tiny pieces. Observe stool and appetite over the next 24 hours before making munchie sticks a daily routine.

What to Look For in Munchie Sticks

Not all munchie sticks are equal. The ingredients, sourcing, and processing make a huge difference for puppies.

Ingredients to check

Real meat listed as the first ingredient, not meat meal or animal digest
No artificial colours like Red 40 or Yellow 6
No added sugar, corn syrup, or caramel colour
No BHA, BHT, or ethoxyquin preservatives
Low salt content, ideally under 1 percent
No onion powder, garlic powder, or xylitol

Texture and size

Soft enough that your nails can dent it slightly
Thin enough for a puppy's small jaws
Breakable by hand into 3 or 4 pieces
Slightly moist, not bone dry or oily

Packaging and suitability

Sealed packs with clear expiry dates and batch numbers
Labelled as safe for puppies, not just adult dogs
Matches your puppy's breed size (small, medium, or large)

The American Kennel Club advises checking ingredient lists carefully for puppies, as young dogs cannot tolerate the same additive load as adult dogs.

Types of Munchie Sticks

Indian pet stores stock several munchie varieties. Each serves a slightly different purpose:

Chicken Munchie Sticks: The most popular option. High in flavour, palatable, and widely available. Great for picky eaters.
Mutton Munchie Sticks: Higher in iron and richer in taste. Ideal for puppies losing interest in chicken or needing variety.
Liver-Flavoured Sticks: Strong smelling and super effective as training treats. Use sparingly, as liver is calorie dense.
Milk Munchies: Mild flavoured and gentle on the stomach. Suitable for young puppies just starting on treats, unless lactose sensitive.
Multigrain Vegetable Sticks: Made with oats, ragi, and vegetables. A lighter option for puppies needing lower calorie intake.
Dental Munchie Sticks: Textured for chewing benefits. Useful once adult teeth start coming in at around 4 months of age.
Single-Ingredient Air-Dried Sticks: Made from one type of meat, air dried and shaped into stick form. The cleanest category on the market.
Soft Training Sticks: Small, soft, easy-to-break versions designed specifically for reward-based training sessions.

Rotate two or three types through the week. This prevents taste fatigue, spreads out calorie sources, and reduces the risk of food sensitivities developing. Store all munchie sticks in airtight jars during the Indian monsoon, because humidity quickly softens and spoils them.

Red Flags and What to Avoid

Some munchie stick brands cut corners that can hurt your puppy. Watch for these warning signs:

Bright unnatural colours: Red, orange, or yellow shades usually mean artificial dyes
Overpowering chemical smell: Strong artificial aromas signal flavour enhancers or masking agents
Greasy residue: Oily hands after handling suggest low-quality fats or fat-coated fillers
Hidden ingredient lists: Brands that hide their formula are usually hiding something unwanted
Suspiciously cheap pricing: Low prices often mean cheap fillers and synthetic preservatives
Unknown origin: If the country and manufacturer are unclear, skip the pack

The ASPCA warns that certain additives, particularly xylitol and excessive onion or garlic powder, are toxic to dogs. Cheap munchies sometimes sneak these in as flavour boosters.

How to Serve Munchie Sticks Safely

Munchie sticks are generally safe, but safe feeding practices matter, especially for puppies:

Break sticks into 3 or 4 small pieces before giving
Limit to 2 to 3 small pieces per day, depending on puppy size
Offer only when your puppy is calm, not panting heavily after play
Keep fresh water close by, since munchies can feel dry
Supervise young puppies to prevent gulping
Include munchie calories in the daily 10 percent treat limit
Stop immediately if you notice loose stools, vomiting, or rashes

FAQs

At what age can puppies eat munchie sticks?

Most puppies can start with soft munchie sticks from 8 to 10 weeks of age, once they are fully weaned and eating solid food comfortably. Start with half a stick broken into tiny pieces, and watch for any stomach upset over the next 24 hours.

How many munchie sticks can I give my puppy daily?

Two to three small pieces per day is a good limit for a medium puppy. Total treat calories should not exceed 10 percent of your puppy's daily food intake. Smaller puppies need even less, while large breed puppies may handle slightly more.

Are munchie sticks healthy for puppies?

It depends on the brand. Clean munchie sticks made with real meat, no artificial colours, and minimal preservatives are a healthy choice. Cheap, additive-heavy versions can cause stomach upsets and should be avoided.

Can munchie sticks replace puppy meals?

No. Munchie sticks are treats, not meals. Puppies need a complete, balanced puppy food as their main diet. Munchies should be used only for training rewards or occasional snacks.

Which munchie sticks are safest for Indian puppies?

Look for Indian-made munchies with real chicken or mutton as the first ingredient, no artificial colours, and short ingredient lists. Brands that disclose manufacturing details and ingredient sources clearly are usually the safest choices.

Final Thoughts

The right munchie sticks can make puppyhood smoother, from teething relief to training breakthroughs. Pick soft, clean, single-meat options, keep portions small, and rotate flavours through the week. Always check labels carefully and avoid anything with artificial colours or hidden additives.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection to find puppy-safe munchie sticks and other gentle treats for your growing pup.

How Modern Farmers Mitigate the Effects of Agriculture on the Environment?

Edusehat — Wed, 29 Apr 2026 05:55:07 +0700

The effects of agriculture on the environment have been well studied, with hundreds of peer-reviewed scientific papers published on the topic in the past few years. Farming has been found to accelerate climate change, introduce toxins into watersheds, and negatively impact local biodiversity.

Each year, the global food system grows increasingly larger and more complex, and the need for greater sustainability during agricultural production has increased concurrently. Without a concerted effort from growers, distributors, and consumers, the food supply that communities across the world depend on will be at risk.

Fortunately, modern farmers are leading the charge toward a more sustainable food system for their local communities and the world at large. Let’s consider some of the innovative practices farmers use to mitigate the environmental effects of agriculture. Pioneered by small-scale local farms, these techniques are now being adopted worldwide to promote long-term ecosystem health.

Reducing Carbon Footprints

According to the USDA, agriculture contributes about 10.6 percent of all greenhouse gas emissions in the United States, totaling hundreds of millions of metric tons of carbon dioxide and its equivalents per year. These emissions are generated by every aspect of the agricultural process, from the carbon dioxide directly produced by the machinery used during production and distribution to the nitrous oxide created by fertilizers and livestock manure. Promoting long-term sustainability is a matter of reducing these greenhouse gas emissions wherever possible.

One major contributor to carbon dioxide production during agriculture is the tilling process itself. Whenever the soil is disturbed, microbes living inside it release the byproducts of decomposition, including greenhouse gases. Modern farmers have employed multiple techniques for ensuring that this CO2 remains sequestered in the soil. For example, they often plant cover crops as a source of protection from erosion and runoff. These cover crops also help to absorb carbon, preventing it from reentering the atmosphere.

Conserving Water

Fresh water is one of the rarest and most valuable commodities on the planet. Only 3 percent of the water in the world is freshwater, and the majority of that is impossible to access for human use, as it is frozen in ice caps or held in the atmosphere or deep underground. That means only about 0.5 percent of the world’s water is usable by humans.

Of that 0.5 percent, the agriculture industry is by far the largest user of freshwater on the planet, employing about 70 percent of the worldwide water supply. Unfortunately, much of this water is also wasted. The numbers are truly staggering: Some estimates suggest as much as 60 percent, or more, is lost as a result of inefficient agricultural practices.

Mitigating the effects of agriculture on the environment requires vastly improving water management on farms, a task that modern farmers are now working to undertake. Innovative methods of watering crops, such as drip irrigation, are being implemented worldwide. Irrigation scheduling software can also be used to ensure water is supplied to crops when it is needed the most and in exactly the right amounts.

Precision Farming

A great deal of the environmental impact of farming can be minimized by the process of precision farming. This technique utilizes modern technology to reduce waste and eliminate the inefficiencies that plague traditional farms. This technology allows for the collection of vast amounts of data from any agricultural project. For example, GPS technology can be used to create extremely accurate maps of a given area, enabling farmers to determine which areas are best suited for specific crops.

Precision farming techniques also employ software to analyze and predict groundwater levels, helping farmers to determine crops’ exact irrigation needs, down to the drop. This both reduces the farm’s overall water usage and eliminates harmful runoff that can carry pollutants into the local water supply. Precision farming is also used to track and predict the life cycles of pest insects, helping farms use smaller quantities of harmful pesticide chemicals than they have in the past.

Crop Rotation

Another farming practice that reduces resource usage in agriculture is crop rotation. This involves changing the type of crop grown in a specific field on an annual or seasonal basis.

Growing the same crops in the same location season after season can strain local environments. This eventually depletes the soil of necessary nutrients. It also provides pest insects with a tempting and predictable environment in which to establish themselves. Crop rotation addresses these concerns by recycling and restoring the soil, increasing the diversity of plant life available in the area, and disrupting pest life cycles.

The benefits are multifold. Interrupting pest life cycles reduces pest species populations, which in turn minimizes the amount of harmful pesticides introduced to the local environment. Soil regeneration and increased plant diversity mean a stronger local ecosystem overall. All of this supports the presence of beneficial local wildlife, including pollinators, which can then further reinforce the health of both the crops and the surrounding environment.

Small-scale farming operations, including the sustainable potato farms in Washington State, have successfully employed crop rotation to boost yields and strengthen local environments. Now these tried-and-true techniques are being employed on larger farms worldwide.

Using Renewable Energy

Farms can also cut down on their carbon emissions and reduce their environmental impacts by utilizing renewable energy sources to power operations. There are dozens of ways renewable energy can be used during the agricultural process.

One of the best and most effective is installing solar panels on the farmland. Solar panels absorb solar radiation during the day, which can help meet the energy requirements of the farm. They also provide a source of shade for the crops, which can protect them from excessive heat and further improve the output and efficiency of the growing operation.

Whether you are a generational farmer with a small-scale growing operation or the owner of a large-scale agricultural business, the sustainable practices listed above can help your farm save money, increase yields, and reduce the environmental impact of the growing process. Consider implementing them to support the health of your local ecosystem and be a part of the future of agriculture.

Introducing ElectraVet: Dispomed’s New Electrosurgical Unit for Veterinary Surgery

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Apr 2026 20:50:06 +0700

At Dispomed, we’re proud to support veterinary professionals by providing reliable, high-quality equipment that enhances surgical performance and patient care.

Today, we’re excited to introduce the ElectraVet Electrosurgical Unit, a brand-new addition to our surgery equipment lineup designed specifically for the needs of veterinary surgical teams.

What Is ElectraVet?

The ElectraVet Electrosurgical Unit is a versatile electrosurgery system engineered to bring precision, control, and adaptability to a wide range of surgical procedures in veterinary practice. It reflects Dispomed’s commitment to practical design and performance-focused solutions for veterinary clinics.

Electrosurgery has become a cornerstone of modern veterinary surgery, enabling efficient cutting, coagulation, and tissue management with reduced trauma and enhanced hemostasis. By integrating these capabilities into a single dependable unit, ElectraVet empowers your surgical team to work confidently and efficiently.

Designed with Your Clinic in Mind

ElectraVet was developed in response to real-world clinical needs:

Precision and versatility for a variety of surgical interventions: from routine soft tissue procedures to more advanced cases.
Intuitive controls that help streamline workflow and reduce setup time.
Patient-focused safety to support controlled energy delivery throughout surgery.
Adaptable use across different animal sizes and surgical contexts, making it a flexible addition to any practice.

Whether you’re performing routine neuters, mass removals, or other critical procedures, ElectraVet is designed to support your clinic’s surgical success.

ElectraVet in Veterinary Practice

Dispomed’s electrosurgical unit brings several advantages that are particularly valuable in veterinary environments:

Reliable

Easy to operate

Safe for patients

Adaptable to
multiple procedures

Cost-efficient
long term

Dispomed’s ElectraVet aims to elevate these benefits by delivering consistent performance in a tool that’s tailored to the everyday demands of veterinary surgery.

Supported by Dispomed Expertise

As with all Dispomed products, ElectraVet comes with the backing of our technical support and service network. We understand that quality equipment is only part of the equation, ongoing guidance and support are essential for getting the most out of your surgical tools.

Visit the ElectraVet product page to explore full specifications, features, and ordering details.

Learn More

Strategies for poultry producers to combat insecticide resistance

Edusehat — Tue, 28 Apr 2026 17:05:09 +0700

Poultry producers can combat insecticide resistance by rotating insecticides based on their mode of action, implementing resistance monitoring programs, and integrating non-chemical pest management strategies. These proactive measures help maintain long-term control and reduce the risk of resistant pest populations.

Understanding insecticide resistance

Insecticide resistance occurs when insect populations are repeatedly exposed to the same active ingredient, leading to genetic adaptations that reduce the effectiveness of treatments. In poultry production, pests such as darkling beetles can quickly develop resistance, undermining biosecurity and flock health. Resistance is not tied to brand names but to the chemical group and mode of action of the insecticide.

Key strategies for combating resistance

Rotate modes of action

Insecticides are classified by group numbers based on their mode of action. Producers should rotate between these groups rather than simply switching brands.

For example, alternating between pyrethroids and organophosphates reduces the likelihood of pests adapting to one chemical family.

Monitor resistance levels

Regular monitoring of pest populations helps detect early signs of resistance.

Field tests and laboratory assays can identify reduced sensitivity, allowing producers to adjust control strategies before resistance becomes widespread.

Integrate non-chemical controls

Sanitation and litter management reduce pest breeding grounds.

Physical barriers, improved ventilation, and moisture control limit insect survival.

Biological controls, such as introducing natural predators, can complement chemical treatments.

Apply correct dosages and timing

Under-dosing or irregular application accelerates resistance development.

Following label instructions and applying insecticides at recommended intervals ensures maximum effectiveness.

Benefits of proactive resistance management

Sustained effectiveness of insecticides over time.

Reduced production costs by avoiding repeated ineffective treatments.

Improved flock health and biosecurity, as pests are vectors for disease.

Compliance with regulatory standards and consumer expectations for sustainable production.

Risks of ignoring resistance

Rapid pest population growth due to ineffective treatments.
Increased disease transmission within poultry houses.
Higher operational costs from repeated chemical applications.
Potential regulatory scrutiny if misuse of insecticides is detected.

Conclusion

Combating insecticide resistance in poultry production requires a proactive, integrated approach. By rotating insecticides based on mode of action, monitoring resistance, and combining chemical with non-chemical strategies, producers can safeguard flock health and maintain effective pest control. Resistance management is not just a technical necessity—it is a cornerstone of sustainable poultry production.

Sources can be provided upon request

Quality That Shows in the Harvest: How to Choose Products That Deliver Real Results

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Apr 2026 23:35:06 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Modern aquaculture, particularly tilapia farming, is experiencing a period of high technical demands. Rather than merely seeking to increase production volumes, producers now seek stability, predictability, and consistent results that allow them to plan their operations with less risk. In this context, the maturation and reproduction phase has become one of the most critical aspects of the production system. Small physiological variations can result in significant economic differences.

Given this scenario, choosing nutritional and functional products is no longer a secondary decision. Not all products perform equally, nor are they all manufactured to the same quality standards. Experience gained from field trials demonstrates that product quality — including formulation, process control, certifications, and consistency — is a determining factor in reducing reproductive variability and improving farming results.

This article focuses on tilapia maturation and analyzes how incorporating a certified, high-quality product like MegaTure-F directly impacts reproductive indicators. Results from a renowned Ecuadorian aquaculture company confirm that when quality is the cornerstone of product development, the benefits are clearly and measurably reflected on the farm.

Tilapia Maturation: A Highly Sensitive Process

Reproduction in tilapia is a biologically demanding process. During maturation, broodstock must allocate significant energy toward gamete formation while coping with confinement, handling, environmental fluctuations, and metabolic stress. Imbalances in this process negatively impact fertility, egg quality, and fry viability.

One of the least visible yet most critical factors at this stage is oxida- tive stress. Free radicals cause cellular damage in reproductive tissues and glands, forcing the animal to divert energy toward defense mechanisms instead of reproduction. This “hiddencost” reduces the system’s biological efficiency and increases variability between production cycles.

Reducing this defensive energy expenditure requires attention to both nutrition and the quality of the products used. Only stable formulations with high-purity ingredients and controlled processes can effectively influence these physiological mechanisms without causing side effects.

In tilapia breeding, using feed manufactured under strict quality standards is essential for achieving reproductive stability, biological efficiency, and consistent results in each production cycle.

When it comes to the maturation of tilapia, critical decision are key. The difference lies not only in nutrition, but also in the quality of the product that underpins each production outcome.To achieve reproductive stability, reduce variability, and maximize biological performance, it is essential to choose inputs manufactured to strict standards with verifiable certifications and consistent field performance. Experience in Ecuador shows that quality is not an abstract concept; it is measured by viable fry, reproductive efficiency, and sustainable results.

Product Quality: The Attribute That Makes All the Difference

In aquaculture, quality is an operational necessity, not just a marketing slogan. Aquaculturists value products that perform consistently from batch to batch, remain stable over time, and produce measurable results in real-world farming conditions. This is indeed one of the most highly recognized value attributes by Megasupply’s customers, according to user and potential client surveys.

MegaTure-F was developed with this in mind — quality as the foundation of performance. The product holds four SGS certification seals attesting to its manufacture under strict quality standards, ingredient traceability, and process control. These certifications validate the formulation and guarantee the product’s stability, consistency, and safety for continuous use.

In a market where many products promise results but few deliver them over time, certified quality is a real differentiator. Consistent products are key to reducing production variability, one of the main challenges in tilapia farming.

In tilapia breeding, using feed manufactured under strict quality standards is essential for achieving reproductive stability, biological efficiency, and consistent results in each production cycle.

Selecting products with verifiable certifications is not just a formality; it guarantees performance. Controlling the formulation, ingredients, and processes translates into lower physiological stress, improved fertility, and reduced reproductive variability.

MegaTure-F: Quality Applied to Reproductive Physiology

MegaTure-F is a high-quality nutritional emulsion formulated specifically for breeding animals. It works by combining vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants in precise amounts. Selenium and the enzyme glutathione peroxidase play key roles in neutralizing hydrogen peroxide (Figure 1).

From a physiological perspective, this action results in:

✓ Protection of reproductive cells.

✓ Reduction of oxidative damage.

✓ Metabolic energy savings

✓ Increased energy availability for gamete production.

This approach does not force reproduction; rather, it optimizes the animal’s natural biological efficiency. The quality of the product ensures these processes occur stably, without peaks or abrupt drops in reproductive performance.

Design of Field Trials in Ecuador

The findings presented in this article are based on a field trial conducted from 2023 to 2024 at a leading Ecuadorian aquaculture company. The study evaluated the impact of MegaTure-F on tilapia broodstock diets under real-world farming conditions.

Key features of the study

✓ Start date: September 25, 2023.

✓ Base diet: GISIS TILAPIA balanced feed for broodstock (36% protein).

✓ Treatment: Addition of MegaTure- F at controlled doses (15 ml/kg).

The sample includes six batches of broodstock with variable biomass (weights ranging from 267 g to 5,929 g). The experimental design enabled comparison of previous cycles with treated cycles and evaluation of key indicators of fertility, hatching, and total fry production. The methodological consistency of the trial reinforces the validity of the obtained results.

Results from field trials demonstrate that quality is more than just marketing talk. It is a technical factor that directly impacts hatchery efficiency, the production of viable fry, and the stability of the reproductive system, even when using the same infrastructure.

Results: When Quality Translates into Numbers

The results of the field trial clearly demonstrate sustained improvements in all evaluated reproductive indicators, confirming the direct impact of product quality on crop performance.

Improved fertility in females

✓ A 20% increase in the percentage of females that spawned (Figure 2).

✓ A 49% increase in the volume of eggs collected (Figure 2).

These results reflect improved re- productive efficiency. They are associated with better physiological condition in the breeding stock.

Hatching efficiency and viability

✓ A 54% increase in the viable hatch rate.

✓ A notable case was when one batch’s hatch rate rose from 30% to 85%.

One of the most significant findings was the reduction in variability between batches, which demonstrates the stability provided by a high-quality product.

Total fry production

✓ An 89.9% increase in the total number of hatched fry.

✓ Production nearly doubled using the same infrastructure.

From a commercial standpoint, this is a key point: the quality of the product made it possible to maximize yield without the need for additional investments in facilities.

Normalized productivity

The number of fries per kilogram of females increased by 33%, confirming that the improvement was genuine and not merely volumetric.

Quality, stability, and reduced variability

One of the biggest challenges in tilapia breeding is variability between production cycles. Fluctuations in fertility, hatching, and survival create operational uncertainty and affect planning.

The results obtained with MegaTure-F demonstrate that product quality directly contributes to greater reproductive stability.

✓ Greater reproductive stability.

✓ Less variation in results between batches.

✓ Greater predictability in fry production.

Megasupply’s customers particularly value this, recognizing quality as a key attribute for reducing risks and improving production decision- making.

Megasupply: A Company Built on Quality

Field results are not an isolated occurrence, but rather a reflection of a business philosophy. Megasupply has established its presence in the aquaculture market by offering high-quality products, as evidenced by stable formulations, international certifications, and technical support. When market perception aligns with field results, the message becomes credible and effective.

Megasupply‘s value proposition is based on the clear principle that product quality is the foundation of farm performance. This quality is recognized by our customers and is reflected in our stable formulations, international certifications, and consistent results under real production conditions.

Conclusions

Experience with tilapia breeding in Ecuador confirms that product qual- ity is not an abstract concept, but rather a decisive factor in production outcomes. Using MegaTure-F improved fertility, hatching efficiency, and total fry production. This reduced variability and increased the stability of the breeding system. These results, obtained under real-world farming conditions, demonstrate the effectiveness of a product manufactured under strict quality standards and supported by international certifications. In aquaculture, choosing quality is an investment that yields real, sustainable results, not an additional cost.

This article is sponsored by: MEGASUPPLY

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “ESTUDIO DE CASO: OPTIMIZACIÓN DE ÍNDICES REPRODUCTIVOS EN TILAPIA” y “MEGATURE-F: EMULSIÓN NUTRICIONAL PARA CAMARONES Y PECES EN MADURACIÓN SEXUAL” developed by: MEGASUPPLY.
Página web: www.megasupply.net
Email: orders@megasupply.net

The world comes to London

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Apr 2026 19:55:04 +0700

The London Marathon was this Sunday, if you weren’t aware. In my neighbourhood, it is impossible to escape as every route goes through the village, both at the top and the bottom. Our local Parkrun group supplies a set of volunteers for one of the start points. So, being an early bird anyway, I volunteered to arrive at 6:30am on a Sunday to assist the more than 59,000 runners at the start of their 26.2 mile journey.

I learned before I even hit Blackheath walking. One, the stewards are already there at 6am, lining the roads. Two, there’s the reverse night marathon, where over 1,000 people ran the route, starting at the Mall at just after midnight, and ending in Blackheath. Medals and everything. I ran into three of them on my way. They were headed to get breakfast and go home. Considering they had been loping along in the dead of night, they all looked surprisingly chipper.

Three, I am unable to recognise anyone due to a few things: if they are out of context (say, in running gear) and are below a certain age, I have no idea. My facial recognition skills are poor on a good day. So, we had a lot of people who are celebrities go by and nope, I was clueless. Plus, everyone’s so busy getting folks ready for their run.

I probably did see Sabastian Sawa (first sub two hour marathoner), but I was busy admiring people’s Puma rainbow trainers on the start line, as well as chatting about those gel packets they all have. And then getting out of the way.

The thing about this type of volunteering is that it’s slow to start and before you know it, the day is done and off you go. You do meet such interesting people. I did chat with a woman from Merrick, New York, which is 20 minutes from where I grew up, who was running. There was one woman who was on marathon 64. Every single one of those 59,000 or so had a story. We even got one wave to do a Mexican wave with us.

I went home, sunburnt, and put my feet up after 12.7km of walking. Couldn’t even imagine doing the 43km, which is what the marathons are. But will definitely try and volunteer again. A grand day out.

The post The world comes to London appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Dr. Joseph Gulizia Joins NOVUS to Support Poultry Research and Innovation

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Apr 2026 16:10:07 +0700

Joseph Gulizia, Ph.D., has joined NOVUS as its new global poultry research manager. In this role, he will design and execute research trials, analyze results, and translate findings into scientific publications and technical resources for the poultry industry.Gulizia replaces longtime NOVUS poultry nutritionist and researcher, Frances Yan, Ph.D., who retired earlier this year. He joins the leader in intelligent nutrition from Auburn University in the United States where he recently finished a postdoctoral fellowship.

Gulizia originally wanted to be a veterinarian and credits his longtime mentor, educator Kevin Downs, Ph.D., with the shift to animal agriculture.“While I was studying animal science at Middle Tennessee State University, I conducted undergraduate research in ruminant and poultry nutrition with Dr. Downs,” he says. “He introduced me to animal agriculture research and encouraged me to pursue graduate studies in poultry science.”NOVUS Exec Manager-Global Poultry Technology Lead Hugo Romero, Ph.D., says having the young researcher join his team fits the company’s goals for poultry research.

“We specifically wanted someone who would bring fresh energy, curiosity, and new ideas into our poultry research program—someone who can grow within the company by challenging the status quo and contributing to meaningful, longterm improvements,” says Romero. “Although Joseph is just completing his postdoctoral fellowship, his academic and research accomplishments already rival those of seasoned industry professionals.”Gulizia has led broiler nutrition trials, published peer‑reviewed research, and built deep expertise in feed additives, calcium and mineral nutrition, gut health, and nutrient digestibility. Romero says his background blends strong statistical and experimental design training with hands‑on experience in feed milling, including particle size analysis, pelleting, and feed manufacturing workshops.

“His innovative mindset, extensive publication record, and ability to translate complex data into practical insights make him the ideal scientist to help us expand our research capabilities at NOVUS,” says Romero.Gulizia’s research at NOVUS will focus on understanding the company’s organic trace mineral, eubiotic, and enzyme products through bird performance, nutrient utilization, and gut health to support customers and the poultry industry.“I’m still early in my time at NOVUS, but I have already seen that the poultry team is highly committed to developing innovative nutritional strategies and feed solutions to help customers manage challenges such as necrotic enteritis and support overall flock performance,” he says.

A native of Tennessee now residing in North Carolina, Gulizia is a member of the Poultry Science Association and World Poultry Science Association.NOVUS is the intelligent nutrition company combining global scientific research with local insights to develop innovative, advanced technology that helps farmers get more from their herds and flocks. Learn more about how NOVUS is supporting poultry to meet their full potential at novusint.com.

Natural vs Processed Dog Treats: What You Need to Know

Edusehat — Mon, 27 Apr 2026 15:55:06 +0700

Walk into any pet store in India and the treat aisle can feel overwhelming. Bright packaging, exciting flavours, and dozens of label claims compete for attention. Some packs scream natural and organic. Others promise meaty rewards or vet-approved goodness. The truth is, most pet parents have no idea what these terms actually mean, or whether the treat inside is genuinely good for their dog.

This guide breaks down the real difference between natural and processed dog treats. You will learn what each term means, how they affect your dog's health, and how to spot marketing tricks on labels. By the end, you will shop smarter and feed better.

What Are Natural Dog Treats?

Natural dog treats are made from whole, minimally processed ingredients. Think dried meat strips, dehydrated fish, air-dried vegetables, or single-ingredient chews like bully sticks and yak cheese. The ingredient list is short, recognisable, and usually under five items.

The key markers of a truly natural treat are:

Real meat, fish, or vegetable as the first ingredient
No artificial colours, flavours, or preservatives
No corn syrup, refined flour, or hydrogenated oils
Minimal processing such as dehydration, air drying, or gentle baking
Recognisable ingredients you could find in your own kitchen

Natural does not automatically mean organic or grain free. It simply means the product is closer to its original form. Look for single-ingredient treats when possible, because they offer the cleanest nutrition and fewer risks for dogs with sensitivities.

What Are Processed Dog Treats?

Processed dog treats go through significant industrial transformation. Ingredients are broken down, cooked, mixed with additives, reshaped, flavoured, and preserved to extend shelf life. Popular examples include shaped biscuits, coloured chewy strips, meaty sticks with long ingredient lists, and imported flavour-coated chews.

Common signs of heavy processing include:

Long ingredient lists, often 15 or more items
Artificial colours like Red 40 or Yellow 5
Preservatives such as BHA, BHT, or ethoxyquin
Flavour enhancers and artificial smoke flavouring
Added sugar, salt, corn syrup, or refined flour
Meat by-products or unnamed meat sources like animal digest

Processed treats are not inherently unsafe. Many reputable brands make processed treats that dogs love. But cheaper versions often cut corners with low-quality fillers and additives that can affect your dog's health over time.

Key Differences at a Glance

Ingredients: Natural treats use whole foods. Processed treats rely on flours, fats, additives, and flavour enhancers.

Protein quality: Natural treats usually contain real, named meat. Processed treats may list generic meat meal or by-products.

Shelf life: Processed treats last longer due to preservatives. Natural treats spoil faster, especially in Indian humidity.

Digestibility: Natural treats digest more smoothly. Processed ones with artificial ingredients can cause stomach upsets.

Allergy friendliness: Single-ingredient natural treats make allergy management simpler. Processed treats often hide triggers.

Price: Processed treats are cheaper on the shelf. Natural treats cost more but offer better value per nutritional gram.

For most dogs, a mix of both types works best, with natural treats forming the bulk of the daily intake.

Benefits of Natural Dog Treats

The advantages of natural dog treats go beyond clean labels:

Better digestion: Fewer additives mean fewer stomach upsets over time
Stronger coat and skin: Real animal protein and omega-rich fish improve coat shine
Allergy control: Single ingredients help you identify and avoid triggers
Stable energy: No sugar crashes after snacking sessions
Dental benefits: Many natural chews double as teeth scrapers
Weight management: Lower calorie density per treat

The American Kennel Club recommends focusing on clean, single-ingredient treats for dogs with food sensitivities. Many veterinary nutritionists suggest the same for senior dogs, whose digestive systems become more delicate with age.

Risks of Heavily Processed Treats

Not all processed treats are dangerous, but heavily processed products carry real risks you should know about:

Artificial preservatives: BHA and BHT have been linked to health concerns in long-term animal studies
Excess salt and sugar: Can contribute to obesity, diabetes, and kidney issues
Artificial colours: Offer no nutritional value and may trigger hyperactivity in some dogs
Low-quality protein: By-products and animal digest offer poor protein the body struggles to use
Hidden allergens: Wheat, corn, and soy fillers can trigger itching, ear infections, and digestive flare-ups

The ASPCA warns that some additives, particularly xylitol and excessive onion or garlic powders, can be toxic to dogs. Always check imported treats carefully, as regulations vary widely by country.

When Processed Treats Still Work

Processed treats are not the enemy. They have genuine uses in daily life:

Training: Soft, shelf-stable processed treats are easier to carry in a training pouch
Travel: Longer shelf life suits road trips and airport days
Affordability: Budget-friendly processed options help pet parents on tight budgets
Dental sticks: Many clinically tested dental chews are technically processed

Aim for an 80 to 20 split: 80 percent natural, 20 percent processed, adjusted for your dog's specific needs.

How to Read a Dog Treat Label

Labels can be confusing by design. Here is how to decode them quickly:

Check the first three ingredients, which make up the bulk of the product
Look for named proteins. Chicken is good, meat meal is not ideal.
Avoid long chemical names. If you cannot pronounce it, your dog probably does not need it.
Watch for hidden sugars like corn syrup, molasses, or caramel colour
Scan for fillers such as wheat middlings, corn gluten, and soy meal
Check the source country and manufacturing date, especially during Indian monsoon

How to Switch to Natural Treats

A sudden switch can upset your dog's stomach. Make the transition gradually over 7 to 10 days:

Days 1 to 3: Replace 25 percent of old treats with natural options
Days 4 to 6: Increase to 50 percent
Days 7 to 9: Move to 75 percent natural
Day 10 onwards: Complete the switch to natural treats

Store natural treats in airtight containers in a cool, dry place, especially during monsoon months.

FAQs

Are natural dog treats better than processed treats?

For most dogs, yes. Natural treats offer cleaner nutrition, fewer additives, and easier digestion. However, they cost more and spoil faster. A mix of both often works best, with the majority being natural.

What are the healthiest natural dog treats available in India?

Himalayan yak cheese chews, bully sticks, dehydrated fish, air-dried chicken strips, and freeze-dried liver are among the healthiest natural options. Single-ingredient treats are the safest starting point for any dog.

Do processed treats cause allergies in dogs?

They can. Wheat, corn, soy, artificial colours, and certain preservatives are common triggers. If your dog shows signs like itchy ears, paw licking, or recurring stomach upsets, check the ingredient list of recent treats first.

Is grain free the same as natural?

No. Grain free simply means no wheat, rice, or corn. A treat can be grain free but still heavily processed with artificial additives. Always read the full ingredient list, not just front-of-pack claims.

How do I store natural dog treats in Indian humidity?

Keep natural treats in airtight jars or zip-lock pouches with a silica gel packet. Refrigerate meat-based treats during monsoon. Buy smaller packs more often rather than stockpiling, as natural treats spoil faster than processed ones.

Final Thoughts

Natural and processed dog treats both have a place in your dog's life, but what you pick and how often matters. Focus on clean, single-ingredient natural treats as the base, use processed treats sparingly for training or travel, and read every label carefully. Your dog's coat, digestion, and long-term energy will show the difference within weeks.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection for trustworthy natural options and clean processed picks.

Coldep Demonstrates 95% Norovirus Reduction in Seawater Using Its VAL AQUA Technology

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:18 +0700

By Coldep

First scientific demonstration of norovirus extraction from seawater by vacuum flotation.

As part of the NoVLess project, conducted with a consortium of six scientific and institutional partners, French water treatment company Coldep has demonstrated that its VAL AQUA technology reduces norovirus levels in seawater by 95% in just 120 minutes. The experiments, carried out at the Mediterranean Marine Environment Station (SMEL) in Sète, France, between 2025 and 2026, following a protocol reviewed by IFREMER, represent the first scientific proof that a vacuum flotation process can extract norovirus from seawater. For a shellfish industry that has had no proven technical solution against this viral threat, these results open a concrete path forward.

Coldep announces the results of the NoVLess project, carried out with a consortium of six scientific and institutional partners: its VAL AQUA technology achieved a 95% reduction in norovirus levels in seawater within 120 minutes.

The experiments were conducted between 2025 and 2026 at the Mediterranean Marine Environment Station (SMEL) in Sète, France, following a protocol reviewed by IFREMER, France’s national reference institute for marine science. They constitute the first scientific demonstration that a vacuum flotation process can extract norovirus from seawater.

For the global shellfish industry, these results mark a turning point. Until now, no technical solution had proven effective against norovirus, which causes recurring contamination events, prolonged harvesting area closures and significant economic losses for producers worldwide.

Robust, Reproducible Results Across Two Seasons

95% viral load reduction in treated water within 120 minutes (from 37 to 8 million genomic copies per liter).
x21 concentration factor in the collector (from 12M to 254M GU/L, +1.3 log) — confirming the physical microbubble extraction mechanism.
Mass balance verified: The viral reduction in treated water correlates directly with accumulation in the collector. The mechanism is physical and confirmed.
Two seasons tested: Summer conditions (April–May 2025) and winter conditions (January 2026, with viral loads 15 times higher) for robust assessment.
Independent dual analysis: Every sample analyzed by two independent laboratories — IAGE (digital RT-PCR) and LDV34/Hérault Departmental Veterinary Laboratory (quantitative RT-PCR). Cross-validated, concordant results.
Protocol reviewed by IFREMER, France’s national reference institute for marine science.

Regarding oysters: VAL AQUA acts on the water, not on the shellfish’s metabolism. By removing viruses from the tank water, it eliminates the source of recontamination and thereby supports natural depuration.

“Norovirus particles are just 30 nanometres in size. Until now, no one had demonstrated that a flotation process could extract particles that fine from seawater. That is what the NoVLess project establishes. And we did it under real conditions, across two seasons, with winter viral loads fifteen times higher than summer. The results hold”,— Bertrand Barrut, CTO, Coldep.

A Global Challenge for the Shellfish Industry

Norovirus is the leading cause of acute gastroenteritis worldwide and is responsible for over 40% of foodborne illness outbreaks linked to shellfish consumption. Because oysters are filter feeders, they naturally concentrate viral particles present in their environment.

This is not a localised problem. From Ireland to Australia, from Chile to Spain, shellfish-producing regions face the same pattern: winter contamination events, prolonged harvesting closures, economic damage to producers, and growing regulatory pressure — with no validated technical solution available until now.

Two Concrete Deployment Pathways

Upstream — VAL AQUA installed at wastewater treatment plant outlets to eliminate viruses before discharge into coastal waters and shellfish farming zones.

Downstream — continuous water treatment in holding and depuration tanks to prevent recontamination and support natural depuration.

A Proven Technology, Now Backed by Nijhuis Saur Industries

The VAL process (vacuum airlift flotation), at the core of VAL AQUA, is patented and Solar Impulse-labelled since 2021. Its first deployment in shellfish farming dates back to 2018. Today, over 100 aquaculture sites worldwide are equipped — including fish farms (RAS), shellfish operations and public aquariums.

Since October 2025, Coldep is part of Nijhuis Saur Industries (NSI), a global leader in water treatment. This integration strengthens Coldep’s deployment capacity while preserving the agility of its Montpellier-based engineering team.

About Coldep

Coldep is a French company specialising in high-performance water treatment. Its patented VAL (Vertical Air Lift) technology originated from research conducted at IFREMER and INSA Lyon. Initially developed for aquaculture, it now extends to other high-potential applications including desalination pre-treatment and PFAS removal. Coldep has equipped over 100 sites worldwide and has been part of Nijhuis Saur Industries since October 2025. coldep.com

Aquaticode and Ilknak Enter Agreement to Deploy AI Phenotyping and Sorting for 300 Million Sea Bass and Sea Bream

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:14 +0700

By Aquaticode

Hatcheries producing sea bass and sea bream have traditionally relied on manual visual assessment to evaluate juveniles and identify weak or unviable individuals. At the volumes required by modern commercial operations, this approach is labor-intensive, highly variable, and unable to provide the biological consistency needed to optimize outcomes across large cohorts.

Aquaticode has entered into a commercial agreement with Ilknak to deploy its AquaLens technology for the phenotyping and sorting of 300 million sea bass and sea bream. Under the agreement, Aquaticode will lease its AquaLens systems to Ilknak, enabling AI-powered assessment and physical sorting of juveniles across Ilknak’s hatchery operations.

“Ilknak is one of the most signiﬁcant juvenile producers in the world, and this agreement is a clear signal of where the industry is heading,” said Stian Rognlid, CEO of Aquaticode. “AquaLens brings a level of biological precision to hatchery production that was not previously achievable at commercial scale. We are proud to be working with Ilknak and to be deploying this technology where it can have a direct impact on outcomes.”

AquaLens uses multi-sensor imaging and deep learning to assess individual ﬁsh in real time and sort out unviable individuals at the point of assessment. By identifying and physically removing weak or unviable ﬁsh early, producers can reduce unnecessary feed, labor, and tank capacity spent on ﬁsh that will not perform, improve cohort uniformity, and support better animal welfare outcomes from the earliest stage of production.

“Quality at the juvenile stage determines what is possible later in the production cycle,” said Georgios Meletiadis, CEO, Ilknak. “We have always invested in the best available technology, and AquaLens gives us a level of individual-level insight that was simply not available before. Applying this across 300 million ﬁsh represents a meaningful step forward for how we operate.”

Georgios Meletiadis, Ilknak CEO.

The agreement builds on Aquaticode’s growing presence in Mediterranean species. The Ilknak agreement represents a major step in the commercial deployment of AquaLens at scale across the Mediterranean aquaculture industry.

About Aquaticode

Aquaticode is the global leader in AI phenotyping and sorting for aquaculture. The company’s multi-sensor imaging and deep-learning systems provide real-time insight into ﬁsh health, robustness, and performance across species and production stages. With operations tripling year-on-year, Aquaticode is deployed with leading producers across multiple continents.

About Ilknak

Ilknak is one of the world’s leading producers of Mediterranean Sea bass and sea bream. Founded in 1996 and headquartered in Turkey, the company operates four modern hatcheries with a combined annual capacity of 300 million juveniles, and three offshore ﬁsh farms producing sea bass, sea bream, and pagrus. Ilknak is the biggest Mediterranean juvenile producer and seller worldwide, with a sales presence in Turkey, Greece, Italy and Albania.

Running For Resilience: 200 Miles for Aquaculture without Frontiers

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:10 +0700

By Aquaculture without Frontiers

In the television/streaming series Better Call Saul, the character Jimmy McGill often references far-flung places like Tajikistan to make his stories sound more impressive—more worldly, more convincing.

But audiences recognise what’s really happening: the story is doing the work, not the substance. There is none of that in the story of Ava Drake.

Through Running for Resilience, Ava Drake is not telling a story—she is living one. No embellishment. No distant references. Just commitment, effort, and purpose.

Supported by Aquaculture without Frontiers (AwF), Running for Resilience highlights a simple but powerful truth – real resilience is built through action, not narrative.

A Different Kind of Impact

In global development and food systems, there is often a temptation to amplify stories to reach for distant examples that sound more compelling than reality.

AwF takes a different approach. Working across communities worldwide, AwF focuses on:

Improving access to sustainable aquatic food.
Supporting livelihoods.
Strengthening local resilience.

These are not abstract concepts. They are practical, everyday actions that improve lives.

Why It Matters Now

At a time when global food systems are under pressure, resilience is no longer optional—it is essential.

Running for Resilience connects individual effort with global impact, demonstrating that:

Meaningful change starts locally.
Consistency matters more than scale.
Action is more powerful than words.

The concept has evolved from University of Stirling PhD candidate Ava Drake – “I’m not trying to tell a big story; I’m trying to make a small difference that adds up. Every step in this run is about resilience, for people and communities who rely on sustainable food systems.”

Aquaculture without Frontiers is engaged to ensure that funds obtained are maximised through governance processes. The AwF team of Dave Conley, Steve Dixon and Roy Palmer comment, “In a world full of big claims, Running for Resilience stands out because it is real. It reflects what we see every day—resilience built quietly, through food, livelihoods, and community.”

Running for Resilience is a reminder that we don’t need extraordinary narratives to create impact.

Resilience doesn’t need a storyline. It needs commitment.

Please join us on this journey with Ava – sponsorship space is still available (see below) but you can also donate at https://www.gofundme.com/f/avas-200mile-run-across-tajikistan-for-aquaculture-without

Sponsorship Package https://drive.google.com/file/d/1kRDqwNdl168VGmgHclx8hASZ_ieyRS0-/view

Contacts

Aquaculture without Frontiers

Australia/Oceania – Steve Dixon – email Steve.Dixon@see3group.com.au – Mobile +61 417 547 196

North America – Dave Conley – email dave@aquacomgroup.com – Mobile +1 613 294 3078

Global – Roy Palmer – email comms.awf@gmail.com – Mobile +61 419 528 733

Spotlight on African Women in Aquaculture as the AUDA-NEPAD, World Aquaculture Society (African Chapter) and Partners Commemorate the UN International Year of the Woman Farmer 2026

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 08:05:06 +0700

By Word Aquaculture Society (African Chapter)

Women are central to fisheries and aquaculture value chains in Africa, fulfilling critical roles across producing, harvesting, processing, trading, and retail, and often underpinning household food security and local economies. Women comprise a significant proportion — particularly in post-harvest segments — where their labour adds value, reduces losses, and sustains market systems, yet their contributions remain largely informal and undervalued.

According to AUDA-NEPAD, empowering women in fisheries and aquaculture value chains is a matter of equity, and also a strategic imperative for achieving inclusive economic growth, improved nutrition, and resilient aquatic food systems. Evidence shows that when women have equitable access to resources, finance, technology, and decision-making platforms, productivity increases, incomes rise, and benefits are more likely to be reinvested in families and communities. Strengthening women’s roles in fisheries and aquaculture also accelerates progress toward continental priorities, while unlocking the full potential of aquatic foods as a driver of sustainable development across Africa.

The United Nations has designated 2026 as the International Year of the Woman Farmer (IYWF 2026). The World Aquaculture Society African Chapter (WAS-AC), in collaboration with the African Union Development Agency – (AUDA-NEPAD) and its media partner Aquaculture Africa Media (AAM), have seized the opportunity to focus on women in fish farming; to highlight the crucial role they are playing in aquatic foods systems. In support to the IYWF commemorations, the FAO has created a Communications Handbook and Toolkit to guide its partners in developing strategic actions that may potentially amplify the celebrations of IYWF 2026. At the end of the year the WAS-AC plans to host a Special Side-Event at the upcoming Aquaculture Africa 2026 Conference in Tanzania (1-4 December 2026) to conclude the commemorations.

On March 24, 2026, a pioneering webinar session was held to raise awareness and promote initiatives aimed at enhancing women’s livelihoods in aquaculture. The session attracted nearly 300 participants from around the world, primarily from Africa. Keynote speakers included Dr. Khalid Salie (President of the WAS-AC); Dr. Foluke Areola, (President Elect of WAS); Dr. Bernice McLean (Head of the Blue Economy Unit at AUDA-NEPAD); and Ms. Jennifer Gee (FAO Gender Lead for Fisheries and Aquaculture). The speakers all highlighted the importance of implementing strategic and impactful actions that support the critical roles of women aquaculture producers in Africa, particularly in terms of food security, nutrition, and poverty eradication.

Following the opening session, a panel of identified women champions from several African countries, including Egypt, Nigeria, Ghana, Senegal, Kenya, and South Africa, spoke of their experience in aquaculture production. The champions had the opportunity to showcase their aquaculture enterprises, share their transformative journeys, discuss opportunities for scaling up, and highlight some of the challenges they face. The need for interventions to address long-term challenges such as increased access to land, credit, markets, education, training, and innovative technologies that can empower women was apparent. The solutions proposed included supportive regulations, institutions, and investments, as well as by encouraging collaboration among various stakeholders for women empowerment.

This webinar marks the beginning of a broader journey that AUDA-NEPAD, WAS-AC, and their partners plan to undertake this year. This journey will involve outreach initiatives to identify women aquaculture farmers across various regions of Africa, along with regional webinar sessions and other online engagements and activities – following up to the Communications Handbook and Toolkit. The commemoration will culminate in a final event at the Aquaculture Africa 2026 Conference (AFRAQ2026), scheduled to take place in Tanzania from December 1 to 4, 2026.

To learn more about the Webinar Session on Women in Aquaculture Production visit link. The webinar recording is available here.

Vičiūnai and Frais Embal take top honors at the 2026 Seafood Excellence Global Awards in Barcelona

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 04:30:14 +0700

Lithuania’s Vičiūnai Group and France’s Frais Embal have won top honors at the 2026 Seafood Excellence Global Awards held at Seafood Expo Global in Barcelona, the world’s largest seafood trade show. The winners were selected from among 35 finalists and announced at a special Seafood Excellence Global Awards reception. The competition recognizes the best products showcased at Seafood Expo Global, and the Seafood Excellence Global finalists were evaluated on taste and overall dining experience, packaging, marketability, convenience, nutritional value, and innovation. The judges’ evaluations were verified by the auditing firm PwC.

The top prize for Best Retail Product was awarded to Vičiūnai Group for its entry Smoked Herring Slices – Natural Flavor. This product is made with simple ingredients and is ready to eat straight from the package, featuring a clean, natural smoky flavor. The jury highlighted the balance between the flavor of the herring and the smoke, the excellent cut and packaging of the product, and the eye-catching packaging design.

Frais Embal won the grand prize for Best HORECA (hotel/restaurant/catering) Product for its Salmon Roll. This product consists of a thin, precisely cut rectangle of fresh salmon, ideal for sushi rolls and other culinary applications. Packaged in a modified atmosphere, the product offers uniform portions and streamlines preparation to improve restaurant operations and the dining experience for customers.

Four Special Awards

Meanwhile, Lerøy Seafood Group (Norway) received the Seafood Excellence Global Special Award for Convenience for its Fish Taco Sticks. With an intense flavor thanks to a unique blend of jalapeño and lime spices, these sticks are made with Atlantic haddock coated in a crispy gluten-free batter. They are designed to make it easy to incorporate fish into family taco dinners.

The Seafood Excellence Global Special Award for Retail Packaging went to Sykes Seafood Limited (United Kingdom) for its Argentine Red Shrimp with Chimichurri Butter product. The product combines Argentine red shrimp with a vibrant herb butter and crushed chili. It comes in a recyclable aluminum tray, perfect for the recommended oven-baking method. The packaging is complemented by an attractive cardboard sleeve that displays the finished product on the front and provides detailed consumer information on the back.

Iceco Fish (Lithuania) won the Seafood Excellence Global Award for Best Seafood Product Line for its range of herring tartares. The products are made with finely chopped, top-quality Atlantic herring, balanced with other high-quality ingredients. The line includes Original, Scandinavian, and Fine Herbs flavors, and is presented in recyclable tubs with cardboard sleeves featuring a modern and bold design.

Reunimer (Reunion Island) won the Seafood Excellence Global Award for Innovation for its Gravelax de Merlin. This product offers a refined interpretation of the Nordic curing technique applied to firm, lean marlin fillets. The fish is delicately cured with sea salt, sugar, fresh dill, and spices, resulting in a dense, velvety texture and a beautiful translucent pink hue.

Representatives From 16 Countries

The winners of the 2026 Seafood Excellence Global Awards were selected from among 35 finalists representing 16 countries from around the world. The winners and finalists were showcased in the Galleria, located between Halls 4 and 5 at Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, which ran through April 23.

The jury for the Seafood Excellence Global 2026 competition consisted of Raül Cervera, Director of Seafood Purchasing for La Sirena stores in Spain; Madeleine Hüffelmann, Private Label Buyer for the Rewe Group in Germany; Damien Bocahu, Seafood Buyer for Picard Surgelés in France; and Percy Addo, Purchasing Manager for the Wonderfield Group in the United Kingdom. Cervera served as jury chair.

The Seafood Excellence Global finalists were evaluated on taste and overall dining experience, packaging, marketability, convenience, nutritional value, and innovation. The judges’ evaluations were verified by the auditing firm PwC.

New Survey Shows People Are Ready for Food Made from Seafood Sidestreams

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 04:30:10 +0700

By Hailia

The new study asked more than 1,500 people from the UK, Sweden, and Germany about their attitudes towards food products made from seafood sidestreams. The survey shows 74% of respondents have a positive or neutral attitude towards eating food made from filleting sidestreams, pointing to new growth opportunities for processors

European consumers are increasingly ready to incorporate products made from seafood sidestreams into their everyday diets, according to a new survey conducted for Nordic seafood technology company Hailia. The findings indicate that consumer acceptance, long considered a key barrier, may no longer limit the wider use of sidestreams, opening up new opportunities for seafood processors and food manufacturers to turn underutilized raw materials into scalable, value-added products. With the strongest support seen among younger (aged 24-34), urban, and highly educated consumers, the results indicate that these products are well-positioned to enter mainstream formats such as ready meals, workplace catering, and quick-service dining.

The study shows that respondents in Sweden and the UK have an overwhelmingly positive attitude towards these products, with 58% and 55%, respectively, seeing food products from sidestreams as a good thing. The German market follows slightly behind at 49%. Only 19% responded negatively to the idea of these products. For food processors facing increasing pressure to improve yield, reduce waste, and meet sustainability targets, the findings suggest that consumer acceptance may no longer be a key barrier to scaling sidestream-based product innovation.

When asked which situations or use cases products from sidestreams would be most suitable, a large proportion of respondents answered that they could see these products in ready meals, quick-service restaurants, and cafeterias in workplaces or public institutions. Many consumers also indicated openness to using such ingredients in home cooking, reinforcing their versatility across both consumer-facing products and business-to-business ingredient applications. Notably, 59% of respondents reported a positive attitude towards sidestream-based products in lunch catering, compared to just 16% who responded negatively, highlighting strong potential in institutional and contract catering segments.

Among the most common answers, respondents stated that these products would be a good alternative source for protein, make it easier to consume fish as part of convenient, everyday diets, and provide the sustainability and ethical benefits of using more of each fish for human consumption. The main concern raised was the perception that sidestream-based products are overly processed or “artificial.” In reality, the production involves familiar, straightforward steps: refining, mixing, and cooking, similar to how many everyday foods like meatballs, falafel, or nuggets are prepared. Much like turning raw ingredients into smoothies, patties, or pancakes at home, these products are made using standard food preparation techniques rather than complex industrial processes.

“We see clear signals that consumers are open to incorporating these products into their daily lives, but transparency is essential to building lasting trust,” says Michaela Lindström, CEO of Hailia. “Sidestreams are handled with the same care and quality standards as fillets, and the process itself is simple and familiar: refining, seasoning, forming, cooking. Nothing that wouldn’t happen in a professional kitchen. When people understand that, the hesitation tends to disappear. A majority are already on board, fewer than one in five are opposed, and the large group in the middle simply needs more familiarity with what these products actually are, and the chance to taste them.”

Michaela Lindström, CEO of Hailia.

The survey shows that positive attitudes are most common among younger age groups, particularly 18-34. Also, the majority of positive respondents reported living in urban areas and cities, where ready-made meals are common, and there is more openness to trying new foods. Families with children, people with higher education, people with high-protein diets, and the environmentally conscious also report more positive attitudes towards using sidestreams for food products than other reference groups.

Between the three countries, German respondents emphasize innovation, food quality, and process transparency as most important. In Sweden, the most common open answers focus on greater circularity and an emphasis on climate impact, while UK consumers are more concerned with practical applications and fish products as a source of protein.

“We expected that young, urban people would be more receptive to new food products, but we have seen that the answers are not that different between age groups and socioeconomic backgrounds. The survey shows that overall, people have a positive attitude towards innovative food products, and they see the benefits of trying new things,” Lindström continues.

1,512 people were interviewed for the study, undertaken by Consumer Compass for Hailia during a 14-day period in March 2026. Respondents were evenly split between the markets. The survey consisted of 50 questions in 10 sections. Respondents were asked a series of questions around their attitudes towards food products made from sidestreams in general, as well as their thoughts on health benefits, suitability, nutrition, and sustainability. Questions on attitudes towards processed food, as well as food safety and responsible consumption, were also part of the study.

About Hailia

Hailia Nordic Oy develops novel and resource-efficient seafood processing technologies, producing innovative seafood products. Founded in 2021, Hailia aims to revolutionize resource efficiency in the seafood industry by maximizing the use of underutilized fish raw materials. Hailia‘s technology transforms these materials into high-value seafood products, contributing to a more sustainable food system. The company also licenses its cutting-edge technology to international fish processing companies. The company’s investors and partners include Nordic Foodtech VC, Heino Group Oy, Tradeka-sijoitus Oy, Holdix Oy Ab, Ikorni Invest Oy Ab, and Dana Technology Aps. www.hailia.fi

Shifting Demographics and Enhanced Consumer Trust: The Seafood Trends Driving Rapid Growth in China

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 04:30:05 +0700

By Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC)

The Norwegian Seafood Council’s latest consumer trends report outlines the key drivers shaping China’s growing appetite for seafood.

The annual seafood consumer trends report from the Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC) has this year shifted its focus to the Chinese market. With a deep dive into this global superpower, Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report showcases market snapshots, interviews with NSC representatives and industry experts, and the latest insights on seafood consumption across China.

Global Trends Boosting the Chinese Seafood Market

With a population of more than 1.4 billion – concentrated in cities and urban areas around the southeast – China is a nation of diverse cultures and food preferences.

As in previous years, the NSC’s seafood consumer trends report outlines global megatrends and how they manifest for seafood consumers. So, how do these food trends show up in the Chinese seafood market?

✓ Growing middle class and declining birth rates.

✓ Growing number of single-person households.

✓ Supply chains, geopolitics and tariffs.

✓ Focus on convenience and health.

According to Sigmund Bjørgo, NSC Country Director in China: “These global megatrends create movement in the Chinese seafood market and play an important role in consumer purchasing decisions. These trends influence consumers’ trust, preference and overall behavior.

“China’s emergence as the fastest-growing market for Norwegian seafood exports in the past year has made it crucial to understand more of the mechanisms in Chinese consumer behavior behind this fast-growing market.”

Norwegian Seafood Council Annual Conference 2026 Sigmund Bjørgo China Director (Photo credit HaugenMedia).

Rapid Value Growth for Norwegian Seafood in China

In 2025, China emerged as the market with the highest value growth for Norwegian seafood, with an increase in export value of USD 311.26 million (31%) compared with the previous year. China purchased Norwegian seafood totaling USD 1.32 billion and stepped up from being the sixth largest market in 2024 to the third largest market in 2025.

Species	Proportion of Norwegian exports to China in 2025
Greenland halibut	78%
Redfish	52%
Cold-water prawns	26%
Haddock	24%
Mackerel	9%

Chinese Consumers’ Willingness to Try New Species

China’s vast size and population give way to a host of diverse cultures with different food traditions. The country’s eight regional ‘great cuisines’ are defined by heritage and flexibility, with different tastes based on centuries of tradition combined with a consumer willingness to try new things due to the variety on offer.

Bjørgo elaborates: “In fact, this is very much part of the Chinese philosophy of always being on the path of learning. This openness has only increased over recent decades as Chinese spending power has grown.”

This openness extends to imported food too, Bjørgo explains. But do imported foods always need to cater to local flavors and tastes?

In the case of salmon, Bjørgo says: “So far, salmon isn’t widely relevant to local tastes. In China salmon equals sashimi – full stop. And sashimi is by definition a foreign food. It is Japanese food and most people eat it for the first time in a Japanese restaurant. There isn’t even much focus on sushi – that is a small slice of the salmon category. It really is mainly sashimi.”

Though Norwegian salmon is cold-chain reliant, the fact that the product is favored by the rising middle class as a high-value species serves as further proof that this is a product that arrives fresh – and can be trusted.

Showcasing New Research and Industry Insight

In addition to insights from Bjørgo and NSC Marketing Advisor Savindar Xie, Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report features interviews with Rabobank analyst Novel Sharma and Undercurrent News journalist Louis Harkell, as well as the latest insights on the Chinese consumer.

Differing from previous reports, the NSC’s approach to consumer research this year was a case study of 24 shoppers, as they planned and shopped for their meals. The shoppers were split across the traditional tier-one cities of Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and Shenzhen, and consumer habits were tracked across seven days of purchasing in October 2025.

According to NSC Consumer Analyst Lars Moksness: “We wanted to dive deeper into the specifics of consumer behavior and get detailed insights and answers from the people who participated. Through this new research, we’ve gained powerful new understanding of what influences the Chinese consumer.”

As China continues to evolve into one of the world’s fastest growing and most dynamic seafood markets, understanding the forces shaping consumer behavior is crucial. To explore these insights in greater detail, access Seafood Trends 2026: The China Report and discover the intricacies of this rapidly expanding market.

About the Norwegian Seafood Council 

The Norwegian Seafood Council (NSC) works with the Norwegian fisheries and aquaculture industries to develop markets for Norwegian seafood through local market intelligence, market development and reputational risk management.

The NSC is headquartered in Tromsø and maintains local representatives in some of Norway’s most important international markets. The Norwegian seafood industry finances the activities of the NSC via a tariff on all Norwegian seafood exports. The NSC is a public company owned by the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Fisheries. 

The US Department of Agriculture Launches Its Office of Seafood

Edusehat — Sun, 26 Apr 2026 00:55:05 +0700

• The organism will play an important role in the development of the America First Seafood Strategy to promote production, marketing, sale and export of US fishery and aquaculture products.

United States (US) Secretary of Agriculture Brooke Rollins recently announced the creation of the new US Department of Agriculture (USDA) Office of Seafood. This first of its kind office will prioritize customer service and ease of navigation for American seafood cultivators, producers, and processors to access USDA programs. The USDA Office of Seafood will play an important role in coordinating with the US Department of Commerce in the development of the America First Seafood Strategy to promote production, marketing, sale, and export of US fishery and aquaculture products and strengthen domestic processing capacity.

According to them, with the creation of the USDA Office of Seafood, the Federal government now enters a new era of seafood policy where American fishermen and seafood producers will be recognized by USDA as a key part of the US food supply.

“With the launch of the USDA Office of Seafood, we are honoring decades of hard work on the water and opening the door to new opportunities, stronger support, and a brighter future for the seafood industry. Today’s announcement, in addition to the historic tax cuts and investments in rural America made possible through the priorities and provisions in the Working Families Tax Cuts, is truly a new chapter for America’s fishermen,” said Rollins.

A Vital Part of the Nation’s Food Security

The announcement was made by Rollins alongside Secretary of Commerce Howard Lutnick, Secretary of the Interior Doug Burgum, White House National Economic Council Director Kevin Hassett, Alaska Senator Dan Sullivan and Maine Senator Susan Collins.

“The Department of the Interior is thrilled to support the establishment of the first-ever Seafood Office at the Department of Agriculture – an initiative that puts the people who help feed America first,” said Burgum. “American fishermen are the backbone of coastal economies and a vital part of our nation’s food security. By improving coordination across agencies, the Seafood Office will ensure these fishermen can fully access the tools and programs they need to thrive.”

Recognizing Farmers and Fishermen

One of the primary roles of the new office will be coordinating across USDA agencies to ensure seafood producers and fishermen are integrated into their programs and working alongside the US Department of Commerce and other Federal partners to revitalize the American seafood industry.

“Fishing is the very foundation of Maine’s heritage. Today, the seafood industry in our region generates more than USD 5 billion in income and supports hundreds of thousands of jobs, in addition to providing a nutritious food supply, delicious restaurant meals, and sustaining entire coastal communities,” said Collins. “I appreciate that USDA is recognizing our fishermen as farmers of the sea and establishing the Office of Seafood. The creation of this office is a long overdue, essential step to expanding seats at the table for our hardworking fishing families, who are a key piece of our nation’s history and our future as well.”

For his part, Sullivan contributed his point of view: “Alaska’s fishermen deserve the same federal attention, resources, and risk management tools afforded to America’s incredible farmers. The new USDA Office of Seafood — an action I’ve been strongly advocating for over the past decade — opens the door to that opportunity. This office is going to benefit everybody: all of Alaska’s fishermen, our small businesses, and our many coastal and Interior communities from across the state. I thank Rollins and Lutnick for working closely with me and my team over the past year to fully understand the challenges facing our fishermen and coastal communities and for taking meaningful action on their behalf. With this new office, we’re going to build a stronger partnership between USDA, Department of Commerce, the entire Executive Branch, and our fishermen, so they can continue to do what they do best: sustainably harvesting the freshest and healthiest wild seafood in the world.”

First-Ever

The Representative Cammack finalized: “Proud to be part of the launch of the inaugural, first-ever USDA Office of Seafood! Food security is national security which means prioritizing domestic production and strengthening our food supply here at home. From our Florida coasts to communities across the country, we’re cutting red tape, backing our fishermen, and ensuring American seafood competes — and wins — on the world stage. This office will not only elevate and support commercial production, but also advance commonsense conservation so future generations can thrive in this industry. As Chair of the Aquaculture Caucus, I’m grateful for the tenacious leadership driving this effort forward”.

Can Light Affect Your Dog’s Sleep?

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 23:55:03 +0700

Whether your dog has trouble settling down or falls asleep with ease, their sleep habits are closely linked to their environment and the quality of sleep they receive. While many factors can play a role, lighting is one of the most influential.

In this post, we’ll help you navigate how to create a home environment that optimizes your dog’s sleep and explain why lighting can be so impactful by answering:

WHY LIGHT CAN IMPACT A DOG’S INTERNAL CLOCK

Both dogs and humans rely on a circadian rhythm (aka an internal clock) that responds to light and darkness. However, our sleep patterns differ. Humans tend to follow a longer, more consistent stretch of sleep at night, while dogs rest in multiple shorter periods throughout the day and night. That is one reason why lighting can have such a strong impact, since dogs are often trying to rest during daylight hours when they are more exposed to brightness.

Dogs also shift between light and deeper sleep stages more frequently than humans do, making them more sensitive to changes in their surroundings. Changes in lighting can pull them out of deeper rest and keep them in a more alert state.

There is also a biological explanation for why light can impact your pup’s sleep. Daylight naturally encourages activity and alertness, while darkness supports the release of melatonin, which helps promote rest. When light from outside or artificial sources fills the space where your pup is trying to sleep, especially in the evening and overnight, it can interfere with these natural cues, making it harder for them to settle and resulting in less restorative sleep.

DOES LIGHT HAVE A GREATER IMPACT ON SOME DOGS DURING SLEEP THAN OTHERS?

Yes! Several factors that can cause this:

Age: Puppies and senior dogs often need more rest, causing them to be more easily disturbed by significant light changes.
Anxiety level: Dogs with a more anxious or reactive personality may respond strongly to bright light during the evening and overnight, as they process sensory information to a greater extent and are much more hypervigilant.
Breed: Herding and hunting breeds, such as German Shepherds and hounds, may instinctually be more sensitive to light when they sleep due to their inherent alertness, and may require darker conditions to wind down.

SHOULD DOGS SLEEP IN COMPLETE DARKNESS?

While it depends on your dog, it’s generally ideal for pups to sleep in a dark, quiet space. Darkness helps produce more melatonin, making them feel sleepy and reducing distractions. If you find your dog is restless at night or has difficulty settling down, it may be a sign that they need complete darkness while sleeping, so it is important to keep an eye out for any changes in their behavior and adjust their environment accordingly.

WHEN LIGHTS CAN BE BENEFICIAL

In some cases, having a small amount of light during sleep hours can be helpful for your pup. Senior dogs, especially those with declining vision from common conditions or age-related changes, can better navigate their space and feel much more comfortable in dim light than in complete darkness. Dogs prone to anxiety can also appreciate low lighting, especially to help them recognize their environment. The key is to keep the light soft rather than bright and constantly changing. That way, it won’t be overstimulating or impact their natural sleep cycle too much.

HOW TO CREATE A CALMING SLEEP ENVIRONMENT FOR YOUR DOG

Making small changes to where and how your pup sleeps can make a big impact. Here are some tips that you can try implementing right away:

Dim the lights in the evening to indicate that it’s time to wind down
Close curtains and blinds to block out streetlights
Turn off screens or lower brightness to reduce the transmission of blue light
Create a designated quiet space that your dog can return to each time they are ready to sleep to help create a consistent nighttime routine

HAVE YOUR DOG EXPERIENCE THE DOGTOPIA DAZE

Looking for a way to help your pup enjoy a more restful night’s sleep? A full, enriching day can make all the difference. At Dogtopia daycare, dogs spend their time playing, learning, exercising, and socializing with like-minded friends, which helps naturally burn off excess energy. Many pet parents notice how calm and sleepy their pups are at pickup, a feeling we call the “Dogtopia Daze.”

When your dog has had the chance to stay active and engaged during the day, it becomes much easier for them to settle in the evening. From there, you can support better sleep habits by creating a calming home environment with simple adjustments.

Reach out to your local Dogtopia today to book your pup’s daycare visit.

The post Can Light Affect Your Dog’s Sleep? appeared first on Dogtopia.

Management of drinking water and vaccination procedures: a strategic pairing for effective immunization

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 19:20:11 +0700

Vaccination via drinking water is one of the cornerstones of modern poultry production and accounts for the majority of immunization procedures carried out during the rearing and production cycles of commercial flocks. Although this method may appear straightforward, it actually involves a complex set of variables that can become potential causes of failure within a vaccination program. Water quality, which is often underestimated, and its comprehensive, end-to-end management are decisive factors in determining the effectiveness of live vaccines, directly influencing their viability and their uniform distribution across the farm.

Physicochemical parameters

The water used for vaccination must meet specific parameters that often differ from those required for daily drinking water. Among all parameters, pH is the most critical factor: it must be maintained within the range of 6.5–7.8. Values outside this range can compromise the viability of live vaccines. Acidic pH values (<5) may, in some cases, make the administered water less palatable, discouraging intake, while alkaline pH values (>8.0) lead to the inactivation of these immunizing agents. Chlorine is one of the primary antagonists of live vaccines. Even minimal concentrations (0.1–0.2 ppm) of free chlorine exert bactericidal activity, while virucidal activity becomes evident at higher levels (0.3–0.5 ppm). Moreover, the organoleptic perception of chlorine (taste and odor) appears at levels above 0.5 ppm, serving as a reliable empirical indicator of lethality for most live vaccines. Heavy metals such as copper, iron, and manganese can form complexes with vaccine components, resulting in their inactivation. Water hardness, defined by the concentration of calcium and magnesium salts, must likewise be monitored to avoid interference with vaccine stability: it may contribute to scale formation within the lines, creating favorable conditions for microorganisms.

Among qualitative characteristics, turbidity is one of the most important parameters. When a sample is collected from the bottom of the drinking lines, it is visually assessed. Clear/transparent is the preferred condition, whereas flocculent material indicates poor quality. High degree of turbidity in drinking water negatively affects the animals’ immune response through inflammatory reactions and cell-mediated processes (Mohammed, 2008; Chen et al., 2018). Water temperature is also a relevant factor because bacterial replication increases above 25 °C (optimum 18–20 °C), negatively affecting the efficacy of applied treatments, including vaccinations.

Microbiological parameters and biofilm

Biofilm in drinking water lines represents a major obstacle, frequently underestimated and undervalued to vaccine efficacy and effective immunization. These heterogeneous bacterial aggregates, composed of different microbial species, usually opportunistic like E. coli, Pseudomonas spp., Staphylococcus spp., Campylobacter spp., together with other organic contaminants (fungi, algae), settle on the inner surfaces of the pipelines, protected by a matrix of extracellular polymeric substances (EPS) as well as inorganic components (calcareous sources), factors that promote their stabilization.

Biofilm has multiple negative effects: it acts as a sink for vaccines on its surface, altering local pH and creating microenvironments unsuitable for the survival of immunizing antigens; it also reduces flow within the water system, increasing internal water pressure. Recent studies have shown that sessile bacteria embedded in biofilms develop resistance mechanisms to protect them from disinfectants and antimicrobials, rendering traditional sanitation protocols ineffective (Hahne et al., 2022).

Drinking systems: pre-vaccination checks and procedures

The design of drinking water distribution systems should include, upstream of the dosing pump, filters of approximately 80 microns (which can also serve multiple purposes such as absorption, sequestration, or mechanical filtration). These filters are installed to remove any suspended particles that might interfere with the correct distribution of vaccines through the system. During vaccination, however, all filters downstream of the dosing pump must be bypassed to prevent the accumulation of disinfectants and minerals on their surfaces.

The presence of dead spaces in the piping represents a critical risk factor. These areas can retain previously used disinfectant solutions, which — when mixed with the vaccine solution — compromise efficacy. It is also essential to design systems, where possible, with drain or purge valves at the ends of the lines to ensure they can be completely emptied prior vaccination.

Furthermore, the layout of the drinking lines and the water inlets within the system should be carefully assessed. Significant differences exist that may complicate uniform intake of the vaccine solution by the entire flock (for example, systems with central drops in the house versus those with only one inlet at the head, or multi-tier cage/aviary systems with specific animal arrangements). In such setups, depending on their design, the greatest risk is that animals closer to the water inlet may consume a larger volume of vaccine solution, while in some sections, particularly at the end of the line, the solution may not reach at all due to excessive water consumption in the initial stretch, possibly caused by over-settlement conditions.

Any biocides used (such as hydrogen peroxide, acidifiers, etc.) must be discontinued at least 24–48 hours before vaccination to allow complete removal of possible residues from the lines. High-pressure flushing of the lines can accelerate cleaning and/or emptying; performing this technique regularly (preferably once a week) also improves biofilm control by slowing its development. The effectiveness of these operations can be verified analytically using test strips to measure residual hydrogen peroxide and/or chlorine levels.

Finally, regular mechanical cleaning of nipples and cups (or bells, where used) with hot water and/or detergents (which must be thoroughly rinsed) helps remove organic residues from feces or litter, preventing local pH alterations and physical absorption of the vaccine used.

Table 1 – Recommended maximum mineral levels in drinking water and possible effects

Quality control: systematic monitoring of drinking water

Analytical testing of drinking water should be performed at least once a year, with increased frequency during critical seasonal periods (summer and winter). Key parameters to assess include pH, chlorine, total hardness, heavy metals, total microbial load, and coliforms.

pH can be monitored using litmus paper and/or digital pH meters. Digital instruments are generally more sensitive and reliable if properly calibrated with the appropriate buffer solutions. In addition, commercially available digital probes allow continuous monitoring, providing real-time control of this parameter.

The uniform distribution of the vaccine solution throughout the drinking system lines can be verified using commercially available dyes or tracers (for example, methylene blue). Performing this test before vaccination helps identify areas where the solution might stagnate or fail to be evenly distributed, factors that could compromise the effectiveness of the vaccination procedure.

Moreover, drinking system pressure (approximately 1.5–2 bar) as well as flow rate (within the range of 50–80 ml/min) must ensure a constant supply throughout the entire system. Significant variations can result in over- or under-dosage, leading to uneven immunization within the flock and, in severe cases, possible reversion to virulence with adverse post-vaccination reactions (e.g., laryngotracheitis).

Optimization of vaccination procedures

Calculating the volume of water to be used requires specific knowledge of the farm’s drinking system as well as the flock’s water consumption. Based on these data, it is possible to determine water intake during the two hours following the morning feeding, which is the best time of day for vaccination (as a general empirical rule, this usually corresponds to 15–20% of the daily water intake). The volumes used must be adjusted according to several factors, primarily age, genetics, and ambient temperature.

The system’s dead space (any piping without usable bypasses/valves, recirculation tanks, length of pipeline from the dosing pump to the actual entry point into the drinking system, etc.) must be included in the total calculation to avoid unforeseen dilutions. Generally estimated at 10–15% (depending on the system), this volume can retain non-vaccine water and thus act as a dilution factor. Compensation for this residual volume can be achieved by proportionally increasing vaccine concentration or reducing the total dilution volume, ensuring a consistent dose-per-bird ratio.

The use of stabilizers is an essential component of vaccination via drinking water. These products contain active substances such as sodium thiosulfate, neutralize any residual chlorine, chelate heavy metals, and act as pH buffers, maintaining it within the optimal range. Skimmed milk powder (at a recommended rate of 2–3 grams per liter of water) is the traditional alternative to commercial stabilizers; milk proteins effectively bind chlorine and metal cations, protecting vaccines from inactivation. The stabilizing solution should be prepared at least 15–20 minutes before adding the vaccine to allow complete neutralization. Stabilizers may also be added during the pre-dilution step (demineralized water without stabilizer can be used as an alternative), in a smaller container together with the vaccine, as well as directly into the dosing pump tank.

Vaccine reconstitution must take place in a controlled environment using disposable gloves and containers designated exclusively for this purpose (not previously used for disinfectant solutions or other products) in a suitable material (plastic). During preparation, exposure to UV light must be avoided, as UV radiation inactivates vaccines. Vials must be opened below the water level in the container used (containing at least 5–6 liters) to prevent airborne contamination and avoid potential loss of vaccine that could adhere to the container walls. Multiple rinsing of the vial (at least 2–3 times) with stabilized water ensures complete recovery of the vaccine content, which is particularly important for high-viscosity or adjuvanted vaccines.

The optimal time of administration is early morning, starting at lights-on. In poultry, this corresponds to a peak in feeding activity and water consumption and takes advantage of natural behaviour to ensure rapid and uniform vaccine intake. Pre-vaccination water restriction of one to two hours stimulates thirst and concentrates intake of the vaccine solution into a short time frame. This restriction may be unnecessary if administration begins at lights-on, as the flock will already have undergone a minimum of eight hours of feed and water restriction. This restriction must be carefully evaluated in summer, under heat-stress conditions, to prevent potential adverse effects, particularly in laying birds (e.g. hyperthermia).

The recommended administration time window is generally an hour and a half to two hours, especially for more sensitive live viral vaccines. Shorter durations may result in incomplete vaccine coverage within the flock, whereas longer periods expose the vaccine to progressive inactivation. From a practical standpoint, it is advisable to divide the total vaccine dose into two equal phases of administration, each lasting an hour and a half to two hours; in the first phase, approximately 60% of the total dose is used, followed by a second phase delivering the remaining 40%. This helps less competitive birds also receive an adequate dose for immunization, a situation commonly observed in very long and/or multi-tier systems (e.g. aviary systems for laying hens).

Regular physical stimulation of the flock by the operator (at least every 30 minutes) plays an important role, as it encourages birds to move towards the drinking lines and supports uniform intake. Furthermore, if a dye is used, examining the oral cavity of birds sampled from different areas of the house becomes extremely useful. If at least 90% of birds show visible coloration of the tongue, the flock can be considered uniformly vaccinated.

Table 2 – Optimal and maximum levels of different bacterial populations in drinking water

Conclusion

Vaccination via drinking water in the poultry sector is a complex process that requires a multidisciplinary approach to ensure the effectiveness of immunizing agents. It is not merely a technical procedure, but the result of well-managed procedures in which every detail matters, from the chemical-physical and microbiological quality of the water to line cleaning and the proper preparation and administration of vaccines.

Only careful management based on rigorous protocols allows full exploitation of the advantages of drinking water prophylaxis. Systematic control of the parameters and procedures described not only guarantees vaccination effectiveness but also contributes to the farm’s economic sustainability.

Modern poultry farming therefore demands a rigorous scientific approach that integrates veterinary, engineering, and technical-management expertise to optimize this essential tool of preventive medicine.

Growtech Middle East is where agriculture, innovation and opportunity come together

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 15:50:14 +0700

For over 17 years, the region has known the event as Agra Middle East, a trusted platform for agricultural progress. It now enters a new chapter as Growtech Middle East, evolving into a stronger, more global brand focused on agritech, aquaculture, poultry, livestock, animal health, sustainability, and food security.

Held at the Dubai World Trade Centre, Growtech Middle East brings together 9,000+ attendees and 150+ exhibitors across seven key sectors, making it the region’s leading meeting point for agriculture innovation and investment.

The show unites the full agricultural ecosystem under one roof, from seeds, plant nutrition and crop protection to greenhouse technologies, irrigation systems, agricultural machinery, livestock, poultry and aquaculture. It showcases solutions designed to support productivity, efficiency and sustainability in the region’s challenging climate.

As the UAE advances its Food Security Strategy, Growtech Middle East plays a key role in connecting global expertise with regional opportunity, bringing together government entities, buyers, distributors and industry leaders.

With strong international reach and a highly engaged audience, the event offers a platform to build connections, launch products and stay ahead in a rapidly evolving sector.

For more information https://informaconnect.com/agra-middle-east/

From Field to Decision: How WPF Uses Data to Build Better Poultry Programs

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 15:50:08 +0700

Inside WPF’s data-driven approach to the PMI program and how real-time insights are helping partners course-correct, strengthen farmer support, and deliver lasting impact. By: Maureen Stickel, Tokozile Ngwenya, Thierry Binde, Earl Pearce, and Jan de Jonge In most development programs, data tells you what happened. At the World Poultry Foundation, we want data to tell us what is happening — right now, on the ground — so we can act before small problems become big ones. Across the Poultry Multiplication Initiative (PMI) program, currently operating in Senegal, Sierra Leone, Madagascar, The Gambia, and Zambia, WPF has built a data ecosystem to do exactly that. From CommCare field collection to Power BI dashboards to annual pulse surveys, every layer is designed to get the right information to the right people at the right time.

Moving Beyond Baselines: A Real-Time Approach to Measurement

Traditional development programs follow a familiar rhythm: baseline, midline, endline. Each evaluation is rigorous, but the gaps between them can span years during which programs keep running without knowing whether their approach is working. WPF’s Vice President of Innovation and Initiatives, Maureen Stickel, describes the approach simply: “WPF’s strategy is to ensure that teams have access to the information they need, when they need it, to make informed decisions without creating overly complex or expensive measurement systems.” Central to this is an automated monitoring pipeline, from data collection to visualization, that lets our private-sector partners see performance as it unfolds. This is complemented by annual Pulse Surveys: short phone surveys with the same cohort of farmers each year, tracking leading indicators such as farmer perception of the birds, profitability, and behavior change. “Instead of waiting until an endline evaluation to understand what worked and what did not, pulse survey data allows WPF and its partners to refine their approach in real time,” Maureen explains, “doubling down where messages are landing and making adjustments where adoption or outcomes are lagging.”

What Happens in the Field: CommCare and the Data Collection Pipeline

Tokozile Ngwenya reviewing Power BI dashboards with a PMI partner.

WPF’s CommCare Coordinator, Tokozile Ngwenya, oversees the system that FSRs use to record field data during every farm visit: flock numbers, bird weights, mortality, feed usage, vaccination records, and health observations. That data flows directly into a central dashboard for program teams and partners to review in close to real time. “CommCare helps connect the farmer’s experience directly with programme management and decision-making,” she says. Collecting good data in the field is rarely straightforward — connectivity is inconsistent, farmers estimate numbers differently, and flock performance can be unpredictable. The WPF team has adapted the CommCare forms over time to be more flexible while maintaining quality and places strong emphasis on training FSRs to understand the context behind the numbers, not just fill in fields. One of the most striking patterns she observes is how FSRs change once they understand the bigger picture. “At first, many of them see data collection as simply filling in a form. As training progresses, they begin to see how the information they capture influences program decisions and how partners interpret what is happening across countries. That shift in perspective often changes how carefully they approach their work.”

Turning Data Into Decisions: The MEL Perspective

For WPF’s Monitoring, Evaluation and Learning (MEL) Analyst, Thierry Binde, the starting principle is clear: “Data is only useful if it helps us see reality clearly and act early enough to make a difference.” Thierry works across two complementary systems, routine monitoring through CommCare and Power BI and the annual pulse survey, which together provide, in his words, “both the operational heartbeat of the program and the lived experience of the people we serve.” “When routine data suggests strong reach, but pulse data tells a different story for certain farmer groups, that tension is often where the truth lives.” — Thierry Binde, MEL Analyst, WPF

Thierry Binde leads a data training for FSRs.

In one instance, routine data showed an area performing well — visits recorded, activities completed. But pulse survey data revealed that farmers technically reached by the program did not report the same level of understanding or practical benefit as others. Disaggregating by gender, disability status, and income level sharpened the finding further: being included in activities did not automatically mean an equitable experience of them. The result was more intentional segmentation, adapted communications, and a shift toward tracking inclusion at the outcome level, not just participation. “Operational performance is necessary, but not sufficient,” Thierry reflects. “Without farmer-voiced evidence, we risk mistaking reach for impact.” He is also focused on extending MEL into training to move beyond counting sessions and participants toward measuring whether training is actually changing knowledge, behavior, and livelihoods. “The goal is to build evidence of training value, not just training delivery. That is the path from activity to impact.”

The Infrastructure Behind the Insights: Data Analytics at WPF

Behind every dashboard and data flow is Earl Pearce, WPF’s Data Analyst. Every morning, Earl verifies that CommCare’s connection to WPF’s cloud-based data system is running normally, then updates custom dashboards for each partner, confirming that data is flowing correctly. Those dashboards give partners and internal teams a daily window into program performance and gives Tokozile information she needs to help improve data quality with on-the-ground FSRs. Earl also leads flock planning and DOC production forecasting, a discipline he has practiced for over 40 years. The process is a careful balancing act between sales targets, placement frequency, flock size, grow facilities, lay facilities, and biosecurity standards. “It’s like squeezing a balloon,” he says. “Every change impacts everything else. Rebalancing is key.” When birds underperform against targets, flock sizes can be adjusted to compensate; when placement timing shifts, the entire production flow adapts accordingly.”

WPF Forecast Dashboard example.

Looking ahead, Earl sees the biggest opportunity in parent stock performance tracking. Just a handful of weekly data points per flock, total eggs produced, females and males alive, a measure of hatchability, would allow each partner to fine-tune their production plan in real time and against standards tailored to their specific environment. “No published standard really fits every situation,” he notes. “Each customer’s challenges are different.” Building that feedback loop is, in his view, the next frontier for WPF’s data infrastructure. Another contribution Earl is looking forward to implementing is a set of automated reminders derived from each flock’s age — flagging upcoming vaccines and procedures at the FSR and flock level, so our partners know exactly what is due in the coming weeks and can plan their travel and call schedules accordingly. “This is the same method I used during my first 14 years managing birds,” Earl explains, “so I could sleep well knowing all was done.”

Data as a Partnership Tool

For Vice President of Operations Jan, WPF’s data investments are only valuable if partners use them. “Without data we’re working in the dark,” he says. “Good data shows us where to adjust, where the issues are, and where we’re making progress.” The system tracks field staff performance, bird health, brooder unit progress, and demographic data and crucially, works offline, so connectivity gaps don’t create data gaps. Real decisions have followed. In Senegal, Power BI dashboards revealed strong engagement in a specific region, leading to a decision to increase staffing there. Data on women’s participation rates informed a marketing decision to feature women exclusively in program communications. The team is now building farmer profiles across regions to enable more tailored campaigns. “You need a good amount of data before you can see trends,” Jan notes, “but equally, we need to help partners actually use what’s available, moving them from data recipients to data users.”

WPF Power BI dashboard example.

A System Built to Learn

What emerges from these conversations is a data system genuinely designed to serve programs, not the other way around. Every layer exists to answer a practical question: Is this working? For whom? And what should we do differently? As Maureen puts it: “The goal is not simply to collect more data, but to continue strengthening how data flows through the system, from collection to analysis to decision-making, so that insights are used consistently to improve program design and outcomes.”

The post From Field to Decision: How WPF Uses Data to Build Better Poultry Programs appeared first on World Poultry Foundation.

ADIS weekly update: avian disease outbreaks in Europe (16–22 April 2026)

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 15:40:10 +0700

The latest ADIS weekly notification from the European Commission provides an overview of animal disease outbreaks reported between 16 and 22 April 2026, based on data available at the time of publication on 23 April 2026 .

For the poultry sector, the report confirms the presence of high pathogenicity avian influenza (HPAI H5N1) in poultry, captive birds and wild birds.

In poultry, outbreaks were reported in Germany (1 outbreak) and Poland (10 outbreaks) during the reporting period .

In captive birds, 3 outbreaks of HPAI H5N1 were reported in Poland .

In wild birds, HPAI H5N1 outbreaks were reported in multiple countries, including Austria (9 outbreaks), Germany (39 outbreaks), Denmark (9 outbreaks), Poland (7 outbreaks), Sweden (7 outbreaks), Finland (2 outbreaks), France (3 outbreaks) and Norway (2 outbreaks) .

The affected wild bird species reported include mute swan, geese, gulls, buzzards and other bird species, depending on the notification and location .

The report also includes notifications of Newcastle disease virus in poultry, with 2 outbreaks in Germany and 2 outbreaks in Poland . Additional cases in non-poultry bird populations were reported in the Czech Republic (2 outbreaks), Germany (3 outbreaks), Latvia (1 outbreak) and Poland (2 outbreaks) .

Each notification includes the country, disease type, outbreak reference, affected species and the smallest administrative division where the case was detected .

The data reflect the situation as recorded in the ADIS system at the time of report generation and are based on official notifications submitted by Member States .

The Best Training Treats to Reward Good Behavior

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 15:35:05 +0700

A good training treat does more than taste nice. It tells your dog, in the clearest language possible, that something just went right. The right reward can speed up a recall, break a stubborn bad habit, and build a stronger bond between you and your pet. For first-time Indian dog parents, training treats are often the quickest and kindest way to teach new skills at home.

But not every treat suits every training moment. Some situations call for high-value rewards. Others work better with low-calorie, everyday motivators. This guide walks through the best training treats for Indian pet parents, when to use each type, and how to turn treats into real behaviour change without overfeeding your dog. By the end, you will know exactly what to stock in your training pouch.

Why Treats Work in Dog Training

Treats work because dogs are wired to repeat behaviours that pay off. When your dog sits and immediately gets something delicious, their brain links that action with a positive outcome. The next time you say sit, the response is faster, keener, and more focused.

This is called positive reinforcement, and it is the most effective and humane training method available. The American Kennel Club notes that reward-based training builds trust, reduces fear, and produces longer-lasting results than punishment-based approaches. Positive methods also work better for fearful, shy, or rescue dogs, which are common among Indian adopters.

Treats sharpen timing too. A quick reward delivered within two to three seconds of the right behaviour helps your dog understand exactly what worked. Verbal praise alone often arrives too late or too softly for a puppy to notice. A tiny bite of something tasty cuts through distractions instantly, even in a busy Indian park or a noisy society compound.

The goal is not to bribe your dog forever. It is to teach behaviours quickly at the start, then fade treats gradually as skills become habits.

What Makes a Great Training Treat

Training treats are different from regular treats. They serve a specific purpose, so they need specific qualities:

Small: Pea-sized pieces your dog can swallow in one second, so training flow stays smooth
Soft: Easy to chew and eat quickly, especially for puppies and senior dogs
Smelly: Strong aroma grabs attention even in distracting environments
Low calorie: Training sessions may involve 30 to 50 treats, so calories add up fast
Easy to portion: Treats you can break or tear by hand without a knife or scissors
Non crumbly: Avoid treats that turn into powder in your pocket or training pouch
Shelf stable: Holds up well in Indian humidity during outdoor sessions

A good rule: if your dog stops mid-task to look around while chewing, the treat is too complex or too large. Training treats should disappear fast and leave your dog hungry for the next repetition.

Types of Training Treats

Think of training treats in three tiers based on how valuable they are to your dog.

High-Value Treats

These are the big guns. Use them for tough behaviours, new skills, or high-distraction environments like parks, streets, and vet clinics.

Chicken jerky: single-ingredient meat strips, intensely flavourful and easy to tear
Freeze-dried liver or chicken: ultra-aromatic, lightweight, and long lasting in the pouch
Small cheese cubes: loved by most dogs, use sparingly due to dairy content
Boiled chicken breast: homemade, lean, and universally appealing
Soft meat training bites: moist, chewy, packed with real protein

Medium-Value Treats

Ideal for reinforcing known commands in calm environments like your home, garden, or a familiar park.

Soft training biscuits with real meat: easy to break into pea-sized pieces
Cooked egg bits: affordable, protein rich, and easy to carry
Dehydrated fish cubes: omega-3 boost and great flavour for skin and coat health
Puppy training treats: softer, smaller, lower-calorie formulas made for growing dogs

Low-Value / Everyday Treats

These work well for repetition training, calm-down rewards, and low-energy moments around the house.

Kibble pieces: use your dog's regular food as reward to prevent overfeeding
Plain oat biscuits: crunchy but low calorie and easy to find
Frozen carrot pieces: cold, crunchy, and nearly calorie free. A summer favourite.
Apple slices without seeds: sweet and tooth-friendly when cut small

Rotate across the three tiers to keep training exciting. Reserve high-value treats for breakthrough moments so they always feel special. Use low-value treats for everyday sits and stays at home.

How to Use Training Treats Effectively

A treat is only as useful as the way you deliver it.

Timing: Reward within two seconds of the desired behaviour. Late rewards confuse dogs.
Portion: Pea-sized pieces, always. Big treats slow training and add calories fast.
Pouch ready: Keep treats in a training pouch at hip level for quick, one-handed access.
Mix rewards: Combine treats with praise, petting, and toys to prevent treat dependency.
Fade gradually: As behaviours become reliable, reward every second or third repetition instead of every time.
Match calories: Keep total treats within 10 percent of your dog's daily food intake.

For long training sessions, break one jerky strip into 10 to 15 tiny pieces. You will spend less, feed less, and still get the same motivation. Short, frequent sessions of 5 to 10 minutes also work better than one long session because dogs stay sharper and more engaged. Always end on a win.

Common Mistakes to Avoid

Training treats can backfire when used carelessly.

Too big: Large treats slow training and fill dogs up too quickly
Too predictable: Using the same treat for everything reduces motivation over time
Wrong timing: Reward immediately after the behaviour, not during or before the action
Overfeeding: Cutting back meals instead of treat portions throws off nutrition
Toxic ingredients: Skip anything with xylitol, chocolate, raisins, grapes, or onion powder

According to the ASPCA, many common human foods are toxic to dogs. Always read the label carefully, especially on imported or bulk treats, and stick with dog-specific brands when possible.

FAQs

What are the best training treats for puppies?

Soft, small, low-calorie treats work best for puppies. Good options include soft puppy training bites, boiled chicken cubes, small cheese pieces in moderation, and freeze-dried liver. Avoid hard biscuits until adult teeth come in fully, usually around six to seven months of age. Match treat size to your puppy's mouth.

How many treats can I give during a training session?

Keep total treat calories within 10 percent of your dog's daily food intake. For a medium-sized dog, that usually means 20 to 40 pea-sized pieces per day. If you train often, break bigger treats into multiple tiny pieces instead of feeding whole ones.

Can I use regular dog food as training treats?

Yes, absolutely. Using kibble from your dog's regular food is a smart way to train without overfeeding. For high-distraction situations, top up with a high-value treat like jerky or freeze-dried meat to keep your dog's attention locked in.

What are healthy homemade training treats?

Boiled chicken, diced lean mutton, scrambled egg bits, small cheese cubes, and baked oat-and-ragi mini biscuits all work well. Cook plain, without salt, oil, or spices, and store in the refrigerator during Indian summers. Homemade training treats are affordable, fresh, and easy to portion.

Do training treats cause weight gain in dogs?

Only when overused. Stick to the 10 percent rule and keep each treat pea-sized. Pair treat rewards with active walks, brain games, and regular play to keep your dog lean and fit. If your dog starts gaining weight, reduce treat sizes or switch to lower-calorie options like frozen carrots.

Final Thoughts

The right training treat turns everyday commands into fun wins for your dog. Match the treat to the moment, keep portions small, and rotate flavours to maintain motivation. Pair treats with praise and affection, and fade them gradually as behaviours become reliable. Consistency, not quantity, drives real results.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection for training-friendly options that suit your pet's age, size, and taste preferences.

Gift Ideas for Pet Parents Day

Edusehat — Fri, 24 Apr 2026 05:25:02 +0700

Pet parents go above and beyond to create a happy, comfortable life for their dog, making National Pet Parents Day, celebrated on the last Sunday in April, a special occasion worth recognizing.

If you have a dog lover in your life, we’ve compiled a list of gift ideas for different types of pet parents to help them feel appreciated for all that they do.

PRACTICAL, EVERYDAY GIFTS FOR PET PARENTS

As a pet parent, everyday essentials tend to get used up or worn out quickly. Choosing a practical gift can go a long way, especially if they have not had a chance to restock the items that they rely on most.

Consider essentials like:

Durable leashes
A new brush that works for their pup’s coat type
Easy to clean food and water bowls
A roll of waste bags with a holder
A pack of their dog’s favorite treats
Lint rollers for clothes and furniture

GIFT IDEAS FOR PET PARENTS WHO LOVE TO TRAVEL

Do you know jet-setting pet parents who love to bring their pup along on the adventure? Gifting travel-friendly essentials can be a personalized option that you know they’ll use.

Whether it is a road trip or a flight, the right travel gear can make all the difference. Some gift ideas can include a high-quality dog carrier that prioritizes safety and comfort, a secure car seat or seatbelt harness for added support on the go, or a travel bag to keep their dog’s essentials neatly organized. You could also consider stackable bowls or a compact food and water dispenser that makes feeding simple and accessible wherever they are.

Check out Dogtopia Shop’s line of Sleepypod products, perfect for traveling pet parents.

PERSONALIZED GIFTS FOR PET PARENTS

Being a pet parent is a meaningful part of who you are, which makes gifts that reflect that especially thoughtful. Items like mugs, t-shirts, hoodies, and tote bags featuring dog-themed phrases or “dog mom” and “dog dad” messaging can be a great choice.

You can look for items that reference relatable messaging about loving dogs or go more personalized with a custom option. These types of gifts can work well, as they can be used on National Pet Parents Day and beyond.

Check out our Dogtopia merch options, including our “only speaking to dogs today” baseball cap and “dog person” t-shirt and sweatshirt.

DOG WELLNESS GIFTS

Pet parents care deeply about their dog’s health, which makes wellness-focused gifts meaningful and practical, as they can contribute to their pup’s overall well-being (which is priceless). Mental stimulation and physical activity are both important to a dog’s health and happiness, so gifts that focus on both can be a great choice:

Mental stimulation: Enrichment toys, puzzle feeders, and snuffle mats are all great options because they encourage problem-solving and prevent boredom. They can also be especially helpful for keeping pups occupied, helping pet parents feel at ease during moments when they can’t give their dog their full attention.
Physical activity: Gifts that promote active play, like outdoor dog agility training equipment, can be a fun option, especially heading into spring and summer.

And to help keep track of all that activity, Dogtopia’s DASH activity monitor makes a thoughtful gift, giving pet parents a clear view of how active their dog is throughout the day and helping them stay connected to their pup’s routine and overall well-being. For busy pet parents who want to feel involved and informed, DASH is a way for them to stay in the loop, making this gift something they can use daily.

EXPERIENCE-BASED GIFTS FOR PET PARENTS

A thoughtful way to celebrate a pet parent is by giving them an experience they can enjoy with their dog. Planning a visit to a dog-friendly park or patio can be a way to spend quality time together and it gives pet parents and their pup a chance to explore a new environment.

Another experience-based option is gifting a day at Dogtopia. If the pet parents in your life are already familiar with Dogtopia and have brought their dog before, or if you know they would appreciate it, offering daycare, an overnight stay, or grooming can be excellent choices. While their pup enjoys playing and socializing, pet parents can have peace of mind knowing their dog is well cared for.

The Dogtopia team wishes you a happy National Pet Parents Day!

The post Gift Ideas for Pet Parents Day appeared first on Dogtopia.

Study links postbiotic and phytogenic combinations to improved blackhead outcomes

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 21:45:05 +0700

A University of Arkansas study indicated that turkey poults receiving postbiotic and phytogenic combinations showed encouraging blackhead outcomes under a controlled challenge — including lower horizontal transmission and zero contact mortality — offering a valuable health-support tool for producers facing limited treatment options.

For turkey producers, blackhead remains a high-impact threat, particularly in young birds, where infection can spread quickly and cause major losses. With limited approved treatment options compared with past decades, interest has grown in alternatives that may help reduce spread and limit disease severity before an outbreak accelerates.

“With fewer tools available, the focus shifts to prevention and limiting how far the disease spreads,” said Diego Cortes, DVM, a seasoned field veterinarian who conducted this research as part of his graduate studies in poultry science at the University of Arkansas. “That’s where these combinations looked promising — we saw improvements in transmission, lesions and mortality.”

Cortes presented the research at the International Poultry Scientific Forum (IPSF) during the 2026 International Production & Processing Expo (IPPE) in Atlanta.

Why blackhead continues to challenge turkey production

Histomoniasis is caused by the protozoan parasite Histomonas meleagridis, and in turkeys, it can be especially severe. Cortes said outbreaks can move quickly through flocks and, in the worst cases, mortality can climb into the 80% to 100% range.

Control of the cecal worm Heterakis gallinarum — an important carrier of blackhead — remains one of the most critical factors in managing histomoniasis risk. At the same time, producers are navigating growing concern about dewormer performance and emerging resistance trends, making parasite management more complicated than it has historically been.

Growing focus on preventive tools

With limited approved treatment options available for blackhead, the focus has increasingly shifted toward preventive tools that help birds maintain gut integrity and immune resilience before challenge pressure rises. Among these, postbiotics and phytogenic compounds have gained attention for their potential to support intestinal function, influence microbial balance and reduce inflammatory pressure — benefits that may help birds better tolerate enteric challenges.

Postbiotics can also offer practical advantages in feed manufacturing because they are not live organisms, improving stability and consistency in handling compared with some probiotic approaches. Although there is a substantial body of research on phytogenics and gut support strategies in broilers, Cortes said there remains a relative lack of turkey-specific data evaluating postbiotic and phytogenic combinations together — one of the gaps this work aimed to address.

Study design focused on horizontal transmission

A key focus of the study was horizontal transmission — the spread of infection from bird to bird through feces and shared environmental contact — which is one of the main ways blackhead moves through turkey flocks once it gains a foothold.

Researchers used a seeder/contact model with 400 poults assigned to a challenged control group or one of three postbiotic and phytogenic combinations based on Cargill’s Biostrong H-Protect (Bio HP) concept. Birds received their assigned diets from placement through day 34.

At day 14, a small number of birds in each pen were challenged and served as “seeders.” The remaining birds were “contacts,” commingled with seeders to evaluate how readily infection moved through the group. The three combinations were designed to compare different postbiotic sources and phytogenic profiles, with the goal of identifying the best overall option.

Bio HP 1: Postbiotic A plus a single phytogenic compound
Bio HP 2: Postbiotic A plus a phytogenic multi-compound
Bio HP 3: Postbiotic B plus a phytogenic nucleus combination

Lower transmission in treated birds

In contact birds, horizontal transmission was highest in the challenged control group at 80% (48 of 60 birds). In the groups receiving postbiotic and phytogenic combinations, contact-bird transmission ranged from 56.67% to 63.33%.

Cortes said transmission outcomes are often difficult to influence once histomoniasis is circulating within a group, which made the observed differences notable.

“Normally, when we test different products, we don’t see a reduction in transmission,” Cortes said. “So, seeing transmission go down is a good starting point to determine what combination works best.”

Zero contact mortality in the treated groups

Contact-bird mortality reached 10% (6 of 60 birds) in the challenged control group. In all three groups receiving postbiotic and phytogenic combinations, contact mortality was 0% (Figure 1).

“When the birds are challenged without any combination, they keep dying,” Cortes said. “But with the combinations, they stop dying, and some birds can compensate and recover.”

Figure 1. Mortality rate (post-challenge)

Click to enlarge.

Lower lesion severity in treated birds

Researchers scored lesions in both the ceca and liver on a 0 to 3 scale. In contact birds, Bio HP 1 had the lowest average liver lesion score at 0.02 compared with 0.37 in the challenged control group. In the ceca, all three combination groups had lower average lesion scores in contacts, ranging from 0.63 to 0.70 compared with 1.07 in controls.

“Normally in the challenge control, lesion scores tend to be between 2 and 3,” Cortes said. “But after using the combinations, we saw much lower lesion scores — especially in the liver for Bio HP 1 — and reductions in the ceca in the other prototypes.”

Among seeders, Bio HP 3 showed the lowest average cecal lesion score at 2.05 compared with 2.30 in challenged controls, and it was also numerically lower for liver lesions in seeders.

Growth performance differences narrowed after challenge

Pre-challenge, birds receiving Bio HP 1 showed higher body weight and body weight gain at day 14 compared with controls. By day 34, post-challenge performance in contact birds was broadly similar across treatments, with no statistically significant differences reported, though Bio HP 1 remained numerically higher for body weight.

“If we use this approach from the beginning, the birds can be more prepared for any kind of infection,” Cortes said. “That early body weight could help them handle challenge better.”

Health-supporting role

Cortes said the results support a health-supporting role for these strategies, rather than positioning them as a fix after clinical signs are already widespread.

“This approach should be focused on using these tools from the beginning, before disease becomes a problem,” he said. “They could work under challenge, but are more effective from day one to support gut health and integrity.”

Noting that every prototype has a different benefit, Cortes said, “Some help more in seeders, others in contacts and others in transmission. The idea is to determine the best option or combine the benefits and find the most cost-effective combination. For turkeys, this is a promising start and it gives us valuable insight into what works and what to improve next.”

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Study links postbiotic and phytogenic combinations to improved blackhead outcomes appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Water quality

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 18:00:09 +0700

This Aviagen Brief has been written specifically for producers in Asia and the Middle East where typical ambient temperatures can range from below freezing to above 50 °C (122 °F). This advice may be useful in other regions, but this must be discussed with your local Technical Service Manager.

Introduction

Water is an essential biological ingredient of life. Not only is it a vital nutrient, but it is also involved in many essential physiological functions such as:

digestion and absorption, where it supports enzymatic function and nutrient transportation;
thermoregulation;
lubrication of joints and organs and the passage of feed through the gastrointestinal tract;
elimination of waste;
essential component of blood and body tissues.

Chickens consume about twice as much water as feed, although this ratio can be much higher during hot conditions. About 70% of a chick’s weight is water (this can be as high as 85% at hatch), therefore, any reduction in water intake or increase in water loss will have a significant effect on the lifetime performance of the chick.

Due to the essential role that water plays in the health and performance of biological systems, it is vital to ensure that an adequate, clean supply of water is provided if optimal bird performance is to be achieved.

This Aviagen Brief provides information on the factors that influence water consumption and water quality, highlighting methods to maintain and/or increase water intake, and discussing what constitutes good water quality and how to maintain it.

Water losses

The water intake of the body should remain in balance with water loss if dehydration is to be avoided. The main sources of water loss are respiration, transpiration, and excretion of feces and urine. Fecal water loss is about 20–30% of the total water consumed, but the most important loss of water is via the urine. The characteristics of water loss will change, depending on the environment and the humidity, for example, while evaporative heat loss may represent only 12% of the water loss in birds at 10 °C (50 °F), it can increase to 50% when the environmental temperature reaches 30 °C (86 °F). This is a critical factor with regard to the chick where water represents a larger proportion of its weight.

What influences water consumption in chicks?

Age

Water intake is closely linked to feed intake and bird age (growth response). As the bird gets older, the demand for water will increase (Figure 1). Water quality and availability, therefore, have the potential to impact heavily on the growth performance of the modern broiler, and any husbandry technique that limits water (such as part house brooding or failing to increase drinker space in the first 10 days) will have a parallel negative effect on growth.

Figure 1 – Water consumption (ml/chick/week). Adapted from Bailey, 1999 and the current Ross Broiler performance objectives, (based on the assumption that water intake is 1.8 times that of feed intake)

Sex

The sex of the bird will also affect water intake. The water intake of males will be greater than that of females from the first week of life. Water:feed ratio is also higher in males than in females. Adipose tissue differences between the sexes explain these differences in water intake (females being fatter than males; fat has a lower water content than protein).

Key point

Immediate water availability when chicks are placed in the house is important if permanent damage to the biological performance of the flock is to be avoided.

Environmental temperature

Environmental temperature can impact heavily on water intake (Figure 2). The water intake of chickens is approximately double that of feed intake (1.8:1, at a temperature of 21 °C (70 °F) in bell drinkers). However, in heat-stressed birds this level will be increased. A chicken’s water intake will increase by 6–7% for each degree above 21°C (70°F, NRC, 1994).

It is strongly recommended that each house has a water meter installed and that accurate daily records of water intake are maintained.

Key point

Increases in water intake will occur with age and environmental temperature.
Water availability must reflect these changes if performance is not to be restricted.
Each house should be fitted with a water meter.

Water temperature

With the exception of water used for vaccination, little thought is given to the temperature of the water presented routinely to birds. Stored water tends to be at a similar temperature to that of its environment. This is not significant in cold climates, but in hot climates water consumption will be reduced as the water temperature increases. Work by Beker and Teeter (1994) found the preferred water temperature of birds to be around 10 °C (50 °F), with water temperatures of 26.7 °C (80 °F) and above leading to significant reductions in water consumption and daily weight gain. It is therefore important to regularly monitor water temperature. If it regularly exceeds 24 °C (75 °F), then thought should be given to developing methods of cooling water temperature in hot weather. This may involve running the drinker supply pipes through a cool pad reservoir or even across the face of the cool pad airflow.

Positioning the water tank and supply pipes underground will also help to protect the water from the ambient air temperature, keeping it cool. Pipes and tanks that are exposed to the sun should be insulated and shaded to prevent heat gain. It is also good practice to flush the drinker lines at regular intervals in hot weather to keep the water as cool as possible.

For vaccination the target water temperature should be <20 °C (68 °F). In hot weather this can be achieved through the addition of ice to the storage tank before vaccination commences. It is important to ensure that all the ice is melted before addition of the vaccine to prevent non-uniform mixing.

Key point

In most broiler units, nipple drinkers are the system of choice. Good management of these systems is critical with water line maintenance, drinker line location, water pressure, and nipple flow rate all affecting water intake.
Regardless of the water system in place, drinker height and provision of adequate drinking space is critical.

Drinking systems

In most modern broiler units, nipple drinkers are the system of choice; these have the advantage of reducing disease spread, providing cleaner water, and reducing the labor requirements for clean out. However, good management is necessary for the proper operation of nipple drinker systems. Management factors that influence water intake in such systems are water line height (birds should lift their heads to reach the nipple drinker which should be higher than the birds’ back to prevent bumping and leakage, see Figure 3), water line maintenance (regular flushing and cleaning), drinker line location, and water pressure.

Figure 3 – Drinker height of bell and nipple type drinkers

Nipple flow rate will also influence water consumption and should be checked regularly against the manufacturer’s recommendation. The flow rate should be correct in all drinker lines throughout their entire length. For young chicks, water pressure (and flow rate) should be low.

Pressure should be gradually increased with age and weight so that water flow is increased as birds get older in accordance with demand. As a general rule, water pressure should be adjusted so that there is a flow rate of at least 60 ml/min available from each nipple. To achieve good performance the nipple lines should be controlled to meet the birds’ requirement rather than to simply protect the litter. In general, the systems with higher flow rates produce better growth rates by increasing both feed and water consumption, but water leakage and litter deterioration is more likely.

The negative growth impact of low nipple flow rates is most commonly seen in birds growing to higher weights (>2 kg [4.4 lb]), where the increased water demand cannot be met and feed intake is reduced. The effect of low nipple flow rates is even clearer if the stocking density is increased and the bird:nipple or bird:drinker ratio is high. As a useful guide, use the Lott equation to calculate static weekly flow: (weeks of age)* 7 + 20 ml/min may be a helpful reference.

Where bell drinkers are the system of choice, drinkers should be cleaned daily to prevent the build up of organic matter. Height should be adjusted so that the base of the drinker is level with the broiler’s back from 18 days onward (Figure 3).

No matter what drinker system is installed, the provision of adequate drinker space is essential if water intake is not to be reduced. As a guide, 83 nipples or 8 bell drinkers per 1000 birds should be provided post-brooding. Where ambient temperatures and/or heavier liveweights (>2 kg [4.4 lb]) are used, drinker space should be increased by up to 50% of these guidelines.

Feed effect on water intake

Any nutrient that promotes mineral excretion through the kidneys also promotes increased water consumption. Therefore, excess minerals in feed or water above nutritional requirements will lead to an increase in water intake. This is also true for high protein diets where any protein not used for protein synthesis is deaminated and excreted in the urine. This energy-demanding process is associated with an increase in water loss.

In particular, the presence of inorganic elements such as sodium (Na), potassium (K), and chloride (Cl) will be associated with increased water consumption and wetter droppings. A moderate increase in dietary sodium is not normally a problem where birds have access to low sodium drinking water; they will increase the water intake if the diet is high in salt and excrete the excess. However, in areas where water sodium levels are elevated, it is important to factor this added supply into practical diet formulation, otherwise unevenness and poor growth rate will occur.

Recent Ross Nutritional Specifications specify 0.18–0.23% sodium in broiler diets. These reflect total sodium intake and, therefore, any contribution from the water should be included.

The dietary requirement for potassium is low, with 0.6–0.9% being adequate, levels of intake above this may, however, have a thirst-inducing effect, increasing fecal moisture. This is normally seen where soya is used as the single protein source to provide high protein starter diets. The general standard should be to control dietary potassium to a total intake of <0.9%.

Chloride levels should equal sodium levels (0.18–0.23%). The total chloride level is generally constrained by delivering a proportion of the sodium requirement as sodium bicarbonate rather than as salt (sodium chloride). Deficiency states are uncommon.

Water quality

A supply of clean, uncontaminated water should be freely available to the birds at all times. However, depending on the source, the water supplied to the birds may contain excessive amounts of various minerals or be contaminated with bacteria. Acceptable levels of minerals and organic matter in the water supply are given in Table 1.

Table 1 – Water quality criteria for poultry

Regular assessments of water quality throughout the production period itself should also be made. Ideally, these should be taken from a tap between the tank and the first drinker. Where the facility of a tap does not exist, the water sample should be taken from the first drinker. The main water connection at the top of the drinker should be removed and drained so that any build-up of bacteria and debris can be flushed through allowing an accurate water sample to be taken. Water should be left running for at least 2 to 3 minutes before the sample is taken. As with all testing, the results should properly reflect the water status and, therefore, care to avoid contamination either during sampling or during transport to the laboratory is necessary.

If proper maintenance of the water line does not occur, microbial contamination can build up, affecting bird performance, reducing the effectiveness of medication and vaccination, and reducing nipple flow rate. Implementing a regular water sanitation and line cleaning program will prevent the build-up of microbial contamination. Controlling bacterial load is much more difficult with open drinker systems as they are exposed to contamination by fecal dust and the oral and nasal secretions of birds as they drink (Table 2).

Table 2 – Effect of drinker types on water bacteria contamination (micro-organisms/ml of sample)
Adapted from Macari and Amaral, 1997.
NOTES
+ Entrance means the first drinker in the chicken house.
++ End means the last drinker in the chicken house.
+++ Mesofiles Micro-Organisms – total count of saprophytes and pathogenic microorganisms.
The water was not treated.

Closed nipple systems have the advantage of reducing disease spread, but even with these, dosing with a sanitizer that is effective in the presence of organic load and biofilms is regularly required. Chlorination to give between 3 and 5 ppm at drinker level (using, for example, chlorine dioxide), or UV radiation are effective means of controlling bacterial contamination. Treatment should occur at the point of water entry into the house.

High levels of calcium salts or iron in the water may lead to the valves and pipes of the drinker system becoming blocked. Where this is a problem, it is advisable to filter the supply using a filter which has a mesh of 40–50 microns.

Key point

Excess levels of some inorganic elements such as Na, K, and Cl will increase water intake and the occurrence of wetter droppings.
Dietary levels of these elements should be in line with Aviagen nutritional recommendations.

Conclusion

Water is an essential ingredient for life, a clean supply of which should be readily available from placement throughout the production period. Any restriction in water intake or contamination of water will ultimately affect the growth rate and overall performance of the bird. There are many factors that can affect water intake including age, sex, environmental temperature, water temperature and the drinker system type. The bacterial and physical quality of water should be monitored regularly, and where required, corrective action should be taken to ensure that bird performance is not compromised.

Key point

A supply of clean, uncontaminated water should be freely available at all times.
Regular assessments of water quality should be made to ensure microbial load and mineral content are within acceptable levels.

In summary

Unrestricted access to a source of good quality water at an appropriate delivery temperature (10–12 °C/50–54 °F) should be available.
Provide adequate drinker space and ensure that drinkers are easily accessed by the whole flock.
Monitor the feed to water ratio daily to check that birds are drinking sufficient water.

Make allowances for increased water intake at higher temperatures (6.5% increase per degree over 21 °C (70 °F)).

In hot weather, take steps to ensure that water is as cool as possible, e.g. flush drinker lines, use a cool pad, position tankers and drinkers underground or insulate.
Regular testing of the water supply for temperature, bacterial load, and mineral content should occur and, where necessary, appropriate corrective action should be taken.

References

Bailey, M. (1999). The water requirements of poultry. In J. Wiseman & P. C. Garnsworthy (Eds.), Recent developments in poultry nutrition (Vol. 2, pp. 321–337). Nottingham University Press.

Beker, A., & Teeter, R. G. (1994). Drinking water and potassium chloride supplementation effects on broiler body temperature and performance during heat stress. Journal of Applied Poultry Research, 3(1), 87–92.

Macari, M., & Amaral, L. A. (1997). Importância da qualidade da água na criação de frangos de corte: Tipos, vantagens e desvantagens. In Anais da Apinco (pp. 121–143). Campinas, Brazil.

National Research Council. (1994). Nutrient requirements of poultry (9th rev. ed.). National Academies Press.

Singleton, R. (2004). Hot weather broiler and breeder management. Asian Poultry Magazine, September, 26–29.

Why Chews and Bones Help With Dental Health in Dogs

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 14:25:03 +0700

Bad breath, yellow teeth, and sore gums are more than cosmetic issues. By the age of three, most dogs already show signs of dental disease, and the problem only worsens without action. The good news is that something your dog already loves doing, chewing, is one of the simplest and most natural ways to protect their teeth between vet visits.

This guide explains why dental chews and bones are so effective, what actually happens in your dog's mouth while they chew, and which options work best in Indian homes. You will also learn which chews to avoid and how to build a safe, daily dental routine for your dog.

How Dental Disease Starts in Dogs

Dental disease in dogs follows a predictable path. Understanding it helps you catch problems early.

Plaque forms within hours: It is a soft, sticky film of bacteria, saliva, and food particles that clings to the teeth after every meal.

Tartar develops quickly: Within 24 to 72 hours, minerals in the saliva turn soft plaque into a hard, cement-like layer called tartar.

Gum inflammation follows: Tartar irritates the gums, causing redness, bleeding, and bad breath. This stage is called gingivitis.

Periodontal disease sets in: Infection spreads under the gumline, leading to bone loss, loose teeth, and pain.

The American Veterinary Medical Association reports that most dogs show some form of dental disease by the age of three. Daily chewing habits keep this timeline from speeding up.

The Science: Why Chewing Cleans Teeth

Chewing is nature's toothbrush. The mechanical action of gnawing works on three levels to protect your dog's oral health.

Abrasive scraping: As your dog chews, the surface of the chew rubs against the teeth, scraping off soft plaque before it hardens into tartar. This works best on the sides of the molars and canines, which are the areas most prone to buildup.

Saliva boost: Chewing triggers extra saliva production. Saliva rinses bacteria off teeth, neutralises acid, and contains natural enzymes that fight plaque formation.

Gum massage: Steady chewing stimulates blood flow in the gums. Healthy blood flow builds stronger gum tissue, faster healing, and better resistance to inflammation.

VCA Animal Hospitals notes that consistent daily chewing can noticeably improve oral hygiene within weeks, especially when paired with regular brushing.

Key Benefits of Dental Chews and Bones

Beyond clean teeth, daily dental chews offer several practical benefits for Indian pet parents:

Fresher breath: Less bacteria means less odour at the end of a long cuddle session.
Reduced plaque and tartar: Mechanical scraping keeps buildup low between brushings.
Healthier gums: Improved circulation reduces bleeding, swelling, and pain.
Lower vet bills: Fewer dental cleanings and extractions across your dog's life.
Mental stimulation: Chewing releases calming hormones, reducing stress and boredom.
Ideal for Indian climates: A reliable indoor activity when walks get cut short during summer peaks or monsoon rains.

Dogs that chew regularly typically need fewer deep dental cleanings under anaesthesia, which is expensive, stressful, and riskier for senior pets.

Types of Chews and Bones That Support Dental Health

Not all chews deliver the same dental benefits. Here are the most effective options available in India:

Veterinary Dental Chews (VOHC Approved): The Veterinary Oral Health Council tests and approves chews that actually reduce plaque and tartar. These are the gold standard for daily dental care.
Himalayan Yak Cheese Chews: Long lasting and fully digestible, these Indian favourites offer steady chewing action that scrapes teeth clean. A great choice for medium to large breeds.
Bully Sticks: Single-ingredient beef chews most dogs love. Softer than bones and safer for daily use.
Natural Rubber Dental Toys: Textured rubber toys with ridges and nubs clean teeth as your dog chews. Some can be stuffed with treats for longer sessions.
Coffee Wood Chews: Splinter resistant, calorie free, and tough enough for strong chewers. A good option for weight-conscious dogs.
Dental Sticks and Ridged Treats: Daily chew sticks with grooves designed to reach tooth surfaces. Most last 10 to 20 minutes per session.
Split Antler Chews: Very long lasting. Use only for adult dogs with healthy, strong teeth, and always supervise.
Beef Tendons and Trachea: Natural, softer chews that work well for puppies and senior dogs with delicate teeth.
Frozen Carrots or Apple Slices: A cold, crunchy, low-calorie option that helps scrape teeth gently. Avoid grapes and onions.

Rotate two or three options across the week for variety and balanced calorie intake.

What to Look For in a Dental Chew

Not every chew labelled dental actually cleans teeth. Check these before buying:

Texture that flexes slightly under pressure, not rock hard
Size appropriate for your dog's weight and jaw strength
Single ingredient or short, clean ingredient list
VOHC seal for clinically proven effectiveness, if available
Low sugar, no artificial colours, no vague fillers

Do the thumbnail test. If your fingernail cannot leave a small dent, the chew is too hard and may crack teeth. Softer chews protect enamel while still scrubbing away plaque.

What to Avoid

Some popular chew options are actually dangerous for teeth and gums:

Cooked bones: They splinter into sharp fragments and can crack teeth or pierce the gut.
Raw weight-bearing bones: Femur and marrow bones are too hard and often cause slab fractures on the molars.
Hard nylon bones: Indestructible chews are usually too tough for tooth enamel.
Small rawhide pieces: Choking and blockage risk outweighs any dental benefit.
Whole antlers: Unsplit antlers are among the top causes of cracked molars in veterinary clinics.
Ice cubes as chew: A common myth, but solid ice can chip enamel and crack teeth.

How Often and How to Use Them

A consistent routine matters more than occasional long sessions.

Offer one dental chew or treat per day, ideally after meals
Alternate two or three chew types each week to prevent boredom
Supervise every new chew until you understand how your dog handles it
Keep fresh water nearby, especially with dry chews like yak cheese
Pair chewing with brushing twice a week using dog-safe toothpaste

Never use human toothpaste. Fluoride is toxic to dogs. Stick to enzymatic dog toothpaste and soft brushes made specifically for pets.

FAQs

Do dental chews really work for dogs?

Yes. When used daily, dental chews can reduce plaque by 20 to 70 percent depending on the product. Chews approved by the Veterinary Oral Health Council have proven clinical results. Consistency is more important than brand choice.

What is the best chew for cleaning dog teeth in India?

VOHC-approved dental sticks, Himalayan yak cheese chews, and textured rubber toys are among the most effective options for Indian dogs. Pick based on your dog's chewing style, age, and size.

Can puppies use dental chews?

Puppies over four months can start with soft dental chews such as bully sticks, beef tendons, and puppy-specific textured toys. Avoid hard antlers, nylon bones, or rawhide until adult teeth are fully in place.

How often should I give my dog a dental chew?

Once a day is ideal. Combine with brushing twice a week for the best results. More frequent chewing is fine as long as total treats stay within 10 percent of your dog's daily calorie intake.

Can chews replace professional dental cleanings?

No. Chews help reduce plaque buildup but cannot remove hardened tartar below the gumline. Most dogs still need a professional dental cleaning every one to two years, depending on breed, age, and oral health history.

Final Thoughts

Dental health is long-term pet care, not a one-time fix. The right chews keep teeth cleaner, gums stronger, and vet visits shorter. Pick safe, digestible options, rotate a few types across the week, and supervise new additions. Combine daily chewing with regular brushing and annual vet checkups to keep your dog's smile healthy for years.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection for dental-friendly options suited to your pet's age, size, and chewing style.

EU egg market dashboard: week 12, 2026

Edusehat — Thu, 23 Apr 2026 00:05:10 +0700

According to the European Commission egg market dashboard, the average EU price for Class A eggs at packing stations in week 12 of 2026 was €301.06 per 100 kg. This corresponds to +0.6% compared with the previous week, +2.3% compared with the previous month, and +7.1% compared with the same period one year earlier .

The dashboard also presents weekly average EU prices for Class A eggs by production technology, covering cage, barn, free-range and organic systems .

For 2024, the total number of laying hens in the EU is reported at 392,275,372 head. Of this total, 38.2% are in enriched cages, 38.9% in barn systems, 16.2% in free-range systems, and 6.7% in organic systems .

The main egg-producing Member States in 2024 are listed as France (1,008 thousand tonnes), Germany (970 thousand tonnes), Spain (962 thousand tonnes), Italy (804 thousand tonnes), Poland (670 thousand tonnes) and the Netherlands (573 thousand tonnes). Total EU production is reported at 6,664 thousand tonnes. The dashboard notes that production includes eggs for consumption and eggs for hatching .

On trade, EU imports of eggs in 2025 are reported at 188,743 tonnes egg equivalent, compared with 122,304 tonnes in 2024, representing a +54.3% change. The main partners listed for EU imports are Ukraine (120,631 tonnes; +60.6%), the United Kingdom (15,802 tonnes; -6.6%), North Macedonia (9,993 tonnes; +143.9%), China (4,643 tonnes; +172.3%), Argentina (4,539 tonnes; -3.8%), and Others (33,134 tonnes; +67.5%) .

EU exports of eggs in 2025 are reported at 349,902 tonnes egg equivalent, compared with 360,980 tonnes in 2024, representing a -3.1% change . The main destinations listed for EU exports are the United Kingdom (139,026 tonnes; -5.2%), Japan (58,001 tonnes; -3.8%), Switzerland (47,572 tonnes; +1.4%), Thailand (11,289 tonnes; -3.4%), Israel (10,761 tonnes; +33.9%), and Others (83,252 tonnes; -4.8%) .

The dashboard is dated 25 March 2026 and identifies its sources as the European Commission, Member State notifications, Eurostat, and Trade Data Monitor.

Download the dashboard here.

Avian Influenza spreads across Nepal’s poultry sector

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 16:55:10 +0700

Nepal is facing a serious escalation of avian flu outbreaks, with more than 100,000 birds culled across multiple districts as authorities battle the spread of H5N1 and H9N2 viruses. The crisis has hit poultry farms in Jhapa, Morang, Sunsari, and Chitwan, raising alarm over biosecurity gaps and economic losses.

Widening outbreak across districts

Confirmed cases: Avian influenza has been detected in 23 poultry farms across four districts: Morang, Sunsari, Jhapa, and Chitwan.
Scale of culling: Over 100,000 domestic fowls—including broilers, layers, indigenous chickens, and ducks—have been destroyed to contain the virus.
Hardest-hit area: Sunsari district has reported the highest number of affected farms, with 12 facilities impacted.

Causes and contributing factors

Biosecurity lapses: Poor farm-level biosecurity practices have been identified as a major driver of the outbreak.
Wild bird contact: Authorities believe that interaction between domestic poultry and migratory wild birds has facilitated the spread of the virus.
Delayed response: Initial unusual bird deaths coincided with parliamentary elections, slowing veterinary intervention as officials were deployed elsewhere.

Government response

Containment measures: Authorities have culled birds, destroyed eggs, and disposed of tons of feed to prevent further transmission.
Expanded surveillance: Veterinary teams are conducting farm inspections and monitoring surrounding areas to detect new cases.
Public advisories: Farmers have been urged to strengthen hygiene, restrict farm access, and report unusual poultry deaths immediately.

Economic and social impact

Financial losses: Poultry farmers face devastating losses from mass culling, feed disposal, and halted egg production.
Food security concerns: Nepal’s poultry industry is a vital source of protein; disruptions could affect local food supply and prices.
Farmer anxiety: Many small-scale farmers fear bankruptcy, while larger commercial farms worry about long-term reputational damage.

Outlook and challenges ahead

Risk of spread: With outbreaks confirmed in multiple districts, there is concern that the virus could expand to other regions if containment falters.
Need for stronger biosecurity: Experts emphasize that stricter farm-level controls, vaccination strategies, and better coordination with wildlife authorities are essential.
International implications: Nepal’s poultry trade could face restrictions if outbreaks persist, affecting regional markets.

In summary, Nepal’s poultry sector is under severe strain due to avian flu outbreaks, with tens of thousands of birds culled and farms devastated. The crisis underscores the urgent need for stronger biosecurity, rapid veterinary response, and farmer support to prevent further economic and food security shocks.

Sources can be provided upon request

Are Rawhide Bones Safe? Pros, Cons, and Alternatives

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 16:50:05 +0700

Rawhide bones have been the default dog chew for decades. They are cheap, easy to find, and keep dogs busy for hours. Most Indian pet stores still stock them in every shape and flavour. But in recent years, vets and pet experts have begun flagging rawhide as one of the riskier choices on the shelf.

So, are rawhide bones actually safe for your dog? This guide covers what rawhide really is, the real pros and hidden risks, what Indian vets recommend, and the safer rawhide alternatives you can switch to today.

What Is Rawhide?

Rawhide is the inner layer of cow or horse hide, cleaned, shaped, dried, and sometimes flavoured. Manufacturers strip the outer hide, treat it with chemicals to soften and preserve it, then press it into familiar bone shapes, twists, or knots.

Quality and processing vary widely by country. Indian pet shops often stock imported rawhide from China, the United States, or Brazil. The safer versions are pressed, not knotted, and labelled as natural or chemical free.

Rawhide is technically edible, but it does not digest the way real bones or meat chews do. Once chewed, small chunks soften, swell, and travel slowly through the stomach. That is the single biggest reason behind its reputation for trouble.

The Pros of Rawhide Bones

Rawhide earned its popularity for a reason. Understanding the upsides helps explain why it is still on the shelf.

Affordable: Rawhide bones are among the cheapest long-lasting chews available in India.
Long lasting: Large bones can keep even aggressive chewers busy for 30 minutes to a few hours.
Dental action: The steady chewing helps scrape mild plaque off teeth.
Easy to find: Almost every pet store in the country stocks them, from small local shops to large online retailers.
Variety: Sizes, flavours, and shapes are available for every breed and taste preference.
Stress relief: Like any good chew, rawhide satisfies a dog's natural urge to gnaw, which reduces anxiety and boredom.

For many families, rawhide was their first experience with giving a dog a real chew. It kept puppies from teething on shoes and gave adult dogs something to focus on during long afternoons.

The Cons and Safety Concerns

This is where rawhide runs into serious trouble. The risks are not rare, and they are well documented.

Choking hazard: Rawhide softens into slippery chunks as dogs chew. A piece that breaks off can lodge in the throat or windpipe.
Intestinal blockage: Rawhide does not digest properly. Swallowed pieces can swell in the stomach and get stuck in the intestines, which often requires emergency surgery.
Chemical residues: Some rawhide is processed with bleaches, formaldehyde, or other preservatives. Quality varies widely, especially in imported bulk products.
Bacterial contamination: Improperly dried rawhide can carry salmonella or E. coli, which affects both dogs and humans handling the chew.
Digestive upset: Even safe rawhide often causes vomiting, loose stools, or bloating in sensitive dogs.
Humidity problems: In India, opened rawhide absorbs moisture fast during monsoon, growing mould and bacteria within days.

The American Kennel Club notes that rawhide is among the most common causes of choking and intestinal obstructions seen in veterinary clinics. If your dog is a heavy swallower, a power chewer, or prone to stomach issues, rawhide is a risk that is hard to justify.

What Indian Vets Generally Say

Most vets do not recommend rawhide as a regular chew, especially for small dogs and puppies. Veterinary clinics across Indian metros like Delhi, Mumbai, and Bengaluru report rawhide-related emergencies every month, from choking incidents to blockage surgeries.

The consensus is simple: rawhide is not inherently evil, but its risk-to-reward ratio is poor compared to newer alternatives. If a client insists on using rawhide, vets typically recommend only pressed rawhide from trusted brands, strictly supervised sessions, and never leaving the chew unattended with the dog.

When Rawhide May Be Acceptable

Rawhide is not equally risky for every dog. A few scenarios where it may be acceptable:

Adult dogs who chew slowly and do not gulp pieces whole
Dogs with no history of digestive sensitivity or blockages
Pressed rawhide from a reputable brand, not cheap knotted bulk versions
Supervised sessions only, with the chew removed once it shrinks
Chews sized larger than what the dog can swallow whole

Even then, consider rawhide an occasional treat, not a daily ritual. The moment your dog starts breaking off and swallowing chunks, stop the session and pick a safer alternative from the list below.

Safer Alternatives to Rawhide Bones

You have plenty of better options available in India, and most are easily found online and in pet stores.

Yak Cheese Chews (Churpi): Hardened Himalayan yak and cow milk chews. Long lasting, almost lactose free, and fully digestible. One of the cleanest alternatives available.
Bully Sticks: Single-ingredient beef chews that digest completely. High in protein, gentle on teeth, and loved by dogs. Pick low-odour, thick variants.
Collagen Sticks: Made from hide, but processed differently from rawhide so they digest properly. Rich in natural collagen that supports joint and skin health.
Coffee Wood Chews: Made from pruned coffee plant branches. Calorie free, splinter resistant, and long lasting. Great for weight-conscious dogs.
Beef Tendons and Trachea: Dried, natural chews rich in chondroitin and glucosamine. Softer than bones, safer for seniors and puppies.
Natural Rubber Chew Toys: Reusable, stuffable, and safe for almost every dog. Fill with curd and frozen banana for summer enrichment.
Dental Chews: Textured daily chews that clean teeth as your dog gnaws. Choose calorie-appropriate sizes for your dog's weight.
Split Antler Chews: Last for months and provide minerals. Suitable for adult dogs with strong teeth. Supervise closely and avoid whole antlers.
Fish Skin Chews: Crunchy, grain free, and packed with omega 3. Great for skin and coat health in Indian climates.

Rotate two or three types across the week. Variety keeps your dog engaged and also spreads out the calorie load.

How to Choose a Safe Chew

A safe chew should match your dog's jaw size, chewing style, and health status. Run through these quick checks:

Read the ingredient list. Single-ingredient chews are always safest.
Choose chews slightly larger than your dog's mouth to prevent gulping.
Do the thumbnail test. If your nail cannot dent it, the chew may be too hard for teeth.
Check the freshness date, especially during monsoon months.
Supervise every session, particularly with new chew types.

FAQs

Are rawhide bones toxic to dogs?

Rawhide itself is not classified as toxic, but the processing chemicals and contamination risks can cause illness. The bigger concerns are choking and intestinal blockages. Pressed rawhide from reputable brands, used under supervision, is lower risk than cheap imported knotted rawhide.

What happens if my dog swallows a big piece of rawhide?

Watch for vomiting, gagging, loss of appetite, or difficulty passing stools. Rawhide pieces can swell in the stomach and cause blockages. Call your vet immediately if you notice any of these signs. Do not try to induce vomiting on your own.

Is rawhide safe for puppies?

Most vets advise against giving rawhide to puppies. Young dogs have smaller throats, softer teeth, and a higher tendency to gulp pieces whole. Safer puppy chews include soft bully sticks, beef tendons, and rubber teething toys.

Which rawhide alternative lasts the longest?

Himalayan yak cheese chews, split antlers, and coffee wood chews are among the longest-lasting rawhide alternatives. Yak cheese is the most popular in Indian homes because it is fully digestible and doubles up as a cheese puff treat at the end.

Can rawhide cause intestinal blockage in breeds like Labradors and Indies?

Yes. Large, enthusiastic chewers such as Labradors, Rottweilers, and Indie dogs are among the highest-risk groups for rawhide-related blockages. These breeds tend to chew fast, swallow large pieces, and often need emergency care when rawhide goes wrong.

Final Thoughts

Rawhide bones are not the villain some articles make them out to be, but they are no longer the smart default either. The risks are real, the safer alternatives are better, and the price difference is small. Switch to digestible, single-ingredient chews or reusable rubber toys, rotate flavours through the week, and always supervise new sessions.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection to find safer, long-lasting options for your pet.

Meghna Group of Industries Becomes Bangladesh’s First Company to Feature the Sustainable U.S. Soy Label

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 13:30:11 +0700

Meghna Group of Industries (MGI), Bangladesh’s largest importer of U.S. soybeans, has become the first company to adopt the Sustainable U.S. Soy (SUSS) label on its packaging in Bangladesh. With a strong crush capacity of 7,500 MT/day, MGI’s decision is a key step towards deeper integration of supply chain transparency and sustainability in Bangladesh’s feed and food industry.

With 51 years of experience, MGI has established itself as one of Bangladesh’s largest conglomerates, with a diverse portfolio spanning animal feed, crushing, edible oil, FMCG products, logistics, and more.MGI now joins 20 forward-looking companies across South Asia that have signed agreements to adopt the SUSS labels, demonstrating the region’s growing shift towards embracing verified sustainable sourcing.

About U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC):

Davos, Capital, and the Australian Seafood Paradox

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:10:10 +0700

* By FishProf

FishProf noticed something quietly confronting in the global conversations emerging from Davos 2026: capital markets are beginning to treat food securitynotasasocialissue,butasamatter of economic and geopolitical stability. Food is being repriced — not because it is scarce today, but because systems that deliver it are fragile, inefficient, and poorly governed. This shift should ring alarm bells in many countries, but I use my country, Australia, as the example.

Australia is an island continent, surrounded by productive oceans, with one of the world’s largest Exclusive Economic Zones. It is similar in land mass to the United States yet supports a population of just 28 million compared to over 300 million in the US. Australia has more water resources than France, a nation of over 70 million people, and yet Australia imports more than 70% of the seafood it consumes.

FishProf believes this is not a production problem. It is a policy, governance, and vision failure.

Davos Reframes Food as Strategic Infrastructure

One of the strongest messages from Davos 2026 was that food systems are no longer viewed simply as marketdriven supply chains. They are now being reframed as strategic infrastructure, akin to energy, transport, or telecommunications.

Capital markets have noticed that food price volatility fuels inflation, undermines political stability, and directly impacts public health outcomes. Traditional tools — interest rates, subsidies, trade agreements — cannot stabilize food systems that are structurally misaligned.

FishProf noticed that aquaculture fits squarely within this new framing — yet in Australia, it continues to be treated as a niche sector burdened by fragmented regulation and inconsistent political support.

Australia by the numbers

» Land mass: ~7.7 million km² (similar to the USA).

» Population: ~28 million.

» Exclusive Economic Zone: ~8.2 million km² (one of the world’s largest).

» Seafood imports: 70–75% of seafood consumed in Australia.

» Exports: Predominantly high-value species (rock lobster, abalone, tuna).

Australia’s Seafood Dependence: A National Blind Spot

Australia’s reliance on imported seafood is often justified as a consumer preference or price issue. That explanation does not hold up.

FishProf noticed that Australia exports premium seafood — rock lobster, abalone, tuna — while importing lower-cost, everyday fish to feed its population. This is not inherently wrong, but it exposes a system optimized for trade value rather than food security.

At Davos, the warning was clear: countries that outsource their food resilience are exposing themselves to geopolitical, climate, and market shocks.

FishProf believes Australia has done exactly that with seafood.

Yellow Tail Kingfish Ceviche.

FishProf believes that if Australia treated seafood production as essential infrastructure — not a regulatory risk — capital, innovation, and scale would follow.

From “How Do We Stop You?” to “How Do We Help You?”

A recurring frustration across Australian aquaculture is regulatory culture. FishProf noticed that too often the starting question for regulators is: “How do we stop this from going wrong?”

rather than:

“How do we help this succeed responsibly?”

This mindset manifests as:

» Layered approvals across federal, state, and local levels.

» Lengthy timeframes that deter private investment.

» High compliance costs that favor incumbents over innovators.

At Davos, food system leaders acknowledged that excessive complexity, even when well-intentioned, undermines resilience by discouraging new production capacity.

FishProf believes Australia’s topheavy bureaucracy has become a hidden tax on domestic seafood production.

Feed Conversion Ratios (approximate)

» Beef: 6 – 10 kg feed per 1 kg weight gain.

» Pork: 3 – 4 kg.

» Chicken: 1.6 – 2 kg.

» Farmed fish (average): 1.1 – 1.5 kg.

» Shellfish: 0 kg (no formulated feed).

R&D Choices: Who Are We Really Feeding?

Australia invests heavily in aquaculture R&D, yet the direction of that investment raises uncomfortable questions.

FishProf noticed a strong focus on high-value carnivorous species. For example, millions of dollars invested in species such as pompano aimed largely at premium or export markets. Meanwhile, relatively little attention is paid to scalable, affordable, herbivorous or omnivorous species that could feed Australians every week.

Rabbitfish is one example. Hardy, fast-growing, herbivorous, and well suited to integrated systems, yet largely absent from national R&D priorities. As I write this, I notice a Northern Territory University advertising for a PhD to investigate this subject. On one hand this is good news as it means Rabbit Fish is on the R&D menu, but it is also bad news in that we are taking the slow train to get to the station.

FishProf believes this reflects a deeper problem: R&D is often aligned to commercial upside rather than national nutrition and food security outcomes.

Live crabs at market stall.

FishProf noticed that Australia has everything it needs to be a seafood-secure nation — except the will to align policy, science, and vision

Seaweed and Seagrass: The Missed Multipliers

At Davos, food systems were discussed not as single commodities but as interconnected platforms — where nutrition, climate mitigation, and economic resilience intersect.

Australia has world-class research capability in seaweed and seagrass — yet commercial deployment remains limited.

FishProf noticed that seaweed farming could:

» Support low-trophic aquaculture species.

» Reduce nutrient loads and improve water quality.

» Create new food, feed, and bioproduct streams.

» Strengthen coastal and regional economies.

Integrated systems combining herbivorous fish, shellfish, and seaweed are globally recognized as resilient and efficient — yet policy settings in Australia rarely encourage this kind of systems thinking.

FishProf believes Australia’s failure is not scientific — it is structural.

Sarah Holmyard, Offshore Shellfish UK, made a comment about attending the North Atlantic Seafood Forum recently highlighting her disappointment that such an insightful, well-run event was lacking a vision towards ‘space regenerative aquaculture’.

Sarah commented “If we are serious about feeding the future sustainably, regenerative aquaculture should not be a fringe topic. It delivers lowcarbon protein, enhances marine environments, and builds resilience in coastal communities. Put simply, it is one of the most powerful tools we have — yet it still isn’t talked about enough. Seafood is evolving quickly, and the choices we prioritize today will shape the sector for decades to come. Are we moving fast enough to support the solutions that can truly scale sustainable food production?”

Any industry/government or event planner should heed Sarah’s words.

Why shellfish matter

Shellfish such as oysters, mussels, clams, and scallops are among the most efficient animal protein sources on the planet.

» No external feed required.

» Filter plankton and nutrients naturally from the water.

» Improve water quality by removing excess nutrients.

» Low greenhouse gas footprint compared to terrestrial livestock.

Fishburger.

Where Is the Australian Blue Economy Vision?

Davos reinforced that countries making progress are those with cohesive national visions, where policy, finance, and regulation move in the same direction.

Australia talks about the blue economy — but rarely acts like it believes in one.

FishProf noticed that responsibility for aquaculture is scattered across portfolios: agriculture, environment, trade, industry, regional development — often working in silos.

The result?

» No clear national seafood selfsufficiency targets.

» No nutritional outcomes linked to aquaculture policy.

» No coordinated investment framework to scale production.

FishProf believes Australia doesn’t lack opportunity — it lacks alignment.

Food, Health, and Well-Being: The Missing Link

A major Davos theme was the convergence of food and health. Food is no longer just calories — it is preventative healthcare.

Seafood is one of the most nutrient-dense foods available, yet Australia’s dietary guidelines and food security strategies rarely link aquaculture expansion with public health outcomes.

FishProf noticed rising rates of diet-related chronic disease alongside declining seafood consumption in some demographics.

FishProf believes aquaculture should be framed as part of the health system — delivering:

» Omega-3s for cardiovascular health.

» Micronutrients critical for child development.

» Affordable protein for ageing populations.

This reframing would change how success is measured — from tons and export value to health and well-being delivered per capita.

Seaweed farming can:

» Absorb carbon and nutrients.

» Support integrated multi- trophic aquaculture (IMTA).

» Provide food, feed, fertiliser and bio-products.

» Create regional and Indigenous employment.

Global context

» Seaweed represents over 30% of global aquaculture volume.

» Australia produces less than 1%, despite vast suitable coastlines.

Learning from Davos: Capital Will Follow Clarity

The Davos message is blunt: capital will flow to food systems that demonstrate stability, scale, and strategic intent.

Australia currently sends mixed signals.

FishProf noticed that investors see opportunity in Australian aquaculture — but also see regulatory drag, policy inconsistency, and unclear national priorities.

FishProf believes that if Australia treated seafood production as essential infrastructure — not a regulatory risk — capital, innovation, and scale would follow.

Capital markets have noticed that food price volatility fuels infiation, undermines political stability, and directly impacts public health outcomes. Traditional tools — interest rates, subsidies, trade agreements — cannot stabilize food systems that are structurally misaligned.

Farmed Roe on Scallops – curry with rice (Home cooked).

FishProf’s Take: What Needs to Change

If Australia is serious about food security, aquaculture must move from the margins to the mainstream.

FishProf believes Australia must:

Set national seafood self-sufficiency goals.
Shift regulatory culture from control to collaboration.
Rebalance R&D toward low-trophic, affordable species that do not need expensive feeds.
Integrate seaweed and multi-trophic systems into policy.
Align aquaculture with health, nutrition, and regional development outcomes.

Food, Health, and Well- Being – Seafood’s health advantages

» High-quality protein.

» Omega-3 fatty acids (heart and brain health).

» Micronutrients often missing in modern diets.

» Lower saturated fat than most land meats.

Global context

» Seaweed represents over 30% of global aquaculture volume.

» Australia produces less than 1%, despite vast suitable coastlines.

Final Thought

Davos 2026 made one thing clear: food is being repriced because the old system no longer works.

FishProf noticed that Australia has everything it needs to be a seafood-secure nation — except the will to align policy, science, and vision.

FishProf believes the question is no longer “Can Australia feed it self from the sea?” It is “WHY AREN´T WE CHOOSING TO?

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global Sets New Record Ahead of its 32nd Edition in Barcelona

Edusehat — Wed, 22 Apr 2026 10:10:04 +0700

By Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

The expo will take place in Barcelona, from 21 to 23 April, occupying more than 52,950 net square meters of exhibition space, a figure that is still growing.

Companies across the seafood supply chain and from around the world will showcase their latest innovations to international buyers. The event is estimated to generate an economic benefit of more than USD 189.55 million to the city.

The conference program will feature a keynote address by economist and geopolitical strategist Dr. Nomi Prins and will bring together more than 90 international seafood and industry experts.

Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global, organized by Diversified, announces its largest edition in the history of the event with more than 52,950 net square meters of exhibit space and still growing. Taking place from 21 to 23 April at the Gran Via venue of Fira de Barcelona, the expo is expected to welcome more than 2,300 exhibiting companies from 86 countries and 65 national and regional pavilions, bringing together seafood professionals from across the global supply chain.

“As company participation reaches record levels and continues to grow, the scale and diversity of this edition reflect the growing global appetite for innovation and collaboration across the supply chain,” said Wynter Courmont, Group Vice President, Seafood at Diversified. “With the debut of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone, we are creating a dedicated space for companies, investors, and policymakers to engage with the ideas and technologies that will define the future of seafood. We look forward to welcoming the world to Barcelona for an impactful event.”

The international presence confirmed for this edition highlights the event’s global reach, with new national and regional pavilions including Bulgaria, Mexico, Oman, Uruguay and Venezuela joining returning countries such as Canada, Chile, China, Denmark, Ecuador, France, Greece, Iceland, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Morocco, Norway, Netherlands, South Korea, Turkey, the United Kingdom, United States, Vietnam and more.

Fira de Barcelona General Manager, Constantí Serrallonga, stated that “Their five years at Fira demonstrate how a leading international event like Seafood Expo Global finds the perfect environment at our venue to grow and enhance its reach and development. It is an example of how mutual trust, collaborative work, and a shared commitment to excellence multiply the show’s opportunities and strengthen the bonds and legacy within the host city and the entire food industry ecosystem.”

A Global Platform for the Seafood Industry

Halls 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and the Galleria (between halls 4 and 5) of the Gran Vía venue will showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, manufacturing and processing technology.Buyers from around the world, including retailers, foodservice companies, distributors and importers come to the Expo to source seafood products (fresh, frozen, canned, value-added, processed and packaged) from suppliers highlighted in Seafood Expo Global.

Leading seafood companies include AquaChile, Balfegó & Balfegó SL, Cermaq Norway AS, Cooke, Escal SA, Frime, Iceland Seafood International, Kyokuyo Co., Ltd, Leroy Seafood Group ASA, Mowi ASA, Multi X, Nordic Seafood A/S, Nueva Pescanova, Parlevliet & Van der Plas B.V., Ricardo Fuentes e Hijos, Royal Greenland A/S, SalMar AS, Samherji hf, Sea Harvest Seafood, Umios, Unima, and Viciunai Group, among others.

Seafood Processing Global, in halls 1 and 3, will feature processing equipment, refrigeration and freezing, packaging materials and machinery, aquaculture supplies, hygiene control, sanitation and quality, transport and logistics services. Companies include Baader, CMA CGM, JBT Marel, Multivac, ULMA Packaging, Delanchy, DP World, Mediterranean Shipping Company, Cocci Luciano and more.

Debut of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone

A key highlight of the 2026 edition is the launch of the Aquaculture Innovation Zone, a dedicated platform designed for first-time exhibitors showcasing cutting-edge aquaculture solutions.

This new space will bring together suppliers, startups and researchers presenting breakthrough innovations in areas such as farm management and monitoring, animal health and welfare, and sustainable feed. It will connect companies at the forefront of aquaculture technology, software and equipment with a highly targeted global audience, including hatchery professionals, investors and policymakers.

Confirmed participants include AquaBioTech Group (Malta), Bioceanor (France), Nōka AI (USA), LiceDefence AS (Norway) and Sagar Aquaculture (India), Sagare Smart Innovation (Spain), Octona (Croatia) and Qingdao Hishing Smart Equipment Co., Ltd. (China).

In addition, the zone will spotlight an Innovation Theatre, hosting product presentations and expert insights. To foster collaboration and knowledge exchange across the sector, a dedicated aquaculture meet-up open to all attendees will take place on the first day of the event.

Conference Program: Insights From Global Industry Leaders

The 2026 Conference Program will bring together more than 90 international seafood and industry experts across over 30 educational sessions, offering practical insights into the trends shaping the global seafood industry.

Speakers will include representatives from leading organizations such as the FAO, WTO and WWF, as well as executives from major seafood companies and industry associations.

A keynote address will take place on the first day of the event by economist and geopolitical strategist Dr. Nomi Prins titled, “High Stakes, Shifting Tides: The Global Outlook on Seafood, Trade, Economic Pressure Points and Opportunities.” Dr. Prins will provide attendees with a forward-looking economic outlook for the global seafood industry, addressing key macroeconomic forces, trade dynamics and emerging risks impacting the sector.

Across the three-day program, sessions will explore topics including aquaculture development, sustainability, supply chain transparency, emerging markets, consumer trends and technological innovation, offering a comprehensive view of the opportunities and challenges facing the industry.

The Seafood Excellence Global Awards, the event’s prestigious annual award competition, will recognize the best seafood products represented at the Expo and highlight the latest trends in the sector. The winners will be chosen from the list of finalists with two top prizes awarded to the Best Retail Product and the Best Hotel/Restaurant/Catering (HORECA) Product. Another four special prizes will be given for innovation, convenience, retail packaging and the best line of seafood products.

Constantí Serrallonga (Fira), Wynter Courmont (Seafood) and Brenna Hensley (Seafood).

For more information on Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global and to register: www.seafoodexpo.com/global.

About Seafood Expo Global/Seafood Processing Global

Seafood Expo Global and Seafood Processing Global make up the world’s largest seafood trade show. Thousands of buyers and sellers from around the world attend the three-day annual event to meet, connect, and do business. Buyers include importers, exporters, wholesalers, restaurants, supermarkets, hotels, and other companies in the retail and foodservice sectors. Exhibitors showcase the latest innovations in seafood products, processing and packaging machinery, and services for the seafood industry. SeafoodSource.com is the official media partner of the event. The organizer is Diversified, the international leader in seafood events and media. www.seafoodexpo.com/global

About Diversified

About Fira de Barcelona

Fira de Barcelona is Spain’s leading exhibition organizer and one of the most important in Europe, especially for trade fairs and industry conferences. The institution has three venues: Montjuïc, Gran Via and CCIB, totalling more than 500,000 m² of exhibition space, which this year will host more than 270 trade fairs, conferences and corporate events. These include important international events like MWC Barcelona, Alimentaria, Hostelco, ISE, Seafood Expo Global, Hispack and the Smart City Expo World Congress. The institutions annual contribution to the local economy is estimated at more than USD 5.53 billion and its activity generates both social and public value.

What Pet Parents Should Know About Dog First Aid Before an Emergency

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 23:35:03 +0700

Emergencies are never on the schedule, and when it comes to your dog, even a small moment of panic can feel overwhelming. April is Pet First Aid Awareness Month, which makes it the perfect time to learn a few simple skills that can help you feel prepared to act if something unexpected happens. While no one wants to imagine their dog in distress, having a basic understanding of doggie first aid can make a meaningful difference.

In this post, we’ll take you through the importance of:

RECOGNIZING SIGNS OF TROUBLE IN YOUR DOG

Since dogs cannot communicate how they feel, it is crucial to observe any shifts in their behavior or changes in their appearance. Watch for signs such as:

Unusual tiredness or changes in energy levels
Posture changes
Difficulty breathing
Vomiting
Limping
Excessive drooling and licking
Sudden changes in appetite

You know your pup best. If you can sense they’re acting differently from their usual self, it is worth consulting your vet before a sudden emergency arises or the situation worsens.

KEEP EMERGENCY CONTACTS ON STAND-BY

In an emergency, having the right contact information readily available can save valuable time. Make sure to add the following to your phone and keep a visible copy in your home:

Your vet’s phone number
Contact details of the nearest 24-hour emergency animal hospital
The hotline for a poison control center (such as the 24-hour ASPCA Poison Control phone number)

Being prepared in this way can help you act quickly and confidently, so you can focus on getting them the care they need without scrambling to find help.

BUILD AN EMERGENCY FIRST-AID KIT FOR YOUR DOG

Creating an emergency first-aid kit for your dog can be extremely valuable. Some items you may want to include are gauze, nonstick bandages, adhesive tape, antiseptic wipes, a small flashlight (in case you’re in environments with low light), tweezers, a digital thermometer made for pets, disposable gloves, scissors, and a copy of your dog’s medical records to give anyone who may be treating your dog in an emergency.

KNOW HOW TO GIVE YOUR DOG CPR AND THE HEIMLICH MANEUVER

DOG CPR

In a frightening and unfortunate situation where a dog is unconscious, not breathing, or lacks a detectable pulse, giving CPR may be required. Having a basic understanding of when CPR is needed and how it works can help you respond more quickly in an emergency situation.

The American Red Cross has a step-by-step guide to performing CPR on your dog, including what to do before, during, and after.

THE HEIMLICH MANEUVER ON DOGS

Choking is an emergency that requires quick thinking. If you cannot successfully retrieve an item from your dog’s mouth and their airway is blocked, knowing how to perform the Heimlich maneuver can be critical. Signs your dog is choking can include coughing, gagging/retching, excessive drooling, panicked behavior, and difficulty breathing.

For more information about how to perform the Heimlich maneuver on your dog, check out the guide by the American Red Cross.

HANDLING OVERHEATING IN DOGS BEFORE IT PROGRESSES TO HEAT STROKE

Dogs can overheat quickly, especially in warm weather. Limiting time spent outdoors during heatwaves and making sure they stay cool can be important first steps. However, if you notice they start panting heavily, are drooling, and are showing signs of weakness, it is crucial to get them to a shaded, cooler area, offer small amounts of water if they’re willing to drink (do not force them to drink), and use a damp, cool cloth on their body to help lower their body temperature. Be sure to avoid using ice-cold water, as this could cause their body to go into shock.

While it is always best to let your vet know if your pup experiences overheating, it is especially critical to do so if you notice signs of heatstroke, which can include all the signs of overheating plus lethargy, vomiting, diarrhea, and more advanced signs like collapsing, seizures, and going unconscious. This is when you need to get immediate help from a professional.

READ MORE: Summer Heat Safety for Dogs

THE IMPORTANCE OF STAYING CALM

No matter the situation, staying calm is one of the most important things you can do for your dog during an emergency, as it can help you think more clearly. For example, if your dog has a small scrape or cut, you can take a moment to gently clean the area and apply a bandage without rushing or causing additional discomfort. However, in more urgent situations, staying calm can help you assess what’s happening and take the right next steps.

For more information on handling specific pet emergencies, the American Veterinary Medical Association has a helpful guide with actionable steps.

The post What Pet Parents Should Know About Dog First Aid Before an Emergency appeared first on Dogtopia.

Study identifies abundant bacterial strains in chicken reproductive tract

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 23:05:06 +0700

Research on the microbiota in chicken reproductive tracts revealed an abundance of live bacteria, including strains typically found in the gut, according to Nir Ben Porat, Hebrew University of Jerusalem student.

“When we talk about microbiota, we usually think about the gut or the skin,” Ben Porat said. “To our surprise, we found viable bacteria right where the egg forms.

“We recovered 145 unique bacterial strains in combined samples from the infundibulum, magnum and shell gland regions of the reproductive tract,” he continued. “This raises the possibility that some of these bacteria might be transferred into the egg and reach the developing embryo.”

The research and results were presented by Ben Porat at the 2025 Poultry Science Association annual meeting.

Research details

“The aim of our study was to determine whether live symbiotic bacteria, rather than just bacterial DNA, were present in the reproductive tract of the chicken,” Ben Porat explained.

Using 10 Cobb broiler breeders at 37 weeks of age, the research team took samples from three regions of the reproductive tract: the infundibulum, magnum and shell gland.

The samples were placed on an aerobic agar and incubated for 3 days.

A substantial number of the colonies grew from all three regions. Researchers collected the colonies and performed 16s rRNA sequencing, which helps identify bacteria and analyze bacterial diversity in microbiomes.

The results produced 145 unique bacterial strains. The most abundant strains were Lactobacillus, Bacteroides, Lachnospiraceae and Oscillospiraceae, all commonly associated with the gut microbiota, Ben Porat reported.

Tract region differences

Next, researchers analyzed the bacteria by region of the reproductive tract.

“It was interesting to see that the magnum had statistically lower antimicrobial resistance compared to both the shell gland and the infundibulum,” Ben Porat said.

A variogram showed that 37 bacterial strains were shared across the three regions. In addition, 34 bacterial strains were shared between the shell gland and infundibulum but were completely absent from the magnum.

“These figures support the idea that the bacterial community of the magnum is different from that in the other two regions,” he explained. “This is likely because the magnum has fewer specific bacteria, because its resistance is lower.

“Next, we wanted to understand whether different regions of the reproductive tract affect the specific order of bacteria present in those regions,” he continued. “Lactobacillales was the dominant order across all regions. But we observed a clear reduction in the number of bacterial strains that travel from the magnum compared to the other regions.

“This suggests that the magnum, where egg whites are formed, may act as a selective environment, which allows some bacteria to survive and grow while excluding other bacteria.”

Magnum bacteria gatekeeper?

Overall, the researchers observed viable bacteria in different regions of the hens’ reproductive tracts where eggs form.

“This finding opens up not only a question of whether bacteria reach the chicks but also if it influences functions like fertilization,” Ben Porat said.

“We also found that the magnum acts in selective environments, which raises the question of whether the selection process goes through all maternal physiology. This means that hen physiology might help filter or select bacteria that can’t enter the egg.

“In that sense, the magnum might influence which bacteria become the first for the developing chick,” he suggested.

The post Study identifies abundant bacterial strains in chicken reproductive tract appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The evolution of poultry prophylaxis: effectiveness and precision in the service of animal health

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 19:25:10 +0700

In modern poultry farming, the efficiency of prophylactic operations is no longer assessed solely in terms of speed, but also in terms of dosing accuracy, animal welfare, and biosecurity. These operations, traditionally reliant on manual skill and the experience of vaccination teams, are increasingly becoming a production bottleneck, as the availability of specialized personnel continues to decline.

Against this backdrop, the patented device distributed by Giordano and developed by Prof. Dante Lorini, now an integral part of the group’s Vaccination Devices category, represents a significant step forward compared to traditional methods. It is an “all-in-one” pneumatic vaccination station that integrates ocular-conjunctival spray, intramuscular (IM) injection, and wing membrane scarification. The system is designed to standardize the vaccination process, increase its precision, and ensure high operational quality, allowing up to seven vaccinations to be performed during a single handling of the animal.

Design philosophy: ergonomics and adaptability

The core of the innovation lies in the machine’s ability to adapt to the bird’s morphology, rather than requiring the bird to adapt to the equipment. The system is entirely pneumatic, eliminating electrical components and ensuring operability even in challenging environments with high levels of dust and humidity. The stainless-steel construction is easy to sanitize and disinfect at the end of vaccination procedures (any type of disinfectant can be used).

The modular structure allows adjustment along three axes, making it suitable for birds of any age and size, with particular suitability for pullets aged 80-90 days. Moreover, adaptability to the specific operating context is further enhanced, as farmers or operators can modify the rods and/or trolleys supporting the equipment to meet their needs. Thanks to standardized measuring scales, once a single machine is calibrated, the same settings can be accurately replicated on all other devices in use simultaneously.

Finally, its global distribution ensures easy access to manufacturer support and the availability of spare parts for maintenance.

Anatomical and functional analysis of vaccination methods

The device addresses the limitations of manual vaccination through engineering solutions that respect the anatomy of these animals. The operational procedure involves controlled handling of the animal by gripping the back with the right hand and the left wing with the left hand. The subsequent vaccination steps include:

1. wing puncture

The wing is inserted horizontally, with the dorsal side facing upward, into the central slot of the device for localized intradermal/subcutaneous inoculation or transfixion. Applying light pressure activates a micro-pneumatic mechanism that moves a special needle vertically and perpendicularly downward; this needle is coated with the vaccine solution contained in the underlying tray, distributing the viral suspension into the wing membrane tissues (epidermal/dermal/interstitial connective tissue layers) as it rises back up.

The entire vaccination cycle is completed in about 250 milliseconds, and the system prevents repetition until the command is released.

The device replaces the traditional double needle (often causing excessive lesions or breaks) with a single special needle (160 micron diameter) featuring:

needle geometry: shaped with a piercing tip and long taper, including an internal roughened zone to retain the exact vaccine dose for tissue adhesion during needle withdrawal. These features ensure minimal damage to the wing membrane.
guaranteed dosing: tests confirm perfect accuracy, delivering 1,000 doses to 1,000 birds. This eliminates manual method waste, ensures compliance with pharmaceutical solvent/solute ratios, and the tray’s specific geometry maximizes solution use.

2. intramuscular (IM) injection

At the same time as wing positioning, the bird’s chest is placed against the contoured mask on the right. A moving sled brings the needles into contact with the birds’ pectoral muscles, ensuring inoculation at the correct site (in pullets, ideally 2.5–4 cm from the sternal bone, in the upper third of the chest, with the needle angled downward at 45°).

Manual injections are subject to human error related to fatigue, incorrect angle/depth, often leading to deposits in wrong anatomical sites (too superficial or too deep, risking penetration into the coelomic cavity and damage to underlying organs like liver or heart, causing animal death) and/or granulomas.

The pneumatic system eliminates these variables, ensuring:

constant intrinsic pressure: the vaccine is delivered under controlled force through muscle fibers, ensuring uniform diffusion into deep layers, reducing localized pockets and associated granuloma incidence.
multiple injections: a sled driven by a pneumatic cylinder enables up to four injections at different points in a single operation, using adjustable parallel/converging needles.
needle stability/integrity: the smooth sled movement reduces wear (using standard Luer Lock needles of varying diameters/lengths), drastically lowering risks of trauma/infection.
syringes: individually adjustable for diverse vaccine dosages. Separate injection circuits (each dispenser has its own volume) prevent vaccine mixing, preserving pharmacological integrity.
support rods: useful for connecting bags/vials of vaccine solutions to fill syringes.

3. ocular-conjunctival spray

Following injection, the operator moves the bird to the left and positions the head on the appropriate contoured support, so that the eyes align with the vaccine spray dispensers; light pressure with the left hand on a mobile lever activates a second micro-pneumatic mechanism that commands timed spray application. The spray deposits the inoculum directly into the conjunctival sac, between the bulbar surface and the inner eyelid. From this site, the vaccine reaches Harder’s gland (a lymphoid organ essential for mucosal immune stimulation) and is subsequently distributed throughout the respiratory epithelium (superficial and/or deep) through passage via nasal cavities/choana and oral cavity, via the nasolacrimal duct.

Traditionally, ocular vaccination required tilting the bird’s head and drop-by-drop dosing, operations that often induced instinctive eyelid closure or required manual force. Furthermore, a hurried or fatigued operator may release the bird before the drop is fully absorbed, without waiting for the bird to blink before releasing it.

The new system leverages the “Venturi effect,” providing the following advantages:

natural position: the animal maintains the head in a physiological position without recline, on a specialized contour following its morphology. This also reduces the eyelid closure reflex.
fluid dynamics: spray pressure is calibrated to slightly lift the eyelid, ensuring vaccine reaches the entire ocular orbit before the bird can close its eye.
flexibility: option for dual reservoirs, individually connected to their respective dispensers, to administer two vaccines simultaneously. The dispensers are adjustable in position and angle to ensure precise orientation toward animal pupils. Vaccine volume is modifiable via screws on individual sprayers.
efficiency: immediate confirmation of correct administration is visible by observing any dye used by directly inspecting the animal’s oral cavity. Additionally, positioning the spray on the right (or as otherwise configured) allows this operation as the first phase. While the operator proceeds with the subsequent steps, the vaccine has time to be properly absorbed.

Animal welfare and biosecurity

The most significant competitive advantage is the reduction of animal handling. While traditional methods required up to four separate handling steps to complete the full vaccination cycle, the new method involves a single collection of the bird, administrating all treatments in rapid sequence (spray → intramuscular injection(s) + wing puncture).

This approach drastically reduces the risk of trauma and stress for animals. As a result, it lowers potential respiratory and/or enteric conditions associated with stress, reduces the need for medication/additives, and limits the formation of culled birds with improved uniformity and reduced mortality.

The use of fewer operators and reducing the number of handling steps represents a significant advantage in terms of biosecurity. Fewer personnel movements in and out of the facility, as well as between different sites on the same day or different days, limits the possibility of introducing or spreading potential pathogens, ensuring greater control over the application of hygiene and preventive measures.

Strategic analysis: the machine as a response to personnel shortage

This is where the system’s true long-term value becomes evident. Labor shortages are not a transient phenomenon, but a structural and increasingly urgent issue. The modern farmer must address:

high turnover: difficulty finding and training personnel who often leave after just a few months.
training costs: time lost teaching the “sensitivity” of manual vaccination.
fatigue: human errors due to repetitive movements (RSI) on thousands of birds.

The device acts as a skills equalizer:

De-skilling of the operation: the operator no longer needs to decide how to vaccinate, but only where to position the animal. The “expert hand” is replaced by machine calibration. Once a “recipe” (pressures, distances, volumes) is set on one machine, it can be replicated at all stations, ensuring that a newly hired operator achieves the same health outcomes as a more experienced one.
Operator safety and welfare: the risk of self-injection (more common with manual syringes and struggling animals) and reduction of physical strain enable more peaceful and productive work shifts.
Optimization: with a single operator performing up to four operations simultaneously, the number of personnel needed to complete a vaccination cycle is reduced. In a context where reliable labor is difficult to find, achieving the same results with fewer people becomes a decisive advantage.

Cost-benefit analysis and performance

Despite its advanced technology, the system is designed for robustness and operational economy.

Conclusion

The adoption of this equipment should not be read merely as a “technology purchase,” but as an insurance policy on the production process.

By guaranteeing the certainty of the inoculated dose (1,000 doses = 1,000 birds), correct anatomical placement, and optimal management, independent of individual operator skill, it offers farmers a tool to elevate health standards while reducing labor costs and operational risks. Furthermore, given recent prospects for possible introduction of multiple mandatory parenteral vaccinations, the device is already equipped for simultaneous multiple injections (up to four in a single handling).

In a future where skilled labor continues to become scarcer, this system can transform vaccination from a “manual art” to a standardized, scientifically validated, and economically sustainable “industrial process”.

Discover more about Vaccinator Mark II: https://giordanoglobal.com/it/product/vaccination-devices/vaccinator-mark-ii/

Biscuits vs Jerky: Which Treat Is Better for Your Dog?

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 19:20:05 +0700

Every Indian dog parent has faced this aisle dilemma. On one shelf sit the familiar, crunchy dog biscuits. On the other, packets of dog jerky promise a more natural, protein-rich option. Both claim to be the perfect treat, but your dog only needs one thing: the right one for their age, health, and training needs.

This guide breaks down biscuits and jerky honestly. You will learn how they differ in ingredients, calories, protein content, and shelf life. You will also find out which one suits daily training, which one works for picky eaters, and which holds up better in India's humid climate. By the end, you will know exactly when to reach for each.

Quick Verdict

For most dogs, a mix of both works best. Biscuits are useful as everyday, low-calorie rewards and for training repetition. Jerky is better as a high-value reward, a protein boost, or a treat for fussy eaters. If you have to pick one, jerky wins on nutrition and palatability. Biscuits win on affordability, shelf life, and everyday convenience.

What Are Dog Biscuits?

Dog biscuits are baked treats made from flours, grains, fats, and sometimes added meat, milk, or vegetables. They are hard, crunchy, and long lasting on the shelf. Most Indian brands sell them in bone or bar shapes, with flavours like chicken, mutton, milk, and multigrain.

Pros:

Affordable, with many options available at budget-friendly price points
Long shelf life, which matters in humid Indian conditions
Crunchy texture that helps scrape mild plaque off teeth
Easy to portion for training sessions with small dogs
Wide variety of sizes, from tiny puppy biscuits to large breed bars

Cons:

Often high in refined flour, sugar, or hidden additives
Lower in real protein compared to meat-based treats
Some commercial biscuits contain salt, artificial colours, or preservatives
Not suitable as a meal substitute or a real nutrition booster

Look for biscuits that list real meat or a single flour like oats or ragi as the first ingredient. Avoid anything with added sugar, caramel colour, or chemical names you cannot pronounce.

What Is Dog Jerky?

Dog jerky is thin strips of slowly dried meat, usually chicken, mutton, fish, or liver. The drying process removes moisture and concentrates flavour, making jerky intensely appealing to dogs. Quality jerky contains a single ingredient: real meat, and nothing else.

Pros:

High in real protein, often between 40 and 60 percent
Usually single-ingredient, making it great for dogs with allergies
Strong smell and taste make it a top high-value training treat
Naturally grain free, suitable for grain-sensitive dogs
Low in carbs and free from refined flour

Cons:

More expensive than biscuits per kilogram
Shorter shelf life once opened, especially in humid weather
Some imported or bulk jerky contains added salt or glycerine
Rich jerky in large quantities can upset sensitive stomachs

Always check the label for sodium content, preservatives, and country of origin. Jerky made from human-grade meat, with no added salt or sugar, is the safest choice for daily rewarding.

Head to Head: Biscuits vs Jerky

Nutrition: Jerky wins here. It provides concentrated animal protein with little filler. Biscuits contain more carbohydrates and often less actual meat.

Protein and calories: According to the American Kennel Club, adult dogs need high-quality animal protein as a core part of their diet. Jerky delivers that in every bite, while most biscuits rely on grain fillers.

Training value: Jerky is the high-value option dogs work harder for. Biscuits work better for repetitive training where dozens of small rewards are needed during a single session.

Shelf life and storage: Biscuits win for Indian homes. They stay fresh longer, especially during monsoon. Opened jerky needs airtight containers and should be finished within a few weeks.

Dental benefits: Biscuits give a mild plaque scrape. Jerky does not help much with dental cleaning, but soft tissue chews serve that role better anyway.

Price: Biscuits are significantly more affordable. Jerky costs two to three times more per kilogram.

Allergies: Jerky is safer for dogs with grain or wheat allergies. Wheat-based biscuits can trigger flare-ups in sensitive dogs.

When to Pick Biscuits vs Jerky

Choose biscuits when:

You need affordable daily rewards for routine use
You are training a puppy with many short sessions
Your dog needs a low-calorie crunch between meals
You want something that will not spoil quickly in the heat

Choose jerky when:

You are working on tough behaviours like recall or leave-it
Your dog is a picky eater who ignores regular kibble
Your dog has grain or gluten sensitivities
Your dog needs a post-walk protein boost
You want a clean, single-ingredient reward

A practical approach for most Indian pet parents: use biscuits as everyday rewards and keep jerky for big wins. This balances cost, nutrition, and training value, and your dog stays motivated because the good stuff never feels routine.

Storing Treats in Indian Weather

India's climate is not kind to dog treats. Monsoon moisture softens biscuits and spoils jerky within weeks. Summer heat melts fat-rich treats, and winter dampness in hill stations can cause mould.

Practical storage tips:

Transfer treats to airtight glass or food-grade plastic jars as soon as you open the pack
Store jerky in the refrigerator during monsoon, especially in cities like Mumbai, Chennai, or Goa
Keep a few silica gel sachets inside biscuit tins to absorb humidity
Buy smaller packs more often instead of one large pack
Discard any treat that changes smell, colour, or texture

Fresh treats are safer and tastier. A good rule to live by: if you would not eat it, your dog should not either.

Treats to Avoid

Some treats marketed for dogs are not actually safe. Skip the following:

Biscuits with added sugar, chocolate, raisins, or xylitol
Jerky with high salt content, artificial smoke flavour, or propylene glycol
Unknown imported brands without clear ingredient lists
Anything that smells rancid or looks oily
Human biscuits like Marie, glucose, or cream biscuits

Human biscuits contain sugar, refined flour, and sometimes milk solids that upset dog digestion. According to the ASPCA, ingredients like xylitol, chocolate, and raisins are toxic to dogs. Always stick to dog-specific treats from trusted brands.

FAQs

Are biscuits good for dogs every day?

Yes, in moderation. Good quality dog biscuits can be given daily, but they should not exceed 10 percent of your dog's total calorie intake. Pick biscuits with real meat, low sugar, and no artificial colours. For small dogs, two to three biscuits a day is usually enough.

Is jerky safe for puppies?

Pure, single-ingredient jerky made from chicken or mutton is safe for puppies older than four months. Avoid jerky with added salt, seasoning, or smoke flavouring. Cut jerky into small pieces to match their jaw size, and always supervise the first few sessions.

Can I give my dog jerky during training?

Yes, jerky is one of the best high-value training treats for dogs. Its strong smell grabs attention and keeps dogs motivated through difficult commands. Break it into pea-sized pieces so you do not overfeed during longer sessions.

Which is better for weight control, biscuits or jerky?

Jerky is generally better for weight control because it is high in protein and low in refined carbohydrates. However, it is calorie dense, so portion control matters. For overweight dogs, small jerky pieces work better than low-quality biscuits loaded with flour and fat.

Are homemade biscuits and jerky better than store bought?

Homemade treats can be excellent because you control every ingredient. Bake biscuits using oats, ragi, and plain chicken. Make jerky by slow drying lean meat in an oven or dehydrator with no added salt. Store-bought treats are perfectly fine when they come from trusted brands with clean labels.

Final Thoughts

Biscuits and jerky both have a place in your dog's life. The right choice depends on the moment, not on the label. Use biscuits for everyday rewards and light training. Save jerky for high-value moments, picky appetites, and dogs needing more protein. Read labels carefully, store treats properly in Indian humidity, and rotate flavours to keep your dog interested.

Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection to compare quality biscuits and jerky options that suit your pet's age, size, and taste preferences.

Sustainability, proven: A practitioner’s perspective from inside poultry production

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 01:35:07 +0700

By Ken Opengart, DVM, PhD, DACPV
3 Birds Consulting
Signal Mountain, Tennessee

My introduction to sustainability, and the lens that has shaped how I approach my work, has always been grounded in the oath I took at graduation from veterinary school: to protect animal health and welfare, prevent suffering, conserve animal resources, promote public health and advance medical knowledge.

Sustainability is embedded in that oath, even if I did not fully recognize it early in my career. Its significance became clear as my responsibilities expanded, my experience deepened and I confronted the real-world complexity of our industry.

Entry into sustainability

My more formal professional sustainability journey began in 2007, when the company I was working for, Keystone Foods, launched its first sustainability program and asked me to lead that effort in the US. The responsibility seemed to dovetail well with my other areas of responsibility, including leading live operations and commodity risk management.

At the time, sustainability was not well understood within Keystone or the broader poultry industry. For many, it was confined to a narrow environmental narrative, often reduced to “being green,” and largely disconnected from the broader operational context, trade-offs and consequences that we recognize today.

From the outset, I spent a great deal of time reframing the conversation. I emphasized that sustainability was not something new or abstract but something we were already working on every day, through animal care, food safety, workforce practices, resource stewardship and business continuity. What was changing was not the work itself but how we communicated about it and how intentionally we connected it to outcomes.

My responsibilities expanded globally, and one of my early objectives was enhancing our sustainability culture. Regardless of role or function, my desire was for every employee to understand and be able to articulate how their work contributed to making Keystone more sustainable. Building that shared understanding required investing in enhancing sustainability literacy across the global organization, establishing a common language, clarifying understanding of complex trade-offs and fostering a clear line of sight between individual decisions and broader business outcomes.

Whether someone worked in HR, food safety and quality assurance, operations, accounting or elsewhere in the organization, sustainability had to be tangible, shared and owned, not siloed or assigned to a single department. That literacy was foundational to creating a robust and resilient sustainability culture that could endure beyond programs, reporting cycles or leadership changes.

Demonstrating sustainability

I am immensely proud of the role our poultry industry plays in society, particularly in terms of sustainability.

We feed a growing global population with safe, affordable and high-quality protein through one of the most cost-efficient and sustainable animal agriculture systems in the world. Sustainability in agriculture did not begin when corporations started focusing on it in the early 2000s; it has always been embedded in how we operate. We work continuously to do more with less, reduce waste and build a resilient value chain capable of meeting today’s needs while standing up to tomorrow’s challenges.

The poultry industry has delivered long-standing improvements in many areas of sustainability, yet I have long been frustrated by our inability to articulate our sustainability narrative in a compelling and convincing way.

When people ask, “Are we producing poultry sustainably?” my answer is grounded in data, not defensiveness. Life-cycle assessments and industry benchmarking of US broiler production tell a compelling story, one that is rarely communicated effectively outside our industry.

Over the last 5 decades, the US broiler industry has dramatically reduced its environmental footprint. From 1965 to 2010, water depletion declined by more than 50%, global warming potential by more than 30%, land use by over 70% and fossil-energy use by nearly 40% per kilogram of live weight produced. From 2010 to 2020, we continued to improve, with further reductions in greenhouse-gas emissions, water consumption, and land and fossil resource use.^1,2

These gains did not happen by accident. They were driven by advances in poultry genetics, nutrition, health management, housing and husbandry, paired with a vertically integrated value chain that allows us to identify inefficiencies and correct them at scale.

Poultry did not just become more sustainable; it became more affordable. Even as input costs rose, chicken remained one of the most accessible proteins for consumers. Food affordability and accessibility are critical, yet often overlooked, dimensions of sustainability.

Focusing sustainability efforts

Sustained progress, however, does not mean the job is done. The next phase of sustainability improvement in poultry is harder and requires honesty about where our biggest opportunities lie.

Life-cycle analyses consistently show that roughly 70% of poultry’s climate impact sits in Scope 3 emissions, which include transportation-related greenhouse gases. Within that, roughly 70% is tied to feed in the form of grain production, feed processing and transport, and feed conversion. That reality narrows the field of viable interventions.

Future progress will not come from a single breakthrough but from a disciplined set of science-based levers applied across the system. It will depend on climate-smart row crops, improved nutrient management, reduced tillage and effective edge-of-field practices. It will also depend on precision nutrition and the thoughtful use of alternative ingredients, such as enzymes, probiotics and phytogenics, and the ability to balance formulating for cost and environmental impact.

Additionally, progress will depend on continued gains in feed conversion and improved health and welfare, as well as rigorous environmental control inside poultry houses, i.e., air quality, temperature, lighting and management.

None of these is a silver bullet. Each may carry trade-offs. Sustainability is not about achieving perfection. Rather, it is about making informed, data-driven decisions that balance outcomes and drive continuous improvement.

Telling the full sustainability story

Admittedly, I fell into the trap of discussing sustainability only in the context of environmental impact. This was not intentional, but it is certainly where I feel most comfortable and get most excited.

To really tell our compelling story, we must speak broadly about our progress. The US Roundtable for Sustainable Poultry and Eggs developed a sustainability framework that measures performance across 101 metrics and 15 core indicators, including animal welfare, environmental impact, labor and food safety. The assessment enables participants to benchmark progress, pinpoint and prioritize areas requiring greater focus, recognize strengths and drive continuous improvement across their organization.

The first-ever sustainability framework report developed for the full US supply chains for chicken, turkey and eggs from producer to final customer was published in 2025.³ This represents an important step toward generating the data and insights needed to communicate our story more effectively and enhance credibility and trust with our stakeholders.

Call to action

So where does that leave us?

If the poultry industry wants sustainability to be understood based on real performance rather than outside interpretation, we must take ownership of our narrative and define how sustainability is executed and communicated. Progress must be grounded in a holistic framework that integrates aspects of sustainability and manages trade-offs transparently, rather than allowing one priority to be sacrificed to satisfy another.

My call to action is this:

If you are a poultry leader, do not chase sustainability commitments that ignore systems-level consequences. Demand holistic assessments before locking in targets. Grow a sustainability culture within your organization where, regardless of function, everyone understands how they contribute to sustainable outcomes for your company.

If you are a veterinarian or welfare professional, advocate for outcome-based measures that let the bird tell us the answer.

If you are a customer or brand, recognize that sustainability is not achieved through prescriptive mandates but by partnering with supply chain partners and driving continuous improvement that is grounded in science.

And if you work in poultry production, take pride in what this industry has accomplished while staying committed to doing better.

Poultry feeds the world efficiently, affordably and responsibly. The challenge ahead is not whether we can be sustainable but whether we are willing to share our story transparently and make decisions that genuinely balance environment, economy and ethics.

That responsibility belongs to all of us.

References

1. Putman B, Thoma G, Burek J, Matlock M. A retrospective analysis of the United States poultry industry: 1965 compared with 2010. Agric. Syst. 2017;157:107-117. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2017.07.008A
2. Putman B, Thoma G. Broiler Production System Life Cycle Assessment: 2020 Update. 2020. Broiler-Production-System-LCA_2020-Update.pdf
3. 2025-US-RSPE-Framework-Sustainability-Report.pdf

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post Sustainability, proven: A practitioner’s perspective from inside poultry production appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Introducing Dovria Veterinary Monitors

Edusehat — Tue, 21 Apr 2026 01:30:07 +0700

Patient monitoring plays a critical role in veterinary care, from anesthesia to recovery. To support veterinary teams with reliable and flexible monitoring solutions, we’re proud to introduce Dovria, our new line of veterinary monitors.

Dovria: The Calm Within Precision.

Designed to deliver dependable monitoring when it matters most, the Dovria family helps veterinary teams focus on what matters: patient care.

Whether you need a compact portable monitor or a fully modular system for advanced monitoring, the Dovria family offers the flexibility and performance that today’s practices require.

Meet the Dovria family

Dovria One

A compact handheld multi-parameter monitor designed for portability and everyday monitoring in busy clinical environments.

Learn More

Dovria Pro

A powerful handheld monitor that delivers comprehensive multi-parameter monitoring while remaining easy to use and highly mobile.

Learn More

Dovria Ultra

A modular veterinary monitor designed for advanced monitoring needs, offering expanded capabilities and reliable tracking of essential vital parameters.

With the Dovria lineup, clinics can choose the monitoring solution that best fits their workflow, from portable everyday monitoring to advanced surgical monitoring.

Learn More

Q2 Dispomed Promotion Exclusive Offers to celebrate Dovria Launch

Get 1 free hour of consultation with Dr. Craig Mosley to discuss monitoring.

Upgrade Your Practice and Save 5% on the Dovria One or Dovria Pro

Promotion valid until June 30th 2026

Modernising the milk supply with Mossgiel

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 18:40:05 +0700

I was the recipient of a free bottle of milk from my milk delivery service recently. It is the one that has been in the news lately (www.theguardian.com/food/2026/apr/19/making-a-splash-demand-for-raw-and-brewed-milk-growing-in-uk), as consumers go towards less processed alternatives to everyday products.

Modern Milkman has expanded its dairy range with the introduction of “brewed milk” brand Mossgiel from Scottish organic farm Mossgiel Organic Dairy. The milk has an RSP of £2.80 for a one-litre glass bottle, which to my mind is what people should be paying for a litre of the white stuff anyway. The £1.20 for two pints usual is barely covering costs.

Mossgiel’s “brewed milk” offers a seasonally evolving flavour, with a natural cream layer for texture. Gently pasteurised at a lower temperature (68°C for five minutes), it preserves proteins and full flavour while remaining safe and non-homogenised, the company says. The process is also highly efficient, using about 90% less energy than traditional methods.

While raw milk itself cannot be widely sold across the UK, the move marks the latest step in Modern Milkman’s strategy to champion high-quality, minimally processed dairy, it says.

The milk’s taste comes from Mossgiel’s grass-fed cows, which are fed a completely natural, seasonal diet free from concentrates, GMOs, chemicals and synthetic additives. Elements such as seaweed are included to provide natural iodine and support with the cow’s immunity, resulting in a clean, evolving flavour.

Every bottle supports regenerative farming and the highest animal welfare standards, bringing together two sustainably led businesses in the Mossgiel offering via Modern Milkman. Plus, it is also supporting Scotland’s organic dairy farmers.

Mossgiel was the first UK dairy to eliminate single-use plastics, while Modern Milkman reinforces this commitment through its reusable glass bottles and doorstep collection model, an approach still rare at scale for one-litre formats nationwide. I for one like the one-litre format, as you can see from my fridge layout in the photo. More one-litre bottles would be space-saving.

Suzanne Christiansen, editor, Dairy Industries International. Keep in touch via email: suzanne@bellpublishing.com Twitter: @dairyindustries Linkedin: @dairyindustriesinternational

The post Modernising the milk supply with Mossgiel appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

The new digital edition of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now online

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 18:20:10 +0700

The latest issue of Zootecnica – Poultry Magazine is now available, featuring technical articles on poultry nutrition, health and production management.

This edition includes a review of bioavailable silicon as a feed additive, an analysis of poultry prophylaxis, and an overview of global meat production dynamics with a focus on imports.

Technical contributions address water quality and its role in flock performance, the combined management of drinking water and vaccination procedures, and immunity in modern broiler crosses. Processing aspects aimed at reducing carcass damage are also covered.

Read the digital edition on Issuu

Download the full PDF: HERE.

Bioavailable silicium as feed additive and its beneficial effects throughout poultry production

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 18:20:10 +0700

Silicium is a naturally occurring trace element that supports bone formation, collagen synthesis, and structural integrity in tissues and eggshell membranes. In poultry, dietary bioavailable silicium can improve skeletal strength, egg and eggshell quality, laying performance, and hatchability, making it a valuable additive across production systems.

➤ Barbara Brutsaert¹, Giuditta Tilli², Maarten De Gussem^2,3

¹VetPharm, Noordkaai 24, Izegem 8870, Belgium (barbara.brutsaert@vetpharm-global.com)

²Vetworks bvba, Knokstraat 38, Poeke B-9880, Belgium (giuditta.tilli@vetworks.eu; maarten.degussem@vetworks.eu)

³Faculty of Veterinary medicine, University of Ghent, Salisburylaan 133, 9820, Merelbeke, Belgium

The role of silicium in bone health, connective tissue integrity and egg quality

Silicium (or silicon) is a naturally occurring trace element widely present in the environment (particularly in soil and plants). Silicium rarely exists in its bioavailable form, as it rapidly binds with oxygen to polymerize and form silica and silicates. Orthosilicic acid (OSA), silicium’s bioavailable form, is nevertheless recognized as an essential nutrient with demonstrated biological value¹.

Biological distribution and functions

Silicium is found in all organs and tissues, with the highest concentrations in connective tissues, typically rich in collagen, and mineralized structures such as bone². Research in both humans and animals shows that dietary bioavailable silicium plays a significant role in collagen formation and supporting overall skeletal health. Its involvement includes:

stimulating collagen synthesis, essential for the architecture, strength, and elasticity of connective tissues and bones;
enhancing bone development and mineralization;
promoting osteoblasts and fibroblasts formation;
interacting with calcium to support optimal bone metabolism.

These combined effects highlight silicium’s importance in maintaining strong, healthy collagen and skeletal structures^1-3.

Silicium and egg and eggshell quality

Beyond its role in bone physiology, silicium contributes to the structural integrity of eggshell membranes. By supporting collagen synthesis, silicium helps reinforce the mechanical properties of these membranes, which are crucial for:

shell mineralization;
elasticity and resistance to mechanical stress;
barrier function against pathogens.

Silicium is also essential for the vitelline membrane, which plays a key role in:

maintaining yolk centralization;
regulating nutrient exchange;
protecting the developing embryo from the alkaline environment of the albumen.

Scientific evidence confirms the presence and functional importance of collagen in both the eggshell and vitelline membranes, underscoring silicium’s relevance in reproductive performance and egg quality^4,5.

Bioavailable silicium supplementation as a tool to support collagen, skeletal health and performance in modern poultry production

Selective breeding in commercial poultry has substantially increased skeletal demands across production systems. In broilers, rapid muscle accretion places considerable strain on the developing skeleton, while in layers, continuous egg production requires sustained mineral mobilization and structural resilience. These pressures heighten the importance of nutritional strategies that support bone integrity and connective tissue strength.

Bioavailable silicium has demonstrated beneficial effects on collagen synthesis, bone mineralization, and overall skeletal robustness. Its inclusion as a dietary additive may therefore offer advantages throughout the poultry production chain. Findings from previous studies in broilers further highlight silicium’s potential to enhance skeletal strength and reduce the incidence of structural disorders⁶. Although silicium is not classified as an essential nutrient, the use of bioavailable silicium‑based products in poultry husbandry may contribute positively to animal welfare, skeletal health, and productive performance.

Considering the background, a series of trials was conducted to assess its efficacy throughout the entire poultry production chain, examining its impact from breeders to commercial flocks.

Performance of broiler breeder flocks supplemented with bioavailable silicium

Across multiple broiler breeder operations, internal trials conducted in Belgium, China, and the Philippines consistently demonstrated the positive impact of supplementing a bioavailable silicium product. Flocks receiving bioavailable silicium showed improved laying performance, with increases of 1% to 2% in key production phases (Belgium, Figure 1) and, in some cases, up to a 3.8% rise in total egg output (China). Enhancements in eggshell quality were also evident, including greater shell stiffness, increased thickness, and a lower incidence of cracked eggs (Belgium). These improvements translated into better hatchery outcomes, with higher hatchability rates and a notable increase in the number of day‑old chicks produced (Belgium, Figure 2), exceedingly more than 4 additional chicks per breeder hen (Belgium).

Figure 1 – Comparison between control (grey) and treatment (orange) group on performance parameters of the flocks (laying percentage) in a trial conducted in Belgium. Two flocks of 20,000 Ross 308 breeders were monitored: one control flock and one receiving 150 g/t of the silicium-based product. From week 16 to 61, performance was recorded, with supplementation applied from week 22 onward. Laying rate, total egg output, cumulative production, and hatchability were continuously tracked throughout the trial. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Figure 2 – Comparison between control (blue) and treatment (orange) group on hatchability of eggs from the flocks. Data coming from regular hatches from different flocks at the same period are also reported for comparison (grey) in a trial conducted in Belgium. Two flocks of 20,000 Ross 308 breeders were monitored: one control flock and one receiving 150 g/t of the silicium-based product. From week 16 to 61, performance was recorded, with supplementation applied from week 22 onward. Laying rate, total egg output, cumulative production, and hatchability were continuously tracked throughout the trial. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Performance of layer flocks supplemented with bioavailable silicium

Across multiple commercial layer operations, trials conducted in Portugal, the Philippines, and France consistently demonstrated the positive impact of supplementing bioavailable silicium. Supplemented flocks showed improved laying performance, with higher laying percentages and increased average egg weight across production phases. Enhancements in egg quality were also evident, including a marked reduction in cracked and broken eggs, contributing to more first grade sellable eggs.

Internal egg quality improved, as eggs from supplemented hens displayed a stronger vitelline membrane (Figures 3 and 4), supporting reduced yolk rupture and improved suitability for handling, storage, and processing. Additional benefits were observed in feed efficiency improved as well, with treated hens exhibiting a lower feed conversion ratio, indicating more efficient nutrient utilization.

Figure 3 – Comparison between control (grey) and different concentration of product in the treatment (orange) groups on vitelline membrane rigidity (i.e., extent to which vitelline membrane resists to deformation in response to an applied force) of eggs coming from the flocks. Statistically significant improvement in vitelline membrane rigidity indicates a better egg quality from birds after silicium supplementation. Data coming from a trial conducted in Belgium. Around 390 laying hens per treatment were monitored, with supplementation applied from week 26 to week 30. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Figure 4 – Comparison between control (grey) and different concentration of product in the treatment (orange) groups on vitelline membrane rupture force (i.e., the maximum force applied on the yolk before membrane rupture). A higher rupture force indicates a stronger vitelline membrane, which is associated with fresher eggs. Highly statistically significant improvement in vitelline membrane rupture force indicates a better egg quality from birds after silicium supplementation. Data coming from a trial conducted in Belgium. Around 390 laying hens per treatment were monitored, with supplementation applied from week 26 to week 30. Treatment product is a bioavailable silicium‑based feed additive commercially on the market.

Silicium as a key driver for flock efficiency

Across both breeder and layer operations worldwide, the use of bioavailable silicium consistently delivered measurable benefits throughout the poultry production chain. In broiler breeders, supplementation beginning at week 21 resulted in additional eggs and a higher number of chicks hatched, corresponding to an estimated return on investment (ROI) of 9.6 based on a DOC market price of €0.41. Continuous administration from week 22 to week 61 improved eggshell quality, laying performance, and hatchability, demonstrating clear advantages at both farm and hatchery level.

Similar positive outcomes were observed in commercial layers, where silicium supplementation enhanced productivity, egg quality, and feed efficiency across diverse production environments.

Taken together, these findings highlight bioavailable silicium as a valuable nutritional strategy to support reproductive efficiency, eggshell integrity, and overall flock performance in modern poultry systems.

Bibliography

¹Jugdaohsingh R. Silicon and bone health. J Nutr Health Aging. 2007 Mar-Apr;11(2):99-110. PMID: 17435952; PMCID: PMC2658806 https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC2658806/

²Götz W, Tobiasch E, Witzleben S, Schulze M. Effects of Silicon Compounds on Biomineralization, Osteogenesis, and Hard Tissue Formation. Pharmaceutics. 2019 Mar 12;11(3):117. doi: 10.3390/pharmaceutics11030117. PMID: 30871062; PMCID: PMC6471146.
https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC6471146/

³Pritchard A, Nielsen BD, Robison C, Manfredi JM. Low dietary silicon supplementation may not affect bone and cartilage in mature, sedentary horses. J Anim Sci. 2020 Dec 1;98(12):skaa377. doi: 10.1093/jas/skaa377. PMID: 33216909; PMCID: PMC7749713. https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7749713/

⁴Pillai, M.M., Saha, R. & Tayalia, P. Avian eggshell membrane as a material for tissue engineering: A review. J Mater Sci 58, 6865–6886 (2023).
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-023-08434-2

⁵YH Zhao, YJ Chi. Characterization of collagen from eggshell membrane. Biotechnology (Faisalabad), 2009.
https://scialert.net/abstract/?doi=biotech.2009.254.258

⁶Prentice, Sophie Elizabeth. The effects of silicon on skeletal integrity. Nottingham Trent University (United Kingdom) ProQuest Dissertations & Theses, 2019. 27767110. https://www.proquest.com/openview/63985a0bb7b30c9befc9b27da3215992/1?pq-origsite=gscholar&cbl=51922&diss=y

Top 10 Long-Lasting Chews to Keep Your Dog Busy

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 18:15:04 +0700

If your dog finishes rawhide in five minutes and turns soft toys into stuffing confetti, it is time to upgrade. Long-lasting dog chews give strong chewers something legal to destroy and save your furniture in the process. These chews also support dental health, ease anxiety, and keep pets calmly busy during hot Indian summers or rainy monsoon afternoons when walks get cut short.

This guide covers the ten best long-lasting chews for Indian dogs, what makes each one worth buying, and how to match the right chew to your dog's size, age, and chewing style.

Why Long-Lasting Chews Matter for Your Dog

Chewing is not a bad habit. It is a biological need. Puppies chew to soothe sore gums during teething. Adult dogs chew to relieve stress, scrape plaque off their teeth, and burn mental energy.

According to the American Kennel Club, appropriate chewing supports dental hygiene and acts as a natural stress reliever for dogs of all ages.

Chewing also releases calming hormones. A restless dog will often settle into focused calm the moment a quality chew appears. Trainers and vet behaviourists regularly recommend durable dog chews for separation anxiety, crate training, and the long indoor hours that come with Indian monsoons.

The wrong chew, though, is risky. Anything that splinters or is harder than a dog's teeth can cause cracked molars and intestinal blockages.

What Makes a Chew Safe and Durable

Match the chew to your dog, not the other way around. A 7 kg Beagle and a 35 kg Labrador need very different products.

Size: The chew should be larger than what your dog can fit fully inside the mouth. Undersized chews are choking hazards for big dogs.

Hardness: Press your thumbnail into the chew. If it leaves no mark, the chew is too hard. VCA Animal Hospitals reports that tooth fractures from overly hard chews are among the most common dental emergencies in dogs.

Digestibility: Edible chews should break down easily in the stomach. Avoid traditional rawhide, which can swell and block the intestines.

Climate fit: Indian humidity spoils meat chews fast. Store them in airtight containers and discard anything that smells off.

Top 10 Long-Lasting Chews for Indian Dogs

1. Himalayan Yak Cheese Chews

Made from hardened yak and cow milk, lime juice, and a pinch of salt, these chews are low in fat, high in protein, and almost lactose free. A power chewer can work on one for several days. When only a small nub remains, microwave it for 30 to 45 seconds and it puffs up into crunchy cheese popcorn your dog can safely finish.

Best for: Medium and large breeds, aggressive chewers.

2. Bully Sticks

Bully sticks are single-ingredient, high-protein chews most dogs find irresistible. They are fully digestible, gentle on teeth, and last from 30 minutes up to a few hours. Pick thick, straight, low-odour versions and store them sealed. Use a safety holder once the stick shortens to prevent accidental swallowing.

Best for: Puppies over three months and adult dogs of every size.

3. Natural Rubber Chew Toys

Solid natural rubber toys, the hollow bouncy kind you can stuff with food, are the gold standard for reusable chews. They are safe for almost every dog and survive years of use. Smear xylitol free peanut butter inside, spoon in wet food, or freeze with curd and banana for a 45 minute summer treat.

Best for: All ages, all sizes, including teething puppies.

4. Tough Nylon Chew Bones

Durable nylon chews last for weeks or even months and are the closest thing to indestructible power chewers. Flavoured versions keep dogs interested for longer. These are not edible, so your dog should only scrape off tiny flecks. Replace the bone once it wears down to a swallow sized piece.

Best for: Extreme chewers, Rottweilers, Bull breeds, Labradors.

5. Antler Chews

Naturally shed deer or elk antlers are among the longest lasting options available. A single antler can last a determined chewer for months and contains calcium, phosphorus, and trace minerals. The catch is hardness. Split antlers with exposed marrow are softer and safer than whole ones. Supervise the first few sessions carefully.

Best for: Adult dogs with strong teeth.

Avoid if: Your dog is a senior, a puppy, or has any dental issues.

6. Collagen Sticks

Collagen sticks look like rawhide but are made from the inner beef hide layer, which digests far more easily. They are rich in natural collagen that supports joint and skin health. Most dogs take 20 to 60 minutes to finish one.

Best for: All sizes, especially senior dogs needing joint support.

7. Coffee Wood Chews

Made from pruned coffee plant branches, coffee wood chews are denser and far less splinter prone than ordinary sticks. They are flavourless, calorie free, and ideal for dogs that love gnawing wood. They last for weeks and help scrape teeth clean as a bonus.

Best for: Weight conscious dogs and furniture chewers.

8. Beef Tendons and Trachea

Dried beef tendons, trachea rings, and gullet sticks are natural, single-ingredient chews rich in chondroitin and glucosamine, both useful for joints. A thick tendon keeps a medium sized dog busy for 30 to 45 minutes. Trachea rings work brilliantly as slow feeders when stuffed with wet food and frozen.

Best for: Puppies, seniors, and dogs with joint stiffness.

9. Dental Long-Lasting Chews

Dental chews are daily oral-care sticks, ridged and textured to clean teeth as your dog gnaws. They usually last 10 to 20 minutes.

PetMD notes that daily dental chews help reduce plaque and tartar when combined with regular brushing. Pick the correct size and factor the calories into your dog's daily intake.

Best for: Daily oral care across small to large breeds.

10. Treat-Dispensing Puzzle Chews

Puzzle chews make the dog work for the reward. They hold kibble or dried meat pieces and release them slowly as the dog rolls, licks, or chews the toy. These are excellent for anxious pets, reactive dogs, and high-energy pups stuck indoors during peak Indian summers.

Best for: Smart breeds such as Border Collies, Poodles, Shepherds, and Indies.

How to Introduce a New Chew Safely

Start with a supervised 10 to 15 minute session. Watch how your dog interacts with the new chew. Do they gnaw patiently, crunch aggressively, or try to swallow chunks whole? Gulpers need different chews from gnawers.

Never leave a new chew with an unsupervised dog. Keep fresh water nearby, especially with dry chews such as yak cheese or antlers. Introduce only one new chew type per week so you can spot any stomach upset quickly.

Chews to Avoid

Skip the following, no matter how tempting they look: cooked bones of any kind, which splinter dangerously; traditional rawhide, which is slow to digest and a blockage risk; very hard plastics that do not flex; undersized chews for big dogs, which cause choking; and anything chemical smelling, since cheap imports often use questionable glues and dyes. When in doubt, ask your vet.

FAQs

What is the longest lasting chew for aggressive chewers?

Himalayan yak cheese chews, thick bully sticks, split antlers, and tough nylon bones are the top picks. For Indian breeds like Labradors and Rottweilers, yak cheese and durable rubber toys stuffed with treats tend to last the longest without safety risks.

Are long-lasting dog chews safe for puppies?

Most are safe for puppies older than three to four months, once adult teeth begin coming in. Stick to softer options such as bully sticks, beef tendons, and rubber teething toys. Avoid antlers and hard nylon, since developing teeth crack easily.

How long should a quality dog chew actually last?

A bully stick may last 20 to 40 minutes. A yak cheese chew can run across several days. An antler or nylon bone may last weeks or even months. Aim for 20 to 45 minutes of focused chewing per session.

Can I give my dog a chew every day?

Yes, but rotate the types and watch the calories. Daily dental chews are fine. Limit high-calorie meat chews like bully sticks to two or three times per week. Rubber and nylon toys are calorie free and can go out every day.

Are long-lasting chews suitable for Indian summers?

Yes, and they are especially helpful when walks get cut short. Frozen stuffed rubber toys make excellent summer enrichment. Store meat chews in airtight containers and discard anything that smells off.

Final Thoughts

The right long-lasting chew turns a restless dog into a focused, calm one and saves your furniture in the process. Rotate two or three types across the week, match the chew to your dog's chewing style, and supervise every new addition. Browse PetsWorld's dog treats and chews collection to find the right options for your pet.

Compartment status achieved by Cobb-Vantress New Zealand

Edusehat — Mon, 20 Apr 2026 14:55:11 +0700

Cobb‑Vantress New Zealand (CVNZ), a subsidiary of Cobb-Vantress, LLC., has achieved a major milestone, becoming the first organization in New Zealand to be formally approved for poultry compartment status by the Ministry for Primary Industries (MPI).

This landmark approval was granted by MPI after a rigorous evaluation process. This milestone helps ensure that Cobb‑Vantress New Zealand can continue exporting broiler breeding stock to countries accepting compartment status, even in the event of a national disease outbreak, including High Pathogenicity Avian Influenza (HPAI) or Newcastle disease (ND).The compartment covers CVNZ’s rearing, production farms and hatchery operations. The compartment status applies to HPAI, Low Pathogenicity Avian Influenza (LPAI), Newcastle disease, Salmonella ser. Gallinarum var. Pullorum and Salmonella ser. Gallinarum var. Gallinarum, providing confidence to international customers and trading partners that stringent biosecurity, surveillance, and management systems are in place.“Achieving compartment status is a very significant accomplishment for our New Zealand team and the wider Cobb‑Vantress organization,” said Roy Mutimer, Vice President EMEA and Asia-Pacific. “This achievement reflects more than a year of rigorous planning, surveillance, validation, and collaboration with MPI and our verification partners to meet one of the highest international standards for poultry disease management.”

First in New Zealand History

Cobb‑Vantress New Zealand’s approval marks the first implementation of poultry compartmentalization in New Zealand’s history, setting a new benchmark for biosecurity and export resilience within the country’s poultry sector.Under the compartment model, animal health and trade continuity are maintained through strictly controlled biosecurity systems and management practices, rather than being determined solely by regional or national disease status. This approach aligns with international standards established by the World Organization for Animal Health (WOAH) and is increasingly critical as global poultry industries face heightened disease risks.

Protecting Customers and Global Supply

For CVNZ customers, the new status provides added assurance of continuity of supply, even during disease events that might otherwise disrupt international trade.

“Compartment status allows us to better help protect our customers, by safeguarding genetic supply chains, and maintaining business continuity under challenging conditions,” added Mutimer. “It reinforces Cobb‑Vantress’ long‑term commitment to New Zealand, our people, and our global customers.”Ongoing verification of the CVNZ compartment will be conducted by AsureQuality Limited, ensuring stringent compliance with MPI requirements and robust oversight of all approved operations. We look forward to the authorities in importing countries recognizing the CVNZ Compartment and amending import conditions accordingly.

ABOUT COBB
Cobb-Vantress, LLC is the world’s longest-established pedigree broiler breeding company and a global leader in poultry genetics. Headquartered in Siloam Springs, Arkansas, we are dedicated to advancing the science of poultry breeding to help feed the world with healthy and affordable protein. Our innovative genetic solutions help empower producers in more than 100 countries to meet growing demand with efficiency and confidence. Learn more at cobbgenetics.com.

New NSF Initiative Aims to Make Every American Worker, Business and Community AI-Ready, Including Farmers

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Apr 2026 02:15:12 +0700

They will stablish a network of 56 state and territory-based coordination hubs.

The organism will invest up to USD 1 million annually per hub over three years.

The National Science Foundation (NSF) of the United States (US) announced a new funding opportunity as part of an effort to enable all Americans to understand, apply and create with artificial intelligence. The NSF TechAccess: AI-Ready America (NSF AI-Ready America) initiative aims to expand access to AI knowledge, tools, training and capacity building so all Americans can participate in — and benefit from — the AI economy. And this includes all the farmers.

As a first step, NSF and federal partners -the Department of Agriculture National Institute of Food and Agriculture (USDA NIFA), the Department of Labor, and the Small Business Administration- are releasing a funding opportunity to establish AI-ready Coordination Hubs in every US state and territory.

“USDA’s National Institute of Food and Agriculture is proud to partner with NSF on this national effort to ensure that every community — including the most rural — can benefit from the power of artificial intelligence,” assured Jaye Hamby, USDA NIFA director. And he added: “By investing in tools and training that meet farmers and ranchers where they are, we’re helping build an agricultural future that is more resilient, more efficient and more accessible for all. This collaboration strengthens our commitment to ensuring that agricultural producers have the innovations they need to thrive in and provide food and fiber for a rapidly evolving world.”

Closing the Gap

Informed by the White House AI Action Plan, the NSF AI-Ready America initiative is designed to close the gap between the nation’s AI capabilities and the workforce, businesses, and communities that need to use them. The initiative targets three areas where that gap is widest: expanding AI literacy and applied skills across the American workforce; equipping small businesses and local governments with the tools and technical assistance to adopt AI; and building hands-on learning pathways -including internships and project-based programs- that translate AI skills into real-world application.

“America’s AI competitiveness depends on a strong research and development ecosystem paired with access to advanced science and technology knowledge for our current and future workforce,” said for his part Brian Stone, performing the duties of the NSF director. “NSF AI-Ready America provides that foundation — giving workers, businesses, and communities in every state and territory the tools and knowledge to advance AI together.”

It Will Operate Through a Network

The initiative will operate through a network of state and territory-based Coordination Hubs — up to 56 in total, covering all US states, territories and the District of Columbia — selected through three rounds of competition. Each Hub will connect local partners, coordinate deployment, and scale proven approaches based on the priorities of state and local stakeholders. NSF will invest up to USD 1 million annually per Hub over three years, with the possibility of a fourth year for Hubs demonstrating continued need during transition.

“Winning the AI race is vital to ensuring continued American dominance in defense, innovation, and economic strength,” said SBA Administrator Kelly Loeffler. “SBA looks forward to collaborating with NSF and our partners across the Trump Administration to empower small businesses with the training and resources to enhance efficiencies and drive prosperity for the next generation.”

NSF plans to release a funding opportunity in the future to select a national coordination lead who will facilitate collaboration and knowledge sharing among the Coordination Hubs. NSF also anticipates issuing AI-Ready Catalyst award competitions focused on a series of topics to pilot and scale innovative approaches that address critical AI readiness needs.

ALDI Süd Is the Latest of the UK’s 11 Leading Supermarket Chains to Commit to Shrimp Welfare Goals

Edusehat — Sat, 18 Apr 2026 02:15:06 +0700

After the International Council for Animal Welfare (ICAW) published an investigation into conditions on prawn farms linked to the supply chain

The German retailer ALDI Süd announced a few days ago they will use electrical stunning or similar methods, before slaughtering all farmed shrimp by 2035 and end eyestalk ablation across its supply chain by 2030. The policy will apply across its markets, including Europe, the United States and Australia. Other United Kingdom’s retailers, including Waitrose, M&S and Tesco, have already set similar goals, though their timelines vary. Some aim to make the changes by 2026, while ALDI Süd’s plan stretches to 2035.

“With ALDI Süd’s commitment, every major United Kingdom (UK) supermarket has now drawn a line on prawn welfare,” said Jonas Becker, head of Invertebrate Welfare, International Council for Animal Welfare. “We believe the global scale of this pledge will make effective electrical stunning the norm well beyond Europe.”

Now, with the announcement, every one of the eleven major UK supermarkets has now set a time-bound commitment on prawn welfare. What began with Waitrose, M&S and Tesco has become a new baseline across UK grocery -though the timelines for full implementation vary significantly, with some retailers targeting 2026 and Aldi Süd’s global pledge extending to 2035.

The Most Widely Consumed

Shrimp are the most widely consumed farmed animal in the UK, with more than 1.2 billion sold each year. Research from the London School of Economics and the University of Stirling has found they are sentient and capable of feeling pain, a view reflected in the UK’s Animal Welfare (Sentience) Act 2022.

Two practices have drawn particular scrutiny. In hatcheries, breeding females may have one eyestalk removed to stimulate egg production. At slaughter, shrimp are often placed in ice-water baths, which research suggests may not render them unconscious.

Electrical stunning is being introduced as an alternative, designed to render shrimp unconscious within seconds and already in use in parts of the UK supply chain.

ALDI Süd was the last of the 11 major UK supermarkets to set a timeline, but its pledge is broader than most, applying across all of its global markets and including a commitment to publish annual progress updates.

Most retailers have taken a more limited approach. Lidl, for example, has committed to electrical stunning for shrimp sold in Great Britain but has not set timelines for its operations elsewhere in Europe.

Commitments

The pace of change has picked up quickly. As recently as mid-2024, no major UK supermarket had set a timeline. Commitments followed over the next two years, and some retailers have already begun making changes. Lidl GB says its core own-brand range is now ablation-free, while Ocado has completed its transition to electrical stunning.

“The ALDI South Group is investing in an industry-led research project to assess the effectiveness of electrical stunning and other potentially higher-welfare methods for warm-water shrimp,” wrote Aldi Süd in its factsheet.

“This project will conclude in 2028, and from this date, ALDI will start transitioning to electrical stunning or other measures confirmed by the study for its own-brand warm-water shrimp, with the aim of completion by 2035. We are committed to transparently report annually on the implementation status of preslaughter stunning methods from 2028 onwards.”

Investigation

In late 2025, the International Council for Animal Welfare (ICAW) published an investigation into conditions on prawn farms linked to ALDI’s supply chain. The investigation was shared widely and reached hundreds of thousands of people. ICAW organized protests at ALDI‘s UK headquarters in Atherstone and its German headquarters in Essen.

VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview: Marking a New Chapter for the Country’s Livestock and Poultry Sector

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Apr 2026 15:15:10 +0700

VIV Select India 2026 takes place from 22–24 April 2026 at Yashobhoomi Convention and Expo Centre, New Delhi, introducing the globally established VIV Worldwide platform to the Indian market for the first time. The three day business to business exhibition brings together international and domestic suppliers, industry leaders, and decision makers at a pivotal moment for India’s rapidly expanding animal protein sector. Organised by VNU Exhibitions Europe, the international division of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs, in strategic partnership with the Poultry Federation of India (PFI), VIV Select India has been developed as a long term platform to support technology transfer, business growth, and international collaboration within India’s livestock and animal protein industries.

Exhibitors and Technologies on Display
VIV Select India 2026 features over 130 exhibitors, representing a strong mix of Indian and international companies. Participation spans Europe, the Middle East, and Asia, underscoring India’s growing importance as a destination for innovation, investment, and long term collaboration in animal protein production.

The event is supported by a broad coalition of national and regional industry associations, reinforcing its role as a unifying platform for poultry, dairy, and allied livestock sectors.
The exhibition floor presents a comprehensive cross section of technologies and services designed to enhance productivity, efficiency, sustainability, and product quality across animal protein production. Visitors can expect solutions ranging from automation and precision systems to animal health, biosecurity, processing, and digital tools.International and Indian companies such as Big Dutchman, JBT Marel India, Viscon Hatchery Automation, De Heus Animal Nutrition India, FAMSUN, Venky’s India, and Himalaya Wellness Company are among those confirmed—alongside many other technology providers serving integrators, producers, processors, and service companies.

VIV Square: Knowledge Exchange at the Core
VIV Square opens with a formal inaugural ceremony marked by the presence of senior industry leaders and government representatives, including Mr. Jeroen van Hooff, President & CEO of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs and VNU Group, Mr. Ranpal Dhanda, President of the Poultry Federation of India, and Prof. S.P. Singh Baghel, Honorable Minister of State for Fisheries, Animal Husbandry & Dairying. The opening is further distinguished by participation from key public and diplomatic stakeholders such as Ms. Varsha Joshi, Additional Secretary, Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying, Government of India, H.E. Ms. Marisa Gerards, Ambassador of the Kingdom of the Netherlands, and Shri Mahipal Dhanda, Education Minister of Haryana.

Across the three days, the programme includes expert-led sessions addressing critical developments in poultry production, dairy advancement, and animal health. Industry leaders from companies including Viscon Hatchery Automation, De Heus Animal Nutrition, JBT Marel, Venkateshwara Hatcheries (Ventri Biologicals), MSD Animal Health, HIPRA, CEVA, Holm & Laue, Binsar Farms, and Verka Dairy are all to share insights on topics such as automation and AI in production systems, nutrition strategies, processing performance, international dairy collaboration, and advances in vaccines and biologicals.

Patrick van Rooij, Project Manager – VIV Select India shares, “The poultry and livestock sectors are entering a phase where scale must be matched by efficiency, resilience, and smarter use of technology. VIV Select India has been developed to support that shift—by connecting the value chain, facilitating knowledge exchange, and giving professionals direct access to solutions that work in real production environments. This platform is as much about dialogue and learning as it is about business. Our goal is to create conversations that lead to stronger partnerships, better decisions, and long term value for the industry as a whole.”

Registration and Visitor Information
VIV Select India 2026 is open exclusively to trade professionals active across the animal protein and livestock value chain, including producers, integrators, processors, veterinarians, feed manufacturers, technology providers, consultants, policymakers, and industry media.Visitor admission is free of charge and includes access to the full exhibition floor as well as all sessions at VIV Square, the show’s integrated knowledge programme. Advance online registration is recommended to ensure smooth entry and timely access to event updates and programme scheduling. The show is open during the event dates from 10:00 to 18:00.

Visitors can register online at india.viv.net/registration.

VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Apr 2026 15:15:05 +0700

VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview: Marking a New Chapter for the Country’s Livestock and Poultry Sector

Global expertise meets local partnerships; the three-day show introduces a complete feed to food platform for India’s fastest-growing agribusiness sector

Organised by VNU Exhibitions Europe, the international division of Royal Dutch Jaarbeurs, in strategic partnership with the Poultry Federation of India (PFI), VIV Select India has been developed as a long term platform to support technology transfer, business growth, and international collaboration within India’s livestock and animal protein industries.

Exhibitors and Technologies on Display
VIV Select India 2026 features over 130 exhibitors, representing a strong mix of Indian and international companies. Participation spans Europe, the Middle East, and Asia, underscoring India’s growing importance as a destination for innovation, investment, and long term collaboration in animal protein production.

The event is supported by a broad coalition of national and regional industry associations, reinforcing its role as a unifying platform for poultry, dairy, and allied livestock sectors.

The exhibition floor presents a comprehensive cross section of technologies and services designed to enhance productivity, efficiency, sustainability, and product quality across animal protein production. Visitors can expect solutions ranging from automation and precision systems to animal health, biosecurity, processing, and digital tools.

International and Indian companies such as Big Dutchman, JBT Marel India, Viscon Hatchery Automation, De Heus Animal Nutrition India, FAMSUN, Venky’s India, and Himalaya Wellness Company are among those confirmed—alongside many other technology providers serving integrators, producers, processors, and service companies.

Visitor admission is free of charge and includes access to the full exhibition floor as well as all sessions at VIV Square, the show’s integrated knowledge programme. Advance online registration is recommended to ensure smooth entry and timely access to event updates and programme scheduling. The show is open during the event dates from 10:00 to 18:00.
Visitors can register online at india.viv.net/registration.

The post VIV Select India 2026 Show Preview appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Why Fish Farms Collapse After Sudden Growth Spikes

Edusehat — Fri, 17 Apr 2026 08:20:08 +0700

Why Fish Farms Collapse After Sudden Growth Spikes

Rapid growth can look like success. More fish, faster turnover, and higher revenue all seem like signs that a farm is moving in the right direction. However, in aquaculture, sudden expansion can also push a system beyond its limits. What works at one scale does not always work at the next. As a result, when growth outpaces system capacity, collapse becomes much more likely.

At the center of this problem is uncontrolled scaling.

Biological Load Exceeds System Capacity

Every fish farm operates within a biological carrying capacity. In simple terms, water can only hold so much oxygen, process so much waste, and support a stable microbial balance for a given level of production. When stocking density rises too quickly, waste production can increase faster than the system can safely handle.

Consequently, ammonia, nitrites, and organic matter begin to build up while oxygen demand rises. Both FAO’s guidance on water quality management and its technical material on water quality and fish health emphasize how critical dissolved oxygen and ammonia control are in intensive aquaculture.

At first, the system may appear to absorb the added pressure. Eventually, though, it can reach a tipping point. Then even a relatively small change in feeding, temperature, or oxygen availability can trigger a much larger problem.

Delayed System Feedback

Just as importantly, aquaculture systems often do not fail immediately. Water quality may still look acceptable on the surface while deeper imbalances are quietly building underneath. Microbial communities can shift, waste can accumulate, and oxygen reserves can tighten before obvious warning signs appear.

This delayed feedback is one reason fish farms can seem stable right up until they are not. Because of that delay, farmers may develop a false sense of security. By the time fish start showing visible stress, the system may already be unstable. Therefore, corrective action becomes reactive instead of preventive.

Feed Input Escalation

At the same time, sudden growth nearly always means more feed. Increased feeding raises nutrient loading, which directly affects water quality. Uneaten feed and fish waste stimulate microbial activity, and that process consumes oxygen while contributing to harmful byproducts.

In addition, feed efficiency often declines when fish are under stress. So, more feed goes in, but less of it turns into healthy growth. That creates both biological strain and financial pressure. Research and industry guidance on feed management and production efficiency consistently point to the importance of adjusting feed to real-time conditions rather than simply increasing volume.

In other words, the system becomes heavier, more fragile, and less efficient all at once.

Infrastructure Mismatch

Moreover, rapid expansion often happens before infrastructure is truly ready. Aeration systems, filtration units, water exchange capacity, and monitoring tools may still be sized for a smaller operation. As production rises, these systems can become bottlenecks.

Oxygen distribution may become uneven, filtration may become inadequate, and water circulation may weaken. NOAA’s work on aquaculture planning and best practices highlights the importance of matching farm design, monitoring, and management capacity to production scale. You can explore more through NOAA’s Coastal Aquaculture Planning Portal and its review of biosecurity and disease management best practices.

Instead of scaling smoothly, the farm develops weak points. Then, under pressure, those weak points are usually where failure begins.

Disease and Stress Amplification

Furthermore, high-density conditions combined with unstable water quality create ideal conditions for disease. Fish under chronic stress tend to have weaker immune responses, which makes them more vulnerable to pathogens. At the same time, crowded conditions allow disease to spread faster through the population.

Environmental stressors such as low dissolved oxygen, high ammonia, and poor water conditions are widely recognized as major contributors to fish health problems. You can read more in this overview of fish health management.

As a result, outbreaks that would have been manageable at a smaller scale can quickly become severe. Mortality rises, treatment costs increase, and apparent growth turns into financial loss.

Economic Overextension

Finally, sudden expansion can strain the business side just as much as the biological side. More fish usually means more feed purchases, higher stocking costs, more labor, and greater operating expenses. However, when biological performance slips, revenue often fails to keep up with those rising costs.

This leaves the farm carrying bigger expenses with lower efficiency. Then a single mortality event, oxygen crash, or production delay can push the entire operation into loss. For that reason, fast growth is not always healthy growth.

Conclusion

Fish farms collapse after sudden growth spikes because biological systems do not scale instantly. Water quality, infrastructure, and ecosystem balance all need time, planning, and careful design to adjust. When growth happens without matching system expansion, hidden instability builds below the surface. The farm may look successful for a while, but eventually several limits are reached at the same time.

Therefore, sustainable scaling in aquaculture must be controlled, incremental, and supported by strong infrastructure and close monitoring. The goal is not just rapid growth. Instead, the goal is stable growth.

In fish farming, expanding too fast is not true acceleration. It is a compression of risk.

Build Your Own Fish Farm

Want to build a fish farm that grows without breaking under pressure? Join the Ecolonomics Action Team and learn from experienced farmers who understand how to scale aquaculture systems in a practical, resilient, and profitable way.

Resources

FAO, Water Quality Management
FAO, Water Quality and Fish Health
NOAA, Review of Best Practices for Biosecurity and Disease Management in Aquaculture
NOAA, Coastal Aquaculture Planning Portal
The Fish Site, Feed Management for Improving Production and Economic Returns
The Fish Site, An Introduction to Fish Health Management

The post Why Fish Farms Collapse After Sudden Growth Spikes first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Daniel Gomes joined Hubbard as Asia Business Manager

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Apr 2026 21:00:09 +0700

Asia – Hubbard is pleased to announce that Daniel Gomes has been appointed as Asia Business Manager. Daniel is based in Bangkok and reports directly to Bruno Briand, Hubbard’s Global Sales Director.

Originally from Brazil, Dr Daniel Gomes obtained his degree in Veterinary Medicine from the Universidade Estadual Paulista (UNESP) in Brazil in 2006.

He began his career as a field veterinarian for parent stock and broilers at Seara-JBS, one of the largest poultry companies in the world. In 2012, he graduated with a Master’s in Business Administration (MBA) at FGV University (Brazil), after which he joined Farmabase Saude Animal, a Brazilian animal health company for nine years. During this time he held various commercial and customer support roles in Brazil, Latin America and Asia. He relocated to Bangkok in 2019.

In 2021, Daniel joined Aviagen Asia Pacific as Indian River Brand Manager, where he was responsible for all customer-related activities and spent a lot of time with the customer base across the Asian region.

In February 2026, Daniel joined Hubbard as Asia Business Manager, where he will lead the commercial team in South & Southeast Asia, focusing on business development and customer satisfaction for both conventional and premium Hubbard breeds.

Bruno Briand ads: “We are all very pleased to welcome Daniel as our new colleague. His sound knowledge of the markets and the poultry industry, combined with his excellent social skills, have already demonstrated that Daniel will be a valuable asset for strengthening Hubbard’s customer base and developing new opportunities for Hubbard in Asia.”

Source: Hubbard press release

Maintenance of the Steria Autoclave

Edusehat — Thu, 16 Apr 2026 03:05:06 +0700

Proper maintenance of your veterinary autoclave is essential to ensure reliable sterilization and the safety of every procedure performed in your clinic. Whether you operate a small animal practice or a busy veterinary hospital, keeping your Steria Autoclave in top condition helps you avoid unexpected downtime, extend the life of your equipment, and stay compliant with sterilization standards. In this guide, our team at Dispomed walks you through the recommended monthly and 3-month maintenance routines, step by step.

Monthly maintenance (50 cycles)

For maintenance of the Steria Autoclave, always open the door, then shut the breaker power off at the back of the machine.

1. Clean the distilled water tank

Open the cover for the clean water tank and find at the very bottom a white strainer filter. Pull it up to remove it and make sure that it is clean. You can use a toothbrush to remove any hard debris stuck to it. Rinse it ou and then reinstall. Wipe the inside of the basin to remove any residue.

2. Clean the filter inside the chamber

Remove the rack inside the chamber. You can clean the rack with a damp rag. Found at the bottom of the chamber, near the rear, is a strainer filter. Unscrew the strainer filter and pull it out. Make sure that there’s no debris around the strainer. You can pull the strainer out to clean it with a toothbrush. Rinse it out and put it back together before reinstalling..

3. Clean the interior of the chamber

Use a damp rag to clean the interior of the chamber, removing any debris and dirt on the inside. You can also clean the front door gasket and the surface where the door gasket sits on the chamber.

3 Months Maintenance (200 cycles)

At the front of the machine, open the front cover which exposes the Hepa filter. This filter is to be replaced every three months or 200 cycles. To replace it, simply unscrew it and discard it, the you can screw the new one in place.

For a broader overview of autoclave maintenance best practices in your veterinary clinic, including weekly cleaning and annual servicing, visit our complete Autoclave Maintenance Guide.

Heritage Rabbits in American History

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 23:55:06 +0700

By Callene Rapp, Owner of Rare Hare Barn, Co-author of Raising Rabbits for Meat

Rabbits are relative newcomers in the gallery of domestic animals, having only been domesticated and shaped into what we know as breeds in the last few hundred years.

All our modern rabbit breeds descended from the European wild rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus, which was first discovered by Phoenician sailors around 1000 BCE on the Iberian Peninsula. From there, they spread across the globe and are now found on nearly every continent as domestic animals.

Over 300 rabbit breeds exist worldwide in the present day. French monks are credited with developing some of the first breeds. While no records exist of their process, it’s easy to imagine them taking advantage of random genetic mutations to tweak colors and patterns. The brown agouti color of the original model is rarely found today, and an entire gallery of colors and patterns exists, as well as a wide range of body types and sizes.

Walled rabbit “gardens” soon became the strict province of the French nobility. These gardens weren’t like the gardens we think of today, rather, they were large areas reserved for hunting. Rabbit warrens, which we are more familiar with today, developed from there.

By the late 1890s, dozens of breeds and varieties had been developed, and the Belgian Hare craze had just started to make its way to the United States. Exorbitant prices were being paid for Belgian Hares, and names like Rockefeller and Guggenheim were showing up in the show ring. Rabbits were no longer just for food or fur, but the show fancy had taken root.

In the early 20^th century, three uniquely American breeds were developed, which have been recognized on The Livestock Conservancy’s Conservation Priority List.

The American Blue was recognized as an official breed in 1918. Furriers were crazy over the beautiful blue color of the pelts, and a good breeding doe could command a princely sum of $25 at the time. They are also a good meat breed, with their mandolin body shape offering a longer loin. The American White was developed soon after in 1925.

The American Chinchilla followed soon after, in 1919. These excellent meat rabbits were also prized for their fur; the “salt and pepper” look of the fur is from distinct color bands along each hair shaft. Edward Stahl, the gentleman credited with developing the breed, made a million dollars with them during the depression.

The Silver Fox came along in 1925 and was recognized in both black and blue. Their unique pelts feature a “stand up” fur, which remains upright when stroked

Silver Fox doe

backward, rather than snapping back to its original position. They are solid-colored, with white hairs scattered throughout their dense fur.

All three of these breeds were excellent meat rabbits and spread widely throughout the country, providing both food and profit from pelts for the people raising them.

As time went on, American culture shifted from more rural to more urban, and many people left their rural roots for the opportunities available in cities. Rabbit fell out of favor as beef and chicken became more readily available in grocery store meat counters. The development of synthetic fibers meant no one needed fur. Many rabbit breeds became hard to find, and some barely hung on thanks to the efforts of a small handful of dedicated breeders and fanciers. A few, sadly, became extinct. Many of the breeds now shown by the American Rabbit Breeders Association are small, pet-type breeds rather than the larger, meat-type breeds of old.

Fortunately, a pendulum always swings back, and the blooming interest over the last 25 years in more sustainable farming, homesteading and growing your own food has given rabbits a new lease on life.

Rabbits can provide quality protein with less space than just about any other type of livestock. They are one of the most sustainable species of livestock for the homestead. They grow quickly and can be table-ready in 8-12 weeks after birth or ready to be breeding stock in about 6 months. They are easy to skin, and processing is much less messy than plucking chickens. They won’t annoy your neighbors with relentless morning crowing either! The rabbit’s habit of consuming their night fecal pellets and digesting their food twice means their manure is not considered “hot” and can be applied directly to the garden.

Rabbit meat is also high in protein, iron and B vitamins, and low in fat, as they do not deposit fat intramuscularly like beef, for example.

Smaller pet-type breeds may hold sway in the rabbit world today, but there is still a place and a home for meat rabbits in a sustainable farmstead. A huge thanks goes out to the dedicated breeders who kept these breeds and types around for us to be able to enjoy them today!

Special thanks to the American Rabbit Breeders Association for sponsoring Celebrating 250 outreach and content about rabbits. Visit them at www.arba.net.

If you’re considering sheep ownership, you can learn more about each heritage breed on The Livestock Conservancy’s Conservation Priority List at https://livestockconservancy.org/heritage-breeds/conservation-priority-list/.

If you’re ready to purchase sheep or want to talk with a breeder, you can most likely find what you’re looking for in our online Breeders and Products Directory at https://livestockconservancy.org/heritage-breeds/breeders-directory/

If you would like to support the ongoing work of The Livestock Conservancy, you can become a member or make a donation at https://livestockconservancy.org/

Raising awareness of heritage breeds is the first step to preventing their extinction. You can help by following our Facebook or Instagram page and sharing our posts to spread the word. https://www.facebook.com/livestockconservancy

The post Heritage Rabbits in American History appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

When Newcastle disease virus shows up in diagnostics, what does it mean?

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 23:35:08 +0700

Newcastle disease (ND) is one of the most recognized viral diseases of poultry worldwide. In the US, however, the devastating outbreaks seen in other regions are rare.

So what does it mean when Newcastle disease virus (NDV) appears in diagnostic testing during respiratory disease investigations?

According to Mark Jackwood, PhD, and Jose Linares, DVM, of Ceva Animal Health, the answer often has less to do with Newcastle itself and more to do with the complex mix of pathogens affecting commercial flocks.

A global disease — but a different US reality

NDV infects nearly all avian species and is widely distributed around the world. The strains responsible for severe disease and high mortality — known as virulent ND viruses — are considered exotic to the US.

“The highly virulent strains that cause severe disease are treated as a foreign animal disease in the US,” Jackwood said. “If they are detected, they are eliminated through a stamping-out program.”

Because of aggressive control policies and widespread vaccination, virulent ND has remained largely absent from US commercial poultry production.

What diagnosticians are far more likely to encounter are low-virulence ND viruses.

“These viruses are genetically similar to strains used in many live ND vaccines,” Jackwood said. “By themselves, they typically do not cause significant disease.”

Why NDV sometimes appears in respiratory investigations

Even so, NDV occasionally appears in diagnostic testing when flocks are experiencing respiratory problems.

That can raise concerns initially because Newcastle is a reportable disease when virulent strains are involved, Linares noted — but sequencing usually provides important context.

“When those viruses are sequenced, they are usually identified as low-virulence viruses; in many cases, the sequences match or are very closely related to strains used in live ND vaccines,” he said.

“However, detecting NDV in these situations does not necessarily mean it is the primary cause of the respiratory signs.”

Part of a larger respiratory disease complex

While low-virulence ND viruses typically cause little or no disease on their own, Jackwood noted that they may contribute to the overall respiratory disease complex when other pathogens are present.

Respiratory pathogens such as avian metapneumovirus, infectious bronchitis virus, avian mycoplasmas and bacterial infections can interact within a respiratory disease complex and influence the overall clinical outcome, he explained.

Immunosuppressive agents may also play a role.

“If birds are dealing with something like infectious bursal disease virus, their immune response may be compromised,” Jackwood said. “That can make them more susceptible to other pathogens.”

In these situations, NDV may be detected alongside other pathogens even if it is not the primary driver of disease.

“Live ND vaccines can contribute to the disease complex, especially stronger vaccines like LaSota, when they are applied on top of an existing infection with other pathogens such as avian metapneumovirus,” Jackwood said. “This reinforces the importance of proper timing and flock health when implementing vaccination programs.”

Not an emerging problem

Newcastle disease itself does not appear to be an emerging problem in US poultry production, Linares said, noting that recent respiratory investigations in which NDV was detected were primarily driven by other pathogens — particularly avian metapneumovirus and bacterial co-infections — as well as seasonal respiratory disease pressures.

Still, the virus remains an important global disease, and the risk of introduction has not disappeared.

“Virulent ND viruses circulate in many parts of the world,” Linares noted. “They have been introduced into the US in the past, often through non-poultry bird species.”

For that reason, surveillance, vaccination and biosecurity remain important safeguards.

Vaccination remains essential

Vaccination continues to be the foundation of ND prevention in US poultry flocks.

“One important point is that NDV has only one serotype,” Jackwood said. “That means properly applied vaccines protect against disease even when different genetic variants of the virus are circulating.”

Live vaccines derived from low-virulence viruses are commonly used in broilers. Inactivated vaccines are typically used in layers and breeders to stimulate strong systemic immunity and transfer maternal antibodies to chicks. Recombinant vaccines using herpesvirus of turkeys as a vector are also widely used.

For vaccination programs to be effective, most birds in the flock must receive an adequate immunizing dose. Vaccine dose and timing are critical factors, since birds need sufficient exposure to the vaccine virus to develop protective immunity before they encounter field challenge. In practice, this means ensuring that vaccines are administered correctly and that coverage across the flock is high enough to establish strong population-level immunity.

“Research indicates that at least about 85% of birds need to receive an immunizing dose of vaccine to achieve good flock protection,” Jackwood said.

Building effective ND vaccination programs

In broilers, mild live vaccines are commonly administered early in life, often in the presence of maternal antibodies, whereas longer-lived birds such as layers and breeders typically receive inactivated vaccines to stimulate strong systemic immunity and transfer maternal antibodies to their offspring. Recombinant vector vaccines can also be used early in life and are designed to minimize respiratory reactions while providing protection.

According to Linares, maintaining optimal vaccination programs that lead to effective immunization helps ensure that, if virulent ND viruses were introduced into the US poultry industry, flocks would have some level of protection.

“The industry has done a good job keeping virulent ND out of commercial production,” he said. “Continued vigilance will be important to keep it that way.”

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post When Newcastle disease virus shows up in diagnostics, what does it mean? appeared first on Modern Poultry.

World Without Cows places Ireland’s dairy producers at the center of the global food conversation with The Pasture Paradox

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 12:55:04 +0700

World Without Cows: The Pasture Paradox takes an inside look at Ireland’s pasture-based dairy landscape, a global model for sustainable production, as producers work to meet growing demand for grass-fed dairy while protecting the land and water they depend on.The Pasture Paradox is a companion mini-doc produced by the filmmakers of World Without Cows, a feature-length documentary slated for broad release later this year. World Without Cows examines the cultural and economic significance of cows, their role in feeding the world and their impact on climate.

Ireland produces some of the most carbon-efficient milk in the world while sustaining a €7.3 billion dairy export industry that supports 60,000 jobs. Global demand for animal protein is projected to rise 20% per capita by 2050, and Ireland is one of the few places equipped to meet this demand responsibly. While Ireland’s leadership in sustainable dairy production is recognized globally, less well understood are the pressures that come with it.

What “The Pasture Paradox” means

Ireland’s mild climate, high rainfall and fertile soils grow grass for most of the year — and it’s that lush grass, converted by 1.6 million dairy cows, that powers one of the world’s most efficient dairy systems. This natural advantage has built a global reputation and an export industry that anchors rural communities while playing an outsized role in meeting global protein needs. But maintaining the productivity of Ireland’s pastures requires nitrogen, which is putting pressure on the nation’s historically pristine rivers and waterways. This tension has become an increasingly complex challenge within one of the world’s most efficient and sustainable food systems.

The Irish dairy sector faces many challenges, including a workforce facing generational turnover, geopolitical tensions, policy changes and tight margins, as well as a consumer base that is growing up further removed from agriculture — but the problem of nitrates and water quality may be the most pressing.

A recent private screening and panel discussion of The Pasture Paradox brought together leaders from across the Irish agri-food industry to examine the tension between Ireland’s outsized role in global dairy production and the environmental limits shaping the nation’s future. The panel included Tom Cronin, executive director, Our Food Roots; Niall Moore, farmer; Dr. Lisa Koep, chief ESG officer, Tirlán; Dr. Laura Burke, former director general, EPA; and Tara McCarthy, vice president of ESG at Alltech.“The Pasture Paradox and panel discussion show a sector that understands both its strengths and its responsibilities,” McCarthy said. “Grass-based production, family farming and strong assurance systems are real assets to Irish dairy. But today’s conversation has also reinforced something equally important: that having a low global footprint does not exempt us from local accountability, particularly when it comes to water quality and environmental outcomes at catchment level.”

“Farmers have always been incredibly adaptable and innovative, and that gives me hope that they can face future challenges,” said Dr. Lisa Koep of Tirlán. “Incentivizing change is very important too for sustainable solutions. A lot of these solutions have costs associated with them and we need to explore how the co-ops, policy-makers and government can help make some of these solutions better value.”Niall Moore said, “Farming does face challenges but the science and desire to solve these challenges also keeps getting better. There is an answer to any and all of the questions or issues we have out there, so we will continue to improve. I really believe in the quality of the milk we produce.”

For more information, visit worldwithoutcows.com/ireland.

USPOULTRY: Updated report shows poultry industry’s commitment to judicious antibiotic use

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 01:45:07 +0700

In December 2025, US Poultry & Egg Association (USPOULTRY) released an updated report quantifying the US poultry industry’s on-farm antibiotic use.

The report reflects the poultry industry’s continued efforts to improve antibiotic stewardship and its commitment to disease prevention within poultry production. As part of its commitment to a transparent and sustainable food supply, the industry aims to balance the responsible use of antibiotics considered “medically important” to human health with the need to keep flocks healthy.

Key findings for each sector:

Broilers

The report noted several key changes in antibiotic usage in broiler chickens from 2013 to 2024:

Broiler chickens receiving antibiotics in the hatchery decreased from 90% in 2013 to less than 1% in 2024.
Medically important in-feed antibiotic use in broiler chickens decreased substantially. There has been no in-feed tetracycline use since 2019, and virginiamycin use has decreased more than 99% over the 12-year period.
Medically important water-soluble antibiotic use in broiler chickens decreased substantially from 2013 to 2017 and has increased slightly from 2017 to 2024. Increases were typically due to increased disease incidence, as seen in other countries as well, from 2019 to 2024.
For example, avian metapneumovirus has caused severe morbidity and mortality in some broiler flocks. Infection with this virus can increase the incidence of secondary bacterial infections. Tetracycline antimicrobials have been used to treat and control these secondary infections but with limited efficacy.

- Penicillin use decreased by 64% from 2013-2019 but has increased 27% from 2019 to 2024 due to increases in gangrenous dermatitis incidence. Overall, penicillin use decreased 53% from 2013 to 2024.
- Lincomycin use decreased by 66% from 2013 to 2020 but has increased 15% from 2020-2024 due to increases in gangrenous dermatitis incidence. Overall, lincomycin use decreased 71% from 2013 to 2024.
- Tetracycline use decreased by 66% since 2013.
- Sulfonamide use decreased by 81% since 2013.

Turkeys

The report also noted several key changes in antibiotic usage in turkeys from 2013 to 2024:

Turkeys receiving antibiotics in the hatchery decreased from 97% in 2013 to approximately 45% in 2024.
- With recent challenges linked to Escherichia coli and other Gram-negative bacteria in the young turkey poults, gentamicin use in the hatchery increased to help prevent these infections.
Hatchery gentamicin use decreased approximately 40% from 2013 to 2024.
Medically important in-feed antibiotic use in turkeys decreased substantially. In-feed tetracycline use decreased by more than 77% from 2013 to 2022 but has increased more than threefold since 2022, predominantly due to the control and treatment of secondary bacterial infections following infection with avian metapneumovirus.
Medically important water-soluble antibiotic use in turkeys decreased substantially from 2013 to 2019 and then stabilized or increased from 2019 to 2024. Increases were typically due to increased disease incidence, as seen in other countries as well, from 2019 to 2024.
Avian metapneumovirus has caused severe morbidity and mortality in turkey flocks. Infection with this virus can increase the incidence of secondary bacterial infections. Water-soluble tetracycline antimicrobials have been used to treat and control these secondary infections but with limited efficacy:

- Penicillin use decreased by almost 50% since 2013.
- Lincomycin use decreased by 58% from 2013 to 2019 but increased substantially from 2020 to 2024 due to increases in gangrenous dermatitis incidence and a penicillin shortage.
- Neomycin use decreased by 67% since 2013.
- Tetracycline use decreased 21% from 2013 to 2022 but increased from 2022 to 2024, largely due to increases in colibacillosis and secondary infections following avian metapneumovirus exposure.

Layers

Layers typically begin laying eggs around 20 weeks of age and end around 80 to 100 weeks of age.

Table-egg production is similar to milk production — the product for human consumption is produced daily. Most antibiotics that could be administered to layer hens have withdrawal periods that would prevent all eggs produced during this period from entering the food supply. This is one reason why there is little antibiotic usage in table-egg production in the US.

Below are the key findings for antibiotic usage in layers from 2016 to 2024:

All chicks in the dataset received gentamicin in the hatchery (day 1 of age).
- In the US, most chicks purchased by egg companies are sourced from hatcheries that are owned and operated by genetics companies.
The primary medically important antibiotic used in layer hens for treatment and control of disease in this dataset was chlortetracycline (CTC), used partly because it has a zero-day withdrawal when used in-feed, meaning there is no loss of eggs during the treatment period.
- CTC was only administered via the feed in pullets (day 2 through 16 to 18 weeks of age) and layers.
- More than 95% of CTC was used in the layers to treat disease. No pullets in the dataset were given CTC in the feed during 2022 or 2023, and a minimal amount was used in pullets in 2024.
- Less than 0.1% of total hen-days were exposed to CTC.

Report history

This report represents a 12-year set of data collected from 2013 to 2024 for US broiler chickens and turkeys and a 9-year set of data collected from 2016 to 2024 for layers.

Randall Singer, DVM, PhD, MPVM, founder of Mindwalk Consulting Group, LLC and professor of epidemiology at the University of Minnesota, directed the research for the report with funding from USPOULTRY and the US Food and Drug Administration – Center for Veterinary Medicine.

In December 2024, USPOULTRY released a report, whose research was also directed by Singer, covering antibiotic use in poultry from 2013 to 2023. In 2023, Singer published three peer-reviewed manuscripts that covered data collected for that report from broiler chickens, turkeys and layers.

“This research highlights the industry’s sustained commitment to science-based stewardship and the responsible use of antibiotics in poultry production,” said Nath Morris, USPOULTRY president.

According to USPOULTRY, collecting data on antibiotic use in poultry will assist the poultry industry as it aims to improve antibiotic stewardship and document the burden of flock illness and reasons for on-farm, medically important antibiotic usage.

Given several key differences among broiler chickens, turkeys and layers — namely, differences in weight, life span, susceptibility to lifetime illness and the number of effective medical treatments available — USPOULTRY advised that these data should neither be combined nor compared between poultry types.

Additionally, “It is important to remember that these data are only part of the story regarding stewardship,” Singer said.

Study details can be found at https://mindwalkconsultinggroup.com/. The updated infographic report can be viewed here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post USPOULTRY: Updated report shows poultry industry’s commitment to judicious antibiotic use appeared first on Modern Poultry.

New research sheds light on Egg Drop Syndrome transmission and vaccination response

Edusehat — Wed, 15 Apr 2026 01:40:09 +0700

USPOULTRY and the USPOULTRY Foundation announce the completion of a research project evaluating the spread of Egg Drop Syndrome 1976 (EDS 76) and flock responses to vaccination. The research is part of the Association’s comprehensive research program, which encompasses all phases of poultry and egg production and processing, and is made possible in part through proceeds from the International Poultry Expo, part of the International Production & Processing Expo.

F-111: virus isolation, serological surveillance and mechanical transmission of Egg Drop Syndrome

Once considered exotic to the United States, EDS 76 — caused by duck Atadenovirus A — reemerged in 2018, affecting commercial layer and broiler breeder flocks and resulting in reduced egg production and soft- or shell-less eggs.

Researchers at the University of Georgia recently completed a study examining how the virus spreads, how flocks respond to vaccination, and the effectiveness of cleaning and disinfection practices. The study had three primary objectives: to determine which cell lines can support virus isolation from field and environmental samples, including evaluating cleaning and disinfection efficacy; to assess antibody responses and viral shedding in vaccinated and unvaccinated flocks on farms with and without EDS 76; and to investigate potential transmission routes, including insects and other environmental sources.

Results showed that while virus detection in field samples remains challenging, viral DNA was identified on eggs, egg cartons, insects and live market ducks, highlighting potential pathways for transmission. These findings underscore the importance of robust biosecurity, environmental monitoring and vaccination strategies in managing this reemerging poultry disease.

The research summary can be found on the USPOULTRY website. Information on other Association research may also be obtained by visiting the USPOULTRY website.

Source: U.S. Poultry & Egg Association press release

Shielding wings from injuries

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 14:45:09 +0700

Once considered a low-value byproduct of the cutup process, chicken wings have become a premium cut, making their protection from injuries economically critical. Modern broilers, though fast-growing, are physiologically fragile and highly susceptible to wing bruises and fractures along the production chain. This article analyzes the main causes of wing damage from farm to processing plant and highlights key risk points. A holistic, integrated management approach is proposed to minimize injuries, improve carcass quality, and protect profitability.
The wings are the least physically prominent part of broiler carcasses, representing some 12% of their dry, dressed weight, and their least meaty portion, as well. Additionally, at the dawn of the modern broiler industry era, because they did not share the same anatomical and organoleptic attributes of the breast and legs, the wings had been seen as a byproduct of the cutup process with an unnoticed commercial value. Therefore, they were used for broth and other unappetizing culinary preparations.

However, wings’ fate underwent a meaningful overturn late in 1964, when Teressa Bellissimo, the co-owner of Anchor Bar, Buffalo, in upstate New York, served deep-fried leftover wings tossed in hot cayenne pepper sauce as a late-night meal for her son and his friends, thus reportedly creating the famous Buffalo wings. Teressa couldn’t ever imagine that her improvised meal would change, dramatically and forever, the commercial image enjoyed by the wings, which moved in the following years from the backstage to under the spotlight of the modern broiler industry scenario. Added to the menus of other countless food joints across the US, including fast-food giants’ stores, over the following decades, the spicy fried wings gained ground and became a very popular staple among consumers in the country and around the world, as well. The steady increase in the consumption of wings has finally opened the broiler industry’s eyes, that recognizing their commercial potential, raised the cut from low-profile category all the way up to the premium category!

Today’s broiler reaches market weight much younger than its ancestors a few decades ago did, but, in contraposition, is physically fragile due to lacking maturity. Therefore, they require careful handling alongside the processing chain to prevent the intrinsic threats entrenched in each step they go through, from day one through processing,ending up injuring their sensitive anatomy. Carcass damages are very unwelcome for increasing the percentage of salvaging and downgrades and lowering the saleable weight and processing yield, as well, what weakens the plant’s economic performance and the business’ profitability.

Although the entire carcass is susceptible to bruises, experience shows the wings are more vulnerable to injuries than breast and legs. Wings bruises, fractures and pop-ups, defects that plague the global poultry industry, originate from several operations (farm, catching, transportation, and processing plant) and causes. Therefore, to shield the wings from injuries it is essential to deploy a holistic approach of the processing chain.

At farm, securing the flocks’ calmness, especially at older age, to avoid birds’ unrest, fluttering, and pileups lead to injured carcasses and wings, is a crucial management practice. However, in frontal opposition to it, flock thinning is still widely adopted by the poultry industry, although being a proven cause of wing bruises among other drawbacks (Table 1).

■ Table 1 – Description of carcass defects in chickens in terms of thinning with the levels of significance
Source: transcript from Villarroel et.al., 2018.
(1) T1 = Birds transported after thinning, T2 = birds remaining after thinning, NT= non-thinned flocks

It is critical to secure the drinkers and feeders to birds’ ratio allows for ad libitum, hassle-free access to water and feed, thus guaranteeing the daily intake of nutrients while preventing birds from fighting for slots to eat and drink, a proven cause of bruises, particularly in unsexed flocks. Concomitantly, securing a high flock’s health status boosts the absorption and utilization of those nutrients towards growth and skeletal strength of the birds.

The house stocking density must be managed aiming at an optimal balance between profitability and carcass physical wholesomeness. Privileging profitability is detrimental to the flock’s performance and carcass quality, alike, as the incidence of damages to wing, besides other downsides, keeps an almost linear cause-effect relationship with the stocking density (Graph 1). Whatever the stocking density set for the farm, it is greatly recommendable using partitions to prevent the free migration of birds across the house disrupts it.

Graph 1 – Relationship between stocking density and wings hematomas
Villarroel et.al., 2018.

The live loads from the farms to plant must be scheduled having not just the killing line speed in mind, but the catching work timing, as well, to guarantee a gentle, hassle-free handling of the birds.

The catching crew must be accurately staffed and properly trained to guarantee the protective and well-timed handling of the birds. Close crew supervision prevents the gentle birds’ handling derails while work progresses, and crew tiredness escalates. Catching the birds individually, yet slower and more costly compared to other methods, is most protective of the carcasses, as the hands placed on both wings, while moving the broilers from the floor to the container, prevent the birds from fluttering. Never catch the birds by wings or feet!

Keeping the transport units in good condition reduces the risk of injuries during crating and transportation. The stocking density of the transportation units must be set having its correlation with the occurrence of carcass and wing damages in mind (Table 2). Training the drivers and monitoring the trips contributes to the gentle and timely delivery of the live loads to the plant, thus minimizing carcass and wing damages.

■ Table 2 – Influence of stocking density during transport on mortality, live weight loss, and prevalence of carcasses defects
Transcript from Petracci et. al, 2005.
ns = not significant.
a, b means within a row followed by different superscripts letters differ significantly (P <0.05).

At plant, manage the live loads lairage time to reduce the likelihood of wing damages (Graph 2). If birds are transported in crates or drawer containers, hoist them by their legs, only, for shackling. If transported in shelves containers, the bruises, notably on the wings, resulting from the unavoidable dumping of the birds, are regrettably unmanageable.

▲ Graph 2 – Incidence of wing damages x stopped and in motion live loads
Transcript from Bilgilli & Hess, 1995.

At the hanging station the interaction among workers and equipment must be fully ergonomic to allow for smooth handling and comfortable shackling of the birds. It is strongly advisable that the overhead conveyor from hanging to stunner be the straightest possible to prevent birds’ unrest and flapping, secures obstacle-free flowing of birds, and pairs with a breast comforter to calm birds down, preventing them from fluttering while heading to stunner.

To optimize the electrical stunning and minimize the likelihood of wings injuries, birds must approach the tub and sink only the heads vertically into water, which requires the continuous adjustment of the apparatus to the flock’s size. The tub must be built to match birds’ live weight and prevent their pre-stunning, a recognized cause of wings bruises, and the voltage delivered across the water must be stable and consistent. If CAS (Controlled Atmosphere Stunning) is in place, adhere to manufacturer’s operational instructions for optimal results. Whatever the stunning method used, secure the birds are properly stunned and do not regain consciousness before killing, to prevent the violent flapping, and severe damages to wings, in response to the killing pain.

The bleeding time varies across countries and plants. Set whatever time is best for the plant, having in mind the shortest, the best, to retard the onset of rigor mortis, therefore minimizing its impact on smoothness of scalding and defeathering, and secure it enhances the exsanguination and renders all birds dead.

The scalder and pluckers must operate in symbiotic partnership, with the scalder transferring to the follicles, in a timely manner, the suitable amount of heat required to soften the feathers, and the pluckers securing the thorough defeathering with minimal to no damages to the carcasses and wings.

For an optimal scalding, set the immersion time x temperature binomial in response to the role the killing line speed, bleeding time, birds’ weight, and the scalder technology and physical characteristics play in the plant. For an optimal defeathering, minimize scalder-to-pluckers distance, fine-tune pluckers-birds interaction constantly, use rubber fingers of appropriate hardness and maintain them always in great physical condition, and use lukewarm water in the pluckers.

As seen above, wings became a sought-after chicken cut, whose demand and market value play an important economic role in the business. Therefore, the wing bruises, because they reduce product availability and profitability, are unwelcome and must be tackled to the source. As bruises are of multi-factorial origins, their mitigation requires a holistic and integrated approach to broiler handling, from the farm to the plant, by a multidisciplinary work team focused on finding and working on their root causes.

Literature available from the author upon request.

Effects of Shrimp Aquaculture on Mangrove Soil Carbon Stocks and Sustained-Flux Global Warming Potentials

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 11:35:05 +0700

* By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Mangrove forests provide critical ecosystem services, including serving as nursery habitats for fish, protecting coastlines from erosion, and supporting local livelihoods. They are also among the most efficient carbon sinks on Earth, storing large amounts of “blue carbon” in deep, organic-rich soils that can retain carbon for centuries. Globally, mangroves store between 3.7 and 20 petagrams (Pg) of carbon, with soils accounting for up 90% of total carbon stocks.

Despite their importance, mangroves are being lost at a rate of 1-2% annuals due to sea-level risen pollution and especially coastal development. Aquaculture, particularly shrimp farming, is a major driver, responsible for about 38% of mangrove deforestation. The conversion process involves clearing vegetation, excavating soil, and constructing pond systems, which significantly disrupts the ecosystem.

This transformation leads to substantial carbon emissions through both physical removal of carbon-rich soils and biogeochemical processes.

However, accurately estimating these emissions remains challenging due to variability in environmental conditions, species, and aquaculture practices. Existing assessment methods may underestimate total emissions by overlooking certain pathways or including regenerated systems.

Mangrove forests are highly efficient carbon sinks, storing ‘blue carbon’ in organic-rich soils for centuries. However, shrimp aquaculture drives 38% of global mangrove deforestation, disrupting these ecosystems through vegetation clearing and soil excavation, which triggers massive greenhouse gas emissions.

Given these uncertainties, more comprehensive research is needed to evaluate the full climate impact of mangrove conversion. Understand-ing both physical and biogeochemical carbon losses is essential for improving management strategies and integrating mangrove conservation into climate change mitigation efforts.

Materials and Methods

The study was conducted using soil and water samples from a mangrove system in Estero Bay, Florida, to simulate aquaculture conversion through controlled microcosms. Intact mangrove soils and modified soils representing shrimp pond construction were maintained under controlled temperature and light conditions for
2.5 years, covering drainage, operational and abandoned phases.

Hydrochemical parameters such as salinity, temperature, pH, nutrients, and carbon content were measured regularly. Soil carbon, bulk density, and greenhouse gas emissions were analyzed using standardized methods, including closed chamber techniques to estimate CO₂-equivalent fluxes and global warming potential.

Additionally, a systematic review and meta-analysis were conducted to compare soil carbon across studies, while statistical analyses assessed differences between mangrove and aquaculture conditions and enabled broader extrapolation of results.

The conversion to aquaculture ponds leads to a significant reduction in soil carbon stocks, averaging 46.82%. Systematic reviews confirm that mangroves contain approximately 819.38 Mg C ha⁻¹, whereas operational aquaculture ponds drop to 435.77 Mg C ha⁻¹ due to physical and biogeochemical losses.

Results

Carbon losses and bulk density

During aquaculture construction, the removal of 1 m of soil resulted in an estimated loss of 422.1 ± 14.6 Mg C ha¹ (1,549.11 Mg CO₂e ha-1), with resampling indicating an actual loss of ~242.9 Mg C ha-1 (57.78%). In comparison, mangrove microcosms contained approximately 242.1 Mg C ha-1 within the top 0.5 m (Table 1).

Table 1. Carbon losses and potential CO2e emissions due to simulated shrimp aquaculture compared with mangrove microcosms. Total carbon in removed soil is shown but how much of this is lost is not well constrained – limited measurement of actual loss in italics. Lifetime emissions assuming typical 3–9 years operational duration with 5 years of abandoned emissions, with and without a year’s drainage. SGWP denotes Sustained-flux Global Warming Potential. Six microcosms were used per treatment.

Comparisons between mangrove and operational aquaculture microcosms revealed a significant carbon loss of 30.1% ± 0.8% (74.67 Mg C ha-¹ or 274.04 Mg CO₂e ha-¹; p < 0.001; Figure 1a), observed across all soil depths (Figure 1b). Bulk density also decreased by 54.59% (Figure 1c; p < 0.001), with a strong negative correlation between bulk density and carbon stock (r = −0.885; p < 0.001; Figure 1d).

Figure 1. (a) Total carbon stock in mangrove (no fill) and aquaculture (fill) microcosms. Lines and cross within the box denote the median and mean value, bars represent the interquartile range, “whiskers” represent range (excluding outliers) and points denote outliers (beyond either the upper quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range or lower quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range). (b) Carbon stock depth profiles for mangrove (no fill) and aquaculture (fill) microcosms. Error bars denote standard error of the mean. (c) Bulk density in mangrove (no fill) and aquaculture (fill) microcosms. Lines and cross within the box denote the median and mean value, bars represent the interquartile range, “whiskers” represent range (excluding outliers) and points denote outliers (beyond either the upper quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range or lower quartile + 1.5 x the interquartile range). (d) Carbon stock as a function of bulk density (aquaculture and mangrove microcosms denoted by filled diamonds and open circles respectively). (e) Sustained-flux Global Warming Potentials (SGWP) for each phase of simulated shrimp aquaculture (fill) compared with mangrove (no fill) microcosms. Six microcosms were used per treatment. Significance at p < 0.05, p < 0.01 and p < 0.001 denoted by *, ** and *** respectively.

Potential CO₂e emissions

Under drainage conditions, sustained global warming potential (SGWP) increased by 34,075.38 mg m-² d-¹ (172.39%), with all greenhouse gases contributing moderately. This represents a difference of 21,565.39 mg m-² d-¹ or 0.79 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹ compared to mangrove systems (Figure 1e).

The largest emissions occurred during the operational phase, with an increase of 65,343.26 mg m-² d-¹ (522%), equivalent to 2.39 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹. Significant increases in CH₄ and N₂O effluxes were observed, while CO₂ uptake exceeded that of mangrove systems.

In the abandoned phase, after one year, emissions increased by 393.59% (49,238.68 mg m-² d-¹), corresponding to 1.80 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹. CH₄ and N₂O contributed significantly, while CO₂ emissions remained lower than in mangrove systems.

Aquaculture construction involves removing topsoil layers, resulting in an estimated physical carbon loss of 422.1 Mg C ha⁻¹. This transformation significantly increases bulk density and degrades soil porosity, creating a strong negative correlation between soil compaction and total carbon retention.

Total lifetime emissions and extrapolation

Considering five years after abandonment, an additional 5.19 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ yr-¹ is generated. Assuming operational periods of 3–9 years, total SGWP ranges from 12.35 to 26.66 Mg CO₂e ha-¹, or up to 27.44 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ when including drainage.

Including biogeochemical soil carbon losses increases total emissions to 286.39 – 301.48 Mg CO₂e ha-¹. When construction-related soil loss is added, total emissions reach approximately 1,174.84 – 1,189.93 Mg CO₂e ha-¹ (Table 1). Biogeochemical emissions account for roughly 24–25% of total emissions.

Systematic review and meta-analysis

The meta-analysis showed a consistent and significant reduction in soil carbon due to aquaculture (effect size−1.63; p < 0.001). On average, man-groves contain 819.38 Mg C ha-¹, com-pared to 435.77 Mg C ha-¹ in aquaculture ponds, representing a reduction of 46.82% ± 8.70% (p < 0.001).

Carbon reductions were observed at all depths, with larger differences below 30 cm. At depths greater than 100 cm, mangroves contained 62.55% more carbon than aquaculture systems. In both systems, most carbon was stored below 100 cm depth.

Significant differences in bulk density were also found, with lower values in mangrove soils (p < 0.001) and a negative correlation with carbon stocks (rs = −0.490).

Estimates based on the Land Use Change Stock (LUCS) approach ranged from 1,390 to 3,799 Mg CO₂e ha-¹, with a mean soil carbon loss equivalent to 1,407.85 Mg CO₂e ha-¹. However, few studies account for all greenhouse gases or total SGWP, suggesting potential underestimation of emissions.

Sustained-flux Global Warming Potentials (SGWP) spike during the operational phase of shrimp farming, increasing by 522%. High organic matter inputs stimulate anaerobic degradation and methanogenesis, while nitrogen from fertilizers drives significant increases in nitrous oxide (N₂O)

Discussion

Effects of aquaculture on carbon loss pathways

Aquaculture conversion resulted in significant soil carbon loss, with 74.67 Mg C ha-1 lost during the operational phase compared to mangrove systems (Figure 1a). These losses are driven by biogeochemical processes such as root decomposition and anaerobic degradation stimulated by nutrient inputs. Construction activities further contribute through the removal of approximately 1 m of soil containing around 422.1 Mg C ha-1 (Table 1), with an estimated 57% lost through oxidation, leaching, and decomposition.

The systematic review (SR) confirms a strong and consistent reduction in soil carbon (effect size -1.63), suggesting that aquaculture conversion leads to substantial carbon loss regardless of environmental variability. Physical processes, particularly soil removal and compaction, are key drivers. Mangrove soils show higher carbon stocks, with losses averaging 43-46% after conversion.

Bulk density (rb) increased significantly in aquaculture systems (Figure 1c), indicating soil degradation and re-duced porosity. The inverse relationship between rb and carbon (Figure 1d) highlights the impact of compaction from construction activities.

Microcosm simulations reveal that biogeochemical pathways contribute approximately 25% to the total sustained-flux global warming potential (SGWP). These often-overlooked pathways, including root decomposition and nutrient-stimulated degradation, are essential for accurate life cycle assessments (LCA) in the aquaculture sector.

Additionally, hydrological changes such as dyke construction limit tidal flooding, reducing carbon inputs and contributing to long-term declines. These processes suggest that carbon losses may continue over time, potentially being underestimated.

Effects of aquaculture on potential CO₂e emissions and SGWP

Drainage increased emissions by Mg CO2e ha-1yr-1 (Figure 1e; Table 1), con-sistent with enhanced decomposition under oxygen exposure. Methane (CH4) and nitrous oxide (N2O) emissions also increased, indicating peat degradation.

During the operational phase, emissions rose by 2.39 MgCO2 ha-1 yr-1 (Figure 1e), driven by high organic matter inputs from feed and fertilizers. Anaerobic sediment conditions promote methanogenesis, while nitrogen inputs stimulate nitrification and denitrification, increasing N₂O emissions. Some systems may act as CO₂ sinks when algal production exceeds emissions, although management practices such as aeration influence outcomes.

Even after abandonment, former aquaculture ponds exhibit legacy effects, with emissions remaining nearly 400% higher than intact mangrove systems. Long-term climate mitigation requires better management of abandoned systems and the prioritization of pond reuse to minimize further land-use changes

In the abandoned phase, emissions remained elevated at 1.80 Mg-CO2e ha-1 yr-1, indicating long-term legacy effects. Over five years. This adds 5.19 Mg CO₂e ha-1. Total emissions across the system life cycle range from 1,174.83 to 1,189.93 Mg CO2e ha-1 (Table 1), with biogeochemical processes contributing about 24–25%. While soil carbon loss dominates emissions, these pathways are often underestimated, emphasizing the need to include them in life cycle assessments.

Comparison of the microcosm model experiments and systematic review

Microcosm experiments effectively replicate field conditions, showing similar carbon loss patterns, depth profiles, and relationships between carbon and bulk density. Both top-down (microcosm) and bottom-up (SR) approaches produced compara-ble results up to 100 cm depth. Differences at greater depths likely reflect methodological uncertainties in field studies.

The hydrologically closed nature of ponds appears to drive consistent carbon loss patterns. However, mi-crocosms may underestimate deeper biogeochemical losses, while field studies may include additional vari-ability. Factors such as sediment type, hydrology, and nutrient pollution influence results.

Although microcosms did not include live shrimp processes, they captured major emission pathways. Additional sources, such as gut-de-rived N₂O and methane production, may further increase emissions. The LUCS method remains useful for large-scale estimates but may underestimate short-term emissions. A combined microcosm and SR approach is recommended for more accurate assessments.

Globally, soil carbon losses from mangrove-to-aquaculture conversion could represent up to 40% of all anthropogenic emissions related to mangrove loss. Conserving these blue carbon habitats is a critical strategy for meeting international climate targets and improving industry sustainability.

Exploration of the importance of mangrove aquaculture in climate mitigation

At a national scale, emissions from mangrove conversion appear mod-est, contributing around 0.01% of anthropogenic emissions. However, at a global scale, aquaculture-related soil carbon loss could account for 2.48–3.01 Pg CO₂e, representing up to 40% of anthropogenic emissions.

These findings highlight the importance of mangrove conservation in climate mitigation strategies. However, uncertainties remain due to variability in environmental conditions and methodological limitations. Current estimates may under-estimate total emissions by excluding biomass losses, deeper soil impacts, and downstream effects.

Overall, reducing mangrove de-forestation and improving aqua-culture practices are essential to minimize emissions and enhance sustainability.

Conclusion

Microcosm simulations indicate that biogeochemical pathways may contribute about 25% to total SGWP beyond LUCS estimates, although soil carbon loss during construction and operation remains the dominant source. Reusing ponds and extending operational periods could improve sustainability, while soil fate, drain-age effects, and abandoned system management require further study. Results align with systematic review findings showing consistent carbon loss across systems, though sediment type remains understudied. Global extrapolations suggest emissions of~3 Pg CO₂e, highlighting the critical role of mangroves in climate mitigation and the need for improved management and conservation strategies.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “EFFECTS OF SHRIMP AQUACULTURE ON MANGROVE SOIL CARBON
STOCKS AND SUSTAINED-FLUX GLOBAL WARMING
POTENTIALS” developed by: Fenner, N. and Hayward, E. – Bangor University, Bovard, B. – Florida Gulf Coast University, Creer, S. and Dunn, C.
• Bangor University. The original article, including tables and figures, was published on MARCH, 2026 , through FRONTIERS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. The full version can be accessed online through this link: DOI 10.3389/fenvs.2026.1729512

Top 10 Pet Poisons of 2025

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 07:35:04 +0700

Every day, the toxicology experts at Pet Poison Helpline deal with potentially thousands of different pet toxins, but certain substances seem to rise to the top of the list every year. Pet lovers of North America, we give you the Top 10 Pet Poisons of 2025 for both dogs and cats.

“Each year, we gather a list of the most common reasons pet parents and veterinary professionals call Pet Poison Helpline,” said Dr. Renee Schmid, a senior veterinary toxicologist and director of Veterinary Medicine at Pet Poison Helpline. “While these are not necessarily the most toxic poisons, they are the most frequently encountered by pets. Although the Top 10 dog poisons remain mostly the same from last year, a few items have shifted up and down on the list, and apparently animals are sneaking into their family’s cold and flu medicine,”

The Top 10 Pet Poisons of 2025 for dogs were:

Chocolate

Grapes/Raisins

Bromethalin

Xylitol

Onions/Chives/Leeks/Shallots (Allium species)

Ibuprofen

Vitamin D3 (overdose)

Marijuana (THC)

Anticoagulant Rodenticides

Acetaminophen

“The biggest shift was onion exposures, which shot from number 10 in 2024 to number five this past year,” Dr. Schmid explained. “Acetaminophen also made the list at number 10 and carprofen fell off the list.” Carprofen was the first veterinary-specific drug that made it on Pet Poison Helpline’s Top 10 list due to overdoses and ingestions by pets that were not prescribed the medication.

The Top 10 Pet Poisons of 2025 for cats were:

Lilies (Lilium species)

Onions/Chives/Leeks/Shallots (Allium species)

Chocolate

Vitamin D3 (overdose)

Ibuprofen

Alstroemeria, Peruvian Lily

Amphetamine Combos

Acetaminophen

Carprofen

Grapes and Raisons

“Cats have very different tastes than dogs, so the list of Top 10 Pet Poisons for cats is significantly different than for dogs,” Dr. Schmid said. “The biggest difference is that specific lilies are extremely enticing to cats, while chocolate is the biggest temptation for dogs, based on the calls received to our call center. Lilium sp lilies pose a great risk for causing kidney failure in cats and can be deadly if ingested. For cats, garlic fell off the list, which had taken the fourth spot, and grapes and acetaminophen were added. ”

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), 2025’s influenza activity was the most intense since the 2009 swine flu pandemic, with more than 80 million estimated illnesses. Experts cite reduced immunity post-COVID, vaccine mismatches and severe viral strains. Children are especially vulnerable.

“With more cold and flu medicine available in households, it makes sense that curious pets would find it and ingest it,” explained Dr. Schmid. “Many of those cold and flu medications contain acetaminophen. Common signs to watch for with acetaminophen poisoning include lethargy, swelling of the face, difficulty breathing, brown or blue gums, vomiting, diarrhea, decreased appetite and jaundice.”

About Pet Poison Helpline

Pet Poison Helpline®, your trusted source for toxicology and pet health advice in times of potential emergency, is available 24 hours, seven days a week for pet owners and veterinary professionals who require assistance treating a potentially poisoned pet. Per incident and subscription service options are available. We are an independent, nationally recognized animal poison control center triple licensed by the Boards of Veterinary Medicine, Medicine and Pharmacy providing unmatched professional leadership and expertise. Our veterinarians and board-certified toxicologists provide treatment advice for all species, including dogs, cats, birds, small mammals, large animals and exotic species. As the most cost-effective option for animal poison control care, Pet Poison Helpline’s fee of $89 per incident includes follow-up consultations for the duration of the case. The company also offers pethelpline(SM) and pethelplinePRO(SM) subscription services directly to pet lovers. Based in Minneapolis, Pet Poison Helpline is available in North America by calling 800-213-6680. Additional information, including a chat feature for pet owners, can be found online at www.petpoisonhelpline.com.

The post Top 10 Pet Poisons of 2025 appeared first on Pet Poison Helpline.

APA Richard Stevens Scholarship – 2026 Applications Opening Soon

Edusehat — Tue, 14 Apr 2026 00:30:04 +0700

The American Poultry Association (APA) is proud to announce the opening of the 2026 Richard Stevens Scholarship. Applications will open on April 15, 2026 through the APA website, with all required materials due no later than May 31, 2026.

This scholarship program continues the APA’s commitment to supporting education and encouraging the next generation of poultry enthusiasts and breeders as they pursue opportunities beyond high school.

This year, the APA Board has approved awarding two scholarships in the amount of $1,500 each.

For questions regarding the scholarship, please contact the APA office or David Adkins, Scholarship Committee Chairman, at johndavid.adkins@gmail.com or 740-259-2852.

Eligibility Requirements

To ensure applicants meet program criteria, the following requirements apply:

Applicants must be pursuing education beyond a traditional high school program. This may include enrollment in a four-year college or university, a two-year community or technical college, graduate studies, or any other approved educational program designed to expand future opportunities. Eligible applicants must be either a graduating high school senior, a high school graduate, or a GED recipient.

In addition, applicants must have been a member of the American Poultry Association for a minimum of four years prior to the application deadline.

Academic requirements apply for recent graduates: applicants within five years of high school graduation must have a minimum GPA of C+ (2.3 on a 4.0 scale) and must provide a copy of their high school transcript. Those who graduated more than five years ago must provide either a high school diploma or GED documentation. Applicants applying for graduate-level study must submit an undergraduate transcript.

All applicants must be enrolled in or accepted to an educational program located in the United States or Canada.

Application Process

Applications will open on April 15, 2026 and will be accessible through the APA website. Applicants must log in as APA members to access the application form.

Reference forms will be publicly available on the APA website, or may be obtained through the APA office. Each applicant is required to submit two reference forms, at least one of which must be completed by an APA member.

Completed applications, reference forms, and all supporting documentation must be submitted to the APA Secretary no later than May 31, 2026.

Two scholarships of $1,500 each will be awarded in 2026.

The APA encourages all eligible members to consider applying and wishes all applicants the best of luck.

The post APA Richard Stevens Scholarship – 2026 Applications Opening Soon appeared first on The American Poultry Association (APA).

What’s in the package

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Apr 2026 21:10:05 +0700

A slew of packaging regulations is coming down the path this year for most food and drinks manufacturers, no matter where they are on the planet. Phillip Crum, director of data insights at Valpak, notes, “Global EPR regulations are evolving rapidly. Seven US states have already passed bills for pEPR (Extended Producer Responsibility for Packaging), while the new Packaging and Packaging Waste Regulation (PPWR) is bringing much more complex demands and diverse challenges for obligated businesses in the EU. Valpak customers are looking for solutions – for example, with the arrival of PPWR, we have seen enquiries rise by over 40 per cent in just eight months. This trend is showing no sign of abating.”

Indeed, as people up and down the supply chain seek to lower their carbon footprints, this trend will continue its ascent, rather than decrease. Scope 1 and 2 are being done by companies worldwide, and now it is everything from the farm to the fork that is being examined for carbon and resource reductions for scope 3.

Packaging is a key aspect of this systemic inspection, as explained by the UK’s National Grid website (in charge of the energy network in the country): “Scope 3 encompasses emissions that are not produced by the company itself and are not the result of activities from assets owned or controlled by them, but by those that it’s indirectly responsible for up and down its value chain. An example of this is when we buy, use and dispose of products from suppliers. Scope 3 emissions include all sources not within the scope 1 and 2 boundaries.”

It is a terrific challenge, but I feel like with other things humans have done right lately, it can be done. We’ve flown people the furthest away from the earth, ever, in the past week or so. We have seen a rebound in global whale populations from 10,000 in the 1970s to around 80,000 now. The ozone layer hole, which was quite big, is now set to recover to previous smaller levels due to the Montreal Protocol (1987) and the banning of ozone depleting chemicals. It seems that, once we stop doing stupid, destructive things, we can continue to make our home planet better.

The post What’s in the package appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

Welfare indicators for hens and chickens

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Apr 2026 20:50:09 +0700

The evaluation of animal welfare in poultry farms requires a multidimensional approach that encompasses resource-, management-, and animal-based indicators. This combined approach allows for the accurate identification of key issues such as locomotor problems, skin lesions and abnormal behaviours. The joint use of these parameters provides an objective, scientifically robust measure of animals’ welfare status and represents an essential tool for guiding targeted interventions and improving management practices.

Introduction

In the recent years, animal welfare has become a key focus in poultry farming. Consumers have shown growing interest in sustainable and animal-friendly products, demonstrating a willingness to pay more for food perceived as healthier, safer, tastier and more authentic (Alonso et al., 2020; Mazzocchi et al., 2022). However, animal welfare is relevant not only for ethical reasons, but also because of its direct impact on human health and environment, in line with the One Health concept (Verkuijl et al., 2024). Moreover, animals raised under optimal conditions show better productive performance and greater feed efficiency (Velarde and Dalmau, 2012). Consequently, being able to evaluate welfare objectively and scientifically is essential.

Several indicators have been studied to enable a comprehensive and objective assessment of the farm animals’ welfare. This evaluation is complex and multidimensional, including physical, behavioural, environmental, and managerial aspects that must be analysed in a holistic and coordinated manner. In particular, three different types of welfare indicators have been identified:

Resource-based indicators: evaluate the structural and environmental characteristics of the farm.
Management-based indicators: evaluate the management practices adopted by the farmer.
Animal-based indicators: provide direct information on animals’ condition (EFSA, 2012; EFSA, 2023a).

Indicators

Resource-based indicators concern the structural and environmental aspects that influence the living conditions and welfare of hens and chickens. Key indicators include stocking density, bedding quality and quantity, the number and configuration of nests and perches, the space or number of feeders and drinkers, microclimate control (ventilation, temperature, relative humidity), and lighting (Sherwin et al., 2010; Nicol et al., 2013).

Management-based indicators evaluate the quality of practices adopted by the farmer, such as cleaning and maintenance of facilities, litter management, sanitary protocols, biosafety plans, management of sick or injured animals, and staff training (Blokhuis et al., 2010; Campbell et al., 2018). In broilers, genetic selection also plays a fundamental role, as the intense selective pressure applied over recent decades has contributed to the emergence of major welfare issues observed today on farms (EFSA, 2023b). The first two types of indicators make it possible to identify risk factors and/or causes of poor welfare, providing a basis for implementing improvement strategies (Welfare Quality®, 2009).

Animal-based indicators directly describe the condition of the animals, their health and their behaviour. For laying hens, key indicators include mortality rate, comb abnormalities that may reflect discomfort, footpad dermatitis caused by unsuitable litter, fractures of the toes and/or keel bone which indicate bone fragility, nutritional imbalances, and inadequate facilities. Other aspects considered are the presence of red mites, which are widespread in hen populations, and the observation of species-specific behaviours, such as dustbathing and foraging. Additionally, the human-animal relationship is evaluated, and behaviours like panting and huddling are used to detect thermal discomfort (Welfare Quality®, 2009; Nasr et al., 2012; Haas et al., 2014).

Among the most important animal-based indicators are feather condition and the presence of skin lesions, both closely related to feather pecking, one of the most widespread problems in hen farms. Feather pecking is an abnormal behavioural disorder, in which an individual pecks at the feathers of a conspecific until they are pulled out, causing pain, injuries, until cannibalism. This multifactorial behaviour is caused mainly by high stocking density, excessive lighting, nutritional deficiencies (particularly in soluble fibre and/or essential amino acids), lack of environmental enrichment, genetic predispositions, and limited ability to perform natural behaviours like exploration and foraging. As a result, these behaviours may be redirected towards conspecifics (Dixon, 2008; Rodenburg et al., 2008).

Feather pecking negatively impacts productivity by increasing stress and mortality, thereby compromising both animal welfare and egg production (Schreiter et al., 2019). Prevention strategies focus on optimal microclimate and lighting management, a balanced diet and providing manipulable and explorative materials (such as straw or ropes), which promote natural behaviours and reduce the risk of pecking directed on other hens. Additionally, genetic selection is increasingly oriented towards less reactive and predisposed hybrids to develop feather pecking (Rodenburg et al., 2013). This multifactorial behaviour exemplifies how the three types of indicators interact in the identification and correction of welfare issues.

For broiler chickens, animal-based indicators mainly focus on locomotor problems, which represent a critical issue linked to intensive genetic selection for the rapid growth and the feed conversion efficiency (Zuidhof et al., 2014). The accelerated muscle tissue growth, in particular of the pectoral muscle (Pectoralis major), has not been accompanied by a proportional development of the skeletal and cardiovascular systems. This imbalance causes biomechanical alterations that affect posture, walking and cardiovascular function (Julian, 2005; Knowles et al., 2008). Environmental factors also play a key role; high stocking density, moist or poorly absorbent litter and an unbalanced diet can worsen locomotor issues (Bradshaw et al., 2002; Shim et al., 2012; van der Sluis et al., 2021).

Physiological consequences include chronic pain, reduced mobility, limited access to resources like food and water, and, in some cases, increased mortality (Weeks et al., 2002). Consequently, the most widely used animal-based indicators include gait score, which assesses walking ability, pododermatitis (inflammatory skin lesions on the footpads) and hock burns, which reflect broader environmental conditions. Other commonly used indicators include mortality, feather condition, skin lesions, and species-specific behaviours such as exploration, thermal comfort and human-animal interaction. These indicators indirectly provide information about fear levels and adaptation to human presence and contact (Welfare Quality®, 2009; EFSA, 2023; de Jong et al., 2012).

In addition, for broiler chickens there are various parameters assessed at slaughterhouse, which reflect breeding conditions: ascites such as a fluid buildup in the abdomen due to cardiac and respiratory failure related to excessive muscle growth; breast lesions (breast blister) caused by contact with hard surfaces or wet litter; septicaemia and abscesses, which are indicative of infections and hygiene issues; hepatitis and pericarditis (metabolic and health problems), and dehydration that is a sign of inadequate water access. All these indicators provide further insight into rearing conditions and farm management with a direct impact on animal health and welfare (Manning et al., 2007; Welfare Quality®, 2009; Petracci et al., 2019).

Preventive strategies include not only a less extreme genetic selection, but also management interventions such as the use of dry and absorbent litter, optimisation of stocking densities and dietary formulations to support skeletal and cardiovascular development, the addition of environmental enrichment to stimulate movement and natural behaviours, contributing to stronger bone development. Also the continuous monitoring of temperature, ventilation and humidity can reduce thermal stress and improve tissue oxygenation, helping to decrease cardiopulmonary and metabolic complications (Julian, 2005; Olkowski et al., 2008; Petracci et al., 2019).

Conclusion

In conclusion, only the combined use of three types of indicators allows for a comprehensive and reliable assessment of poultry welfare (Louton et al., 2018). While resource- and management-based indicators are valid, they offer only a partial view of animals welfare status, as they evaluate environmental conditions but not animals’ responses to them (Blokhuis et al., 2010). Conversely, animal-based indicators directly reflect physical condition, health, behaviour and animals’ ability to cope with the environment in which they live (Burgstaller et al., 2022). When integrated, these parameters offer a scientifically valid and reliable representation of animals’ welfare and rearing conditions, in order to guide improvements and corrective actions.

Bibliography

Alonso ME, González-Montaña JR, Lomillos JM. 2020. Consumers’ Concerns and Perceptions of Farm Animal Welfare. Animals, 10(3):385. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani10030385

Blokhuis HJ, Veissier I, Miele M, Jones B. 2010. The Welfare Quality® project and beyond: Safeguarding farm animal well-being. Acta Agriculturae Scandinavica, Section A – Animal Science, 60(3):129–140. https://doi.org/10.1080/09064702.2010.523480

Bradshaw RH, Kirkden RD, Broom DM. 2002. A Review of the Aetiology and Pathology of Leg Weakness in Broilers in Relation to Welfare. Avian and Poul Biolog Rev, 13(2):45–103. https://doi.org/10.3184/147020602783698421

Burgstaller J, Wittek T, Sudhaus-Jörn N, Conrady B. 2022. Associations between Animal Welfare Indicators and Animal-Related Factors of Slaughter Cattle in Austria. Animals, 12(5):659. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani12050659

Campbell YL, Walker LL, Bartz BM, Eckberg JO, Pullin AN. 2025. Outdoor access versus conventional broiler chicken production: Updated review of animal welfare, food safety, and meat quality. Poultry Science, 104(4):104906. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2025.104906

De Haas EN, Bolhuis JE, Kemp B, Groothuis TGG, Rodenburg TB. 2014. Parents and Early Life Environment Affect Behavioral Development of Laying Hen Chickens. Barendse W, editor. PLoS ONE, 9(3):e90577. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0090577

Dixon LM. 2008. Feather Pecking Behaviour and associated Welfare issues in Laying Hens. Avian Biology Research, 1(2):73–87. https://doi.org/10.3184/175815508X363251

EFSA AHAW Panel (EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Welfare), Nielsen SS, Alvarez J, Bicout DJ, Calistri P, Canali E, Drewe JA, Garin-Bastuji B, Gonzales Rojas JL, Schmidt CG, et al. 2023. Welfare of broilers on farm. EFS2, 21(2). https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2023.7788

EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Welfare (AHAW). 2012. Scientific Opinion on the use of animal-based measures to assess welfare of broilers. EFSA Journal, 10(7). https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2012.2774

EFSA Panel on Animal Health and Animal Welfare (AHAW), Nielsen SS, Alvarez J, Bicout DJ, Calistri P, Canali E, Drewe JA, Garin-Bastuji B, Gonzales Rojas JL, Gortázar Schmidt C, et al. 2023. Welfare of laying hens on farm. EFSA Journal, 21(2). https://doi.org/10.2903/j.efsa.2023.7789

de Jong I, Berg C, Butterworth A, Estevéz I. 2012. Scientific report updating the EFSA opinions on the welfare of broilers and broiler breeders. EFSA Supporting Publications, 9(6). https://doi.org/10.2903/sp.efsa.2012.EN-295

Julian RJ. 2005. Production and growth related disorders and other metabolic diseases of poultry – A review. The Veterinary Journal, 169(3):350–369. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tvjl.2004.04.015

Knowles TG, Kestin SC, Haslam SM, Brown SN, Green LE, Butterworth A, Pope SJ, Pfeiffer D, Nicol CJ. 2008. Leg Disorders in Broiler Chickens: Prevalence, Risk Factors and Prevention. Callaerts P, editor. PLoS ONE, 3(2):e1545. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0001545

Louton H, Bergmann S, Reese S, Erhard M, Bachmeier J, Rösler B, Rauch E. 2018. Animal- and management-based welfare indicators for a conventional broiler strain in 2 barn types (Louisiana barn and closed barn). Poultry Science, 97(8):2754–2767. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps/pey111

Manning L, Chadd SA, Baines RN. 2007. Key health and welfare indicators for broiler production. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 63(1):46–62. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933907001262

Mazzocchi C, Orsi L, Zilia F, Costantini M, Bacenetti J. 2022. Consumer awareness of sustainable supply chains: A choice experiment on Parma ham PDO. Science of The Total Environment, 836:155602. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2022.155602

Nasr MAF, Nicol CJ, Murrell JC. 2012. Do Laying Hens with Keel Bone Fractures Experience Pain? Taylor B, editor. PLoS ONE, 7(8):e42420. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0042420

Nicol CJ, Bestman M, Gilani A-M, De Haas EN, De Jong IC, Lambton S, Wagenaar JP, Weeks CA, Rodenburg TB. 2013. The prevention and control of feather pecking: application to commercial systems. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 69(4):775–788. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933913000809

Olkowski AA, Wojnarowicz C, Nain S, Ling B, Alcorn JM, Laarveld B. 2008. A study on pathogenesis of sudden death syndrome in broiler chickens. Research in Veterinary Science, 85(1):131–140. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rvsc.2007.08.006

Petracci M, Mudalal S, Soglia F, Cavani C. 2015. Meat quality in fast-growing broiler chickens. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 71(2):363–374. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933915000367

Rodenburg TB, Komen H, Ellen ED, Uitdehaag KA, Van Arendonk JAM. 2008. Selection method and early-life history affect behavioural development, feather pecking and cannibalism in laying hens: A review. Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 110(3–4):217–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applanim.2007.09.009

Rodenburg TB, Van Krimpen MM, De Jong IC, De Haas EN, Kops MS, Riedstra BJ, Nordquist RE, Wagenaar JP, Bestman M, Nicol CJ. 2013. The prevention and control of feather pecking in laying hens: identifying the underlying principles. World’s Poultry Science Journal, 69(2):361–374. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0043933913000354

Schreiter R, Damme K, Von Borell E, Vogt I, Klunker M, Freick M. 2019. Effects of litter and additional enrichment elements on the occurrence of feather pecking in pullets and laying hens – A focused review. Veterinary Medicine & Sci, 5(4):500–507. https://doi.org/10.1002/vms3.184

Sherwin CM, Richards GJ, Nicol CJ. 2010. Comparison of the welfare of layer hens in 4 housing systems in the UK. British Poultry Science, 51(4):488–499. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071668.2010.502518

Shim MY, Karnuah AB, Mitchell AD, Anthony NB, Pesti GM, Aggrey SE. 2012. The effects of growth rate on leg morphology and tibia breaking strength, mineral density, mineral content, and bone ash in broilers. Poultry Science, 91(8):1790–1795. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps.2011-01968

Van Der Sluis M, Ellen ED, De Klerk B, Rodenburg TB, De Haas Y. 2021. The relationship between gait and automated recordings of individual broiler activity levels. Poultry Science, 100(9):101300. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2021.101300

Velarde A, Dalmau A. 2012. Animal welfare assessment at slaughter in Europe: Moving from inputs to outputs. Meat Science, 92(3):244–251. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2012.04.009

Verkuijl C, Smit J, Green JMH, Nordquist RE, Sebo J, Hayek MN, Hötzel MJ. 2024. Climate change, public health, and animal welfare: towards a One Health approach to reducing animal agriculture’s climate footprint. Front Anim Sci, 5:1281450. https://doi.org/10.3389/fanim.2024.1281450

Weeks CA, Knowles TG, Gordon RG, Kerr AE, Peyton ST, Tilbrook NT. 2002. New method for objectively assessing lameness in broiler chickens. Vet Rec., 151(25):762-4. PMID: 12521248.

Welfare Quality^®. 2009. Welfare Quality^® assessment protocol for poultry (broilers, laying hens). Welfare Quality^® Consortium, Lelystad, Netherlands.

Zuidhof MJ, Schneider BL, Carney VL, Korver DR, Robinson FE. 2014. Growth, efficiency, and yield of commercial broilers from 1957, 1978, and 2005. Poultry Science, 93(12):2970–2982. https://doi.org/10.3382/ps.2014-04291

Why strengthening aquaculture nutrition expertise is critical in 2026

Edusehat — Mon, 13 Apr 2026 13:50:36 +0700

Asia’s aquaculture industry is facing a new level of complexity. Ingredient markets are volatile, traditional raw materials such as fishmeal and fish oil are becoming less predictable, and sustainability expectations continue to shape feed development decisions. Many companies are adjusting formulations to control costs — but without a solid, species-specific nutritional foundation, cost reduction efforts can unintentionally reduce performance and create long-term inefficiencies.

Reducing feed cost is not the same as optimizing feed value.

Formulation decisions today require a deeper understanding of ingredient functionality, nutrient interactions, digestibility, and how fish and shrimp respond to dietary changes across different production conditions. Reformulating without this understanding can lead to poorer feed conversion, inconsistent growth performance, and higher overall production costs.This is why the updated Advanced Aqua Nutrition & Feed Formulation AgriSchool 2026 focuses on strengthening practical decision-making skills that professionals can apply immediately in their daily work.Taking place in Bangkok from May 19–22, 2026, this four-day intensive training program helps nutritionists, formulators, and technical professionals better evaluate ingredient alternatives, interpret nutritional data, and make formulation decisions that support both performance and cost efficiency.

Rather than focusing only on theory, the program connects advanced nutrition principles directly to practical formulation strategy, feed performance, and farm productivity outcomes. Participants gain a clearer understanding of how to balance ingredient constraints, nutrient requirements, and economic pressures while maintaining consistent biological performance.

Professionals attending the program will strengthen their ability to:

evaluate alternative protein, lipid, and carbohydrate sources without compromising animal performance
interpret laboratory data and ingredient specifications with greater confidence
optimize feed formulations under changing raw material conditions
better align nutritional strategy with farm productivity targets such as FCR, growth, and uniformity
understand how nutrition supports immunity, stress resilience, and robustness in fish and shrimp production
improve communication between nutrition, formulation, and production teams

Ultimately, the objective is to help professionals move beyond reactive reformulation and toward more structured, data-informed decision making that improves consistency and profitability.

The program is led by experienced facilitators including Thomas Wilson, Aqua Nutrition Consultant and lead facilitator, Dr. Noratat Prachom, a facilitator with more than 15 years of experience in fish nutrition, feed formulation, feed processing, quality assurance, and research and development in aquaculture. The facilitator team also includes Dr. Daranee Seguin, an aquaculture nutrition expert. Together, they help ensure the program delivers scientifically grounded knowledge with strong practical relevance for formulation decisions and farm performance improvement.The feed formulation component is led by Ian Mealey, Product Marketing Director for Formulation at Datacor (formerly Format Solutions).

With more than 30 years of experience in formulation technology and feed business operations, Ian has worked with companies globally across feed, aquaculture, premix, and food sectors. His sessions focus on how formulation tools and data can be used more effectively to optimize ingredient purchasing strategies, improve formulation efficiency, and maintain product quality. Through practical demonstrations and guided exercises, participants gain insight into how formulation decisions translate into measurable business impact. As ingredient markets continue to evolve, strengthening nutritional understanding is becoming an essential capability for companies seeking to remain competitive and resilient. The updated 2026 program reflects the current realities of aquaculture feed development and provides a structured learning environment where participants can deepen their expertise and refine their formulation strategies.

Advanced Aqua Nutrition & Feed Formulation AgriSchool 2026

Bangkok, Thailand

May 19–22, 2026

All Eleven Major UK Supermarkets Now Committed on Prawn Welfare After Aldi Süd Sets Global Timeline

Edusehat — Sun, 12 Apr 2026 02:15:17 +0700

By International Council for Animal Welfare

The German discounter commits to electrical stunning or similarly effective methods for all farmed prawns worldwide by 2035 — the broadest scope of any retailer commitment to date

Aldi Süd has committed to implementing electrical stunning or similarly effective methods before slaughter for all farmed prawns by 2035, and to ending eyestalk ablation across its supply chain by 2030. The commitment applies to all Aldi Süd markets worldwide, including Europe, the USA and Australia.

With Aldi Süd‘s announcement, every one of the eleven major UK supermarkets has now set a time-bound commitment on prawn welfare. What began with Waitrose, M&S and Tesco has become a new baseline across UK grocery — though the timelines for full implementation vary significantly, with some retailers targeting 2026 and Aldi Süd’s global pledge extending to 2035.

Why Prawns

Prawns are the most consumed farmed animal in the UK — over 1.2 billion individuals sold each year, more than chickens. Research from the London School of Economics and the University of Stirling has established that prawns are sentient and capable of feeling pain. The UK government recognized crustaceans as sentient beings under the Animal Welfare (Sentience) Act 2022.

Two standard industry practices have come under particular scrutiny. In prawn hatcheries, breeding females routinely have one eyestalk cut off while alive to stimulate egg production. At slaughter, prawns are immersed in ice-water baths — a method that research suggests often fails to render them unconscious, leaving animals to suffocate over prolonged periods. Electrical stunning offers an alternative: it renders prawns unconscious within seconds, and the equipment is commercially available and already being rolled out across UK supply chains.

***Aldi*: From Holdout to the Broadest Commitment**

Aldi Süd was the last of the eleven major UK supermarkets to set a timeline. But the scope of its pledge goes well beyond the UK: it is the first retailer to commit across all its global markets in a single announcement. Aldi Süd has also committed to annual public progress reporting on its transition.

That distinction matters because prawn welfare commitments have so far largely been a market-by-market affair. Lidl, for instance — also a German-headquartered discounter with global operations — has so far only committed to introducing electrical stunning for prawns sold in Great Britain. It has not set a timeline for its operations in Germany, France or elsewhere in Europe. Aldi Süd’s global approach sets a different precedent.

Concern for Prawn Welfare Rapidly Growing

In mid-2024, not a single major UK supermarket had a firm timeline on prawn stunning methods. The commitments then came in quick succession:

2024: Tesco, Sainsbury’s, M&S, Ocado.
2025: Waitrose, Co-op, Morrisons, Iceland.
2026: Asda, Lidl GB, Aldi Süd.

Several retailers are already implementing changes. Lidl GB reports its core own-brand range has been ablation-free since January 2026. Ocado has reported completing its transition to electrical stunning. The momentum has also spread internationally, with Jumbo in the Netherlands and Intermarché in France committing in 2025.

“With Aldi Süd’s commitment, every major UK supermarket has now drawn a line on prawn welfare. We believe the global scale of this pledge will make effective electrical stunning the norm well beyond Europe”, Jonas Becker, Head of Invertebrate Welfare, International Council for Animal Welfare.

Background

In late 2025, the International Council for Animal Welfare (ICAW) published an investigation into conditions on prawn farms linked to Aldi’s supply chain. The investigation was shared widely and reached hundreds of thousands of people. ICAW organized protests at Aldi‘s UK headquarters in Atherstone and its German headquarters in Essen.

Aldi had previously acknowledged that electrical stunning is considered best practice for prawns but had not committed to a timeline.

Aldi South policy in verbatim (Fish and Seafood Factsheet, page 8): The ALDI SOUTH Group is investing in an industry-led research project to assess the effectiveness of electrical stunning and other potentially higher-welfare methods for warm-water shrimp. This project will conclude in 2028, and from this date ALDI will start transitioning to electrical stunning or other measures confirmed by the study for its own-brand warm-water shrimp, with the aim of completion by 2035. We are committed to transparently report annually on the implementation status of preslaughter stunning methods from 2028 onwards.

https://sustainability.aldisouthgroup.com/files/fish-and-seafood-factsheet

About ICAW

The International Council for Animal Welfare is a registered nonprofit born from a coalition of animal welfare advocacy professionals from around the globe, uniting decades of expertise to reduce as much animal suffering as possible.

(Photo by CSIRO, CC BY 3.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=35474696)

Unlocking Innovation: Powering Shrimp Performance with Plant Sterols

Edusehat — Sun, 12 Apr 2026 02:15:12 +0700

By ADM

Shrimp farming has grown rapidly over the past three decades, helping meet rising global demand for seafood. But this growth has also increased pressure on marine resources traditionally used in aquaculture feeds, including fishmeal and fish oil. Key opportunities to promote farmer efficiencies and environmental stewardship include development of innovative ingredients that deliver higher nutritional value while addressing possible environmental and animal health challenges. For shrimp, in particular, one nutrient has posed a unique challenge: cholesterol.

Cholesterol plays a vital role in maintaining cell structure, aiding fat digestion and serving as the building block for key hormones that regulate development. Without enough cholesterol, shrimp can experience poor growth, molting problems and reduced reproductive performance.

Traditionally, shrimp diets have relied on marine-derived ingredients or purified cholesterol concentrates to meet this requirement. However, these ingredients often come with higher costs, sustainability concerns and supply chain constraints, which has prompted the industry to explore alternative options.

ADM‘s Plant Sterols AN offers an innovative, science-backed approach for tackling the cholesterol challenge in shrimp feeds. Plant sterols are naturally occurring compounds found in plants that are structurally similar to cholesterol. In a recent study, ADM researchers evaluated whether plant sterols could effectively replace animal-derived cholesterol in Pacific whiteleg shrimp diets. In a 62-day feeding study, shrimp were fed one of three diets: a basal diet with no added sterols, a diet supplemented with cholesterol, or a diet supplemented with Plant Sterols AN.

The results were clear and easy to interpret. Shrimp receiving either cholesterol or Plant Sterols AN showed significantly greater weight gain and improved feed utilization compared to shrimp fed the non-supplemented diet. Importantly, there were no significant differences in growth performance between the cholesterol and plant sterol groups. In addition, shrimp fed Plant Sterols AN had similar cholesterol levels in their hepatopancreas – a key metabolic organ – as those fed purified cholesterol. Collectively, the data indicates that plant sterols can effectively fulfill cholesterol-related functions in shrimp to support healthy development.

Recently presented at one of the largest aquaculture conferences and tradeshows globally¹, results from the ADM study reinforce other scientific findings showing plant sterols offer an economical and sustainable alternative to cholesterol in shrimp diets. Because plant sterol concentrates are significantly cheaper than cholesterol concentrates, integrating them into low-cholesterol formulations reduces production costs by improving shrimp growth and feed efficiency. As the industry shifts toward plant-based ingredients to address cost and overfishing, plant sterols provide a critical safeguard against cholesterol deficiency in shrimp. Moreover, Plant Sterols are a side-stream from ADM‘s vitamin E production, helping us as a company reduce waste in our production.

By enabling formulators to reduce reliance on marine animal-derived cholesterol sources without compromising shrimp performance, Plant Sterols AN represents a practical step forward. ADM helps producers with a next generation approach that elevates animal well-being, optimizes nutrient utilization to reduce losses and helps drive profitability, all while supporting the continued growth of sustainable aquaculture worldwide.

¹Grayson et al. Utilization of a phytosterols concentrate in practical diets for Pacific whiteleg shrimp. Aquaculture America, Las Vegas, NV, February 16-19th, 2026.

Disclaimer: Not all products are available in all regions. ADM makes no representation or warranty, whether expressed or implied, as to the reliability, or completeness of the information. The uses and claims should be adapted to comply with the current local/regional regulatory environment. This information does not imply any express recommendations for the cure, mitigation, treatment or prevention of disease.

Onda and Innovafeed Announce Promising Results From Trials Using Insect-Based Ingredients in Salmon Nutrition

Edusehat — Sun, 12 Apr 2026 02:15:05 +0700

By Onda and Innovafeed

Preliminary research demonstrates antibacterial potential and strong growth performance in Atlantic salmon

Innovafeed, a global leader in insect-based ingredients (Black Soldier Fly – Hermetia illucens), and Onda, the world’s largest independent aquatic contract research organization, today announced promising results from two collaborative trials evaluating the performance and functional benefits of insect-based ingredients in aquaculture nutrition.

The trials, conducted at Onda’s world-class aquaculture research facilities in Prince Edward Island, assessed the potential of Black Soldier Fly Larvae Meal to support fish health and performance in Atlantic salmon diets.

**Promising In-Vitro Antibacterial Activity**

Initial in-vitro analyses conducted by Onda demonstrated antibacterial activity associated with Innovafeed’s Black Soldier Fly Larvae Meal (Hilucia for Aqua). The study evaluated the inhibitory effect of its hydrosoluble fraction against several aquatic pathogens commonly responsible for disease outbreaks in aquaculture.

Results showed growth inhibition against four gram-negative bacteria of major relevance for aquaculture health management: Aeromonas salmonicida, Flavobacterium psychrophilum, Vibrio anguillarum, and Photobacterium damselae. For further technical details on the methodology and results, please refer to our white paper available on our Hilucia Aquaculture page: https://innovafeed.com/en/hilucia-aquaculture/.

These results build on previous studies that have demonstrated antimicrobial activity of Black Soldier Fly Larvae against a broader range of aquatic pathogens.

The antibacterial potential of Hilucia for Aqua is believed to be linked to antimicrobial peptides naturally produced by Black Soldier Fly Larvae (Hermetia illucens). These bioactive molecules are part of the insect’s innate immune system and are known to interact with microbial cell membranes, inhibiting growth or causing pathogen death.

Given the growing challenge of bacterial diseases and antimicrobial resistance in aquaculture, these findings highlight the potential of insect-derived ingredients not only as sustainable protein sources but also as functional feed ingredients capable of supporting fish immunity and helping reduce reliance on antibiotics.

Strong Growth Performance in Salmon Trials

A second trial at Onda evaluated the use of Innovafeed’s BSFL meal as an appetite and performance booster in grower Atlantic salmon.

Throughout the 84-day trial, the Hilucia for Aqua-fed group grew from around 300 to 800 g, and achieved a perfect 100% survival rate. Results showed increased feed intake with a dose-response pattern to Hilucia inclusion rate, associated with a strong growth performance, with statistically increased growth rate and improved feed efficiency demonstrating the BSFL meal’s potential to enter grower salmon’s diets while boosting fish farming performance.

The trial also included a seawater stress test, assessing fish resilience during a critical stage of the salmon production cycle. While results are still being analyzed, this work reflects the continued efforts of Onda and Innovafeed to demonstrate the functional potential of insect-derived ingredients in aquaculture nutrition.

These results further support the use of insect-derived ingredients as both nutritionally effective and functionally beneficial components of aquaculture feeds.

Advancing Innovation in Aquaculture Nutrition

“Working with innovative partners like Innovafeed allows us to further develop our testing platforms and explore solutions that can transform aquaculture,” said Dr. Fabio Zanuzzo, Director of Aquatic Research at Onda. “Our integrated, and tailor-made research approach enables us to fully evaluate and maximize the value of our clients’ products, generating precise and actionable insights for the aquaculture industry.”

“This collaboration has been both highly effective and very promising. The scientific foundation and expertise of Onda‘s teams bring significant value to our work, and the results generated provide further evidence of the functional potential of insect-based ingredients for aquaculture nutrition” said Marine Bezagu Phd, Head of Product Development on Aquaculture at Innovafeed.

Additional trials, including in-vivo studies, will further evaluate the potential of insect-derived functional ingredients to support fish health and disease resilience in commercial aquaculture production.

About Onda

Onda is a contract research organization specializing in aquaculture research and trials. Onda offers bespoke bench top and in-tank trials and challenges for a variety of species at both our Souris & Victoria, PEI locations, presenting our clients with custom-made solutions to the challenges they are facing with best-in-class industry expertise and experience.

Onda holds a variety of certifications including, GLP, GMP, ACQ3 & ACQ2, integrating our customized service offering with the highest quality of work. Quality, consistency, and reliability are traits that we at Onda pride ourselves in each interaction with our clients. From idea to solution, Onda provides expertise, guidance, and navigation during the product development process.

www.onda.ca

About Innovafeed

Innovafeed is a global AgTech pioneer (B Corp, Next 40, Impact 40, World’s GreenTech Company 2025), specialized in producing insects (Black Soldier Fly – Hermetia illucens) for animal and plant nutrition. As one of the world’s foremost insect producers, Innovafeed develops cutting-edge technologies that replicate nature’s resource conversion processes at industrial scale.

By recreating a circular, zero-waste food chain in which insects reclaim their natural role in the ecosystem, the company contributes to building a more sustainable, resilient, and efficient agri-food system. www.innovafeed.com

The Norwegian Company Akvaplan-niva Completes a Pilot Project That Offers Hope for Successful Sex Sorting of Farmed Cod

Edusehat — Sat, 11 Apr 2026 22:40:06 +0700

• In collaboration with Aqua Kompetanse, KIME Akva and Greenfox Marine.

• It is an important step toward greater sustainability in the species farming.

• The technology for sex-sorting fish uses ultrasound in combination with AI.

The Norwegian company Akvaplan-niva, in collaboration with Aqua Kompetanse, KIME Akva, and Greenfox Marine, has now completed a pilot project that offers hope for successful sex sorting of farmed cod. The pilot project, conducted at the Rubbestad smolt facility, investigated when cod are large enough to be sexed. The goal is to ensure a robust data foundation to enable the launch of commercial sex sorting by 2027.

From September 2025 to February 2026, researchers monitored cod from the two fish groups representing Norway’s two most important cod lines: cod from the breeding programs of Nofima and Havlandet. The results show that the cod’s gonads are sufficiently developed for visual sex identification with 90% certainty when the fish weighs 200 grams.

Visual assessment using ultrasound could distinguish between female fish and “non-female fish” at 200 grams. The researchers recommend that, for the best possible image quality, feeding the fish should be avoided for two days prior to the examination.

“This could be the solution to one of the industry’s biggest challenges. Early sexual maturation and spawning in pens are detrimental to both wild cod, the welfare of farmed cod, and production profitability,” says project manager at Akvaplan-niva, Lauris Boissonnot.

Significant Morphological Differences

Cod farming faces a critical challenge: spawning in pens, which threatens both the environment and production. Separating male and female fish into separate pens could be a solution, but how can this be done effectively and reliably? Now, the groundbreaking pilot project offers hope for successful sex sorting of farmed cod.

Now, the researchers discovered significant morphological differences in the shape of the egg sacs between the two fish groups. In the Nofima Group, the egg sacs were round and compact, while in the Havlandet Group they were slender, elongated, and resembled undifferentiated gonads.

The causes of this variation have not been identified, but there may be several genetic and environmental factors that could explain it. However, gonad morphology — that is, the shape of the gonads — was homogeneous within each fish group. This suggests that factors influence gonad morphology at the group level.

To better understand the extent of and causes for the differences in gonadal morphology, further studies of additional fish groups from both strains are necessary. If the researchers also find these differences in other fish groups, this may mean that the technology must be adapted for each individual fish group. Further follow-up by the team will clarify whether this is a general trend or not.

Originally Designed to Sort Farmed Salmon

The technology for sex-sorting fish using ultrasound in combination with AI, developed by Greenfox Marine, was originally designed to sort farmed salmon. Salmon and cod have different body shapes and gonad locations, and therefore the equipment used for data collection to train the AI models is not adapted for cod. Technology providers are now working closely with researchers and fish farmers to optimize equipment and methods.

The completed pilot project, funded by Forregion Troms, has established a scientific foundation for the further development of automated sex sorting of farmed cod. A consortium consisting of fish farmers, R&D institutions, and technology suppliers is now working to establish an R&D project to ensure reliable sex sorting of juvenile cod and to study the effects of sex sorting on spawning, welfare, and performance. If such a project is successful, it will bring us one step closer to success in cod farming.

Presenting research at PEAK? Boost its visibility with Modern Poultry

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Apr 2026 21:15:04 +0700

Companies presenting research at the PEAK Conference in Minneapolis can publish abstracts and posters in Modern Poultry, a popular news website focused on live production.

Earlier this year Modern Poultry introduced a new editorial section called Abstracts & Posters specifically for showcasing industry research.

“When your research is published in Modern Poultry, it’s more accessible to industry influencers and decision-makers,” says Carly Feeks, publisher of Modern Poultry.

To help drive traffic to company abstracts, Modern Poultry features Abstracts & Posters content in its newsletter and on its robust LinkedIn platform, which has nearly 12,000 followers and the highest engagement rate of all poultry media.

For more information about this sponsored content opportunity, email Modern Poultry.

The post Presenting research at PEAK? Boost its visibility with Modern Poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Sustainable Livestock Intergroup on reducing emissions in monogastric livestock farming with circular feed and feed additives

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Apr 2026 17:35:10 +0700

On 30 April, the European Parliament Sustainable Livestock Intergroup holds an event “How can circular feed and feed additives be deployed to reduce emissions in monogastric livestock farming?”. The event (11h-12h30) takes place in the European Parliament in Strasbourg, and can also be followed online. The registration link is available on the website of the Sustainable Livestock Intergroup.

Programme

I. Welcome Speeches

MEP Benoît Cassart
MEP Maria Grapini
MEP Alexander Bernhuber

II. Opening: What are the expectations of the EU Livestock strategy on the decarbonisation of livestock farming?

Brigitte Misonne (DG AGRI)

III. What are key drivers and examples of reducing carbon emissions through animal feed formulation?

Christine Parry – (Global Feed LCA Institute) The importance of high-quality datasets on the environmental impacts of animal feed ingredients
Prof. Jan Værum Nørgaard – (Aarhus University) Using feed additives to enable lower nitrogen and phosphorus excretion
Sigrid Pauwelyn – (TROTEC) Former foodstuff processing as an example of ‘circular feed’ to reduce GHG emissions related to feed production

IV. Exchange of views with MEPs

The upcoming EU Livestock Strategy highlights the need for livestock farming to contribute its fair share to the decarbonisation of the EU economy. Previously, the Sustainable Livestock Intergroup addressed the ambitions of reducing direct on-farm emissions, such as methane from enteric fermentation in cattle. For monogastrics like pigs and poultry, the production and sourcing of animal feed are the key determinants of the overall carbon footprint of livestock systems, and therefore the key focus to drive decarbonisation.

Improvements in data development on feed ingredients are a key essential first step to reliably assess where the pressure points lie, to subsequently enable innovation in animal feed formulation for carbon footprint reduction purposes. An increased use of circular feed ingredients is a key strategy in this regard, as it makes use of resources which are not cultivated with a dedicated purpose of being used as animal feed.

This Intergroup session will provide insights into these issues and showcase the main drivers and practical examples for reducing carbon emissions in livestock farming through more sustainable animal feed formulation.

The Sustainable Livestock Intergroup was established at the start of the current European Parliament’s mandate and officially launched in early 2025. Its first co-chairs, who are also the key supporters of the initiative, are MEPs Alexander Bernhuber (AT, EPP), Maria Grapini (RO, S&D), and Benoît Cassart (BE, Renew). The Intergroup aims to provide a platform for Members of the European Parliament to discuss both the diversity of existing farming practices and emerging methods and technologies that support and improve animal farming systems. It also seeks to develop informative tools to raise awareness about food production. By taking a holistic approach, the Intergroup will enable MEPs to better assess and balance both the benefits and challenges of the sector. This will help depolarise current debates and pave the way for realistic, science-based/sustainable solutions in animal farming—including enhanced animal welfare.

Source: FEFAC press release

Antonin Bonneau Appointed as President of Aviagen Asia to Drive Strategic Growth

Edusehat — Fri, 10 Apr 2026 14:15:04 +0700

Aviagen^® welcomes Antonin Bonneau as its new President of Asia, effective April 11, 2026. His appointment supports Aviagen’s continued growth in the region and reflects the company’s focus on providing responsive, local support to customers across Asia.In his new role, Antonin will lead Aviagen’s activities across Asia, working with regional teams and customers while drawing on the company’s global experience and expertise.

Leadership aligned with long-term direction

“Antonin brings a strong combination of strategic insight and practical experience,” said Aviagen CEO Jan Henriksen. “His understanding of Asia’s poultry markets and production realities positions him well to lead our business in the region. I am confident that his vision and commitment to sustainable growth will support our customers and help guide our future in Asia.”Antonin highlighted the importance of collaboration with teams and customers across the region. “Asia brings many different poultry production models and expectations,” he said. “I look forward to working with our teams and customers to support their goals and continue breeding success together.”

Proven leadership with deep regional experience

Antonin brings more than 24 years of international leadership experience across Asia, with a strong understanding of diverse poultry markets and customer needs. Known for his entrepreneurial approach, he has driven business growth through strategic planning, practical execution, and the leadership of cross-functional teams in multicultural environments.He joins Aviagen from Ceva Animal Health, where he spent 13 years in senior leadership roles, including Country Manager for Vietnam, Cambodia, and China, followed by Asia-Pacific Vice-President.Antonin holds a Master’s in Business Administration and a Master’s in Agribusiness.

Supporting a diverse and dynamic region

Across Asia, poultry production and consumption vary widely, shaped by local markets, climates, and customer priorities. Aviagen’s multi-brand approach — with Arbor Acres^® , Indian River^® and Ross^® lines of premier breeding stock — is designed to reflect this diversity, helping customers select solutions suited to their markets.

Antonin will deepen the focus on supporting customers with breeding strategies that align with their day-to-day production needs and long-term objectives, while promoting strong animal welfare outcomes alongside performance. By linking global research closely with regional teams and farm-level application, and by strengthening regional supply networks, Aviagen aims to help customers build resilient poultry production operations that contribute to food security and shared success across the region.

The challenge for agri-tech: Finding the ‘sweet spot’ to achieve poultry welfare and efficiency

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Apr 2026 23:45:07 +0700

By Marian Stamp Dawkins, FRS CBE
University of Oxford, UK

Does improving poultry welfare result in a cost to farmers, or is it the key to healthier and more profitable farming?

Better welfare can lead to production advantages such as reduced mortality, less disease and lower medication use. There are also hidden advantages that are more difficult to quantify, such as greater staff satisfaction and the ability to reassure customers about the welfare standards being achieved.

The cost of welfare

But improving poultry welfare is not without expense. For example, welfare improvements like bales and perches cost money. Additionally, they can be difficult to clean, take up floor space and get in the way of inspection and clearance. Reducing stocking density or using slower-growing breeds are even clearer examples of welfare improvements that can prove seriously uneconomic. Welfare may be a desirable goal, but someone has to pay for it.

With the new agri-tech equipment now available, financial questions have become even more pressing. There is potential for a range of benefits, from reduced labor costs and improved production efficiency to higher animal welfare standards. Cameras, sound, motion and detectors that record all aspects of an animal’s health and behavior are presented as “must-haves” for today’s farmers.

But are they really a must-have? A 2024 McKinsey report based on farmers’ views of agri-tech identified several reasons why farmers remain cautious about adopting smart-farming equipment. Difficulty of installation and challenges with use were mentioned as obstacles. But by far the most important reason was that many farmers are not yet convinced they will obtain a financial return on the considerable investment often involved.

Fulfilled potential?

A weakness of agri-tech is that it promises much but has not yet demonstrated sufficient returns on investment, at least not enough to convince many farmers. This weakness is made worse when agri-tech’s main or only selling point is that it improves animal welfare. It follows that if agri-tech aimed at improving chicken welfare is to be widely adopted by the poultry industry, there needs to be much better evidence that it not only improves chicken welfare but also offers real financial advantages.

The bottom line for all agri-tech is that it improves efficiency. The bottom line for welfare-related agri-tech is that it improves poultry welfare and efficiency.

The real test of the economic and welfare value of new smart-farming technology will come when it is widely used, and everyone can see its advantages and disadvantages in the real world. But in the meantime — when understandable caution stands in the way of its widespread use — there is much more that academic researchers, equipment sellers and producers themselves can do together to demonstrate the links between improved chicken welfare and increased profitability.

Testing the technology

Small-scale pen trials are, of course, an essential first stage in the development of any new technology. They establish its potential and identify what needs to be developed next.

But what works for a few tens or hundreds of chickens in a carefully controlled environment does not necessarily translate into what happens when many thousands of birds are reared on commercial farms. Not only environmental but also financial conditions are completely different, meaning that both welfare and efficiency outcomes may also be quite different.

It follows that for farmers to be convinced of the value of new technology, there must be more farm-scale trials that demonstrate its value, not just to the animals and their welfare but also to the farm balance sheet.

For example, a major problem with adopting welfare-related technology is that many farmers are suspicious of any suggested changes that involve the birds becoming active and performing more of their natural behavior — the very features that are often used to define “good welfare.” More active birds eat more, and because feed is the largest single factor in broiler production, farmers are justifiably wary of anything that increases how much birds eat. Only data collected from commercial broiler farms can show whether their suspicions are justified.

Collecting data

As one of the participants in the Foundation for Food & Agriculture Research SMART Broiler program, we recently took a step toward doing this. We used smart cameras to measure the activity levels of 34 flocks of broilers on a commercial farm throughout their lives. We correlated this with one of the most important measures of production efficiency: feed-conversion ratio (FCR). We found that on several measures of “activity,” the most active flocks also delivered the lowest FCR.

Our suggested explanation is that the most active flocks had lower mortality levels, and that their improved FCR was due to their greater liveability. The less active flocks may have eaten less, but they also seemed to have a higher mortality risk, so everything they ate would be wasted.

There were many limitations to this study. First, it was correlational, and it is well known that correlation is not causation. Also, the study was conducted on one breed (Cobb) on a farm with a range of lighting regimes (gradient, natural, overhead, etc.), which is likely to have altered the birds’ activity.

So, it does not follow that whenever broiler activity increases, FCR will decrease. And it certainly does not entitle us to conclude that all welfare improvements — however caused and with whatever management procedures are in place — will be associated with an increase in production efficiency.

But what it does show is that increased activity and better FCR are not necessarily the incompatible goals they might seem. There can be “sweet spots” where both can be achieved at once. Agri-tech can help us identify combinations of enrichments and management that enable us to find these sweet spots but only if it is sufficiently deployed on commercial farms where the full economic costs and benefits can be evaluated.

The study results mentioned in this article have been published in Poultry Science. Access the paper here.

Editor’s note: The views expressed in this article are solely those of the author.

The post The challenge for agri-tech: Finding the ‘sweet spot’ to achieve poultry welfare and efficiency appeared first on Modern Poultry.

EU poultry sector outlook to 2035: production, consumption and trade trends

Edusehat — Thu, 09 Apr 2026 20:05:10 +0700

According to the EU Agricultural Outlook 2025-2035, poultry and eggs are the only meat sectors in the European Union projected to expand in both production and consumption over the coming decade, despite persistent uncertainty linked to animal disease outbreaks and geopolitical factors.

Poultry meat production

In 2025, EU poultry meat production is estimated to continue increasing slightly compared with 2024, supported by solid consumer demand and favourable feed cost and output price conditions. Over the period to 2035, EU poultry production is projected to rise by 965,000 tonnes, corresponding to an average annual growth rate of +0.7%.

The report notes that future production growth may be uneven across regions, as stricter environmental legislation and the transition towards more sustainable production systems could limit expansion in certain Member States. In addition, unlike previous years, highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) is expected to remain present throughout the year rather than as a seasonal phenomenon, posing an ongoing challenge for the poultry sector.

Figure 1 – EU poultry meat market balance (million t)
Note: Production corresponds to gross indigenous production.

Poultry consumption

EU poultry consumption is expected to continue increasing between 2025 and 2035. Per capita poultry consumption is projected to rise from 15.1 kg per year (2023–2025 average) to 16.5 kg per year by 2035. The outlook attributes this increase to consumer preferences for poultry as a convenient, affordable and widely perceived healthy protein source, as well as higher demand from food service and food processing sectors.

At the same time, overall EU meat consumption is projected to decline marginally over the outlook period, with a continued shift away from beef and pigmeat towards poultry.

Imports

To meet rising demand, EU poultry meat imports are projected to increase by +1.1% per year, reaching approximately 955,000 tonnes by 2035. Imports are supported by relatively higher poultry prices in the EU compared with world markets. In 2025, increased imports from Brazil, the United Kingdom and Thailand were already observed.

Figure 2 – World poultry meat imports (million t)
Source: DG Agriculture and Rural Development, based on OECD-FAO Outlook.
Note: Middle East includes Egypt.

Exports

Global import demand for poultry meat is expected to increase by 2.5 million tonnes by 2035, driven mainly by growth in the Middle East, Africa and Asia. Following a period of decline, EU poultry exports are projected to regain momentum, growing at an average rate of +0.8% per year to reach more than 2.1 million tonnes by 2035.

Exports to the United Kingdom are expected to remain strong, while shipments to Africa, Asia and the Middle East are projected to increase. However, the EU’s share of global poultry exports is expected to remain broadly stable at around 12.5%, as competition from lower-cost producers such as Brazil, the United States, Thailand and Ukraine intensifies.

Figure 3 – World poultry meat exports (million t)
Source: DG Agriculture and Rural Development, based on OECD-FAO Outlook.

Prices

EU poultry prices reached historically high levels in 2025. The average EU price for chicken broiler carcasses exceeded EUR 3,000 per tonne for the first time, reflecting tight supply and strong demand. Over the longer term, EU poultry prices are projected to increase gradually to around EUR 2,850 per tonne by 2035, in line with sustained EU demand and developments on world markets.

Egg Sector Outlook

Egg production

Between 2015 and 2025, EU egg production grew by an average of +0.8% per year. Over the 2025–2035 outlook period, egg production is projected to continue increasing, but at a slower average annual rate of +0.5%.

This moderation reflects forecasts of declining population growth and potential supply challenges linked to HPAI. Productivity gains in the egg sector may come from automation, digitalisation and genetic progress, including improvements in laying persistence and hen longevity. However, these gains could be partly offset in the short term by the implementation of animal welfare policies and the gradual phase-out of the killing of day-old male chicks, with in-ovo sexing increasingly adopted as a welfare-friendly alternative rather than as a practice being discontinued.

Figure 4 – EU egg market balance (million t)
Note: the market balance contains only eggs for consumption.

Egg consumption

EU per capita egg consumption is projected to grow by +0.5% per year, reaching 14 kg per capita by 2035. Consumption trends are driven by the ease of preparation of eggs, their role as a relatively affordable source of protein, increased health awareness among consumers, and an ageing population, as older consumers tend to consume more eggs.

Demand from the egg processing industry is also expected to remain strong, particularly for eggs used as ingredients in bakery products, desserts, sauces and ice cream. With rising incomes, demand for organic and free-range eggs is projected to increase.

Figure 5 – EU per capita egg consumption

Egg imports

Due to the perishability of eggs, the EU sources most imports from neighbouring countries, mainly Ukraine and the United Kingdom. Over the past three years, imports from Ukraine increased significantly, accounting for around 60% of total EU egg imports in 2023 and 2024. EU egg imports are projected to grow by +2.7% per year over the coming decade, assuming imports from Ukraine remain at levels similar to those observed in 2025.

Egg exports

Global egg consumption is expected to grow by 13% between 2025 and 2035, particularly in India and emerging markets in South-East Asia such as Vietnam and Indonesia. While global egg trade remains limited—representing around 1.5% of total global production due to transport costs, perishability and HPAI restrictions—the expansion of egg processing in emerging markets could support future trade opportunities.

In 2025, EU egg exports are expected to increase by +5% in volume compared with 2024. Over the longer term, EU egg exports are projected to grow by around +1.7% per year, supported by demand in neighbouring countries and exports of albumin, particularly to Japan.

Source

EC (2025), EU agricultural outlook, 2025-2035. European Commission, DG Agriculture and Rural Development, Brussels

Continuous monitoring and control of mycoplasma for sustainable poultry production

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Apr 2026 19:00:10 +0700

Mycoplasma gallisepticum (MG) and Mycoplasma synoviae (MS) remain persistent pathogens in poultry, causing respiratory disorders, synovitis, uneven growth, and reduced egg production. Determining the true source and timing of infection is critical for targeted interventions. Continuous monitoring using serology (ELISA) and molecular diagnostics (PCR and sequencing) enables differentiation between vertical transmission, hatchery contamination, and farm-level infection. Combining antibody kinetics and PCR results allows estimation of infection timing, improving decision-making for control measures. This article presents practical surveillance strategies, source analysis, and integrated control measures to sustain poultry production.

➤ Nader Rangsaz

Poultry Veterinarian (DVM), Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Islamic Azad University, Shahrekord, Iran, Member of the Young Researchers Club, n.rangsaz@gmail.com

Introduction

MG and MS infections remain major challenges in commercial poultry. The production pyramid from GGP to broilers creates multiple points of potential contamination. A positive test alone does not indicate the source or timing of infection. Understanding whether infection originates from:

upstream flocks (GGP/GP) > vertical transmission
hatchery contamination > during incubation or handling
farm-level infection > within the parent stock farm is essential for effective interventions, reducing unnecessary culling, and preserving production efficiency.

Economic impact in both breeders and broilers

MG and MS reduce growth rate, feed efficiency, egg production, and hatchability, leading to significant performance losses across the poultry industry. In broiler breeders, infection compromises reproductive efficiency, reduces egg quality, and lowers hatchability, while also producing weaker day-old chicks with reduced viability. These consequences not only decrease productivity but also may lead to trade restrictions, since certification programs often require Mycoplasma-free status. In broilers, infection is associated with airsacculitis, uneven growth, poor feed conversion, and higher carcass condemnations at processing plants. Although mortality may remain relatively low, the cumulative impact on flock uniformity and market weight is considerable. Importantly, co-infections with pathogens such as E. coli, Newcastle disease virus, or infectious bronchitis virus often exacerbate the clinical and economic effects of mycoplasmosis. Vertical transmission perpetuates infection down the production pyramid, while hatchery or farm-level contamination can trigger sporadic outbreaks. Therefore, accurate source tracking and infection timing estimation are crucial to minimize economic losses and to implement effective corrective measures.

Mycoplasma colonies

Table 1 – Recommended mycoplasma surveillance plan

Monitoring plan and source analysis across the production pyramid

Monitoring should cover all pyramid levels, with key periods at pre-vaccination, pre-transfer, and peak production. Serology (ELISA) identifies immune response, PCR detects the pathogen, and sequencing confirms strain identity to determine the true source.

A structured monitoring program must align with the expected antibody response after vaccination. In practice, blood samples collected at different ages help confirm maternal antibody transfer. Sampling at around three weeks of age provides baseline data to document the natural decline in maternal antibodies. Baseline testing at 10 weeks ensures that the flock remains negative, while an additional test at 15 weeks, before transfer to the production site, confirms the negative status prior to movement.

Table 2 – Source analysis of mycoplasma infection

With vaccination commonly performed at six weeks, marking the start of active immunity, post-vaccination monitoring at 21 weeks, prior to peak lay, is critical. Using ELISA, typical titers following MG F-strain vaccination range between 2,000–8,000, while ts-11 usually produces 1,000–3,000 (30–70% positives). For MS-H vaccine, mean titers are expected in the range of 500–3,000 without wild challenge. Any values significantly above these levels (e.g. >5,000–23,000 with 90–100% seropositive samples) strongly suggest field infection rather than vaccine response. Additional monitoring at 32 weeks (to detect breakthrough infections), 44 weeks (to evaluate vaccine duration), and 55 weeks (for end-of-lay cycle status) provides mid- and late-production surveillance, ensuring that no breakthrough infections occur. This approach allows managers to clearly separate normal vaccine serology from true Mycoplasma challenge and to implement corrective actions in time.

Structure of mycoplasma

Monitoring for antibodies must be carried out prior to vaccination with live vaccines.

Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays can be used to differentiate vaccinated flocks from those undergoing a challenge.

Table 3 – Interpretation of M. Gallisepticum ELISA titers 6-12 weeks post vaccination with live M. Gallisepticum vaccine*
*A titer of ≥ 668 is positive.

■ Table 4 – Interpretation M. Synoviae ELISA titers 6-12 weeks post vaccination with live M. Synoviae vaccine*
*A titer of ≥ 668 is positive.

Timing of infection using antibody kinetics

Key points

Maternal antibodies decline over time; a positive titer at day 1 reflects maternal transfer;
a rising titer after the decline indicates natural infection; the slope helps estimate infection timing;
comparison with vaccination differentiates vaccine response from natural infection;
serial sampling is required for precise estimation;
PCR confirmation supports timing estimate and identifies the strain.

Tracheal swab

Diagnostic approaches

ELISA: large-scale flock screening;
PCR: rapid detection and strain differentiation;
culture and immunofluorescence: gold standard, but it is costly and slow (up to 4 weeks), typically reserved for certification and research.

At least two independent positive results are recommended for confirmation; titers > 1:80 (or kit cut-off) indicate infection.

Control and prevention

Elimination: cull positive breeders to prevent vertical spread;
vaccination: live (F, 6/85, TS-11, and MS-H) or inactivated vaccines; PCR differentiates vaccine from field strains;
antibiotics: mycoplasmas are generally susceptible to macrolides, tetracyclines, fluoroquinolones and the combination of lincomycin and spectinomycin to reduce clinical signs;
biosecurity and sourcing: hygiene, audits, certified Mycoplasma-free source;
continuous monitoring: ensures early detection and source identification.

Serology – ELISA

Conclusion

Identifying the true source and approximate timing of infection is critical. Combining ELISA kinetics, PCR, sequencing, clinical observation, and necropsy allows differentiation between vertical, hatchery, and farm-level infection. Accurate source and timing identification prevent unnecessary culling, focuses interventions, and improves flock sustainability.

MG and MS threaten flock health and productivity. Continuous monitoring, molecular and serological diagnostics, biosecurity, and vaccination are essential. Source identification and timing estimation enable targeted control, reducing economic losses and sustaining poultry production.

References

Achari, R., & Morrow, C. (2018). Diminishing Control of Avian Mycoplasmas. Association of Avian Health Professionals, India.

BioChek. (s.d.). Live Mycoplasma Vaccines and the Use of Monitoring: Interpretation of BioChek MG ELISA titers 6–12 weeks post vaccination with Live MG vaccines. BioChek Application PDF.

Ferguson-Noel, N. (2014). Control of Avian Mycoplasmosis. The Poultry Informed Professional, University of Georgia.

Kleven, S.H. (2000). Mycoplasma Update. The Poultry Informed Professional, University of Georgia.

Morrow, C.J. (2017). Practical Mycoplasma Control for Poultry Production in Asia. International Production Poultry, 25(1), 35–37.

Rosales, A.G. (2019). Mycoplasmosis Prevention and Control in Broiler Breeders and Broilers. Aviagen.

The Saudi Industrial Investment Group and Unibio to build the world’s largest single-cell protein plant in Saudi Arabia

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Apr 2026 15:35:07 +0700

The Saudi Industrial Investment Group (“SIIG”), a prominent investor/operator in the chemical industry in Saudi Arabia, and Unibio International PLC (“Unibio”), a leading biofermentation company, will build the world’s largest single-cell protein plant in Saudi Arabia in an 80:20 (SIIG:Unibio) joint venture to feed the world’s growing population and improve food security.

Unibio welcomed SIIG as an investor in 2023. Since then, the partners have made significant progress preparing to build the world’s largest single-cell protein plant in Saudi Arabia based on Unibio’s patented vertical loop bioreactor technology. With its abundance of natural gas, Saudi Arabia is an ideal location to use Unibio’s unique fermentation technology to produce single-cell protein – Uniprotein® – with natural gas as feedstock. As part of Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030, Saudi Arabia is looking to diversify its economy and create dynamic opportunities for its citizens through education, entrepreneurship and innovation. Unibio’s transformational technology and SIIG’s strategic aspirations mark a significant milestone by bringing the most sophisticated industrial fermentation to the Kingdom.

The plant will be located in Al Jubail and will produce an initial 50,000 tonnes of Uniprotein® annually with plans to increase to over 300,000 tonnes in the coming years. The plant aims to reduce Saudi Arabia’s dependency on animal feed imports. The Uniprotein® produced is expected to be sold both domestically and internationally.

‍Gas turned into feed‍

The plant will use Unibio’s proprietary vertical loop bioreactor technology, a continuous-flow fermentation process that replicates nature in converting methane into Uniprotein®, a high-quality and sustainable single-cell protein for animal feed.

Uniprotein® has been tested successfully in various animal species. Non-GMO, free from pesticides, and fully traceable, it is approved for aquaculture in Saudi Arabia, for feed in the EU and has additional registrations globally.

The front-end engineering design (FEED) was completed last year, and construction of the plant is anticipated to commence in the second half of 2026, with commercialisation expected to start in 2028. This facility will be the largest single-cell protein facility ever built in the world. A gas allocation for the plant has been received from Saudi Ministry of Energy, and a site has been nominated by the Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu. The project has also received strong support from a number of related Saudi Government entities.

The Joint Venture agreement follows a US$ 70 million investment in Unibio from SIIG in 2023. SIIG’s strategy to grow and diversify its business – will be accelerated by its investment in Unibio.

‍Commenting on the JV, David Henstrom, CEO of Unibio said:

“The world needs innovators who collectively want to find a solution to providing food stability for future generations. We believe that our fermentation technology, which incorporates the most efficient reactor of its kind in gas fermentation, is ideal for Saudi Arabia. We are delighted to join with SIIG as a JV partner to bring industrial scale fermentation to the Kingdom and look forward to working together to address an authentic problem – how to feed a growing population with minimal impact on the planet”.

‍Mr. Abdulrahman Alismail of Saudi Industrial Investment Group, added:

“We are excited to work on developing this project alongside our partner Unibio, and look forward to bringing sustainable protein production to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, our region, and the rest of the world. We see this as a strategic investment for our company and the long-term growth in shareholder value. Using Unibio’s technology, we aim to make Saudi Arabia the leader in single-cell protein production and improve food security for both Saudi Arabia and the world’s growing population”.

For more information, visit www.unibio.dk

Poultry By-Product Meal for Atlantic Salmon: Growth,Welfare, and Fillet Quality in Commercial Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Apr 2026 08:40:05 +0700

By Aquaculture Magazine Editorial Team

Poultry by-product meal is high in protein and has a similar amino acid profile to fish meal. It also lacks any known anti-nutritional factors, making it a promising ingredient for carnivorous fish diets. This article summarizes the results of a study that evaluated the impact of including it in seawater growth diets on the quality of the pellets, the growth and welfare of the Atlantic salmon, and the quality of the fillets.

Global aquaculture production has tripled over the last two decades and continues to rise, with fed aquaculture now outpacing non-fed species (Food and Agriculture Organization [FAO], 2022). Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar), the most farmed marine fish species (FAO, 2024), requires high-quality protein in its diet (National Research Council, 2011). Fishmeal has been increasingly replaced by plant-based proteins such as soy protein concentrate, but this shift poses challenges. Antinutritional factors in plants can negatively impact fish growth and health and heavy reliance on highquality plant proteins contributes to feed-food competition.

Therefore, alternative protein sources that are nutritionally sound, environmentally friendly, and support a circular bioeconomy are needed. A circular bioeconomy approach promotes nutrient recovery by using existing resources like by-products, which improves sustainability in aquaculture. In the European Union (EU), self-sufficiency in highprotein materials such as soybean meal remains low at around 28%. Animal by-products represent an underutilized yet promising circular protein source.

Up to 48% of slaughtered animal weight is not used for human consumption, yielding over 20 million tons annually in the EU (European Commission, 2024). Category 3 animal by-products ─ low risk materials ─ can legally be used in aquaculture feeds since the 2013 lifting of the EU ban (Resolution 56/2013), which had been imposed in 2001 due to bovine spongiform encephalopathy.

Poultry by-product meal (PBM) is a category 3 product widely available in Europe. PBM is rich in protein, has an amino acid profile similar to fishmeal, and lacks known antinutritional factors, making it a promising ingredient for carnivorous fish diets. While small-scale studies show PBM supports salmonid growth, largescale trials reflecting commercial farming conditions are limited.

Additionally, physical pellet quality is crucial, as poor-quality leads to feed waste and higher costs. Fillet quality — key to market value ─ is another vital factor. Thus, this study evaluates the impact of 0%, 5% and 10% PMB inclusion in seawater grow-out diets on pellet quality, growth, welfare, and fillet quality in Atlantic salmon.

Poultry by-product meal (PBM) is high in protein and has a similar amino acid profile to fishmeal. It also lacks any known anti-nutritional factors, making it a promising ingredient for carnivorous fish diets like Atlantic salmon.

Materials and Methods

PBM was produced by BHJ A/S (Gråsten Denmark) from category 3 poultry by-products (bones, skins, viscera) sourced from Norway, Sweden, and Denmark. Following EU Regulation 1069/2009, raw material was minced (<30 mm), heated to ≥70°C for 20 min, then sterilized at 100°C for 60 min.

Aller Aqua A/S produced three isoenergetic, isolipidic, isonitrogenous diets with 0% (control), 5%, and 10% PBM in 6 mm and 9 mm pellet sizes. Diets met nutritional requirements for Atlantic salmon (National Research Council, 2011), with PBM replacing other protein sources.

Results

Pellet quality

The pellet quality analysis revealed high physical pellet quality for all diets with small numerical differences between the diets. Pellet length was significantly shorter for the 5% diet compared to the other two (p = 0.001). There was a significant reduction in expansion between each of the three diets (p = 0.0001), and the reduction was larger for the 5% PBM diet than the 10% diet.

Fish health and growth performance

Fish health was regularly evaluated by external fish health biologists throughout the experimental period. A larger proportion than normally expected had jaw and spine deformities. The deformities were found equally in all dietary groups and were not related to the experimental diets. Otherwise, the fish were of good condition and fish health was evaluated as good.

Fish in all cages had three thermic delousing treatments (31 – 32◦C), and two of the cages fed 0% PBM needed a fourth treatment at the end of the experiment due to higher lice numbers. Growth performance results showed no differences between the dietary groups for initial and final weight, mortality, feed conversion ratio or specific growth rate (Table 1).

Welfare parameters

External and internal welfare parameters demonstrate good welfare for all dietary groups. Fish fed 5% PBM had a significantly higher condition factor (p = 0.0007) compared to the control group. Fish fed 10% PBM had a lower ulcer score (p = 0.03) and darker liver color (p = 0.02) compared to the control group fed 0% PBM, yet the differences between the dietary groups were numerically small. No fish in the 10% group had ulcers, 6/30 fish had ulcers in the control group and 2/30 in the 5% group. Scores for scale loss, skin bleeding, cataract, opercula deformities, viscerosomatic index, visceral fat and heart surface fat were comparable between the groups.

Product quality

Product quality results are summarized in Table 2, and similar results were found for the three dietary groups. No differences were detected in fillet color or pigment concentration, except for a modest but significant difference in the anterior Salmo- Fan measurement between the control and 5% PBM (control: 25.0 vs. 5% 24.4, p = 0.03). The chemical analysis of the fillets revealed a significant increase in dry matter content between the control group and the two PBM groups, and a significant difference in total fat between the control group and the 5% PBM group.

Histology

Samples collected before exposure to experimental diets, showed no differences between dietary groups. Inflammation scores increased throughout the experimental period with comparable scores between dietary groups (Figure 1). At the 8-month sampling, fish fed 0% PBM had a significantly higher inflammation score compared to fish fed 5% PBM (p = 0006), but compared to fish fed 10% PBM, there were no significant differences.

Replacing conventional protein with PBM supports a circular economy by transforming low-value by-products into high-quality food. Moderate inclusion of up to 10% is a suitable protein source for Atlantic salmon farmed under commercial-like conditions.

Discussion

This study aimed to evaluate the impact of poultry by-product meal (PBM) inclusion in diets for Atlantic salmon (S. salar) under commercial- like field conditions. PBM, a high-protein alternative derived from poultry processing showed comparable results across all groups (0%, 5%, 10% inclusion) for growth performance, welfare scores, gut histology, and product quality.

Previous studies found no negative effects of PBM on growth up to 28% inclusion (Hatlen et al., 2015). In this trial, deformities observed in all groups were likely due to early-life phosphorus deficiency, not diet. The 5% PBM group showed higher condition factor and fillet fat content, likely from higher final weights, though this did not translate to higher yield. Ulcer presence, a welfare concern in Norwegian salmon farming, was lowest in the 10% PMB group but differences may be confounded by delousing treatments, known to increase and handling.

A circular bioeconomy approach promotes nutrient recovery by using existing resources likeby-products, which improves sustainability in aquaculture

Overall, 83% of fish were graded as “superior,” with no significant differences among groups. Relative filled fat was higher in the 5% group, but fatty acid composition remained unchanged, likely due to PBM’s low lipid content (7.9%) and consistent use of fish oil and rapeseed oil across diets. Fishmeal inclusion decreased slightly with increased PBM, but did not affect fatty acid profile.

Pigmentation, critical for market value, was unaffected despite slightly lower astaxanthin levels in the 0% PBM group. Filled color depends not only on pigment concentration but also on stress and postmortem changes (Heia et al., 2009).

PBM inclusion had no negative effects on fillet texture or gaping. Histological analysis showed no significant impact of PBM on inflammation, vacuolization, or ectopic goblet cells in the distal intestine. While PBM could reduce reliance on plant proteins and associated antinutritional factors, inflammation severity increased with inclusion, suggesting other causes.

Despite limited use in the EU, PBM is widely accepted elsewhere. Barriers in the EU include low consumer acceptance, supply variability, and competition from the pet food sector. Further research is needed to define optimal inclusion levels and assess long-term sustainability and economic impacts.

Product quality results were comparable across all dietary groups, with no diflerences detected in fillet color or texture. Overall, 83% of fish were graded as ‘superior,’ regardless of the level of poultry by-product meal inclusion.

Conclusion

The present study demonstrated that PBM can replace 10% of conventional protein ingredients in diets for Atlantic salmon, without adverse effects on physical pellet quality, growth performance, welfare, distal intestine histology or product quality. Thus, we conclude that moderate inclusions of PBM of up to 10% is a suitable protein source in diets for Atlantic salmon farmed under commercial-like conditions during the grow-out phase in seawater. Additionally, the inclusion of PBM in salmon feed contributes to circular economy by transforming lowvalue by-products into high-quality food and may enhance sustainability of the aquaculture sector.

This is a summarized version developed by the editorial team of Aquaculture Magazine based on the review article titled “POULTRY BY-PRODUCT MEAL IN DIETS FOR FARMED ATLANTIC SALMON SUPPORTS HIGH GROWTH PERFORMANCE, FISH WELFARE AND FILLET QUALITY UNDER COMMERCIAL-LIKE FIELD CONDITIONS” developed by: HAUG EIDE, L – Eide Family AS, Eikelandsosen and Norwegian University of Life Sciences; FORMANOWICZ, J., RØSVIK, M., DJORDJEVIC, B., and ØVERLAND, M. – Norwegian University of Life Sciences; KUIPER, R. and BENDIK DALE, O. – Norwegian Veterinary Institute. The original article was published, including tables and figures, on MAY, 2025, through AQUACULTURE REPORTS. The full version can be accessed online through this link: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aqrep.2025.102843

Refresh & Renew Your Catnip Toys: A Step‑by‑Step Illustrated Guide

Edusehat — Wed, 08 Apr 2026 05:15:05 +0700

Is your cat losing interest in their favourite catnip toys? Over time, catnip loses its potency, and toys can wear down. Our DIY catnip toy refresh guide shows you step by step how to renew catnip toys, bringing back that irresistible scent your cat loves. With our helpful illustrations, even beginners can extend the life of their cat’s favourite playthings.

Why Refresh Catnip Toys?

Cats rely on play for mental stimulation, exercise, and stress relief. But when catnip toys lose their scent or get worn out, your kitty may get bored. By learning how to refresh catnip toys, you can:

Increase your cat’s engagement and playtime
Support healthy activity and enrichment
Save money by extending the life of existing toys

How to Renew Catnip Toys: DIY Tips to Keep Cats Entertained

With this DIY catnip toy renewal guide, your cat will stay entertained, active, and happy—all while saving you money and keeping your home playful.

Step‑by‑Step DIY Catnip Toy Refresh

Open or Repair – Unzip refillable toys or patch up stuffed ones.
Clean and Revive – Lightly clean toys to remove dust or debris that dulls the aroma.
Get Fresh Catnip – Purchase high-quality catnip for maximum effect.
Restuff refillable toys with catnip.
Fill a glass jar with catnip. Add the toys, close the lid, and let marinate.
Use a Catnip Spray (Optional) – Re-energize cat play areas (scratcher, towers) with a catnip spray.

Pro Tips for Long-Lasting Catnip Fun

Store toys in airtight containers to preserve scent.
Rotate toys regularly to prevent boredom.
Refresh only as needed to maintain catnip’s appeal.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Refresh & Renew Your Catnip Toys: A Step‑by‑Step Illustrated Guide appeared first on Modern Cat.

Fairchild: Consider the complexity of lighting and its impact on poultry health

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 21:35:06 +0700

Optimizing poultry health and performance requires navigating a wide range of variables, including chick quality, nutrition, biosecurity and management of the poultry house environment.

“At the end of the day, we try to provide an optimal environment for birds so that energy from their food and water goes toward growth and development,” said Brian Fairchild, PhD, professor and Extension poultry specialist at the University of Georgia. And lighting in the houses plays an important role.

He explained that energy is used in three ways: growth and development, maintenance, and to overcome stressors. Bird activity increases with light intensity and birds eat and drink when the lights are on. But Fairchild noted, “Raising poultry isn’t all about growth, even in the first 7 to 10 days.”

Giving birds time to mature and develop strong skeletal, digestive, thermoregulation and immune systems is just as important and, possibly, more important than prioritizing growth during the first week, he explained.

However, lighting not only influences birds’ behavior but also affects their physiology. Additionally, lighting is even more complex because the hours of light, as well as intensity and spectrum, impact poultry.

“It’s not all about what the eyes can see,” Fairchild pointed out. For example, red and orange light between 2,700 and 3,000 Kelvin has longer wavelengths that penetrate birds’ feathers, skin and skull, stimulating the extra-retinal receptors, which research has shown to promote sexual development.

Day length influences poultry’s daily rhythms, hormonal concentrations, reproduction and immune system. “In near continuous or continuous light, stress hormones and plasma corticosteroids increase, and melatonin decreases.”

Dark period’s importance

Fairchild’s research has highlighted the importance of a continuous dark period of 4 to 6 hours, which interestingly coincides with peak melatonin production. Melatonin, although not often discussed, plays a key role in behavior, thermoregulation and the health of the cardiovascular, excretory, immune and reproductive systems.

Typically, chicks are introduced into poultry houses that are illuminated continuously for the first 7 to 10 days. Although this method encourages bird activity and may contribute to chicks finding food and water sources, it doesn’t necessarily lead to heavier birds at harvest.

Fairchild found that birds exposed to a dark period from day 1 were slightly behind control birds in weight at 7 days of age but they quickly caught up by 10 days of age. In pen trials, birds actually weighed more at 10 days through 5 weeks of age. “Older birds, around 48 days old, didn’t exhibit a weight difference when housed with between 17 and 20 hours of light, but they didn’t perform as well in environments with continuous light,” he stated.

“Based on research conducted in Canada, the feed-conversation sweet spot is about 20 hours of light and 4 hours of darkness,” he said. However, for birds raised to 7-9 weeks of age, 6 hours of darkness has been shown to be similar in performance to 4 hours of darkness.

Fairchild prefers uniform lighting in houses during brooding and wants to see birds distributed evenly. He also likes to see birds up and moving when the lights are on, but said light intensity doesn’t impact performance once the birds locate food and water resources, depending on the design of the light system. Specifically, he noted that lowering light intensity to 5 lux doesn’t have a negative impact on bird performance.

Water consumption to monitor lighting

It is well documented that consumption rises when lights turn on, then occurs at a steady rate throughout the day and increases again before the lights turn off.

Because feed consumption is directly linked to water consumption but can be difficult to measure, the UGA Poultry Housing lab uses water consumption to monitor house lighting. He suggested using at least two water meters, one at the front of the house and one at the back, to alert producers to lighting inconsistencies.

For example, in one study, the birds on one farm were drinking more water at the back of the house. This inconsistency was due to the birds responding to light coming in through the fans lining the back wall. Adjusting the lighting to make it more consistent throughout the house remedied the situation and resulted in a more uniform flock.

Continuous lighting impacts

“Continuous lighting may have a negative impact on poultry health,” Fairchild said.

In another study, birds from day 1 housed in continuous light were compared to birds housed with 6 hours of continuous darkness. All the houses in this study experienced deaths related to inclusion body hepatitis. However, in houses with the dark period, there were fewer lame birds, less mortality and no significant difference in weight gain or feed conversion.

“Although several factors may have come together to result in healthier birds, it is interesting that birds with higher melatonin levels experienced less lameness and mortality,” Fairchild commented.

He prefers lighting changes to be instantaneous rather than adjusted gradually over multiple days. “Any lighting changes will require a 2- to 3-day period for the birds to adjust to a new schedule.

A dark period from placement may lead to better health

“Research has shown no downside to incorporating a dark period from day 1, but increased stress levels with continuous light have been documented,” Fairchild commented. Although it may not be observed in every flock, a dark period could lead to improvements in overall bird health. He believes that producers willing to experiment with an alternative to continuous lighting of houses for the first several days might see advantages.

“Producers should think about the potential benefits of offering birds a dark period starting on the day of placement,” Fairchild noted.

The post Fairchild: Consider the complexity of lighting and its impact on poultry health appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Artemis and the moon

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 18:15:05 +0700

Good news about Artemis II and the Orion crew and their fantastic loop around the moon. They are on the way back, having been further than any human has before. They recorded their observations as they went around the dark side, and took a lot of photos.

Space travel shows us truths about ourselves on this planet. Look, we are small and those astronauts are so very brave. I look forward to all the space photos that we have not seen in decades and new ones besides.

While governments and their leaders down here seem to be hellbent on ruining the planet we live on and destroying places we call home, the space flight reminds us of how beautiful and fragile it all is. Our blue and green lovely home. We should be working on keeping it safe and secure, not wrecking it. Let’s face it, if we can have whale populations rebounding after many years of hunting them, then perhaps other areas of our globe can be improved as well, with some work.

I also enjoy the songs the astronauts are woken up to every day. This morning it was a voice note from the late Jim Lovell of Apollo 13, passing on the torch to the current crew, whereas on day four it was Chappell Roan’s Pink Pony Club.

Meanwhile, the giant that is India in dairy and most other human endeavours is waking up too, with the news that Amul has passed one trillion rupees in turnover, with its 1.6 million farmers (as if Estonia decided to have every one of its inhabitants be a dairy farmer, and add in Iceland as well). The second White Revolution is underway in India, and as Amul starts an export push to markets in the US and elsewhere, it shall be of interest to see how this affects the global markets.

The post Artemis and the moon appeared first on Dairy Industries International.

How to correctly load incubators with eggs from different flocks

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 17:55:09 +0700

Incubators are ideally loaded with eggs from one single flock that have all been stored for the same period of time. In modern, large-scale hatcheries, however, egg batch mixing is often inevitable. This article explains how to load incubators with eggs from different flocks and, at the same time, minimize losses in hatchability and chick uniformity.

Temperature and embryo development

Temperature differences in the incubator contribute to a wider hatch window and, consequently, negatively affect hatch results. When the eggshell temperature is maintained at approximately 100 °F (37.8 °C), the embryos will develop at the ideal rate, resulting in the chicks hatching at around 21 days. If the temperature deviates from that ideal situation, it will impact the rate of embryonic development and hatching time. Therefore, by keeping the difference between the highest and lowest temperatures inside the incubator as small as possible, the highest percentage of healthy, uniform day-old chicks can be reached.

Each incubator is different

Each incubator manufacturer has its own way of monitoring and regulating the micro-environment around the eggs in setters and hatchers. Everything depends on the machine layout and design in relation to heating and cooling patterns and airflow dynamics. In Petersime incubators, an optimal spiral airflow distribution is guaranteed (Figure 1). The setter’s and hatcher’s central mixing fan ensures that the airflow is the same on the left and right side of the fan. This means the cooling, heating and ventilation conditions are perfectly mirrored in each incubator.

Figure 1 – Petersime single-stage incubator with central mixing fan and spiral airflow distribution

Loading eggs from different flocks

Hatchery staff should ideally load the setters with eggs from one single flock that have all been stored for the same period of time. Those eggs will have about the same size and produce about the same amount of heat at about the same moment in time. However, if not enough eggs from the same source are available to fill a setter, egg batch mixing will be unavoidable.

To prevent that egg batch mixing leads to uneven temperatures inside the machine and, consequently, results in a wide hatch window and poor chick uniformity, using the technique of balanced loading to achieve optimal thermal uniformity is important.

Thermally balanced loading

Balanced loading is all about setting a mix of eggs with different backgrounds while taking into account their level of heat production and the point in time at which that heat is produced, along with the airflow distribution and location of the cooling elements inside the setter. There are three factors to consider: flock fertility, flock age and storage time. Based on those factors, three general rules of thumb are:

An egg mass from a “prime” flock with high fertility (between 30 and 44 weeks of age) will produce more heat than an egg mass from a low fertility flock.
Large eggs (from older flocks) contain yolk that has a higher energy value, causing the embryos to grow more, which produces more heat.
Eggs that have been stored for a longer period of time will produce heat at a later point than eggs that have been stored only a short time.

When taking these rules of thumb into account, the following general setter loading scheme can be drawn:

Positions A: highest fertility, oldest (large egg) flock, shortest storage time
Positions B: lowest fertility, youngest (small egg) flock, longest storage time
Positions C: middle fertility, middle-aged flock, middle storage time

Important note: setter trolleys equipped with Petersime’s OvoScan™ technology are always loaded with eggs with medium heat production and are positioned near the left wall of the setter (see Figure 2: 3 OvoScan™ sensors, position C on the left).

Figure 2 – Correct setter loading pattern according to differences in heat production

Some further points of attention are:

Generally, it is advised not to exceed more than 10 weeks of difference in flock age, 7 days of difference in storage time and 10% difference in fertility.
Never start an incubation cycle when the machine is not fully loaded. If you do, any measures taken regarding balanced loading will be ineffective.

Following the above guidelines will result in an optimal heat balance distribution of the eggs in the setter.

Transfer from setter to hatcher

Correctly loading the hatcher starts where it ends for the setter: at transfer. During the hatching process, the embryos undergo the most critical biological transitions (internal pipping, external pipping and shell emergence), which demands very specific environmental conditions. By loading the hatchers with eggs that are as uniform as possible, each hatcher can use a specific incubation profile according to the heat production of the eggs inside and the embryos’ needs.

As one single hatcher should ideally be loaded with uniform eggs, they should all come from the same specific positions in the balanced loaded setter. The example below (Figure 3) shows how to put that theory into practice, taking the example of transferring one setter of 12 trolleys to three hatchers of 4 trolleys each:

Hatcher 1: all eggs with medium heat production (positioned near the wall – 1a 1b 1c 1d)
Hatcher 2: all eggs with low heat production (positioned in the centre – 2a 2b 2c 2d)
Hatcher 3: all eggs with high heat production (positioned near the central mixing fan – 3a 3b 3c 3d)

Figure 3 – Example of transfer pattern for one setter of 12 trolleys to three hatchers of 4 trolleys each

The same principle applies for configurations of setters and hatchers with other capacities.

Optimal heat balance for optimal hatch results

Successful incubation depends on an optimal heat balance and, as such, the trolleys’ position inside the incubator. By keeping the difference between the highest and lowest temperatures inside the machine as small as possible, the highest percentage of healthy day-old chicks with high uniformity can be obtained.

The role of in ovo vaccination in developing robust immune responses in poultry

Edusehat — Tue, 07 Apr 2026 00:00:07 +0700

The health of chicks is the bedrock of successful poultry production, and evidence is growing to support the role of in ovo vaccination in bolstering early immunity against disease risks both broilers and layers face in the field.

Birds have both innate and adaptive immunity, helping them fight a wide range of pathogens that can circulate in production systems, even with strong biosecurity efforts. These can include respiratory viruses, bacteria and molds.

Innate vs. adaptive immunity

Innate immune responses are immediate and work in a similar way in any situation, using physical barriers, cellular components and chemical signaling processes. They are not specific to any antigen and pave the way for adaptive immunity.

“The innate immune response is very important because it allows birds to later develop effective adaptive immune responses,” Isabel Gimeno, PhD, DVM, from North Carolina State University, explained. “The adaptive response takes a bit longer, responds to specific antigens and has memory, so on repeated exposure to an antigen, the immune response becomes a lot stronger.”

Most of a chick’s immune system develops during incubation. Innate immune response components develop shortly after embryonation (around embryonation day [ED] 7-10). T cells, which coordinate the overall immune response, are present around ED 11. T cells are formed in the thymus, and as they mature, they migrate to the bird’s secondary lymphoid organs. Antibody-producing B cells, produced in the bursa, are present at around ED 12 and become functional by ED 18.

“At this point, the immune system is not functionally mature; it’s still quite rudimentary. There are a lot of things that need to develop later, but it does mean that we can vaccinate in ovo, because the key players are there to mount an immune response,” Gimeno said.

Early threats, long-term effects

Given that B cells take around 2 weeks to produce antibodies and 4 or 5 weeks to produce a full immune response, and T cell immunity takes 1 week after hatch and is optimal at around 6 weeks, there is a window where pathogens can inflict considerable damage on bird health and productivity.

Birds are exposed to pathogenic viruses from the first day of their lives, and when combined with management-related stressors, this can cause problems that persist over the life of flocks. Research has shown that early infection with viral conditions such as infectious bursal disease (IBD) or chicken anemia can wipe out immature B and T cells, leading to immunosuppression throughout the birds’ lives.¹

Tools for early protection

Added to the picture of innate and adaptive immunity is the role of maternal antibodies – chicks’ temporary, ‘borrowed’ immunity from the hens. Ensuring immunocompetence in the early stages of birds’ lives involves vaccination of both hens and embryonic chicks, Gimeno explained.

“For IBD, you vaccinate the hens and you also vaccinate the chick embryos. This way, you get a balanced transition between the time when maternal antibodies go down and the time you see an active immune response because of the vaccine you put in the progeny,” she said.

Vaccination stimulates both innate and adaptive immunity at hatch.² The vaccine options for producers looking to tackle IBD in the face of maternal antibodies are recombinant HVT products, which use a harmless vector to deliver IBD virus genes, or immune complex vaccines, which carry live virus mixed with neutralizing antibodies. For Marek’s disease, developing active immunity as early as possible is even more crucial because the virus associated with the condition infects birds very early.

In ovo vaccination brings early advantage

Considerable research has demonstrated the positive impact of in ovo vaccination on birds’ responses to pathogens. This, along with the practical advantage of making it possible to vaccinate many birds at once, has paved the way for its adoption by most of the US broiler industry. In the case of Marek’s disease, in ovo interventions mean birds develop an immune response 3 days before they hatch, offering a “head start” on the virus.³ But the advantages don’t stop there.

Work from Gimeno’s research group has shown that vaccinating with HVT vaccines in ovo also speeds up the maturation of birds’ immune systems,⁴ to the point that at the time of hatch, a chick can mount an immune response like a bird that is 2 weeks old. Genetic differences between birds in production mean that in layers, humoral, innate and cellular immunity are activated, whereas in broilers, immune activation is mainly innate and cellular.

This accelerated maturation is linked to the “adjuvant” effect of HVT – its ability to not only protect against Marek’s disease but also to stimulate broader immune activation. For decades now, Gimeno’s lab has tried to optimize this effect of the vaccines, leading to the conclusion that HVT, when administered at the proper doses (not too high and not too low), results in a very strong activation of the innate and adaptive immune responses.

Even well-known vaccine adjuvants did not surpass the effect of HVT. While the addition of other Marek’s disease vaccine strains, including CVI988 and SB-1, did not have a negative effect, they did not increase the adjuvant effect of HVT. Gimeno reported that a novel chimeric vaccine (CVI-LTR) is the only vaccine that, when administered with HVT, results in an even stronger adjuvant effect than HVT alone.

How robust immunity boosts production

Early immunocompetence has lifelong benefits for birds in production, especially in an era of heavily reduced or even eradicated antibiotic use. Biosecurity and vaccination are the cornerstones for controlling disease throughout birds’ lives and ensuring they grow optimally, but for vaccination to succeed, robust innate immunity is essential.

Without this immunity, Gimeno said, responses to vaccines are likely to be poor, and attenuated live vaccines may even cause disease. The practical impact of this is that broilers will use a lot of energy fighting disease, which reduces growth, while for longer-living birds such as layers and breeders, a poor response to live vaccines early in life is likely to affect their response to inactivated vaccines later in their lives. This can have consequential effects for the progeny, which may end up with reduced maternal antibodies.

Thymus focus can advance understanding

Gimeno hopes that further research on this vaccine-induced immunocompetence, with a particular focus on what happens in the thymus of birds a few days after vaccination, will help support the development of more targeted and optimized products.

“Understanding the pathogenesis in the thymus and the early development of T cells is a critical point for both the maturation of the immune responses and for later protection,” she said.

“Most of the studies that you see use the spleen and not the thymus, simply because it’s easier. The thymus is a lot more complicated to work with, but we have to switch gears and focus on the thymus really early. It has the answer to a lot of the unknowns around vaccines and viruses, not just for Marek’s but for many other diseases.”

References

1 Sharma, J.M., Kim, I.J., Rautenschlein, S. and Yeh, H.Y., 2000. Infectious bursal disease virus of chickens: pathogenesis and immunosuppression. Developmental & Comparative Immunology, 24(2-3), pp.223-235.
2 Negash, T., Al‐Garib, S.O. and Gruys, E., 2004. Comparison of in ovo and post‐hatch vaccination with particular reference to infectious bursal disease. A review. Veterinary quarterly, 26(2), pp.76-87.
3 Boone, A.C., Gaghan, C., Fares, A., Browning, M., Cortes, A.L., Mohammed, J., Villalobos, T., Esandi, J., Kulkarni, R.R. and Gimeno, I.M., 2026. Ability to accelerate innate and cell-mediated immune responses in meat-type chickens by in ovo vaccination with monovalent and bivalent Marek’s disease vaccines. Vaccine, 69, p.128001.
4 Boone, A.C., Käser, T., Cortes, A.L., Kulkarni, R.R., de Juan Abad, B.A.L., Villalobos, T., Esandi, J., Perozo, F., Lemiere, S. and Gimeno, I.M., 2020. In ovo vaccination with herpesvirus of turkey enhances innate and cellular responses in meat-type chickens: Effect of vaccine dose and strain. Vaccine, 38(31), pp.4837-4845.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post The role of in ovo vaccination in developing robust immune responses in poultry appeared first on Modern Poultry.

On-farm hatching: an innovative early-feeding strategy that improves welfare and reduces antimicrobial use in a sustainable way

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Apr 2026 20:20:09 +0700

On-farm hatching is an innovative hatching technique that provides early feeding post hatch to newborn chicks. Several experimental studies and field trials show that flocks hatched on-farm have better intestinal health and health in general, resulting in fewer antibiotic treatments and better welfare.

➤ Hilde Van Meirhaeghe^1,2, Giuditta Tilli¹, Maarten De Gussem^1,2

¹Vetworks bvba, Knokstraat 38, Poeke B-9880, Belgium²Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University of Ghent, Salisburylaan 133, 9820, Merelbeke, Belgium

It is a challenge for the poultry industry today to meet consumer demands for more welfare and less antimicrobial use in a sustainable way with good return on investment (ROI) for the producers.

The main indications for antimicrobial use (AMU) in broilers occur during the first week of life, against bacterial translocation and septicemia (e.g., E. coli, Enterococci) and after three to four weeks for intestinal problems such as coccidiosis and dysbacteriosis (Joosten et al., 2019).

Why early feeding?

Hatching chicks in a hatchery was a great invention that made the expansion of the poultry industry possible. To do this successfully all chicks must hatch within a narrow hatch window, to avoid early-hatched chicks becoming dehydrated. After hatch, chicks need to be transported to the farm before they have access to feed and water. Nature has provided the chick with a reserve of nutrients inside the yolk sac for three days. Therefore, chicks will not starve if not fed, but they use all the energy, fat and protein from the yolk to survive. By providing early feeding, additional nutrients can be used to start early development, maturation and growth: chicks get a better start. Early feeding will enhance the development of intestines and the immune system. The intestinal villi have greater capacity to absorb nutrients. Early establishment of the intestinal microbiome and faster closure of tight junctions make a more functional gut barrier to avoid bacterial translocation. It seems controversial but with early feeding the yolk sac is reabsorbed faster, so maternal antibodies are more effective. Early feeding makes the metabolic level higher so chicks can keep up their body temperature.

To get most of the genetic potential in performance, intestinal health is very important. The effect of early feeding on performance is most significant in the first weeks (de Jong et al., 2020). Early feeding makes the intestinal tract better equipped to resist intestinal diseases like coccidiosis and dysbacteriosis, resulting in fewer wet litter problems and consequently fewer painful conditions like footpad dermatitis, hock burn and breast blisters.

Early feeding can be done pre- and post- hatch. Several experimental studies have shown benefits of in-ovo early feeding at transfer (Uni et al., 2005), but none of these studies resulted in practical applications until now. After hatching, early feeding can be done in the hatcher or by hatching the eggs on the farm. In this article we focus on the latter.

On-farm hatching

On-farm hatching is not only a system to deliver early feeding, but also to hatch chicks in a more comfortable environment with less stress. Eggs are incubated in the hatchery until transfer at D18. After candling, infertile eggs are removed, and instead of being placed in the hatcher are transported to the farm and placed in the house in trays or on the litter to hatch. Just as in the hatcher the environment in the house needs to be controlled and eggshell temperature is measured with ovoscans. The house is heated to 34 °C with floor and litter temperature 28 °C. About 50 g of feed per chick is put on paper close by where eggs are placed.

Examples of on-farm hatching eggs in a Belgian broiler farm

The chicks start hatching as from D19 until D21 like in the hatchery, but feed and water are immediately available, so no risk of dehydration of the early hatched chicks. Another advantage is that there is less stress for the chicks, no handling of the chicks and no transport. The infection pressure of pathogens and dust is lower in the house compared to the hatcher machine and less risk of cross-contamination. Challenges for the farmer are that it is more labor intensive: three days extra care, non-hatched eggs need to be removed, and non-viable chicks need to be selected in the first week. Empty eggshells can remain in the litter. Hatchability is comparable or even better than conventional hatching, taking into account selection of second grade chicks. The number of chicks is calculated at D7 based on number of eggs placed, removed non-hatched eggs and first week selection. Compared to conventional hatching, there is a higher cost for three days extra heating and if the farmer wants to do the same number of cycles per year, sanitary void is shorter.

Reduced antimicrobial use

A recent study (Jerab et al., 2023) compared antimicrobial use in flocks hatched conventionally and flocks hatched on farm. There was a reduction in the use of antimicrobials in on-farm hatched flocks, mainly because there was less AMU in first week and for locomotory problems (Enterococcus spp.) and fewer intestinal diseases. In the study 15% of all flocks were raised without antibiotics, 48% of these were on-farm hatched versus only 12% conventionally hatched.

What are the practical issues?

It is important that the climate in the house is well controlled, especially from ED18-ED21, just like in the hatchery eggshell temperature has to be monitored, so the farmer can adjust at all times.

Special attention is needed to clean the waterlines, because of high temperatures for three days the waterlines need to be flushed regularly.

Non hatched eggs can contain live embryos, so for welfare reasons they need to be removed and euthanized in a humane way. Depending on the system, this can be easier and faster if they remain in a tray, than if each egg has to be picked up manually.

Biosecurity risks need to be avoided: all equipment -trays, support system, robots used on different farms and going back to the hatchery have to be properly cleaned and disinfected.

Vaccination of the day-old chicks on farm can be challenging. Many vaccines (e.g. Newcastle disease, Gumboro, coccidiosis) can be administered in-ovo at transfer in the hatchery. Some vaccines (infectious bronchitis) need to be sprayed at the farm, with special spray machines that can reach more than 4 meters so the chicks can be reached from the side without walking through them.

Conclusions

On-farm hatching is an innovative technique to hatch chicks with less stress and reduced risk of infection. Chicks have immediate access to feed and water, this improves early development of a healthy gut and a strong immune system to resist diseases in general, so fewer antimicrobial treatments are needed.

On-farm hatching is a promising innovative strategy to improve welfare and performance and reduce antimicrobial use (Table 1).

Table 1 – Summary of pros and cons of on-farm hatching

Today on-farm hatching is mainly used in broilers, but maybe in the future, combined with early sexing techniques, it could also be used in layers and breeders.

Bibliography

Joosten, P., Timmerman, A., & Van den Broek, J. (2019). Quantitative and qualitative analysis of antimicrobial usage at farm and flock level on 181 broiler farms in nine European countries. Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy. https://doi.org/10.1093/jac/dky498

de Jong, I. C., van Riel, J. W., & van Krimpen, M. M. (2020). Effects of early feeding on broiler performance and gut health. Poultry Science, 99(7), 3456–3468. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psj.2020.06.052

Uni, Z., Ganot, S., & Sklan, D. (2005). In-ovo feeding improves early growth and gastrointestinal development in chicks. Poultry Science, 84(5), 764–770. https://doi.org/10.1093/ps/84.5.764

Jerab, J. C., Smith, L., & Kovac, M. (2023). Impact of on-farm hatching on antimicrobial use and broiler welfare. Animals, 13(32), 3270. https://doi.org/10.3390/ani13203270

Royal Agrifirm Group acquires Hamlet Protein, strengthening its global Specialties business

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Apr 2026 16:45:08 +0700

Royal Agrifirm Group has reached an agreement to acquire Hamlet Protein, a global leader in specialty soy-based protein ingredients for young animal nutrition. The transaction is expected to close in the coming weeks, subject to customary conditions.This acquisition is an important step in expanding the Specialties business of Royal Agrifirm Group, which provides high-value nutritional solutions and technical services to the feed industry. Its portfolio includes advanced premixes, concentrates, functional feed ingredients, farm minerals and young animal nutrition concepts that help feed manufacturers and integrators improve animal performance, consistency, and efficiency.

Hamlet Protein is widely recognized for its highly digestible soy-based ingredients that promote gut health and consistent early-life performance. Its patented technology ensures reliable and consistent quality, which is crucial for feed manufacturers. The company employs around 115 people and operates production facilities in Denmark and the United States and a sales office in China, serving customers worldwide.Integrating Hamlet Protein’s capabilities with Royal Agrifirm Group’s nutritional expertise and global network strengthens the combined offering for early-life nutrition. CEO Piet Hilarides said the acquisition aligns completely with the company’s mission, explaining that “Hamlet Protein’s proven technology strengthens our ability to help customers achieve optimal animal health and performance throughout the life cycle, driven by our shared focus on early feeding. This fits directly with our purpose of contributing to a responsible food chain for future generations.”

Hamlet Protein’s current owner, Altor, expressed confidence in the transition. Søren Johansen, Senior Partner at Altor, said the agreement places Hamlet Protein with the right long-term partner, stating that “Agrifirm’s focus on specialty nutrition, and its international presence create an excellent platform for Hamlet Protein to further scale its technology and impact.”For Royal Agrifirm Group’s Specialties business, the acquisition expands both technological capabilities and market relevance. Bas van Driel, Group Director Specialties, noted that “Hamlet Protein is a strong addition to our strategy of bringing differentiated, science-based concepts to our valued customers and partners in the feed industry worldwide. Their early-life protein solutions and know-how allow us to develop more integrated nutritional concepts that support customers in achieving consistent performance and improved feed efficiency.”

Hamlet Protein CEO Erik Visser highlighted the opportunity for growth and innovation, noting that “joining Royal Agrifirm Group allows us to accelerate our development, expand our global reach and continue delivering high-digestibility solutions that support young animal health. This step creates exciting new opportunities for both our customers and our employees.”After closing, Hamlet Protein will continue operating under its own name as part of Royal Agrifirm Group. Both organizations will work closely together to combine their capabilities and further strengthen differentiated nutritional concepts for their valued customers in the global feed industry.

About Hamlet Protein

Hamlet Protein is a global leader in high quality soy-based protein ingredients for piglets, poultry, pet and cattle feed. Since 1989, the company has focused on optimal nutrition during the earliest stages of life, which is essential for the health, welfare and performance of animals. Hamlet Protein has production plants in Denmark and the United States. The company serves customers around the world through a network of own sales offices and distributors. With scientifically supported solutions and worldwide collaborations, Hamlet Protein contributes to sustainable and profitable farming operations.

About Royal Agrifirm Group

With more than 3.000 dedicated employees driven to excel every day, Royal Agrifirm Group contributes to a responsible food chain for future generations. The company delivers measurable, relevant and sustainable value to farm, field and industry level. Founded over 130 years ago in the Netherlands, Royal Agrifirm Group is now a leading agricultural cooperative with an international network of subsidiaries within Europe, South America, USA and Asia and a worldwide distribution network.

www.agrifirm.com

Beyond the Label – Why Sourcing “Sustainable Seafood” Isn’t Enough

Edusehat — Mon, 06 Apr 2026 09:50:05 +0700

By Seafood Consumers Association

The Seafood Consumers Association (SCA) is calling for a fundamental reset of how “sustainability” is defined and awarded in the Australian seafood sector. Following a formal exchange with Simplot Australia regarding the Woolworths “Bricks” plastic toy promotion, the SCA has uncovered a significant “responsibility vacuum” in corporate marketing.

The Core Contradiction

In February 2026, the SCA queried Simplot and Woolworths on the alignment of their “Responsible Sourcing” claims with a campaign that distributed mass-produced plastic toys to children. While Simplot provided a constructive response admitting that environmental assessments for such promotions were “not part of our standard assessment,” Woolworths chose not to respond to consumer concerns.

Shortly after this exchange, both organizations were recognized with Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) Awards for their commitment to sustainable seafood.

SCA Interrogation of the Current System

The Marketing Blind Spot: Current sustainability awards focus strictly on biological catch methods but ignore the environmental impact of the plastic-heavy marketing used to sell those products.
A “Siloed” Approach: Simplot’s admission that they did not undertake a lifecycle assessment for the promotion reveals that “Ocean Stewardship” often ends at the processing plant or board room table, failing to reach the marketing department.
The Consumer Trust Gap: Australians are told to “look for the blue tick” for sustainability, yet that same tick is being used to drive the consumption of millions of additional plastic items—the very “enemy” of a healthy ocean. They even award organizations for this!

The SCA Call to Action

The SCA believes whilst this is a small “victory for transparency” it is only the beginning of a larger journey that must be taken. We are calling for:

Expanded Award Criteria: The Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) and other bodies must include “Total Marketing Integrity”, including fraud controls, as a prerequisite for any sustainability award.
Mandatory Impact Assessments: Major retailers and suppliers must commit to the same environmental rigor for their promotional campaigns as they do for their sourcing.
End to “Responsibility Deflection”: Producers can no longer claim a promotion is purely “retailer-led” to avoid accountability for the plastic footprint associated with their brands.

“We have written today to MSC about this and other issues. We are happy for this to be done transparently. The SCA is not adversarial; we are the voice of the person at the dinner plate,” says Roy Palmer, CEO of the SCA. “If an organization claims to protect our oceans, that protection must extend to the toys they promote to our children. You cannot save the fish with one hand while polluting their habitat with the other.”

Irbi and Innovafeed Join Forces to Create Frenchfly to Unlock the Final Scientific and Technological Barriers to Sustainable Insect Protein Production in France

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:45:16 +0700

By Innovafeed

An academic-industrial partnership supporting a French excellence sector, with the backing of Bpifrance and the “I-Démo” program.

A strategic project contributing to food sovereignty and green reindustrialization.

The FrenchFly project, led by IRBI and Innovafeed, aims to sustainably structure and strengthen the French Black Soldier Fly (BSF) sector by addressing the key scientific and technological challenges that still limit its large-scale industrial deployment.

At a time when food sovereignty, decarbonization, and industrial relocation have become national priorities, FrenchFly stands out as a strategic initiative for the future of sustainable proteins in France.

Addressing France’s Key Strategic Challenges

The FrenchFly consortium is built on an open, collaborative approach, fostering the sharing of scientific and technological advances for the benefit of the entire sector, notably through academic publications, specialized conferences, and the dissemination of results across European professional networks.

The insect sector indeed plays a key role in addressing several national priorities: food security and sovereignty, green reindustrialization, the creation of skilled industrial jobs across regions, and a significant contribution to the decarbonization of the agri-food industry.

In a context where some historical players in the sector are facing challenges, it is more important than ever to support structuring initiatives capable of completing the demonstration of the model and securing the future of this strategic industry for France.

A Unique Academic–Industrial Partnership

Innovafeed, now a global leader and a French industrial player capable of demonstrating a commercially viable model at scale, brings to the project its industrial deployment capabilities, operational expertise, and strategic vision for the sector.

Alongside it, IRBI, a leading research center in insect biology, provides a world-class scientific foundation to deepen the understanding of the Black Soldier Fly, optimize rearing conditions, assess its interactions with the environment, and strengthen the overall competitiveness of the sector through the generation of robust, open-access knowledge.

Christophe Bressac – Professor and Researcher in Biology and Ecology, University of Tours: “The biology of insects is fascinating: at IRBI, we study how they grow, reproduce, and interact with both their peers and their environment. Thanks to FrenchFly, the different levels of insect biology, from genome to populations, are being integrated into food systems. The synergy with Innovafeed will provide precise insights to optimize the life cycle of this new farmed species while minimizing its environmental footprint.”

Mathieu Vanderstraete– Director of Innovafeed’s Research Center in Gouzeaucourt: “This partnership between Innovafeed and IRBI is a major accelerator for the generation of scientific knowledge. The synergy between our respective areas of expertise enables us to broaden and deepen our understanding of Hermetia illucens biology, while promoting the sharing and valorization of this knowledge for the benefit of the entire insect industry ecosystem.”

About The Project

This project has been funded by the French government as part of the France 2030 investment plan.

About IRBI

IRBI (Institute for Research on Insect Biology) is a leading academic research center dedicated to the study of insect development, physiology, and interactions with their environment.

Affiliated with the University of Tours and the CNRS, IRBI conducts research at the heart of major environmental and societal challenges. Leveraging state-of-the-art infrastructure and recognized scientific expertise, IRBI contributes to the development of innovative solutions supporting agricultural and industrial sectors based on insect science. https://irbi.univ-tours.fr/

About Innovafeed

Innovafeed is a global AgTech pioneer (B Corp, Next 40, Impact 40, World’s GreenTech Company 2025), specializing in the production of insects (Hermetia illucens — Black Soldier Fly) for animal and plant nutrition. As one of the world’s leading insect producers, Innovafeed develops cutting-edge technologies to replicate, at industrial scale, the natural processes of resource conversion.

By recreating a circular food chain in which insects regain their natural role within the ecosystem, the company contributes to building a more sustainable, resilient, and efficient agri-food system. www.innovafeed.com

Growth Mapping Project from Ace Aquatec Shows Patterns of Success

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:45:11 +0700

By Ace Aquatec

**A pioneering project between Ace Aquatec and Hendrix Genetics is shifting the dial from mass fish monitoring to individualized growth strategies using AI driven biomass camera technology.**

Hendrix Genetics is using Ace Aquatec’s A-BIOMASS® system to identify spot patterns in fish ‘families’, meaning growth can be monitored over time rather than in one single snapshot.

Plotting patterns of growth in this way has allowed Hendrix Genetics to fully understand the conditions under which their stock grows best, for example, which fish grow most in summer and which see the most growth in colder months. They can then supply the best broodstock to their customers by matching the right fish to the right farms.

Gathering detailed patterns of growth among their stock has also meant Hendrix Genetics can optimize their feed strategy in line with peak growth periods, meaning fish receive optimal nutrition when they need it most to reach maturation. As well as the economic benefits of this approach, less feed waste means higher water quality and healthier fish.

Traditional manual sampling of fish growth can stress the animals which can impact growth. Using Ace Aquatec’s AI solution in this way provides long-term high-quality data without human intervention.

Stephen Tapping, Breeding Program Manager, Hendrix Genetics said: “We found that to create a more accurate picture of growth cycles within our stock we required more snapshots and better-quality images and to do that manually would cause unnecessary stress on the fish. Ace Aquatec’s camera has given us much more precise, individualized data collection of our fish’s growth, not just the biomass of the tank, how much feed we flow in, but in plotting the actual growth of the fish. This will ultimately benefit our customers by providing the best stock for their own farming practices.”

“Aquaculture has the potential to be one of the most efficient means of protein creation for a growing population and using AI driven technology in this way is the progression that the industry needs to achieve a sustainable and affordable source of food.”

Nathan Pyne-Carter, CEO of Ace Aquatec, said: “Our work with Hendrix Genetics has proven the application of biomass technology outside of simply monitoring the biomass of the tank. This project has shown us how data can influence everything from feed strategy to optimizing fish stock for the conditions they are to be farmed, as well as early disease detection.”

“The future of aquaculture is increasingly data driven and by working with partners like Hendrix Genetics, we are building a detailed picture to inform how fish production will look in the coming decades – one where seafood is providing an accessible, high welfare source of protein for the global population.”

About Ace Aquatec

Ace Aquatec is a cutting-edge aquaculture technology company focused on creating welfare-first products to make fish farming more efficient and sustainable.

Backed by bluegrowth fund Aqua-Spark, Chroma Ventures (who brought Minecraft to console), deeptech fund Earth Capital, Stolt Ventures and Scottish Enterprise, we are on a mission to accelerate global adoption of sustainable and welfare-focused aquaculture practices.For more information about Ace Aquatec, visit www.aceaquatec.com

Pure Salmon Japan Secures an Investment of Over USD 180 Million Led by Fortress Investment Group

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 08:45:06 +0700

The facility in construction is expected to be one of the most advanced land-based salmon farms in the world

Pure Salmon Japan -know before as Soul of Japan-, a portfolio company of 8F Asset Management (8F), just announced the successful closing of a preferred note investment of over USD 180 million, led by funds managed by affiliates of Fortress Investment Group with participation from Tor Investment Management, an existing investor in the project. The transaction completes the preferred note financing for the project and marks a significant milestone in the continued development of its land-based salmon farming facility in Japan, where construction is well underway.

“We are deeply encouraged by the dedication and conviction shown by our investors in supporting Pure Salmon Japan through this financing. Their commitment underscores the strategic importance of this project and the growing relevance of sustainable domestic seafood production in Japan. We are grateful for that support, and we remain fully focused on executing the project responsibly and successfully” said Erol Emed, CEO of Pure Salmon Japan.

Pure Salmon Japan is spearheading a state-of-the-art recirculating aquaculture system (RAS) facility designed to deliver high-quality, sustainable Atlantic salmon locally in Japan. With a target production of 10,000 tons, the facility will become the largest land-based salmon farm in the country.

The investment highlights Fortress’ support for the Pure Salmon Japan project, bringing substantial institutional capital and first-class regional expertise to advance the development of one of the most ambitious land-based aquaculture facilities in the world.

Focus on Enhancing Food Security

The project meets growing domestic demand for premium seafood while strengthening national food security and reducing reliance on imports through stable, locally produced supply of salmon. By leveraging advanced RAS technology, the facility ensures efficient, environmentally responsible production close to key consumption markets. The project aligns with Japan’s increasing policy focus on enhancing food security and promoting domestic seafood production through sustainable aquaculture solutions.

“We are very pleased to complete this financing and to partner with Fortress on Pure Salmon Japan,” said Pier Paolo Sfara, Chief Investment Officer at 8F Asset Management. “Fortress brings not only strong institutional capital but also deep experience investing across global markets, including Japan. Their involvement represents another important step forward for the project and reflects strong confidence in our platform. With construction well underway, we are focused on delivering a world-class facility for the Japanese market.”

Building a Network of Large-Scale, Land-Based Facilities

This financing will support the ongoing construction and development of the Pure Salmon Japan facility as it progresses toward operations. Once completed, the facility is expected to be one of the most advanced land-based salmon farms in the world, contributing to a more sustainable and resilient seafood supply chain in Japan. The company also expects to engage with a select group of long-term equity partners as the project continues to advance.

The transaction underscores continued institutional investor interest in sustainable aquaculture and the growing demand for locally produced protein in key global markets.

Located in Mie Prefecture

Pure Salmon Japan is part of the Pure Salmon platform developed by 8F Asset Management, focused on producing sustainable, high-quality Atlantic salmon through land-based recirculating aquaculture systems. The project is located in Mie Prefecture and is designed to supply fresh, locally produced salmon to the Japanese market.

“Pure Salmon Japan is a key project within our global Pure Salmon platform,” said Stephane Farouze, Founder and Chairman of 8F Asset Management and Pure Salmon. “We are building a network of large-scale, land-based aquaculture facilities to sustainably produce high-quality salmon close to end consumers. Japan is a strategically important market, and this project reflects our long-term commitment to developing resilient, local food production systems.”

8F Asset Management is a global investment group focused on sustainable food systems, with a particular emphasis on aquaculture and the development of scalable, environmentally responsible protein solutions.

Aqua-Spark Founders Break Silence on eFishery Fraud: A Call for Accountability and Industry Resilience

Edusehat — Sun, 05 Apr 2026 01:35:05 +0700

Amy Novogratz and Mike Velings publish their first public statement more than a year after discovering the Indonesian aquaculture startup had fabricated financial data for years, costing the Dutch impact fund approximately $250 million.

April 2026 | Aquaculture Magazine

More than a year after one of the most damaging fraud cases in the history of aquaculture investment came to light, the founders of Dutch impact fund Aqua-Spark have broken their silence. Amy Novogratz and Mike Velings submitted a public statement — their first — sharing their reflections on the eFishery scandal and its consequences for the fund, for investors, and for the broader aquaculture industry.

The Rise and Fall of Aquaculture’s First Unicorn.

Back in 2024, Bandung, Indonesia-based eFishery was heralded as the first aquaculture unicorn, with a $1.4 billion valuation and a blue-chip investor base that included SoftBank, Temasek, and Aqua-Spark. The company’s promise was compelling: connecting smallholder fish and shrimp farmers across Indonesia to markets, financing, and better inputs through a technology-driven platform.

Aqua-Spark had been one of eFishery’s earliest backers, leading its $550,000 seed round back in 2015 and reinvesting multiple times over the years. That early bet seemed to pay off spectacularly — until December 2024, when a whistleblower exposed what investigators would later confirm to be a years-long, systematic deception.

The inquiry found that eFishery had inflated its revenues by $600 million, maintained a dual set of financial books for years, and widely overstated how many smart fish feeders it had actually deployed. In 2024 alone, the company reported a $16 million profit when in reality it had suffered a $35 million loss. At least $300 million in investors’ money remains unaccounted for.

A $250 Million Wound

The financial fallout for Aqua-Spark was severe. The fraud cost the Dutch aquaculture investment fund roughly $250 million. The company’s collapse caused Aqua-Spark to mark down its own asset valuation by nearly half, to approximately $300 million.

But for Novogratz, the damage went beyond the balance sheet. In their statement, she described a deeper kind of loss: “Discovering that the people you had held up were not who you believed them to be is a different kind of wound.”

Confronting the Industry Consequences

Beyond the fund’s internal losses, Novogratz and Velings addressed the wider damage to aquaculture’s investment landscape. Part of what made eFishery’s rise so significant was what it was bringing into the sector — mainstream technology investors, large institutional funds, and capital that rarely finds its way into aquaculture. For a space that has long struggled to attract investors beyond dedicated impact funds, that crossover mattered enormously. It was evidence that this industry could compete for serious money on its own merits. When the fraud came to light, that pipeline didn’t just slow. It closed.

The founders acknowledged that rebuilding that confidence will be difficult. They are also conscious of the broader moment: “Trust and accountability already feel scarce. People are hedging. Institutions are retreating. We are not going to add to that.”

Confronting Their Own Assumptions

Rather than deflecting responsibility, the founders chose to interrogate their own processes. Over the past year, they have examined their own assumptions about how they assess founders, verify performance data, and uphold governance standards under pressure rather than just on paper.

Still, Aqua-Spark’s Chief Portfolio Officer Maria Velkova has noted that even after reviewing their due diligence procedures, the fund does not believe much could have been done differently — it was a very well-executed fraud, including a dedicated internal team whose sole purpose was maintaining a second set of books.

What Was Lost — and What Remains

Novogratz and Velings were careful to separate eFishery’s fraud from its underlying mission. They stated that eFishery did not need to go in this direction. It was a real company with real technology and a genuinely important vision — connecting smallholder fish farmers to markets, financing, and better inputs, and empowering them with the tools to lift their practices and their livelihoods. It should have become an enduring, impactful business. The tragedy is not just what was lost, but what was possible, and what was thrown away.

Despite the scale of the setback, Aqua-Spark’s investor base has remained committed. Velkova noted that the fund’s limited partners stood up and continued believing in the industry, even as broader worries emerged about a potential ripple effect across the sector.

A Sector That Must Not Retreat

The founders’ statement is ultimately a call to keep moving forward. The companies in Aqua-Spark’s portfolio that continued working through a year that shook the industry — through difficult capital markets and the weight of having the sector’s most visible name turn out to be a fraud — kept going. That, the founders argue, says something. The sector is chronically underfunded, not because the fundamentals aren’t strong, but because the attention hasn’t followed. eFishery briefly changed that. They cannot let its failure reverse it permanently.

The full statement by Amy Novogratz and Mike Velings was originally published on LinkedIn and cross-posted by ImpactAlpha.

Aquaculture Magazine covers the global aquaculture industry across species, technology, investment, and sustainability. For editorial inquiries, contact the editorial team at aquaculturemagazine.com.

India: A Sleeping Giant?

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 22:00:10 +0700

* By Stephen Newman, Ph.D.

I recently had the pleasure of being a guest speaker at Aqua India 2026 at the Radisson Blu Resort, Temple Bay, Mamallapuram. I want to thank the coordinators and the sponsors of the meeting for the opportunity and an educational and informative meeting. This was my first trip to India since April of 2017 and as is usually the case between lengthy visits, considerable changes were apparent.

The central theme of the meeting was “regroup, rethink and refocus”. The focus of the meeting was to some extent a result of recent tariff impositions. The US, a major market for value added shrimp produced by India, had enacted a punitive illegal (based on US law which charges the legislative branch with the function of setting tariffs and not the executive branch) excessively high tariff “purportedly” to manipulate India into ceasing its reliance on Russian oil imports.

Just in the last few days it was reduced to 15% from 50%. Domestic consumption of shrimp in India, for a number of reasons, is relatively low contrasted with the world’s second largest country by population, China. If domestic consumption could be increased, as with China, the demand would also increase offering a large potential internal market.

India’s shrimp farming industry stands as a ‘waking giant,’ producing over 1 million MTs in 2025. This article explores the strategic shift toward ‘regrouping and refocusing’ amid global trade tariffs. By analyzing the role of SPF broodstock, biosecurity regulations, and sustainable intensification, Stephen Newman highlights how India can leverage its vast network of small-scale farms to ensure long-term profitability and global market leadership.

Shrimp farming is big business in India. Table 1 highlights production in 2024 and 2025. India produced over 1 million MTs of farmed shrimp in 2025 of which 94% was the white shrimp, Litopenaeus vannamei also commonly known as Penaeus vannamei and the remainder, the tiger shrimp, P. monodon. The Coastal Aquaculture Authority (CAA) is responsible for regulating and promoting coastal aquaculture activities of shrimp hatcheries to ensure sustainable environmental and economic impacts.

Approximately 500 hatcheries are in operation for the production of L. vannamei and around 40 for P. monodon. In conjunction with the Marine Product Development Authority (MPEDA) the Central Institute of Brackish Water Aquaculture (ICARCIBA) regular inspections of farms ensure compliance with discharge permits and biosecurity regulations (the use of pond reared broodstock is prohibited). More than 130,000 ha of L. vannamei were under cultivation with an estimated total production of 1.2 million MTs in the 2024 to 2025 period.

Approximately 66,000 ha produced roughly 66,000 MTs of P. monodon during the same time period (MPEDA Annual report 2024- 2025). The total hectares under cultivation are slightly less than in Ecuador. The table below summarizes data presented at the meeting.

After the meeting we traveled to Gujarat state on the West Coast to visit a few shrimp farmers that are currently using our tableted probiotic to the exclusion of all other similar microbial products, PRO4000X, with excellent success. We were a bit early to see farms operating as stocking is seasonal, starting in late February. These were what would be considered to be larger farmers. Construction of new ponds was ongoing (Figures 1 and 2).

Ongoing expansion of Penaeus monodon farms.

Typical small dirt ponds in early stages of preparing for stocking.

Unlike Ecuador, the world’s largest producer of farmed white shrimp for export, which produced around 1.5 million MTs in 2025, India’s industry is made up of a large number of small producers. CAA as of Oct 2024, reported close to 47,000 coastal aquaculture farms. Overall, there are around 50,000 shrimp farms versus around 4,000 in Ecuador. The average shrimp farm in India is less than 2 ha contrasted with around 55 ha average in Ecuador. Stocking densities are highly variable with averages for India reported in the 10 to 70 and much higher per m2 range contrasted with 15 to 25 per m2 (with some twice this) in Ecuador.

Cycles are longer in India while Ecuador’s are shorter and 4 or more cycles per year are not uncommon. Ecuador in many respects has an ideal environment for farming shrimp. The larger shrimp producing nations (with the exception of China) typically export much of what they produce. At the time of the meeting India had been the focus of a punitive tariff. This crippling tariff was of serious concern as the US has traditionally been a major market for Indian shrimp. Thus, the title and focus of the meeting to explore what options are available to India.

The Coastal Aquaculture Authority (CAA) and ICAR-CIBA enforce strict biosecurity regulations to ensure sustainability. This oversight includes regular farm inspections and a mandatory prohibition on pond reared broodstock to mitigate the risk of pathogen introduction.

Many were discussed including seeing what could be done to expand the domestic market. Shortly before my return an agreement was reached whereby the tariff was reduced to much more manageable 15% from 50%. Indias export volumes for 2025 are in the 800,000 MT range, an increase over the prior year despite the tariff. They were able to shift their sales to non- US markets. Shrimp Bytes (https:// www.shrimpinsights.com/content) offers a detailed description of what is occurring. I expect to see the trend of increased production continue as the US market has “reopened”.

My talk was entitled “Managing Vibrio and EHP Infections in Shrimp Farming”. It is posted on www.aqua-in-tech.com. Much as with any shrimp farming nation there are challenges to ensuring optimal productivity. Return on investments (ROI) must be consistent and sufficient to justify ongoing investment and continued growth. Animal health is a neverending challenge for shrimp farmers everywhere. Shrimp can be produced with little impact from disease, but this requires adjusting various elements of the production cycle and process to ensure true sustainability.

Some of these elements are relatively easy to control, such as ensuring that no broodstock are used from ponds and that external sources of Specific Pathogen Free (SPF) animals from Nucleus Breeding Centers (NBCs) are used and that those who ignore this are punished accordingly. I would expect that India (they may already be working on this) will develop their own programs although for the time being external sources offer genetically improved animals that perform very well under the proper production environments. Some elements are much harder to control.

I have discussed what I think that this means elsewhere although given the large variability between individual elements the ultimate measure of this is to produce a consistent profit. As I was visiting during the off season, I had a limited opportunity to visit a few farms that were in the early stages of preparing for the next cycle. This was in the Gujarat where many farms are producing P. monodon some with significant ROIs.

Enterocytozoonhepatopenaei (EHP) is not a significant problem for P. monodon although it remains a challenge in the production of L.vannamei.

Unlike Ecuador’s large-scale operations, India’s industry comprises approximately 50,000 small farms averaging less than 2 hectares. This fragmented structure necessitates consolidation and vertically integrated models to better control costs and weather global market volatility

White spot syndrome virus (WSSV) remains an ongoing challenge for all species. The general principles that all shrimp farms must address is to break the cycle of transmission into the ponds from infected PLs. The use of SPF broodstock is an important component of this. This ensures that when hatcheries follow proper biosecurity protocols that the source of the virus (or EHP spores and pathogenic vibrios, etc.) are not from the broodstock.

This however will not prevent these pathogens from impacting animals in environments where adequate attempts to control the myriad of potential vectors are not a routine part of SOPs and preventable stressors are not addressed. These are well documented but not always readily achievable economically. One of the farms I visited had mud goby’s in the entrance canal which are known to carry the WSSV virus.

Ponds are filled and the water chlorinated prior to stocking. The sheer number of farms ensures challenges will persist. Small farmers just do not have the resources needed to ensure that every effort is made to keep pathogen loads low, control vectors and reduce stress.

I was impressed with the organization of the Aquaculture Professionals of India and their efforts to educate and reshape the industry. I have been working with the global shrimp farming industry for over 35 years, having worked with producers in a dozen or more nations consulting on virtually every aspect of the process, from genetics of broodstock, to biosecurity issues in hatcheries, nursery ponds and farms, to feed mills and processing plants, etc., everything short of selling shrimp. I am convinced that in the long run consolidation is essential for sustainability.

Strategic shifts in export markets have allowed India to remain resilient despite punitive tariffs. By focusing on ‘regrouping, rethinking, and refocusing,’ the industry aims to expand domestic consumption and improve production efficiency to become a ‘waking giant’.

Vertically integrated companies have greater control of costs and are better able to weather the invariable challenges that farming animals in water creates. We are seeing this in Ecuador. India and its neighbors, such as Indonesia, both of which have huge potentials for increased production of farmed crustaceans (as well as Africa which is a source of SPF P. monodon), face different challenges.

India’s farms and hatcheries are subject to government oversight. This is a critically important step to ensuring the consistency of biosecure production, one of the pillars sustainability. However, poverty driven production paradigms carry risks. The misuse of antibiotics is one of these. I think that India is making great strides in ensuring that this is not an issue although I would think that it is a daunting task to inspect 50,000 farms and 500 hatcheries to ensure consistent compliance.

The practice of processing plants, typically the portal to the market, is to pool shrimp from many smaller operations. This dilution allows, in theory, for some product to slip through the cracks. Another issue that needs to be addressed is the widespread use of products that have little or no science to support their efficacy as well as the use of “natural” remedies to address disease issues and stress. Most importing nations have strict controls over what they will allow to be present in food that is being imported. The use of plant extracts might have science to support their application (at least under lab conditions) but the specter of residues remains.

Label claims are regulated and when products are sold for the prevention of disease and/or to cure sick animals these are typically considered drugs. If they are not approved for these applications within the importing territory their use can be considered to be a potential adulteration of the final product. Proof of safety and efficacy as well as the lack of harmful residues are important.

I am optimistic that India will get a handle on these issues and that they will continue to expand production. They have come a long way since my last visit. Challenges abound and as long as no new serious diseases occur and they can improve efficiency they will be a waking giant.

* Stephen G. Newman has a bachelor’s degree from the University of Maryland in Conservation and Resource Management (ecology) and a Ph.D. from the University of Miami, in Marine Microbiology. He has over 40 years of experience working within a range of topics and approaches on aquaculture such as water quality, animal health, biosecurity with special focus on shrimp and salmonids. He founded Aquaintech in 1996 and continues to be CEO of this company to the present day. It is heavily focused on providing consulting services around the world on microbial technologies and biosecurity issues.
sgnewm@aqua-in-tech.com
www.aqua-in-tech.com
www.bioremediationaquaculture.com
www.sustainablegreenaquaculture.com.

INVE Aquaculture and Chinese Tianjin University of Science and Technology Establish Joint Laboratory for Artemia Innovation

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 22:00:06 +0700

The initiative will support research, development and the application of new knowledge to aquaculture production systems

INVE Aquaculture and Tianjin University of Science and Technology (TUST) have announced the establishment of a joint laboratory for innovative artemia applications, marking an important step in their long-standing collaboration in aquaculture research and innovation. The signing and inauguration ceremony took recently place at the university’s Binhai campus in Tianjin, China.

The event brought together representatives from both organizations, including Patrick Waty, CEO of INVE Aquaculture, and Wang Min, Vice President of Tianjin University of Science and Technology. The ceremony was also attended by Patrick Sorgeloos, a pioneer in Artemia research, together with representatives from the Asian Regional Artemia Reference Center (ARARC).

The joint laboratory aims to strengthen collaboration between academia and industry by combining TUST’s expertise in aquatic science and brine biotechnology with INVE Aquaculture’s long-standing experience in Artemia biology, live food technologies and early-stage nutrition for hatcheries. The initiative will support research, technology development and the application of new knowledge to aquaculture production systems, with particular focus on Artemia and early-stage nutrition, key factors in hatchery performance.

Long Story of Cooperation

Over the years, Tianjin University of Science and Technology and INVE Aquaculture have maintained close cooperation in areas such as product development, technical expertise and talent development. The new laboratory will further expand this collaboration, creating a platform for applied research, innovation and knowledge exchange.

The initiative also reflects INVE Aquaculture’s broader R&D approach, which promotes science-based innovation through strategic partnerships with leading research institutions worldwide. In China, this collaboration contributes to a local-for-local R&D strategy, supporting solutions tailored to the needs of the local aquaculture industry while strengthening international scientific cooperation.

Largest Nauplii Center at Long Cheng Hatchery

For INVE Aquaculture, Artemia production plays a critical role in the performance and consistency of early shrimp larval stages. In hatcheries, live food remains one of the main sources of biological, operational and economic variability during larval and early post-larval phases.

According to Amir Khalil, Regional Sales Director at INVE Aquaculture, “China’s shrimp hatchery sector has evolved rapidly in recent years, with leading producers investing in larger and more structured production systems. As hatcheries scale up, improving the consistency and efficiency of live food production becomes increasingly important for the improvement of stability in larval performance and maximize cost efficiency.”

To address this challenge, the INVE Aquaculture team, led by Francesco Lenzi, Global Technical Expert for Live Food, and supported by Product Manager Geert Rombaut, has developed a comprehensive program to support hatcheries in establishing, modernizing or optimizing their Artemia production systems. Built on proven standards and validated operational protocols, the program is designed to improve hatching efficiency, reinforce biosecurity and standardize the artemia production workflow. The objective is to help hatcheries produce high-quality nauplii in a more consistent and efficient way while reducing live-food-related costs.

Following successful implementations in several regions, this concept has now been deployed at a significantly larger scale in China with the development of the country’s largest Artemia nauplii center at Long Cheng, powered by INVE technology and technical support.

The facility at Long Cheng represents a major step forward in scaling artemia production within commercial shrimp hatcheries. It includes two dedicated artemia production modules. Each module consists of 40 hatching tanks of 3 MT capacity, operating at approximately 2.5 MT working volume, arranged in four rows of ten tanks to ensure efficient workflows and standardized operations.

Automation and precision are central to the system. Each tank line is connected to an INVE SEP-Art Automag tool, which automates key Artemia processing steps, reducing manual handling and improving overall operational consistency. Under these conditions, each module can process approximately 240 kg of artemia cysts per day.

A dedicated quality control room equipped with SnappArt 360 L-SENSE, INVE’s advanced AI-powered solution for automated live food counting, processing and data management, enables technicians to monitor Artemia hatching performance on a daily basis.

“Scaling artemia production is not only about increasing tank capacity,” explains Francesco Lenzi, Global Technical Expert on Live Food at INVE Aquaculture. “The key is to standardize every step of the process. The successful implementation of this project was made possible through the close collaboration between INVE’s global, regional and local technical teams and the hatchery staff, who worked together throughout the design, installation and operational start-up of the facility.”

This INVE artemia production approach goes beyond product supply. It combines optimized infrastructure, biotechnology solutions, validated operational protocols and technical knowledge transfer into a single operational framework designed to strengthen hatchery capabilities. Implementation is supported by INVE technical teams, who transfer protocols, methodologies and operational know-how directly to hatchery staff, ensuring the facility can independently manage and control every stage of artemia production.

“What we see at Long Cheng is part of a broader shift in the shrimp hatchery industry,” says Fernando Garcia, Commercial Director at INVE Aquaculture. “Across major shrimp-producing regions such as China, India, Indonesia and Ecuador, hatcheries are increasingly looking for ways to transform artemia production from a variable live-food operation into a more standardized and controlled process capable of delivering large volumes of high-quality nauplii.”

Geopolitics & Indian Poultry Industry

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 14:35:05 +0700

When the Strait Burns:
The West Asia War and Its Double Impact on India’s Layer and Broiler Sectors

Special Report | Dr Anjan Goswami | March 20, 2026

Dr Anjan Goswami, (author)
Strategic Consultant
(Know more …)

On the morning of March 4, 2026, the Strait of Hormuz, a 33-kilometer chokepoint between Iran and Oman, ceased to function as the world’s most vital energy corridor. Tehran, retaliating against coordinated US-Israeli strikes on its nuclear and military infrastructure, mined the waterway and threatened all commercial shipping. In a single stroke, 20% of global crude supply and over 85% of India’s LPG imports were placed in jeopardy.

The shockwaves struck India’s ₹3.5 lakh crore poultry economy almost immediately, hitting the egg-laying (layer) and broiler (chicken meat) sectors through different but equally devastating channels.

This is the story of how a war 3,000 kilometers away lit a fire at India’s farm gate.

I. Fire in the Gulf: The Energy Architecture Behind the Crisis
The Strait of Hormuz carries ~20% of the world’s petroleum liquids and an equivalent share of LNG annually. India imports 85% of its crude oil, with half transiting Hormuz, and the Gulf supplies 90%+ of its LPG imports. For India’s poultry sector, the devastating blow came not from crude, whose retail price pass-through is gradual, but from LPG and LNG: the gases that power restaurant kitchens, hatchery incubators, feed-processing mills, cold storage, and fertiliser plants simultaneously. Maritime insurance for Gulf-bound vessels surged over 1,000% within days. The government invoked the Essential Commodities Act, directed refineries to maximise LPG output, and prioritised household and CNG supply, leaving the commercial food service sector, India’s largest channel for both egg and chicken consumption, to face an acute supply vacuum.

India holds no strategic reserves of LPG or LNG. Unlike crude oil, these cannot be stockpiled. The disruption at Hormuz has exposed a structural vulnerability hiding in plain sight.”

II. Restaurants Close, Orders Evaporate: The Shared Demand Catastrophe
Commercial LPG – the 19-kg cylinder that powers every hotel, dhaba, cloud kitchen, caterer, and QSR outlet in India became critically scarce within days of the blockade. The government’s allocation framework deprioritised food service. The consequences struck both the egg and broiler supply chains simultaneously and with equal severity.

AHAR estimates food service accounts for 25–30% of total egg consumption in major metros; the food service channel’s share of urban broiler meat offtake is estimated at 35–40%. The simultaneous collapse of this channel is producing a paradox in both sectors: input costs are rising at farm level while buyer-side demand has imploded at the same moment. Egg prices at some wholesale markets have softened despite rising production costs; broiler demand in organised channels is contracting even as retail prices at surviving outlets spike amid supply disruptions.

“When restaurants shut, the first items off the menu are egg dishes and chicken preparations. Cancellations are coming from hotels, caterers, and QSR outlets simultaneously.” — Regional distributor, Hyderabad.

LAYER SECTOR — EGG PRODUCTION & EXPORT MARKETS

III. The Layer Sector: Export Routes Severed, Farm Economics Inverted
India is the world’s third-largest egg producer with annual output exceeding 14,200 crore eggs. The country exported ~₹1,500 crore worth of table eggs in 2024-25, with Namakkal in Tamil Nadu accounting for 80–90% of all shipments. That hard-won franchise is now under existential threat.

Figure 1 — India Egg Export: Value (₹ Crore) & Volume (Billion Eggs) | 2017-18 to 2025-26P

With the Strait closed, vessels bound for UAE, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Oman, and Qatar are rerouting around the Cape of Good Hope, adding 10–15 days of transit time. Shipping liners have imposed emergency surcharges, resulting in a three- to five-fold per-container cost increase. Around 40,000–45,000 Indian containers are stranded in transit, with cargo worth $1–1.5 billion in limbo. For perishable egg exporters, where shelf-life and temperature continuity are non-negotiable, these conditions render the majority of consignments commercially unviable. Namakkal exporters have confirmed wholesale cancellations. GTRI estimates India’s total agri-food exports worth USD 11.8 billion to West Asia are at risk. The rupee at a record low of ₹92.28/dollar offers no real offset, dollar-denominated freight surcharges negate the currency benefit entirely.

“India’s egg exporters had finally broken into premium Gulf markets. Now, with freight costs tripling and buyers uncertain about timelines, we cannot confirm a single order.” — Egg exporter, Namakkal cluster

At the domestic farm gate, the layer sector faces a textbook cost-price inversion. The NECC egg rate stood at ₹3.80/egg in early March 2026, well below the estimated production cost of ₹4.65–4.75/egg. With feed costs under fresh upward pressure and energy costs rising, breakeven is likely to climb to ₹5.00–5.25 or higher. The food service demand collapse is simultaneously suppressing prices, the classic layer farmer’s nightmare. Smaller farms that only recently returned after the FY23-24 loss cycle face the prospect of a second successive crisis before full financial recovery.

BROILER SECTOR — CHICKEN MEAT & SUPPLY CHAIN

IV. The Broiler Sector: The Food-Service Pipeline Breaks
The broiler sector’s crisis is rooted in the catastrophic destruction of its primary urban demand channel. Chicken, from biryani and butter chicken to fried chicken at QSR chains, is the dominant animal protein on the Indian restaurant menu. With commercial LPG near-halted across major cities, the food service channel, absorbing 35–40% of all urban broiler offtake has effectively shut down. Broiler production is even more feed-intensive than egg production, with feed constituting 70–72% of live weight production costs. Pre-war, producing 1 kg of live broiler cost ₹95–100 in major Andhra Pradesh and Telangana clusters; with maize under pressure from fuel-driven logistics costs and soybean meal tight globally, that cost is rising toward ₹110–115/kg. Farm gate prices, which peaked at ₹151/kg in November 2025, are being pulled in contradictory directions: downward by the food service demand collapse, upward by the supply-side cost shock.

Cold chain and processing face compound stress: refrigerated transport operators are passing fuel surcharges to processors; cold storage facilities are managing higher electricity tariffs; and the interstate live bird transport network connecting Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, and Maharashtra to metros is becoming unreliable and expensive. Localised gluts are appearing at the farm level even as retail chicken prices in metros begin to spike. Most critically, the supply pipeline is contracting: early signs of reduced day-old chick (DOC) placements are emerging as farmers anticipate sustained losses. A 20–25% reduction in placements now will translate to an equivalent production contraction in 6–8 weeks, the standard grow-out cycle, very likely triggering a sharp price spike on the other side of the current demand-led depression.

“The broiler market is caught between two fires. The restaurants that buy our birds cannot get gas. Our own costs rise every week with fuel and feed. There is no breathing room.” — Integrated broiler producer, Andhra Pradesh

The structural divide between large integrated players — Suguna, Venky’s, IB Group, Shalimar, Premium, Baramati — and independent contract farmers is widening sharply. Integrated players can absorb cost shocks through vertical integration; independent contract farmers are fully exposed to the feed cost spike while losing their primary buyers. The crisis threatens to accelerate consolidation at the direct expense of India’s vast network of small and medium poultry entrepreneurs across India, especially from Andhra Pradesh, Telangana, and Tamil Nadu, and Maharashtra.

V. Feed Costs, Price Reality and the Crisis in Numbers
Feed costs, comprising of 67% of layer and 71% of broiler production costs, are the shared vulnerability binding both sectors to Gulf geopolitics. The Indian crude basket jumped 40% between January and March 2026, with diesel cost pressure feeding directly into inter-state maize and soya transport. The medium-term threat is more alarming: India imports ~40% of its total fertiliser from the Gulf. With LNG to fertiliser plants running at ~70% of actual need, major urea producers, including IFFCO, have suspended operations. A fertiliser shortage heading into the Kharif season, accounting for 55% of India’s crop output, could structurally reduce maize and soybean production in 2026-27, locking in elevated feed costs well after any military resolution of the conflict.

Figure 2 — Price Trends: NECC Layer Egg Rate & Broiler Farm Gate Price | Jan 2025 – Mar 2026 | Shaded = conflict period

Figure 3 — Production Cost Breakdown & War Impact Severity Score: Layer vs. Broiler Sector

VI. Government Response and the Policy Gaps That Must Be Closed
The government’s crisis response contains significant blind spots for the agri-food sector. The ECA allocation framework explicitly deprioritises commercial food service and food processing; there is no strategic reserve for LPG or LNG. The broader macroeconomic environment provides no cushion: ICICI Bank has cut its FY27 GDP forecast 50 basis points to 7.0%; Standard Chartered estimates the current account deficit could reach 2.5% of GDP; the Sensex is down ~10% year-to-date; and banks are tightening credit precisely when poultry farmers need working capital most. Commerce Secretary Rajesh Agarwal has signalled a relief package for exporters — but for perishable, time-sensitive sectors like poultry, medium-term promises deliver no immediate relief.

VII. Urgent Action Required: Layer, Broiler and Structural Reform

Layer sector — immediate priorities
• Emergency credit lines for layer farmers at ₹3.80/egg NECC rates; prevent forced flock liquidation
• Dedicated commercial LPG allocation for egg-processing and value-addition units
• APEDA-led emergency market diversification: fast-track protocols with buyers in East Africa, Southeast Asia, and Central Asia
• Temporary import duty relief on soybean meal, canola meal, and DDGS alternatives

Broiler sector — immediate priorities
• Emergency LPG allocation to food service operators — Dhabas, QSR chains, hotel kitchens to prevent permanent demand channel destruction
• Cold chain support: targeted diesel relief for refrigerated transport operators
• DOC protection: forward purchase commitments to sustain hatchery placement rates and prevent the 6–8 week supply crunch
• State federation coordination to sustain contract farmer relationships; prevent mass exit of small operators

Structural reforms — both sectors
• Build strategic LPG/LNG buffer stock capacity: the absence of any reserve has been catastrophically costly
• Scale up on-farm solar energy: MNRE’s poultry solar scheme should be expanded with enhanced capital subsidies; the economic case is now unarguable
• Feed resilience: integrate DDGS from the Ethanol Blending Programme at scale; invest in alternative protein feed research
• Explore the International North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) as an alternative agri-export route less exposed to Hormuz disruption

VIII. Conclusion: Both Sectors at a Crossroads
The West Asia war of 2026 has struck India’s poultry sector through channels no conventional risk model had fully mapped. For the layer sector, the crisis has simultaneously severed the export lifeline and collapsed domestic food service demand, while inverting the farm gate economics small layer farmers depend upon. For the broiler sector, the destruction of the food service channel strikes at the heart of its urban demand model, while cost pressures trigger the DOC placement contraction that will create its own supply shock in Q2 2026. The Strait of Hormuz,3,000 kilometres from Namakkal’s egg farms or Hyderabad’s biryani clusters, has proven itself a decisive variable in Indian poultry economics.

India’s poultry sector has survived feed cost crises, avian influenza, demonetisation, COVID-19, and successive boom-bust cycles. Its entrepreneurial resilience, the institutional depth of NECC, and the sheer scale of domestic protein demand remain powerful structural advantages. But the speed and complexity of this crisis demand a policy response that matches its severity, and an honest reckoning with the structural vulnerabilities the war has so brutally exposed.

“The poultry industry has never faced this combination of pressures simultaneously. But it has survived every crisis before. The key this time is speed — of government response, of market adaptation, and of strategic thinking.”

Supply chain resilience, energy sovereignty, and export market diversification are no longer planning aspirations. For India’s layer and broiler farmers alike, they are existential imperatives. The fires of West Asia are burning at the farm gate.

Sources: Business Standard, BusinessToday, The Wire, Outlook Business, GTRI, Crisil Ratings, CareEdge Ratings, PPAC, NECC, APEDA, DAHD, Ministry of Commerce
© 2026 Poultry TRENDS Magazine. All rights reserved. Reproduction with attribution permitted

The post Geopolitics & Indian Poultry Industry appeared first on Poultry TRENDS.

Do windows matter in poultry housing? What welfare and behavior tell us

Edusehat — Sat, 04 Apr 2026 00:10:40 +0700

By Tarek Youssef, DVM, Auburn University and Bethany Baker-Cook, PhD, IRTA

Lighting practices in broiler production

Photo credit: Dr. John Linhoss

Lighting is a very important environmental management tool within modern broiler production. Artificial lighting has long served as the industry standard method of providing light to broiler chickens. This is because artificial light is highly controllable and can provide a consistent, uniform light source. In U.S. commercial settings, broilers are traditionally raised under dim artificial lighting conditions (5-10 lx; Linhoss et al., 2023). Some studies have reported that rearing birds under these conditions improves body weight and feed conversion ratio (Prescott et al., 2003; Aldridge et al., 2022). However, other research suggests that the same environment may negatively affect ocular and leg health (Newberry et al., 1988; Blatchford et al., 2012; Kim et al., 2022).

In recent years, provision of natural light through windows has gained increased attention, as it offers a broader light spectrum that includes UV light and a natural diurnal pattern that cannot be fully replicated by artificial light sources (Prescott et al., 2003). Some animal welfare certification programs require or encourage the installation of windows to allow natural daylight into the barn (e.g., Global Animal Partnership). Access to daylight can create a more dynamic lighting environment compared with fully enclosed houses that rely solely on artificial lighting. Natural light varies throughout the day in both intensity and spectral composition. In contrast, artificial lighting systems typically provide a more constant intensity and spectrum. Producers who participate in these certification programs often incorporate windows as part of their housing design to meet welfare standards, thereby providing birds with natural light.

The avian visual system and commercial poultry lighting

Poultry possess a more advanced visual system than humans (more information on this in our previous newsletter, Vol. 10). Lighting systems used in poultry houses are primarily designed to facilitate human vision and production efficiency, potentially overlooking requirements for functional development of visual abilities in poultry (Prescott et al., 2003). Therefore, there is a movement towards alternative rearing programs that include high light intensities and the provision of natural light in poultry houses. Nevertheless, information on the isolated effects of natural light, in the absence of additional environmental enrichment, on broiler welfare and behavior remains limited.

¿Did you know?

Chickens can detect light flicker that humans cannot because they perceive rapid light changes more easily than we do, with a critical flicker-fusion frequency (CFF) of approximately 90-100 Hz (consciously) compared to about 50-60 Hz in humans. As a result, some artificial lights that appear steady to us may actually flicker from a chicken’s perspective, which may influence their behavior and welfare.

Natural vs. artificial lighting: does it make a difference for broiler welfare and behavior?

Broiler welfare is assessed using a combination of behavioral, physical, and emotional indicators.

Behavioral patterns

Natural light has been shown to impact behavior, with birds reared under natural light displaying more active behaviors, such as walking and standing (Bailie et al., 2013; Sans et al., 2021; Youssef, 2025), whereas those reared under artificial lighting exhibited more resting behavior (Bailie et al., 2013; Youssef, 2025). The provision of natural light also led to more birds interacting with and gathering around the environmental enrichments, as well as exhibiting increased exploratory behaviors such as ground pecking, compared to birds raised under artificial light (Bailie et al., 2013). Additionally, birds raised under natural light have been reported to show increased eating and drinking frequency (Bailie et al., 2013; Fouda et al., 2018; Sans et al., 2021).

Preference tests, in which birds are given a choice between environments (e.g., natural vs. artificial lighting), are used to assess birds’ preferences for environments. In environmentally controlled studies, birds were allowed to move freely between compartments with different lighting conditions, and their location and time spent in each area were recorded. Results indicated that birds tend to spend more time under natural lighting conditions provided through windows, suggesting a preference for this environment (Sans et al., 2021).

Welfare indicators

Common physical parameters used to evaluate welfare status in broilers include footpad dermatitis (FPD), hock burn, gait score, and latency to lie (more information on this in our previous newsletter, Vol. 19). FPD refers to lesions and inflammation of the footpads, whereas hock burn appears as a brown to black discoloration on the hock joint. Both conditions are primarily caused by prolonged contact with wet litter (Mench, 2002; Shepherd and Fairchild, 2010). Gait score is used to assess walking ability and leg health, with higher scores indicating poorer mobility. The latency to lie test measures how long a bird remains standing in shallow water and is commonly used as an indicator of leg strength and comfort. There is a strong negative correlation between latency to lie and gait score, meaning that birds with poorer walking ability (high gait score) lie or sit down quicker in the water during a latency to lie test.

Activity level is closely associated with health and welfare. Increased activity is associated with birds spending less time sitting on wet litter, which may decrease the incidence and severity of contact dermatitis, including FPD, hock burn, and breast burn. A recent study by Youssef et al. (2026) found that broilers reared under natural light had significantly lower FPD scores than those raised under artificial light. However, this difference was not biologically meaningful, as the mean FPD scores in both groups remained below 1 (minimal evidence of footpad dermatitis; Welfare Quality, 2009). In the same study, natural light did not appear to improve hock burn, gait score, or latency to lie. However, when birds were raised either under natural light, or under natural light combined with environmental enrichment, some improvement was seen in latency to lie, but no differences were observed in FPD, hock burn or gait scores (Bailie et al., 2013).

Fear response

Fear tests evaluate birds’ emotional state and how they respond when exposed to a stimulus that may provoke either an approach or avoidance response (Jones, 1996). Several fear tests are currently employed in poultry research, including the novel object test and the novel environment test (more information on this in our previous newsletter, Vol. 33). Research suggests that lighting conditions can influence fear responses in poultry. Birds exposed to natural light or environments with access to windows have shown reduced fearfulness compared with birds reared under solely artificial lighting. For example, broilers raised under artificial light were more reluctant to approach within a 1-m radius of the novel object than broilers exposed to natural light (Youssef et al., 2026). These birds also showed a longer mean latency to approach the novel object (181.4 seconds) compared with birds raised under natural light conditions (69.9 seconds; Youssef et al., 2026). However, natural light did not affect responses in the response to human observer test or novel environment test (Youssef et al., 2026). When natural light was combined with environmental enrichments, there was a tendency for birds raised under natural light to approach the object more in the novel object test (de Jong and Gunnick, 2019). This may indicate that natural light increases bird interest in exploring new things within the environment and reduces neophobia.

¿UV light in poultry houses: what to know?

UV rays can be classified according to their wavelength into three different types: UVA (315-400nm), UVB (280-315nm), and UVC (100-280nm). Research suggests that supplemental UVA lighting may reduce fear responses in broilers, whereas UVB has also been associated with improved skeletal health (Rana and Campbell, 2021). It is unknown if the benefits seen with UV when artificially supplemented or in open sided barns are present when natural light is provided by windows. As the glass used in windows blocks almost all UVB wavelengths (crucial for vitamin D synthesis) and over 90% of UVA wavelengths, limited UV wavelengths reach the birds.

Summary

Although artificial light remains the industry standard for lighting, limited research indicates that natural light may offer some potential welfare-related benefits, such as increased activity, some indication of reduced fearfulness, and birds’ preference for naturally lit areas. However, the results on physical welfare indicators are mixed; therefore, more research is needed to understand natural light’s beneficial effects on broiler health and welfare.

References

Aldridge, D. J., Owens, C. M., Maynard, C., Kidd, M. T., and Scanes, C. G., 2022. Impact of light intensity or choice of intensity on broiler performance and behavior. J. Appl. Poult. Res., 31(1):100216.

Bailie, C. L., Ball, M. E. E., and O’Connell, N. E., 2013. Influence of the provision of natural light and straw bales on activity levels and leg health in commercial broiler chickens. Animal 7:618–626.

Blatchford, R. A., Archer, G. S., and Mench, J. A., 2012. Contrast in light intensity, rather than day length, influences the behavior and health of broiler chickens. Poult. Sci., 91:1768-1774.

de Jong, I. C., and Gunnink, H., 2019. Effects of a commercial broiler enrichment programme with or without natural light on behaviour and other welfare indicators. Animal 13:384-391.

Fouda, M. M., Darwish, R. A., Abou-Ismail, U. A., and Mohammed, A. S., 2018. Comparative effects of natural and artificial light on behaviour, performance, and welfare of broiler chickens. Mansoura Vet. Med. J., 19(1):321-332.

Jones, R. B., 1996. Fear and adaptability in poultry: insights, implications, and imperatives. World’s Poult. Sci. J., 52:131-174.

Kim, H. J., Son, J., Kim, H. S., Hong, E. C., and Kim, J. H., 2022. Effects of light intensity on growth performance, blood components, carcass characteristics, and welfare of broilers. J. Anim. Sci. Tech., 64:985–996.

Linhoss, J. E., Davis, J. D., Campbell, J. C., Purswell, J. L., Griggs, K. G., and Edge, C. M., 2023. Light intensity and uniformity in commercial broiler houses using lighting programs derived from Global Animal Partnership (GAP) lighting standards. J. Appl. Poult. Res., 32:100309.

Mench, J. A., 2002. Broiler breeder: feed restriction and welfare. World’s Poult. Sci. J., 58:23-29.

Newberry, J. C., Hunt, J. R., and Gardiner, E. E., 1988. Influence of light intensity on behavior and performance of broiler chickens. Poult. Sci., 67:1020-1025.

Prescott, N. B., Wathes, C. M., and Jarvis, J. R., 2003. Light, vision and the welfare of poultry. Anim. Welf., 12:269-288.

Rana, M. S. and Campbell, D. L. M., 2021. Application of Ultraviolet light for poultry production: A review of impacts on behavior, physiology, and production. Front. Anim. Sci., 2:699262.

Sans, E. C. d. O., Tuyttens, F. A. M., Taconeli, C. A., Pedrazzani, A. S., Vale, M. M., and Molento, C. F. M., 2021. From the point of view of the chickens: what difference does a window make? Animals 11(12):3397.

Shepherd, E. M., and Fairchild, B. D., 2010. Footpad dermatitis in poultry. Poult. Sci., 89(10):2043-2051.

Welfare Quality, 2009. Welfare quality assessment protocol for poultry (Broilers, Laying hens).

Youssef, T., 2025. Impact of natural and artificial light treatments on welfare and behavior in commercial broilers. M.S. Thesis. Auburn University.

Youssef, T., Jackson, A., Bourassa, D., Linhoss, J., and Baker-Cook, B., 2026. Evaluating the impact of natural and artificial light treatments on fear response and welfare parameters in commercial broilers. Poult. Sci., 105(3):106343.

To view all issues of Poultry Press, click here.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post Do windows matter in poultry housing? What welfare and behavior tell us appeared first on Modern Poultry.

Impact of hatchery climate control and ventilation on hatchability and post-hatch chick quality

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 20:25:09 +0700

Climate control and ventilation are two of the most important factors affecting hatchery performance, which have an impact on both embryonic development and post-hatch chick quality. A hatchery is an artificial replication of the natural brooding environment where the embryo’s normal physiological development is ensured by careful regulation of temperature, humidity, airflow, CO₂ and oxygen. In order to produce healthy, uniform chicks with high vitality and lower first week mortality as well as to achieve optimal hatchability, it is vital to maintain a stable microclimate throughout the incubation and hatching process.

What is climate control and ventilation in a hatchery?

The systematic control of temperature, relative humidity, air pressure and gas balance (O₂ and CO₂) in the incubation (setter and hatcher) and fresh air chambers or rooms is known as climate control in a hatchery.

On the other hand, ventilation involves continuous movement and exchange of air to maintain uniform temperature distribution, provide enough oxygen, remove metabolic heat and CO₂ generated by developing embryos. When combined, these systems provide a clean, balanced air environment that prevents embryos from suffocation, dehydration and heat stress.

Fresh air supply duct

Relationship with embryonic development and chick quality

The embryo produces CO₂ and metabolic heat during incubation. Without proper ventilation, CO₂ level rises, oxygen availability decreases and as a result embryonic metabolism slows. Prolonged exposure to these conditions leads to delayed development and higher late embryonic mortality.

Humidity and temperature are equally important. Variations of even ±0.3 °C can change metabolic rates, which can lead to poor chick vitality, unabsorbed yolk sacs and early or delayed hatching.

Excessive humidity inhibits the growth of air cells and excessive dryness speeds up eggs moisture loss, which lowers hatchability and chick uniformity.

Proper climate controls therefore support not only embryonic respiration but also organ formation, muscle development and thermoregulatory capacity of the newly hatched chick.

Eggshell pores

The biology behind airflow

During incubation, embryonic metabolism depends on aerobic respiration. Eggshell contains as many as 7,000-17,000 small holes called “pores” through which oxygen passes from the air to the developing embryo and CO₂ diffuses outward.

The efficiency of this exchange is driven by partial pressure differentials between the egg’s internal environment and the surrounding air.

If the air surrounding the eggs becomes saturated with CO₂ or lacks oxygen due to poor ventilation, then gas exchanges slow leading to hypoxia and acidosis.

These physiological imbalances affect cardiac development, organ function and muscular growth, ultimately compromising chick vitality.

Furthermore, inadequate air circulation results in temperature layering, where the top trays may overheat while the lower ones remain cool, leading to asynchronous embryo development and reducing hatch uniformity.

How does poor ventilation affect hatch results?

Inadequate or unbalanced ventilation is one of the leading hidden causes of hatch variability. Its impact is both physiological and mechanical:

High CO₂ concentration reduces oxygen availability, causing delayed hatching and increased embryo mortality.
Uneven air temperature produces hot and cold zones within incubators, resulting in early or late hatches and uneven chick sizes.
Low air exchange fails to remove metabolic heat and moisture, increasing condensation, bacterial load and chick dehydration.
Excessive air exchange leads to low humidity, excessive weight loss and poor hatch uniformity.

Inconsistent air management often manifests as sticky chicks, unhealed navels, malpositions, and weakened post-hatch performance, all of which translate into financial losses for the hatchery.

The ideal ventilation strategy

An ideal ventilation strategy in a hatchery is built on three interdependent principles: air quality, air distribution, and air pressure control, each working together to maintain a stable, uniform environment for developing embryos.

First, air quality control ensures a constant supply of clean, oxygen-rich air and the removal of excess CO₂ and heat. Fresh air entering the hatchery should contain at least 20.6% oxygen, while CO₂ levels inside setters must stay below 0.5%. Air-handling units (AHUs) condition and filter the incoming air to 24–26 °C and 60–70% relative humidity before delivery, maintaining a steady air exchange rate of about 2.5–3.0 m³/h per 1,000 eggs to support healthy embryonic respiration.

Air distribution inside incubator

Second, achieving uniform air distribution is essential for temperature balance. Air velocity inside setters should remain around 0.3–0.5 m/s, enough to mix air evenly but not to dry eggs, while in hatchers it can be slightly lower. Proper duct design and diffuser placement prevent dead zones or short circuits, ensuring every egg experiences the same conditions.

Finally, directional airflow and pressure control protect both embryo health and biosecurity. Positive pressure of +5 to +15 Pa in clean areas keeps air moving from incubation zones toward service or the chick rooms, avoiding contamination. Regular maintenance cleaning filters, calibrating sensors and checking ducts keep the system balanced and reliable.

Standard hatchery climate and ventilation parameters

When these elements are correctly synchronized, ventilation becomes more than mechanical movement; it becomes a biological safeguard that translates precision engineering into strong, uniform and healthy chicks.

A sound ventilation strategy must therefore:

Supply fresh, oxygen-rich air evenly across all machines.
Remove heat and metabolic gases produced by embryos.
Maintain uniform air distribution within and between incubators.
Preserve optimal humidity by controlling air exchange rates.

Hatchery ventilation system

Equipment and maintenance essentials

Efficient climate and ventilation management rely on:

Air handling units (AHU) with integrated heating, cooling and filtration modules.
Sensors for CO₂, humidity and temperature-calibrated regularly.
Chillers and heaters to stabilize incoming air temperature.
Humidifiers/dehumidifiers to manage relative humidity precisely.
Fans and diffusers with adjustable dampers to direct airflow evenly.
PLC-based automation systems for control, alarms, and data recording.

Routine preventive maintenance such as clean filters, checking fan bearings and belts, calibrating probes and verifying duct seals is essential to prevent system drift and maintain climate uniformity.

Conclusion

Ventilation is the biological regulator of the hatchery environment and is much more than just air movement. Proper climate control and ventilation strategy translate engineering precision into biological success. When the hatchery atmosphere remains stable, clean, cool and balanced, then every embryo has the same opportunity to develop into a strong, uniform chick. Consistency in climate means consistency in performance.

For every hatchery aiming to convert potential into profitability, climate control is not optional, it is fundamental.

Human touch leaves chicks feeling egg-stra happy, study finds

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 13:25:05 +0700

Chicks, just like pets, also benefit from gentle human touch, new research has revealed. Scientists at the University of Bristol have discovered that gentle human interactions do not only prevent fear in baby chicks but also triggers positive emotions. The findings offer new insights into how early-life handling affects the welfare of young farm animals.Early interactions with humans are known to influence farm animals’ behaviour and stress levels, yet it has remained unclear whether animals really experience gentle handling as emotionally positive.

In this study, published in Animal Welfare, researchers from Bristol Veterinary School used a “conditioned place preference” test, a method commonly used in neuroscience to explore what animals remember of past experiences. The key principle is simple, animals should develop a learnt preference for places where they felt good/better.Twenty domestic chicks from a laying hen strain were trained in a two‑chamber set‑up, each marked with different colour cues. After their initial preferences were recorded, the chicks completed a series of pairing sessions.

One chamber with gentle human handling, slow stroking and soft speech, and the other with a neutral human presence, still and silent. When tested after the conditioning sessions, the chicks consistently spent more time in the chamber previously associated with gentle human handling, demonstrating a positive association with this experience.Crucially, the chicks did not avoid the chamber linked to neutral human presence, indicating their behaviour suggested attraction to the gentle‑handling environment rather than avoidance of the neutral human presence.

Dr Ben Lecorps, Senior Lecturer at Bristol Veterinary School, and the study’s principal investigator, said: “Our findings show that gentle human contact can trigger positive emotions in young chicks. The study demonstrates how simple, calm handling has the potential to shape the human-animal relationship from fear-inducing to positive and consequently improve the chicks’ welfare.”The study’s results highlight how humans can play a meaningful role in shaping animals’ early affective experiences, with potential benefits for husbandry practices and welfare assessment frameworks.

The Genetics of Resilient Fish in Sustainable Aquaculture

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 10:05:07 +0700

The Genetics of Resilient Fish in Sustainable Aquaculture

Not all fish are created equal. Even within the same species, individual fish differ in growth rate, disease resistance, stress tolerance, and reproductive success. Many fish farms focus heavily on environmental factors such as feeding, water quality, and stocking density, but often overlook one of the most important drivers of long-term productivity: genetics. According to NOAA Fisheries, genetic selection in aquaculture often targets traits such as improved growth rate, disease resistance, feed conversion, and product quality.

Understanding the genetics of resilient fish can help aquaculture producers build stronger, healthier populations that perform better under real-world farming conditions.

Understanding Resilience in Fish

Resilient fish are those that survive and thrive under changing or imperfect conditions. They are better able to tolerate temperature fluctuations, resist common pathogens, and maintain steady growth even when nutrition is less than ideal or water quality temporarily declines.

These characteristics are strongly influenced by DNA and can be passed from one generation to the next through selective breeding. The FAO’s aquaculture breeding and genetics resources emphasize the importance of managing aquatic genetic resources effectively to support sustainable aquaculture development.

Resilience is often polygenic, which means it is controlled by multiple genes working together and interacting with the environment. Traits such as immune system strength, stress response, and metabolic efficiency are shaped by complex genetic pathways. Research published through PubMed Central notes that selective breeding for improved disease resistance has proven to be an effective strategy for reducing infectious disease impacts in aquaculture species.

Selective Breeding for Better Performance

One of the most effective ways to improve aquaculture outcomes is through selective breeding. Farmers can choose broodstock that consistently show desirable traits such as fast growth, strong disease resistance, better feed conversion, or tolerance to low oxygen conditions. The FAO selective breeding manual was developed specifically to help aquaculturists improve cultured fish populations through structured breeding programs.

Over multiple generations, these traits become more common within the population. The result is a stock of fish that performs more reliably and requires fewer costly interventions. This can also reduce dependence on antibiotics, chemical treatments, and highly controlled environments. WOAH has highlighted disease prevention, aquatic animal health, and improved management practices as central to more sustainable aquaculture systems, especially as the industry works to reduce risks linked to disease and antimicrobial resistance.

Why Genetic Diversity Matters in Aquaculture

The genetics of resilient fish is not only about selecting the strongest individuals. It is also about maintaining diversity within the population.

Resilient fish populations are built through selective breeding, genetic diversity, and strong aquaculture management.

Genetic diversity helps prevent inbreeding, which can reduce growth, weaken immune function, and lower the ability of fish to adapt to changing conditions. FAO guidance on inbreeding and broodstock management explains that loss of genetic variation can make selective breeding less effective over time, while inbreeding increases homozygosity and can reduce the adaptive capacity of farmed populations.

Fish farms that source broodstock from multiple lineages, or occasionally incorporate outside genetic material where appropriate and legal, often build more adaptable populations than farms relying on a single closed line. FAO also notes that farmers can maintain higher genetic diversity by using more brooders, avoiding close-relative mating, and keeping careful records of production practices. See FAO’s guidance here.

How Genetics and Environment Work Together

Genetics sets the potential, but the environment determines how fully that potential is expressed. Even fish with strong genetic resilience can underperform if farming conditions are poor. Water quality, nutrition, stocking density, and stress management still matter greatly.

The most successful aquaculture systems align good genetics with strong farm management practices. Fish with a genetic tolerance for low oxygen may survive stressful pond conditions better than others, but they will still grow faster and remain healthier if aeration is adequate and stocking density is properly managed. Genetics and environment are partners; neither one alone is enough to guarantee success.

The Long-Term Value of Resilient Fish

Resilient fish are built by DNA as much as they are shaped by daily care. Understanding the genetics behind disease resistance, stress tolerance, and growth potential allows farmers to develop populations that are more dependable, efficient, and profitable.

Fish farms that invest in selective breeding, protect genetic diversity, and combine those efforts with sound environmental management gain several long-term advantages. These include more stable growth, lower mortality, reduced treatment costs, and greater adaptability when conditions change. FAO has said that wider and appropriate application of genetic improvement in aquaculture can significantly strengthen sustainable food supply and long-term productivity.

In aquaculture, genetics is the foundation of resilience and long-term profitability. It is not optional.

For more valuable information on sustainable fish farming, visit EAT Community.

How to Renew Catnip Toys: An Illustrated Guide

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 03:05:06 +0700

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post How to Renew Catnip Toys: An Illustrated Guide appeared first on Modern Cat.

Tips for Managing Your Dog’s Spring Fever

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 03:05:02 +0700

Is your dog suddenly full of energy the moment the weather warms up? As the seasons shift, so can your pup’s behavior and it can show up as zoomies, restlessness, and great curiosity to explore the world around them, often referred to as spring fever.

In this post, we’ll help answer:

WHAT IS SPRING FEVER IN DOGS?

When spring arrives, your dog’s environment naturally shifts, and their energy levels and behavior often follow. Longer days mean more exposure to natural light, which can influence your pup’s internal clock and increase their overall alertness. As a result, you may notice your dog waking up earlier and showing a stronger desire to explore.

This change can be partly linked to melatonin, the hormone that helps regulate sleep. During the darker winter months, higher melatonin levels can make dogs feel more sleepy and less active. In spring, increased daylight reduces melatonin production, which can leave your dog feeling more awake and energized.

Additionally, if you live in a colder, snowy climate during the winter, your pup may get especially excited to go outside and burn off energy when the weather improves. After spending more time indoors at home during the winter, the transition to spring can often mean a bigger burst of energy as routines change and there are more opportunities for outdoor fun.

Spring also brings new sights and smells, like blooming flowers and freshly exposed grass, which can make dogs even more curious. Since dogs rely heavily on their sense of smell, these changes can be especially exciting for them.

HOW TO MANAGE YOUR DOG’S EXTRA ENERGY

Your dog’s energy needs an outlet, and if left unmanaged, it can lead to behavioral issues or outbursts. That’s why having a plan for when the weather gets nicer is important, as channeling that energy in a productive way can benefit their physical and mental health.

ADD MENTAL & PHYSICAL ENRICHMENT TO THEIR ROUTINE

Making sure your pup is mentally stimulated and physically active can be an excellent way for them to burn some energy and keep them engaged.

Mental enrichment can reduce boredom and anxiety and boost confidence, especially as they strengthen their problem-solving skills. Types of mental enrichment you can try include:

Interactive toys
Snuffle mats
Puzzle feeders
Scent games (such as to find hidden treats)
Training sessions (a great outdoor activity)

Physical activity is also an important part of a healthy lifestyle for dogs, as it can help them maintain a healthy weight and strengthen muscles. Some activities you can try with your pup this spring include:

Basic agility courses
Playing frisbee
Swimming
Going on a hike
Having your dog join you on a bike ride with them jogging beside you

CREATE A CALMING SPACE TO MANAGE OVERSTIMULATION

Experiencing too much excitement can leave your dog feeling overwhelmed and overstimulated, which can show up as difficulty settling down or symptoms of anxiety. Keep an eye on when you think your pup needs a break and is showing signs of overstimulation, such as pacing, restlessness, excessive panting, barking, whining, or drooling.

Creating a calming space in your home can be a great way to reset. It can include their crate, cozy bedding and blankets, their favorite toys, and some treats that feel familiar and that they love. Certain types of music, like classical, have also been shown to have calming effects. Knowing they have a dedicated space to calm down can be a great practice to get into, regardless of the time of year, as it reduces uncertainty and pups know they will feel a sense of safety. Being around their favorite things can also trigger their brain to enter relaxation mode.

REINFORCE TRAINING DURING WALKS

With even more distractions outdoors during spring, you may find your dog is more eager to explore, which could interfere with some of the training you’ve implemented. During your daily walks, it can be a good idea to revisit the training basics by rewarding calm behavior and responsiveness. It also helps to practice commands in a stimulating environment.

BRING YOUR DOG TO DAYCARE

Dog daycare can be a great way for your dog to expend energy in a safe, structured environment while spending time with other pups. At Dogtopia, dogs are grouped by size, temperament, and play style, so each of our indoor playrooms matches how they naturally like to interact, helping them feel more comfortable and confident engaging with others.

Throughout the day, our trained Canine Coaches guide the group with exercises, brain games, safe socialization opportunities, and basic training activities, keeping pups mentally and physically engaged and providing a healthy outlet for their energy. We also hold occasional playroom bubbles parties with flavored bubbles, adorable doggie photoshoots with themed props, treat days, and arts-and-crafts days to channel their inner artist.

Reach out to your local Dogtopia to add daycare to your dog’s routine today and channel their spring fever into spring fun!

The post Tips for Managing Your Dog’s Spring Fever appeared first on Dogtopia.

aMPV is here to stay: How to build smarter vaccination strategies

Edusehat — Fri, 03 Apr 2026 02:35:04 +0700

Avian metapneumovirus (aMPV) is becoming a bigger respiratory challenge for US poultry operations. It can cause obvious clinical signs, but the larger cost often comes from the complications that follow in the field.

As more companies evaluate vaccination as part of their broader respiratory disease strategy, questions around timing, administration, diagnostics and overall program design are becoming central to long-term control.

In this Q&A, Daniel Maekawa, DVM, PhD, technical services veterinarian with Merck Animal Health, discusses how producers can approach aMPV with a practical, integrated mindset — bringing together biosecurity, vaccination and management to reduce complex-level impact.

Q: From what you’re seeing in the field, what makes aMPV such a difficult respiratory virus to manage?

A: This virus spreads quickly and transmits easily in high-density areas, so it can be hard to contain once it’s established. In addition, chickens infected with aMPV are very sensitive to suboptimal management conditions, such as ventilation issues, temperature fluctuations and poor litter quality, worsening the disease outcome.

Q: Once aMPV is confirmed, what practical steps help limit spread across a complex?

A: First of all, limiting the spread of aMPV is difficult due to the fast horizontal transmission. However, practicing good biosecurity certainly helps. Many companies already have good biosecurity programs, but aMPV can expose gaps in consistency and execution.

When a farm is diagnosed, it should be treated as a quarantine situation. That means limiting nonessential visits, avoiding the movement of equipment from infected to healthy farms, and reducing the circulation of personnel between infected and noninfected flocks. These routine steps are simple on paper, but they can make a meaningful difference in reducing transmission risk.

Q: Where do the biggest losses come from when aMPV hits a flock?

A: The virus itself causes respiratory signs such as sneezing, nasal secretions and ocular discharge, but the greater losses often come from secondary bacterial infections, which can lead to septicemia and mortality. aMPV damages ciliated epithelial cells in the upper respiratory tract, impairing mucociliary clearance and favoring the colonization of secondary contaminants, such as Escherichia coli. There is no effective treatment for aMPV infection, but some producers use antibiotics to reduce losses from secondary infections.

Q: What management adjustments matter most during an aMPV event?

A: Ventilation, stocking density and dust control are key. It’s also important to watch for factors that contribute to immunosuppression, such as mycotoxins and viral diseases such as Marek’s, infectious bursal disease (IBD), and chicken infectious anemia, because these increase the risk of complications. Drinking water disinfection might help to reduce bacterial load and secondary contamination. When flocks are affected, tightening these basics can reduce the outbreak severity and help limit economic losses.

Q: Diagnostics for aMPV can be challenging. What’s the best approach for confirming it?

A: The presence of a swollen head in chickens is very indicative of an aMPV challenge. However, confirmation using molecular tests isn’t always easy because the virus is present in the chicken for only a short period, leading to false-negative results.

For PCR, timing matters. Samples should be collected as early as possible, before flocks progress to more severe signs like swollen heads and depression. Collecting from birds that are still apparently healthy in the house often gives the best chance of detecting the virus. Tracheal and choanal swabs are effective for detecting the virus by PCR.

Serology can also be useful. If the flock is not vaccinated, antibody seroconversion is a true sign that those chickens were challenged with aMPV. If the flock is vaccinated, it’s important to establish baseline titers. If titers rise sharply above that baseline, it can indicate a field challenge.

Q: What seasonality patterns have you seen for aMPV in the U.S.?

A: Since the disease started appearing in the US more than two years ago, we’ve seen a clear seasonal pattern, with cases increasing in the winter. The disease worsens in January and February and can persist into April, then decreases significantly as spring and summer arrive. That helps define when producers may need to strengthen the vaccination programs.

Q: What are you seeing with vaccination adoption in broilers as winter pressure increases?

A: I’ve seen more companies implement vaccination programs in broilers going into winter. 2025/2026 was the first winter we went through with vaccinated broilers for aMPV, so it will provide insight into the effectiveness of vaccination under strong field conditions. So far, aMPV broiler vaccination appears to be helping reduce outbreaks of the disease and mitigate economic losses, but it has not been shown to be an ultimate solution to the problem.

Q: What does a strong baseline vaccination strategy look like for pullets and breeders?

A: In pullets, vaccinating for aMPV is mandatory. Two live vaccines and one inactivated vaccine seem to be a good starting program for breeders, based on scientific data and experience in countries that have long dealt with this disease. However, adjustments need to be made based on each reality, and adding more vaccines to the immunization program might sometimes be justified.

Timing of the first live vaccination is also important and is determined by how early pullets are infected in the field. I have seen pullets show aMPV seroconversion as early as 6 weeks of age, so vaccination should start around 2 to 3 weeks earlier, before aMPV field infection hits the flocks.

Regarding the route of vaccine administration, I suggest implementing at least one live vaccine administration via eye drop to support uniform coverage. The other vaccination can be given by spray or drinking water. One dose of an inactivated vaccine is important for protecting the reproductive tract (oviduct) and helping minimize the risk of egg drop production and/or eggshell abnormalities.

Q: What are the main considerations when selecting an aMPV vaccination strategy for broilers?

A: Adding another respiratory vaccine to the broiler hatchery vaccination program comes with some challenges. Early research indicates that vaccinating for aMPV with infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) and Newcastle disease virus (NDV) may interfere with protection. However, more recent data indicate that simultaneous aMPV/IBV/NDV vaccination affects mainly serological response rather than protection. From a practical standpoint, applying all three vaccines at day of age by spray makes sense.

Another option is to reduce respiratory vaccine pressure at day of age by vaccinating against NDV in ovo at 18 days of embryonation using recombinant products, then pairing only aMPV and IBV at day of age. The latter option might be a better alternative to reduce respiratory reactions. Field vaccination for aMPV between 1 and 2 weeks of age can also be considered to boost and extend the duration of immunity. Naturally, a cost-benefit analysis needs to be incorporated.

Q: Are there any considerations with live aMPV vaccination programs that producers should keep in mind?

A: Unlike the early stages of the disease in the US, when the lack of vaccine options posed a major challenge, we now have multiple live and inactivated vaccine options available. Vaccine features, such as duration of immunity, titers, safety and stability, need to be considered when implementing aMPV vaccination.

Good cross-protection has been demonstrated between aMPV subtype A and B. The aMPV vaccine strains originate from chickens or turkeys, and for broiler vaccination, chicken-origin vaccines are recommended. Also, as with other viral respiratory live vaccines, it’s important to be thoughtful about how live aMPV vaccines are used, including awareness of the potential for reversion to virulence if programs are poorly managed.

Finally, it’s imperative to ensure vaccines are administered correctly to achieve good coverage and uniformity. In the US, as more companies gain experience with aMPV vaccination, maintaining strong execution and consistent monitoring will be important to ensure vaccines are in the best possible scenario to succeed.

Q: What does success look like for a long-term aMPV control strategy?

A: Controlling aMPV takes a holistic approach. Biosecurity is important. Vaccination is important. Management practices are equally important. We cannot rely on one single tool.

Editor’s note: Content on Modern Poultry’s Industry Insights pages is provided and/or commissioned by our sponsors, who assume full responsibility for its accuracy and compliance.

The post aMPV is here to stay: How to build smarter vaccination strategies appeared first on Modern Poultry.

The dynamics of global meat production. An analysis of the period from 2000 to 2023 — Part 1

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Apr 2026 19:15:09 +0700

Global meat production increased by almost 270 million mt¹, or 268% between 1970 and 2023. Examining the development by meat type reveals that the dynamics was primarily driven by the rapid increase in poultry meat production. However, it is worth noting that this meat type has not dominated between 2020 and 2023. This article analyses the longer-term trends and the dynamics since 2000 in detail.

Long-term trends. The success story of poultry meat

Analysing the long-term development for the three most important meat types and time periods reveals some striking changes. Obviously, poultry meat production has grown significantly faster than red meat production. The author has characterised this dynamic as a ’red-white shift’ (Windhorst, 2021). Table 1 shows that between 1970 and 2023 the absolute growth in poultry meat production was nearly as high as that of the two most important types of red meat combined. The same applies to the period from 2000 to 2023. However, the picture changes when only the short-term development between 2020 and 2023 is considered. Here, pig meat production grew significantly faster than that of poultry meat. This can be explained by the rapid increase of production in China and Brazil. Following the containment of African swine fever, Chinese production rose by 16.8 million mt over four years, and Brazilian production increased by almost 1 million mt due to a greater focus on exports. A more detailed analysis will follow in a later section.

Table 1 – The differing development of global meat production between 1970 and 2023, broken down by meat type
Source: FAO data.

When examining the long-term change of the share of beef, pork and poultry in global meat production, a shift towards white meat becomes apparent (Table 2, Figure 1). Between 1970 and 2023, beef lost 19.3% of its original share. In contrast, pig meat has remained relatively stable. Poultry gained 23.9%, making it the big winner, although it lost 0.8% between 2000 and 2023.

Table 2 – The changing share of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat in the global meat production between 1970 and 2023
Source: FAO data.

Figure 1 – The development of the global production of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat between 1970 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Medium-term development. The growing dominance of Asia

This part of the analysis analyses how meat production developed by meat type and continent between 2000 and 2023. Figure 2 shows that the contribution by the individual continents to this development varied considerably. For beef, the absolute increase in Asia and Central and South America was almost the same. The contribution of the other continents was comparatively insignificant, with Europe even recording a decline of 1.8 million mt. Asia was an exception with pork production increasing by 21.5 million mt. It was followed by North and South America and Europe. Although Africa continued to account for only a small proportion of global production, its share doubled between 2000 and 2023. Pig meat remained of minor importance in Oceania. At 35.2 million mt, Asia showed the largest growth in poultry meat production, followed by Central and South America at 16.9 million mt, and Europe at 10.9 million mt. At first glance, the significantly lower increase in North America seems surprising. However, it has to be noted that the two North American countries accounted for already 17.9% of the global production volume in 2000. Africa showed a remarkable dynamic, increasing its production by around 5 million mt. Oceania lagged far behind the other continents in terms of this meat type, reflecting its small population.

Figure 2 – The absolute change of global meat production at continent level and by meat type between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

A different picture emerges when the relative change in meat production is analysed (Figure 3). Asia and Africa achieved relative growth rates of over 60% for beef, followed by Central and South America with 47.8%. North America recorded the lowest growth rate of only 2.7%, apart from Europe’s downward trend. North America’s low growth rate reflects the declining per capita beef consumption in the USA. While it had been as high as 30 kg in 2000, it had fallen to 27 kg by 2023. The high retail price compared to pig meat and, in particular, broiler meat was the decisive steering factor.

Figure 3 – The relative change of global meat production at continent level and by meat type between 2000 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Africa showed the highest relative increase in pork production at 130.9%, followed by Central and South America at 105.2%. Growth was much lower in Asia and North America, here, the already high baseline figures for 2000 must be taken into account. Europe ranked last with an increase of only 11.4%, reflecting the slight increase in per capita consumption. In some countries, consumption has been stagnating or even declining for years, because consumers preferred poultry meat for its lower retail price, while that of beef had risen sharply.

Poultry meat achieved the highest relative growth rate in Africa at 165.2%, followed by Asia at 153.8%, and Central and South America at 142.1%. Oceania’s high figure must be viewed in the context of its low baseline of just 0.77 million mt produced in 2000.

In summary, Africa and Central and South America showed a remarkable dynamic. Asia was only in the top position for beef production. The comparatively low momentum in North America is surprising at first glance. Here, meat consumption has obviously reached a saturation point in the USA, and growth can only be achieved through population growth or higher exports. Africa’s dynamic development is due to the rising per capita income of a growing middle class in some North African countries and South Africa. Central and South America demonstrated a remarkable growth across all three meat types, with Brazil’s increased exports playing a pivotal role.

What about short-term trends, a resurgence of pork?

Looking at the short-term trend in global meat production between 2020 and 2023 reveals some remarkable developments. The fact that consumption options were restricted in many countries during the Covid-19 pandemic resulted in changing preferences of the consumers for meat types.

Between 2020 and 2023, global production of the three main meat types increased by 27.5 million mt. Approximately 16 million mt or 58.1% of this was pork, 8.8 million mt respectively 32.1% was poultry, and 2.7 million mt or 9.8% was beef. Does this development spell the end of poultry meat’s success story? Examining the data for individual continents (Table 3) reveals that the increase in pork production was primarily driven by developments in Asia and, to a much lesser extent, in Central and South America. In contrast, the production volume in Europe and North America fell by around 2.6 million mt in total, with Europe accounting for 2.1 million mt of this decline. The containment of African swine fever boosted pork production in Asia, offsetting the 16 million mt slump between 2015 and 2020. A comparison of the production volumes in 2015 and 2023 reveals that production increased by only 1.5%. In contrast, beef production grew by 18.3%, and poultry meat even by 36.9%. While beef production in Asia and Central and South America increased by a combined 2.7 million mt, it declined by 0.6 million mt in Europe and North America. Of all meat types, only poultry showed positive growth across all continents. Figure 4 clearly documents that in Asia the dynamic of this meat type remained unaffected. The sharp increase in pork production since 2020 was merely a short-term response to the significant losses caused by the African swine fever outbreaks in China and several other Asian countries between 2018 and 2020.

Table 3 – The development of global meat production between 2020 and 2023 at continent level and by meat type continent
Source: FAO data.

Figure 4 – The development of cattle meat, pig meat and poultry meat production in Asia between 1970 and 2023
Design: A. S. Kauer based on FAO data.

Conclusion. Asia and Central and South America dominated

Besides comparing the absolute and relative growth of global meat production, it is of interest to examine how much each continent contributed to the total production as well as to the production of the three most important meat types. Figure 5 provides a summary of this.

Between 2000 and 2023, Asia contributed 55.6% to the 138.1 million mt growth in global meat production, with Central and South America contributing a further 17.9%. These two continents thus accounted for almost three-quarters of the increase. In contrast, the significantly lower growth in Europe and North America is reflected in their combined share of only 17.1%.

A similar pattern emerges when looking at individual meat types. Once again, Asia and Central and South America were in the leading positions. During this period, the two continents contributed 69.2% to the increase in poultry meat production, 75.6% to pork production, and 92.5% to the increase in beef production. It is worth noting that Oceania had an even higher share in beef production than Europe or North America.

The dynamics of global meat production reflect both population size and the continents’ respective shares in the world population. In 2023, Asia accounted for 59% of the world’s population, while Central and South America accounted for 8% and Europe and North America for 14%. Africa achieved the highest relative population growth between 2000 and 2023, at 83%, while Europe had the lowest, at only 2.8%. Given the emerging population dynamics and economic development, it is reasonable to assume that Asia and Central and South America will increase their shares in global meat production, while Europe and North America will lose shares.

Data sources and supplementary literature

FAO. FAOSTAT. https://www.fao.org/faostat

World Population Review. Continents. https://worldpopulationreview.com/continents

Windhorst, H.-W. (2021). The red-white shift in global meat production. Zootecnica International, 43(5), 32–37.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). Was it the decade of Asia? The dynamics of global meat and egg production between 2012 and 2022. Meatingpoint, (54), 60–64.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2024). South America – the continent of cattle and chickens. Meatingpoint, (55), 12–15.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). Oceania – disadvantage of peripheral location. Fleischwirtschaft International, (1), 14–21.

Windhorst, H.-W. (2025). ASEAN – The dynamics of the meat industry. Fleischwirtschaft International, (2), 46–51.

Note

¹ mt: metric tonne (= 1,000 kg)

Can Cats Tell Time? How Routine Changes Can Stress Your Cat

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Apr 2026 01:55:07 +0700

Can cats tell time? Not exactly—but they do rely on routine. And when it changes, stress follows.
Here’s what every cat owner should know.

You may have noticed that your cat knows when it’s time for dinner. Like clockwork, the pacing and meowing begin. My cat Clarabelle would often put herself to bed exactly at 10 pm, even if I was staying up a little late. These daily rituals provide structure and predictability to your cat’s life. Cats are known to be creatures of habit, but did you know just how sensitive they can be to change?

Can Cats Tell Time? Understanding Your Cat’s Internal Clock

Yes, cat’s can “tell time,” but not by reading a clock. They use a combination of strong internal circadian rhythms and strict routines to accurately predict daily events like feeding or your return home. They rely on environmental cues, such as lighting changes and, for example, the sound of your car, to structure their day. This is how cats fed promptly at 5 pm will remind you at 4:59 that it’s time for dinner.

Cats know it’s dinner time through a combination of a precise internal biological clock (cyrcadian rhythm), habit-based associative learning, and environmental cues.

How Changes in Routine Cause Stress in Cats

Cats are creatures of habit and notoriously dislike change.

A 2011 study of laboratory cats in a research program demonstrated how much cats can be affected by changes to their routine. The cats and their regular caretaking were tracked for almost three years. During that time, life happened. The cats were exposed to “unexpected external events (UEE)” which included the absence of their usual caregiver, changes to the time of their usual care and feeding, and a lack of enrichment (e.g., music, playtime) for a few weeks.

Stress Response in Cats

The cats’ responses were significant: compared to when the cats received typical care, the cats experiencing change were more likely to vomit, have diarrhea, urinate outside their litter boxes, and eat less than usual, even when they were physically healthy. The researchers referred to these clinical signs as “sickness behaviours.”

Cats experiencing change were more likely to vomit, have diarrhea, and urinate outside their litter boxes.

Although the relationship between stress and health was not a new concept, it was unknown how strong this relationship was for cats. “This was the first study to investigate sickness behaviours in cats as a response to psychological stressors or UEE,” notes Dr. Judi Stella, lead author of the 2011 study, and a Senior Scientist at Purdue University, where she researches dog and cat welfare and behaviour.

“Our findings are directly transferrable to cats in homes. For example, if an owner is out of town and the cat is cared for by a pet sitter, the cat would perceive the change in caretaker similarly to the cats in the study.”

Though we can’t prevent cats from experiencing any stress, we can help them adapt by introducing changes slowly and gradually. Dr. Stella also suggests “socializing kittens with a variety of people and experiences will help them cope with stressors later in life.”

Evdoha/AdobeStock

Common Sources of Stress for Cats

Here are some of the most common sources of stress for cats in homes, and how you can help.

1. Changes to Daily Schedule

When possible, try to set up a schedule you can stick to every day, regardless of your work hours. Feed your cat, clean their litter box, and play with them at around the same time each day.

If you are going to be gone for more than 12 to 24 hours, have a pet sitter come to care for your cat, trying to adhere to the cat’s regular schedule as much as possible. As Dr. Stella recommends, “Having a pet sitter the cat is familiar with will help the cat feel less threatened by the change.”
Leave your cat with items that smell like you—dirty socks or a gently worn t–shirt can be comforting.
Don’t forget the fun stuff! Food puzzles, safe solo toys, bird videos, and a window perch that allows sunbathing can keep your cat busy while you are gone.
Timed feeders can help you feed your cat on their regular schedule, but they should not replace basic care (you still need a pet sitter!).

2. Changes in Household Members:

Whether entertaining guests or adding a new housemate (such as a baby, romantic partner, or new companion animal), personnel changes are MAJOR for kitties. New beings in the house mean new smells, sounds, interactions, and habits.
Give your cat hiding spaces if they are unsure of visitors. Never pull a cat out of hiding or force them to interact with guests.
Make sure your cat can still easily access critical resources (litter box, food, water, safe spaces) if they aren’t ready to meet visitors or new household members.
Take the time to introduce your cat to new sounds and smells BEFORE a baby arrives. Pair these experiences with treats, so your cat has a positive association with them.
Go slow with intros. With new pets in the home, do a slow, controlled introduction based on positive experiences.
Looks for these signs. Excessive hiding, conflict, and sickness behaviours are a warning sign—seek help from your veterinarian and a qualified behaviour professional.

3. Noise or Environmental Changes

Be considerate of your cat’s better hearing. Construction and remodeling are loud to cats’ sensitive ears. White noise or other sound buffers (think classical music) can make scary sounds less threatening.
Set up a safe room and encourage your cat to spend time away from the main source of noise.
Seek help from your veterinarian for short-acting medication to reduce your cat’s stress and anxiety.
Let them go at their own pace. When adding or moving furniture, let your cat explore changes on their own time. Never force a cat to explore before they are ready, for example, by picking them up and placing them on that new couch—forced interactions often backfire and increase fear.

Okrasyuk/Bigstock

4. Diet or Litter Box Changes

If you want to try a new type of food or kitty litter, offer change as a choice. Place the new food in a bowl next to their regular food; add a new litter box with the new type of litter rather than abruptly replacing all litter.
Let your cat take some time to show you what they like and accept their preferences. They may be perfectly happy with their current food or litter!

Our cats rely on us to reduce uncertainty about things they can’t control, like when they get fed. Routine does exactly that! While it’s okay to provide your cats with a little novelty, such as a new toy or cat bed, it should be done in the context of stability.

Putting it All Together

Our cats rely on us to reduce uncertainty about things they can’t control, like when they get fed. Routine does exactly that! While it’s okay to provide your cats with a little novelty, such as a new toy or cat bed, it should be done in the context of stability.

Identifying stress in your cat is the first step to helping them. Dr. Stella advises, “Monitoring for sickness behaviours may be an easy way for owners to identify stress…these behaviours are often dismissed as “normal” but are often a response to the perception of threat.”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Can Cats Tell Time? How Routine Changes Can Stress Your Cat appeared first on Modern Cat.

2026 Conservation Priority List

Edusehat — Thu, 02 Apr 2026 01:45:04 +0700

The Livestock Conservancy, a national not-for-profit organization dedicated to the conservation, protection and promotion of rare agricultural breeds in the United States, has released its 2026 Conservation Priority List. This roster of more than 180 breeds across 11 species ranks the extinction threat for America’s farm animals. In 2026, two formerly endangered breeds graduated from the list.

Working closely with breed associations, breeders and conservationists, The Livestock Conservancy thoroughly analyzes data on each breed’s status, risks and opportunities. The results place each breed in one of four categories, from Critical (most endangered) to Threatened, Watch and Recovering (least threatened). The annual list drives specific conservation programs, outreach efforts and promotion of heritage breeds. Thousands turn to the CPL when selecting heritage livestock and poultry breeds for their operations. This is the 40th year for the CPL.

“More than 4,000 volunteer breeders and 150-plus breed associations work diligently to ensure these endangered breeds don’t disappear from our farms, ranches and backyards throughout America,” explained Allison Kincaid, executive director of The Livestock Conservancy. “In addition to historical roles tracing back as much as 500 years in North America, these breeds continue to make important contributions to our country’s sustainable food and fiber needs.”

Belgian Horses Graduate

Belgian Draft Horses

The Belgian Horse graduates from the CPL in 2026. It is the most common draft horse breed in the United States, but this was not always the case.

Following several importations from Belgium in the late 1800s, the breed enjoyed tremendous popularity as a draft horse in the U.S. Subsequent importations and active breeding in America met the demand. American breeders began to make the “Great Flemish Horse” their own. They selected for a taller, less massive horse than the original type and preferred chestnut and roan colors.

Imports nearly halted after the World Wars in Europe, and American horses were cut off from their Belgian cousins. As with many draft breeds, the popularity of mechanized equipment at this time also led to a decline in demand. Horses that once found a home on farmsteads across America, doing the heavy work of plowing, logging and hauling, were soon replaced by tractors and automobiles.

The dedicated work of the Belgian Draft Horse Corporation of America and hundreds of breeders has restored the breed’s popularity, making the Belgian, as they call it, “America’s Draft Horse Breed Supreme.” Thanks to their efforts, Belgian horses graduate from the CPL with more than 25,000 horses.

Silver Fox Rabbits Graduate

Rabbits were added to The Livestock Conservancy’s mission in 2005, first appearing on the CPL in 2006. Twenty years later, Silver Fox rabbits are the first

Silver Fox Buck

breed of rabbit to graduate from the CPL. First listed in the Critical category in 2006, the impressive growth of Silver Fox rabbits took place through diligent breeding and promotion for both meat production and exhibition. Silver Fox rabbits are an American breed, found nowhere else in the world. Breeders have emphasized selection for growth and body weight, as well as dense fur that characterizes the Silver Fox.

A census conducted by members of the Silver Fox Rabbit Breeders Club in late 2023 found over 3,200 rabbits in rabbitries and on homesteads and small farms across the country. Growth has continued, and as of 2025, more than 1,050 rabbits have been shown at National shows in the past five years, and there were 207 registered rabbits.

“This club has worked tirelessly to make this happen, and I am thrilled with this accomplishment!” Hannah Ramirez, president of the Silver Fox Rabbit Breeders Club, said.

With well over 250 breeders actively raising Silver Fox rabbits, this useful and attractive breed is on secure ground for the future.

Several more rabbit breeds have improved their status. American, Blanc de Hotot and Silver rabbits move from Threatened to Watch, while Palomino rabbits move to Recovering. On the other hand, monitoring global status is vital to conserving breeds like Cotswold sheep, where the population in the U.S. now represents about half of the global population of roughly 2000 sheep. Declining numbers in their native United Kingdom led to the Cotswold sheep being placed in Critical this year.

Shetland ducks

New to the CPL is another U.K. emigrant, the Shetland duck.

“Thanks to the hard work of family farmers and the associations that represent individual breeds, several breeds of livestock and poultry, such as Red Devon cattle, Tennessee Fainting goats and Polish chickens, need only a few more serious breeders to achieve the next step in growth that will help them graduate from the List,” Alison Martin, program director for The Livestock Conservancy, said.

Kincaid added that further conservation work is needed not only to improve the status of breeds but also to ensure the survival of unique livestock and poultry.

“Many of the breeds that are found only in North America and have played important roles in our nation’s history are now critically endangered,” she said. “Rare farm animals represent an irreplaceable piece of the Earth’s biodiversity. They offer remarkable genetic diversity and distinctive production traits, including disease resistance. Saving these breeds is vital to meeting today’s sustainability challenges and ensuring food security for the future.”

Since its inception four decades ago, no breed on the CPL has gone extinct. In the last dozen years, 14 endangered breeds have graduated from the CPL.

Find the full Conservation Priority List:

2026 Livestock CPL

2026 Equine CPL

2026 Poultry CPL

The post 2026 Conservation Priority List appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

2026 Coservation Priority List

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 22:05:05 +0700

Belgian Horses Graduate

Belgian Draft Horses

The Belgian Horse graduates from the CPL in 2026. It is the most common draft horse breed in the United States, but this was not always the case.

Silver Fox Rabbits Graduate

Rabbits were added to The Livestock Conservancy’s mission in 2005, first appearing on the CPL in 2006. Twenty years later, Silver Fox rabbits are the first

Silver Fox Buck

breed of rabbit to graduate from the CPL First listed in the Critical category in 2006, the impressive growth of Silver Fox rabbits took place through diligent breeding and promotion for both meat production and exhibition. Silver Fox rabbits are an American breed, found nowhere else in the world. Breeders have emphasized selection for growth and body weight, as well as dense fur that characterizes the Silver Fox.

“This club has worked tirelessly to make this happen, and I am thrilled with this accomplishment!” Hannah Ramirez, president of the Silver Fox Rabbit Breeders Club, said.

With well over 250 breeders actively raising Silver Fox rabbits, this useful and attractive breed is on secure ground for the future.

Shetland ducks

New to the CPL is another U.K. emigrant, the Shetland duck.

Kincaid added that further conservation work is needed not only to improve the status of breeds but also to ensure the survival of unique livestock and poultry.

Since its inception four decades ago, no breed on the CPL has gone extinct. In the last dozen years, 14 endangered breeds have graduated from the CPL.

Find the full Conservation Priority List:

2026 Livestock CPL

2026 Equine CPL

2026 Poultry CPL

The post 2026 Coservation Priority List appeared first on The Livestock Conservancy.

Healthy Paws: Top Wellness Products for Cats

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:23 +0700

Investing in your cat’s health means more and better years together. These science-backed products deliver health benefits that will improve your cat’s life!

1. A Probiotic Powered Cleaner

Cat pee? No problem! Lively Pet Stain & Odor Remover breaks down troublesome spots at a microscopic level—restoring carpets and fabrics without harsh residues or perfumes. This Martha Stewart-approved probiotic-powered cleaner works on all types of messes—urine, poop, vomit, and more—eliminating stains and smells by penetrating fabrics to break down stain- and odour-causing substances. ($6, livelyclean.com)

2. Daily Probiotic Drops for Cats

Resolve diarrhea, help stressed cats, and restore normal intestinal flora with FeliOtic, the daily liquid probiotic developed from the cat, for the cat. The feline-sourced lactobacillus reuteri in FeliOtic helps replenish cats’ natural gut flora with good bacteria. ($24, bluegrassanimalproducts.com)

3. Great Grooming Gloves

Make grooming your cat as natural as petting! Hands on Gloves are beloved by cats and their people for good reason: they make grooming fun and relaxing for you both. The scrubbing nodules on the fingers and palms are excellent de-shedders, providing a deep clean while massaging your cat, distributing natural oils, and improving circulation. In short: they’re amazing. ($25, handsongloves.com)

4. A Dinner Cats Love

Fussie Cat Super Premium Chicken in Goat Milk Gravy Shredded Wet Cat Food pairs premium proteins with the health benefits of goat milk. It’s grain-free, high in moisture to encourage hydration, gentle on sensitive stomachs, rich in DHA, and has a taste cats love! ($45 for a case of 24, chewy.com)

5. A High-Performance Natural Cat Litter

Offering quick-clumping, 99% dust-free odour control, Dofu Cat Cereal Litter is the high-performing natural litter you’ve been searching for. This light-weight plant-based litter is made with upcycled grain and bean fibers and it’s free from artificial additives, making it good for both your cat and the planet. ($17, dofucat.com)

6. Clean, Healthy Ears

Zymox’s vet-recommended Enzymatic Ear Cleanser for Cats & Kittens gently keeps cats’ ears clean and healthy. The patented LP3 Enzyme System safely removes dirt and wax while protecting against bacteria, fungus, and yeast for healthy, clean-smelling ears! ($17, zymox.com)

7. Outdoor Access for Indoor Cats

Give your indoor cat a safe taste of the outdoors with the Cat Solarium Penthouse Package, a stylish, open-air solarium with a panoramic view. Inserted into a window, the Cat Solarium allows your indoor cats outside to bask in the sun and feel the breeze. The plexiglass back panel with cat door allows your cat constant access to the outdoors. (from $325, catsolarium.com)

8. A Treat for Anxiety, Aches & Pains

Deliver the benefits of CBD in a tasty treat! Suzie’s CBD Cat Bites are soft chicken-and-tuna treats each containing 1/2 mg of USDA-certified, organic full-spectrum CBD oil grown in Colorado. Treat your cat and help reduce anxiety, aches, and pains! ($17, suziespettreats.com)

9. Immune System Support

Give your cat the best gift of all: optimal immune system function. The Feline Immune System Support supplement from Standard Process provides nutritional and biochemical support for healthy immune cells and tissues in cats. (standardprocess.com)

10. Litter Box Attractant

If you’re struggling to get your cat to use the litter box, here’s the solution! Good Habits Boosters Litter Additive from World’s Best Cat Litter naturally attracts cats with an unscented, plant-based formula that’s safe and effective. Just sprinkle onto any litter to attract your cat to their litter box and away from other areas. ($16, worldsbestcatlitter.com)

11. Wound Care for Cats

If your cat is suffering from cuts, bites, sores, or irritations, Vetericyn Plus Antimicrobial Feline Wound Care will come to the rescue! It flushes and decontaminates to prevent infection and provide soothing relief. Utilizing advanced hypochlorous technology, it contains no alcohol or steroids and is non-toxic and safe to use around the eyes, ears, and mouth of your best friend. ($16, vetericyn.com)

12. A Cat Litter for Cats & People with Allergies

Naturally Non Allergic Is the first cat litter to be free of common allergens. Made in the USA from made from simple, natural ingredients, its non-allergenic formula is ideal for cats and owners with allergies. It’s also eco-friendly, non-GMO, flushable, biodegradable, and non-toxic, as well as super-absorbent, quick clumping, and offers exemplary odour control. (from $25, naturallynonallergic.com)

13. An All Glass Cat Fountain

The Brook all glass pet fountain is a beauty blending stunning looks with high performance. This hygienic, easy to maintain fountain provides filtration, aeration, and subtle illumination for a drinking experience your cat will love, encouraging hydration. ($89, brookfountains.com)

14. A Supplement for Senior Cat Super Health

Ensure your cat’s senior years are golden with WellyTails Mature/Senior Cat Care Advanced supplement. It has everything your older cat needs to thrive: extra high amounts of DHA and EPA Omega-3s, probiotic bacteria and digestive enzymes, cancer-fighting phytonutrients and antioxidants, cranberry extract for urinary tract health, glucosamine for happy joints, and more! ($30, wellytails.com)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Healthy Paws: Top Wellness Products for Cats appeared first on Modern Cat.

Healthy Feline: Essential Wellness Products for Cats

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:22 +0700

Explore these ultimate cat health products to keep your cat happy and healthy. Read on to discover the essential wellness items every cat person should have in their arsenal to keep their cat happy and thriving!

The Feline Health Products Every Cat Owner Needs

From pets’ coats to pet stains and bad breath, Lively’s probiotic products tackle messes at the source. Breaking down odours, stains, and buildup, they restore lasting freshness. Each formula is gentle, effective, and safe to use around pets and kids—making it easy to keep your home clean and healthy. lively.com

Brushing your cat’s teeth doesn’t have to be stressful. With dual micro heads sized for feline mouths, soft bristles, and a curved cornstarch handle that avoids the Jacobson’s organ, brushing is gentle and safe. Finally, a toothbrush made just for cats! ryercat.com

Made from Canadian pea fiber, pidan Tofu cat litter is an eco-friendly blend of different sized particles, delivering faster clumping, rapid absorption, and serious odour control. Removes up to 90% of ammonia and hydrogen sulfide! Low dust, flushable, and biodegradable. teddybob.ca or pidan.ca

Vetericyn Antimicrobial Feline Facial Therapy helps with healing and infection prevention in cat acne, cuts, and mouth sores, plus soothes itch and irritation associated with allergies. Safe if licked or ingested, won’t sting, and is antibiotic and steroid-free! vetericyn.com

Keep your senior cat active, comfortable, and thriving with advanced joint and digestive care. WellyTails Mature/Senior Cat Care ADVANCED combines glucosamine and green-lipped mussel to ease stiffness, protect cartilage, and promote easier movement, while digestive enzymes and probiotics support a healthy gut and help aging cats absorb more nourishment. wellytails.com

Pet Food Intolerance Test helps identify sensitivities to 570+ ingredients—promoting happier tummies, reduced inflammation, and improved vitality for cats and dogs. 5strands.com

Visit our Cat Care page for more expert picks and advice!

The post Healthy Feline: Essential Wellness Products for Cats appeared first on Modern Cat.

Stuff We Love: Fall/Winter 2025/26 Edition

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:21 +0700

The Modern Cat team tries out A LOT of cat products. if you’ve ever wondered what the staff’s favourite products are, wonder no more! From cat food and treats to litter, cat toys, wellness picks, and more, the following is what the Modern Cat staffers are currently obsessed with!

The Modern Cat Staff’s Favourite Cat Products

1. Slip into purrfect comfort in shoes by BOBS® from Skechers®. From the philanthropic brand that’s donated over $13 million to help save and support more than 2 million shelter pets to date.—Aly (from $60, BOBSfromskechers.com)

2. A celebration of the magic of cats, Caught in a Cat Romance is a gorgeous photo-poetry book combining art, photography, and poetry to celebrate the joys of a life shared with felines.—Jessica ($30, aberstoatpublishing.com)

3. Offload litter box cleaning! The Litter-Robot 4 is a self-cleaning, odour-controlling, smart litter box that tracks your cat’s health in real time, all while blending seamlessly into your home. Say goodbye to scooping and hello to smarter living.—Jory ($699, litter-robot.com)

4. ökocat’s Low Tracking Mini-Pellets Clumping Wood Cat Litter is especially ideal for long-haired cats. It’s exceptionally low tracking, soft on paws, and made from sustainably sourced natural wood for cleaner floors, happier cats, and zero compromise. Less mess, more purr!—Shakira ($18, healthy-pet.com)

5. Restore, refresh, and reinvent your cat’s beloved cat tree with cat tree parts from Feline Design! From sisal rope columns to cozy beds and perches, every piece helps bring new life to your cat’s beloved tree, because their favourite spot should never get old.—Megan (felinedesign.net)

6. Find the best vet, groomer, boarding, and more! ZooDoc’s website and app make it easy to search and compare vets, specialists, and other animal care experts in your area.—Simran (zoodoc.org)

7. Stay fresh and fuss-free! Calitti CRYSTALS silica cat litter delivers fast absorption, zero dust, and instant odour control, all without sticking to paws. The result? A cleaner home and more quality time with your cat!—Louis ($20, calitti.com)

8. Let your purr-baby nap in luxury! Fluff & Boots dual-sided Portable Lounge Mat blends style and function with a durable carrying strap, a soft top, and plush, faux fur underside. Fold, loop, and go! Your cat’s favourite nap spot is now ready to go anywhere life takes you.—Anna ($89, fluffandboots.com)

9. Discover the cat litter that your cat will love, and the environment will thank you for! Catalyst Pet’s Soft Wood Litter is a lightweight, biodegradable litter made from upcycled wood—gentle on paws, tough on mess, and kind to the Earth. With superior absorption and excellent odour control, it’s a win-win for you, your cats, and the environment!—Jennifer ($23/month (10lbs), catalystpet.com)

10. An adult colouring book featuring the stories of real-life rescue cats? Yes please! Enjoy heartwarming rescue stories and the therapeutic effects of colouring with Madeleine Belanger’s charming Rescue Cat Coloring Book.—Connie ($11, medialabbooks.com)

11. Say hello to easy, smell-free litter disposal from the makers of Diaper Genie! The Litter Genie Platinum Stainless Steel Pail is sleek, durable, and odour-locking, sealing in unpleasant odours to keep your space fresh. Pair with the new Litter Genie Light Clumping Litter for an all-around pleasant and easy litter box experience!—Mina (littergenie.com)

12. A Friend for Ruby is a charming children’s picture book that will delight cat-loving kids. In her quest for a friend, Ruby the cat encounters a bunch of creatures that don’t quite fit the bill, before receiving her very own kitten—the perfect playmate for a cat that was losing hope of finding a best friend. Adorable!—Cecilia ($24, amazon.com)

13. Hold on to what matters most. Celebrate the bond you share with your cat with a handcrafted custom photo magnet from Furever Framed. Featuring vibrant colour and a sleek, glossy finish, each piece turns a treasured moment into a timeless keepsake. Great gift idea!—Chili ($9, fureverframed.com)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Stuff We Love: Fall/Winter 2025/26 Edition appeared first on Modern Cat.

The Naked Truth About Hairless Cats

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:19 +0700

Sharing your life with a hairless cat is a special kind of adventure—one that comes with fur-free cuddles but plenty of extra skincare quirks. Without a built-in fur coat, these cats are all about the glow-up, and it’s up to us to keep their skin feeling as fabulous as they look.

Because hairless cats don’t have fur to absorb oils, their skin works overtime, sometimes leading to buildup, greasy spots, or even the occasional breakout (yes, cats get pimples!). Their skin is also more sensitive to temperature changes, allergens, and the sun. But here’s the truth: they’re only high maintenance when things get out of balance.

The Perks of Having a Hairless Cat

The perks? No fur on your clothes, no hairballs, and no tumbleweeds of fluff under the couch. With the right routine, caring for a hairless cat like the Sphynx is simple—just different.

IndigoFish/Bigstock

Caring For Hairless Cats: Bathing & More

When it comes to bathing, less is more. Many pet shampoos can dry out delicate skin, so it’s best to use a gentle, pH-balanced cleanser made for cats. A full bath every 2–4 weeks will do the trick, with wipe-downs in between to keep things fresh.

DO HAIRLESS CATS CAUSE ALLERGIES? Yes, hairless cats like the Sphynx can still cause allergies, even though they don’t have fur. The primary allergens from cats come from their skin cells (aka dander), saliva, and urine, not just fur. While hairless cats shed less dander, they still produce proteins in their saliva, skin, and urine that can trigger allergic reactions.

Ear Cleaning: It’s a Thing

Hairless cats also need regular ear cleaning. Without fur to catch debris, wax builds up faster and can lead to infections. A gentle, vet-approved cleanser once a week helps keep their ears clean and healthy. Nails need attention too, as oils and dust can gather around the nail beds; regular trims and cleaning prevent grime (and protect your furniture).

Ingredient safety is critical. Hairless cats lick everything—including their own skin. Even products that are natural and safe for humans or dogs can be dangerous for cats. Stick to 100 percent cat-safe formulas and always read labels carefully.

Sun Protection for Hairless Cats

Sun protection is another concern. While it’s tempting to use sunscreen, there’s no scientific evidence SPF products are safe or effective for cats, and many contain harmful chemicals. Shade and indirect sunlight are the best ways to protect their skin.

At the end of the day, hairless cat care is about balance: clean but not over-washed, moisturized but not greasy, and always safe. And in return, you get a cat who never leaves fur on your favourite black sweater—and always looks runway-ready.

» For more expert insights into hairless cat care, visit mrwrinkles.com.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post The Naked Truth About Hairless Cats appeared first on Modern Cat.

Dental Disease in Cats: Signs, Symptoms & How to Help Your Cat

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:16 +0700

Dental disease in cats is both more common and more impactful than you may think. Studies estimate that up to 70 percent of cats over the age of three show signs of dental disease, which can range from mild gingivitis to severe periodontal disease. If left untreated, dental disease can lead to chronic pain, tooth loss, and systemic health problems affecting the heart, kidneys, and liver.

The most prevalent types of feline dental disease include gingivitis (inflammation of the gums), periodontitis (inflammation affecting deeper structures around the tooth), and tooth resorption, a painful condition in which the tooth structure begins to break down. These conditions are often caused by plaque and tartar buildup resulting from poor oral hygiene.

Does Your Cat Have Dental Disease? What to Watch For

Signs of dental disease in cats may be subtle, as cats are adept at hiding pain and discomfort. Here’s what to look for.

Common Symptoms of Dental Disease in Cats

Bad breath
Red or swollen gums
Drooling
Difficulty eating, perhaps favouring one side of the mouth or choosing to eat only soft food
Pawing at the mouth
Changes in appetite
Noticeable decrease in grooming behaviour
Irritability
Visible tartar or calculus on the teeth

How to Prevent Dental Disease in Cats

Brushing your cat’s teeth is one of the most effective ways to prevent dental disease. Start slow and early. Specially formulated dental treats and dental water additives has also been shown to reduce plaque and tartar.

What to Do If You Suspect Your Cat Has Dental Disease

If you suspect your cat has dental disease, an oral examination by your vet is needed—professional dental cleaning under anesthesia may be recommended. Remember, dental disease not only causes pain and discomfort but impacts your cat’s overall wellbeing!

How to Help Cats with Dental Disease: Modern Cats Product Picks

A Brush-Free Bad Breath Solution

Bid stinky cat breath adieu with the Pet Dental Water Additive from Oxyfresh. Just add this brush-free solution for bad breath, tartar, irritated gums, and cleaner teeth to your cat’s drinking water. Tasteless and odourless, it neutralizes bad-breath-causing sulfur compounds and destroys bacteria responsible for plaque and tartar buildup, helping prevent periodontal disease. ($18, oxyfresh.com)

A Toothbrush Just For Cats

The Ryercat toothbrush is designed especially for a cat’s anatomy, making a dreaded task stress-free! The dual-sided micro heads sized for feline mouths mean brushing is safe, easy, and gentle. ($20, ryercat.com)

A Soothing Oral Gel

Oratene Enzymatic Brushless Oral Gel provides intensive carefor inflamed gums and oral conditions like periodontal disease, thanks to its potent enzymes. The patented, antiseptic formula is flavourless—just spread on your cat’s gums, no brushing needed—to soothe and maintain gum health. ($13, zymox.com)

A Cat Toy that Cleans Teeth

Canophera’s all-natural braided rope CocoBall cat toy is made from 100% all-natural coconut husk fibers for playtime fun that simultaneously cleans your cat’s teeth! ($7, canophera.com)

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Dental Disease in Cats: Signs, Symptoms & How to Help Your Cat appeared first on Modern Cat.

7 Things You Should Absolutely Do If Your Cat Is Approaching the End of Their Life

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:15 +0700

If your cat is nearing the end of their life, these thoughtful tips from Tory Duchene, a pet grief support specialist and founder of Empawthy Pet, can help you navigate this challenging time with as much grace and love as possible.

Things You Should Do If Your Cat Is Approaching the End of Their Life: Tips from a Pet Grief Support Specialist

1. Creature Comforts

Comfort becomes everything at this stage of life. Older cats are particularly drawn to warmth. Provide them with an electric heating pad or bed to soothe aching joints and keep them cozy.

If mobility is an issue, place rugs or anti-slip pet mats on slippery floors to make it easier for them to move around safely.

Adding pet stairs or ramps to help them reach their favourite window perch or spot on the sofa will be appreciated.

Provide a low-entry litter box for easy access, and consider placing multiple boxes in the areas your cat frequents most. The goal is to minimize effort and maximize comfort.

Being proactive about pain management is one of the greatest gifts you can give your cat.

2. Understand Their Pain, Even When They Hide It

Cats are masters of hiding pain. Just because they’re quiet, purring, or more vocal does not mean they are comfortable. Speak with your veterinarian about pain management options early on, especially if your cat has a painful chronic illness, such as arthritis or chronic kidney disease. Another great option is to research palliative or hospice-care veterinarians, many of whom offer in-home visits and can help guide you through this phase with compassion and honesty.

Mobile veterinarians are ideal for all cats, especially those who experience stress during car rides or vet visits. Some also offer alternative therapies such as acupuncture, laser treatments, and other holistic modalities designed to improve your cat’s comfort and quality of life. Being proactive about pain management is one of the greatest gifts you can give your cat.

art2435/Bigstock

3. Create a Cozy Sanctuary

Unlike dogs, many cats prefer solitude when they feel unwell. Support their natural instincts by creating a quiet, tucked away retreat. A warm cave bed in their favourite hiding spot, a box lined with fleece blankets—wherever they like to retreat to, make that space extra cozy, warm, and special. Place food, water, and a litter box nearby so they don’t need to travel far. If feeding wet food, give them a breakfast-in-bed experience and create their own little sanctuary where they can rest and recharge on their own terms.

4. Prepare for a Peaceful Goodbye

This is the time to make a plan, not only for their peace, but for yours. It can help reduce panic during worrisome moments and allows space to think clearly. You can track your cat’s daily wellness using the Quality of Life scale available online or through your vet. Keep a journal to recognize shifts and patterns, and monitor good days versus bad. Share this information with your vet before a crisis arises.

Many families find comfort in having a mobile veterinarian help their pet transition peacefully through at-home euthanasia. In this way, your cat can be in a familiar and safe place, curled up in your arms, in their favorite bed, or soaking in the sun in your garden. Having a plan—and a list of mobile veterinary providers, local emergency vet hospitals, and vet clinics to reference—reduces last-minute panic and ensures a calm, loving farewell when it’s time.

5. Capture Special Moments

Ask a friend or loved one to capture some candid photos and videos of you and your cat together or have your own at-home DIY photoshoot. Record all the things you love about your cat, like their toe beans or their unique voice. These will be wonderful memories for you to cherish in the future.

insonnia/Bigstock

6. Spoil Them Daily

Now’s the time to pull out all the stops. Spoil them with something special every day. Do they love roasted chicken? Give them that for dinner! A generous spoonful of tuna? Yes, please. Bring out the catnip or silvervine and sprinkle generously on a rug or blanket. Let them roll around and experience joy. Put a bird feeder outside their favourite window. Turn on Cat TV on YouTube or bring them a new or favourite toy they love. Let them enjoy these indulgences—this is about quality of life, not strict routines.

“Pet them, kiss them, and tell them how deeply they are loved. These quiet, mindful moments are a gift for both of you. They feel your love. I promise.”

7. Be Present and Mindful

stokkete/Bigstock

Anticipatory grief during this time is normal. It’s the heartache you feel knowing your time together is limited, even when your cat is still right by your side. Be gentle with yourself. When feeling like it’s all too much, take a moment and breathe deeply. Stepping outside can also be quite grounding. After taking some time to do this, set the intention to be fully present with your cat. Pet them, kiss them, and tell them how deeply they are loved. These quiet, mindful moments are a gift for both of you. They feel your love. I promise.

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post 7 Things You Should Absolutely Do If Your Cat Is Approaching the End of Their Life appeared first on Modern Cat.

Scientists Discover “Salty Licorice” Cat Coat Pattern Caused by Genetic Mutation

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:13 +0700

Here’s some fun science! A collaboration between the University of Helsinki in Finland and the pet genetic testing company Wisdom Panel has identified the genetic mutation behind the recently discovered “salty licorice” coat colouring seen on some Finnish cats.

The striking new cat coat pattern nicknamed “salty licorice” is turning heads in the feline world. With its unusual mix of black fur sprinkled with white hairs, the look resembles the popular Nordic candy that inspired its name. Now, scientists say this eye-catching pattern isn’t just a quirky colour variation—it’s the result of a newly identified genetic mutation, offering fresh insight into how cats’ coats develop.

Salty Licorice or Salmiak Cats

The striking “salty licorice” cats with their distinctive white fur pattern were first spotted in the Finnish village of Petäjävesi more than 15 years ago. They were given the name “salmiak” or “salty licorice” by researchers due to the unique coat colouring’s resemblance to the popular Finnish candy—black licorice dotted with white salt.

AdobeStock/Tobias Arhelger

The name “salmiak” or “salty licorice” comes from the popular Finnish candy: black licorice dotted with white salt.

Rare Cat Coat

Salty licorice cats look similar to tuxedo cats but with distinctive colouring: ombré strands of fur that start out dark at the base before fading to white. These felines have dark markings on their faces, but their fur becomes increasingly white towards the back of their bodies, ending with the tip of the tail being primarily white.

New “Salty Licorice” Cat Coat Pattern Linked to Genetic Mutation

Geneticist Hannes Lohi and his researcher team at the University of Helsinki—which houses a biobank of 5,000 blood samples from more than 40 feline breeds—were curious how these cats got their unique look, so they studied their DNA, with cat owners and breeders offering their cat’s DNA for the research.

Photo: Ari Kankainen

The scientists’ study, published in the journal Animal Genetics in May, found that a novel gene mutation is responsible for the exceptional fur pattern.

Cat Genetic Mutation

The team called the gene variant w-sal, for salmiak. Each of the salmiak cats had two copies of the recessive gene. A few of the other cats had one copy (not resulting in the unique salty licorice colour), while the rest of the regular-coloured cats had none.

The gene is a variant of the KIT proto-oncogene (KIT) gene, which is “associated with an absence of melanocytes in the skin and hair follicles,” the researchers found. Gene variants that give cats and dogs white fur can sometimes cause deafness, though that doesn’t seem to be the case with w-salmiak.

Feline Genetics

Lohi says the main goal of this work, “is to understand the molecular and environmental causes of feline disorders.”

Are salty licorice cats going to be the next big thing?

“It is possible that breeders will choose to develop a population of salty licorice cats,” says Lohi. “However, the health of the salty licorice cats should be followed in more detail to confirm the absence of any colour-related health issues.”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine. Subscribe today!

The post Scientists Discover “Salty Licorice” Cat Coat Pattern Caused by Genetic Mutation appeared first on Modern Cat.

Scientists Spent $2 Million Creating a Spray to Stop Cat Allergies—So They Could Keep Their Cat

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:12 +0700

Would you spend $2,000,000 to get rid of your cat allergies? Married scientists Dr. Evan Zhao and Dr. Siyang Han did just that developing a revolutionary anti-allergy spray called Pacagen. Their inspiration? Their cat, MiaoMiao.

Is There a Cure for Cat Allergies?

While there is currently no universal cure for cat allergies, scientists are developing new ways to neutralize allergens before they trigger symptoms. Pacagen’s spray targets Fel D1—the primary protein responsible for cat allergies—preventing it from activating the immune response.

The Cat That Sparked a $2 Million Idea

Zhao and Han’s adored British Shorthair brought an abundance of love—and allergies—into their lives. Han found she was allergic, experiencing a stuffy nose, itchy eyes, and asthma symptoms. The couple couldn’t bear to part with MiaoMiao, so Zhao, with his background in biotechnology, decided to engineer a solution.

“It was so effective that I could stop taking antihistamines altogether.”

Have Cat Allergies? This Scientist Couple Engineered a Solution

Zhao turned to a special class of proteins that he studied during his PhD which could be tailored to target specific allergens and turned into a spray.

The resulting product is their cat allergen neutralizing spray, which is easy to use, effective for anyone with cat allergies, and completely safe for both people and pets.

MiaoMiao, the cat that started it all.

The Science Behind Pacagen’s Allergen-Neutralizing Proteins

“The spray contains special proteins we’ve named WhiskerBlock that neutralize specifically the allergen that they were designed for. For the cat spray, the proteins target the allergen Fel D1. For the dog spray, the (different) proteins target the allergens CAN F1 and CAN F2,” explains Zhao. The innovative structure transforms allergenic tetramers into non-reactive monomers.

100,000 People Are Using This Spray to Neutralizes Cat Allergens Instantly

Simply spray the space you’re in. It works instantly on the allergens. “It was so effective that I could stop taking antihistamines altogether,” says Han.

So far, they have sold 100,000 units. “People are amazing at sending us updates on the product,” says Evan. “Customers are amazed at how well it works.”

This article originally appeared in the award-winning Modern Cat magazine.
Subscribe today!

The post Scientists Spent $2 Million Creating a Spray to Stop Cat Allergies—So They Could Keep Their Cat appeared first on Modern Cat.

Bake for Your Dog During the Holidays: Treat Recipes

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:08 +0700

The holidays are around the corner! If you want to include your pup in the seasonal fun, baking homemade dog treats can be a great way to share the joy. Below, we offer some simple, festive recipes that incorporate holiday flavors into dog-safe options.

Remember, while some food is dog-approved, it is typically best to serve certain ingredients in small amounts and on an occasional basis. Always get the green light from your vet before introducing new foods to your pup’s diet.

GINGERBREAD DOG COOKIES

Gingerbread can be a tasty holiday treat for humans, but nutmeg in the recipe makes it toxic for dogs to consume. Here’s a recipe without any unsafe spices or unnatural sweeteners.

Ingredients:

2 cups oat flour
1 egg
3 tablespoons unsweetened applesauce
1 tablespoon honey (if desired)
1 teaspoon ground ginger
1 tablespoon water (if needed)

Directions:

Preheat your oven to 325°F and line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
Mix the oat flour and ginger in a bowl.
Add the egg, applesauce, and honey. Stir until a soft dough forms.
Roll out the dough and cut into holiday shapes like trees or gingerbread.
Bake for 18 to 22 minutes or until firm and lightly golden.
Cool completely before serving.

Bonus: If you’d like to add dog-safe frosting for the full gingerbread effect, check out this recipe by Blue Buffalo.

PEPPERMINT-FREE CANDY CANE COOKIES WITH PUMPKIN & BANANA

Candy canes and the holidays often go hand in hand, but since dogs cannot consume peppermint extract, shaping pet-safe cookies into candy canes can bring a similar festive flair.

Ingredients:

1 cup oat flour
1 egg
1 tablespoon pure pumpkin
1 tablespoon mashed banana

Directions:

Heat oven to 325°F.
Split the dough in half.
Add pumpkin to one half and banana to the other.
Roll thin ropes and twist into cane shapes.
Bake 12 to 14 minutes.

Bonus: Looking for that iconic red and white to add to this treat? Check out this recipe for dog-friendly candy cane twists with ingredients for red and white dough.

CRANBERRY & OAT SNOWFLAKE COOKIES

Fresh, unsweetened cranberries are an excellent source of antioxidants for dogs and can be served in moderation. Plus, these cookies can be cut into fun snowflake shapes.

Ingredients

2 cups rolled oats
1 egg
3 tablespoons unsweetened cranberry puree or finely chopped unsweetened cranberries
2 tablespoons plain Greek yogurt
2 tablespoons water

Directions:

Preheat oven to 325°F.
Pulse oats in a food processor to create a coarse flour.
Add the egg, cranberries, yogurt, and water and mix until combined.
Shape the mixture into a small, parchment-lined baking dish.
Bake for 20 to 25 minutes or until set.
Cool and cut into snowflake or square shapes.

TURKEY & CRANBERRY MINI MUFFINS FOR DOGS

This recipe by The BritishBaker on Allrecipes can be a great option if your dog prefers something a bit more savory and protein packed. Plus, you may already have the ingredients on hand for your own holiday dinner.

Ingredients:

3 ½ cups whole wheat flour
1 teaspoon baking powder
1 cup shredded cooked turkey
1 cup dried cranberries (with no added sugar or xylitol)
1 egg
1 tablespoon olive oil
1 cup low-sodium chicken broth, or as needed

Directions:

Preheat the oven to 350°F and grease or line a baking sheet
Whisk the flour and baking powder and then stir in the cooked turkey meat and dried cranberries.
Make a well in the center of the flour mixture and add the egg, pour in the olive oil, and ½ cup of chicken broth. Mix until it forms a dough.
Flour your surface and knead the dough for a couple of minutes, roll it out to ¼ inch thickness, and cut out pieces using a festive cookie cutter.
Bake for approx. 25 minutes or until golden brown.
Serve once they are cool.

HOLIDAY FOODS DOGS SHOULD AVOID

As you gather your baking supplies, keep in mind that certain foods can be harmful or even toxic for dogs. Some of these items may already be in your baking space, so it is important to double-check before you begin. Here are a few ingredients to avoid:

Chocolate
Raisins and grapes
Any items with xylitol (often found in sugar-free items)
Macadamia nuts
Alcohol-based extracts
Nutmeg
Peppermint extract
Onions and garlic
Candied fruits

Looking for more holiday dog treat inspo? Check out our post: Holiday Treat Recipes Your Dog Will Love

BRING YOUR DOG TO DAYCARE DURING THE HOLIDAYS

Planning a holiday get-together, or looking to fill your dog’s day with fun activities that keep them active and boredom-free? Daycare at Dogtopia can offer a safe, exciting environment for your pup to enjoy with like-minded friends.

We also love offering festive treats for pups during the holidays. Reach out to your local Dogtopia to get your dog’s daycare journey started or to schedule a visit.

(Photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopia.ellisville/)

The post Bake for Your Dog During the Holidays: Treat Recipes appeared first on Dogtopia.

New Year’s Resolutions You and Your Dog Can Both Enjoy

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:08 +0700

The New Year is all about fresh starts, better habits, and setting goals you actually want to stick with. While many resolutions focus on personal health or productivity, there’s one important family member often overlooked: your dog.

The good news? Some of the best New Year’s resolutions can be shared with them. By choosing goals that support both your well-being and your dog’s happiness, you’re setting yourselves up for a healthier, happier, more balanced year together. Here are a few resolutions you and your dog can enjoy.

GET MORE MOVEMENT (WITHOUT THE PRESSURE)

Staying active is a popular New Year’s goal, and dogs make the perfect accountability partners. Whether it’s a morning walk, intentional midday steps, or more active playtime on weekends, moving together strengthens your bond while benefiting your health. For dogs, regular exercise supports healthy weight, joint health, and overall mood. For pet parents, it’s a chance to step away from screens, reduce stress, and enjoy some fresh air.

PRIORITIZE MENTAL STIMULATION

Physical exercise is important, but mental enrichment is just as essential, especially for social, energetic dogs. Mental stimulation helps reduce boredom, curb unwanted behaviors, and build confidence. A great New Year’s resolution could be introducing more activities that challenge your dog’s brain. This can include:

Puzzle feeders, lick mats or other stimulating toys
Training refreshers or learning new commands
Social interaction with other dogs
Environments that encourage exploration and problem-solving

BUILD A CONSISTENT ROUTINE

The New Year is a great time to reset routines that may have slipped during busy months. Dogs thrive on structure as it helps them feel secure, calm, and confident. Having consistent feeding times, regular exercise, social interaction, and rest helps to contribute to better behavior and overall wellness.

If you need help keeping your dog on a consistent routine, structured daycare days can help. A typical day at our doggie daycare includes safe, supervised open play from opening until 12 PM. From 12 PM to 2 PM, each dog enjoys some well-deserved “me time” in a home-style crate to enjoy lunch, ad receive medication if needed, and nap. After their rest time, the pups get back to supervised play until pickup.

FOCUS ON WELLNESS, NOT JUST EXERCISE

Wellness goes beyond walks and playtime. This year, consider making your dog’s overall well-being a priority, just like you would your own. This means:

Monitoring physical activity
Supporting healthy habits
Encouraging safe socialization
Paying attention to behavioral and emotional needs

Tools like Dogtopia’s DASH Activity Monitor can help take the guesswork out of your dog’s wellness. Our DASH activity monitor is a wearable device that attaches to your dog’s collar and is designed to help you better understand their daily activity and overall wellness. It tracks key metrics like movement and play levels throughout the day, giving you real, easy-to-understand insights into how active your dog truly is, both at home and during daycare.

With DASH, you can spot patterns over time, identify changes in your dog’s activity, and feel more confident that they’re getting the right balance of exercise and rest. These insights help support healthier routines, smarter wellness decisions, and a more personalized approach to your dog’s care—so they can continue living a long, healthy, happy life.

MAKE TIME FOR JOY (FOR BOTH OF YOU)

Not every resolution needs to be about improvement. Some of the best goals are simply about making more time for joy, laughing together, playing more, and enjoying everyday moments. Whether it’s a weekly adventure, quality time at home, or socializing in a safe, structured environment, happiness is a resolution worth keeping!

The best New Year’s resolutions are the ones that fit naturally into your life. By choosing goals that support both you and your dog, you’re creating habits that are easier to maintain and far more enjoyable.

LET US HELP YOU KEEP YOUR RESOLUTIONS

With a safe environment, furry friends, and loving care, many dogs thrive at Dogtopia. Ready to give yours a wellness routine they’ll love? Contact your nearest location and discover how Dogtopia can bring out their healthiest, happiest self!

(Photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopiacedarmill/)

The post New Year’s Resolutions You and Your Dog Can Both Enjoy appeared first on Dogtopia.

Dog Daycare vs. Dog Walking: The Best Choice for Busy Pet Parents

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:07 +0700

Our days fill up fast with work meetings, appointments, commutes, errands, and family commitments, leaving many pet parents feeling the pressure to squeeze in structured exercise for their pups. As much as we love our dogs, finding the time and the energy to give them the activity and engagement they need isn’t always easy.

Dog walking can help, but a quick stroll around the block doesn’t always give dogs the physical exercise, social interaction, and mental enrichment they crave. If you’re juggling a busy schedule and trying to decide between dog daycare and dog walking, here’s why daycare is often the more supportive, reliable wellness choice for both you and your pup.

WHY DOG WALKING ISN’T ALWAYS ENOUGH FOR A BUSY LIFESTYLE

Daily walks are helpful for stretching legs and taking bathroom breaks, but for most dogs, the benefits stop there. A typical walk around the block lasts 15-30 minutes and is only just enough time for a little movement, but not nearly enough to release energy, provide mental stimulation or socialize with others. And for busy pet parents, walks come with limitations. If you have a meeting that runs late or traffic hits, your dog ends up waiting. If you rely on a dog walker, there may be times when they cancel or reschedule due to weather, illness, or holidays, leaving your dog with no activity at all. Even with a midday walk, a dog may be alone for 8+ hours a day with little to no activity or stimulation. Walks are a great supplement to your routine, but they don’t replace the structured, full-day support that many dogs need.

HOW DOG DAYCARE SUPPORTS YOUR DAILY ROUTINE

Dog daycare gives busy pet parents something priceless: dependability. At Dogtopia, you can drop your pup off in the morning and pick them up after work, knowing they’re safe, active, and supervised throughout the day. This flexibility fits effortlessly around unpredictable schedules, long workdays, or last-minute commitments. Daycare simplifies your day by providing:

Reliable all-day care, no matter how hectic your schedule becomes
Consistent routines that support your dog’s well-being
A safe environment where your dog is never alone
The freedom to run errands, attend meetings, or go to appointments without rushing home

It’s peace of mind for you and a fun-filled day for your dog.

ALL-DAY ENRICHMENT VS. QUICK BREAKS

A walk gives your dog a moment of fresh air. Daycare gives them a full day of purposeful, guided activity. At Dogtopia, dogs enjoy supervised group play, mental enrichment activities like follow-the-leader, bubble chases, and brain puzzles, agility-style exercises, and socialization with familiar friends of similar size and temperament. This variety of movement and stimulation helps dogs return home calm, content, and ready to relax. For work-from-home pet parents, daycare also helps reduce barking, attention-seeking, and mid-meeting interruptions.

TRACK YOUR DOG’S DAY WITH THE OUR DASH ACTIVITY MONITOR

One of the biggest advantages Dogtopia offers is transparency. Beyond our live webcams, the DASH Activity Monitor in the Dogtopia App lets you see exactly how active your dog was during daycare. DASH provides you with a real-time look at your dog’s activity level, insights into how much movement, play, and rest your pup gets each day, and peace of mind knowing your dog is enjoying a productive, enriching wellness routine. While a dog walker can’t tell you much beyond how far they walked, DASH gives you a clear picture of your pup’s physical and mental engagement throughout the day.

EMOTIONAL BENEFITS FOR BOTH DOG AND PARENT

Dogs are social animals. Being alone for long stretches can lead to boredom, stress, mischief, or separation anxiety. Daycare provides the social interaction and supervision they crave, helping them feel secure and confident.

For parents, the emotional relief is just as important:

No guilt about long workdays
Fewer destructive behaviors at home
A happier, calmer dog waiting for you at the end of the day

It’s a win-win for your household.

WHEN WALKS STILL HAVE THEIR PLACE

Walks will always be valuable as they’re great for bonding, fresh air, and maintaining good leash manners. But for busy pet parents, they work best as an addition to their day, not the main form of daily enrichment. Daycare fills the gaps a walk can’t: exercise, socialization, mental stimulation, structure, and companionship.

If your schedule makes it challenging to keep your dog entertained and active, daycare is a great option to give your pup everything they need to thrive. Contact a Dogtopia location near you to get started!

(Daycare photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopia_edmond/)

The post Dog Daycare vs. Dog Walking: The Best Choice for Busy Pet Parents appeared first on Dogtopia.

4 Peanut Butter Treats to Celebrate National Peanut Butter Day

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:07 +0700

If dogs were in charge, National Peanut Butter Day would be celebrated every day! Peanut butter can be a tasty treat for pups and is sure to get tails wagging. Whether enjoyed on its own or incorporated into recipes, peanut butter can be a nutritious option for dogs, as it is packed with healthy fats, proteins, and essential vitamins that can contribute to a healthy diet.

If your dog is a PB fan, celebrate this tasty day using our recipe inspo below.

WHAT TO KNOW BEFORE FEEDING YOUR DOG PEANUT BUTTER

Not all peanut butter is created equally. Before sharing it with your pup, always check the ingredient list to be sure it does not contain xylitol, a sweetener toxic to dogs. The safest choice is a natural peanut butter made with simple ingredients, ideally just peanuts, and without added salt or sugars.

Due to its high fat and calorie count, it is also best to serve peanut butter in moderation. As always, get the green light from your vet before introducing any new food to your dog’s diet.

1. SIMPLE BANANA PEANUT BUTTER BITES

In a pinch? Try these quick and nutritious no-bake “BPB” bites.

Ingredients:

1 ripe banana
2 tbsp of peanut butter

How to make it: Mash the banana in a bowl until smooth. Mix the peanut butter in until thoroughly combined. Spoon small portions onto a parchment paper-lined plate or baking sheet and freeze for one or two hours.

Bonus treat idea: Blend the same ingredients pour into mini cups and freeze for peanut butter ice pops.

2. PEANUT BUTTER APPLE PIE DOG TREAT

Looking to try a peanut butter twist on a dog-safe apple treat? Check out this recipe from Murmurs of Ricotta! Just remember that cinnamon can be great for flavor, but use only a hint, as large amounts can cause digestive upset.

3. PEANUT BUTTER DOG COOKIES

If your dog likes crunchy treats, dog cookies can be a tasty option!

Ingredients:

2 ½ cups of whole wheat flour
1 large egg
1 cup of peanut butter
1 cup of water
2 tbsp of honey

How to make it: Preheat your oven to 350° F and line your baking sheet with parchment paper. Combine the flour and egg into a mixing bowl, then add the remaining ingredients. Mix until you have a combined dough. Roll the dough onto a floured surface until it’s half an inch thick, and use cookies cutters to create fun shapes.

Bake time: 18-20 minutes or until golden brown (take time to set aside to cool before serving)

4. PEANUT BUTTER CUPCAKES FOR DOGS

What better way to celebrate a national day than with cupcakes? Try this recipe from Still Busy Baking! With apples, banana, eggs, peanut butter, and baking powder, you can whip up quick and delicious cupcakes your pup will love.

BRING YOUR DOG TO DOGTOPIA FOR TASTY TREAT DAYS

At Dogtopia, we love incorporating occasional treats into your pup’s daycare visit! Contact your local Dogtopia today to book a visit and find out when your local team’s next treat day is scheduled.

(Photos courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopiatowncentervb/ & instagram.com/dogtopiaharrisonave/)

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post 4 Peanut Butter Treats to Celebrate National Peanut Butter Day appeared first on Dogtopia.

Tips For Training Your New Puppy

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:06 +0700

Bringing home a new puppy is an exciting, joyful experience, but it also comes with a lot of responsibility. Training your puppy early helps set the foundation for good behavior, confidence, and a happy life for the both of you.

From basic commands to healthy routines, here are some essential tips to help your new pup get off to a great start.

Start Training Early (But Keep It Simple)

Puppies are always learning, even when you don’t realize it. While they may not master their manners and commands right away, early exposure to training is important. Start training as soon as you bring your puppy home to help shape good habits early. Begin with simple skills like:

Learning their name
Sitting on cue
Coming when called
Potty training routines

A few minutes at a time is all it takes to make progress while keeping your puppy engaged. Keeping the training sessions short, upbeat, and rewarding makes the experience more manageable for both you and your pup.

Be Consistent With Commands and Routines

Consistency is one of the most important parts of puppy training. Use the same words for commands, reward the same behaviors, and establish a predictable daily routine. Try to keep things like feeding times, potty breaks, walks, playtime, and training sessions on a predictable schedule. When your puppy knows what to expect, learning becomes easier.

Use Positive Reinforcement

Positive reinforcement is one of the most effective ways to train a puppy. Rewarding good behavior with treats, praise, toys, or affection encourages them to repeat those behaviors. Rather than focusing on mistakes, celebrate the wins, even the small ones. Using positive reinforcement helps to build trust, strengthen your bond, and helps your puppy grow into a confident dog.

Prioritize Early Socialization

Early socialization plays a huge role in your puppy’s development. Introducing your pup to new people, dogs, sounds, and environments helps prevent fear and anxiety later in life. Safe, supervised environments, like dog daycare, allow dogs to learn how to play appropriately, read social cues, and build confidence through positive interactions.

Be Patient (Accidents Will Happen)

Accidents, chewing, barking, and jumping are all normal puppy behaviors. Training takes time, and setbacks are part of the process. Patience and gentle redirection go a long way. Remember, your puppy isn’t trying to be “bad”, they’re just learning how the world works.

Support Their Health and Wellness Early with DASH

Training isn’t just about behavior; it’s also about overall wellness. Starting to monitor your pup’s activity and behavior while they’re young can help establish healthy habits that last a lifetime. Dogtopia’s wearable DASH activity monitor helps track your dog’s activity, behavior, and wellness all day. By using DASH early in your puppy’s life, you can establish healthy baselines, spot changes sooner, and support their physical and emotional development as they grow.

Reinforce Training Through Play and Structure at Dogtopia

Structured playtime helps burn off energy, reinforce good behavior, and encourage positive social skills. At Dogtopia, our supervised daycare environment combines fun with structure, giving puppies a safe space to learn routines, learn proper manners, and grow their confidence around other dogs and people. Find a Dogtopia near you and bring your pup in for their Meet & Greet!

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Tips For Training Your New Puppy appeared first on Dogtopia.

Ways to Celebrate the Big Game with Your Dog

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:06 +0700

Football is all about big moments, from cheering crowds to comfort food, and gathering with the people you love. And for many of us, that includes our dogs. While game day excitement can be fun, it can also be overwhelming for pups if they’re left out or surrounded by unfamiliar guests, sights, sounds, and smells.

The good news? With a little planning, the big game can be just as enjoyable for your dog as it is for you. From homemade, dog-friendly treats to engaging activities that keep tails wagging, there are plenty of easy ways to include your pup in the celebration while keeping their comfort and safety top of mind.

Dog-Friendly Game Day Treats

Football-Shaped Treats

Game day isn’t complete without snacks, and these homemade dog treats fit the theme perfectly. Made with dog-safe ingredients like bananas and peanut butter, they’re soft, tasty, and perfect for a photo op.

Use a football cookie cutter (or shape them by hand), then decorate with plain Greek yogurt and dog-friendly peanut butter drizzle to mimic football laces. These treats look impressive but are surprisingly easy to make, even if you’re not a seasoned baker.

Dog-Friendly Nachos

If you’re serving nachos to your guests, why not make a dog-safe version for your pup, too? Because they deserve to enjoy game-day nachos as much as you do! You can use thin apple slices as the chips, shredded carrots as the cheese, and small pieces of plain cooked chicken or plain, lean ground beef as the protein. Don’t forget to use plain Greek yogurt as their version of sour cream!

You can also customize the toppings based on what your dog loves most. Try other dog-safe fruits and veggies like blueberries, cucumber, banana slices, or green beans.

Serve on a plate for a fun, shareable snack that looks festive but keeps things healthy. This is a great option for dogs who prefer softer, fresh snacks over baked treats, and it’s an easy way to make game-day snacks feel extra special for your pup.

Football Jersey Biscuits

If you love going all-in on game day, these football jersey–inspired dog treats are a fun way to show off your team spirit with your pup in mind. These treats start with a simple, dog-friendly dough that can be rolled out and cut into small jersey shapes before baking.

Once cooled, you can decorate them using plain Greek yogurt mixed with naturally colored ingredients like beet powder or turmeric to create team-inspired accents. Keep the decorations minimal and dog-safe, focusing more on the festive look than heavy toppings.

These treats are best served as a special game-day snack and make a great addition to your game day spread.

For more dog-friendly treats for your pup, check out this list!

Tip: Planning on making treats ahead of time? Don’t forget to refrigerate them!

Dog-Friendly Game Day Activities

Host a Puppy Bowl

If your dog enjoys the company of other pups, consider hosting a mini Puppy Bowl for them. Invite a few of their dog friends over for a controlled play session before kickoff. Keep it short and supervised, and make sure all dogs are familiar with each other’s play styles. After some playtime, dogs are more likely to settle down and relax while the game is on, a win for everyone.

Game Day Enrichment Station

Mental stimulation is just as important as physical activity, especially on busy days. Set up an enrichment station with puzzle toys, snuffle mats, or treat-dispensing toys your dog already loves.

Rotate toys throughout the game to keep things interesting. This gives your dog something engaging to focus on while guests are chatting or reacting loudly to big plays.

Designated a Calm, Cozy Dog Zone

Not every dog wants to be part of the action, and that’s okay! Set up a quiet space with a comfy bed, cozy blanket, and some favorite toys where your dog can retreat if things get too loud. This is especially helpful for dogs who are sensitive to noise or unfamiliar guests. Giving them a choice to step away helps reduce stress and keeps game day positive.

Dogtopia is Here to Help

Game day doesn’t have to mean chaos for your dog. With a thoughtful mix of tasty treats, mental stimulation, and downtime, you can create an experience that works for everyone in your home.

And if you know your dog might be more comfortable burning off energy or socializing with friends instead of navigating a busy house full of guests, Dogtopia can help! Bringing your dog to daycare on game day gives them a safe, structured environment where they can play, stay active, and enjoy their day just as much as you enjoy the big game. It also allows them to burn off energy and tires them out, so they’ll return sleepy and ready to relax, no matter what’s happening at home.

Whether your pup is celebrating at home or spending the day at Dogtopia, a little planning goes a long way in making game day a win for everyone involved. Contact a Dogtopia location near you to get started!

(Photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopialex/)

This blog was reviewed/edited by Dogtopia’s Director of Health & Safety Lorraine Rhoads, an experienced animal biologist and environmental scientist.

The post Ways to Celebrate the Big Game with Your Dog appeared first on Dogtopia.

Show Your Dog Love this Valentine’s Day: Treats & Gift Ideas for Dogs

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:05 +0700

Valentine’s Day is all about celebrating love, making it the perfect time to spoil your dog with treats and gifts just for them. Keep reading for some inspo to make the day extra special for your furry friend.

DOG TREAT IDEAS FOR VALENTINE’S DAY

One way to get to your dog’s heart? Through treats! Homemade dog treats don’t have to be complicated, and it’s a great way to use ingredients you know they already love (and that are approved by your vet). Here are some ideas that you can whip up either before or on Valentine’s Day.

Tip: If you’re making treats ahead of time, refrigerate them to maintain their freshness.

PEANUT BUTTER BANANA HEART BITES

For this recipe, you’ll need one ripe banana, one half cup of plain oats, and two tablespoons of natural peanut butter (without added sugar or xylitol). Mash the banana in a bowl until smooth. Stir in the oats and peanut butter until fully combined, and a thick batter forms. Scoop small portions onto a lined baking sheet and gently shape into hearts for a festive touch. Bake at 350° Fahrenheit for about 12-14 minutes or until the bottoms are lightly golden and it looks set. Let them cool completely before serving.

BEET AND BANANA PUPCAKES

Naturally pink from beets, these pupcakes are both festive and nutritious. You will need one small, cooked, peeled, and mashed beet, one ripe banana, and one cup of oat flour. Mash the beet and banana together until smooth, then stir in the oat flour until a thick batter forms. If the batter feels overly wet, add one to two tablespoons more oat flour. Spoon into silicone molds or mini muffin cups and bake at 350° Fahrenheit for 15 to 18 minutes, or until set and lightly firm on top. Allow to cool completely before serving.

STRAWBERRY YOGURT FROZEN CUBES

The red from the strawberries can make this refreshing treat on-theme and nutritious! All you’ll need is one cup of unsweetened yogurt (plain Greek yogurt is also a great option) and a few strawberries, finely chopped. Mix the ingredients in a bowl before spooning the mixture into a silicone mold or ice cube tray. Freeze until solid and offer your pup this fun treat that’s full of probiotics and high in calcium and protein.

DOG GIFT IDEAS FOR VALENTINE’S DAY

Looking for that special gift to give your dog on Valentine’s Day? Here are some ideas:

QUALITY TIME

Setting aside uninterrupted, quality time to focus on your dog is one of the best gifts you can give them. Dedicating time to extra cuddles, playtime, or a longer walk can make Valentine’s Day extra special.

VALENTINE’S DAY GIFT BASKET

Does your pup need some new toys and accessories? Valentine’s Day can be a great excuse for some cute options! In a basket, combine a new toy, their favorite treats, and a heart-patterned bandana to make the day feel extra special. You have total creative freedom to curate something they’ll love.

A DOGGY SPA DAY AT HOME

Turn Valentine’s Day into a day of pampering! If your dog is a fan of a spa day, a bubble bath with dog-safe shampoo, gentle brushing, and a mani/pedi (aka nail trim) can be a relaxing experience, especially since dog baths can help ease any muscle tension and reduce skin irritation thanks to the soothing massage-like motions.

Check out our Dogtopia Shop spa page to see if there are any new products you may want to try, such as our blueberry facial scrub or our natural bristle brush.

TREAT PUZZLES & SNUFFLE MAT

Who doesn’t love some extra treats on Valentine’s Day? With an interactive treat puzzle, a snuffle mat, or a lick mat, sprinkling your dog’s favorite goodies on these enrichment tools gives them a fun way to work for their treats. Not only does it provide mental stimulation that can boost problem-solving skills and reduce boredom, but it also lets your pup indulge in a little extra love. It’s a win-win!

BRING YOUR DOG TO DOGTOPIA DAYCARE FOR FUN WITH FRIENDS

Valentine’s Day can be even more fun when it’s spent with friends! Drop your pup off at Dogtopia daycare for a day filled with fun and play. Your dog will have the chance to socialize, learn, exercise, and enjoy a tail-wagging good time. Many of our locations also plan festive activities and special treat days to celebrate the occasion, so be sure to ask your local Dogtopia about their Valentine’s Day plans!

Dogtopia boarding can also be a great option if you have Valentine’s Day plans of your own, as you can have peace of mind knowing that your dog is being expertly cared for overnight. Find a Dogtopia location near you to book their visit!

(Photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopiaofgilbert/)

The post Show Your Dog Love this Valentine’s Day: Treats & Gift Ideas for Dogs appeared first on Dogtopia.

Reasons to Choose Dogtopia for Dog Boarding

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:04 +0700

Leaving your dog overnight is a big decision. You deserve complete confidence in where they’re staying, and your dog deserves more than just a place to sleep.

That’s why choosing a boarding experience that’s safe, comfortable, enriching, and intentionally designed for dogs matters. At Dogtopia, the largest provider of dog daycare in North America, overnight stays are built around structured play, socialization, and expert supervision so your pup enjoys a stay that’s as engaging as it is secure.

In this post, we’ll share what sets Dogtopia apart and why it’s the trusted choice for your dog’s overnight stay.

LEARN MORE: Dog boarding at Dogtopia

CARING, EXPERTLY TRAINED TEAM MEMBERS

At Dogtopia, our playrooms are led by highly trained Canine Coaches who understand dog behavior, body language, and pack dynamics. Their expertise creates a structured, balanced environment where dogs can safely build confidence, develop social skills, and genuinely enjoy interacting with one another. Our Coaches get to know each dog’s personality, preferences, and needs, so we’re better equipped to provide individualized care. Whether your pup needs some help breaking the ice with fellow doggy friends or needs a bit of space to regroup, our Coaches are always paying attention. They provide love and care when you can’t be there.

STRUCTURED DAYS WITH EXERCISE, PLAY & SOCIALIZATION

Boarding at Dogtopia is never boring! Unlike traditional boarding, where dogs can spend much of the time alone in a kennel-style environment, our overnight stays include full days of supervised play at daycare. Our secure off-leash playrooms allow pups to exercise, learn, and socialize with furry friends that match their size, temperament, and play style.

During the day, our Coaches interact with our daycare and overnightpups, organize fun activities like occasional themed photoshoots and bubble parties, help dogs stay active with exercises designed as play, and bring out our brain games for mental stimulation. Around noon, our pups break for lunch and naptime to rest and recharge, then they’re back to playing not long after, until the evening, when our team serves our overnight guests dinner and gets them ready for sleep. This structured routine helps dogs burn off energy and reduce stress during the day, making it easier for them to settle down at night.

Learn more about Dogtopia’s facilities here.

LIVE WEBCAMS IN EACH DOGGIE PLAYROOM

Even when you can’t be by your pup’s side, you can still join the playtime fun with our live webcams that are equipped in each playroom. No matter where you are, if you can access our Dogtopia website or mobile app, you can check in on your dog and see what they get up to during playtime hours.

Our webcams are just one of the ways we promote transparency with our pet parents; we want you to feel confident and rest assured that your pup is safe and having fun.

COMFORTABLE & FAMILIAR SLEEP ENVIRONMENT

At night, dogs wind down in their home-style crates in the same clean, familiar playrooms they just spent the day in. The environment is quiet and secure, giving overnight guests a comfy place to relax after an active day. Plus, when they are alongside their friend group, pups can feel more comfortable and less stressed.

KEEP TRACK OF YOUR DOG’S ACTIVITY WITH DOGTOPIA’S DASH ACTIVITY MONITOR

When you board your dog, you want to know they’re staying active rather than lying down all day. With our DASH activity monitor, designed for our playrooms, you have the option to see real-time data on how many steps your pup takes in a day, distance traveled, time spent resting, and more.

Pairing an overnight stay with our DASH activity monitor can be the perfect combo for keeping tabs on your dog’s wellness. Hear from real Dogtopia pet parents about the benefits of DASH.

SPA OPTIONS DURING YOUR DOG’S OVERNIGHT STAY

We like to call boarding a staycation, and what better way to relax than with a trip to the spa? Many of our pet parents book a spa treatment for their pup near the end of their overnight stay, so by pickup time, their dog looks and feels refreshed.

From baths and nail trims to teeth brushing and ear cleaning, we offer a range of treatments that can improve your pup’s hygiene. Check out our spa page for more details.

DOG BOARDING AT DOGTOPIA

To book your dog’s overnight stay, reach out to a Dogtopia near you and speak to one of our team members for more information and next steps!

The post Reasons to Choose Dogtopia for Dog Boarding appeared first on Dogtopia.

Spring Break Activities at Dogtopia

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:03 +0700

Who says spring break is only for students? With Dogtopia’s boarding services, dogs can experience a staycation filled with play, connection, and enrichment in a safe, supervised environment. While families head out of town or take time to recharge at home, pups can spend their own version of spring break socializing with friends and staying active as they enjoy structured fun designed just for them.

If you are traveling this season or simply need reliable care for your dog for a few days, an overnight stay at Dogtopia can provide your pup with a positive routine and professional care. Here are the types of activities your pup can experience during spring break at Dogtopia!

SOCIAL TIME WITH FRIENDS

During an overnight stay, pups will spend their days with our daycare pups in our open-play, off-leash playrooms, grouped with like-minded dogs who match their size, temperament, and play style. This social time is great for their confidence and lets them form bonds to make healthy friendships. Plus, our expertly trained Canine Coaches are there to supervise and interact with pups, so everyone has a tail-wagging good (and safe) time.

LEARN MORE: The Benefits of Regularly Attending Dogtopia Daycare

Whether it’s running around their playroom, chasing flavored dog-safe bubbles during our occasional bubble parties, or bonding as they make their rounds around the room, socializing is a must-do activity during spring break.

BRAIN GAMES

There’s no room for boredom on spring break! Our Coaches, who are trained in doggie body language and behavior, are pros at helping pups strengthen their problem-solving skills through interactive activities and basic training games that keep their minds active and strong. From name recall and door control games to treat puzzles and snuffle mats that many of our facilities offer, our brain games add to the fun dogs get up to in a day.

An enriching environment can help support cognitive development in dogs and provide a healthy outlet for them to expend their energy, while encouraging focus and positive behaviors. Mental stimulation is just as important as physical exercise for a pup’s well-being, and these thoughtfully planned activities at Dogtopia combine both, which help pups drift off to sleep by the time evening rolls around.

AGILITY-FOCUSED EXERCISES

Our spacious playrooms are designed to encourage movement and exploration. We have a variety of play equipment, like ramps, stairs, and secure platforms, that dogs can climb and step up on throughout the day, creating an obstacle-course-like feel that keeps their minds working and their bodies moving.

Our agility-inspired games add variety and novelty to the environment while supporting coordination and confidence. Guided by our Coaches, these activities remain structured and positive, giving pups an outlet to tap into their physical and mental strength. As dogs move through our space, they engage different muscle groups and learn to navigate their surroundings in a safe, supervised setting.

Want to see just how much activity your dog receives during spring break with Dogtopia? Check out our DASH activity monitor, which clips onto your pup’s collar and tracks their steps, distance traveled, and more right to your phone for real-time data that you can access anytime.

A TRIP TO THE DOG SPA

In true staycation fashion, a trip to our doggy spa is a well-deserved, pampered-filled activity that can help pups unwind. We provide baths, brush-outs, ear cleaning, toothbrushing, nail trims, and more that help dogs maintain a proper hygiene routine, so they feel (and look) their best.

Find out more about our spa service on our spa page.

PHOTOSHOOTS AND TREAT DAYS

Many of our facilities love to include occasional themed photoshoots and treat days in their daycare schedule. Our photoshoots include backdrops and props that make for the cutest pictures, while our treat days are sure to get five out of five paws Contact the team at your nearest Dogtopia to find out what they have planned for spring break.

A DOGGY SLEEPOVER AT DOGTOPIA DURING SPRING BREAK

An overnight stay at Dogtopia is like a VIP sleepover for pups to enjoy with their friends. Not only will they have fun at daycare during the day, but as the day winds down, pups will too as they eat dinner and eventually sleep in their home-style crate located in the same playroom they just spent the day in alongside their furry friends. This approach to boarding helps create familiarity and safety.

Bring your pup to Dogtopia during spring break so they can enjoy a vacation of their own. Reach out to us today to book.

(Photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopiagreensburg/)

The post Spring Break Activities at Dogtopia appeared first on Dogtopia.

Learning Through Play: How Puppies Thrive at Dogtopia

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:05:03 +0700

The early months of a puppy’s life are filled with big milestones. They are exposed to new environments, experiences, and a lot of learning. While snuggles at home are important, structured play in a safe, supervised setting is vital for helping your puppy grow into a well-balanced adult dog.

At Dogtopia’s daycare, learning happens best through play. Our open-play playrooms are designed to support your puppy’s physical development, mental growth, social skills, confidence, and manners. Here’s a closer look at how puppies learn, grow, and thrive through play at Dogtopia.

PHYSICAL EXERCISE

Puppies have energy to spare, and they need healthy outlets to burn it off. Regular physical activity supports muscle development, coordination, and overall health.

At Dogtopia, puppies enjoy:

Safe, supervised open-play sessions
Playgroups matched by size and temperament
Rest breaks to prevent overstimulation
Climate-controlled playrooms for year-round comfort

Exercise isn’t just about tiring them out (though that’s a bonus for you); it also supports their joint development, builds endurance, strengthens muscles, and helps establish healthy habits early on. A well-exercised puppy is often happier and calmer at home.

MENTAL STIMULATION

Puppies are curious by nature. Every new scent, sound, and interaction is a learning opportunity. Without proper mental stimulation, boredom can quickly turn into unwanted behaviors like chewing or excessive barking.

At Dogtopia, we can keep your pup mentally engaged through new experiences that challenge their senses and stimulate their minds. Our Canine Coaches encourage positive interactions and use structured routines and enrichment activities to build cognitive skills. Mental enrichment helps puppies develop focus, adaptability, and resilience. They’re not just playing; they’re learning how to think, respond, and confidently navigate the world around them.

SOCIALIZATION

Proper socialization as a puppy is one of the most important elements in raising a confident, well-adjusted dog. Exposure to other dogs in a safe, controlled setting can help prevent fear-based behaviors later in life.

At Dogtopia, puppies learn how to:

Understand other dogs’ body language
Practice appropriate play styles
Build healthy relationships with different breeds and doggie personalities
Gain comfort in group environments

Our trained team carefully supervises all interactions to help ensure play remains safe and positive. This structured social experience can help puppies build trust and develop lifelong social skills.

LEARN MORE: Tips for Training Your New Puppy

CONFIDENCE & MANNERS

In our supervised off-leash environment, puppies learn appropriate play behavior, practice impulse control, and gain confidence around new dogs and people. Our skilled Canine Coaches guide interactions so that your pup understands boundaries and builds positive habits. These early lessons can help reduce fear and anxiety while encouraging polite greetings, better listening skills, and calm behavior at home.

GIVE YOUR PUPPY THE BEST START

The transition from puppy to adult dog happens fast, and those early months really matter. The right mix of healthy routines, structured play, and social time can shape how your dog feels about the world for years to come. At Dogtopia, we’re more than just a place for your puppy to stay; we’re your wellness partner who will help your pup build confidence, make friends, learn good habits, and come home happy and tired.

If you’re looking for a safe place where your puppy can learn, play, and grow, bring them to your local Dogtopia. Book a Meet & Greet and see the difference a day of play can make.

(Photo courtesy of instagram.com/dogtopiaofparker/)

The post Learning Through Play: How Puppies Thrive at Dogtopia appeared first on Dogtopia.

Emerging from the ‘innovation valley of death’: Opportunities and challenges for the seaweed industry in the UK and Europe.

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:43 +0700

Every new industry or technology requires funding to survive, initially for research and development (R&D), developing processes and products, and then to scaling up to a viable business. A lot of the initial research is supported by public funding, which is subsequently replaced by private investments when the technology/product has been established and proven viable and scalable. However, in between these two extremes, there is a phase (known as the ‘innovation valley of death’; Figure 1) when public funds start to reduce (as solutions are being tested and problems identified) and private investments are low (due to uncertainties around the scaling up potential of the industry). When transitioning through this stage, progress slows down and some technologies/industries never come out of this ‘valley’.

_{Figure 1 – The “innovation valley of death” (https://www.ideatovalue.com/inno/nickskillicorn/2021/05/the-innovation-valley-of-death/)}

The seaweed aquaculture industry in the UK and Europe is novel but has been growing in the last decade. This is demonstrated by the increase in the number of existing commercial seaweed farms, businesses and available seaweed-based products on the market and growing political support (https://marinescience.blog.gov.uk/2022/05/05/the-developing-uk-seaweed-industry/; Araújo et al. (2021) https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.626389). To unlock and harness the full potential of the industry, cultivation and production need to be upscaled and relevant markets for food and non-food applications need to be developed (https://oceans-and-fisheries.ec.europa.eu/publications/communication-commission-towards-strong-and-sustainable-eu-algae-sector_en).

However, upscaling is hindered by multiple issues; some of them targeted by recent/current projects in the UK (e.g. Seaweed in East Anglia https://hethelinnovation.com/seaweed-in-east-anglia/; WWF UK’s Seaweed Solutions Programme; Project Madog https://projectmadoc.cymru/home/). Particularly, difficulties remain in obtaining licences for seaweed aquaculture and funding availability for prospective seaweed farmers. Furthermore, lack of standards on farming and products, technological barriers, and the need for social licence to operate and spatial planning are still important issues, common to the UK and Europe.

You may be wondering then, can the seaweed industry in the UK/Europe emerge from the ‘innovation valley of death’?

Back in June, I had the pleasure of attending the 13^th Seagriculture Conference (https://seagriculture.eu/conference-program-2024/), in Tórshavn, Faroe Islands (Figure 2), with two days of presentations, highlighting the main progress and challenges for the industry in the UK and Europe.

_{Figure 2. Landing in the Faroe Islands; seaweeds in Tórshavn port.}

The ‘reality check’

Some of the issues and challenges in growing seaweed businesses to scale, highlighted by the presentations, included:

The cost of farmed seaweeds per tonne is still too expensive compared to wild-harvest seaweed or to other crops (e.g. sugar kelp has a price per tonne 100 times higher than corn). This has implications for the economic viability of businesses.
People do not eat (enough) seaweed in the UK or Europe, so it is key to identify other/additional uses for seaweed biomass (to ensure diversification of products and viability of businesses).
There are a lot of valuable bioactives in seaweed (Figure 3); some are unique to seaweeds (e.g. fucoidan, alginate, ulvan, carrageenan, agars) and are not available in terrestrial crops. The concentration and quality of these bioactives can be variable. It is important to understand how environmental conditions, seaweed strains, time of harvest etc. affect the quantity and quality of these bioactives to ensure consistent quality of seaweed biomass;
There is still a mismatch between seaweed producers and buyers/processing companies in terms of quantities produced/needed, species cultivated, and products, with the need to further develop links in the seaweed value chain;
Ecosystem services provided by seaweed aquaculture, such as through carbon uptake and enhanced biodiversity, need to be quantified so they can be captured and incorporated into, for example, credit schemes, as well as communicated to consumers. The sector needs to be innovative but also trustworthy, not just from a consumer perspective but for the wider stakeholders including policymakers.

_{Figure 3. Range of interesting bioactives offered by seaweed, and potential uses versus their economic value (from Torres et al. 2019, https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11157-019-09496-y)}

It is not all doom and gloom!

There were also very encouraging highlights:

Pilot farms in the North and Baltic Seas under EU-funded projects such as ULTFARM (https://ultfarms.eu/) and OLAMUR (https://olamur.eu/) are showing that seaweed can be successfully cultivated offshore in very energetic/exposed conditions (e.g. 11 m waves height) while co-located with offshore wind. Data from these pilots is key to demonstrating the feasibility of co-location and offshore cultivation, moving the innovation cycle to mature activities and providing evidence for decision making;
There has been substantial progress towards the cultivation of dulse (Palmaria palmata); a highly flavoured, bacon-like tasting red seaweed which can be tricky to grow, offering potential for upscaling of this species;
Innovative applications of seaweed include their use as an additive and probiotics for farmed animals; trials suggest they lead to improved animal health systems, for example in pigs, by improving their digestion and increasing their resistance to disease and therefore reducing the amount of feed needed and the need for antibiotics;
Technological developments for mechanised harvest continue, with new farming methods, systems and harvesting machines which will be essential for scaling up cultivation;
There are useful seaweed knowledge hubs (e.g. https://seaweedhub.extension.uconn.edu/, https://www.greenwave.org/hub) providing support to seaweed stakeholders throughout the value chain, which could be used as examples to develop a similar knowledge hub in the UK.

Returning to my initial question, I think the seaweed industry in the UK/EU is getting better and better equipped to emerge successfully from the “innovation valley of death”.

To support this journey Cefas’ work aims to provide the evidence to identify the appropriate siting of farms, to determine the impact of pollution and climate change on seaweed aquaculture, the effects of interactions between farms and the surrounding environment, and the potential role for the seaweed industry to support socio-economic needs while minimizing its environmental footprint.

The One Food programme at the World One Health Congress, South Africa

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:42 +0700

Authors: Julie Bremner (Cefas), Grant Stentiford (Cefas), Flavie Vial (APHA), Essa Suleman (CSIR)

The UK government’s Animal and Plant Health Agency (APHA) and Centre for Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science (Cefas) recently attended the 8th World One Health Congress (WOHC) in South Africa. The Congress took place over four days in the Cape Town International Conference Centre and focussed on how the One Health concept can help tackle the world’s pressing challenges of food safety and security, environmental pollution, human health, climate change, antimicrobial resistance and zoonotic disease. The event provided the opportunity to look at global One Health science and policy from the perspectives of African colleagues.

UK government delegates at the World One Health Congress

Transforming food systems for healthy people and planet

The APHA and Cefas team joined the congress under the umbrella of the UK government-funded One Food programme, an Official Development Assistance transformative project to champion a safe and sustainable food future. At the project’s core are integrated One Health principles, which seek to balance and optimise the health of humans, animals/plants and ecosystems, known as the three One Health ‘pillars’.

The Cefas and APHA team organised a Special Morning Session ‘One Food: A One Health approach for food systems transformation’ chaired by Professor Grant Stentiford, Cefas’ Chief Scientist and Dr Essa Suleman, Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, South Africa (CSIR) Principal Researcher and One Food programme co-lead. The session, with over 100 attendees, explored the challenges and opportunities for a One Health approach to food systems. The panel, comprising representatives of the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO), United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), World Health Organisation (WHO), World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH), World Bank and the South African Department of Science and Innovation (DSI), discussed key questions on integrating across the three One Health pillars for food systems transformation, embedding the One Food approach into ‘business as usual’ and what a healthy food system could look like in the future.

Session co-chair Professor Grant Stentiford

Professor Stentiford commented “Food systems on land and in the water offer tremendous potential to act as a focal point for policies aimed to embed One Health – making healthier plants and animals that benefit people, and which have much reduced burden on nature and climate change. The One Food programme is looking to place hazard control [e.g., diseases, contaminants etc) at the centre of this new approach – reducing production losses, avoiding waste in the supply chain, making food safer to eat and ultimately, reducing the footprint of the food system to realise One Health benefits. The quadripartite [FAO, UNEP, WHO and WOAH] are already looking at this kind of systems approach via their Joint Plan of Action – programmes such as One Food developing the methods and approaches needed to make this collaborative approach a working reality.”

The UK-South Africa team promoted the One Food concept and project from a dedicated booth outside the main auditorium throughout the four days of the congress. This interactive space created an opportunity for deeper dialogue between the experts present at WOHC and to advocate for shared learning to improve our ability to work together and optimise One Health outcomes. There were visitors from government, academic and research institutions and international visitors who were interested in One Food. All were encouraged to join the One Food Community of Practice, which brings previously disparate deep specialisms together around a shared belief – better, safer foods that have less impact on the environment. The community co-develops science, policy and societal solutions to the pressing challenge of sufficient, accessible, appropriate, safe, resilient and environmentally positive food for all.

The Panel at the One Health Approach for Food Systems Transformation session

Dr Julie Bremner, One Food co-lead explained “We need a whole-system approach to the world’s pressing problems. It’s really challenging to work across diverse disciplines because we speak different technical languages and hold different worldviews; one person’s ecosystem to conserve is another’s natural resource to utilise. The One Health approach gives us a banner under which we can frame our common goals, and the World One Health Congress is the place to have those cross-pollinating conversations.”

The One Food Anatomy

The One Food project is funded through the UK government’s Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) Global Centre on Biodiversity for Climate programme and is co-led by the UK’s Cefas and APHA, and South Africa’s DSI, CSIR and Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC). The programme includes 21 UK, South African and global partners drawn from government, academia and non-profit, and is organised around three main themes of ‘food system evidence’, a ‘One Food Risk Tool’ and ‘enabling change’.

The One Food approach is rooted in the principles of economic, environmental, and social sustainability. One of the central outputs of the programme is the ‘One Food Risk Tool’, a whole-food system risk assessment tool, developed on the template of the earlier Seafood Risk Tool, which seeks to estimate the impact of all hazards (i.e. problems) acting on, or created by, food systems. The tool assesses the impact of chemical, biological, physical and societal along different stages of the food value chain across all food sectors; allowing the relative risk of the hazards to be compared and in doing so facilitating collective decisions on priority interventions.

Dr Essa Suleman, Principal Researcher and Research Group Leader at CSIR explained the One Food Risk Tool (OFRT) further, “The CSIR, together with Cefas and APHA, are leading development of the OFRT, which aims to provide scientists and policymakers with a means to support evidence-based decision making when evaluating the risks and impacts of hazards on food systems value chains. A functional prototype of the OFRT will be demonstrated at an upcoming workshop in November 2024.”

Transforming food systems in this way requires us to understand the structure and arrangement of the whole system. One Food seeks to create a framework for mapping a country’s food system and is implementing this in South Africa, as well as filling knowledge gaps on the role of informality in the food system, on food system interventions, on food loss and waste and on nutrition, amongst others.

Dr Essa Suleman, Principal Researcher and Research Group Leader, CSIR, presenting

A robust evidence base is a necessary pre-condition to achieve climate resilient, sustainable, nature-positive food systems for all.

Dr Flavie Vial from the Animal and Plant Health Agency elaborates: “Paradigm shifts are required to address fragmentation in systemic research. One Food’s participatory research approach – in which research is carried out in a collaborative and iterative process of shared learning- has high potential for both academic and societal impact. Our research outputs and the community of practitioners we have built are key to influencing the development of policy and changing practices."

Cross Government support for the WOHC

The UK and South African governments both recognise the value of the One Health approach. Cefas partnered with CSIR for the Panel Discussion and Exhibition Booth at the Congress, the Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC) and Agricultural Research Council attended, with the One Food team and the Department of Science and Innovation participating on the One Food panel.

From the UK, Defra’s One Health team and the Veterinary Medicines Directorate were represented, taking part in various ways, such as APHA speaking about antimicrobial resistance.

Other contributions at the congress from the UK government included presenting, chairing sessions and sitting on panels, from a range of departments including: the UK Department of Health and Social Care, UK Health Security Agency, Department for Business and Trade, Foreign and Commonwealth Development Office and the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs.

Ocean Country Partnership Programme in Sri Lanka - climate change, seafood and pollution updates.

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:42 +0700

Authors: Peter Randall, Charlotte Reeve, Alessandra Bielli, Bryan-Goodsir Thompson, Kelly Bateman, Angharad Elliman

Through the Ocean Country Partnership Programme (OCPP), Sri Lanka and the UK are collaborating to tackle the three key challenges of marine biodiversity, marine pollution and sustainable seafood. The programme aims to support the marine environment and to make a positive impact on the livelihoods of coastal communities that depend on healthy marine ecosystems. OCPP is a UK Government-led official development assistance (ODA) programme under the Blue Planet Fund, delivered by the Centre for Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science (Cefas), the Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC) and the Marine Management Organisation (MMO) on behalf of the UK Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra).

Sustainable Seafood

In July, a team from Cefas visited Sri Lanka to enhance local expertise in aquatic animal health through specialised training workshops. The team conducted a five-day workshop on shrimp and mud crab disease diagnosis, DNA/RNA extraction, and Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) analysis. The goal was to train participants in diagnosing crustacean diseases and identifying new pathogens, using a "train the trainer" model to spread knowledge within local organisations.

Key institutions, including National Aquatic Resources Research (NARA), National Aquaculture Development Authority of Sri Lanka (NAQDA), Veterinary Research Institute (VRI), and the University of Peradeniya, were invited, with 32 participants. An extra day of training was offered to MPhil students (funded by the OCPP through the Association of Commonwealth Universities scholarship programme) and staff from the University of Peradeniya. All participants received certificates upon completion. These skills will help improve disease diagnosis, aquaculture, and sustainable food production in Sri Lanka.

Training participants commented,

“The workshop provided me with valuable skills in tissue fixation, precise dissection, and meticulous data recording. This experience has significantly enhanced my expertise in aquatic animal health research methodologies. I am eager to apply these new skills in future projects and collaborations!”

“Under the distinguished guidance of Dr. Kelly Bateman from Cefas we engaged in intensive hands-on training that profoundly deepened our expertise in tissue sampling for both histological and PCR analysis. We extend our heartfelt gratitude to Cefas for providing us with this invaluable learning opportunity.”

Workshop: hands-on dissection and PCR training for aquatic animal diseases.

The molecular biology training group with Cefas’ Morena Santi and Megan Parker.

Tackling River Pollution

A team from Sri Lanka's National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA), supported by Cefas’ OCPP team, successfully deployed a large-scale litter boom to tackle pollution. The boom, placed in the Ja-Ela River due to unseasonal rainfall at the original Kelani River site, captures large debris flowing downriver, providing valuable data on plastic waste entering the ocean.

This initiative aims to monitor pollution levels, particularly in the Kelani River, which supplies 80% of Colombo's water. Collecting and analysing the litter will help better understand plastic pollution, allowing for targeted actions to reduce it, improving both environmental health and local livelihoods.

Left: Deployment! Utilising a generator powered winch to deploy the litter boom across the river;

Right: Deployed! - The boom is in the water gathering litter.

Official Handover of Climate Change Education Booklets

Regarding climate change, Cefas’ Charlotte Reeve (OCPP Sri Lanka Pollution Lead and Country co-ordinator) delivered the opening remarks at the formal handover of climate change education booklets at Nawala Boys College, Colombo. The event was attended by representatives from the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Environment, the Central Environmental Authority (CEA), the British High Commissioner, Foreign Commonwealth and Development Office (FCDO) representatives, and a representative from the British Council as well as staff from both Cefas and JNCC. This event marked a significant step in raising awareness and integrating climate change education into the school curriculum. The team also met with representatives from the CEA and the Ministry of Education to discuss initiating a teacher training programme to use this new resource created by Cefas and JNCC. The resources will help create awareness on the harmful impacts of climate change amongst Sri Lanka’s youth.

British High Commissioner Andrew Patrick tweeted “These resources will help create awareness on the harmful impacts of climate change amongst Sri Lanka’s youth.”

Official handover of climate change education packs to students of Nawala Boys College, Colombo.

Workshop on Marine Pollution Prevention and Coastal Conservation

We were pleased to share highlights from the Marine Pollution Prevention and Coastal Ecosystem Conservation Workshop, organised by Rockland Distilleries (Pvt) Ltd in partnership with the OCPP, where the OCPP team from Cefas and JNCC provided outreach sessions on a range of pollution issues, including a practical fieldwork training session on OSPAR beach monitoring practices. This two-day event brought together youth from various environmental organisations to explore critical issues such as pollution prevention, coral conservation, and the threats facing Sri Lanka's marine ecosystems.

Participants engaged in practical activities, including waste mapping and biodiversity assessments along the coastline, which provided them with hands-on experience in coastal conservation. The workshop, aligned with the UN Environment Programme's Tide Turners Plastic Challenge initiative, was a valuable step towards building capacity for marine conservation in Sri Lanka.

National ALDFG Conference

OCPP team members and International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) staff supported the delivery of the second national ALDFG (Abandoned, Lost, or otherwise Discarded Fishing Gear) Conference, organised by the Centre for Poverty Analysis (CEPA). Cefas’ Peter Randall (ALDFG Lead scientist) participated in stakeholder discussions as a panellist. This workshop provided valuable insights to guide the direction of upcoming ALDFG work in Sri Lanka. The conference aims to share the findings of the completed initiatives on ALDFG in Sri Lanka and foster a meaningful dialogue on the subject towards identifying practical solutions and a way forward, bringing together government and non-government stakeholders.

Peter Randall (ALDFG lead) was invited to the panel discussion on: ”Exploring donor landscapes and potential collaborations”.

Climate Change Risk Assessment Workshop

The Cefas OCPP team then also delivered a two-day Climate Change Risk Assessment Workshop was held in Colombo, Sri Lanka. The event aimed to evaluate the impacts of climate change on Sri Lanka's coastal and marine environments. In preparation for the workshop, the OCPP team drafted a comprehensive Marine Climate Change Evidence Report, which outlined a 'long-list' of 37 key risks—18 related to biodiversity and habitats, and 19 societal and economic risks—identified through a detailed literature review.

The first day focused on biodiversity and habitats, with 29 participants from 17 organisations assessing risks to Sri Lanka's marine biodiversity. On the second day, dedicated to Societal and Economic Risks, 23 participants from 15 organisations refined risks, including splitting the coastal fisheries risk into three concerns: employment, food security, and fish processing.

This workshop served as a crucial step toward addressing climate change vulnerabilities in Sri Lanka, providing a clearer understanding of both environmental and socio-economic impacts, while identifying key gaps in evidence that require further research.

Strides Forward in the Sri Lanka OCPP Impacts

The Sri Lanka visits over the summer from the various OCPP teams marked a significant step forward in our ongoing efforts to support sustainable seafood production and aquatic animal health, and efforts to tackle marine pollution and climate change in the region. Addressing these challenges supports food security and healthy environments, and also contributes to improved livelihoods for communities.

Special thanks to all our partners in Sri Lanka and all those who participated in this trip: Cefas’ Peter Randall, Charlotte Reeve, Andy Smith, Julia Baker, Alessandra Bielli, Dave Limpenny, Bryan-Goodsir Thompson, Kelly Bateman, Megan Parker, Morena Santi, John Pinnegar, Karen Vanstaem and Piyali Chowdhury and JNCC’s Hannah Lawson and Jamie Small.

Look out for our next blog which will focus on Marine Spatial Planning (MSP) and Marine Protected Areas (MPAs) work in the Ocean Country Partnership Programme led by the Marine Management Organisation (MMO) and the JNCC.

World AMR Awareness Week - working together to tackle the global challenge

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:41 +0700

World AMR Awareness Week 2024 takes place this week, 18-24^th November, a global campaign to raise awareness and understanding of Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) and to promote best practices to reduce the emergence and spread of drug-resistant infections.

Antimicrobial resistance occurs when bacteria, viruses, fungi and parasites no longer respond to antimicrobial agents. As a result of drug resistance, antibiotics and other antimicrobial agents become ineffective and infections become difficult or impossible to treat, increasing the risk of disease spread, severe illness and death. AMR is one of the most pressing global challenges threatening human health and economic security in the 21st Century. Today, AMR is estimated to be responsible for 1.2 million deaths per year globally, and this is expected to increase significantly by 2050. The threat of AMR is primarily of concern in human healthcare settings, but it is increasingly clear that AMR can develop and spread in the environment, including freshwater and marine environments.

Cefas, the Animal and Plant Health Agency (APHA) and the Veterinary Medicines Directorate (VMD) jointly hold the UK Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO) Reference Centre, which is funded by the Fleming Fund, a UK Aid programme managed by the UK Department of Health and Social Care.

The Reference Centre provides independent technical and scientific advice to safeguard animal and human health from the threat of antimicrobial resistance. Our mission is to provide world leading scientific and policy expertise within the global community to tackle antimicrobial resistance in terrestrial and aquatic animals and their environments.

UN FAO AMR reference centre and Fleming Fund activity in Ghana

The Reference Centre was recently honoured to co-deliver a comprehensive training programme aimed at improving AMR data in the agri-environmental sector. The training was hosted at the National Food Safety Laboratory (NFSL) in Accra, Ghana. The event brought together 14 laboratory scientists from five animal health laboratories and one environmental health laboratory across Ghana. Participants attended from the Accra Veterinary Lab (NFSL), Kumasi Veterinary Lab, Takoradi Veterinary Lab, Dormaa Veterinary Lab, Central Veterinary Lab-Tamale, Ho Veterinary Lab, and the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) Ghana Laboratory in Accra. The training course combined classroom instruction with practical laboratory sessions, providing participants with hands-on experience in handling and testing bacterial cultures. The programme covered essential aspects of antimicrobial susceptibility testing, including quality control and interpretative criteria.

This training is part of the Fleming Fund Phase 2 West Africa AMR One Health (WA AMROH) programme. The UK FAO Reference Centre for AMR and the UN FAO West Africa Office are regional grantees for the Animal Health portfolio in Ghana, Nigeria, Sierra Leone, and Senegal.

The event featured distinguished speakers including the Chief Veterinary Officer, the FAO AMR Country Coordinator, NFSL staff, FAO Reference Centre for AMR (UK) experts, Aurum Institute representatives, and officials from the British High Commission. This initiative is a critical component of Ghana's National Action Plan on Antimicrobial Resistance (NAP AMR), which aligns with the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Global Action Plan on AMR and Quadripartite One Health Joint Plan of Action.

This initiative underscores Ghana's commitment to advancing laboratory capabilities in terrestrial and aquatic bacterial diagnostics and antibiotic susceptibility testing to generate high-quality data on AMR, ensuring a healthier future for animals, humans, and the environment.

AMR work around the world

Cefas is also active in other parts of the world to support the collaborative approach to tackling AMR.

During WAAW, the Cefas Reference Centre team participated in an international hands-on training course, Utilising Microbe and Genomic Resources for Understanding & Mitigating Antimicrobial Resistance in the One Health Context, hosted by Nitte University, Mangalore, India, an FAO Reference Centre for AMR and Aquaculture Biosecurity. The course brought together trainees from Asia, Southeast Asia, Africa, and the Middle East. The Cefas Reference Centre team supported the attendance of four trainees from Bangladesh, Ethiopia, and Zambia and provided presentations and training on Antibiotic Susceptibility Testing (AST). This initiative exemplified collaboration and expertise-sharing among FAO Reference Centres, aiming to build capacity to understand and mitigate AMR.

Cefas Reference Centre members were also invited speakers at the webinar Antimicrobial Resistance, organized by the Abu Dhabi Agriculture & Food Safety Authority (ADAFSA) and World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) Collaborating Centre for Camel Disease. This webinar provided a platform for knowledge exchange and discussions on diagnostics, practical approaches, and innovative tools to address AMR in the animal, plant, and human health sectors.

The Cefas Reference Centre team is also collaborating with Defra colleagues to deliver Official Development Assistance (ODA) Technical Assistance and research programmes in Western and Southern Africa, including via the Ocean Country Partnership Programme (OCPP) and Animal Health Systems Strengthening (AHSS) projects. Additionally, the team is supporting FCDO programmes such as our Climate, Health, and Environment Resilience Programme (CHERP) in the Gulf Cooperation Council countries including the publication of a paper about marine monitoring programme to assess antibiotic resistance. We also support other countries’ work to tackle AMR via the Blue Belt programme.

With thanks to all our partners both in the UK and around the world for the collaborative work to tackle the challenge of antimicrobial resistance.

Strengthening Marine Science and Sustainability: The Ocean Country Partnership Programme in Maldives

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:40 +0700

In October, the Ocean Country Partnership Programme (OCPP) team from Cefas visited the Maldives to enhance local expertise in the collection of data from fishers, water quality monitoring and OSPAR methods of beach monitoring. The visit began with adverse weather requiring the team to modify their plans for various fieldwork activities.

Malé harbour sign

The Ocean Country Partnership Programme (OCPP) is a bilateral technical assistance and capacity building programme that provides tailored support to countries to manage the marine environment more sustainably, including by strengthening marine science expertise, developing science-based policy and management tools and creating educational resources for coastal communities. The OCPP delivers work under three thematic areas: biodiversity, marine pollution, and sustainable seafood. Funding is provided through the Official Development Assistance (ODA) overarching Blue Planet Fund (BPF) by the UK Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and delivered collaboratively by the Centre of Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science (Cefas), Marine Management Organisation (MMO) and Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC).

Stormy skies over Malé harbour (Top) and flooded Malé high street (Bottom)

Abandoned Lost and otherwise Discarded Fishing Gear (ALDFG)

Peter Randall, OCPP pollution lead for Maldives, and Anthony Gallagher from Evolved Research and Consulting Ltd (ERC) have launched a national ALDFG baseline data collection project. They developed a fisher questionnaire with non-governmental organisation (NGO) SIGS (Small Island Geographic Society) and refined it with Dr. Ahmed Riyaz Jauharee, Dean of the College of Fisheries and Ocean Sciences in the Maldvies. Dr. Jauharee’s expertise on the bait fishery and Fish Aggregation Devices (FADs) enhanced the survey.

The team also met with Adam Manik from the Ministry of Fisheries to discuss the project and gain insights into Maldives fisheries. Adam, along with Abdulla Shakir of the Maldives Fishing Association, will now lead the survey data collection. Their deep knowledge of local fisheries and strong connections with fishers will be critical to the project’s success.

The locations of the national landing sites where the ALDFG fisher survey will be delivered (Left), some of the ALDFG survey questions (Right)

The OCPP ALDFG team visited Hai Fishing Tackles one of the main fishing gear suppliers in Malé to get a better understanding of the fishing gears used in the handline, pole and line, and the bait net fisheries. Hai provided data on various gears that will aid the ALDFG survey, enabling the identification of any domestic ALDFG litter when conducting beach monitoring.

Some examples of nets used in the bait fishery (Left), various monofilament lines used in both hand line and pole and line fisheries in Maldives (Right).

The team also met with Isha Afeef of the Olive Ridley Project (ORP) to discuss ORP’s decade-long work on turtle entanglement in ALDFG and their standard sampling protocol. ORP agreed to share their data to support validation of the ALDFG fisher survey.

The team then moved on to Himmafushi Island, Kaafu Atoll, a key fish landing site in Central Maldives, to pilot test and refine the fisher survey, producing a final polished version.

Wall artwork located at Himmafushi harbour demonstrating local awareness of the marine litter issue.

With support from Big Fish Maldives Pvt Ltd, the OCPP team began pilot testing the Maldives ALDFG survey. Despite infrequent landings and the quick turnaround of vessels targeting baitfish and tuna, several test surveys were successfully completed. This allowed the team to refine the survey tool for full implementation in the coming months.

Freshly caught yellow fin tuna on the deck of a fishing vessel.

The captain of the fishing vessel Faridhuveli 4 commented “Although we may not directly get anything from participating in the ALDFG survey, my hope is that ultimately fishers will benefit from the outcomes of this project”.

SIGS complete pilot runs of the ALDFG survey with fishers landing at Himmafushi.

Beach Monitoring training

With temperatures feeling like 40°C due to humidity, beach monitoring training took place at dawn on Himmafushi’s Jail Break beach. A 50m section was marked using GPS, and Peter demonstrated the OSPAR beach monitoring method to Hamza Moosa and Zara Athif of SIGS. The team profiled the beach, collected litter larger than 5cm, categorised it, weighed each category, and ensured proper disposal.

Beach litter monitoring training (Left), Peter Randall demonstrates litter collection and categorisation to SIGS (Right)

ALDFG Outreach

On their return to Malé the OCPP team had a final meeting with SIGS to discuss the future outreach plan on completion of the national ALDFG baseline data collection survey. Outreach will be conducted in 3-4 locations near landing sites across the Maldives to fishers and other relevant stakeholders in Autumn 2025, followed by a national ALDFG conference in Malé.

Water Quality (WQ)

Requests for Water Quality support and training from the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS) of the Ministry of Environment, Climate Change and Technology resulted in the formation of a water quality team from Cefas consisting of Andy Powell and Michelle Stone covering microbiological aspects, whilst Tom Hull and Andy Smith covered the water column and chemical pollution aspects.

Maldives partners collaborated with OCPP to design and conduct marine surveys assessing the impacts of untreated sewage discharges from offshore outfalls around Greater Malé. The team provided training on identifying physical, chemical, and biological parameters to evaluate impacts on marine ecosystems and human health, ensuring wastewater meets the Utility Regulatory Authority (URA) standards. Additionally, they worked with URA to develop a roadmap for effective measurement and regulation of these standards.

EPA’s Research Vessel Thimaaveshi used as a laboratory by Andy Powell and Michelle Stone

The OCPP WQ team started their visit by converting the wet laboratory on board the EPA’s vessel RV Thimaaveshi into a microbiology laboratory enabling the training of EPA staff in the microbiological processing of samples collect on survey.

Training of EPA on board the RV Muraka (Left & Bottom Right), OCPP WQ team describing the water quality sampling to the Utility Regulatory Authority (Top Right)

The EPA’s second small vessel the RV Muraka was used for sample collection. The team conducted water sampling for microbiological analysis; deployment of conductivity, temperature, and depth (CTD); deployment of tryptophan probe; and deployment of Niskin for nutrient samples.

Samples for hydrocarbons, metals, and toxicity analysis were collected during the Maldives visit. Hydrocarbon and metals testing was conducted in partnership with a Sri Lankan laboratory to strengthen regional analytical capabilities. Toxicity testing was performed onboard the RV Thimaaveshi using Cefas' refined mobile laboratory.

Unexpected issues with the RV Muraka curtailed boat-based work, but the experienced team shifted to a shore-based sampling plan, continuing data collection and training. Two wrap-up meetings followed, presenting findings, discussing next steps, and exploring applications for policy and regulatory improvements. Key topics included data management, monitoring programs, and water quality guidelines.

Rifath Naeem, EPA Director, praised the effort: “Thank you very much for the important work we accomplished together. From sample collection to analysis, the entire program went well despite some hiccups with the boat and the weather. I would like to express my appreciation to Andy and the team for their efforts”.

These visits advanced efforts to combat marine pollution and equipped Maldivians with skills to monitor the environment and support informed decision-making.

Special thanks to all our partners in Maldives and all those who participated in this trip: Cefas’ Peter Randall, Andy Smith, Andy Powell, Michelle Stone and Tom Hull, and ERC’s Anthony Gallagher.

Special thanks also to Cefas’ Charlotte Jessop for all her before, during and after the trip support and for acting as the key Cefas Primary Contact (CPC).

Strengthening Fisheries Compliance: OCPP’s Training Mission in Madagascar

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:39 +0700

Author: Amy Anderson (MMO)

In October, the Marine Management Organisation (MMO)’s Global Marine Team undertook a deployment to Madagascar under the Ocean Country Partnership Programme (OCPP).

The Ocean Country Partnership Programme is a bilateral technical assistance and capacity building programme that provides tailored support to countries to manage the marine environment more sustainably, including by strengthening marine science expertise, developing science-based policy and management tools and creating educational resources for coastal communities. The OCPP delivers work under three thematic areas: biodiversity, marine pollution, and sustainable seafood. Funding is provided through the Official Development Assistance (ODA) overarching Blue Planet Fund (BPF) by the UK Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and delivered collaboratively by the Centre of Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science (Cefas), Marine Management Organisation (MMO) and Joint Nature Conservation Committee (JNCC).

The focus of the programme is to provide technical expertise and build capacity in each of three thematic areas, with the specific purpose of this trip being capacity building for those involved in detecting and tackling Illegal, Unreported and Unregulated (IUU) fishing, through the promotion of monitoring, control, surveillance and enforcement techniques, along with more sustainable fishing practices.

The training began in Madagascar’s capital, Antananarivo, which, at over 1000m above sea level, provided some gentle acclimatisation for the three UK-based MMO officers. The two-day course in ‘Tana’ was targeted at the analysts employed by the Centre de Surveillance des Pêches (CSP; Fisheries Surveillance Centre), with an introduction provided to the digital tools that can be utilised to detect the presence of fishing vessels within Malagasy waters. This included demonstrations which highlighted the benefits of using satellite data to identify high risk vessels, over the expensive and time-consuming alternative of deploying a patrol vessel, as well as an overview of the range of data sources that enable remote investigations to be carried out into a fishing vessel’s legitimacy and activities, without the need to board or inspect it. Such techniques enable the more than 1.1million square kilometres of Madagascar’s Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) to be more effectively managed.

The attendees of the training in Antananarivo with representatives of the British Embassy (Left), Training materials kindly provided by Trygg Mat Tracking (TMT) (Right)

The MMO team then headed to the coastal city of Mahajanga, in the north-west of the country, where Madagascar’s largest fleet of shrimp trawlers operate. Fishery inspectors travelled from their base locations around Madagascar’s 6000km coastline to take part in the four day course, which comprised of classroom-based and practical training sessions, beginning with the theoretical principles upon which fisheries management measures are based, provided guidance on safe boarding practices and transmitting distress messages should an emergency situation at sea arise, then demonstrated the practical skills required to carry out an effective inspection of a fishing vessel at sea or in port.

Classroom training was delivered in a traditional style build

Feedback indicated a highlight of the training to have been the practical exercises which took place onboard fishing vessels, with this also being a fantastic experience for the MMO trainers; getting to see first-hand the challenges faced by Malagasy fishery inspectors enabled the rapid development of bespoke training material for the remainder of the course that would prove relevant and useful to CSP.

At sunrise on a Friday morning, the MMO officers joined the CSP team in Mahajanga port to board fisheries protection vessel Atsantsa (meaning ‘Shark’ in Malagasy). A combination of vessel monitoring sources were used to identify a suitable target for inspection, which was fishing in an area around a three-hour steam from the port. The transit time was put to good use, with the MMO and CSP teams discussing and exchanging fishing gear measuring methods and trialling the use of equipment to determine the most suitable techniques for the environment.

Fisheries Patrol Vessel Atsantsa in the morning light (Left), Inspectors trial the use of different net measuring equipment (Right)

Boarding of the target vessel was undertaken through the launching of Atsanta’s two inflatable boats, with the trainee inspectors, MMO team and their interpreters transported across the slight swell of the Indian Ocean to a Malagasy-flagged shrimp trawler. Once safely onboard, the team separated into three groups which allowed an efficient and thorough inspection of the vessel’s documentation, catch and fishing gear.

Antsantsa's Rigid Hulled Inflatable Boats (RHIBs) are launched for transit to the fishing vessel.

A debrief back onboard Atsantsa generated helpful discussions on safety at sea, particularly on the provision of a safe means of access to fishing vessels by inspectors, with the MMO describing the requirements and sanctions for failing to do so in UK waters.

MMO fishery officers board a Malagasy shrimp trawler (Left and Right)

The training was considered by all to be a success, having resulted in the sharing of best practice as well as the opening of an ongoing dialogue between the UK and Madagascar on compliance and enforcement measures in relation to managing sustainable fisheries.

MMO officer Sarah Whitelaw said, “the engagement from CSP with the programme has been essential to the success of this training delivery. It has been a pleasure to share our experience and very rewarding to support the excellent work already ongoing in Madagascar on fisheries enforcement; bringing together inspectors from across this unique country with its incredible biodiversity to take back their skills to their own regions and promote sustainable fishing methods nationwide. We look forward to rolling out the next phase of the training in the new year”.

The opportunity to exchange knowledge and experience onboard Atsantsa was valued by all.

Thank you to everyone involved.

Defra’s One Food programme collaborates with United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) on systems approaches for food sustainability.

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:38 +0700

The One Food programme team at the Centre for Environment, Fisheries and Aquaculture Science (Cefas) and Animal and Plant Health Agency (APHA) recently visited the FAO head office in Rome, Italy to co-lead a collaborative workshop on multi-hazard monitoring and early warning in agrifood systems. The aim of the workshop was to identify opportunities for collaboration between One Food and FAO’s development of a Multi-Hazard Dashboard for early warning of threats to food security.

The One Food programme, funded through Defra’s Global Centre on Biodiversity for Climate and co-led by Cefas, APHA and South Africa’s Council for Scientific and Industrial Research and Human Sciences Research Council, is a pilot study in how to bring One Health approaches to food systems transformation, to maximise the potential for food systems to be simultaneously nutritious, accessible, economically viable, climate resilient, environmentally positive and socially equitable. The programme, which includes 21 UK, South African and global partners drawn from government, academia and non-profit, is organised around three main themes of ‘food system evidence’, a ‘One Food Risk Tool’ and ‘enabling change’. The programme has been developing and testing the themes in South Africa and the workshop is a natural extension of this, working with FAO to explore how the tools and knowledge can have impact long-term at a global level.

Transforming food systems for healthy people and planet

Opening the workshop, FAO Assistant Director-General and Chief Veterinarian Dr Thanawat Tiensin eloquently set the scene, highlighting the importance of collaboration and partnerships to advance a One Health approach in food systems and noting that “the One Food perspective is highly complementary and catalytic to the current efforts from FAO, at global and national levels.”

The workshop gave the opportunity to present the One Food approach and its principles of economic, environmental, and social sustainability. One of the central outputs of the programme is the ‘One Food Risk Tool’, a whole-system risk assessment tool, developed on the template of the earlier Seafood Risk Tool, which seeks to estimate the impact of all hazards (i.e. problems) acting on, or created by, food systems. The tool considers chemical, biological, physical and socio-economic hazards along different stages of the food value chain, across all food sectors. This allows the relative risk of hazards to be compared, actively embracing trade-offs and, in doing so, facilitating collective decisions on priority interventions.

The collaboration with One Food has allowed FAO to review their current repertoire of >100 systems and tools that consider different aspects of animal/plant, ecosystem and human health and how these can be incorporated into their developing Multi-Hazard Dashboard. The report will soon be published on the One Food Community platform and will form the basis for future developments.

One Health synergies

What clearly emerged from the workshop was that the One Food Risk Tool and FAO Multi-Hazard Dashboard are strongly complementary; the hazard dashboard will provide a country/global snapshot of current presence and extent of animal, plant and environment health hazards, whereas the One Food Risk tool provides an assessment of the impacts of these hazards and identification of suitable mitigation strategies. Both One Food and the Multi-Hazard Dashboard are targeting ambitious goals and the group exchanged insights on challenges, successes, and best practices, focusing on optimising synergies between the initiatives as a means to address the complex interconnections between food, ecosystems, climate change and society.

Next steps

The One Food pilot programme completes in March this year, providing an opportunity to develop further collaborations with FAO on One Health and the One Food approach for better, more sustainable food systems. The Assistant Director-General's subsequent letter of support highlights the importance of collaboration between these two important initiatives “reinforcing our commitment to continue working hand in hand to make significant strides in transforming agrifood systems to be more efficient, inclusive, resilient, and sustainable.”

The whole experience for the One Food team has been very positive. FAO’s commitment to secure and sustainable food is fully evident in their ethos, from food waste measurement and hydroponics in the nutrition-positive canteen to the programmes of work they presented on hazard early warning and climate-driven food loss. In times of uncertainty, it is gratifying to see Defra-funded research align with and support FAO’s global efforts to feed the planet well and the collaboration with both the FAO and the South African government assures us that the One Food programme is having tangible impact.

Supporting Ecological and Economic Resilience in the Maldives’ Marine Ecosystems - Ocean Country Partnership Programme

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 15:00:37 +0700

By Sarah Allison

Members of the Women's Development Council attending the launch of the Hanifaru MPA Conservation Action Plan

In February, representatives from the MMO participated in a cross-ALB deployment to the Maldives, working in collaboration with colleagues from the JNCC and Cefas under the OCPP.

The mission aimed to strengthen national marine conservation frameworks and support sustainable ocean governance through collaboration with key national and regional stakeholders. This included finalising critical policy tools—such as the National Stakeholder Engagement Plan for Marine Protected Areas—and launching the Hanifaru Conservation Action Plan within the globally significant Baa Atoll UNESCO Biosphere Reserve.

The deployment helped to build stronger partnerships across government agencies, research institutions, conservation organisations, and local communities. Notably, it enhanced stakeholder engagement, promoted sustainable marine tourism, and advanced data-sharing initiatives that are vital to the adaptive management of reef manta ray and whale shark populations. The active participation of local groups, particularly women’s networks, highlighted the importance of inclusive, community-led conservation approaches that promote both ecological and economic resilience in the Maldives.

Strengthening National Engagement in MPA Governance

Biosphere Reserve Ranger undertaking photo identification surveys of reef manta rays in Hanifaru Bay—mantas can be identified by their unique markings, as individual as fingerprints.

In Malé, the capital, the team worked closely with the Ministry of Tourism and Environment to finalise the National Stakeholder Engagement Plan for Marine Protected Areas (MPAs). This document forms part of a broader suite of policy tools developed through OCPP, which also includes the Maldives National Framework for the Management of Protected and Conserved Areas, and the National Management Plan Guidance for Protected and Conserved Areas.

The stakeholder engagement plan is a vital step toward ensuring inclusive, transparent, and effective participation in the designation and management of MPAs and Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECMs) across the Maldives.

Launching the Hanifaru Conservation Action Plan in Baa Atoll

Biosphere Reserve Office staff with Sarah Allison (MMO) and Stefan Bolam (Cefas) at the launch of the Hanifaru MPA Conservation Action Plan developed through OCPP

The next phase of the deployment took the team northwest to Baa Atoll to collaborate with the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve team on the launch of the Hanifaru Conservation Action Plan. Hanifaru Bay, located within the Baa Atoll Biosphere Reserve, is internationally recognised for its seasonal aggregations of whale sharks and manta rays. From May to November each year, an upwelling of nutrient-rich waters—linked to the South West Monsoon—drives a plankton bloom that attracts hundreds of reef mantas and occasional whale sharks to the bay for feeding.

The Hanifaru Conservation Action Plan is a tailored management strategy developed with local stakeholders to enhance the protection and sustainable use of Hanifaru Bay. It outlines key conservation measures aimed at safeguarding these iconic species while ensuring marine tourism remains responsible and sustainable. The plan focuses on visitor management, strengthening research partnerships, improving site monitoring, and reinforcing compliance with site regulations.

A key goal of the deployment was to improve collaboration between the Biosphere Reserve Office and local conservation organisations such as the Manta Trust and the Maldives Whale Shark Research Programme. These organisations play a vital role in monitoring and data collection efforts, which underpin the plan’s adaptive management approach.

The Hanifaru Conservation Action Plan was formally launched in Eydhafushi, where the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve team presented the plan to the President of the Atoll Council. The launch brought together representatives from key conservation bodies, as well as members of the Women’s Network, who were attending a concurrent workshop on economic empowerment through sustainable tourism. Their involvement underscored the central role that local communities—particularly women—play in shaping the future of marine conservation and eco-tourism in the Maldives.

Looking Ahead

This deployment marked a significant step forward in advancing marine conservation in the Maldives. By strengthening national frameworks, supporting local leadership, and fostering inclusive partnerships, the Ocean Country Partnership Programme is helping to secure a sustainable future for the Maldives’ marine biodiversity and the communities that depend on it.

The Role of Probiotics in Disease Control for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:33 +0700

Shrimp aquaculture is one of the fastest-growing sectors of global aquaculture, contributing significantly to economic growth and food security. However, intensification of shrimp farming systems to meet rising global demand has also increased the risk of devastating disease outbreaks. Pathogens such as Vibrio spp., Early Mortality Syndrome (EMS), and White Spot Syndrome Virus (WSSV) have caused massive losses for farmers worldwide.

In recent years, probiotics have emerged as a safe, eco-friendly, and effective alternative to antibiotics and harmful chemicals for disease prevention in shrimp farming.

The Role of Probiotics in Disease Control for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

Probiotics are live microorganisms that benefit the host when administered in adequate amounts. In shrimp aquaculture, they work by:

Strengthening the immune system
Preventing harmful bacteria colonization
Balancing gut microflora

Unlike antibiotics, which kill both beneficial and harmful microbes, probiotics selectively support beneficial microbial communities that naturally suppress pathogens through competitive exclusion. This means they outcompete harmful bacteria for nutrients and attachment sites in the shrimp’s digestive tract.

How Probiotics Prevent Shrimp Diseases

Probiotics combat disease in several ways:

Production of Bioactive Substances – Certain probiotics produce bacteriocins, organic acids, and enzymes that directly inhibit pathogens. For example, lactic acid bacteria reduce gut pH, creating an environment hostile to harmful microorganisms.
Immune System Stimulation – Probiotics enhance shrimp immunity by increasing antimicrobial peptide production and activating hemocytes, which are essential in defending against bacterial, fungal, and viral infections.
Improved Digestion and Growth – Probiotics increase digestive enzyme production, improving feed efficiency, growth rate, and disease resistance.

Probiotics and Water Quality Management

Maintaining good pond water quality is vital in shrimp aquaculture. Certain probiotic strains, such as Bacillus species, degrade organic waste, reducing ammonia and nitrite levels. This improves water quality, lowers stress, and decreases disease susceptibility.

Microbial Balance for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

By combining microbial balance, competitive exclusion, immune stimulation, and water quality improvement, probiotics offer a holistic approach to disease prevention. They represent a sustainable alternative to antibiotics—supporting healthier shrimp, reducing losses, and ensuring the long-term viability of shrimp farming.

However, correct probiotic strain selection, dosage, and application method are key to achieving the best results. Continued research and training are essential for maximizing benefits.

Start Your Shrimp Aquaculture Journey Today

Are you ready to venture into sustainable shrimp aquaculture? The Ecolonomics Action Team provides valuable resources, expert guidance, and networking opportunities with experienced shrimp farmers.

Join the EAT Community today and gain the knowledge and support you need to succeed in eco-friendly shrimp production.

References & Related Articles:

Freshwater Shrimp Aquaculture Techniques to Adopt
FAO. (2016). The Use of Probiotics in Aquaculture. Read here
Verschuere, L., et al. (2000). Probiotic bacteria as biological control agents in aquaculture. Microbiology and Molecular Biology Reviews, 64(4), 655–671.
De Schryver, P., et al. (2012). Probiotics in aquaculture: A review. Aquaculture, 356–357, 1–14.

The post The Role of Probiotics in Disease Control for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

How to Apply Biofloc Technology in Sustainable Shrimp Production

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:29 +0700

Shrimp farming has become one of the fastest-growing sectors in aquaculture, but traditional methods often rely on high water exchange, costly feeds, and practices that strain the environment. Biofloc Technology offers a sustainable solution by turning waste into a valuable resource. This innovative system not only improves water quality but also provides shrimp with a natural protein-rich food source, reducing production costs and minimizing environmental impact. As global demand for shrimp rises, adopting Biofloc Technology ensures that farmers can achieve profitability while supporting long-term ecological balance.

As the global population grows, food production industries — including aquaculture — face the challenge of producing enough food without harming the planet. Shrimp farming, one of the most profitable aquaculture sectors, has expanded rapidly but often at the cost of high water usage, waste production, and dependence on expensive feed inputs.

Biofloc Technology (BFT) offers a sustainable alternative, improving shrimp health, reducing environmental impact, and cutting production costs.

Understanding Biofloc Technology

Biofloc Technology is an innovative recirculating aquaculture system that creates a controlled microbial ecosystem in shrimp ponds. By adding carbon sources such as molasses or starch, farmers maintain a balanced carbon-to-nitrogen ratio. This balance stimulates the growth of beneficial bacteria, algae, and protozoa, which clump into bioflocs.

These bioflocs recycle waste, improve water quality, and serve as a high-protein, natural feed for shrimp — reducing reliance on commercial diets.

Benefits of Biofloc Technology in Shrimp Aquaculture

1. Reduced Water Exchange

Traditional shrimp ponds require constant water exchange, which can discharge nutrient-rich waste into nearby ecosystems. Biofloc systems recycle nutrients internally, minimizing waste discharge and conserving water. This makes BFT especially valuable in regions with limited freshwater or strict environmental regulations.

2. Lower Feed Costs

Since bioflocs contain proteins, lipids, and essential micronutrients, they act as a natural feed supplement. This reduces the need for expensive formulated diets and makes shrimp production more economical.

3. Improved Shrimp Health

Bioflocs compete with harmful bacteria, lowering the risk of disease outbreaks. They also strengthen the shrimp’s immune system, resulting in higher survival rates, faster growth, and improved production efficiency.

Challenges and Best Practices for BFT

Despite its many advantages, managing biofloc systems requires technical know-how. Farmers must:

Maintain the right carbon-to-nitrogen ratio.
Monitor key water parameters (pH, dissolved oxygen, ammonia).
Ensure strong aeration systems for proper circulation.
Receive proper training to avoid system failures that could cause production losses.

With good management, BFT can become a game-changer in shrimp aquaculture.

Conclusion: The Future of Sustainable Shrimp Farming

Biofloc Technology represents a transformative step toward sustainable, cost-effective, and environmentally friendly shrimp farming. By recycling waste into valuable biomass, conserving water, and reducing dependence on costly feeds, BFT aligns with global goals for sustainable food production.

With proper training and support, shrimp farmers can use biofloc systems to meet growing demand while protecting the environment.

Get more insight on biofloc technology and sustainable aquaculture at EAT Community

Biofloc Technology Related Articles & References

Biofloc Shrimp Farming: Cultivation and Principles of Growing Shrimp
Avnimelech, Y. (2012). Biofloc Technology: A Practical Guidebook. The World Aquaculture Society.
Crab, R., Defoirdt, T., Bossier, P., & Verstraete, W. (2012). Biofloc technology in aquaculture: Beneficial effects and future challenges. Aquaculture, 356–357, 351–356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquaculture.2012.04.046
Emerenciano, M., Gaxiola, G., & Cuzon, G. (2013). Biofloc Technology (BFT): A Review for Aquaculture Application and Animal Food Industry. Biomass Now – Cultivation and Utilization, IntechOpen. https://doi.org/10.5772/53902
Hargreaves, J. A. (2013). Biofloc Production Systems for Aquaculture. Southern Regional Aquaculture Center Publication No. 4503. https://srac.tamu.edu/
Kuhn, D. D., Boardman, G. D., Craig, S. R., Flick, G. J., & McLean, E. (2009). Use of microbial floc generated from tilapia effluent as a nutritional supplement for shrimp, Litopenaeus vannamei. Journal of the World Aquaculture Society, 40(4), 573–582. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-7345.2009.00274.x
Martínez-Córdova, L. R., Emerenciano, M., Miranda-Baeza, A., & Martínez-Porchas, M. (2015). Microbial-based systems for aquaculture of fish and shrimp: An updated review. Reviews in Aquaculture, 7(2), 131–148. https://doi.org/10.1111/raq.12058
The World Aquaculture Society (WAS). (2020). Advances in Biofloc Technology for Sustainable Aquaculture. https://www.was.org/
FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations). (2020). The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture 2020. Sustainability in Action. http://www.fao.org/fishery

The post How to Apply Biofloc Technology in Sustainable Shrimp Production first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Shrimp Aquaculture: Managing Salinity Levels for Optimal Shrimp Growth

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:25 +0700

Water salinity is one of the most critical factors in shrimp aquaculture, directly influencing shrimp survival, growth, and overall health. The optimal salinity range for most farmed shrimp is between 15–25 parts per thousand (ppt). Careful management of this parameter ensures stability, resilience, and long-term productivity.

As the global aquaculture industry expands, contributing significantly to both rural livelihoods and global seafood production, sustainable salinity management has become essential for shrimp farmers.

Effects of Salinity on Shrimp Growth in Shrimp Aquaculture

Salinity fluctuations can cause physiological stress in shrimp. Sudden changes—whether from rainfall, evaporation, or poor water management—disrupt osmoregulation, leading to:

slower growth,
reduced feeding activity, and
greater susceptibility to disease.

Species differ in salinity tolerance:

Pacific white shrimp (Litopenaeus vannamei) tolerates 0.5–40 ppt but thrives best at 15–25 ppt (FAO fact sheet).
Black tiger shrimp (Penaeus monodon) prefers slightly higher salinity levels, around 15–30 ppt (World Aquaculture Society).

Keeping salinity within these preferred ranges enhances shrimp immunity, improves feed conversion ratios, and accelerates growth.

Techniques for Managing Salinity in Shrimp Aquaculture

1. Monitoring Water Exchange

Controlled water exchange in shrimp farming helps stabilize salinity while improving water quality. Farmers can balance freshwater and seawater inputs in coastal areas, while inland farms often rely on mineral supplements such as brine or sea salt.

Zero-water exchange systems and biofloc methods are also increasingly popular, reducing environmental impact while maintaining stable water parameters (MDPI study).

2. Pond Design and Construction

Well-designed shrimp ponds reduce sudden salinity fluctuations. Important features include:

Adequate pond depth for buffering changes,
Clay or plastic linings to prevent seepage,
Aeration systems for mixing and uniform salinity distribution.

These designs ensure consistent conditions and prevent stress to shrimp stocks.

3. Use of Salinity Meters and Record-Keeping

Routine monitoring with refractometers and digital salinity meters ensures accuracy. During storms, droughts, or seasonal transitions, these tools allow farmers to act quickly to prevent harmful shifts.

Maintaining long-term records helps identify patterns, anticipate changes, and support better decision-making in integrated systems where shrimp may co-exist with tilapia, mollusks, or seaweed.

Conclusion: Basics of Shrimp Aquaculture

Maintaining optimal salinity levels is fundamental to success in shrimp aquaculture. By stabilizing water conditions through water exchange management, pond design, and routine monitoring, farmers can:
improve shrimp growth and survival,
reduce disease risks,
boost production efficiency, and
build long-term sustainability.

Learn more about sustainable shrimp farming and ecolonomic practices at the EAT Community.

References & Further Reading

FAO. Litopenaeus vannamei culture fact sheet.
Boyd, C.E. (2018). Water Quality Management for Shrimp Farming. Auburn University.
Funge-Smith, S., & Briggs, M. (1998). Nutrient budgets in intensive shrimp ponds. Aquaculture Research.
JALA. The Key to Successful Water Exchange in Shrimp Farming.
FAO Fisheries. Pond construction and design.
Global Aquaculture Alliance. Water quality in shrimp ponds.
Song, Z., Liu, C., Luan, Y., Qi, Y., & Xu, A. (2023). Effect of Zero Water Exchange Systems for Litopenaeus vannamei. Sustainability, 15(2).

The post Shrimp Aquaculture: Managing Salinity Levels for Optimal Shrimp Growth first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Regenerative Aquaculture: Applying Soil Health Principles to Ocean and Freshwater Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:20 +0700

Regenerative agriculture has evolved from being a buzzword to a vital global movement focused on restoring ecosystems, improving soil health, and addressing the impacts of climate change. Today, this same philosophy is being extended to aquatic environments through regenerative aquaculture.

As the demand for seafood grows and wild fish populations decline, aquaculture has become a key player in global food systems. Unfortunately, conventional fish farming often mirrors industrial agriculture—relying on synthetic feeds, antibiotics, and monoculture systems that can contaminate waterways and disrupt marine ecosystems.

Regenerative aquaculture challenges this paradigm by applying soil health principles to oceans and freshwater. Its core aim is not just to produce seafood, but to restore aquatic ecosystems, increase biodiversity, and enhance resilience.

What is Regenerative Aquaculture?

Regenerative aquaculture is about cultivating species that improve their environment instead of harming it. Similar to regenerative farming’s focus on soil organic matter and microbial life, regenerative aquaculture enhances aquatic ecosystems by improving nutrient cycling and water quality.

For example, filter feeders such as clams, mussels, and oysters naturally clean the water as they feed—removing excess nutrients and boosting ecosystem health.

At the same time, seaweed farming requires no fertilizer or feed while absorbing carbon and nitrogen, sequestering greenhouse gases, and creating habitat for marine life. These living systems act as underwater “forests,” supporting marine biodiversity while producing sustainable food and raw materials.

Polyculture and Ecosystem Mimicry

One of the defining features of regenerative aquaculture is ecosystem mimicry. Unlike monoculture fish farms, which often lead to disease and pollution, regenerative systems embrace polyculture.

Integrated multi-trophic aquaculture (IMTA) combines species like seaweed, shellfish, and finfish so that the waste from one species becomes food for another. This natural balance creates:

Nutrient-rich environments that mimic wild food webs
Higher productivity with reduced reliance on synthetic inputs
Healthier seafood with a lower environmental footprint

Regenerative Aquaculture and Climate Change

Regenerative aquaculture is also a natural ally in the fight against climate change. Seaweed, in particular, is a powerful carbon sink capable of absorbing large amounts of CO₂ while growing rapidly. Responsible harvesting opens pathways to industries like:

Human nutrition and superfoods
Animal feed alternatives
Biodiesel production
Biodegradable packaging

By reducing ocean acidification and capturing greenhouse gases, regenerative aquaculture helps mitigate climate change while creating sustainable economic opportunities.

Community Resilience and Food Sovereignty

Beyond environmental benefits, regenerative aquaculture fosters food sovereignty and community resilience. Small-scale, diversified aquaculture systems:

Support local jobs and coastal economies
Provide year-round, nutritious seafood
Restore degraded aquatic habitats

Projects such as GreenWave’s ocean farming model demonstrate how regenerative aquaculture can empower communities to produce food locally while protecting ecosystems for future generations.

Conclusion

Regenerative aquaculture represents a fundamental shift in how we approach seafood production. By synchronizing with natural cycles, enhancing biodiversity, and restoring ecosystems, it offers a resilient and sustainable way to nourish a growing global population.

This approach moves us beyond exploitation, toward a future where oceans, rivers, and lakes thrive alongside humanity.

Want to dive deeper into regenerative solutions for food and the planet?
Get access to valuable information and community resources at EAT Community.

References & Related Articles

FAO (2020). The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture.
NOAA Fisheries. Aquaculture and Sustainability.
Naylor, R. et al. (2021). “A 20-year retrospective review of global aquaculture.” Nature. Link.
Chung, I. et al. (2017). “Seaweed as a global solution for carbon capture and climate change.” Nature Sustainability. Link.
Duarte, C. et al. (2017). “The role of marine vegetation in climate change mitigation and adaptation.” Frontiers in Marine Science. Link.
GreenWave (2023). Regenerative Ocean Farming.

The post Regenerative Aquaculture: Applying Soil Health Principles to Ocean and Freshwater Farming first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Shrimp Aquaculture and Climate Change Adaptation Strategies

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:16 +0700

Shrimp aquaculture plays a vital role in global seafood production and rural livelihoods, but it faces growing threats from climate change. Rising sea levels, temperature extremes, and unpredictable weather events are disrupting traditional farming practices and putting shrimp health at risk. To ensure long-term sustainability, shrimp farmers are adopting innovative adaptation strategies that build resilience while protecting ecosystems.

The effect of climate change is felt globally, and shrimp farming is one of the industries facing significant challenges. Rising sea levels, altered precipitation patterns, and increasing water temperatures directly impact aquaculture operations. This article explores the strategies shrimp producers are adopting to build resilience and adapt to climate change while ensuring sustainable production.

Climate Change’s Effects on Shrimp Aquaculture

Understanding how climate change affects shrimp aquaculture is essential for developing effective adaptation methods:

Temperature Extremes – Warmer waters influence shrimp growth rates and increase disease risks. According to the FAO, shrimp are highly sensitive to temperature fluctuations.
Sea Level Rise – Coastal farms face saltwater intrusion, which can reduce water quality and shrimp survival rates (World Bank).
Extreme Weather Events – Stronger storms and flooding damage ponds and disrupt farming operations, a challenge noted in the IPCC 2023 report.

Strategies for Adaptation in Shrimp Aquiculture

Shrimp producers are implementing multiple adaptation techniques to reduce risks and ensure sustainability:

Better Farm Design – Raised pond platforms, reinforced embankments, and advanced drainage systems help withstand floods and storms.
Salinity Control – Farmers manage saltwater intrusion with barriers, drainage systems, and strategic water management (Aquaculture Stewardship Council).
Selective Breeding for Disease Resistance – Breeding shrimp that tolerate higher temperatures and resist disease supports long-term resilience (ScienceDirect: Selective Breeding in Aquaculture).
Technological Tools – Real-time monitoring systems and early-warning tools provide critical insights into temperature shifts, disease threats, and water quality (NOAA Climate Data).
Sustainable Land Use – Protecting mangroves and applying eco-friendly land management reduces environmental impact while boosting climate resilience (IUCN Mangrove Conservation).

Collaborative Research and Knowledge Exchange

Adaptation is strengthened through collaboration between researchers, governments, and shrimp farmers. Sharing best practices, advancing selective breeding, and testing innovative farm designs through global partnerships ensures shrimp aquaculture adapts to diverse climate challenges.

Be Part of the Solution for Sustainable Shrimp Aquaculture

Shrimp aquaculture can thrive in a changing climate if farmers, researchers, and communities work together. You can:

Support sustainable seafood certification programs like the Aquaculture Stewardship Council.
Learn more about climate-resilient aquaculture from the FAO Fisheries and Aquaculture Division.
Join conversations and explore resources at EAT Community.

Together, we can ensure shrimp aquaculture remains a viable source of food and livelihood while protecting ecosystems for generations to come.

References & Related Articles

Enhancing Fish Production: Mitigating Climate Change Effects in Aquaculture
Advanced Freshwater Shrimp Aquaculture Techniques to Adopt
FAO. (2022). Aquaculture and Climate Change.
IPCC. (2023). Climate Change 2023: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. IPCC Report.
World Bank. (2021). Aquaculture and Climate Change.
IUCN. (2020). Mangrove Conservation and Climate Adaptation.
Aquaculture Stewardship Council. (2023). Sustainable Shrimp Standards.
ScienceDirect. (2014). Selective Breeding in Aquaculture.
NOAA Climate Data. (2023). Climate Monitoring Tools.

The post Shrimp Aquaculture and Climate Change Adaptation Strategies first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Why Seaweed Could Be the Secret Ingredient That Transforms Fish Farming

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:12 +0700

Fish farming has gone from niche to mainstream. Today, aquaculture supplies over half of the world’s seafood. However, with growth comes scrutiny: water pollution, high feed costs, and disease outbreaks have raised serious questions about its sustainability.

Here’s the twist: the next big breakthrough in fish farming may not be expensive tech or synthetic feed. It may be something simple, natural, and already abundant in our oceans — seaweed.

From boosting fish health to cleaning polluted waters, seaweed is proving to be a game-changer in aquaculture. Let’s break down why it’s capturing attention from farmers, scientists, and investors alike.

Seaweed in Fish Feed: A Natural Performance Enhancer

Feed is the single largest cost in aquaculture, sometimes making up 60–70% of total expenses. Traditionally, farms rely on fishmeal, soy, and corn — ingredients that are expensive, resource-intensive, and environmentally questionable.

Adding seaweed into feed changes everything:

Faster Growth – Seaweed is packed with proteins, amino acids, and bioactive compounds that boost metabolism and immunity. Fish grow faster and healthier, with less reliance on antibiotics.
Better Digestibility – Studies show seaweed improves gut health in fish, reducing disease outbreaks and mortality rates.
Lower Emissions – Some seaweed varieties (like Asparagopsis) are proven methane-reducers in livestock. In aquaculture, they increase feed efficiency, cutting waste and greenhouse gas emissions.

In short, seaweed makes fish healthier, farmers more profitable, and the industry more sustainable.

Seaweed as a Built-In Water Filter in Fish Farming

Fish farms struggle with nutrient pollution. Uneaten feed and fish waste release nitrogen and phosphorus into surrounding waters, triggering algae blooms and oxygen depletion.

Seaweed cultivation solves this. When grown alongside fish cages or tanks, seaweed absorbs excess nutrients, effectively filtering and cleaning the water.

This practice — called Integrated Multi-Trophic Aquaculture (IMTA) — has been adopted in parts of Asia and Europe. The results are impressive:

Cleaner waters
Healthier fish
A second income stream from harvesting the seaweed itself

It’s farming synergy at its best: fish feed the seaweed, seaweed cleans the water, and farmers profit twice.

Seaweed’s Role in Climate Solutions in Fish Farming

Seaweed isn’t just an aquaculture tool — it’s a climate ally.

Carbon Sequestration – Seaweed absorbs massive amounts of CO₂ during growth.
Methane Reduction – Seaweed feed additives cut methane emissions in cattle by up to 80%. Imagine applying that at scale in aquaculture.
Ocean Restoration – Large-scale seaweed farming can restore ecosystems, protect coastlines, and create jobs.

Why Fish Farming Investors Are Paying Attention

The global seaweed industry is projected to reach $30–40 billion in the next decade. Its applications go far beyond fish farming — from human nutrition to cosmetics, bioplastics, and even biofuels.

For aquaculture, the business case is compelling:

Lower feed costs → higher profit margins
Cleaner water → reduced regulatory risk
Sustainable branding → stronger consumer trust

Consumers increasingly want climate-conscious seafood. Farms that integrate seaweed aren’t just sustainable — they’re marketable.

Challenges Holding Back Adoption

Seaweed isn’t a silver bullet. To scale successfully, the industry needs:

Reliable supply chains for consistent feed quality
Research into the best seaweed strains for each fish species
Farmer training on IMTA systems

The good news? Governments, startups, and investors are already pouring money into seaweed innovation. These challenges are solvable.

Final Takeaway

Seaweed could be the secret ingredient that transforms aquaculture — making it healthier, more profitable, and climate-friendly.

Want to dive deeper into fish farming innovation?
Explore more insights at EAT Community

References & Related Articles:

The post Why Seaweed Could Be the Secret Ingredient That Transforms Fish Farming first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

Why Shrimp Farms Are Moving On-Land: Let’s Talk About It

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:08 +0700

Shrimp is America’s favorite seafood, but the way it’s traditionally farmed is changing fast. Today, more and more shrimp farms are moving on-land — and for good reason. Disease outbreaks, environmental damage, and unstable imports are pushing producers to rethink how shrimp should be grown. Indoor, land-based systems promise cleaner water, healthier shrimp, and a steady supply all year long. So let’s talk about why this shift is happening and what it means for the future of sustainable seafood.

You probably know how much Americans love shrimp — more than 1 billion pounds every year. But here’s the surprising part: almost 90% of that shrimp is imported. That means when something goes wrong overseas — disease, bad weather, rising costs — shrimp prices and availability in the U.S. get hit too.

But now, something new is happening: shrimp farms are moving indoors and on land. And yes — this could change the entire seafood industry.

Why Traditional Shrimp Farms Are Hitting Limits

Let’s talk about why outdoor, open-pond shrimp farming is becoming harder to rely on.

1. “Disease can destroy everything.”

Traditional farms use open ponds, which makes it easy for viruses to enter and wipe out shrimp populations.

2. “It harms the environment.”

Ponds often replace mangroves and wetlands, and wastewater can pollute local ecosystems.

More info: Seafood Sustainability Report

3. “Weather is not predictable anymore.”

Storms, heatwaves, and droughts can destroy shrimp ponds and disrupt production.

Background reading: Global Seafood Alliance

4. “Buyers want cleaner, safer seafood.”

Imported shrimp often lacks traceability and may involve antibiotics or poor-quality water.

Reference: SEC Report

The Indoor Shrimp Farming Revolution

Now imagine this: shrimp growing in indoor tanks, with clean recycled water, controlled temperature, and 24/7 monitoring. That’s indoor shrimp farming using a Recirculating Aquaculture System (RAS).

1. “We can control everything.”

Temperature, water quality, and environment are fully managed.

Learn about RAS: Wikipedia: RAS

2. “Shrimp grow all year round.”

Indoor farms avoid seasonal challenges and weather issues.

More details: Texas A&M Extension Report

3. “It’s better for the planet.”

Indoor systems reduce water use and lower pollution compared to coastal ponds.

Learn more: Environmental Impact Study

4. “Shrimp can be farmed close to big cities.”

This lowers transport time and carbon emissions while producing fresher shrimp.

Good explanation: University of Michigan Sustainability Research

Challenges to Scaling Indoor Shrimp Farms (Because Nothing Is Perfect)

1. High startup cost

Indoor shrimp facilities require millions in upfront investment.

Overview: Economic Breakdown

2. High energy use

Heating and filtration systems require steady energy input.

More details: Tech Pros & Cons

3. Technical knowledge required

Indoor systems require expertise similar to running a factory.

Background: University Research

Why This Shift Matters for You? What This Shift Means for the Shrimp Farms

Here’s why indoor shrimp farming is important:

More stable prices due to year-round supply.
Cleaner, safer shrimp raised in controlled environments.
Less environmental damage to coastal regions.
Fresher seafood with shorter travel distances.

Want to Learn More?

Land-Based vs. Cage Fish Farming: A Practical Guide to Choosing the Right Aquaculture System

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:56:04 +0700

Fish farming is not just a local decision—it’s part of a much larger global system. If you want broader context on how different aquaculture models are being used, regulated, and scaled across regions, explore our Worldwide Aquaculture overview to see how land-based and cage systems fit into global production trends.

If you’re researching fish farming methods, you’ll quickly run into two dominant models:
land-based fish farming and cage fish farming. This guide breaks down the real trade-offs
so you can choose the best aquaculture system for your goals.

Here’s the truth most articles won’t tell you:
neither system is “best” by default. One is simply better for your location, budget, market, and risk tolerance.
The difference comes down to control, cost, environmental exposure, and scalability.

What Is Land-Based Fish Farming?

Land-based fish farming happens entirely on land using ponds, tanks, raceways, or recirculating aquaculture systems (RAS).
This is the model people usually mean when they say “controlled aquaculture.”

Why farmers choose land-based systems

The biggest advantage is simple: you’re in control.

Water quality and oxygen levels
Stocking density
Feeding schedules
Disease exposure
Harvest timing

That control leads to more predictable production and typically higher survival rates.
Land-based farms can also align more easily with wastewater rules because waste can be captured and treated.
For regulatory context, see the U.S. EPA aquaculture guidance.

The downside of land-based fish farming

Control comes at a cost. Land-based systems usually require higher capital investment and ongoing operating costs, including:

Infrastructure (tanks/ponds, plumbing, buildings)
Pumps, aeration, and filtration
Energy and backup power
Skilled monitoring and maintenance

Important: RAS facilities can be unforgiving. A power outage or mechanical failure can escalate quickly without redundancy.

Want deeper background on RAS? Start with this overview of recirculating aquaculture systems (FAO).

What Is Cage Fish Farming?

Cage fish farming uses net pens placed directly into lakes, reservoirs, rivers, or coastal waters.
Instead of building full water-treatment infrastructure, the surrounding environment provides water exchange and oxygen.

Why cage farming is attractive

The main advantage: lower startup costs.

Faster to launch
Easier to expand
Lower cost per unit of fish (in many settings)

When conditions are favorable, growth rates can be excellent due to steady water flow and stable temperatures.

The risks of cage fish farming

Here’s the catch: you don’t control the environment.
Water quality, pollution events, and disease pressure are external factors. If something changes,
intervention options are limited—and problems can spread quickly between cages and farms.

Cage systems often face higher environmental scrutiny because waste and excess feed enter the ecosystem directly.
For broader sustainability perspective, explore the FAO aquaculture sustainability resources.

Productivity vs. Risk: The Real Trade-Off

Most decisions come down to this:

Land-based systems prioritize survival, consistency, and biosecurity.
Cage systems prioritize volume and lower production costs.

Simple rule of thumb:
Cage farming tends to externalize risk to the environment.
Land-based farming tends to internalize risk inside your operation.

Environmental Impact and Market Demand

Buyers are paying closer attention to traceability, waste control, and biosecurity—especially in premium and export markets.
Land-based operations often have an advantage because inputs and outputs can be documented more precisely.

If you’re thinking about certification-driven markets, review:
Best Aquaculture Practices (BAP)
and the Aquaculture Stewardship Council (ASC).

Land-Based vs. Cage Fish Farming: Which Is Better?

Here’s the honest answer: they are not interchangeable.

Land-based fish farming offers control, predictability, and regulatory resilience—at higher cost.
Cage fish farming offers affordability and scalability—with higher biological and environmental risk.

The best aquaculture system is the one that matches your:

Local regulations
Water availability and quality
Target markets and buyer expectations
Environmental carrying capacity
Budget and risk tolerance

The wrong system choice rarely fails slowly. It usually fails decisively.

Ready to Explore Aquaculture the Smart Way?

If you’re serious about aquaculture—and you want to do it in a way that’s economically viable and environmentally responsible—
you don’t have to figure it out alone.

Connect with the Ecolonomics Action Team (EAT) to access practical resources, expert guidance, and a community focused on
making a little money while making the planet better.

Join the Ecolonomics Action Team here

The post Land-Based vs. Cage Fish Farming: A Practical Guide to Choosing the Right Aquaculture System first appeared on WorldWide Aquaculture.

From Water to Carbon: The New Sustainability Equation Reshaping Aquaculture

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:52 +0700

How to Measure, Manage, and Monetize Environmental Impact in a Market Where Every Drop of Water and Ton of CO₂ Matters

By: Salvador Meza

This article presents a comprehensive analysis of the First Strategic Carbon and Water Summit with Sustainable U.S. Soy, organized by the U.S. Soybean Export Council (USSEC), held in Mexico City on March 18–19, 2026.

What emerged from this summit is not just a set of technical insights, but a clear transformation in how sustainability is understood and managed. Today, water footprint, carbon footprint, and carbon markets are no longer abstract environmental concepts—they are measurable business variables that directly influence profitability, risk exposure, and market access.

This article is designed to guide you step by step—from foundational concepts to strategic application—so you can fully understand how to measure, manage, and even monetize environmental impact.

Climate Change and Business Risk: Why Sustainability Is Now a Core Strategy

Climate change is often discussed in environmental terms, but its most immediate impact is economic. Global temperatures have increased by approximately 1.1°C since pre-industrial times, driven primarily by greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.

This seemingly small increase has triggered significant disruptions:

– More frequent droughts and floods.
– Changes in rainfall patterns.
– Increased volatility in agricultural and aquaculture production.
– Rising operational and insurance costs.

For industries that depend on natural resources—such as aquaculture—these changes are not theoretical. They affect water availability, feed production, and biological performance.

But there is a deeper shift: financial institutions, regulators, and buyers are now incorporating climate risk into their decision-making.

This means companies are no longer evaluated only on productivity, but also on how well they manage environmental risks.

Sustainability is no longer about reputation—it is about resilience, risk management, and long-term profitability.

What Is Water Footprint? Understanding Water Use Beyond the Surface

The concept of water footprint is one of the most important tools for understanding environmental impact.

At first glance, water use seems simple: how much water a farm or facility consumes. However, this view is incomplete. Water footprint expands the analysis to include all water used throughout the entire value chain.

For example, in aquaculture:

– Water used in ponds is only one part of the equation.
– Water used to grow feed ingredients can be significantly larger.

This is why many companies underestimate their true water impact.

The Three Components of Water Footprint Explained

To make the concept actionable, water footprint is divided into three types:

1. Blue Water (Direct Use)

This includes surface and groundwater extracted for operations.
Examples:

– Filling ponds.
– Water exchange in aquaculture systems.
– Irrigation of crops.

Blue water is often the most regulated because it directly competes with human consumption and other industries.

2. Green Water (Rainwater Use)

This refers to rainwater stored in soil and used by crops. It is especially important in feed production. Although it is not “extracted,” it is still a limited resource. Its availability depends on climate patterns and geography.

3. Grey Water (Water Quality Impact)

This represents the volume of water needed to dilute pollutants to safe levels.

In aquaculture, this is linked to:

– Nutrient discharge (nitrogen, phosphorus).
– Organic waste.
– Effluent management.

Understanding these three components is critical because they behave differently depending on location and production system.

Water footprint is not about how much water you see—it’s about where water is actually consumed across the value chain.

How to Measure Water Footprint: From Theory to Actionable Metrics

Measuring water footprint transforms a conceptual idea into a decision-making tool. To ensure consistency, companies rely on standardized methodologies such as:

– Water Footprint Assessment (WFA).
– ISO 14046 Water Footprint Standard.

These frameworks allow companies to calculate water use across the full lifecycle of a product.

What Does Measurement Include?

– Direct water consumption in operations.
– Indirect water use in feed and raw materials.
– Pollution levels and dilution requirements.
– Local environmental conditions (water scarcity, climate).

Results are expressed in measurable units such as:

– Cubic meters per ton of production.
– Cubic meters per kilogram of product.

Why Measurement Matters

Without measurement:

– Companies cannot identify inefficiencies.
– Improvements cannot be quantified.
– Performance cannot be compared.

Measurement reveals hotspots—areas where the greatest impact occurs—and enables targeted interventions.

Water Management: Optimizing Systems, Not Just Reducing Use

Once water footprint is measured, the next step is management. A common misconception is that water management means simply reducing consumption. In reality, it involves optimizing the entire production system.

Key Management Levers

– Feed sourcing: Different regions have different water footprints.
– Production systems: Closed systems may reduce water use but increase energy demand.
– Nutrient management: Reducing waste lowers grey water footprint.
– Production intensity: Higher efficiency can reduce total impact per unit.

These decisions often involve trade-offs. For example:

– Reducing water use may increase energy consumption.
– Improving feed efficiency may reduce both water and carbon impacts.

This is why water must be managed as part of a system, not in isolation.

Additionally, water should be treated as an ecosystem service, meaning its use must remain within ecological limits.

The goal is not to minimize water use at all costs, but to maximize efficiency while maintaining environmental balance.

Carbon Footprint: Measuring and Managing Emissions

While water footprint focuses on resource use, carbon footprint focuses on emissions. It measures the total greenhouse gas emissions generated by an operation, including:

Scope 1: Direct emissions (fuel, on-site processes)
Scope 2: Indirect emissions from energy use
Scope 3: Emissions across the value chain

Carbon management follows a structured approach:

1. Measurement

Using frameworks such as:

– GHG Protocol.
– ISO 14064.

2. Reduction

Through:

– Energy efficiency.
– Renewable energy adoption.
– Process optimization.

3. Compensation

By purchasing carbon credits to offset unavoidable emissions

Why Water and Carbon Must Be Managed Together

A critical insight from the summit is that water and carbon are interconnected.

Examples:

– Energy-intensive systems reduce water use but increase emissions.
– Efficient feed reduces both water and carbon footprints.
– Logistics decisions impact emissions and indirect water use.

This interdependence means companies must adopt an integrated sustainability strategy, rather than treating each metric separately.

Sustainability decisions must balance water, energy, and emissions simultaneously.

Sustainability Reporting: Turning Data into Market Value

Measuring and managing impact is only part of the equation. Companies must also report their performance.

The GRI Standards (Global Reporting Initiative) provide a global framework for sustainability reporting, including:

– GRI 303: Water and Effluents.
– GRI 305: Emissions.

Why Reporting Is Critical

– Investors require ESG data
– Regulators demand. transparency.
– Buyers prioritize sustainable suppliers.
– Markets reward credible reporting.

More than 90% of large companies already use GRI standards, highlighting the shift toward standardized disclosure.

Carbon Markets: Monetizing Sustainability Efforts

One of the most advanced topics discussed at the summit was carbon markets. These markets allow companies to turn sustainability into a financial asset.

How Carbon Markets Work

– Companies that reduce emissions can generate carbon credits.
– Companies that cannot fully reduce emissions can buy credits.
– Each credit represents a verified reduction of one ton of CO₂.

These markets are expanding rapidly due to:

– Increasing regulation.
– Corporate net-zero commitments.
– Global climate policies.

How to Participate in Carbon Markets: Step-by-Step

1. Measure emissions

Establish a baseline using recognized methodologies.

2. Reduce emissions

Implement efficiency and sustainability strategies.

3. Develop projects

Examples include:

– Regenerative agriculture.
– Renewable energy.
– Carbon capture.

4. Verify results

Third-party certification ensures credibility

5. Trade credits

Sell in voluntary or regulated markets. However, not all projects qualify. They must meet strict criteria such as:

– Additionality.
– Permanence.
– Verifiability.

Conclusion: Sustainability as a Strategic Advantage

The key message from the summit is clear: Sustainability is no longer optional—it is a core driver of competitiveness.

Companies that:

– Understand their water footprint.
– Manage their carbon footprint.
– Integrate both into their strategy.

Will gain advantages in:

– Cost efficiency.
– Risk management.
– Market access.
– Revenue generation through carbon markets.

In today’s economy, environmental performance is becoming a key business metric. The question is no longer whether companies should act—but how quickly they can adapt. Because in a resource-constrained world: every drop of water and every ton of CO₂ will define who leads—and who falls behind.

Owned, Paid, and Earned Media for Effective Marketing

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:46 +0700

* By Sarah Cornelisse

This article outlines an effective omni-channel marketing strategy by integrating owned, paid, and earned media. Owned media serves as the foundation for building customer trust, while paid media strategically amplifies messages, and earned media provides essential third-party credibility. Successful integration of these types fosters brand loyalty, strengthens engagement, and maximizes overall marketing impact.

Astrong marketing strategy is crucial for reaching customers and establishing and maintaining trust and loyalty. Many marketing channel options exist (TV, radio, social media, newsletters, websites, email, etc.), and as a business owner and marketer, you must determine the most effective mix of channels to reach your target audience and achieve your business and marketing goals.

A key point often emphasized is the necessity for a business to provide and maintain a consistent presence and experience across its chosen channels, a concept known as omni-channel marketing. Consistency builds and strengthens loyalty among customers, which in turn translates to increased engagement and sales (Gardner, 2025).

Effective omni-channel marketing requires considering the different types of marketing media: owned, paid, and earned. Each plays a crucial role in the marketing strategy, and it is important to understand how each can be leveraged.

Media Types

Owned media are the channels and content your business controls. Examples include your business website, social media accounts (e.g., Facebook pages, YouTube channels), and newsletter. Social media accounts are sometimes referred to as partiallyowned media, since while your business does not own the social media platform(s) you use, you do control the content shared from those accounts.

Paid media is content that you promote through advertising. Paid advertisements in newspapers or magazines, boosted Facebook posts, event sponsorships, and ads on social media or search engines are all examples of paid media. Because marketing budgets are often limited, especially for small businesses, consider paid media as a way to strategically amplify your messages.

Earned media is publicity gained through others’ media and is arguably the most valuable form of media, as individuals are known to place greater credibility on “word-of-mouth” recommendations. For example, a feature story published by your local newspaper, mentions and post shares from social media influencers (who are not paid by you), or invitations from community organizations to partner with them.

Each media type has its own advantages and disadvantages. Owned and paid media allow you to craft and manage the content, message, and timing, whereas, by definition, earned media requires that you rely on others to share your messages and promote your brand. Owned media content must be relevant, requiring commitment and investment in creating, updating, and maintaining quality content.

However, owned content is typically evergreen and can aid customers wherever they may be on their customer journey. Additionally, the effort expended to develop owned media can pay off with your ability to reuse content in the future for various purposes and in different formats. It is through owned media that you provide value to your audience, building trusting relationships with current and potential customers.

Paid media can effectively increase awareness, convey value, and encourage engagement and sales. Ideally, you use paid media to direct your audience to owned media. Building strong and trusting relation-ships with customers, the community, industry members, and partners is key to generating strong and positive earned media. Earned media further enhances trust while also developing credibility and a positive reputation for you and your business.

Paid media is content that you promote through advertising. Paid advertisements in newspapers or magazines, boosted Facebook posts, event sponsorships, and ads on social media or search engines are all examples of paid media.

Intentional Integration

To achieve maximum impact from your marketing, consider how these three media types can work together rather than approaching them individually. This demands intention and planning, starting with clearly defined marketing objectives and selecting media channels that your target audience uses or visits, before tackling content development. Consider owned media your foundation. Without robust owned media content, there is little to leverage or amplify with paid or earned media. The following example illustrates how owned, earned, and paid media can work together in a cohesive manner.

Assume that you publish a blog discussing your business’s sustainable production practices. The blog is owned media since the blog lives on a website that you control and manage. Your blog content showcases your experience, expertise, and brand values. Audience members for whom the content resonates may decide to share your post(s) on social media. Their posts are earned media, extending your reach and positioning you as a thought leader. You can also create social media ads for your blog, paying to strategically target new audiences and further amplify your message with the goal of generating new business customers.

Earned media is publicity gained through others’ media and is arguably the most valuable form of media, as individuals are known to place greater credibility on “word-of-mouth” recommendations.

A final key for maximizing the impact of owned, earned, and paid media is to measure your actions and the overall impact. Specific metrics that can be used include social media engagement rates, referrals, and sales conversions. It can be challenging, however, to accurately attribute sales to specific marketing activities. For instance, if a customer receives and opens your email newsletter (owned content) and also clicks your boosted Facebook post (paid media) before making a purchase, which should be credited?

A successful and comprehensive marketing strategy will integrate owned, paid, and earned media together in a complementary manner. By building a robust collection of owned media, you will be wellpositioned to leverage paid media to strategically boost your messages while also generating and supporting earned media. Through all media types, remember to maintain a focus on building connections, trust, and loyalty with your audience by providing short and long-term value.

References and sources consulted by the author on the elaboration of this article are available under previous request to our editorial staff.

* Sarah Cornelisse is a Senior Extension Associate of agricultural entrepreneurship and business management at Penn State University in the Department of Agricultural Economics, Sociology and Education. Sarah has expertise in direct marketing, value-added dairy entrepreneurship and marketing, the use of digital and social media for agricultural farm and food business marketing, and business and marketing planning and decision making. Originally from New York State, she has a B.A in Mathematics from the State University of New York at Geneseo, and M.S. degrees in Agricultural Economics and Animal Science, both from Penn State University.
Correspondence email: sar243@psu.edu

Sunnyrich Group & FIMER: Pioneering Sustainable Aquaculture with Advanced Solar Solutions

Edusehat — Wed, 01 Apr 2026 14:55:41 +0700

By FIMER

SunnyRich Group, leading company in Taiwan focused on the symbiosis between fishing and solar energy (fishery-electricity symbiosis), is committed to transforming the aquaculture industry, driven by a vision to enhance production efficiency, sustainability, and product quality.

Leveraging its proprietary technologies and extensive experience in integrating large-scale photovoltaic systems with ultra-high voltage facilities, SunnyRich Group has pioneered the world’s largest single-area greenhouse SPF non-toxic aquaculture park.

This innovative park combines advanced greenhouse technical aquaculture with SPF (Specific Pathogen-Free) non-toxic shrimp farming, ensuring a pollution-free, antibiotic-free, and environmentally friendly production environment.

SunnyRich Group’s initiatives not only improve yield and efficiency for local fishermen but also modernize traditional aquaculture methods, addressing the long-standing development challenges of fishing communities. Their approach emphasizes symbiotic fishery-electricity integration, creating sustainable energy and aquaculture ecosystems.

Project Overview

Located in Chiayi City, Taiwan, the project represents a major milestone in large-scale renewable energy deployment within aquaculture environments.

With a total installed capacity of 132 MW, the plant is designed according to the innovative fishery–electricity symbiosis model, where photovoltaic generation and aquaculture activities coexist in a mutually beneficial ecosystem.

1,100 FIMER PVS-120-TL string inverters have been specifically selected to ensure high efficiency, operational stability, and long-term reliability in this unique operating environment.

The PVS-120-TL architecture enables optimized energy conversion and flexible system design, supporting the large-scale photovoltaic infrastructure integrated within the aquaculture facilities.

The system configuration allows the solar installation to generate substantial clean energy while simultaneously preserving the functionality of the aquaculture operations below the PV structures. This approach maximizes land-use efficiency and contributes to the creation of a sustainable production model that integrates renewable energy generation with modern shrimp farming practices.

FIMER PVS-120-TL plays a crucial role in these demanding environments, maintaining stable performance under high humidity and harsh symbiotic aquaculture conditions.

Its robustness and reliability perfectly support Sunnyrich Group’s mission to deliver premium, non-toxic shrimp and advance greenhouse technical aquaculture on a global scale.

FIMER is proud to be a long-term partner of Sunnyrich Group. Together, Sunnyrich Group and FIMER are redefining sustainable aquaculture — where cutting-edge solar technology meets innovative, eco-friendly seafood production.

Product Overview

PVS-100/120-TL is FIMER’s cloud connected three-phase string solution for cost efficient decentralized photovoltaic systems. This platform, for extreme high power string inverters with power ratings up to 120 kW, maximizes the ROI for decentralized ground mounted and large rooftop applications. With up to six MPPT, energy harvesting is optimized even in shading situations.

The extreme high-power modulesaves installation resources as less units are required. Due to its compact size further savings are generated in logistics and in maintenance.

Thanks to the integrated DC/AC disconnection, 24 string connections, fuses and surge protection no additional boxes are required. Standard wireless access from any mobile device makes the configuration of inverter and plant easier and faster.

Improved user experience thanks to a build in User Interface (UI) enables access to advanced inverter configuration settings. The installer mobile APP, available for Android/iOS devices, further simplifies multi-inverter installations.

About FIMER

FIMER is a brand owned by MA Solar Italy and a leading manufacturer of renewable energy solutions. The Company, specializing in the production of solar inverters, offers a wide range of solutions designed for any application. With local training centers, 2 production sites, one in Italy and one in India, FIMER is close to its customers in the evolving dynamics of the energy sector.

For further information visit www.fimer.com

About Sunnyrich Group

SunnyRich Group promotes local revitalization, rebuild fishing villages, and attract young farmers to return to their hometowns. They fully support and lead the development of Taiwan’s composite fishery-electricity symbiosis industry. The Company wants to create a brand-new ecosystem for the aquaculture industry of next generation through greenhouse anti-disease technical aquaculture.